ae’
ptatate tere’

Ie poi " ee es
wr re eas PICU a
- ¥ . e Le dale
ai J . pee HEF
p - . 7 r - 4 - worn ryrye ta dnioe
. SL del al es 3 nb tee . “pee Tes ee,
6 oe nae }- ade r a aie ae “ i 7 a 4 nr nd wer eV
wes . ‘ ; vr? ’
wate hewee : “ " a y — . . - tr a
ee eeeT Tee ; vir ; eNvewn . : : ; CE FOOTER TY
anaes wee , : - ? ¢ r : : - . ’ pen res }
ver 7 P = . ; rue we - ee : a « ? 3 : : praniimears J mew

De We eye

Verret
a eee s “2: : | | : | |
. . verre . > - : = f + : » me ; n - -- 7 ~ 5 Seoaas
rere — ied 3 : ‘ | | : = |
| iat ~— wre ul
Oe ae id a re oe ed oe
ou ET tah Serer
as oe he EEE COCET OOTY
ere FERN

.
S

|

: ya AAT

i os ci fe Aare 2 2 FO pi Re Py
AnANahSe5 7 MAE An © Pan AS pe or re af’ “4 Mee Bir aa VOMARA PAP, PaAanter?
PAN '& B ee a ao Pt : Pe hie 5, ae . ery. Lag ee b 2
ee FT OTL. VARA as gase: a r Lade | pp prperre”
ppaPerr f Dep prt wir. F a; ; a Pa aan k A”
AA Top a
AA

aunt :

. A | |
BABAR i255 ph Papas! AA Car Po TL ery Faia “an
; } nepste ase a eco aged pos ff
senate nv) mae Tags Pete A abe Sete pene acccenrententelt

-

PPR aa aay 7 eaeee A oT pean ir ecAhihay
Wd) ty ee Aa ai" ght ‘a “ny moment

» sem nae al fp AAAape AAAS ARAL AAE
lA AAR AAG a alee gra aaa
; ata Pays MDA

An,
eee hae MA Le n ie ma ye sanasaApanthan?
eee anya babtteeth 4

ee LE ANGE gill nD AE init at

Py Obie te Cal

afr A ee

pe AT AAO ie ry 8 Saar
PEA CAA : +t Rene BO a ArT ‘4
fr rte ‘a's malar fam fafa fava is ATA &. if nae | fe afar afis4s
alsin Sepeate Aaa aan’ ‘a See E - ARI yanks f
A A \ { Der RLM
pan fat Ast PEy

”“

ee™

BLE, AANA, Aa |
A dd
a 1A
ote peas of

eae saai@es eat pel pr
jek a nan Hitt sahPPre, pee’ Aaa Py aale

ET a, Pons pein ry aa APRA A
A sess / MihAARA

1 EEL Caer tal tL a rw Tt, hat

aid dalat cate llalieent AAA Ay paler APArRRRA AAA ap
a pA ANA anh aT Cry | Aaa aee
Anal MAMA aaartannhi AA ma appa mAQAnABnAhe “4

agian tana nnneeaaataneheny
PARA Aa PT ear ay PaparAne ean) HAMAR AAAcranan ld
neotaban Miaanens, peaneme BAR ~” at see f per hath AAR” rea mAh AAPAn a aby

BARNA 5 amr +; i i A f Ve ALS
re ry. SP ot NN Tt el naan” “~ Aaa net > \ MAREAL A Uhh, Spal
ai Rese ¥ oes FF ’ a Ane s led 1 tay Pg a ar af iy AAP sachin a5 a 3 AE
; Aan aan esas ar” fog arr l ter FS RAP seppPAn BEE PMAI NA YI

sige: A a, wit \ opel Aline Ma alal alway | 1" i“ aa!

a aaa” . “

Pi pitcais ttc easatgarnad Maa anh et i

Aaa _

igaaa nega Pinal Ys i :
ns DT aaa, whoa, poste Rast Ores
Pararapee
papel op rr ieee talat anit als ince

Bae Aaa caaaes

, ne ~ 3 | ac,
Payette eT Nibe anna *aiocat aaaasi

-_ ae AAR aA An aon
ag marr AB pan nnnn

wat sft pe aif Pe as

ARONA af is aaa vr areal fv vert yy ANS paper,
oy Vai D shes spderreroeneh Papp aaa santas’ co An meni
“ “ane trer thy heailan Crete amiss tA iw POR a ; a v4

vi ry tied ae fe
‘ PL agaaaee ie ; Pomiton nMcsemes
AM Fe ccna aA aaata ast eltttstn
WReO hay aan aA ya ph ARAM ays

ga? DP OPP arree Py}: pbb pgs

-

“nn mbit

re

a AK et

* ‘al rey th aa Re Ae A!
g CAPPER MET bT GTEC aI (TT TET pee aAahAsaer-.- > oa

one
i

Ee p

o>

Rat :
Pitt ny
y \

ce:
THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY.

(BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITH LOUDON AND

CHARLESWORTII'S ‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’ )

CONDUCTED BY

ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.RB.S.,
WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, Ph.D., F.R.S., F.LS., F.G.S.,
AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, F.L.S.

ee

VOL. V.—EIGHTH SERIES. at

—_—_—— — - a

Lagi ea a
~~sSonian I, P “

\xhSOl 1 MST ty» ~,
ot iy

EO: NPG:
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.

SOLD BY SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, HAMILTON, KENT, AND CO., LD.;
BAILLIFRE, PARIS: HODGES, FIGGIS, AND CO., DUBLIN :
AND ASHER, BERLIN,

1910;

“Omnes res creatz sunt divine sapientise et potentiz testes, divitix felicitatis
humane :—ex harum usu Jonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapéentia Domini ;
ex ceconomid in conseryatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis
elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper sestimata ;
a veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper
inimica fuit.””—Linnaus.

“Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour
voir qu’elle est le chef-d’eeuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor-

tent toutes ses opérations.”—Bruckner, Théorie du Systeme Animal, Leyden,
1767.

hse ies « «8. he sylvan powers
Obey our summons; from their deepest dells

The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild
And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs
That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme
And purple heath-fiower come not empty-handed,
But scatter round ten thousand forms minute

Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock

Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too
Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face
They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush

That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,
Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread,
The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,

All, all to us unlock their secret stores

And pay their cheerful tribute.

J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818,

CONTENTS OF VOL: V.

(EIGHTH SERIES. ]

NUMBER 25.
Page

I, On some Permo-Carboniferous Fishes from Madagascar. By
A. Smrru Woopwarp, LL.D., F.R.S., of the British Museum.
(lator latiocs TG. )) sec Mant ato tee yevars rn gltis o’ersvcra v Sevatald oie ae 1

II. Notes on some Upper Paleozoic Shells from Madagascar.
By R. Burien Newron, F.G.S., of the British Museum. (Plate iM
BURRS ES Ter are oasis akan’ 01d ce son ENS REe TToty SOs Os scat 6

III. Descriptions of Oriental s Picsaite By Wo, Disvanr 2...) 10
IV. Descriptions and Records of Bees—XAXAIV. By T. D. A,

Cockrsrns, Universiny of Colorado % c: F.,. o6 ose tscden oyun 22
V. New Species of Diploptera in the Collection of the British
Museum. By GrorFrEyY MrapE-WALDO, B.A. .........00-0055 30

VJ. Notes on Crustacea found in the Gizzard of a Deep-sea
Cephalopod. By Tuomas Scott, LL.D.,F.L.S. (Plates I. & IL) 51

VII. Notes on Cleride and Descriptions of some new Genera and
Species of this Family of Coleoptera. By Cuaries J. Gaunan,
M.A., of the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) ..0....02.-essesereees 55

VIII. Descriptions of new Species of Monkeys of the Genera
Galayo, Cebus, Alouatta, and Cercopithecus. By D. G. Etuior,

IDSs, IEA RSH) DACA Stel Gr sticine tar ots Sia RENN Cipaes caSC Es CnG ceo CORTON 77
IX. New African Mammals. By OtpFirtp THoMas ........ 83
X. New African Mammals. By Guy Dotuman, B.A. ........ 92
XI. Preliminary Description of a new Genus of Epomophorine

pats. by KNGD ANDERSEN Qi. cog ee wnyre ote vee ees te ene 97
XII. On some Species of the Genus Epomops. By Knup o

IARNEERESERS ERNIE ova ocd oe Co. oF Gr cting ch oil eins vassy'eeie: cuss ove cols ys vasa) eleveuseelledeycted

XIII. New African Mammals of the Genera Cricetomys and Pro-
Canlae ew, © WROUGHTON 00. da eee cues cwnsis teens mean 106

iv CONTENTS.

XIV. Diagnoses of new Species of Marine and Freshwater Shells
from the Falkland Islands, including Descriptions of Two new
Genera of Marine Pelecypoda. By J. E. Cooper and H. B.
PRESTON, F.Z.S. (Plate IV.) ......---sceeceerrcues a aeons 110

XV. A new Indian Species of Musca. By Ernest E. Austen. 114

XVI. On some Points in the Nomenclature of Echinoids. By
Dr UNE a NORTENSEN jeieie ren eein ici eieies ecicl eave lente eee eee jb;

New Books :—A Treatise in Zoology. Edited by Sir Ray LanxeEs-
TER, K.C.B., M.A., LL.D., F.R.S. (1) Part VII. Appendicu-
lata: Third Fascicle. Crustacea. By W. T. Catman, D.Sc.
(2) Part I. Introduction and Protozoa: First Fascicle. By
S. J. Hickson, F.R.S., J. J. Listrr, F.B.S., F. W. GaMBur,
D.Se., F.RS., A. Witiey, M.A.; D.Sc., F.R.S., H. M. Woop-
cock, D.Sc., the late W. I’. R. Wxutpon, F.RS., and E. Ray
Lanxkester, K.C.B., F.R.S.—Hull Museum Publications.
No. 63. A Descriptive Catalogue of the Dobrée Collection of
European Noctueze. Compiled by Horace B. Browne, M.A.,

Assistant Master at Hymers College, Hull ............ 1256—127
Proceedings of the Geological Society ............005..00> 128, 129

RicHARD BowpLER SHARPE, LL.D.; on the Dates of Publication
of Costa’s ‘Fauna del Regno di Napoli, 1829-1886 .... 180—182

NUMBER 26,
XVII. Descriptions and Records of Bees—XXV. By T. D. A.

GOCKHRELL, University of Colorado Gy osc sacs. sls he les 183
XVIII. Some undescribed Gerrine. By W. L. Distant ...... 140
XIX. On the Lameliicorn Beetles of the Genus Peltonotus, with

Descriptions of Four new Species. By Grtpert J. ARRow ...... 153

XX. Crustacea collected by the late Mr. R. L. Ascroft and
Mr. Harvey in the North of the Bay of Biscay. By ALFrep O.

PV CASSIS AE esos Zion a ieomasle aya che) ose wip ele wie eine ees Oe se 158
XXI. On some new Species of Silver-Pheasants. By EvGENE

OVARIES De hen beet ee Fibs 6 RNG ee RT RE ee oy one 162

_ XXII. On the Wallabies usually referred to Macropus agilis,

Gould: “By MRNST SCR WARZ a, 0. 9: dnc aes Chae EN ee ORO 164
XXII. New Pterasteride from the North Pacific. By WALTER

K. FisHer, Stanford University, California ..............02.0.5 167
XXIV. New Genera of Starfishes. By Watrrer K. Fisuer,

Stanford Unvyersity, Califor a (4.50. on wc e cain cick > seeee cect TAL

XXV. On a Collection of Mammals made by Mr. S. A. Neare,
during his Expedition in Northern Rhodesia. By Guy Dorman, 173

CONTENTS. Vv

Page
XXVI. On Two new ern of Wood-boring Crustacea from
Christmas Island. By W.T. Catman, D.Sc. (Plate V.)........ 181

XXVII. Notes on the Choanoflagellate Genera Salpingeca ot
Polyeca, with Description of Polyceca dumosa, sp.n. By J.S8.
DunKerty, B.Sc., Assistant in Zoology Department, Birkbeck
College, London. (Plates NUTR Gra V UN ahs toro ras ad reretv ete anata ahs 186

XXVIII. Further new African Mammals. By OLprizip THomas. 191

XXIX. Descriptions of new Forms of Cercopithecus and Gr ge ;
urus from British East Africa. By Guy Dotiman, B.A. ........ 202

XXX. Some Servals and an Otomys from East Africa. By Rk. C.

AU CNT G EAC ree st clare’ al «) evyel Vesela eee) Wins cle Pocre eee ol is NG Wie Ow 5/6 8 ae 205
XXXI. On Hexactinellid Sponge Spicules and their Names. By

PeWmnaEA TRICK. | Plate VINE) e yoo ns cts Fi suldws were yy 208

Proceedings of the Geological Society ......cscesssseeeenreees 214

Ricuarp B. SHarpsx, LL.D. ; on the Nomenclature of Echinoderms,
by F. A. Bather; Note on the Occurrence of Hippolyte gracilis
(Heller) in the British Area, by A. O.Walker, F.L.S., F.Z.S. 215, 216

NUMBER 27

XXXII. Some Notes on the Life-history and Rate of Growth in
Gobius minutus. By Epwarp SuHann, B.Sc., Gatty Marine Labora-
GOTY, ot. Andrews. hisieaue aera Ma ee tes « sltypten tire nine Cn e eee a = 217

XXXII. A Collection of Mammals from Eastern Buenos Ayres,
with Descriptions of related new Mammals from other Localities.
ENiya: OP vae EOUeE We ap MUELCYAIA SORE 3 cy drs 0) 07 ay lore ev as clei oy er dom ows Stata ves Sap vee ward < 239

XXXIV. Remarks on Prof. L. von Méhely’s recent Contribution
to the Knowledge of the Lizards allied to Lacerta murals. By G.

eee ACM RING ICR PE EU oe niare«.aienss Reha. aap ode nigh dl oy sine a vn vid By eis. wes 247
XXXV. Descriptions and Records of Bees—XXVI. By 'T. D. A.

COCKERELE University Of Colorado, va. cies chien eee Fee es 256
XXXVI. On new Species of West-African Culicide. By Dr. W.

DNS Grays ee cer tog, op Pa kd olen a <ceaeliolafie oes eels s ‘Wiajs) 66) 576 8s, wy oe 264

XXXVII. Two new Duikers related to Cephalophus abyssinicus
and a new Dendromus from Mt. Elgon, By Kk. C. WrouGuton .. 275

XXXVIII. Eight new African Rodents. By Witrrep H.
BGO OTR ee args udare sale atin Seis wale lo ae dat nal ne de yale Pods 276

XXXIX. Further new African Mammalia, By OLDFIELD THoMAs, 282

XL. Two new Species of African Dormice belonging to the
Genus Graphiurus. By Guy DoLiuMAN, B.A. ......... eee eee 285

XLI. Further Notes on Merlia normani, Kirkp. By R. Kirx-
PAT MCee eae Terei tare) s eeend oS «Tine seein wb oels ow es o's oem ewes emake 288

vi CONTENTS.

Page
XLII. Description of a new Species and a new Subspecies of
European Bats. By G. E. H. Barretr-HAMILTON ............ 291

New Book :—Third Annual Report of the Committee of Control of
the South African Central Locust Bureau. Prepared for publi-
cation and edited by Cuas. P. Lounspury, Government
Entomolopist, Cape of Good Hope =... .........-+-s-0neeee 294

Proceedings of the Geolopical Society ......%- + ese.s-sseestes 294

NUMBER 28.
XLUI. Rhyuchotal Notes—L. By W. L. DIsTAnT .......... 297
XLIV. The Collections of William John Burchell, D.C.L., in the

Hope Department, Oxford University Museum :—

IV. On the Lepidoptera Rhopalocera collected by W. J. Bur-
chell in Brazil, 1825-1830. By E.G. JosErps, of Lincoln

College Omi onde rniticrne.«.6 wat ee Binion Migr ne nice peas 322
XLV. On Hexactinellid Spicules and their Names.—Part II.
Supplementary. (By Gt. KIRKPATRICK lia icc. eter sts esl emer 347
XLVI. A new Chinese Mole of the Genus Scaptochirus. By
OLDEELD INHOMAS 254 ct t.Sulg oe ae atte pier erin ete ei 350
XLVII. Three new West African Mammals. By OLpFre.p
PREOMIAB? o cbee sce tiie 8 '% Qibcaletayelsteean aie isrees beer i welds aie cia Beane 351
XLVIII. The Caudal Fin of the Zlopide and of some other
Teleuvstean Fishes. -By C.-Tave RuGan, M.A. .......0..eeene set Bod
XLIX. An interesting Structural Analogy. By Austin Hoparr
OUGABIE Ti aectniche, oio hie uie sags plot ah taa phe eis eee No wlatagsins SRT 358
L. Descriptions and Records of Bees.—XXVII. By T. D. A.
CockrRunn, Uuiversity ot Colorado (sini kn.c eh cose aie meee 361
LI. Two new African Shrews. By WitFrep H. Oseoop .<.... 369

LIL. List with Notes on some Land-Shells from the Island of
Muswar, Dutch New Guinea, and Descriptions of new Species and
Varieties of Planispzra (Cristigibba), Papuina, Calycia, and Lepto-
pore. By Haga CU TON 4: /6.c serie, a cies Oe eee ad Me THOR 370

LIII, Five new Culicide from Ashanti. By F. V. THropaxp,
SECS aate ke eso ies on hols.» step Regn cots eae en aL, Hae Sars eRe re ters 373

LIV. The Application of Mr. G. W. Smith’s Theory of Dwarf
Males to Myzostoma. By A. F. Coventry, Magdalen College,

OREOTO ere Sarr ee ere ae OTTER SIGS CEE. tT Rae ere ae 378
LV. On the Affinities of Astrosclera willeyana, Lister. By R.

KIRKPATRICK.4 GUb1afe saa)! > a cn vu dee ah sone oe okaivs eh a oe 380
LVI. New Mammals from the E. Indian Archipelago. By Oxn-

FIRLD LHOMAS .c.Meatiatttmder ito nol ton meee reser TaN 383

CONTENTS, Vil

Page
New Books :—Prmrcr, W. Dwieur. A Monographic Revision of
the Twisted Winged Insects comprising the Order Strepsiptera,
Kirby.—Indian Insect Life. A Manual of the Insects of the
Plains (Tropical India). By H. Maxwernui-Lerroy, M.A.,
F.E.S., F.Z.5., Entomologist, Imperial Department of Agricul-
ture for India. Assisted by F. M. Howzert, B.A., F.ES.,
Second Entomologist, Imperial Department of Agriculture for
India.—The Fauna of British India, including Ceylon and
Burma. Edited by A. E. Suiptmy, M.A. &c. Dermaptera

(Harwigs)) By Mancorm Burp D See i... o's pees 387—389

Proceedings of the Geological Society ....,..0..0cecccsees 390, 391

NUMBER 29.

LVII. Descriptions of some new Species of Heterocera from

Tropical Africa. By Herpert Drucr, FS. &c............... 393
~~ LVIII. A Revision of the Genus Pelecorhynchus of the Family
Manica. By GERTRUDE RIGARDO™ oj. 5.0i.cn re bos Gh oe ene es 402
LIX. Descriptions and Records of Bees —XXVIII. By T. D. A.
Sekine, University of Coloradem ageqaca. «sc = a<h = sce a ecen 409
LX. Three new African Rodents. By OLpriztp THomas .... 419
LXI. Notes on some Palm-Civets. By Ernst Scowarz ...... 422

LXII. Two new Mammals from the Malay Peninsula. By OLp-
ED LHOMAS)\< 3. Vac oun cee eens ae tePere gingers hs 0 8 a gets a 424

J.XIIT. Some Remarks on the Teleostean Caudal Fin. By
Ricuarp H. Wurrensovss, M.Sc., University of Birmingham .... 426

LXIV. A Preliminary Note on the Alciopine, Tomopteride, and
Typhloscolecide from the Atlantic adjacent to Ireland. By R.
SoviHern, B.Sc., Irish National Museum, Dublin .............. 428

LXV. Descriptions of new African Moths. By Sir Grorer F.
Hampson, Bart., F.Z.8., &...... BRS tae Saved «508 Be eee 430

New Book:—Yorkshire Type Ammonites. Edited by S. 8,
ESI RE AiO Erect Soh ether eee ac ot eicSccd A PART eyes «de WOR 5 464

NUMBER 30.
LXVI. Descriptions of new African Moths. By Sir Grorenr F.

BCE EIIN GH PS ET A, COCs aici iale cv dsinis cc valet as bt eo de stan s eete 465
LXVII. Descriptions and Records of Bees.—XXIX. By T.D.A.
MePECEREDE, University of Colorado ......0...cceerccecenncess 496

LXVII. Descriptions of a new Hawk-Moth and some new
Syntomide. By the Hon. Watrer RoruscHip, Ph.D.,,,....... 506

Vill CONTENTS.

: : Page
LXIX. Descriptions of Four new African Snakes in the British
Museum. By G. A. BouLenGer, F.R.S. .........-.eeeeeeeeees 512

LXX. Notes on the Gastropod Foot and Branchial Cavity. By
Hitpa M. Bisnor, University College of Wales, Aberystwyth.

(Plates KIL & XTIL)... sc. coe he eee eo eos +0 ok te eee 513
LXXI. Note on Two Species of the Genus Pandalus. By W.T.
Carman, DiS. 5 55. ooh she Sede EER GMD ini + oir ss owiehe baie 524
LXXII. On Cercocebus aterrimus and Cercocebus albigena. By
ERNST SCHWARZ ....--cceceeeeeenceee tee seterencenseneace 527
LXXIII. On the Caudal Fin of the Clupeide, and on the Tele-
ostean Urostyle. By C. Tare Reaan, M.aA.............-- eee eee 531

LXXIV. Three new Asiatic Mammals. By OLprietp THomas . 534

New Book :—Catalogue of the Lepidoptera Phaleene in the British
Museum. Vol. IX. Cat&logue of the Nocturde in the Collection -
of the British Museum. By Sir Grorer F. Hampson, Bart... 536

Proceedings of the Geological Society... .....++.seee eens 537, 5388

PLATES IN VOL. V.

PiatE I, Permo-Carboniferous fishes and Upper Paleozoic shells from
Madagascar.
10
1005
1V. Marine and freshwater shells from the Falkland Islands.
V. Wood-boring Crustacea from Christmas Island,

Crustacea found in a deep-sea Cephalopod.

7
oe Salpingeeca vaginicola and Polyceca dumosa.
VIII. Hexactiuellid sponge spicules.
gel Gobius minutus, &c.
X.}
XI. Astrosclera willeyana.
XII.

XUL Gastropod foot and branchial cavity.

— 5. = --s RIGHTH SERIES. — No. 25.

v,

: THE ANNALS-
MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING |
ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anp GEOLOGY.

CONDUCTED BY

ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.B.S.,
WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, Pu.D., F.B.S., F.L.S., F.G.S.,

AND
WILLIAM FRANCIS, F.L.S.

BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE “ANNALS” COMBINED WITH
‘MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH'S ‘‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.”

WITH FOUR PLATES.

: LONDON:
TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET,

Sold by Sim kin. Marshall, Hamilton. Kent. & Co., Ld.; Bailliére, Paris :
odges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher, Berlin.

Double Number. Price Five Shillings.

: =H

| THE |
FLORA OF THE PRESIDENCY ¢

“Published under the authority of the a etary of State f
By THEODORE COOKE, i L E.,

M.A. MAL, LID. Fie F284 OC ee ees

fa in Council.

FORMERLY PRINCIPAL OF THE COL LEGE OF SCIENCE AT POONA AND DIRECTOR

OF THE BOTANICAL SURVEY OF WESTERN INDIA. re aR

Vol. I., Part I. 8s., Part II. 9s., Part IIT, 10s. hos
Vol, II., Parts I. & IL. 9s. each, Parts ILI. & IV. 8s. each, Part V. Ws.

TayLor and Pane, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA,
Edited by F. DUCANE GODMAN, |

SUBJECTS IN PROGRESS,

ZOOLOGY.

Chilopoda and Diplopoda. By R. I. Pocock, (Pp. 12 152, ple. a; roa)

Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 8 (RayYNcHOPHORA: Cureulionide). By
P.Suare. (Pp. 1-168, pls. i—vi.)

Coleoptera. Vol. IV, part 7 (RuyncnopHora: Curculicnida, continued).
By G. ©. Cuampron. (Pp. 1-48, pls. i, li.)

The Price of each Part is 21s.

London: Published for the Editor by Durav & Co., Soho Sq., W.

KIRBY’S SYNONYMIC CATALOGUES
OF _ INSECTS. -

SUPPLEMENT TO DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 1871-
1877. 8s. 6d. net.

LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. — SPHINGES and BOM-
BYCES. 1892. £2 2s. net.

NEUROPTERA ODONATA. 1890. 16s. net.

Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Cout, Fleet Street, E.C,

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

[EIGHTH SERIES. ]

Soe tenaitanenc cht = per litora spargite muscum,
Naiades, et circiim vitreos considite fontes:
Pollice virgineo tenervs hic carpite flores:
Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum.
At vos, o Nymphs Craterides, ite sub undas ;
Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco
Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas
Ferte, Dez pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.”
N. Parthenii Giannettasi, Bel, 1.

No. 25. JANUARY 1910.

J.—On some Permo-Carboniferous Fishes from Madagascar.
By A. SmitH Woopwarp, LL.D., F.R.S., of the British

Museum.
[Plate I. figs. 1-5.]

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Mr. Georce G. Drxon has recently presented to the British
Museum a collection of nodules containing fossil fishes,
which he obtained from a shaly formation on the right bank
of the Mahavavy River, opposite the village of Andogozo,
near the extreme north-west coast of Madagascar. These
specimens are of much interest, because they clearly belong to
Upper Paleozoic types which have not hitherto been described
from Madagascar* ; and they are associated with obscure
traces of small freshwater shells, which Mr. R. Bullen Newton
determines to be new. ‘The shape of each nodule, as usual,
depends on the contour of the contained fish, but prominent
slender portions, such as parts of the caudal fin and the

* The occurrence of Permian Reptiles, Fishes, and Plants in Madaga-
scar has been only briefly recorded by M. Boule, ‘Comptes Rendus,’
vol. exlvi. (1908), p. 502.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist, Ser. 8. Vol. v. 1

2 Dr. A. S. Woodward on some

apices of the dorsal and anal fins, are generally wanting.

‘he fishes belong only to two genera and species, the one
Platysomid, the other Coeacanth.

I. Ecrinesomus dixont, gen. et sp.n. (PI. I. figs. 1-4.)

The Platysomid fish, which attained a length of not less
than 25 cm., appears to be very common, and the series of
specimens obtained by Mr. Dixon exhibits nearly all its
principal characters. Itis very deeply fusiform, with rounded,
not angulated, dorsal and ventral borders; the tail forming
at least half the total length of the fish and tapering rapidly
to avery slender pediele for the caudal fin, The maximum
depth of the trunk is about equal to its length from the
pectoral arch to the base of the caudal fin. All the external
bones and scales, with the larger rays of the median fins, are
ornamented with closely-arranged parallel strize or very fine
ridges, which are generally disposed in a nearly vertical
direction.

The head is always crushed in the fossils, and the parts
have so much decayed that they can only be studied in
impression. It is therefore difficult to distinguish the several
bones. ‘he most conspicuous element is a nearly square
post-temporal plate (Pl. I. figs. 1, 2, pét.), on which the
vertical striation tends to become subdivided into tubercles
near the upper and median border. A similar subdivision of
the ornament also occurs near the median ridge of the frontal
region. ‘The cheek is completely covered with thin plates,
on which the ornamental strize sometimes tend to become
concentric instead of vertical. The posterior cireumorbitals
(fig. 2, po.) seem to have been divided into more numerous
plates than in known Platysomids; but this may be a false
appearance due to infilled radiating branches of the traversing
sensory canal. The maxilla is evidently a deepened plate,
but its precise shape is uncertain. ‘The teeth are never seen,
and must have been minute. The operculum (fig. 2, op.) is
at least twice as deep as wide, and completely covered with
the neaily vertical wavy striz, which do not conform to its
border. The suboperculum (sop.) is relatively small and
similarly ornamented.

The endoskeleton of the trunk is imperfectly ossified, the
cartilaginous vertebral arches and fin-supports being only
superficially hardened and thus appearing hollow in the fossils.
‘There are no traces of vertebral centra, and the arches are
only rarely seen. A close series of neurals is exposed in the
anterior part of the abdominal region in the type-specimen

Permo- Carboniferous Fishes from Madagascar. 3

(fig. 1, 2.) ; but it can only be stated that they are stout rods.
As shown by a vague impression in nearly all specimens
(e. g. fig. 1, «), the abdominal cavity is bordered behind by a
large curved bone, which extends downwards and forwards
from the vertebral axis to the origin of the anal fin. This is
of uncertain nature, but evidently corresponds with a bone
which is always conspicuous in the naked Permian Platy-
somid, Dorypterus *.

In the pectoral arch the clavicle is relatively large, and
ends below in a convex expansion (fig. 2, c/.). This ex-
pansion and all the exposed plates of the arch are closely
ornamented, like the head-bones, with more or less nearly
vertical and wavy striations. The pectoral fin (figs. 2, 3, pet.)
is inserted just above the expansion, on the flank, and its
longest rays extend across about 12 vertical rows of flank-
scales. It consists of not less than 25 rays, supported by 7
or 8 elongated, hourglass-shaped basals (b.), which are only
superficially calcified. The foremost rays rapidly lengthen
in succession at the front or upper border of the fin, and the
longest rays are within its anterior or upper half. All are
crossed by distant articulations, and all except the foremost
lengthening rays are finely subdivided distally. The fin
bears no fulcra. ‘There are no traces of pelvic fins even in
well-preserved specimens. The dorsal and anal fins are
remarkably extended, the anal arising at the hinder end of
the abdominal cavity and terminating on the contracted
caudal pedicle, while the dorsal arises even slightly further
forwards with the same hinder termination. Hach fin is
borne by stout endoskeletal supports much less numerous
than the dermal rays; and those of the dorsal fin are clearly
shown in the usual double series (fig. 4, b0., ao.). The two
fins are similar in shape, the foremost rays being crowded,
rapidly increasing in length at the anterior border to a low peak,
and then more gradually shortening again until the hinder
half of the fin is low and fringe-like, with less crowded and
finer rays. All the rays are crossed by distant articulations,
and those of the stout front portion (fig. 3) are ornamented
with oblique and partially longitudinal striz, which are fewer
and coarser than the striw of the scale-ornament. Of the
caudal fin, only the base is observable in the type-specimen
(fig. 1,¢.). ‘Ihe upper candal lobe bears large ridge-scales,
while the slender fin-rays are crowded and crossed by distant
articulations. ‘There are no fulcra on the median fins.

* A, Hancock and R. Howse, “On Dorypterus hoffmannt, Germar,
from the Marl Slate of Midderidge, Durhain,” Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe.
vol. xxvi. (1870), p. 632, to

4 Dr. A. S. Woodward on some

The scales completely cover the trunk and are in regular
vertical series, except near the base of the anal fin, where
they taper and are reflexed, and below the hinder half
of the dorsal fin, where they also turn sharply forwards. As
shown by impressions in the type-specimen, the inner face of
each scale is smooth, thickened only at the front edge, and
the peg-and-socket articulation is both wide and deep. The
outer face is always completely covered with an ornament of
closely-arranged striz, which are only slightly wavy and
are generally directed obliquely downwards and forwards
(fig. 3a), though sometimes almost vertical on the principal
flank-scales in the anterior half of the abdominal region.
The strize of adjacent scales are not conformable, and on a
few dorsal scales they sometimes show a subdivision into
tubercles. On the ridge-scales of the ventral border in
advance of the anal fin there is a conspicuous close series of
backwardly-inclined denticles or serrations. The principal
flank-scales on the anterior part of the abdominal region are
more than twice as deep as wide. A single regular series of
small square or oblong scales forms the base-line of the
dorsal and anal fins. ‘he course of the lateral line is only
very feebly marked by a series of short vertical slits, one near
the upper end of most scales in a row extending backwards
from the post-tenzporal plate.

‘he fish thus described agrees with Platysomus and differs
from all other Platysomide* in the relatively large size
both of the square post-temporal and of the deep operculum.
It also resembles the typical Platysomus in its external
ornamentation. Itis distinguished from that genus, however,
by the high position of the pectoral fin on the flank and
apparently by the absence of pelvic fins; also by the great
relative length of its caudal region. It may therefore be
referred to a new genus Herinesomus, defined as follows :—

Trunk deeply fusiform, with rounded contour, and caudal
region relatively elongated. External bones and scales finely
ornamented with nearly vertical strize; post-temporal plate
Jarge and quadrate in shape; operculum much larger and
deeper than suboperculum. Fin-rays distantly articulated
and distally bifurcated; no fulera. Pectoral fins large,
raised on the flank ; pelvic fins #bsent ; dorsal and anal fins
much extended, acuminate in front, low and fringe-like
behind. Scales completely covering the trunk, in regular

* R.H. Traquair, “On the Structure and Affinities of the Platy-
somide,” Trans, Roy, Soc. Edinb. yol. xxix. (1879), pp. 343-391,

pls. divi.

Permo- Carboniferous Fishes from Madagascar. oy)

vertical series, which taper and are reflexed at the base of
the anal fin,

The type-species, of the form and proportions already
described, may be appropriately named /. divont, after its
discoverer.

It may be added that a single specimen of this fish was
also obtained by Mr. Dixon from the Loky district in N.E.
Madagascar, exactly in the same condition as the specimens
from Andogozo.

II. Celacanthus madagascariensis, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 5.)

The only specimen of this species represents a fish about
18 cm. in total length. It is much obscured by the oxides
of iron and manganese, and the head-bones and fins are
crushed and broken, but it merely lacks the supplementary
eaudal fin. ‘The length of the head with opercular apparatus
somewhat exceeds the maximum depth of the trunk at the
anterior dorsal fin, and must have equalled one quarter of
the total length of the fish.

There is nothing worthy of note in the remains of the
head, except that some of the cheek-plates are ornamented
with the usual concentric ridges; but the operculum, which
is much deeper than wide, is remarkable as being ornamented
with large irregularly-ovoid tubercles, which are very closely
arranged. ‘Their appearance in impression is shown in
fig. 5a, magnified three times, and it is clear that they are not
arranged in lines concentric with the border of the bone.
In the axial skeleton of the trunk there are remains of the
ordinary neural arches and caudal hemal arches, each con-
sisting of a single piece, forked at the base and only super-
ficially calcified. No ribs are preserved, and the air-bladder
is only imperfectly indicated.

The pelvic fins are inserted just behind the anterior dorsal,
which comprises nine stout rays. ‘The posterior dorsal fin
consists of very delicate though long rays, and the distance
between its origin and that of the anterior dorsal equals that
between the latter and the occiput. ‘The principal caudal fin
comprises about 12 rays above and below.

As shown by impressions, all the scales are ornamented
with very fine and closely-arranged longitudinal ridges or
strie (tig. 56). These ridges tend to converge backwards
on each scale, and they are very rarely subdivided into
elongated tubercles.

In the nature of its scale-ornament, the Madagascar fossil
agrees with the known Carboniferous species rather than

6 Mr. R. B. Newton on some

with the typical Upper Permian species*. It differs from
all known forms in the ornamentation of its operculum, and
evidently represents a new species which may be named
Cewlacanthus madagascariensis.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I. Fies, 1-5.

Ganoid Fishes from a Permo-Carboniferous Formation at Andogozo,
Mahavavy River, N.W. Madagascar.

Fig. 1. Ecrinesomus direni, gen. et sp. n.; type-specimen in right side
view. The scales below the vertebral axis in the abdominal
region shown as impression of inner face, the other scales as
impression of outer face. (B.M. no. P. 10756.)

Fig. 2. Ditto; head and anterior abdominal region. (B.M.no. P. 10758.)

Fig. 3. Ditto; fragment showing pectoral fin, with (8) flank-scale and
(3 6) portion of anal fin-rays enlarged three times, (B.M. no.
P. 10759.)

Fig. 4. Ditto ; portion of dorsal fin with some of the endoskeletal sup-
ports. (B.M. no, P. 10760.)

Fig. 5. Celacanthus madagascariensis, sp. n.; type-specimen, with (5 a)
portion of impression of operculum and (56) scales enlarged
three times. (B.M. no. P. 10768.)

a., anal fin ; ao., axonosts of dorsal fin; 4., basals of pectoral fin ; 60., base-
osts of dorsal fin; ¢., base of caudal fin; c/., lower end of clavicle;
d., dorsal fin; @./., scale of lateral line; 2., neural spines ; op., oper-
culum ; o7d., orbit; pet., pectoral fin; p#t., post-temporal ; sop., sub-
operculum; z., internal bone at hinder border of abdominal cavity.
Unless otherwise stated, the figures are of the natural size.

II.—Notes on some Upper Paleozoic Shells from Mada-
gascar. By R. Burien Newron, F.G.S., of the British
Museum.

[Plate I. figs. 6-11.]
(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Accompanyiné the fish-remains discovered by Mr. George
G. Dixon at Andogozo, near the west coast of the northern
end of Madagascar, which are recognized by Dr. A. S.
Woodward as of late Paleozoic age, are certain small mol-
lusca of rather imperfect preservation, although sufficiently
interesting to claim some remarks on this occasion.

The specimens consist of (1) a discoidal gastropod, em-
bedded as a limonite cast on the inner surface of a narrow

* A. 8. Woodward, ‘Catalogue of Fossil Fishes in the British
Museum,’ pt. ii, (1891), pp. 899-408,

Upper Paleozoic Shells from Madagascar. 7

elongate nodule, associated with one of the fish-fragments ;
and (2) aseries of minute pelecypod valves crowded together
in a similar but smaller nodule and of more oval shape,
which apparently belong to one species. The gastropod
seems to be easily determined as a form of Plarorbdis, whilst
the bivalves may be referred to the genus Naiadites of
J. W. Dawson, originally described from the Upper Car-
boniferous rocks of Nova Scotia.

So far as can be ascertained, no Planorbis has been
recorded from rocks older than the Lias, Charles Moore
having described a species from the lower part of that
formation together with other freshwater mollusca which
had been found in the Mendip country of England (Quart.
Journ, Geol. Soc. 1867, vol. xxiii. pl. xv. fig. 10, p. 548).
Strange to say, the affinities of the Malagasy shell appear
to resemble the well-known modern form of Planorbis
carinatus of Miiller, on account of its possessing, among its
other characters, a peripheral carination, the presence of
which would place it in Stein’s genus Tropidiscus (established
on the Miiller shell just mentioned), but for present purposes
it is, perhaps, advisable to recognize the specimen under the
more popular name of Planorbis.

The occurrence of Naiadites is also of considerable interest,
since it assists im confirming the view that these fossiliferous
nodules are of Upper Paleozoic age. It is only quite
recently that Paleozoic fossils have been discovered in
Madagascar by Captain Colcanap, of the French army.
Previously, Professor Marcellin Boule had remarked on a
series of sandstones, conglomerates, and schists forming the
base of the sedimentary series in that country, which reposed
on the crystalline rocks and extended with them from north
to south of the island. Apparently unfossiliferous, with
the exception of silicified trunks of trees which had never
been satisfactorily determined, these deposits were regarded
as of Triassic age, being compared with the Karoo formation
of South Africa and the Gondwana Series of India (‘ La
Géologie et la Paléontologie de Madagascar”: Congrés
Géologique International, vill. session, France, 1900 [ Paris
1901], p. 5, pl. xii. = Geological Map of Madagascar).
When the new material from Capt. Colcanap was examined,
Professor Boule was able to announce the discovery of a
Permian fauna and flora as well as coal deposits in the
Mahafaly district of the south-western part of the country—
forming part of the supposed Triassic rocks previously
mentioned, —including remains of reptiles, fishes, and
Glossopteris ; the latter determined by Professor Zeiller as

8 Mr. R. B. Newton on some

Glossopteris indica (Compt. Rendus, 1908, vol. exlvi. pp. 502-
504 & vol. exlvii. pp. 818, 819), a species of fern known from
the late Paleozoic deposits of South Africa, India, Australia,
Tasmania, Falkland Islands, and South America (Argentina).

The discovery of such an assemblage of fossils was a
great advance on our previous knowledge of Madagascan
geology, because it proved, on the one hand, relationships
with the Karoo beds of Southern Africa, and, on the other,
with the Gondwana deposits of India and other geologically
related regions. With regard to the molluscan remains
brought home by Mr. Dixon from this northern district
of the island, it may be mentioned that neither a Planorbi-
form shell of so ancient an horizon nor Naiadites have yet
been recorded from Africa or India. The Karoo formation
of Africa, and especially the Beaufort-beds division, has
yielded freshwater pelecypods belonging to the genera
Paleomutela and Paleanodonta of Professor Amalitzky, which,
that author some years since pointed out, resembled almost
species for species a fauna characteristic of the upper part
of the Russian Permian formation, and so he considered
those distant deposits as homotaxially equivalent (Quart.
Journ. Geol. Soc. 1895, vol. li. pp. 887-351, pls. xii., xiil.).

In the latest work on South African geology we find that
Dr. A. W. Rogers acknowledges Amalitzky’s work and
brackets the Beaufort series with the Permian of Europe
(A. W. Rogers and A. L. Du Toit, ‘An Introduction to the
Geology of Cape Colony,’ 1909, 2nd edition, pp. 231, 248).
No similar bivalve mollusca are known {rom the Gondwana
beds of India, and it is chiefly from the facies of the
Glossopteris flora characterizing those deposits that a
homotaxial relationship with the African Karoo has been
demonstrated.

It would seem, therefore, that in future correlation schemes
connected with the geolegical history of Madagascar we
have to recognize not only Captain Colcanap’s and Professor
Boule’s important discoveries as to the presence of Upper
Paleozoic deposits in that island, but also to include the
valuable fish and molluscan remains collected by Mr. Dixon,

which add a new interest to the paleontological features of
those beds.

Description oF THE Mo.uuusca.

GASTROPODA.

Planorbis dixoni, sp.n. (Pl. I. figs. 6, 7.)
Shell small, discoidal, plano-convex, and furnished with a
smooth peripheral carination ; outer whorl wide and equal

Upper Paleozoic Shells from Madagascar. 9

near the aperture to the width of the remainder of the
spiral system.

Dimensions : 5°5 by 4 mm.

This fossil bears a remarkable resemblance to Miiller’s
modern species Planorbis carinatus, which forms the type of
Stein’s genus Tropidiscus, on account of the possession of a
peripheral carination. From its condition as a limonite
cast sculpture-markings are scarcely decipherable. It occurs
embedded on the inner surface of one of the nodules
accompanied by a fish-fragment, which, according to Dr. A.
S. Woodward, is not capable of determination. A basal
disc view of the specimen is exhibited on one half of the
nodule, whilst its counterpart in the other half shows a
discoidal interior of the outer volution as well as obscure
traces of the internal volutions. The specific name is applied
in honour of the discoverer.

PELECYPODA.

Naiadites madagascariensis, sp. n. (PI. I. figs. 8-11.)

Shell small, subquadrate, oblique, submedianly elevated,
sloping laterally ; hinge-line straight ; umbones anterior ;
pallial lime entire ; sculpture consisting of rather distant
concentric lines of growth and finer striations on the lateral
regions.

Dimensions: 3°5 by 3 mm,

The valves of this shell are grouped together on the
inner surface of one of the small nodules and appear
mostly as internal cavities, although a wax impression
reproduces satisfactorily their original external condition.
From this it is apparent that the shell with such characters
as are referred to may be identified with Dawson’s genus
Naiadites, a freshwater form originally described from the
Coal-measure deposits of Nova Scotia, and founded on
the type of Naiadites carbonarius of the same author
(‘Acadian Geology,’ supplement to Ist edition, 1860,
p. 43, & 2nd edition, 1868, p. 204). Some of the interiors
show very clearly the simple and non-sinuate character of
the pallial impression; but the details of the hinge are
quite obscure, from the result probably of immature growth,
so that no horizontal striations are observable, such as
Dr. Wheelton Hind regards as characteristic of this genus
(‘ Monograph Palzontographical Society,’ 1895, p. 126).

It is possible that the affinities of this mollusc may be
looked for between Dawson’s N. carbonarius and N. modio-
laris of J. de C. Sowerby, both of which occur in the coal-
formation of Britain and the Continent.

10 Mr. W. L. Distant on Oriental Capside.

Madagascar is quite a new area for the genus Naiadites,
and it has not yet been recorded from the Karoo formation
of South Africa, which contains other forms of fresh-
water bivalves, such as Paleomutela and Paleanodonta.
Some years since Professor Amalitzky described several
forms of this genus from the Russian Permian, but on a
closer study he found that they were Anodonta-like shells
and differed materially from the original type of Naiadites
of 1860; he therefore founded the new genus Paleanodonta
for the reception of those species (Quart. Journ. Geol.
Soc. 1895, vol. li. pp. 346, 347). It is now generally
recognized that Salter’s Authracoptera of a later date is the
equivalent of Dawson’s Naiadites.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I. Fries. 6-11.

Upper Paleeozoic (Permo-Carboniferous) Mollusca from Andogozo, on
the Mahavavy River, North-western Madagascar ; presented to
the British Museum by the collector, Mr, Geor ee G. Dixon.

Figs. 6,7. Planorbis divoni, sp.n. xX 4. Fig. 6=basal dise view ; fig. 7
=counterpart of same, with obscure evidence of inner whorls.

Fig. 8. Naiadites madagascariensis, sp. n. Internal face of nodule
showing the gregarious nature of the valves, slightly enlarged.

Fig. 9. External gi of aright valve.| Drawn from wax

Fig. 10. » left valve. impression. xX 4.

Fig. 11. Interior of a left valve showing pallial fine. x 4.

JlI.—Deseriptions of Oriental Capside.
By W. L. Distant.

[Concluded from vol, iv. p. 523.]

AZIZUS, gen. nov.

Head deflected in front of eyes, longer than broad, eyes
large and globose, prominently projecting beyond the ante-
rior margins of the pronotum ; antennz somewhat long and
robust, first joint stoutest, a little longer than head, slightly
curved, second joint nearly three times as long as first, third
about two-thirds the length of second and nearly twice as
long as fourth ; rostrum passing the posterior coxe ; pronotum
nearly twice as broad at base as long and nearly three times
as broad as anterior margin, the basal margin concave, trans-
versely constricted near anterior margin, the anterior area
with a small tubercle on each lateral margin, the lateral

Mr. W. L. Distant on Oriental Capside. 11

margins oblique, the disk strongly deflected anteriorly ;
scutellum large, broad at base, moderately deflected poste-
riorly ; corium about three times as long as broad, its apical
margins subtruncate, the lateral margins nearly straight ;
cuneus longer tlian broad; membrane considerably passing
abdominal apex, with an elongate, oblong, posteriorly trun-
cate cell before cuneus and a very small cell at base, anterior
aud intermediate lees of moderate size, the tibiz spinulose ;
posterior legs mutilated in typical specimen.

This genus I include in the division ‘Veratodellaria as used
in my Indian enumeration.

Azizus basilicus, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, and scutellum black, very finely and
obscurely palely pilose; antennze with the first and fourth
joints castaneous, the second and third joints ochraceous ;
clavus and corium dull castaneous brown, distinctly, thickly,
finely, palely pilose, the extreme costal margin of the latter
ochraceous ; cuneus pale bright castaneous, pilose as on
corium ; menibrane fuscous, with iridescent reflections ; body
beneath fuscous brown; anterior and intermediate femora
castaneous, tibize and tarsi pale ochraceous, coxe and
acetabulee more or less testaceous (posterior legs mutilated
in typical specimen); structural characters as in generic
diagnosis,

Length 53 mm.

Hab. Bengal; Pusa (Lefroy).

Mr. Maxwell-Lefroy sent me a single example of this
species,

SEREBAUS, gen. nov.

Head globose, longer than broad, apically acuminate, ante-
riorly deflected, eyes small, moderately adpressed, their
posterior margins reaching base of head; antenne slender,
first joint distinctly thickened and inwardly finely spinulose,
second about three times as long as first and subequal in
length to third, fourth about half as long as third; rostrum
reaching the posterior coxze; pronotum at base twice as
broad as long and nearly three times as broad as an-
terior margin, posterior margin concave, exposing the meso-
notum, lateral margins sinuately oblique, a short distinct
anterior collar, behind which it is obscurely transversely
impressed ; scutellum small, tumid, transversely impressed ;
corium (including cuneus) as long as posterior tibia ; cuneus
a little longer than broad, the apex subacute; membrane

12 Mr. W. L. Distant on Oriental Capside.

considerably passing the abdominal apex; legs somewhat
slender, the femora moderately thickened, the posterior tibiz
spinulose, posterior tarsi with the first joint a little longer
than second.

In the Indian enumeration this genus may be placed near

Tyraquellus.

Serebeus discriminatus, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, and scutellum castaneous brown, eyes
dull sanguineous; antenne pale ochraceous, the basal joint
castaneous; corium pale greyish, subhyaline, base of clavus
and a transverse broad fascia crossing corium and apex of
clavus fuscous brown; cuneus bright, pale castaneous;
membrane pale fuliginous with iridescent reflections ; body
beneath sanguineous, legs and rostrum stramineous, spinules
to the posterior tibiz fuscous ; first joint of antenne longly
spinulose anteriorly ; lateral pronotal margins with a few
long hairs; scutellum and corium distinctly palely pilose ;
structural characters as in generic diagnosis.

Length 4 mm.

Hab. Ceylon; Peradeniya (Green).

DIOCLERUS, gen. nov.

Head strongly deflected anteriorly, viewed from above
short and broad, eyes prominent, oblique, considerably ex-
tending beyond the anterior margins of the pronotum ; an-
tenne with the first joint a little longer than pronotum,
slightly thickened near base, second joint twice as long as
first, third a little more than half the length of second ;
rostrum reaching the posterior coxee; pronotum thickly
punctate, at base about one-third broader than long, and
three times broader than anterior margin, a distinct narrow
anterior collar, behind which it is transversely impressed, and
on the anterior area centrally longitudinally sulcate, basal
and anterior margins truncate, the lateral margins oblique ;
scutellum small, broadly subtriangular, finely obscurely pilose ;
corium (including cuneus) subequal in length to posterior
tibia, excluding costal area and including clavus distinctly
thickly punctate and subpilose, the costal margin moderately
convex, narrowing to apex, cuneus slender, longer than
broad, pilose ; membrane almcst as long as corium (excluding
cuneus), and with a longitudinal posteriorly curved cell on
basal area ; legs of moderate length, pilose.

In the Indian enumeiation this genus may be placed
between Cyrlorrhinus and Zanchius.

Mr. W. L. Distant on Oriental Capside. 13

Dioclerus prefectus, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, scutellum, clavus, and body beneath
golden-yellow ; coriunm, cuneus, membrane, and legs pale
stramineous; eyes and an apical spot to abdomen black ;
antennz fuscous brown, the basal joint obscure stramineous ;
apices of femora slightly infuscate, tarsal claws black ; corium
with a small dark spot on each side of claval apex, the costal
area impunctate and thus appearing paler in hue; other
characters as in generic diagnosis.

Length 4 mm.

Hab. Ceylon ; Peradeniya (Green).

Dorvws, gen. nov.

Head longer than broad, but very strongly deffected in
front of eyes, which are large and prominent and extend
beyond the anterior margins of the pronotum; antenne
longly pilose, first joint about as long as head, scarcely
thickened, second more than twice as long as first, third and
fourth together shorter than second; rostrum passing the
intermediate cox; pronotum at base much broader but not
twice as broad as long, but more than twice broader than
anterior margin, a very narrow anterior collar, transversely
impressed before anterior margin, and thus enclosing two
transverse callosities, with the exception of which the surface
is thickly punctate, lateral margins sinuately oblique, lateral
posterior margins oblique, truncate before scutellum; scu-
tellum moderately tumid, subtriangular ; corium (excluding
cuneus) about as long as posterior tibize; clavus and corium
(excepting costal area) thickly punctate, cuneus nearly as
broad at base as long, and longly pilose; membrane con-
siderably passing the abdominal apex, its greatest length
equal to that of corium (excluding cuneus); legs of moderate
length, strongly pilose, femora only moderately thickened,
the posterior femora slightly more so.

Near Cyrtorrhinus, Fieb.

Dortus primarius, sp. n.

Head pale brownish ochraceous, centrally longitudinally
darker in hue, eyes black ; antennz ochraceous, pilose, apex
of the second joint black, third and fourth joints faliginous
base of third ochraceous ; pronotum pale brownish ochra-
ceous, thickly punctate, the lateral margins broadly pieceous
the transverse anterior callosities smooth; scutellum pale
brownish ochraceous, with a central longitudinal piceous

14 Mr. W. L. Distant on Oriental Capside.

fascia ‘and faintly transversely wrinkled; clavus and pro-
notum pale brownish ochraceous, thickly more darkly punc-
tate, the costal area paler and impunctate, cuneus ochraceous,
the apical area piceous, somewhat longly pilose ; membrane
pale fuliginous; body beneath and legs ochraceous, lateral
margins of sternum and abdomen and apical area of abdomen
broadly piceous ; other characters as in generic diagnosis.
Length 5 mm.

Hab. Tenasserim ; Myitta (Doherty).

SOHENUS, gen. nov.

Head considerably longer than broad, tumid, eyes some-
what small and adpressed and placed about midway between
base and apex, the apical area strongly deflected in front of
eyes, the basal area moderately attenuated from eyes to poste-
rior margin; antenne rather long, first joint shorter than
head, second three times as long as first, third almost as long
as second and half as long again as fourth ; rostrum reaching
the intermediate cox; pronotum much broader at base than
long and more than twice broader than anterior margin,
three transverse impressions before anterior margin, the
basal area gibbous and deflected to the first transverse
impression, and the lateral margins to that impression a
little convexly oblique, remaining lateral margins to apex
distinctly dislocated at the remaining impressions, posterior
margin angularly concave ; scutellum about as long as broad
at base, strongly deflected posteriorly and transversely im-
pressed near middle, the lateral margins moderately con-
cavely sinuate; corium (including cuneus) as long as head,
pronotum, and scutellum together, the costal margin strongly
concavely sinuate, apex of clavus almost reaching base of
cuneus, which is a little broader than long ; membrane about
half the length of corium (including cuneus); legs long,
posterior tibize about as long as scutellum and hemelytra
together, posterior tarsi with the first joint a little longest.

Allied to Armachanus, Dist., but with the head longer, and
with no apical spinous protuberance, &c.

Sohenus proditus, sp. n.

Pale cinnamomeous; eyes black ; corium with a somewhat
oblique white fascia crossing it and greater part of clavus a
little beyond middle, apical inner area of corium somewhat
infuscate, membrane fuliginous; antenne with the first,
second, and fourth joints pale fuscous brown, third joint pale
ochraceous; scutellum darker and a little more castaneous in

Mr. W. L. Distant on Oriental Capside. 15

hue; head, pronotum, and scutellum very finely obscurely
punctate ; head beneath, rostrum, sternum, and legs ochra-
ceous; abdomen beneath (excepting base) piceous ; other
characters as in generic diagnosis.

Length 54 mm.

Hab. Ceylon; Peradeniya ( Green).

BADEZORUS, gen. nov.

Head robust, subtriangular, about as long as broad, cen-
trally moderately arched, obscurely transversely striate ;
antenne with the first joint thickened, shorter than head,
second joint three times as long as first, third and fourth
joints subequal in length and together little more than the
length of second ; rostrum not quite reaching the intermediate
cox; pronotum at base about twice as long as broad and
less than twice as broad as anterior margin, moderately
deflected anteriorly, the lateral margins oblique, the posterior
angles obtusely rounded ; scutellum broad, subtriangular ;
corium (including cuneus) as long as posterior tibiw, cuneus
broad, at base considerably broader than long; membrane
passing abdominal apex, its greatest length almost equalling
that of corium {excluding cuneus) ; legs of moderate length,
longly spinulose, the posterior femora distinctly thickened,
posterior tarsi with the first and second joints subequal in
length.

This genus seems to be clearly located in the division
Camptotylaria, Reut.

Badezorus tyrianus, sp. n.

Head dull greyish ; antenne obscure ochraceous, the first
joint (more or less) and the base of the second joint piceous ;
pronotum and scutellum virescent, sparsely palely pilose;
corium dull greyish, the clavus virescent, the costal area
strongly palely pilose, cuneus dull greyish, darkly pilose, at
the internal angle with a small black punctate spot; mem-
brane dull grevish, with pale fuscous mottlings; body
beneath and legs pale ochraceous, posterior femora apically
black, tibize spotted with black, and from these spots on the
posterior tibize the spinules arise in pairs, all the spinules
black, apices of tarsi black ; other characters as in generic
diagnosis.

Length 3 mm.

Hab. Punjab; Lahore (Annandale).

16 Mr. W. L. Distant on Ordental Capside.

ACRATHEUS, gen. nov.

Head about as long as broad, strongly depressed anteriorly,
a little centrally foveately impressed between the eyes, which
are of moderate size, reach the base of head, and obliquely
slightly project beyond the anterior margins of the pronotum ;
antennze slender, first joint almost as long as head, second
twice as long as first, third and fourth subequal in length,
each a little shorter than second; rostrum robust, reaching
the intermediate coxe ; pronotum anteriorly deflected at a short
distance from base, thickly strongly punctate, the lateral
margins acute, at base twice as broad as long and about one
and a half times as broad as anterior margin, anterior and
posterior margins truncate, the lateral margins oblique, poste-
rior lateral angles subprominent; scutellum small, broad,
subtriangular, a little longitudinally elevate and on lateral
areas punctate ; corium (including cuneus) as long as _ poste-
rior tibia, including clavus thickly punctate, posteriorly
widened and rounded, cuneus very much broader than long,
interiorly transversely angulate, cuneal fracture profound ;
membrane longly passing “the abdominal apex, its greatest
length almost equalling that of corium without cuneus; legs
of moderate length, not spinulose.

To be placed in the division Laboparia and by the profound
cuneal fracture near Bilia, Dist.

Acratheus nocturnus, sp. n.

Head orange-yellow, eyes black; antenne stramineous,
apical joint infuscate ; pronotum, scutellum, and corium
black; cuneus greyish white, with the basal marginal area
black ; membrane pale fuscous, with a large greyish-white
spot on lateral margin; head beneath orange-yellow or pale
reddish ; sternum and abdomen black; legs and rostrum pale
stramineous; apices of tarsi black ; structural characters as
in generic diagnosis.

Length 3 mm.

Hab. Bengal; Bhogaon, Purneah Distr. (Pazva) ; Calcutta
(Lud. Mus.) ; Kumaon, Bhim Tal, 4500 feet (Annandale).

ARISTOBULUS, gen. nov.

Head about as broad as long, strongly deflected in front of
eyes, which are situate at base of head and project beyond the
anterior margin of the pronotum; antenne pilose, with the
first joint a little shorter than head and with a few long hairs,
second more than twice as long as first, gradually moJerately

Mr. W. L. Distant on Oriental Capside. 17

thickened on apical half, where it is also more strongly
pilose, third twice as long as fourth and together as long as
second; rostrum almost reaching the posterior cox; pro-
notum at base about one and a half times as broad as long
and about one-third longer than anterior margin, the lateral
margins rather roundly oblique, the anterior area transversely
bi-callose, the posterior area transversely striate ; scutellum
triangular, transversely constricted near base; corium
covering about two-thirds of the abdomen, longitudinally
ridged, apical and lateral margins a little rounded, cuneus
and membrane undeveloped ; abdomen widened posteriorly,
deflected on its apical area and pilose; legs of moderate
length; tibize pilose.
Somewhat allied to the Palearctic genus Luryopocoris.

Aristobulus filius, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, scutellum, and corium shining piceous
black ; abdomen above and body beneath shining jet-black ;
legs pale ochraceous ; body shortly, finely, greyishly pilose ;
structural characters as in generic diagnosis.

Length 3 mm.

Hab. Darjiling, 6000 ft.

SAMPSIGERAMUS, gen. nov.

Head broader than long, anteriorly deflected ; eyes small,
situate at base of head, scarcely projecting beyond the
anterior margins of the pronotum; antenne moderately
slender, first joint shorter than head, second about three
times as long as first, third shorter than second, but con-
siderably longer than fourth ; rostrum distinctly passing the
posterior coxee ; pronotum at base more than twice as broad
as Jong and about half as broad again as anterior margin,
dc flected on anterior half, very obscurely transversely callose
on anterior area, anterior and posterior margins truncate,
lateral margins a little roundly oblique, the posterior angles
obtusely rounded; scutellum subtriangular; corium (ex-
cluding cuneus) about as long as posterior tibiz, including
clavus twice as long as broad; cuneus about as broad at base
as outwardly long ; membrane considerably passin g abdominal
apex, its greatest length as long as intermediate tibie ; head,
pronotum, scutellum, corium, and cuneus densely pilose ;
legs spinulose, the tibia more thickly and strongly so, the
femora, especially the posterior, distinctly thickened ; poste-
rior tarsi with the basal joint longest.

The position of this genus is near the Palearctic Plagio-
tylus, Scott.

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. v. 2

18 Mr. W. L. Distant on Oriental Capside.

Sampsigeramus pilosulus, sp. n.

Head obscure dull ochraceous, thickly pilose; antennz
piceous black, the second joint centrally broadly annulated
with dull ochraceous, eyes black; pronotum thickly strongly
pilose and darkly granulose, dull ochraceous, the disk more
or less discoloured and darker in hue; scutellum somewhat
palely piceous, thickly strongly pilose and darkly granulose ;
corium somewhat palely piceous, the costal area and cuneus
pale ochraceous, strongly, thickly, darkly pilose; membrane
very pale fuliginous with paler mottlings, especially at the
apices of the cells; body beneath black, finely pilose ; legs
ochraceous, annulated with black, the posterior femora much
more distinctly so than the anterior or intermediate femora,
tibial spinules long, black, placed in pairs at the black
annulations, apices of the tarsi black; structural characters
as in generic diagnosis.

Length 3 mm.

Hab. Ceylon; Hakgata (Green).

On Anaphalis oblonga, D. L. (E. E. Green),

RAGMUS, gen. nov.

Head as long as broad, deflected anteriorly, eyes globular,
of moderate size, placed at base of head, scarcely projecting
beyond the anterior margins of the pronotum ; antennz with
the first joint shorter than head, slightly thickened and with
two spinules, second joint more than three times as long as
first and spinulose ; rostrum reaching the intermediate coxe ;
pronotum at base more than twice as broad as long and less
than twice as broad as anterior margin; posterior margin
concave, exposing the mesonotum, two transverse callosities
before anterior margin, the lateral margins oblique ; scutel-
lum subtriangular ; corium (including cuneus) only slightly
longer than posterior tibiz ; cuneus as broad at base as out-
wardly jong and distinctly longly sparsely pilose ; membrane
considerably passing the abdominal apex ; legs of moderate
length, anterior and intermediate femora slightly, posterior
femora much more distinctly spinulose, tibie distinctly, longly
spinulose ; posterior tarsi with the basal joint longest.

Ragmus importunitas, sp. n.

Pale ochraceous, probably more virescent in living speci-
mens; eyes and third and fourth joints of antennz piceous
black ; head with two transverse darker impressions in front
of eyes and a more or less distinct central foveation near

Mr. W. L. Distant on Oriental Capside. 19

base; cuneus distinctly, more or less darkly, sparsely pilose ;
membrane hyaline; body beneath and legs pale ochraceous,
anterior and intermediate femora slightly, posterior femora
more distinctly spotted with black, tibia (the anterior less
prominently so) spotted with black, the spinules black and
placed near the black spots, apices of the tarsi black ; other
characters as in generic diagnosis.

Length 34 mm.

Hab. Ceylon ; Peradeniya (Green).

Punctures leaves of Crotalaria verrucosa and C. incarna

(EK. E. Green).

Ragmus pellucidus, sp. n.

Allied to R. dmportunitas, but smaller, paler, and somewhat
uniformly greyish ochraceous; antenne concolorous, the
third and fourth joints not piceous; legs more obscurely
spotted with black.

Length 3 mm.

flab. Simla Hills; Dharampur, 5000 ft. (Annanda/e).
Punjab; Lahore (Annandale). Malabar; Cochin State,
Ernakulam (Annandale),

This species seems to be quite distinct from its Ceylonese
ally, which is perfectly constant in a long series sent to me

by Mr. Green.

Psallus kurseongensis, sp. n.

3. Black, thickly palely pilose; lateral margins of the
corium narrowly ochraceous ; cuneus sometimes pale casta-
neous, its basal and apical margins more or less distinctly
pale ochraceous; membrane fuliginous, the cellular and
apical margins paler; body beneath black, greyishly pilose ;
legs ochraceous, apices of anterior and intermediate femora,
posterior femora (excluding basal areas), bases of anterior
and intermediate tibia, macular annulations to posterior
tibizs, and the apices of the tarsi black; first and second
joints of antennze black, third and fourth palely fuscous,
first joint as long or nearly as long as head, second joint more
than twice the length of first ; rostrum ochraceous, about
reaching the intermediate coxe ; pronotum with a transverse
foveate impression on each side of anterior area; tibie
spiuulose, the spinules on the posterior tibiz inserted at the
black spots ; femora moderately but distinctly thickened, the
posterior femora more distinctly so.

Length 34 to 4 mm.

Hab. K. Himalayas; Kurseong, 5000 ft. (Ind. Mus.).

ye

20 Mi. W. L. Distant on Oriental Capside.

IDATIUS, gen. nov.

Head abont as long as broad, not foveately sulcate between
the eyes, which project considerably beyond the anterior
margins of the pronotum ; antennz with the first and second
joints moderately thickened, the first distinctly shorter than
head, second four times the length of first, third and fourth
slender, but together not so long as second ; rostrum robust,
reaching the intermediate cox; pronotum at base twice as
broad as long and about twice as broad as at anterior margin,
deflected anteriorly, the lateral margins a little roundly
oblique, the posterior margin subtruncate ; scutellam some-
what large and triangular, moderately transversely impressed
before middle; corium (excluding cuneus) considerably
longer than second joint of antenna; cuneus with the basal
and outer margins subequal in length; membrane con-
siderably passing the abdominal apex, with a distinct basal
cell; posterior femora moderately thickened, posterior tibi
spinulose.

Idatius priscillianus, sp. n.

Black ; eyes black; antenne with the basal joint brownish
ochraceous, second joint black, with its basal area brownish
ochraceous, third and fourth joints palely fuscous, basal
area of third ochraceous; cuneus with two greyish spots
near base ; membrane pale fuliginous ; body beneath black ;
legs ochraceous, posterior femora castaneous, the spinules to
the posterior tibia and the apices of the tarsi black; pro-
notum and scutellum shining black, faintly transversely
striate; coriam obscurely pilose and finely punctate; other
structural characters as in generic diagnosis.

Length 3 mm.

‘Hab. Bengal; Paresnath, 4000 to 4500 ft. (Annandale).
Simla Hills; Dharampur, 5000 fi. (Annandale).

SEJANUS, gen. nov.

Head about as long as broad, deeply, broadly, roundly,
foveately suleate between the eyes, which are large and pro-
ject beyond the anterior margins of the pronotum; antennz
with the first and second joints moderately thickened, the
second more robust than the first, which is short and about
the length of the eyes, second joint about five times the
length of tirst, third and fourth slender, third about twice as
long as first, fourth as long as first ; rostrum robust and
reaching the posterior cox; pronotuin twice as broad as

Mr. W. L. Distant on Oriental Capside. 21

long, the lateral margins oblique, posterior margin sub-
truncate ; scutellum somewhat large and triangular ; corium
(excluding cuneus) about as long as second joint of antenna,
cuneus with the basal and outer margins subequal in length,
angularly narrowed at apex ; membrane considerably passing
the abdominal apex with a single basal cell; legs mutilated
in typical specimen.

This genus is founded on a single specimen sent me by
Mr. Green from Ceylon, and although wanting the legs can-
not be left out of the enumeration of the Capsidee of British

India.

Sejanus funereus, sp. n.

Black; eyes castaneous brown; antenne with the basal joint
brownish ochraceous, the second joint black, with its basal area
brownish ochraceous, third and fourth joints stramineous ;
cuneus with two basal greyish spots; membrane fuscous, the
margins paler ; rostrum black, its basal area brownish ochra-
ceous ; body beneath black ; corium shortly, finely, palely
pilose ; structural characters as in generic diagnosis,

Length 24 nm.

Hab. Cey lon (Green).

‘This species was contained in some miscellaneous sweepiugs

kindly collected tor me by our helpful friend Mr. E. E. Green,

SABACTUS, gen. nov.

Head about as long as broad, deflected and narrowed in
front of eyes, which are transverse and strongly project beyond
the anterior margins of the pronotum ; antenne slender, first
joint shorter than head, second about four times as long as
first, third longer than fourth and together distinctly shorter
than second ; rostrum reaching the posterior coxze; pronotum
at base twice as broad as long and about two and a half times
as broad as anterior margin, moderately convex, deflected
anteriorly, the basal margin before scutellum truncate,
oblique towards posterior angles; scutellum subtriangular ;
corium (excluding cuneus) as Tong as second joint of antenne,
including clavus and cuneus twice as long as broad, cuneus
considerably broader than long ; posterior femora moderately
thickened, intermediate and posterior tibia spinulose.

A genus to be placed near Campylomma, Reut.

Subactus institutus, sp. n.

Brownish ochraceous ; eyes, a small spot at apex of claval
suture, and the apex of cuneus black ; antenne ochraceous,

22 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and

third and fourth jo‘nts palely fuscous ; lateral areas of corium
and the cuneus pale ochraceous; membrane pale fuliginous,
the margins pale ochraceous; body beneath and legs ochra-
ceous, intermediate and posterior tibie finely spotted with
black, the spinules black ; structural characters as in generic
diagnosis.

Length 3 mm.

Hab. Ceylon ; Peradeniya (Green).

1V.—Deseriptions and Records of Bees.— XXIV.
By T. D. A. CockeReELL, University of Colorado.

Ashmeadiclla howardi, sp. n.

g .—Length about 54 mm.

Similar to A. gillette:, Titus, but smaller, the femora and
tibia entirely black; ventral scopa white ; tegule amber-
c lour ; fifth and sixth dorsal abdominal segments pruinose,
with fine white hair. The first three abdominal segments
are red, the rest black, abruptly contrasting ; the abdominal
hair-bands are white and distinct.

gd -—Resembles the female, but flagellum black beneath,
and first three abdominal segments red only at sides. The
end of the abdomen has the usual four teeth ; the median ones
quite long and pallid, the lateral triangular and oblique.
"he wings are slightly dusky.

Hab. § (=type), San Gubriel Mts., Los Angeles County,
California, 3000 feet, June 16, 1909 (F. Grinnell, Jr.);
¢, Pasadena, Oalifornia, May 31, 1909 (FP. Grinnell, Jr.).

This is evidently the species discovered by Dr. L. QO.
Howard at La Mesa, California, in April 1898, referred to by
Mr. Titus in Proc. Entom. Soc. Washington, vol. vi. p- 100.

Alcidamea grinnelli, sp. ne

9 .—Like A. simplex (Cresson), except that the mesothorax
is much more regularly and evenly punctured, the tegula are
pellucid testaceous, and the wings are darker, especially in
the region about the stigma. Mandibles tridentate; flagellum
ferruginous beneath; ventral scopa white ; first r. n. entering
second s.m. about as far from base as second {rom apex. ‘The
eyes are pale browiish and much narrower than in Ashimead-
della meliloti (Ckll.).

Hab. San Gabriel Mts., near Pasadena, California, 1750
feet, July 15, 1909 (2. Grinnell, Jr.).: 22. = 0 7 aa

Records of Bees. 23

Chelostoma jacintanum, sp. n. (Cephalapis, subgen. nov.).

3 .—Length a little over 8 mm.

Black (including the legs) except the sides of the first two
abdominal segments, which are chestnut-red, the red more
extensive on the base of the first; head and thorax very
densely and minutely punctured, and with quite abundant
white hair; head large, quadrate, with very broad cheeks and
vertex, which are covered with appressed hair; face covered
with white hair; clypeus very densely and minutely punc-
tured, faintly carinate, the lower margin very obtusely angularly
produced in the middle, and with a minute denticle at each
side ; mandibles hairy basally, faintly reddish toward apex,
tridentate, the two apical teeth prominent, the third separated
by a long interval and easily overlooked; antenne short, like
those of a normal female of this group, the flagellum faintly
reddish beneath; eyes large, very prominent, green ; ocelli
large, in a low triangle; area of metathorax shining ; tegule
shining, rufo-testaceous. Wings reddish hyaline ; sé¢gmatie
part of marginal cell only about half as long as that bounding
jirst submarginal ; b. n. not quite reaching t.-m. ; second s.m.
wth first r. n. joining tt nearer, but not much nearer, its base
thun second r. n. its apex, the distance of first r, n. from base
hardly half length of first t.-c. Legs normal, small, joints of
anterior tarsi teriuginous and of second slightly so; hind
femora bulging at base below ; hind spurs pallid, s¢mple ;
pulvillus large. Abdomen shining, rather sparsely punctured ;
hind margins of first five segments with narrow white hair-
bands; basin of first segment not bounded by a transverse
carina ; seven dorsal segments ; sixth with the margin reddish
hyaline, with a very low obtuse tooth on each side; seventh
black, produced into two large broad truncate teeth, the interval
between them about as great as the breadth of one; five
ventral segments visible, tringed with pale hair, the fitth
emarginate, the disk of the second with punctures running in
trausverse rows.

Hab. Kenworthy, San Jacinto Mts., California, 5000 feet,
June 8 (L. Grinnell, Jr.).

In Robertson’s table of ‘'rypetine genera (l'rans, Am. Ent.
Soc. xxix. p. 167) this runs out at 2, but on the whole comes
nearest to Aleudamea. It is tar from being a typical Chelo-
stuma; by reason of the characters italicized it may be
regarded as the type of a new subgenus or genus Cephalapis,
It is, perhaps, nearer to Protertades than to Chelostoma,

24 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Deseripiions and

Halictoides mulleri, Ckll., 1898.

This species was described from a single female. At Pasa-
dena, California, April 8, 1909, Mr. Grinnell caught an
insect which must be itsmale, having all the essential characters
of the species, including the strongly bluish vertex, the broad
head, &c. It is remarkable for the hind legs, of which the
femora and tibie are greatly swollen (the latter also curved),
while the flattened shining basitarsus is exceedingly short
and broad, and broadly truncate apically. he flagellum is
quite thick, with the apical two-thirds ribbed beneath.

Flesperapis semirudis, sp. n.

Q .—Length about 103 mm.

Black, with dense entire creamy-white hair-bands on the
apical margins of the abdominal segments ; hair of head and
thorax rather dull white, long and bluck on vertex; meso-
thorax and scutellum with short greyish hairs, giving a
dusty effect, around their margins, and scanty erect black hairs
on the disk; face (and especially vertex) shining, but meso-
thorax, scutellum, and Jarge basal area of metathorax dull
and minutely roughened; flagellum stout, dull reddish
beneath; tegule blackish anteriorly, hyaline testaceous
posteriorly. Wings dusky hyaline, stigma dull ferruginous,
nervures fuscous ; b. n. falling some distance short of t.-m. ;
second s.m. long, narrowed more than half to marginal,
receiving first r. n. a trifle nearer base than second to apex ;
third discoidal cell with its apical angle much less than a
right angle. Legs black, ordinary, the hind legs carrying
much light yellow pollen; hind spurs white. Abdomen with
a sericeous surface; in addition to the apical hair-bands
there are thin basal ones; hind coxze with a small apical
tooth or spine on inner side.

Related to H. eumorpha (Ckll.) and H. rhodocerata (Ckll.),
but easily known by the thoracic sculpture and large amount
of black hair.

Hab. Kenworthy, San Jacinto Mts., California, 5000 feet,
June 8 (fF. Grinnell, Jr.).

Diandrena puthua, sp. n.

g.—Length about 64 mm.

Green; similar to D. nothcealaid’s, Ckll., except that the
hair of the face is wholly white, without any black ; the eyes
are rather broader and very prominent; the size is rather
less ; the spurs are white; and the area of metathorax has no

Records of Bees. 25

central raised line. The apical abdominal plate is broadly
tru: cate, with rounded corners ; its colour chestnut-red, with
the apical margin broadly whitish.

? .—Length about 64 mm.

Similar to the male except for the usual sexual differences ;
flagellum ferruginous beneath except at base (in the male it
is dark) ; hind margins of abdominal segments pale testa-
ceous ; third antennal joint as long as the next three com-
bined ; clypeus densely covered with shining white hair ;
facial fovee linear, black. ‘Lhe hind legs are covered with
white hair, but it hardly seems to amount to a polleniferous
scopa (no pollen has been collected), and there is no curled
basal floccus.

Can the insect be parasitic? The female is totally distinct
from D, nothocalaidis and D. chalybea by its small size, lack
of black hair, &c, The tirst abdominal segment is shining in
the female, dull in the male. In both sexes the process of
labrum is bituberculate.

Hab. Pasadena, California, April 8, 1909, 2 g, 1 ?
(PF. Grinnell, Jr.).

The specific name, from the Malay, means white-haired,
Judging from appearance, this seems to be a species which
has adopted parasitic habits, in agreement with which the
female (large in the pollen-collecting allies) has degenerated
to the size of the male, and has lost its special polleniferous
scopa. At the same locality, on the same day, Mr. Grinnell
took Andrena prunorum, Ckll., two males.

Epeolus asperatus, Sp. n.

9 .—Length about 8 mm.

Black, with the usual ornamentation, pale yellowish cine-
reous ; mandibles red except at tips; labrum black, reddish
laterally ; clypeus black, very densely punctured ; head much
broader than long; eyes pale purplish; vertex rugoso-
punctate ; antennze black, second joint dull reddish toward
apex ; mesothorax and scutellum rough with extremely dense
punctures ; scutellum bigibbous, the lateral teeth black and
very short; lower two-thirds of pleura bare, densely punc-
tured; tubercles red, but covered with hair ; tegule bright
apricot-red ; anterior part of mesothorax with two curved
bands of pubescence and one joining them, making a letter H,
Wings with the apical margin broadly dusky ; nervures and
stigma piceous; second t.-c. reduced to a small stump on
both sides, so that there are only two submarginal cells.
Abdomen deep black, with all the bands widely interrupted

26 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell— Descriptions and

in the middle; on the first segment the lateral portions of the
black area are truncate, and about as long as the median
portion measured by the interruption of the apical band; on
the second segment the band gradually broadens laterally,
with indications of an oblique notch; on the third and fourth
the band is divided into two patches on each side, the inner
one oval, the outer on the third subquadrate, with a pointed
projection directed inwards, and on the fourth more or less
hourglass-shaped ; fifth segment with only an apical lunule ;
Jast ventral not prolonged or curved downwards. Legs black,
with the knees, apices of tibiz, and small joints of tarsi
ferruginous ; hind spurs dark, somewhat reddish.

On account of the ornamentation of the abdomen it closely
resembles T'riepeolus verbesine (Ckll.). The venation would
almost put it in Phileremus, but it is not very near to other
species so referred.

Hab. Los Angeles, California, April 24, 1909 (7. Grinnell,
Jr.).

Tricpeolus gabrielis, sp. n.

6 .—Length about 7 mm.

Black, with the usual ornamentation, which dorsally, espe-
cially on the abdomen, has a yellowish tinge, but on the face,
pleura, &c. is white; mandibles ferruginous; labrum and
clypeus black, the former with two little tubercles near its
lower edge ; clypeus densely and minutely punctured ; eyes
brown, converging below ; antennz black, third joint slightly
reddish; vertex coarsely rugoso-punctate; mesothorax and
scutellum coarsely. and very densely punctured; pubescent
mark on anterior part of mesothorax forming a large reversed
U, of which the basin is about half filled in and the edges
flare outwards a little; scutellum hardly bigibbous, the lateral
teeth black and very short ; pleura hairy all over, but in the
middle the hair is denser, making a sort of broad white band ;
tubercles and tegulz apricot-red. Wings broadly dusky on
apical margin ; marginal cell so blunt as to be practically
truncate ; second s.m. narrowed almost to a point above.
Femora with short silvery hair; legs black, the femora at
extreme apex, tibize at apex and base, and tarsi ferruginous ;
spurs light ferruginous. Abdomen with the ground-colour
intense black and the bands broad, that on first with a rather
wide interruption, on second and third with a linear inter-
ruption, on fourth and fifth entire; black area on first seg-
meut a broad band, obliquely truncate but with rounded
corners at sides; upper edge of light band on second segment
with a double curve on each side, the lateral enlargement

Records of Bees. Pa:

gradual; second and third ventral sezments with much white
tomentum, those beyond the third dark.

Hab. San Gabriel Mountains, near Pasadena, California,
1750 feet, July 15, 1909 (Ff. Grinnell, Jr.).

The size and general appearance is like that of J. nore,
Ckll., but the new species is easily separated by the colour of
the legs, the marking of the second abdominal segment, &ce.

At the same locality, on the same day) Mr. Grinnell took
Bombus vosnesenskit, Rad.

PsEUDOMELECTA, Radoszk.

This genus was based on certain Asiatic species in which
the scutellum is bituberculate and the hair of the thorax is
short, as in Crocisa. The American species of the group of
M. miranda, Fox, are very distinct from true Melecta, and I
had some idea of separating them under a new generic name,
but I believe they may be correctly referred to Pseudomeleeta.
The ornamentation of the abdomen is /peolus-like, and the
five-jointed maxillary palpi are very small ; for particulars
concerning the mouth-parts see Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.,
July 1902, p. 45. Genuine Melecta is much more like
Bombomelecta than Pseudomelecta in appearance, and even in
scutellar structure. I have examined the mouth-parts of
M.armata, Panz., and find them to be similar to those of
Pseudomelecta mir anda, but the maxillary palpi, though tive-
jointed, are quite long (970 yw), while those of P. miranda,
a bee of about the same size, are only about 425 4. The
hyaline area of the maxillary blade is much broader in M. ar-
mata than in P. miranda. Thus Melecta (which does not
occur in America) falls exactly between Bumbomelecta (exclu-
sively American) and Pseudomelecta (Asiatic and American).
Of these, Bombomelecta is the most primitive, having very
long six-jointed maxillary palpi, while Pseudomelecta is the
most advanced. ‘lhe group probably originated in America,
migrated to Eurasia, and finally gave back to America the
much modified type "Pseudomelecta. The American forms of
the latter genus are :-—

Pseudomelecta californica (Cresson).
Pseudomelecta californica miranda (Fox).
Pseudomelecta interrupta (Cresson).
Pseudomelecta interrupta fallugie (Ckll.).
Pseudomelecta interrupta rociadensis (Ckll.).
Pseudomelecta pasadenensis, sp. n.

9 .— Length about 12 mm.
Agreeing with P. californica miranda, except as follows:

28 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and

a tuft of black hair below each antenna, and a large tuft
above (in miranda and californica the tuft above is always
white) ; middle tufts of black on anterior part of mesothorax
large and not taking the form of stripes; tegule finely
punctured, very dark, only the edges reddish ; points of
scutellar lobes not so close together ; tarsi all black ; marginal
cell less truncate; first abdominal segment with the band
more widely interrupted; no light spots on basal declivity.
Perhaps only a subspecies of cal/fornica.

Hab. Pasadena, California, April 30, 1909 (F. Grin-
nell, Jr.).

The characters of the claws and mandibles, cited by
Patton and Fox as distinctive of Bombomelecta, are also
found in true Adelecta.

Ceratina acantha, Provancher, 1895.

Mr. H. S. Smith, in Trans. American Ent. Soe. xxxiii.
p- 121, has stated that C. acantha, of which he examined
the female type, is identical with C. submaritima, Ckll. In
this I think he is mistaken, owing to the failure to separate a
distinct species common in Los Angeles County, California,
to which the name acantha properly applies. ‘The female
submaritima, of which I have seen many examples, has no
light mark on the clypeus; whereas Provancher’s description
calls for such a mark, and it is present in a species agreeing
well with the description, taken by Mr. Grinnell in some
numbers at Pasadena, April 8, May 21 and 31, and Aug. 26.
The females, except for the dark tubercles and strongly dusky
wings, are much like C. nanu/a, Ckll. Fortunately there are
two males, noteworthy for the following characters: yellow
mark on clypeus with the lateral projections much larger
than the median, the latter faintly or decidedly bifid; labrum
with a large pale yellow mark; front a fine deep blue;
thorax strongly bluish; tubercles dark ; wings strongly
dusky ; abdomen blue-green; apical plate with the terminal
process broader than Smith figures for acantha, though not
so broad as nanula, and slightly angled or pointed at the
apex.

‘This is certainly distinct from submaritima, though related.
The type of acantha was from Jos Angeles. Mr. Grinnell
took a small female submaritima in Arroya Seco Cafion, San
Gabriel Mts., California, October 8.

A female C. nanula was taken by Mr. Grinnell in Arroyo
Seco Caton, June 17. Although this has light tubercles, the
wings are darker than usual in nanula, so I hesitated whether
to regard it as a variety of C. acantha. I observe, however,

Records of Bees. 29

that the occipital region is more developed in ranula than
in acantha; and as this condition is even rather exaggerated
in Mr. Grinnell’s specimen, I place it with nanula.

Ceratina tejonensis, Cresson.

This species, based on a single male from Fort Tejon,
California, seems to be extremely rare. What I take to be
its female was obtained by Mr. Grinnell at 3000 ft. in the
San Gabriel Mts., California, June 16. It has dark tubercles
like acantha, but it is much larger (8 mm. or a little over) ;
the wings are strongly dusky, and the clypeus has a cunei-
form ivory-coloured mark. ‘The whole insect is very much
darker and bluer than C. neomexicana, Ckll. The pleura is
very strongly and coarsely punctured.

‘. Megachile chrysopyga, Smith, 1853.

A cotype froin F. Smith’s collection, with the locality-label
* Australia,” is identical with my A. macular‘formis. ‘The
description of chrysopyga disagrees with the specimens in
respect to the ventral scopa and apparently the abdominal
bands; it is just possible that typical chrysopyga (from
Tasmania) is separable..

Prosopis polifolit, Ckil., 1901.

Mr. Grinnell has taken this in some numbers at Pasadena,
California, April 8, 1909. The males vary, some having
a black line on each side of the clypeus, between it and the
lateral marks. ‘The female, not previously known, is very
much like P. tuertonds, Ckll., but has the face rather broader.
Sometimes the tegule have no light spot, and the lateral
tace-marks are extremely narrow.

Prosopis hesperiphila, sp. n.

$.—Similar to P. polifolii, but differing thus: supra-
elypeal mark represented by a hardly visible transverse line
(probably not constant); clypeus broader; lateral marks
truncate above and strongly notched by antennal sockets.
Wings dusky ; marginal cell very narrowly obliquely truncate
at apex; second s.m. broader ; tegule with a light mark.
The mesothorax is extremely densely and minutely punctured,
and the face-markings are of the pale-t possible shade of
yellowish,

30 Mr. G. Meade- Waldo on

Hab. Tahquitz Valley, San Jacinto Mts., California,
8000 ft., July 21 (F. Grinnell, Jr.).

A female taken at the same time and place proves to be
only P. polifolit.

Prosopis pasadene, sp. 0.

3.—A very small species, in every way related to
P. mesille, Ckll., but distinguished by the upward extensions
of the lateral face-marks, which, instead of being short and
broad, are long and slender, curving away from the orbits.
The tubercles are variable, dark or spotted. Unlike the
P. digitata group, the outer margin of the lateral face-marks
is even, without any notch or angle at the beginning of the
upward process. The first abdominal segment is very shiny,
the second dullish.

? .—Like that of P. cressoni, Ckll., but the wings greyish ;
or when the clypeus is not entirely dark, like that of P. mesille
in its darker forms, but lateral face-marks pointed above,
away from orbit, and upper margin of prothorax all black.

Hab. Pasadena, California, April 8 to May 31 (F."
Grinnell, Jr.) ; near Pasadena, at 1100 ft., July 21 (Ff.
Grinnell, Jr.).

V.—New Species of Diploptera in the Collection of the British
Museum. By Grorrrey Meape-Watpo, B.A.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Parr I.

Durine arecent rearrangement of this family in the National
Collection J have found a number of species which are
apparently undescribed ; of these species I have now written
descriptions, which I hope to publish in two or three
consecutive papers.

In the present paper there are descriptions of new species
of the families Masaride and Eumenide (as far as the
genus Rhynchium).

All measurements of length are taken from the front of
the head to the apical margin of the second abdominal
segment, except where the ¢ota/ length is expressly mentioned,

The types are all in the National Collection,

new Species of Diploptera.

DirLtopreRa, Latyr.

Masaridz, Leach.

dL

Key to the Genus Paragia, Shuckard.

A. Median segment produced into spines at poste-
rior angles,
a. First recurrent nervure interstitial with first
transverse cuhital nervure .......ceeeee.
6. Both recurrent nervures received by second
cubital cell.
a*, Wings without a fuscous band along the

costa.
a’, Wings flavo-hyaline, broadly fuscous at
ele stain fa alee asa ees Sila <iee a:
6°. Wings pale flavo-hyaline, radial cell
PSO a terse canted a anlerceeta wale ate @
b*. Wings stained with fuscous along the
costa.
a’, Second abdominal segment mostly
orange.
a‘, Second abdominal segment with small
black mark at} hace’? sisi. ea aes 0
6*. Second abdominal segment with nar-
row black fascia at base ..........

6°, Second abdominal segment almost or
quite black.
a‘. Median segment wholly orange
6‘. Median segment nearly or entirely
black.
a’, Median segment entirely black.
a’, Basal half of third abdominal
segment black ..... GARG 8s
6§, Third abdominal segment almost
entirely orange.
a’, Scutellum entirely black ....
67, Scutellum marked with orange.
6°, Spines of median segment orange.
a®, Segments 4-6 of abdomen almost
CHIMGLY. DBC ccc cides als « wis
b®. Segments 4-5 of abdomen with
GOLAN Ge PASE Fasc e clei whales
B. Median segment rounded or not produced into
spines at posterior angles,
a. Angles of the median segment subtuberculate,
colours black and reddish orange.
a’, Scutellum totally reddish orange.
a, First abdominal segment reddish orange.
b*, First abdominal segment black ; a small
reddish-orange spot on each side.,....
b®. Seutellum reddish orange on posterior mar-
PAE aah orthoses sls tv so: 5ié aerers s
b. Angles of median segment rounded.
a’. First abdominal segment as broad as
second; colours black and yellow.
a’, Abdomen wholly yellow ............

P. maculata, sp. 0.

P. walkeri, sp. n.

P. morosa, Sin.

P. calida, Sm.

P. excellens, Sm.

P, sobrina, Sm.

P. odyneroides, Sm.

P. bidens, Sauss.
P. predator, Sauss,

P. nasuta, Sm.

P. venusta, Sin.

P. concinna, Sm.
P. deceptor, Sm.
P. yretifrons, Sm,

P. decipiens, Shick.

32 Mr. G. Meade-Waldo on

6°. Abdomen black and yellow.
a‘, Scutellum yellow, segments 1-4 of
abdomen broadly yellow on sides.... P. tricolor, Sm.
b*. Scutellum black, segments 2-5 of ab-
domen with narrow yellow fasciz on
rotgnissr iveatl aru aa ori y 50 ahah . P. saussuret, Sm.
6?. First abdominal segment narrower than
second.
a®, Abdomen banded with orange-yellow,
second segment black .............. P. magdalena, Turn.
b®. Five basal abdominal segments with
narrowly interrupted yellow lines .... P. vespiformis, Sm.

P. australis, Sauss.,and P. bicolor, Sauss., are not included
in the above key, as I have not seen specimens of them, and
the descriptions are too short to render their inclusion
possible.

Paracia, Shuckard.
Paragia maculata, sp. n.

9. Black ; a spot on the clypeus, in the sinus of each eye,
behind the eyes, the anterior margin and posterior angles of
the pronotum, the tegulz, except at the base, a large spot
on the mesopleurz below the base of each fore wing, a spot
on the anterior angles of the scutellum, a vertical mark on
each side of the median segment, a band on the apex of the
first abdominal segment, broadening at the sides, a median
series of transverse spots, lateral transverse lines on each
side of segments 2-5, a spot on ventral surface of second
abdominal segment, orange-yellow. Mandibles, the legs, a
spot on the tegule at the base, ferrugineous. Tibi and tarsi
of legs densely covered with a greyish-white pubescence on
the outside. Wings hyaline; costa, radial, first cubital cell,
and nervures fuscous ; second cubital cell not receiving both
recurreut nervures, but first recurrent nervure interstitial
with first transverse cubital nervure. Clypeus snbtriangular,
depressed and truncate at the apex, with a median longitu-
dinal carina; pronotum broadly rounded in front ; scutellum
prominent, covering postscutellum, median segment truncate,
apical. angles produced to a sharp point. Abdomen elongate-
ovate, first segmeut distinctly narrower than second, strongly
constricted at apex.

Punctured, thorax and vertex of head rugosely, clypeus
and abdomen minutely, truncation of median segment trans-
versely rugulose, with a median carina.

Total length 12 mm.

new Species of Diploptera. 33

&. Similar, orange-yellow spot on clypeus larger than in
female, markings in general more yellow.

Total length 101 mm.

Hab. Western Austraha: Eo, 31 3°.

Paragia walkeri, sp. n.

3d. Reddish orange; mandibles at apex, a small area on
frout round the base of each antenna, mesonotum and tegule,
pleurze (except a quadrate spot on mesopleurz on each side),
apical 2 of second and whole of third abdominal segments,
black.

Wings flavo-hyaline, fuscous at apex, especially in the
radial cell. Clypeus wider than long, narrowly truncate at
the apex; pronotum slightly arched on the anterior margin ;
scutellum prominent, strongly convex, and overhanging the
postscutellum, median segment truncate, a massive tubercle
on each side. Abdomen: first abdominal segment broadly
cup-shaped, rather narrower than the second, following
segments elongate-ovate. Head and thorax evenly studded
with small granular puncturations, two furrows on meso-
notum converging posteriorly, the abdomen most minutely
punctured. Fulvous pubescence on vertex of head, thorax,
legs, and abdomen (except segments 2 and 3).

Total length 20 mm.

Hab. Adelaide River, Northern Territory, Australia; 1 ¢,
collected by Commander J. J. Walker during cruise of
H.M.S. ‘ Penguin.’

This splendid species most strikingly resembles the insects
of the Eumenid genus Adispa, Mitchell. None of the other
described species of Paragia have similar wing-coloration,
the flavo-hyaline ground-colour and fuscous apical area of
P. walkeri rendering the likeness between the two genera

extraordinary.

JUGURTIA, Sauss.

Jugurtia escalere, sp. n.

2, Black ; the apical half of clypeus, the sinus of each
eye, a broad band between the eyes, a line behind them, basal
portion of mandibles, scape of antenne, the flagellum below,
the pronotum in front, broadening on the sides, a line on
each side of the posterior margin reaching to the tegule, a
spot in the centre of the mesonotum, the tegulz, the apex of
the scutellum, the postscutellum, two large marks (one oval,
the other linear and curved) on mesopleure on each side,

5)

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. v. 3

34 Mr. G. Meade-Waldo on

the entire median segment, with the exception of two black
pipe-shaped marks placed back to back, a band on the apex
of segments 1-5 broadening laterally, apical half of segment 6
totally, ventral surface of segments 1-5 (with exception of a
small black spot on each side of segments 2-5), an oval mark
on segment 6, the legs entirely, sulphur-yellow.

Apex of mandibles, flagellum of antenne above, a spot on
the tegule ferrugineous. Vertex, pronotum in front, covered
with a short dense pile.

Wings clear hyaline, a slight shade of fuscous in radial
cell, the nervures fuscous. The clypeus deeply emarginate
at the apex, broadly subtriangular; pronotum rounded in
front; scutellum very prominent, rounded, covering the
postscutellum ; median segment truncate, rounded,

Abdomen elongate-ovate, slender. Punctured; the clypeus,
vertex, and thorax coarsely, scutellum very coarsely, median
segment very finely rugulose, the abdomen more finely
punctured.

Total length 8 mm.

Hab. S.W. Persia (Escalera); 4 9.

This species seems very nearly allied to J. chlorotica, Mor.,
from Transcaspia, but differs in several respects. The ventral
surface of J. ehlorotica is black, whereas the general colouring
of the ventral surface of J. escalere is sulphur-yellow, and
there are other conspicuous differences in coloration. The
disparity in size is also worthy of note, J. escalere being a
considerably larger species.

Eumenide, Westwood.
Ruaruipocrossa, 8. 8. Saunders.

Rhaphidoglossa punctata, sp. u.

&. Black; the clypeus, a transverse spot between the
eyes, the lower angle of the sinus of eyes, scape of antennz
beneath, a line on anterior margin of pronotum broken in
the middle, two small spots on postscutellum, two spots
rather larger on each side of apex of median segment, a
small triangular mark on each side of first abdominal seg-
ment, second abdominal segment distinctly, segments 3-6
more obscurely marked with transverse lines on apical
margin, tibize on outside, creamy yellow. Apical margin of
second abdominal segment on ventral surface creamy yellow.
Mandibles at the apex, segments 2, 3, 4 of the antevne, a
spot behind each eye, tegulz, a minute spot on mesopleure
on cach side, an arched carina on the extreme apex of first

new Species of Diploptera. 35

abdominal segment, base of second segment, the legs (except
the coxz), ferrugineous.

Wings hyaline, somewhat diffused with fuscous on the
apical area. Clypeus as broad as long, with a small semi-
circular emargination at the apex ; pronotum sharply angular
in front ; mesonotum posteriorly with a longitudinal carina,
obscure and shining; scutellum prominent, postscutellum
with a minute spine on each side, median segment with a
distinct longitudinal furrow.

Abdomen: the first segment as long as thorax, slender,
broadening gradually to apex, second segment cup-shaped.

Punctured; the clypeus and whole thorax very coarsely
and rugosely, first abdominal segment less coarsely, re-
maining segments minutely.

Length 10 mm.

Hab. Angola (J. J. Monteiro); 1 ¢.

Has a strong resemblance to R. natalensis, Sm., from
Natal, but differs in having no tubercles on the petiole, and
in the coarser puncturation of the petiole. It may possibly
prove to be the male of R. natalensis, although the distance
separating the two species geographically is very great.

Calligaster turneri, sp. n.

@. Black; two small round spots on pronotum on each
side ferrugineous; tibiz and tarsi of intermediate and poste-
rior legs covered with a dense short fulvous pile, the vertex
and clypeus with a sparse grey pubescence. Clypeus as
broad as long, subtriangular ; pronotum narrow anteriorly,
widening to the tegule; scutellum flat, median segment
rounded posteriorly, with a conspicuous longitudinal depres-
sion between the two sides, punctured ; clypeus, mesopleure,
and mesonotum longitudinally striate, a short longitudinal
carina between the antenne, vertex rugosely, scutellum and
postscutellum coarsely punctured, two longitudinal furrows
on mesonotum ; an obscure furrow on scutellum and post-
scutellum ; abdomen shining, petiole more finely, following
segments minutely punctured, an arched keel on apical end
of petiole, a distinct transverse furrow anterior to it.

Wings pale fuscous, with a metallic-bronze gloss.

Length 15 mm.

Hab. Shillong, Assam (R. E. Turner).

Easily distinguished from the nearly allied species by the
shape of the petiole, which is much shorter and more ovate
than in any cther species with the exception of Calligaster

3-maculatus, Cam., from Darjeeling ; in both of these species
QF
eo

36 Mr. G. Meade- Waldo on

the petiole is not much more than twice as long as broad.
It differs from C. 3-maculatus in the absence of any ferru-
gineous band on the apex of the petiole, and in the less coarse
puncturation from C. himalayensis, Cam., which is an alto-
gether larger insect, with a long depressed petiole; from
C. interstitialis, Cam., in the absence of any yellow markings ;
and from C. etchellsii, Cam., in the absence of a tooth on
the apex of the first abdominal segment and in the shape of
the petiole.

Lasvus, Sauss.
Labus annulatus, sp. u.

9. Black; a small transverse mark at the base of the
clypeus, a spot on each angle of the anterior margin of the
pronotum, a minute spot on the tegule, a band on the apex
of the petiole and of the second abdcminal segment, the
anterior femora beneath, pale yellow. Tegule, anterior
tibia, ferrngineous. Head and thorax, segments 2-6 of
abdomen, more or less covered with a short brown pubes-
cence. Wings fusco-hyaline, the costa ferrugineous. Cly-~
peus as broad as long, depressed and broadly rounded at the
apex, with two obscure teeth; vertex with a longitudinal
depression ; pronotum broad in front, the anterior angles
forming sharp pomts ; mesonotum: flattened posteriorly, a
short longitudinal carina running along the surface, median
segment convex, with apical angles produced to a point on
each side, divided by a Jongitudinal furrow. Petiole of
abdomen as long as thorax, slender, gradually broadening
towards the apex, second abdominal segment cup-shaped.

Punctured ; head and thorax (with exception of median
segment) coarsely, median segment and abdomen shining
and sparsely punctured.

Length 7 mm.

g. Differs from female in having the clypeus and scape
of antenve on underside yellow.

Hab. Durban (F. Muir); 2 9,4 3.

Nearly allied to Labus (?) macrostylus, Kohl, from Sierra
Leone ; both species have petioles of the same form. They
may be distinguished by the clypeus, which is convex and
slightly emarginate at the apex in L.? macrostylus, neither
of which characters occurs in L. annulatus.

Labus superbus, sp. n.

3. Black ; clypeus, the scape in front, a small line behind
the eyes, the anterior margin of the pronotum broadening on

new Species of Diploptera. 37

each side, the tegule, two spots on the scutellum, the post-
scutellum, a longitudinal mark on each side of the median
segment, a spot on each side of petiole, a band on the
apical margin of petiole broken in centre, a large elongate-
ovate spot on each side of second abdominal segment,
the apical margin of second abdominal segment, a band
on the apical margin of segments 3, 4, 5, continued on
the ventral surface, the legs, except the cox and trochanters
and in posterior legs the femora, bright orange-yellow.
Apex of mandibles, terminal segment of flagellum, the eosta
ot wings, ferrugimeous.

Clypeus shallowly and widely triangularly emarginate ;
pronotum rounded, narrower in front than behind, median
segment depressed and arched. Petiole as long as thorax,
niuch attenuated at apex, second segment elongate-ovate.

Punctured ; head (except clypeus), thorax, and abdomen
coarsely. ‘The whole head and thorax and the first abdominal
segment with a greyish-white pubescence.

Length 8 mm.

Hab. White Nile; 2 ¢.

Labus punctatus, sp. n.

3. Black; the scape of antenne beneath, a line on pro-
notum in front broken in the middle, apex of petiole above
and second segment dorsally and ventrally yellow; man-
dibles at the apex, tegulz, apex of femora, the tibiz and tarsi
of anterior legs, intermediate tibize and tarsi, base of poste-
rior tibiz, ferrugineous.

Wings hyaline ; costa, radial cell, and stigma ferrugineous ;
the whole insect more or less covered with a pale pile.

Clypeus subtriangular and convex; pronotum square,
angular on the anterior margin; mesonotum and scutellum
gradually rounded, postscutellum sharply raised to form two
teeth, median segment rounded posteriorly. Petiole of
abdomen rather shorter than thorax, widening somewhat
abruptly towards the apex; second abdominal segment cup-
shaped.

Punctured ; head, thorax, and petiole coarsely, remaining
segments of abdomen more finely.

Length 7 mm.

Hab. Kangra Valley, 4500 feet (G. C. Dudgeon); 1 .

Closely resembles L. armatus, Cam., from Khasia Hills,
but may be distinguished by several differences in the colour-
pattern, viz. absence of yellow on scutellum, clypeus, and
tegule. L. punctatus is considerably more coarsely punc-

38 Mr. G. Meade-Waldo on

tured, particularly on the petiole. Differs from L. humberti-
anus, Sauss., by the coarser puncturation.

Discoe.ivus, Latr.

Discoelius carinatus, sp. n.

?. Black ; a small spot between the antennz, a band on
the apical margin of the petiole dorsally, a broad band on
apical 2 of second abdominal segment, the following segments
dorsally, anterior tibize, ferrugineous red. Head, thorax
(especially the median segment) with sparse short grey
pubescence. Wings fusco-ferrugineous. Clypeus convex,
ovate; mandibles broad; vertex broader than pronotum,
whch is produced to a sharp point at each angle of the
anterior margin; median segment truncate, shghtly concave.
Abdomen : the petiole short, the swollen apical portion as
broad as long, slightly constricted at the apex, the remaining
segments elongate-ovate.

Punctured; mandibles and clypeus very coarsely, the
head and thorax deeply, sides of median segment striate.
Mesonotum with four longitudinal furrows, the two central
furrows longer than the others; scutellum traversed by a
longitudinal furrow ; abdomen more finely punctured.

Length 12 mm.

Hab. Victoria (C. French); 1 2.

Strongly resembles D. verreauxi, Sauss., in coloration, but
is easily distinguished by much slenderer form of the thorax
and the conspicuous row of carinze on the mesonotum,
besides which there are differences in the colour-pattern,
The length of the thorax serves to distinguish this species
from all the described species of this genus from Australia.

Eximus, Sauss.

Elimus, Sauss., Et. fam. Vesp. vol. i, Eumen. p. 7.

Ischnocoelia, Perkins, Proc. Haiw. Ent. Soc. 1908, p. 32.

Saussure makes no mention of the fact that Elimus has
two calcaria on the intermediate tibiz and the tarsal claws
bidentate. Both of these characters are applicable to [schno-
coelia, which appears identical in other respects to Elimus,
and thus sinks as a synonym to the older genus.

Elimus ferrugineus, sp. n.

3. Black ; the clypeus, antennz (with exception of the
scape beneath), mandibles, a spot in the sinus of each eye,
the pronotum (except the posterior angles), the tegule, a

new Species of Deploptera. a9

smal] oval spot on mesopleure on each side, a transverse line
on the scutellum, the petiole, and segments 2, 4, 5, 6, 7 of
the abdomen, the legs (with exception of coxe and tro-
chanters), ferrugineous. Wings clear hyaline, costa and
nervures ferrugineous. Scape beneath yellow.

Clypeus slightly broader than long; prothorax narrow in
front, considerably more narrow than vertex of head, widening
considerably at the posterior angles; median segment
slightly concave medially, rounded posteriorly. Petiole of
abdomen of almost even thickness throughout, slightly
constricted at base and apex ; second segment of abdomen
cup-shaped.

Head and thorax throughout evenly and deeply punctured,
the abdomen more finely punctured, the mesonotum longi-
tudinally traversed by two shallow furrows.

Length 10 mm.

Had. 8. Australia; 2 ¢.

Elimus mackayensis, sp. ni.

9. Black; two longitudinal marks on the sides of the
clypeus, a minute spot above the insertion of each antenna,
a small spot in the sinus of the eyes, a spot behind each eye,
the pronotum in front, posterior margin of the tegul, the
transverse keel of the postscutellum, two minute spots on
the apex of the petiole, narrow border to apical margin of
each of the following abdominal segments, yellow. Mandibles,
the scape, second and third joimts of the antennz, apex of
femora, tibiz and tarsi, tegulz in front, petiole of abdomen
at base and apex, ferrugineous. Wings clear hyaline, slightly
fuscous on the costa; the stigma and nervures testaccous ;
second cubital cell subtriangular.

The clypeus truncate, as broad as long, median segment
strongly depressed, the apical angles produced into spines ;
petiole as long as the thorax, constricted at the ends.

Punctured ; head and thorax deeply and evenly. Meso-
notum traversed longitudinally by two shallow sulci; abdo-
men shining, minutely punctured.

Length 11 mm.

Hab. Mackay, N. Queensland (R. E. Turner).

6. Strongly resembles the female, but differs in the
following respects :—Mandibles and clypeus yellow ; terminal
joint of antennz bent back ina hook; clypeus with a shallow
emargination at the apex ; second abdominal segment much
narrower than in female.

Nearly allied to H. australis, Sauss., which it strongly

“i

40 Mr. G. Meade-Waldo on

resembles in colour, but may be distinguished by the more
slender petiole and differences in the distribution of the
markings.

Elimus robustus, sp. n.

9. Black; the mandibles at the base, two oval spots at
the base of the clypeus, scape, a spot in the sinus of each
eye, a spot on each side behind the eyes, the pronotum, a
spot on the mesopleurz on each side, tegule, two spots on
the posterior margin of scutellum, two obscure marks on
median segment behind, petiole of abdomen along the sides
and at apex, second abdominal segment at base and a broad
band on the apical margin, the legs (with exception of coxz
and trochanters), ferrugineous. Wings pale hyaline, shghtly
ferrugineous along the costa.

Clypeus subtriangular, rather broader than long, median
segment strongly depressed, a distinct carina along each
side, petiole as long as thorax, following segments elongate-
ovate.

Punctured ; the head and thorax (except median segment) ~
coarsely, median segment and abdomen minutely; two
carine converging posteriorly on mesonotum. More or less
covered with a pale pubescence, most noticeable on clypeus,
vertex, median segment, and the tibie.

Length 123 mm.

Hab. S2 Australias/2 79 .

Elimus arabicus, sp. n.

?. Black ; antennz, mandibles, clypeus at apex, pronotum,
tegule, the petiole along the sides aud beneath, second abdo-
minal segment at base, legs (with exception of tibia above),
ferrugineous brown. ‘Tibize above, narrow band interrupted
above in centre on apical margin of petiole, abdominal
segments 2-5, pale yellow.

Wings clear hyaline, slightly fuscous along the costal
margin, second abscissa of the radius about 3 as long as the
third. Clypeus broader than long; thorax massive; petiole
as long as thorax, tapering gradually towards apex; second
abdominal segment petiolate at. base,

Punctured ; head and thorax coarsely, abdomen more
finely, apex of median segment on each side produced to
form a sharp up-curved process. Dense grey pubescence on
head, thorax (except mesonotum), and abdomen, giving the
insect a dusty appearance.

Length 14 mm.

new Spectes of Diploptera. Al

Hab. Tajura, Straits of Bab-el-Mandeb; 1 ¢.

All the other described species of this genus are from
Australia.

This insect is rendered very conspicuous by the denseness
of the pubescence, which gives it the appearance of being
covered with a bloom, as on grapes, when looked at from a
little distance.

Eumenss, Fabr.

Eumenes assamensis, sp. n.

2. Black; a spot between antennz, pronotum in front,
apex of tegule, postscutellum, petivle at the apex, a narrow
band on apical margin of second abdominal segment, a small
spot on each side of it, a few marks on legs, dull brick-red.

Wings fusco-hyaline, costa and radial cell dark fuscous.

Clypeus broadened from the base, greatest width about
half as long as length, produced and narrowed towards apex,
convex, a slight emargination at apex. Pronotum narrow
and rounded anteriorly, median segment rounded posteriorly ;
petiole of abdomen as long as thorax, of uniform width, very
slender at the base, depressed along the dorsal surface;
second abdominal segment arched when viewed laterally.
The whole insect coarsely punctured, with the exception of
abdominal segments 3-6.

Clypeus covered with a dense silvery pile ; vertex of head,
the thorax, and abdomen more sparsely covered.

Length 12 mm.

Hab. Shillong, Assam (R. EL. Turner); 2 9,4 8.

do. Rather smaller, the last joint of antenne bent back on
penultimate joint.

Length 10 mm.

Very nearly allied to HL. punctata, Sauss., described from
China, a species occuring also in Sikkim and Burma, in
which the markings are yellow. Mr. Turner, who collected
for some months in the neighbourhood of Shillong, tells me
that the brick-red markings are a characteristic feature of
the insect fauna in that region. In addition to the species
here described, he captured specimens of an Odynerus and of
the fossorial genera Cerceris and Crabro, of Celiorys among
the Apide, also specimens of a saw-fly. Had not living
individuals been observed, it might have been surmised that
a damp cyauide bottle had caused a discoloration.

Eumenes nicobarica, sp. n.

3. Black; clypeus, sinus of the eyes, pronotum in front,
disk of mesonotum with two short lines running longitu-

42 Mr. G. Meade-Waldo on

dinally, and two transverse curved lines above them, meso-
pleure, outer margin of tegule, two spots on scutellum,
postscutellum, median segment (except for a black mark in
shape of a Maltese cross), petiole with a pair of short yellow
lines on each side at base and a pair about centre, a trans-
verse band at apex, yellow. Whole of second abdominal
segment (with exception of base, a minute black spot on
dorsal area, and narrow transverse band on posterior mar-
gin) yellow. Segments 3, 4,5 black, with subapical margins
yellow, interrupted narrowly above and broadly below ;
segment 6 with a yellow spot on each side above. Anterior
tibiee yellow above.

Length 24 mm.

Hab. Nicobar Islands; 3 ¢.

Probably a geographical race of Eumenes arcuata, Fabr.,
as there does not appear to be any structural difference
between the two species. The insect would come next to
E. arcuata in Bingham’s key (‘ Fauna Brit. India,” Hymeno-
ptera, vol. i. p. 335). The second abdominal segment is
most conspicuously marked with yellow, and renders identi-
fication possible at a glance.

Eumenes ovalauensis, Sauss.

Belonogaster bidentata, Kirby, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) xiii. p. 410
(1884) (Fiji).
Described as a female, is a male of ELumenes ovalauensis,
Sauss. The genus Belonogaster appears to be confined to
Africa, Madagascar, and Japan.

Eumenes waltoni, sp. 0.

@. Black; a narrow line behind the eyes, pronotum in
front, postscutellum, apical margin of petiole above, con-
spicuous elongate oval mark on each side of second abdominal
segment, a broad band on apical margin of second abdominal
segment regular above, uneven on the ventral surface, tibiz
and tarsi yellow. Apex of mandibles and flagellum of
antenne ferrugineous beneath.

Clypeus subtriangular, truncate, somewhat depressed at
the apex, broadest part of thorax considerably broader than
vertex, median segment rounded posteriorly, slightly de-
pressed. Petiole of abdomen short and fairly stout, second
abdominal segment about as broad as thorax at the tegule.

Punctured ; vertex of the head, thorax, median segment,

new Species of Diploptera. 43

and petiole coarsely and evenly; clypeus, second and
following segments shining and minutely punctured.

Wings hyaline, golden brown along the costa, pale fuscous
at the apex.

Vertex of the head, thorax (especially the hinder parts),
and the petiole with a long pile of pale fuscous hair,

Length 16 mm.

3d. Smaller; clypeus whitish yellow, antenne black.

Length 14 mm.

Hab, Khamba Jong, Sikhim (15,000-16,000 ft.) ; Gyang-
tse, Tibet (18,000 ft.). Collected by H. J. Walton on the
Tibet Expedition, 1903-4; 18 29,2 ¢.

Eumenes higletti, sp. n.

?. Black; clypeus, mark between antennz at base,
a line behind them, pronotum almost reaching to tegule,
large ovate spot (interrupted in the centre) on mesopleure on
each side, posterior margin of postscutellum, median segment
broadly on each side, apical margin of the petiole on each
side, apical margin of second abdominal segment, except
medio-dorsally, and two small isolated spots, apical margins
of segments 3, 4, 5 (interrupted dorsally and continuous
ventrally), yellow. Anterior femora and tibiz on outside,
base of intermediate and posterior tibiz, yellow. Antenne
beneath, two quadrate spots on scutellum, tegule, meta-
pleuree on each side, petiole medially, apical segment of
abdomen, legs (except where yellow), ferrugineous. Wings
hyaline, tinted with a golden sheen towards costal area,
radial- cell fuscous. Clypeus broadly ovate, truncate at
the apex, rather longer than broad; pronotum angular in
front; median segment truncate, produced towards apex
on each side to form a V-shaped depression; petiole rather
longer than thorax, slender, the apical portion broader, a
sinall tubercle on each side, following segments elongate-
ovate. Punctured; vertex and thorax finely and evenly ;
n.esonotum with a short longitudinal carina, not reaching
the middle; petiole and abdomen shining anteriorly, petiole
very minutely and sparsely punctured.

Vertex of head and median segment with a dense grey
pubescence.

Length 17 mm.

Hab. Tamsoo, Gold Coast (G. A. Higlett); 1 ¢.

Eumenes nigritarsis, sp. n.

3. Black ; clypeus, the lower part of the sinus of each

44 Mr. G. Meade- Waldo on

eye, a mark at base of antenne, pronotum, a small spot on
dise of mesonotum on each side, yellow ; mandibles, joints
1-6 of antenne, line behind the eyes, a long mark on meso-
pleurz on each side, postscutellum behind, median segment
(except a longitudinal mark in centre), petiole (except the
base, a small spot on upper surface near apex), second abdo-
minal segment ventrally and laterally, abdominal segments
3-6 on apical margin, the whole ventral surface of abdomen,
legs (with the exception of trochanters, tarsi, and posterior
femora on the inside), ferrugineous,.

Wings golden hyaline, slightly fuscous in radial cell
and on the apical area. Clypeus broadened from the base,
greatest width rather more than half the length, truncate,
produced and narrowed towards apex. Petiole long and very
slender, as long as thorax, gradually widening towards apex,
a small spine on each side. Following segments of abdomen
elongate-ovate. Punctured ; vertex and thorax evenly and
finely, second abdominal segment finely striate. ‘Terminal
joints of antenne gradually increasing in size towards the
apex, terminal joint forming a hook.

Length 20 mm.

Hab. Port Darwin, N. Queensland (G. Turner), 1 3;
Dec. 1902.

Nearly allied to E. latreil/ei, Sauss., and E. bicincta, Sauss.,
but differing from them in the much slenderer petiole, and
in the ferrugmeous bands on the apical margin of the
abdominal segments.

Eumenes (Pareumenes?) australensis, sp. n.

6. Black ; clypens, scape of autenne beneath, sinus of
the eyes, a line behind the eyes on each side, large quad-
rangular mark between antennz at base extending back
along the vertex, pronotum reaching back to tegule, a large
ovate spot on mesopleure on each side, a minute spot on the
tegulz, two large median quadrate spots and a small spot on
each anterior angle of scutellum, a large elongate vellow mark
on median segment on each side, an irregular broken line on
apex of petiole above, apical margin above and a conspicuous
mark at the base of second abdominal segment on each side,
third and fourth abdominal segments dorsally, yellow.
Anterior and intermediate femora and tibiz yellow. Flagel-
lum of antenne and tarsiferrugineous. Wings hyaline, with
a pale golden effulgence, rather more conspicuous along the
costal area; second abscissa of radial cell very short, about } as
Jong as the ‘third. Clypeus broadly ovate, truncate at the base,

~

new Species of Diploptera. 45

deeply emarginate at the apex, median segment truncate,
divided longitudinally by a narrow furrow ; scutellum flat.
Petiole of abdomen as long as thorax, very slender at base,
gradually widening towards the apex; second abdominal seg-
ment about twice as broad as petiole at apex. Punctured
slightly on vertex of head ; the whole insect shining, sparsely
covered with testaceous pubescence.

Length LO mm.

Hab. Cairns, N. Queensland, April 1902 (R. EB. Turner) ;
3.
All the specimens were captured on one flowering bush at
Kuranda, about 14 miles from Cairns, at an elevation of
1100 feet.

Intermediate between Humenes and Pareumenes as defined
by Saussure, Et. fam. Vesp. Suppl. p. 133. It resembles
Pareumenes in the form of the petiole, but the tubercles
are only indicated by minute swellings on each side. This
is the first described Australian species with any tendeucy
towards Pareumenes.

PAREUMENSS, Sauss.

Pareumenes marshalli, sp. n.

?. Black-pruinose ; mandibles, clypeus, sinus of eyes,
cheeks, vertex, pronotum, mesopleure in front, tegule,
hinder part of scutellum and of postscutellum, sides of
median segment and the surface of the truncation partially,
petiole at base and ventro-laterally, basal half of second
abdominal segment, segments 4, 5, 6 of abdomen, dark
ferrugineous brown.

Antenne, legs, dark ferrugineous brown.

Four narrow longitudinal lines on petiole, two on the
ventral surface, two on the dorso-lateral surface, and narrow
band on apex of petiole, a mark on hind femora outside,
yellow.

Wings hyaline, tinged with fuscous on the fore wing
towards apex; costal area flavo-hyaline.

Head, thorax, abdomen, and legs covered with short dense
whitish pubescence, long and conspicuous on the surface of
the truncation of the median segment.

Clypeus rather longer than broad, narrowly produced
towards apex, terminated in two small teeth, intervening area
transverse. Mandibles deeply toothed. ‘Thorax robust ;
pronotum in front as wide as head, widening towards tegule ;
scutellum flat, traversed by a slight longitudinal keel, median

46 Mr. G. Meade- Waldo on

segment oblique, with sharply defined lateral margins, apical
angles spined. Petiole robust, widening gradually towards
apex; a tubercle on each side near the base; a furrow
running longitudinally on the dorsal surface towards apex ;
second abdominal segment pyriform, following segments
normal.

The whole smooth, impunctate, except for a few shallow
punctures on apical margin of abdominal segments 2 and 3.

Length 16 mm.

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland, Sept. 1900 (G. A. K.
Marshall); 1 @.

Dedicated to the donor.

This insect appears to be the first Parewmenes described
from Africa, the other species being principally Indian.

Eumenes imperatriz, Smith, described from Northern China,
and #. pictifrons, Smith, from Celebes, should also be placed
in the genus.

KATAMENES, gen. nov.

Head as in typical Eumenes; mandibles long, not dentate,
sharply pointed. Antenne massive, hooked at apex. Maxil-
lary palpi 6-jointed ; joints 1, 2,3 long, subequal; joint 4
half as long as third joint, joints 5 and 6 very short, together
as long as fourth, jomts 5 and 6 articulated to joint 4 below
the apex. Labial palpi 4-jomted. Petiole as long as thorax
and median segment, slender at base, apical half swollen,
constricted at apex. Claws of tarsi simple. One spur, very
obscure and rudimentary, on intermediate tibiz, situated on
the inner side. 1 ¢.

In generai superficial appearance strongly resembles
Eumenes, but has a peculiar look owing to the heavy, thickly
built antenne, which seem large in proportion to the insect,
and to the long, somewhat abruptly broadened robust petiole.
The articulation of the two terminal joints of the maxillary
palpi to the fourth joint below the apex seems to be ana-
logous to the terminal joints in the labial palpi of some
genera of bees, such as Megachile, &c.

Katamenes watsoni, sp. n.

&. Black ; clypeus, mandibles, except the extreme apical
points, scape beneath, a narrow line behind each eye, the
cheeks, pronotum in front, broadening laterally, scutellum
in front, the postscutellum, two marks on mesopleure on
each side, apical margin of petiole, and an apical band on
segments 2-6 of abdomen, both dorsally and ventrally,

new Species of Diploptera. AT

anterior and intermediate tarsi and tibiz, yellow. Apex of
mandibles, a mark on the clypeus, flagellum, except the
terminal 5 segments, tegulz, sides of median segment, petiole,
except base, and a median dorsal mark shaped like a
reversed T, a broad band round the centre of second
abdominal segment, anterior and intermediate femora, a
mark on anterior and intermediate tibiz on the outside,
posterior legs totally, ferruagineous. Wings clear hyaline,
slightly fulvous along costa. Clypeus rather longer than
broad, truncate at base and apex, broadest in centre,
narrowly produced towards apex; pronotum slightly nar-
rowed anteriorly, obtuse-angled at sides; median segment
truncate, slightly arched, the apical angles forming a V-shaped
hollow ; petiole about as long as thorax, very slender at base,
rather abruptly increasing medially, slightly constricted to-
wards the apex, second abdominal segment elongate-ovate.

Head, thorax, and petiole covered with distinct, even,
punctures; clypeus and remaining segments of abdomen
impunctate. Covered with a greyish-white pubescence ;
long on cheeks, vertex, and median segment; short and
dense on abdomen and clypeus.

Length 16 mm.

Hab. Peshawur (17. Y. Watson); 1 3.

Montezumta, Sauss.
Montezumia pulchella.
Gayella pulchella, Sm. Journ. Proe. Linn. Soe., Zool. ii. 1857, p. 108.

Smith’s species, described from Borneo, is certainly not a
Gayella. The only two known species of Gayella are both
from Chile.

Montezuma burmanica.

Montezumia burmaniea, Bingham, Hym. Brit. India, vol. i. (1897).
Montezumia bisulcata, Cameron, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vol. vi.
p: 535 (1900).

Cameron’s species from Khasia is indistinguishable from
M. burmanica, which ranges through to China.

Cameron says “allied to M. durmanica, Bingh.,” but gives
no points of ditference.

Montezumia wallacei, sp. n.

9. Black; a small spot at the base of the mandibles, two
minute spots bctween the antenne, the scape faintly beneath,

48 Mr. G. Meade-~Waldo on

two conspicuous marks on median segment, yellow. Head
and thorax bluish black, abdomen jet-black. Wings suffused
with a dark purple effulgence. Tuibize and tarsi covered with
a short, thick, golden pubescence, almost yellow in some lights.
Clypeus subtriangular truncate ; mesonotum with two short
and conspicuous longitudinal furrows, median segment with
a deep medial longitudinal groove widening at the apex, the
apex on each side produced to form a small emargination
with conspicuous teeth on each side, sides of median segment
forming ridges. Petiole of abdomen flat dorsally, a small
tubercle on each side beneath. Punctured; head, pronotum,
mesonotum in front, and part of petiole rather coarsely
granular, rest of thorax and abdomen (except petiole)
minutely and sparsely punctured, petiole coarsely striate ov.
dorsal surface.

Length 22 mm.

Hab. Sumatra (A. R. Wallace); 1 ¢.

Seems to be rather nearly allied to MW. orientalis, Grib.,
from Pulo Laut, but differs in having the head coarsely
granular and in many respects in colour-pattern. The
two curious emarginations on the apex of the median seg-
ment are quite peculiar to the species.

Norton, Sauss.
Nortonia gilberti, Turner.
Euchalcomenes gilberti, Turner, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1908, p. 90.

The mouth-parts are those of a normal Norionia, a fact
noticed by Turner after his description was in the press.

Pachymenes viridis, Smith, Journ. Proc. Linn. Soc. Lond.,
Zool. vol. ili. p. 163, from Key Island, arid P. elegantula,
D. T., Cat. Hym. vol. ix. p. 23, from Batchian, stated by
Turner as belonging to the genus KEuchalcomenes con-
sequently come into Nortonia.

Thus the genus Luchalcomenes, Turner, sinks as a synonym
of Nortonia.

Nortonia elegans, Smith.

Ewnenes elegantula, D. T. Genera Insectorum, fase. 19, Hymenoptera
28 ELEY ’ ) Aes ptera,
Vespidee, p. 22.
Pachymenes elegans, Smith, Journ. Proc, Linn. Soe. Lond., Zool. Suppl.
Y ‘ ? ’ ’ pp
p. 131 (1860).

Nortonia viridis, Smith.

Pachymenes viridis, Smith, Journ. Pree. Linn, Soc. Lond. vol. iii.
p. 163 (Aru).

new Species of Diploptera. 49

Nortonia rechbergi.

Nortonia viridis, Schulthess-Rechberg, Ver. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,
vol. liii. p. 8362 (1903), New Guinea.

The species from New Guinea described by Schulthess-
Rechberg under this name consequently sinks to the older
species described by Smith in 1859. I propose that it should
be renamed Nortonia rechbergi, in honour of the author.

Asispa, Mitchell.
Abispa australis, Smith, Cat. Hym. Brit. Mus. vol. v. p. 42.

The type is here stated to be a female, but the type-label
is under a male. The sexual difference in the eclypeus is
marked ; the two teeth on that of the male are sharp and
distinctly prominent, whereas in the female they are hlunt
and hardly perceptible.

Abispa paragivides, sp. un.

3. Reddish orange; mesonotum posteriorly, second
abdominal segment (except apical margin), black. Meso-
notum dark ferrugineous anteriorly. Wings flavo-hyaline,
fuscous at the apex, darkest in radial cell. Clypeus rather
longer than broad, narrowly produced towards apex, which
is emarginate ; scutellum with an inconspicuous longitudinal
furrow, postscutellum divided from it by a considerable
fissure, a blunt tubercle at each end; median segment
truncate and medially depressed, the apical angle on each
side produced to form a spine. Abdomen elongate-ovate,
first abdominal segment rather narrower than the second ;
with a shallow longitudinal furrow. Punctured ; head and
thorax finely, median segment coarsely, and abdomen
minutely.

Length 18 mm.

Hab. Port Darwin, Northern Territory, Australia (Gilbert
Turner); 2\¢..

Distinguished from A. australis, Sm., from Port Essington,
which has 3-tuberculate postscutellum, and the base of the
first abdominal segment black ; from A. ephippium, which
also has the postscutellum 3-tuberculate and the clypeus
more broadly emarginate ; and from A. splendida in the form
of the clypeus and general distribution of colour,

The resemblance between the insects of this genus and
Paragia walkert has been mentioned under the description
of that species, but between no two species is the likeness

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol, v. 4

50 On new Species of Diploptera.

more remarkable than between P. walkeri and A. paragioides,
which certainly occur together, as Port Darwin is not more
than 40 miles distant from Adelaide River.

Rayncutiu, Spinola.
Rhynchium hemorrhoidale, Fabr., race salomonis, subsp. n.

2. Black; antenne, mandibles, spot behind each orbit, a
small mark above insertion of antenne. tibie and _ tarsi,
ferrngineous. Wings flavo-hyaline. Clypeus subtriangular,
narrowly truncate; pronotum rather slender anteriorly,
widening towards the tegule; scutellum and postscutellum
slightly arched, the latter overhanging the median segment,
which is truncate, rounded laterally, and depressed medially.
Abdomen with the first segment rather narrower than the
second, about as broad as median segment. Head and
thorax uniformly coarsely punctured, abdomen more finely,
median segment with a series of small tubercles on each
side, mesonotum with a short longitudinal carina running
to the posterior margin.

Length 20 mm.

Hab. Solomon Islands (C. M. Woodford); 1 ¢.

This race most closely resembles specimens of R. hemor-
rhoidale from Celebes and Ceram, but differs from them con-
siderably in the amount of puncturation on the mesonotum
and scutellum, and in the absence of any fuscous on the
wings. The insect has a slender appearance when compared
with typical R. hemorrhoidale.

Rhynchium abispoides, sp. n.

9. Reddish ferrugineous ; two minute spots on the base
of each mandible, a small spot behind the insertion of each
antenna, mesonotum, tegulz on the inside, median segment
on hind surface, first abdominal segment at base, second
abdominal segment, black. Wings flavo-hyaline, more
golden towards costa, apical area fuscous. Tibiz and tarsi
covered with a short dense golden pile. COlypeus ovate,
produced towards the apex and narrowly emarginate ; pro-
notum square anteriorly, rather narrower than thorax at the
tegule; scutellum ad postscutellum separated by a con-
spicuous transverse furrow; median segment truncate and
depressed medially, sides produced to form blunt angles.
Clypeus longitudinally striate towards apex, a carina broadly
V-shaped on vertex behind ocelli; thorax and abdomen finely
and evenly punctured, two shallow longitudinal sulci on
mesonotum, median segment transversely striate.

On Crustacea found in a Deep-sea Cephalopod. 51

Length 14 mm.

Hab. Queensland (F. P. Dodd); Mackay, Queensland
(R. E. Turner) ; Clave, S. Australia (W. Wesché).

Unlike any other described species of the genus from
Australia, strongly resembles Abispa paragioides in general
colour. The specimens from S. Australia differ from the
Queensland individuals in having the vertex and mesopleure
black. Some specimens from Swan River, W. Australia,
resemble the South Australian form.

3. Unknown.

VI.— Votes on Crustacea found in the Gizzard of a Deep-
sea Cephalopod. By Tuomas Scott, LL.D., F.L.S.

[Plates II. & ITI. ]

Dr. W. E. Hoy ie, the well-known authority on the Cepha-
lopoda, when examining one of these organisms captured
in deep water in the South Atlantic, discovered in its gizzard
a number of fragments and one or two moderately whole
specimens of small crustaceans, on which apparently the
creature had been feeding some time before it was captured,
The crustacean remains comprised several species, and
included representatives of the Isopoda, the Amphipoda, and
the Copepoda. Very few of them, however, were sufficiently
perfect for identification, and one of these is a rather inter-
esting species belonging to the () Jopepoda..

I am indebted to the Rey. T. Rh. R. Stebbing for the privi-
lege of overhauling this somewhat curious collection, and
also to my son Mr. Andrew Scott for the drawings which
illustrate this paper and for assistance otherwise.

I have on several occasions found interesting Crustacea,
not only minute Copepods, but tolerably big crabs, such as
Hyas, Pagurus, Geryon triden, and full-grown Norway
lobsters, in the stomachs of fishes, and in one case no fewer
than fifty-four pairs of cuttlefish jaws were obtained in the
stomach of a king-fish, Lampris luna*, but I think this is
the first time I have had the opportunity of examining a
carcinological collection obtained in the stomach of a
Cephalopod.

The Cephalopod referred to—Stauroteuthis hippocrepium,
Hoyle t, was captured at a depth of 2425 fathoms in lat.

* See Twenty-first Report Fishery Board for Scotland, pt. iii. p. 219

(with a photograph of the jaws).
+ See Bull. Mus, Comp. Zool, vol, xlii, no, 1, pp. 1-77 (with 12 plates),
4%

52 Dr. T. Scott on Crustacea found in the
66° 40' S., long. 40° 35’ W., on March 10th, 1908. The

contents of the gizzard of this Cephalopod, as stated above,
consisted for the most part of fragments representing different
species of Crustacea. Those belonging to the Isopoda and
the Amphipoda have been examined by the Rev. Mr. Steb-
bing ; he has sent me the following notes on the various
forms, and has kindly permitted me to incorporate his notes
here. 1 gladly avail myself of this permission, for the infor-
mation they give appears to include all that can be satis-
factorily made ont concerning these forms. Tis notes are as
follow :—

1. The Isopoda.

(1) “ Fragments of a very spiny specimen which has
uropods like those of Beddard’s Trichopleon ramulosum,
peduncle long, rami long, inner ramus with short second joint,
telson produced to a rather long point. Beddard’s Eurycope
spinosa Was without pleon, and therefore remains indefinite.”’
Trichopleon ramulosum, Beddard, was described from speci-
mens from the Philippines.

(2) “ Another species may belong to J/yarachna, Sars, or
perhaps rather to Echinozone, Sars.”

(3) “A small nearly perfect specimen seems near to
Nannoniscus, Sars. The masculine appendage of the second
pleopods ends in a broad oval expansion. ‘he operculum is
not abnormal as in N. oblongus, Sars, but is as in his Caspian
species NV. caspius.”’

2. The Amphipoda.

(4) “An Amphipod wanting the pleon.” Neither the
genus nor species of this could be satisfactorily determined.

(5) “ Another Amphipod without the pleon, this being
Andaniotes corpulentus (G. M. Thomson).” Andaniotes
corpulentus was described from specimens collected in the
South Pacific.

3. The Copepoda.

The Copepoda comprised an Qithona rather immature
and scarcely perfect enough to be determined; a male
Euterpe acutifrons ; another form too imperfect for identifica-
tion; and one or two tolerably perfect specimens of Ponto-
stratiotes abyssicola, G. S. Brady. ‘The following short
description of the Pontostratiotes is culled from that by

Gizzard of a Decp-sea Cephalopod, 53

Dr. Brady in his Report on the Copepoda of the ‘ Challenger’
Expedition, supplemented by a careful examination of the
specimens from the stomach of the Stawroteuth’s.

Family Pontostratiotide, A. Scott *.
Genus PonTosTRATIOTES, G. S. Brady.

Pontostratiotes abyssicola, G. 8. Brady.
(Plas ils so EET.)

1883. Pontostratiotes abyssicola, Brady, Report on the Scientific Results
of the Voyage of H.M.S. ‘ Challenger,’ Zool. vol. viii. p. 105, pl. xliv.

Description.— Anterior antenne tolerably elongate, slender,
and composed of eight joints; the first three are moderately
elongated, but the second and third are each rather shorter
than the joint that precedes it; the upper distal angle of the
second joint is produced into a strong forwardly-projecting
tooth ; the remaining joints are small, but the fourth from
the end is rather longer than the others. Posterior antennz
slender, two-branched ; inner ramus elongated, outer short and
four-jointed. Mandibles stout, armed with strong teeth and
provided with a large two-branched palp. Maxille stout and
furnished with several spiniform marginal bristles and long,
rather slender sete. First maxillipeds moderately elongate,
stout, and bearing several setiferous processes on the inner
aspect. Second maxillipeds smaller and composed of four
joints, first joint considerably longer than the combined
lengths of the other three, end-joints small, no terminal claw.

The first four pairs of thoracic legs with both rami three-
jointed, outer and inner rami of about equal length ; both
rami of the first pair rather shorter than in the other three
pairs, and an elongated spiniform seta springs from the inner
angle of the second basal joint, and extends to near the end
of the inner ramus.

The fifth pair consist each of a single, elongated, narrow,
two-jointed branch, end-joint about five times longer than
broad and provided with several long spiniform marginal and
terminal sete. Caudal rami, which are somewhat abnormal
and resemble tho-e of Aégisthus, Giesbrecht, are extremely
long and slender and close together, and assume a setiform
appearance.

The carapace is armed with several long and strong toothed
spines, which are directed backwards.

* This family was instituted for Pontostratiotes and the nearly related
genus Atgisthus, Giesbrecht : see Report on the Copepoda of the ‘ Siboga’
Exped., by A. Scott, p. 252 (1909).

54 On Crustacea found in a Deep-sea Cephalopod.

Length of the specimens scarcely 2 mm.

Pontostratioles (the sea-soldier) appears to bea true bottom
form ; it was discovered by Dr. Brady amongst some mud
brought up from a depth of over 2000 fathoms. Dr. Brady,
in his remarks on this Harpactid, says :—“ This wonderful
species was found—but unfortunately one specimen only, and
that in a dried state—amongst material taken in the tow-net
at a depth of 2200 fathoms in lat. 37° 29'S., long. 27° 31’ W.
This single specimen was apparently much shrunk and dis-
torted, owing to its having been dried amongst the mud in
which it was taken, and on this account many of the details of
structure have been very imperfectly made out. The tail-sete,
for instance, and the minor details of the mouth-organs were
partly indistinguishable, the limbs much matted together,
and the natural contours doubtless in other parts much
altered.” Notwithstanding that Dr. Brady had only one
specimen, and that not in the best condition, his description
is remarkably full and in accord with the specimens trom
the gizzard of the Stauroteuthis, and it is only because these
specimens enable me, with my son’s assistance, to supply
some missing parts that I have ventured to supplement
Dr. Brady’s excellent description.

This curious species does not appear to have been met with
since Dr. Brady’s discovery of it in the ‘Challenger’ collec-
tions till now, and it is owing to Dr. Hoy le’s interest in other
departments of natural history besides his own that we are
indebted for the opportunity of examining these specimens
from a widely different locality from that where the species
was first discovered.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
PuateE II,

Pontostratiotes abyssicola, Brady, 2.

Fig. 1. Antennule, x 50. 2. Second maxilliped, x 102. 3. Foot of
first pair of thoracic legs, x 76. 4. Foot of second pair, x 72,
5. Second thoracic.segment, x 50. 6. Third thoracic segment,
x 50, 7. Fourth thoracic segment, xX 50. 8. Caudal rami,
XW:

PuiatTeE III,

Pentostratiotes abyssicola, Brady, 9.

Fig. 1. Antenna, x 388. 2. Mandible and palp, x 1038. 5. Maxilla,
x 103. 4. Second maxilliped, x 103, 5. Foot of third pair
of thoracic legs, x 72. 6. Foot of fourth pair, x 72. 7. Foot
of fifth pair, x 108.

Mr. C. J. Gahan—YVotes on Cleride. a

VII. — Notes on Cleride and Descriptions of some new
Genera and Species of this Family of Coleoptera. By
Cuar.es J. Ganan, M.A., of the British Museum (Nat.
Plist.).

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Havine been occupied for some months past in arranging
the Cleride in the collection of the British Museum, I had
necessarily to make myself pretty well acquainted with the
characters on which the classification of the family is based
and ou which the relationship between the different genera
is determined. ‘The work of arrangement might have been
simplified had I been content to follow the order set out in
the latest general work on the classification of the family.
But this was not to be. My work was not long in progress
before I became dissatisfied with the order and arrangement
of the genera adopted by my friend Herr Schenkling in the
‘Genera Insectorum,’ partly because I found a certain
number of undoubted errors left uncorrected, and chiefly
because the order of the genera did not seem to me in many
cases to be in accordance with natural affinities.

Instead, therefore, of following his arrangement, I have
endeavoured to place the genera in our collection in what
appeared to me to be the most natural order ; and the study
which this eutailed has enabled me to offer the following
notes, criticisms, and suggestions for the consideration of
other workers on the family. In one or two points they
will be found to have more general bearing on the classifi-
cation of the Coleoptera.

Types of Cleridee in the Collection of the British Museum.

Herr Sigmund Schenkling has been good enough to
describe several new species, the types of which are now in
the British Museum; and it is due to him that I should
express here my great indebtedness for the kind help he has
given in identifying the greater part of the unnamed material
sent to him for examination. ‘These identifications, coming
from so well-acknowledged an authority on the Cleride,
have been of the greatest value to me, and have made my
work much easier than it would otherwise have been.

The Museum is fortunate also in possessing now a large
number of the types described by the Rev. H. 8. Gorham.
These came to it chiefly in the splendid collections from
Central America presented by Dr, F. D. Godman and the late

56 Mr. GC. J. Gahan—WNotes on Cleride.

Mr. Osbert Salvin, and in the almost equally valuable col-
lection bequeathed to the Museum by the late Mr. Alexander
Fry. A few of his types also were found in the Pascoe
collection ; and types or cotypes of species described by him
are included in the valuable sets of Coleoptera, chiefly from
Rhodesia and Natal, presented at different times by Mr. Guy
Maigshall.

Incorporated in the general collection of Cleridz, there
are to be found also ¢ypes of species described by Newman,
Adam White, Westwood (one or two), Andrew Murray (one),
Chevrolat (a few Mexican types), G. Waterhouse, C. O.
Waterhouse, Pascoe, and D. Sharp; while kept apart in
separate cabinets are the types described by Wollaston, and
those few from the Banks collection described by Fabricius.

The Classification of the Cleridee.
Lacordaire, in his ‘ Genera des Coléopteres,’ divided the
Cleride into two main sections or tribes characterized as
follows :-—

1. Cing articles aux tarses ; pronotum confondu avec

les parapleures du prothorax® 2...) 4.4 ..:6es05 Clérides vrais.
2. Quatre articles aux tarses; pronotum distinet des
parapletres du prothorax, .i1).05 << «ase seals vo Enoplides.

The distinction thus drawn between the two tribes or sub-
families, though real, is not quite accurately stated and
requires some explanation.

In all Cleridee, with scarcely an exception, the tarsi are
5-jomted; butin many genera, and not alone those belonging
to one subfamily, the first joint is very much reduced in size,
even in some cases almost to the point of disappearance. It
usually lies below the basal part of the second and cannot
be seen when the tarsus is looked at from above. This
apparently tetramerous condition is, however, not the one to
which Lacordaire refers in the diagnosis given above. In
the true Cleridz, or those belonging to the subfamily Clerine,
the fourth tarsal joint is normally developed, generally as
large as the third, and, like it, furnished with a membranous
lobe beneath ; but in the Enopliides (or, as we should now
call them, the Corynetinz) the fourth joint is very small and
inconspicuous, having almost the same relation to the other
joints as it has in the so-called tetramerous Coleoptera. So
small, as a rule, is this joint, that in many cases it has been
entirely lost sight of, with the consequence that not a few
genera of Cleride have been placed in the wrong subfamily.

Mr. C. J. Gahan—WNotes on Cleride. 57

Lacordaire’s whole “ groupe’? Phyllobéenides, for example,
and other genera to which I shall have to direct attention
are in this case.

With regard to the second of Lacordaire’s distinctions
between the Clerine and the Corynetine, this, more
accurately stated, should be, that in the Clerine there is no
lateral margin or carina on the prothorax, whereas in the
Corynetine the prothorax almost invariably has either a
lateral margin or carina, or at least shows some traces of it.

In no Cleridze, and in no other beetles of the suborder
Polyphaga with some few doubtful exceptions, have I ever
seen any traces of the primitive sutures that separate the
pronotum from the pleurz of the prothorax. The presence
of such sutures seems to be confined to the Adephaga, and
constitutes, in my opinion, oue of the most distinctive
characters of that suborder ; and here I may state that since
I find these sutures present and very well marked in Omma
aud Tetraphalerus, two genera of Cupedide, I consider that
much-debated family to be rightly placed in the suborder
Adephaga.

Coleopterologists, myself included, very often in their
descriptive writings refer to the lateral margin of the pro-
thorax, when present, as marking the boundary line between
the pronotum and the pleure. But there is no real justi-
fication for this practice. The lateral margin may, and in
many cases probably does, coincide with the primitive
dividing-line ; but in the Polyphaga there is no means of
telling, since the sutures have in nearly every case dis-
appeared. If, however, we turn to the Adephaga, we find
there that the sutures are generally placed at some distance
below the lateral edge, and that the pronotum itself forms
no inconsiderable part of the flanks of the prothorax, that
part to which Leconte and Horn have given the name of
epipleura. In the Cupedide the relative proportions of the
pleure and the epipleura vary a good deal. The pleure in
the two genera mentioned above are wide and form a good
part of the sides of the prothorax, but in the genus Cupes
itself they seem to be restricted to very narrow limits.

This leads to a question which has a direct bearing upon
the classification of the Cleride. Is the presence or not of
a lateral margin on the prothorax a matter of primary
importance ?

In some recently published systems of the classification of
the Coleoptera, I find the Cleridz of Lacordaire no longer
maintained, but split up into two distinct families, the
Cleride and the Corynetide. Since no details as to the

58 Mr. C. J. Gahian— Notes on Cleridee.

exact limits of the two families are given, I can only con-
jecture that this new view is the outcome of my friend
Prof. Lameere’s remarks concerning the Cleride im his
‘ Notes pour la Classification des Coléoptéres,’ published in
1900. “It is in effect quite impossible,” he says, ‘to
maintain the family Cleride as it is generally adopted at the
present day.” ‘The Corynetinz having retained the lateral
margin of the prothorax cannot be descended from the
Clerinz, which have lost it; on the other hand, the latter
cannot be derived from the Corynetine, since they stil
possess a well-developed fourth joint in the tarsi.” “ It is
manifest,” he continues, “that the Clerine are descended
from Melyride, and equally manifest that the Corynetinze
are also descended from Melyride, but from different
Melyride though near akin to the ancestors of the Clerine.”

I am not convinced by this argument. For while I admit _
it to be highly improbable (and not merely on the grounds
stated by Prof. Lameere) that the Clerinz are derived from
the Corynetine, I see no reason why the latter may not be
derived from the former. The lateral margin of the pro-
thorax, even supposing it not to have been present in the
predecessors of existing Clerine, may quite conceivably
have arisen as a secondary development. It is often very
much more fully developed in some of the later and more
specialized groups of a family than it isin the more primitive
ones. Compare, for example, the Cassidinz with the Crio-
cerine in the family Chrysomelidz. There appears to me to
be, on the whole, a much closer relationship between the
Clerinz and the Corynetine than thereis between either and
the Melyridz ; and this would hardly be the case if they were
derived from different Melyrid ancestors, though possibly it
might be explamed on the theory of convergence of
characters.

More plausible to me seems Prof. Lameere’s further
suggestion that all three—the Clerine, Corynetinz, and
Melyridee—should constitute a single family. The characters
that separate the Cleridz from some at least of the Melyride
are very slight, although perhaps not more slight than those
which distinguish the Melyride from some of the Malaco-
dermata. But I am afraid that Lameere’s suggestion, if
followed to its logical conclusion, might lead us too far, and
so I prefer to regard the Cleridz as a separate family con-
stituted very much as it was left by Lacordaire, but with the
exclusion of a few genera admitted by him, and the addition
of a great number of genera described since his time.

The characters on which Lacordaire relied for the sub-

Mr. C. J. Galian— Notes on Cleride. 59

division of his Tribes into lesser groups seem to be amongst
the best that could have been selected, and have since been
made use of by Leconte and Horn in their ‘ Classification,’
and more recently by Herr Schenkling in his work on the
Cleridz in Wytsman’s ‘ Genera Insectorum.’

Some of Lacordaire’s mistakes, resulting chiefly from
inaccuracy of observation and not from any fault in his
system, have been repeated in both of these works. These
I shall have to point out, as well as other errors that have
come under my notice; and I propose also to make some
suggestions that will, I hope, lead to a more natural arrange-
ment of the genera, especially in the group Clerini.

The subfamily Clerinze was split up by Lacordaire into
four groups: the Tillini, Clerini, Phyllobzenini, and Hydno-
cerini. In the last three groups the first joint of the tarsi is
supposed to be covered over by the second. But in the
three genera Phyllobenus, Spin., Epiphleus, Spin., and
Plocamocera, Spin., forming his group Phyllobenini, the
first joint of the tarsi is quite distinct, being nearly or quite
as long as the second joint, while the fourth joint is very
small. In these genera also the prothorax usually has a
more or less distinct margin or carina on each side. The
group should therefore be placed in the subfamily Coryne-
tine. The peculiar character of this group—the emargi-
nation of the eyes placed on the inner side instead of in
front—is to be met with again in certain genera now placed
in the group Enopliini, so that the group Phyllobenini can
no longer be maintained as a distinct one. The genus
Ellipotoma, Spin., which is at present placed in the group
Hydnocerini, must on the same grounds be removed to the
group Enopliini of the subfamily Corynetine. The above-
mentioned facts, so far as the genus Phyllobenus is con-
cerned, have already, I find, been pointed out by Leconte
and Horn (‘Classification of the Coleoptera of North
America’); but their observations on the matter have evi-
dently escaped the notice of Mr. Gorham, Herr Schenkling,
and other writers on the Cleride.

The following four genera also, now placed in the Clerinz,
must, on account of the small size of the 4th tarsal joint
and other characters, be removed to the subfamily Cory-
netinz :—

1. Tarsostenus, Spin.—The description Lacordaire has
given of the tarsi in this genus is altogether inaccurate, as
I have discovered from my own observations. His mistake,
however, had already been found out long ago by Jacquelin

60 Mr. C. J. Galian— Notes on Cleride.

du Val, who, in the ‘Genera des Coléoptéres d’Europe,’
has given a correct description and figure of the tarsi in
Tarsostenus, and proposed that this genus, having no lateral
carina to the prothorax, should constitute a new group
intermediate between the Clerine and the Enophina. It is
remarkable that this correction and this new view in regard
to the position of Yarsostenus should have escaped the
notice of almost every subsequent worker on the Cleride.
Reitter, so far as I can find, is the only one of them who
seemed to be acquainted with the true structure of the tarsi
in Tarsostenus. But he has placed the genus in the group
Tillini. There is, however, in my mind no doubt that the
true place for Tarsostenus is the subfamily Corynetine,
where it has a very close ally in the genus Paratillus, Gorh.
If a sufficient number of specimens of 7. wnivittatus, Rossi,
be carefully examined, there will be seen in most of them a
rather smooth shining space, near the base, on each side of
the prothorax, and, limiting this space above, a short carina.
In Paratillus the structure is practically the same, the
carina being only a little more distinct.

2. Tarsostenodes, Blackb., has the tarsal structure of the
Corynetinz, and, although possessing scarcely a trace of a
lateral carina on the prothorax, must also, I think, on
general grounds be placed in the Corynetine.

3. Thanasimorpha, Blackb.—In this genus the prothorax
has a short lateral carina as in Paratillus, and the genus
seems best placed between Paratillus and Thriocera.

4. Mathesis, Waterh.—This genus is so closely related to
Phymatophea, Pasc., that it can hardly be maintained as
distinct. The type species, M. quadrigutiata, Waterh., has,
in fact, been subsequently described by Sharp as a species of
Phymatophea, viz. P. hilaris, Sharp; and a second very
nearly allied species, P. violacea, Broun (nec Fab.), has also
been referred to Phymatophea.

Subfamily Czzrrm2.

The Group Tillini.—The distinctive character of this group
rests upon the fact that the first jomt of the tarsiis normally
placed, so that all five joints are distinctly visible from
above. In nearly all the genera of this group the acetabula
of the front coxe are closed behind, the closure being
effected chiefly by the prolongation inwards of the epimeral
lobes of the prothorax. These lobes meet or almost meet
together in the middle line. But in Callimerus, Gorh., one

Mr. C. J. Gahan—WNotes on Cleride. 61

of the genera referred to the group, the acetabula of the
front coxze are more widely open behind than in any other
genus of Cleride, the epimera not being in the least pro-
duced behind the cox. Callimerus differs also from other
Tillini in the form and structure of the eyes and antenne,
these being more suggestive of what obtains in the Hydno-
cerini. I think, therefore, that, notwithstanding the length
and distinctiveness of the first tarsal joint, the genus has no
close natural affinity with the Tillini, and should be regarded
as the type of a separate group.

Gastrocentrum, Gorham.—To this genus the Notovus
unicolor of White belongs, the latter species being identical
with G. pauper, Gorh., the type of the genus.

The Tillus dux of Westwood should also, I think, be
referred to Gastrocentrum. It is in form and_ general
structure very like G. unicolor, White, and agrees with it
in having the basal tooth of the tarsal claws very small and
obtuse, not sharp and distinct as it is in the genus 7idlus.

Cylidroctenus, Schklg—Herr Schenkling, who first cha-
racterized this genus, has placed it in the group Clerini
immediately after Tillicera, Spin. He was wrong, however,
in stating that it has the same kind of tarsi as 7%/licera.
The first joint of the tarsi is quite distinctly visible from
above, especially in the hind tarsi, where it is quite as long
as the second joint. The claws, moreover, are not simply
appendiculate at the base as in Tu/licera, but furnished with
two teeth, a stout one near the base and a more slender one
towards the apex, the kind of structure met with in Ti/lus
and other genera of Tillini. ‘The condition of the gula is
also very much the same as in Jillus, so that I believe
Cylidroctenus to be on the whole very nearly allied to Ti/lus ;
it ought certainly to be placed in the same group.

Strotocerus, Schklg. (1902), scems to be hardly distinct
from Diplophorus, Fairm. (1887).

The Group Clerini.—In deciding upon the affinities of
genera within this group certain characters, such, for
example, as the structure of the antenne, seem to me to
have been taken too much into account, while others have
been almost or quite neglected. I find that Lacordaire,
Leconte and Horn, and Schenkling seldom or never mention
the condition of the front coxal cavities, whether closed or
open behind, in the genera they have characterized. And
yet this condition has been made to play an important part
in the classification of many other families of beetles.
Leconte and Hora do, in fact, state in their definition of the

62 Mr. C. J. Gahan— Notes on Cleride.

family, that the coxal cavities of the front legs are open ;
but this only shows that they had neglected to observe the
condition in a great many of the genera.

Another character not yet made use of in the classifi-
cation of the Cleridz, but which will probably yield some
interesting results, is that which may be drawn from the
variations in the form &c. of the gular area on the head.
The gular sutures in some cases diverge posteriorly, so that
the gula is distinctly broader behind. In Tildlus aud many
other genera the gula is posteriorly divided off from the
sides of the head by a more or less narrow slit on each side,
and is continued back as a sort of free plate—a most unusual
condition in Coleoptera. A further modification of the
gula, characteristic of Clerus and those genera which, on
other grounds, I consider to be most nearly related to Clerus,
arises from the convergence of the sutures posteriorly, so
that the gula becomes very narrow at its hinder end.
Taking this character among others into consideration, I
believe that the following genera constitute a natural sub-
group within the group :—Colyphus, Cleronomus, Systeno-
deres, Pacilochroa, Blaxima, Enoclerus (= Clerus of Schenk-
ling), Sallea, Thanasimus, Tillicera, Clerus, Fab., Stigmatium,
Operculiphorus, Dasyceroclerus, Rhytidoclerus, Xestonolus,
Cyclotomocerus, Pheocyclotomus, Cardiostichus, Hemitrachys,
Omadius, and Corynommadius. Some of these genera are
widely separated in Lacordaire’s arrangement ; and the same
is true, but to an even greater extent, of the arrangement
followed by Herr Schenkling. This subgroup (in which
the eyes are finely facetted and distinctly emarginate, the
acetabula of the front legs open behind, the tarsal claws
appendiculate at the base, and the last joint of the labial
palpi alone triangular) might come in the second place, the
first subgroup being constituted, as by Lacordaire, of those
genera in which the eyes are coarsely facetted, namely,
Axina, Priocera, Phleocopus, Notoxus (= Opilo), Thanasi-
modes, Natalis, Cormodes, Gyponyx, Xenorthrius, Orthrius,
Aphelochroa, and (?) Erymanthus. In the last genus the
eyes are less coarse than in the others; but yet not so fine
as in any of the genera of the remaining subgroups, ex”
cepting perhaps Jhaneroclerus, a genus to which | must
again refer. In these genera of the first subgroup the eyes
are as a rule feebly emarginate, sometimes almost eutire ;
the gular sutures diverge posteriorly ; the acetabula of the
front coxe are sometimes open, sometimes closed behind (in
the latter case the prosternum is usualiy expanded behind

—

Mr. C. J. Gahan—Notes on Cleride. 63

the coxze) ; the tarsal claws usually simple, sometimes with
a very small, generally obtuse, tooth at the base.

Although giving as the chief character of the group
Clermi “eyes emarginate in front,’ Lacordaire included
in the group one or two genera in which the eyes are almost,
if not quite, entire. Other genera in which the condition
is the same have since been added. Thaneroclerus, Lefebv.,
and its near ally Neoclerus, Lewis, are, from a systematic
point of view, difficult to deal with, as they present excep-
tional characters : the first tarsal joint has almost disappeared,
the next three joints are very short, and, except on the
front tarsi, scarcely lobed bencath, and the claw-joint is
long. In 7. buqueti, Lefebv., the type of Thaneroclerus, the
eyes, almost entire, are rather small and round, and coarsely
facetted; the prothorax has on each side a distinct line or
carina; the acetabula of the front coxz are closed behind.
T. sanguineus, Say, differs from it in having the eyes rather
finely facetted, the acetabula open behind, and the pro-
thorax without a trace of a lateral carina. The presence in
T. buqueti of the lateral carina, of which a trace also appears
in Neoclerus, suggests that these two genera should go in
the subfamily Corynetine ; but, on the other hand, the
fourth tarsal joint is almost as well developed as the third.
Until I can work out their affinities with more certainty, I
must leave them as a separate subgroup in the Clerini.
Lyctosoma, Lewis, which 1 do not know, will probably go
with them.

Graptoclerus, Blesiophthalmus, Allonyx, and Anthicoclerus,
though having the eyes entire or very nearly so, seem not
out of place in the group Clerini and would form a small
subgroup leading towards the next, in which the eyes are
more or less distinctly emarginate, the gular sutures straight
or divergent behind, the acetabula of the front coxe gene-
rally open, the last jot of both labial and maxillary palpi
triangular (with a few exceptions), the tarsal claws simple
as a rule or having only a feeble tooth at the base. In the
latter subgroup 1 should place the following genera :—
Platyclerus, Lissaulicus, Baleus, Aulicus, Phlogistus, Trogo-
dendron, Olesterus, Scrobiger, Eburiphora, Zenithicola,
Dieropsis, Trichodes, and Eleale. In three of these genera,
viz. Platyclerus, Lissaulicus, and Eburiphora, the acetabula
of the front coxe are closed behind, the prosternum being
broad between the cox, and widely curved out on each
side behind. ‘These three genera occur in Madagascar, the
rest, in which the acetabula are open behind, are, with the

64 Mr. GC. J. Gahan—WNotes on Cleride.

exception of the American Aulicus, the African Dieropsis,
and the Mediterranean 7’richodes, peculiar to Australia and
New Zealand, one genus only (Balcus) occurring in the
latter country. Cleropiestus, Yairm., another genus from
Madagascar, which Schenkling places in the group Hydno-
ceri, would, I think, go better in the present group near one
of the three genera just mentioned. In the form of the
prosternum, as well as in its wing-venation, it agrees closely
with Eéuriphora, whereas, except for its somewhat prominent
eyes, it has little resemblance in form or structure to any of
the Hydnocerini.

Calendyma, Lac., and Epiclines, Chev., the two remaining
genera of those included by Lacordaire in the group Clerint,
differ in some important respects from the other members of
the group. The first joint of the tarsi is in both quite
distinct, especially in the hind tarsi, where it is almost or
quite as long as the second joint, and equally visible from
above. If this character were alone to be considered, they
ought to be included in the group Tillini; but Lacordaire
probably preferred to risk destroying the accuracy and value
of his synoptic tables rather than to violate natural affinities.
For these two genera do seem on the whole much more
nearly allied to certain genera of the present group than to
any genus of Tillini; but they should, in my opinion, be
placed as a distinct subgroup characterized as follows :—
Five distinct joints to the tarsi, the first jomt in the hind
tarsi nearly or quite as long as the second; head rather
narrow, prolonged anteriorly; eyes finely facetted, emarginate
in front; front coxe transverse with distinct trochantins,
their acetabula widely open behind, the prosternum very
narrow between the coxee and not prolonged behind; last
joint of labial palpi tr-angular, of maxillary subcylindrical,
maxillary lobe long; tarsal claws simple or with only a
feeble obtuse swelling at base. From this subgroup the
numerous species constituting the genus Hurycranus, Blanch.,
must, however, be excluded. For some stra: ge reason,
Lacordaire and since both Gorham and Schenkling have
regarded this genus as a synonym of Epiclines, Chev. ; but
it is altogether distinct, the only point in common being
that the species are mostly Chilian. In Eurycranus the
head is short, widened above, with the eyes prominent and
almost entire, not at all like the head of Hypiclines; the first
tarsal joint is quite small and hidden below the second joint ;
and the rest of the characters are such that, except for a
slight difference in the structure of the antennal club, there
is no reason why this genus should not go in the group
Hydnocerini, and there I propose to place it.

Mr. C. J. Gahan— Notes on Cleridee. 65

The Group Hydnocerini.—With the exclusion of Ellipotoma,
Spin., which helongs to the next subfamily, and Clerepiestus,
Fairm., which I have suggested should go in the group
Clerini, the present group would now be composed of the
following genera: Eurycranus, Blanch., Hydnocera, Newm.,
Lsolemidia, Gorham, Lemidia, Spin., Parmius, Sharp, Neo-
hydnus, Gorham, Cephaloclerus, Kuw., and Allelidea,
Waterh., with perhaps Hvenus, Cast, Adrosius, Fairm.,
Emmepus, Motsch., and Tkeano, Cast., genera which are at
present unknown to me. Paupris, Sharp, which is included
in the group by Schenkling, is somewhat doubtfully to be
placed there, owing to the coarse facetting of the eyes.
But I do not at present know of a better place for this
genus,

The genus Thanasimodes, Murray, which I have placed
next Notorus, Fab. (in the group Cilerini), differs from the
latter only in having the acetabula of the front coxz com-
pletely closed in behind. The type, 7. metallicus, Murray,
a species from Old Calabar, is, I feel sure, identical with one
from the same locality described later by Chevrolat, viz.
Opilo chloropterus.. Opilo cyaneopurpureus, Fairm., is closely
allied to it, and there are other African species, including
dorsalis, Lucas, gigas, Cast., and nigerrimus, Kraatz, now
placed in Opilo, which agree with T. metallicus in having
the front coxal cavities closed in behind, and would therefore
be better placed in Thanasimodes.

It will be seen that | have substituted the name Noforus,
Fab., for Opilo, Latr.; and some explanation for this is
necessary, and the reason also why I have proposed the new
name Snoclerus for the genus characterized by Schenkling
under the name of Clerus:(‘ Genera Insectorum,’ Cleridi,
p. 48, 1903). ,

On the Application of certain Generic Names.

The name Clerus was first proposed as a generic name by
Geoffroy, but since Geoffroy did not in his first work make
use of the binomial nomenclature he is no longer recognized
as the author of this and of several other names that he was
the first to employ. It appears that Fabricius was the first
author who at the same time characterized the genus Clerus
and made use of the binomial system, and he is therefore
admitted to be the author of the genus Clerus. ‘The species
included by him in the genus at its first publication, Syst.
Ent. p. 157 (1775), were in order as follows: muttllarius,
Fab., formicarius, Linn., sipylus, Linn., and apiarus, Linn.

dan. & Mag. N> Hist. Sere 8. Vol.. v. oO

66 Mr. C. J. Gahan—wNotes on Cleride.

In an appendix appearing at the end of the same volume he
added to the genus another species—serguttatus, Fab. These
species are not all congeneric, and the question has arisen,
which species is to be regarded as the type of the genus?
In one of his papers, Mr. Gorham has rashly stated that
Fabricius clearly indicated formicarius as the type. He did
nothing of the kind. © If there is any indication by Fabricius
of the type, that type must be mutillarius; for in a later
work—Syst. Eleuth. i. p. 279 (1801)—we find this species
followed by a description of the generic characters, and it
seems to have been a practice with Fabricius in some of his
works to add the generic characters immediately after the
species from which they were chiefly drawn. But the case
for mutillarius does not stop here. Two of the original four
species, the two last, were in the Syst. Eleuth. removed by
Fabricius to the genus Trichodes. Of the four, there re-
mained now pnly the two first. Clerus formicarius became
subsequently the type of Latreille’s genus Thanasimus, and
then only mutillarius was left. Nearly half a century later
mutillarius was made the type of another name—Pseudo-
clerops, Jacq. du Val. It is Herr Schenkling’s contention
that as all these four species have gone from the genus, we
must now take the species of the supplement as the type.
With this I cannot agree, for the simple reason that it is
absurd to take as the type of a genus a species that was
apparently unknown to the author at the time when he first
described the genus. And so I am forced to maintain that
Clerus mutillarius, Fab., is the type of the Fabrician genus
Clerus.

Noloxus is another of those names first proposed by
Geoffroy, but in which all the rights of priority have passed
over to Fabricius. At present, the name is used for a genus
of Heteromera, and it was obviously vented to express a |
character of that genus; but for a very long time it was
applied to a genus of Cleridz; and now, so far as J can see,
we shall have to use it in that sense again, to take the place
of Opilo, Latr. Fabricius (Syst. Ent. p. 158) applied the
name first to two species—mollis, Linn., and monoceros,
Linn. Later (Syst. Eleuth.), he placed monoeeros in the
genus Anthicus, while under Notorus he has ranged the
following species, all Cleridie: porcatus, Fab., violaceus,
Fab., mollis, Linn., indicus, Fab.,and chinensis, Fab. Unless
it can be shown that some other author hadin the meantime
used Notoxus in a different sense, it seems clear that we
must take mollis, Linn., to be the type of that genus.

Mr. C. J. Gahan— Notes on Cleride. 67

Subfamily Corrwerryz.

The principal character of this subfamily is the great
reduction in size of the fourth joint of the tarsi; this joint
is never lobed beneath and is usually so small as to be barely
visible between the lobes of the third joint. The first joint
undergoes the same modifications as in the first subfamily,
being sometimes long and distinctly visible from above,
while in other cases it is quite small and almost wholly
hidden below the base of the second joint, the tarsi in such
cases appearing to be three-jointed. With very few excep-
tions the prothorax is marginate or carinate at the sides in
the genera of this subfamily.

Two groups, the Enopliini and the Corynetini, have been
distinguished by Lacordaire, based upon differences in the
form of the antenne. Herr Reitter mm adopting the same
groups (‘ Bestimmungs-Tabelle der Cleriden’) distinguishes
them chiefly by the number of visible sternites in the abdo-
men, the Enopliini having six and the Corynetine only five
sternites visible.

It is not clear from the arrangement in his recently
published ‘ Catalogue of the European Coleoptera,’ whether
Herr Reitter regards the Corynetine as a family or as a
subfamily ; but it 1s quite evident that he considers the
number of visible sternites in the abdomen to be a matter of
primary importauce, since he there includes in the Corynetinz
only such genera as were previously placed in his second
group. If the additional sternite were at the base of the
abdomen, there might he some slight justification for this
view. But itis not. The sixth sternite, when visible, is at
the apex, a condition which crops up in isolated genera or
groups in various families of beetles. Even in the Cleride
the character would be very difficult of application, for there
are many genera of true Clerine in which there is so little
of the sixth sternite visible that one would be justified in
describing them as having only five visible sternites to the
abdomen.

Although I consider the characters on which Lacordaire
based his two groups to be unimportant, I cannot at present
suggest any better arrangement. The introduction, how-
ever, of the Phyllobznini into this subfamily will necessitate
some slight rearrangement of the genera. The genus
Pelonium, Spin., requires to be split up, containing as it
does at the present time species with finely facetted eyes

and coarsely facetted eyes, with simple tarsal claws and with
5
5

68 Mr. C. Ri Gahan— Notes on Cleride.

appendiculate tarsal claws, differences accompanied by a
marked difference in the general facies of the insects, and
which to my mind are of more importance than the number
of joints in the antenne, whether 10 or 11, the character
recently used by Herr Schenkling for dividing the genus
into two sections.

It is a remarkable fact that, although this character—the
number of joints in the antennee—is largely used as a dis-
tinction between various other genera in the same group, I
have more often than not found the number to be inaccu-
rately stated. Thus Lacordaire, criticising the statements
of his predecessors in reference to /chnea, Cast., proceeds to
say that in all the species of Jchnea, without exception, he
had counted 11 joints in the antenne. Gorham, in dealing
with the Central-American species of the same genus (‘ Bio-
logia Centrali-Americana,’ Coleopt. ili. 2, p. 178), divided
them into two sections with these characters :—a. Antenne
distinctly 1l-jointed; 4. Antenne apparently 10-jointed.
I have looked at the antennz in all of these Central-American
species with great care, both with a good lens and under the
microscope, and in no species of the first section could I find
more than ten joints, while in all the species of the second
section there are evidently only ten joints, but the ten are all
quite distinct, much more so than in the species of the first
section. The sections are, nevertheless, natural ones, be-
cause the joints composing the funiculus of the antenne are,
in the first section, transverse, with the 5th and 7th joints
small, whereas the joints of the funiculus are all subeylin-
drical in the species of the second section. I have further
examined all other species of Jchnea accessible to me, in-
cluding the genus type, and, except in two, could make out
only ten joints in the antenne: Jf. batesiana, Gorham, and
I. pelonioides, Gorham (the second not more than a variety
of the first), have eleven joints ; but these two species must
have been quite unknown to Lacordaire when he made the
statement referred to above.

The Group Enopliini.— There is hardly any group of
insects of the same limited extent in which the phenomenon
of mimicry is better displayed than it is by the beetles of
this small group. Within its limits are comprised the exact
counterparts of various other Coleoptera, b.longing chiefly
to the families Lycidz, Lampyridz, Telephorid, Cistelide,
Chrysomeline, Galerucinz, and Coccinellide. But, however
attractive this may be to the student of mimicry, it becomes
somewhat of a nuisance to the systematist, since it tends to
create a difficulty in classification by obscuring the natural

Mr. C. J. Gahan— Notes on Cleride. 69

relationship existing between the different forms. The
really good systematist, such as Lacordaire, could, of course,
see beneath all these disguises; but that this has not been done
in every case will, I think, be shown by the remarkable opinion
expressed by that experienced entomologist Count Castelnau
wheu writing upon Cleridez of this particular group, led to it
by a consideration of such resemblances as I have mentioned :
“Hn tout il me semble probable que lorsqu’on abandonnera
enfin le systéme tarsaire pour se rapprocher d’une classifica-
tion naturelle, les insectes dont nous nous occupons ici seront
partagés en groupes gui se placeront trés loin les uns des
autres.” ‘lhe tarsal system has been to a considerable extent
abandoned, but the mimetic Cleride are still retained in the
same old group, and are not to be found placed in the Hete-
romera, Malacodermata, Phytophaga, and other such groups,
as Castelnau suggested they should be. Were he alive now
he would doubtless be astonished to find many of them placed
all in one single genus.

In his arrangement of the genera of this group Herr
Schenkling places first Allochotes, Westw., and almost im-
mediately after it the genus Jenerus, Casteln.; and in this I
think he is, on morphological grounds, quite justified. But
at first sight the two genera seem utterly remote from one
another—the one composed of short, ovate, convex forms
coloured exactly like Coccinellidze and Chrysomelide; the
other made up of elongate species suggestive in some cases
of Telephoridz and Lycide. In the first genus the antennz
are rather short and gradually clavate towards the apex, in
the other longer and strongly serrate or subpectinate ; but
apart from the general difference in form, this is about the
only well-marked difference in structure between the two.
The gular area on the underside of the head is exceptionally
short in the genus Tenerus, and becomes narrower behind, as
in the genus Clerus ; the same part is a good deal longer in
Allochotes, but, as in Tenerus, the gular sutures converge
behind.

Orthopleuroides, Kuw., and Orthopleura, Spin., are the
only other described genera of the present subfamily in
which I have noticed a similar form of gula. In other
respects also these genera agree very weli with Tenerws,
though having a different form of autennz and a slightly
different structure of the tarsi. Instead of being placed, as
at present, at the end of the Enopliini, they would come
better, | think, soon after Tene. us.

Trenuroipes (Gorham, MS.), subgen. noy.
Under this name I have found in the Fry Collection a

70 Mr. C. J. Gahan—Notes on Cleride.

species having characters like those of Tenerus, Cast., but
differing in the fact that the third joint of the antenne is
dilated and resembles the fourth in form and size, and,
further, that the hind femora in the male are strongly
thickened and subfusiform. It appears to be undescribed.

Teneroides tavoyanus (Gorh. MS.), sp. n.

Rather elongate and narrow ; fulvous-yellow or fulvous in
eolour, with the antenne entirely black, the tibize, tarsi, and
the apex of the femora piceous. Prothorax sparsely pubescent,
subnitid, marked with a shallow, sinuately transverse im-
pression near the apex, and having a small feeble tubercle
before the middle of the base; elytra pubescent, each with
three or four feeble costz, the imtervals between which are
somewhat suleate. In the female, the meso- and metathorax
and the sides of the prothorax are very dark, nearly black.
The antenne are slightly longer in the male than in the
female, and more strongly serrate.

Length, ¢ 54, 2 7 mm.; breadth 14 and 2 mm.

Hab. Tavoy in Tenasserim (W. Doherty).

The species described by me as Tenerus sulcipennis (P. Z. 8.
1902, 11. p. 279) will have to go into this subgenus, but not
knowing the male, I cannot say whether the hind femora are
in this sex thickened or not.

In another very closely allied species, also belonging to
this subgenus, and which I have determined from description
to be Tenerus subsimilis, Schklg., the hind femora of the
male are very strongly thickened.

One or two other species, apparently undescribed, which I
found amongst the Lycidze in the Fry Collection, labelled by
Mr. Gorham Calochromus sp., belong also to the subgenus
Tenervides.

TENEROMIMUS, gen. Nov.

This genus is formed for two species which have com-
pletely the aspect of Tenerus, and agree with that genus in
most of its characters; the head is similar in structure, and
the gular area just as much reduced in size; the first joint
of the tarsi is visible from above, and the tarsal claws are
distinctly appendiculate at the base; the prothorax is some-
what parallel-sided, distinctly marginate on each side from
the base up to the middle, and then less distinctly so in front ;
the pronotum is evenly and not strongly convex ; the elytra
are gradually but slightly widened behind, and are rounded
at the apex, they are only slightly convex above. The an-
tenne are, however, 10-jointed, and quite different in form

Mr. C. J. Gahan—Notes on Cleride. fii

from those of Tenerus; the last three joints are expanded
and elongated, forming a flattened serrate club, which is
more thau thr-e times as long as the rest of the antenne, the
intermediate joints, constituting the funiculus, are very short;
some of them are difficult to distinguish in the first of the
two species.

Teneromimus vitticollis, sp. n.

Pronotum, except along each side and a band along the
middle, ochreous red; elytra entirely ochreous red; all the
rest of the body, including the appendages, quite black.
Upper surface, except on the black parts, covered with a
rather dense reddish pubescence ; head and_ prothorax
minutely and very densely punctulate; elytra appearing to
be impunctate, feebly convex, and along the disk, especially
posteriorly, nearly flat, each with a few very faint coste ;
ventral surface nitid, sparsely furnished with hairs.

Length 7 mm.; breadth 2 mm.

Hab. Melbourne in Australia. One example only in the
British Museum.

Teneromimus humeralis, sp. n.

Head, prothorax, and elytra reddish testaceous, the latter
moderately convex, long, widening posteriorly, blackish at
the apex, each also with a distinct black, nitid spot extending
back a little way from the shoulder ; meso- and metathorax,
abdomen, legs, and antennz black. Upper surface not very
densely pubescent; head very finely and densely punctulate,
the prothorax still more minutely but somewhat less acutely
punctulate.

Length 84 mm.; breadth at base of elytra 2 mm., at two-
thirds of their length from the base 3 mm.

Hab. Alu Island, Solomon Archipelago (C. M. Woodford).

The single example of this species was sent among the
unnamed Yeneri to Herr Schenkling, and was returned
labelled Tenerus n. sp. He must have overlooked the
structure of the antenne.

EripHia@vs, Spin.

This genus, rid of some of its species, would be a very
well marked one, the sinuation or emargination of the eyes
being very distinct and placed on the inner side at a good
distance above the point of insertion of the antenne. The
antennee are correctly described by Herr Schenkling as
having 11 joints, but he has included in the genus a certain

Te Mr. C. J. Gahan— Votes on Cleridee.

number of species in which the antennz are 10-jointed.
Two of these, viz., H. sericeus, Klug, and E. humeralis, Spin.,
are rather different in facies from the more typical species of
Epiphlcus, and the emargination of the eyes is feebler and
less removed from the antenne. They approach somewhat
closely afew of the species of Ichnea, and might either form
with these a new genus or else be included in Jchnea.

Leconte and Horn, in referring to the latter genus, state
that the pronotum is entirely continuous with the flanks of
the prothorax, as in Clerinz ; but this can only be true of
North American species which I have not seen. They say
also that the eyes are emarginate on the inner side; this is
the case with some species only, not the more typical ones,
and the emargination is never much above the point where
the antenne are inserted.

Four other species of Epiphlaus having only ten joints in
the antennz are of a somewhat narrow elongated form, and
would be better placed in the genus Phyllobenus; these are
E. capitatus, Gorham, E. nitidus, Gorham, L. erythrocephalus,
Gorham, and E. punctatus, Gorham.

Epiphious fasciatus, Klug (1842)=E. chevolati, Gorham
(1877).

Epiphleus velutinus, Gorham (1877) =. ruficeps, Kuwert
(1893).

Epiphleus schenklingi, sp. n.

Yellowish brown, with the head, prothorax, and a broad
transverse band behind the middle of the elytra blackish
brown; clypeus, labrum, and mouth-parts, excepting the
mandibles (which are quite black), testaceous, the antenne,
legs, and body beneath of a similar colour, but somewhat
darker. Head densely, minutely punctulate, sparsely covered
with pale sete; face rather broad and flat; eyes distinctly
emarginate rather high up on the inner side. Prothorax
very densely, finely punctulate, subtuberculately rounded
at the middle of each side. Elytra rounded at the apex,
strongly and very closely punctured from the base up to the
front margin of the dark transverse band, and thence to the
apex less thickly and less strongly punctate; the area between
the black band and the apex is divided into a yellowish-
brown anterior, and a somewhat blackish, apical zone, the
latter being so covered with yellowish pubescence as partly
to obscure the colour of the derm; the anterior zone 1s
crossed by two bands of yellowish pubescence.

Length 9, breadth 25 mm.

Mr. C. J. Gahan—WNotes on Cleride. 73

Hab. Rio Janeiro (A. Fry). One example only in Brit.
Museum.

Plocamocera, Spin.—This genus is closely allied to Epz-
phieus, and differs chiefly by its much more slender antennz,
which are covered with long bristle-like hairs. The antenne
are described by Schenkling as having eleven joints, but I
cannot distinguish more than ten.

Ellipotoma, Spin.—In the type £. tenuicornis, Spin., of
this genus, I have after some trouble been able to make out
ten joints in the antenne, which at first appeared to me to
have only nine. The genus seems to be nearly related to
Phyllobenus, Spin., in which also the antenne are ten-
jointed. Pyticeroides, Kuw., a genus which I do not know,
seems from the description to come near to, and possibly to
be identical with, Hdlipotoma.

I suggest later under Apolopha that two of the species
placed by Gorham in that genus would be best placed in
Lillipotoma, trom which they differ little except in having
only nine joints to the antenne.

Phyllobenus, Spin.—This genus, if my suggestion be
adopted, will now include the following species :—

P. punctatus, Gorh. (Epiphleus).

P. erythrocephalus, Gorh. (Epiphlaus).
P. capitatus, Gorh. (Epiphlwus).

P. nitidus, Gorh. (Epiphleus).

P. dislocatus, Say.

P. merkeli, Horn.

P, linearis, Gorh. (Apolopha).

Avotopna, Spin. Mon. Clérides, i. p. 381 (1844).

Type, A. reichet, Spin. |. c. p. 383, pl. xxxvi. fig. 1.

‘This genus appears to me to have been quite wrongly
identified by Gorham, who in this matter has been followed
by Schenkling. Although I have seen no species that
answers exactly to the description of A. reichei, I have not
the least doubt that Ichnea vitticollis, Gorliam, is congeneric,
and indeed very closely related to it, possibly even only a
variety. The tact that in Gorham’s species the antenne
are 10-jointed, whereas Spinola described the antenne in
his species as having only eight joints, cannot be taken as
an objection. In the figure of his species the antennz are
represented as having nine joints. Similarly in the case of
Pyticera he has described the antennz as 9- -jointed, figured

74 Mr. C. J. Gahan— Notes on Cleride.

them with ten joints, while in reali'y they have eleven.
Spinola’s statements as to the number of the antennal
joints in species of this group are no more trustworthy than
are some of those made by Mr Gorham himself. Mr. Gor-
ham has placed in the genus Apolopha three Central American
species—trilineata, Chev., chiriqguiana, Gorh., and linearis,
Gorh.; and his chief ground for doing so was, as he states, that
the antenne in these species have apparently only eight joints.
There is, [ admit, some difficulty mm determining exactly the
number of joints. In the first two of the species I make
out nine joints, in the third ten joints in the antenne. In
all three the head in front is rather flat and without trace of
a frontal costa, the presence of which is the chief charac-
teristic of Spinola’s genus. The first two species have very
much the characters of Ellipotoma, and might very well go
in that genus, while the third would be better placed in
Phyllobenus.

The characters of Apolupha, asI interpret the genus, are
as follows:—Head rather convex in front aud having a
frontal carina, anteclypeus membranous; labrum emar-
ginate ; last joint of labial and maxillary palpi flat, elongate,
subtriangular ; eyes rather finely facetted, deeply emarginate,
with the antennee placed under a short carina opposite the
emargination ; antenne 10-jointed, the 5th and 7th joints
not transversely produced. Acetabula of front coxe closed
behind by the prolongation inwards of the epimera to meet
the prosternum. [First joint of hind tarsi moderately long,
rather narrow, the second and third joints with membranous
lobe beneath.

To this genus the following species belong :—

A. reichei, Spin. |

A, vitticollis, Gorh. (Ichnea).
A. nitida, Gorh. (Ichnea).

A, suturalis, Klug (Enoplium).
A, fryana, Gorh. (Ichnea).

A, fronticosta, Kuw. (Ichnea).

Pelonium, Spin.—This genus, as at present constituted, is
not a homogeneous one, and may very well be divided up
into at least three different genera, for one of which the
name Lasiodera, proposed by Gray, may be adopted.

(1) Lastoprra (Gray), gen. nov.

Eyes finely facetted, deeply emarginate in front, widely
separated from one another both above and below ; acetabula

Mr. C. J. Gahan— Notes on Cleride. Ta

of front cox not closed in behind; femora rather stout,
especially those of the front legs in the male; first tarsal
joint visible from above, claws simple.

Type of the genus, L. kirbyi, Gray.

This genus will include also the following species now
placed in Pelonium, and probably some others at present
unknown to me :—

L. trifasciata, Cast.
L. rufipes, Klug.
L. ruficollis, Gorham.

(2) PrLonium.

If, as Gorham suggested, P. pilosum, Forst., be taken as
the type, this genus can scarcely be separated from Chariessa,
Newm. If, on the other hand, P. lampyroides, Spin., the
first species mentioned and described by Spinola, be regarded
as the type, as I think it should be, then Peloniwm remains
a distinct genus with characters as follows :—

Eyes large, coarsely facetted, emarginate in front, uot
widely separated above ; acetabula of front coxe open or
sometimes closed behind, tarsal claws simple.

Here may be placed P. lampyroides, Spin., optabile, Gorh.,
luridum, Gorh., luturatum, Kirby, plactdum, Schklg., and
all other species now placed in the genus in which at the
same time the eyes are coarsely facetted and the tarsal claws
simple. ‘These species are mostly those of larger size and
more elongated form.

\s

(3) GALERUCLERUS, gen. nov.

This genus is proposed to include all those species of
Pelonium in which the eyes are coarsely facetted and the
tarsal claws distinctly appendiculate at the base. These
species are nearly all smaller than those of the genus
Pelonium proper, with the elytra shorter in proportion and
more widened and obtusely rounded behind. They have a
great resemblance to Galerucide, and not a few of them are
exact mimics of species of Diabrotica.

Pelonium sexnotatum, Klug, may be taken as the type of
the genus. In this species, as in the majority, the antennz
are 10-jointed, in others they are 11-jointed.

The Group Corynetini.—I have no changes to suggest in
the order of the genera of this group as they appear in
Herr Schenkling’s work. Laricobius, as is now generally

76 Mr. C. J. Gahan— Notes on Clerid:e.

admitted, belongs to the family Derodontide, and must be
removed from the group. On the other hand, the following
genera, as [ have earlier shown in this paper, must be
admitted into the group, viz., Tarsos’enus, Spin., Tarso-
stenodes, Blekb., and Thanasimorpha, Blekb.

NECcROBIOIDES, gen. nov.

Head short ; anteclypeus membranous, labrum short, broad,
arcuately emarginate in front; eyes finely facetted, emar-
ginatein front ; gulavery narrow behind. Antenne inserted
under a carina opposite the emargination of the eye, eleven-
jointed, the last three joints forming a somewhat compact
club, Sth joint very short, but nearly as broad as the base of
the 9ih ; 3rd to 7th joints short, subequal in length. Pro-
thorax distinctly marginate at each side, marked above witi
a faint sinuately transverse depression at about one-fourth
of its length from the apex. Elytra as in Necrodia, but
having each a slight swelling on the disc near the base.
Acetabula of front coxze open behiud. First joint of tarsi
placed below the base of the second; fourth joint very small;
claws bifid, the inner tooth shorter than the outer.

This genus is formed fur a Mexican species, which in
colour and form as well as in many points of structure very
closely resembles the genus Necrodia. It differs, however, in
the structure of its claws, the anterior depression on the
the pronotum, and its very much smaller gular area.

Necrobioides mexicana, sp. nu.

In colour and shape quite like some of the larger blue
specimens of Necrodbia rufipes, but with the legs and antennz
entirely black. Head thickly but not strongly punctured in
front. Prothorax sparsely and feebly punctate. Llytra
distinctly and very thickly punctured.

Length 6, breadth 24 mm.

Hab. Mexico: Hacienda de la Imagen in Guerrero,
4000 ft. (H. H. Smith).

One specimen only in the British Museum. This speci-
men was sent amongst the Necrobie to Herr Schenkling,
and was returned by him labelled Necrobia n. sp.; but
although so very hke a Necrobia, I consider that the
difference in the structure of the claws, the size and shape of
the gula, the presence of a depression anteriorly on the
pronotum, and of a hump at tke base of the elytra, justify
me in regarding it as the type of a new genus.

On new Species of Monkeys. 77

VITI.— Descriptions of new Species of Monkeys of the
Genera Galago, Cebus, Alouatta, and Cercopithecus.

By D. G., Exuior, D:Se., F-R-S.E., Ge.
Family Nycticebide.
Subfamily Gazaervz.

Genus GALAGO.
Galago pupulus, sp. n.

Type locality. Yola, Nigeria.

Gen. char. Size small; colour pale; ears very large;
rostrum long, molar series large, tail long.

Cofour. ‘lop of head, hind-neck, and back to root of tail
brownish grey, the brown tinge less noticeable between
shoulders, which part 1s a more decided grey, between eyes
whitish; sides of head, chin, throat, underside of body and
inner side of thighs greyish white; forearms and legs cream-
buff; inner side of arms buffy white ; hands and feet cream-
buff ; tail drab grey; ear reddish brown.

Measurements. 'Votal length 869 mm.; tail 220 ; foot 37.
Skull: total length 40°2; intertemporal width 28°6 ; breadth
of brain-case 22°4; hensel 26°2; zygomatic width 25;
length of nasals 12°8; palatal length 12°5 ; length of upper
molar series 13; length of mandible 22; length of lower
molar series 11°5.

Type. Adult male in British Museum, no. 9. 9. 3. 1.

In general appearance this species is very like G. mozam-
bicus, living some thousands of miles distant, but the skull-
characters are very different. ‘lhe species just named is
remarkable for its very short rostrum, while the present
animal has a long rostrum with slender nasals of about equal
width for their entire length, while those of its relative
broaden considerably at the tip; the bulls also are much
larger and narrower, and the teeth of the molar series much
larger.

Family Cebide.
Genus CEBUS.

Cebus versuta, sp. n.

Type locality. Rio Jordao, western part of Minas Geraes,
Brazil.
Gen. char, Hair on head very thick, long, depressed in

73 Dr. D. G. Elliot on

the centre and rising on each side on broad ridges extending
from forehead to occiput, unlike horns or tufts; size large,
tail long, thick; hairs of body long, loose ; arms above
elbows pale colour; fingers and toes grey.

Colour (male). Top of head from forehead to nape, ex-
tending to hind-neck, black; temples and cheeks yellowish
white; dark brown band in front of ear down side to lower
jaw, but not meeting beneath chin; dorsal region Prout’s
brown, rest of upper parts and flanks bistre; arms above
elbows and sides of neck cream-buff; thighs ochraceous buff;
forearms and legs below knees black speckled with reddish,
most marked on forearms; throat, chest, under parts to
scrotum, inner side of arms above elbows and innermost side
of thighs golden yellow, inner side of forearms, outer portion
of thighs, and legs below knees, scrotum, and anal region
black; hands and feet black, fingers and toes covered with
grey hairs; tail above three-fourths black speckled with red,
remainder black, beneath brownish black, hairs pale yellow
at base then brownish black, or towards tip greyish white at
base then black.

Measurements, 'Yotallength 910 mm.; tail 460; foot 132 ;
ear 35 (collector). Skull: total length 94:1; occipito-nasal
length 81°7; intertemporal width 70°3; palatal length 32:1;
length of nasals 28-1; length of upper molar series 23°5 ;
length of mandible 64°5; length of lower molar series 28°3.

Type. Adult male in the British Museum, no. 1.11. 3.4.

This species belongs to the Azare group as indicated by
the grey fingers and toes. It is, however, a much darker
animal than either C. azar@ or C.a. pallidus. ‘Vhe patch
on the head is more extensive, heavier, and blacker than that
of C. azare, and of course entirely different from that of
C. a. pallidus, with its two imperfect black patches. The
black cap of C. azar@ has low ridges on either side, in some
specimens these form upright tufts over forehead, quite
different from the conspicuous ridges of the present species,
which rise close together at the forehead, widen out as they
extend backwaid, until, with the exception of a narrow
division in the centre, they occupy the entire occipital portion
of the head. The colouring of the two forms, as the de-
scriptions show, is quite unlike. Five specimens were
procured by M. Robert on the Rio Jordao, in Araguay,
Western Minas Geraes, Brazil, all of which are in the
British Museum.

Cebus caliginosus, sp. n.

Type locality. Sta. Catharina, Sao Paulo, Brazil.

new Species of Monkeys. (a

Gen. char. Size large; head tufted, tooth-rows straight,
teeth large.

Colour. Face flesh-colour about eyes and forehead ; lips
apparently brownish ; superciliary band extending backwards
to temples yellowish white ; hairs on upper lip at corners of
mouth and onchin whitish ; head with tufts, band in front
of ears, body above and beneath, limbs and tail jet-black ;
hands and feet brownish black ; hairs on fingers and toes
brownish grey.

Measurements. Total length 1095 mm.; tail 560 ; foot 135;
Skull: total length 99°3; occipito-nasal length 89-2 ; inter-
temporal width 40; width of brain-case 53°5 ; hensel 70°4 ;
zygomatic width 73°2; length of nasals 18°2; palatal length
33°5; length of upper molar series 24°8; length of mandible
70; length of lower molar series 28°5.

Type. Adult, in British Museum, no. 3.9.1. 15.

This is a very large Cebus, and was received from the
Museum in Sao Paulo, Brazil, under the name of C. robustus.
The skull is large, with the molar series straight, and the
teeth larger than those of C. fatuellus. This example came
under my notice last spring, and I was then satisfied it must
represent a new species, but did not include it in my paper
with other undescribed species, preferring to wait and see if
perkaps I could find another example in the continental
museums. In this search I failed, no specimen resembling
this one in any way having been seen. It is the only
black Cebus I have met with, and its large size, prominent
tufts, and coal-black dress make it a very conspicuous object.
It is, of course, needless to add that it bears no resemblance
whatever to C. robustus.

Subfamily Azovarrryz.
Genus ALOUATTA.

Alcuatta insulanus, sp. n.

Type locality. Island of Trinidad.

Gen. char. Size small ; colour nearly uniform throughout;
limbs only slightly darker than the body.

Colour. Head and whiskers maroon, darkest on chin and
throat ; upper part of body and flanks red, in certain lights
with a golden hue; limbs, hands, and feet bright red, with a
maroon tinge on forearms ; tail at root bright maroon, grading
into golden and growing paler at tip.

Measurements. Total length 1120 mm.; tail 600; foot 105.
No skull.

80 Dr. D. G. Elliot on
Type in British Museum, no. 93. 7. 5. 1.

This rel Howler in general appearance resembles some-~
what the Rio Juara species on the Rio Juara; but is con-
siderably smaller, has less of the golden hue on the body,
and paler limbs and tail.

Alouatta macconnelli, sp. n.

Type locality. Coast of Demerara.

Geogr. distr. English and French Guiana, Cayenne to
coast north of the Amazon.

Gen. char. Upper parts unicolor; under parts orange-
red.

Colour.. Head rich maroon-red; entire upper parts and
flanks golden yellow, tips of hairs in certain lights fiery
golden ; base of hairs black ; arms to elbows and thighs and
under parts deep orange-red ; forearms, hands, legs below
knees, feet maroon-red; tail maroon-red at base, growing
paler towards tip.

Measurements. Total length 1390 mm. ; tail 670. Skull:
occipital region wanting ; intertemporal width 44:5 ; palatal
leneth 46°8 ; zygomatic width about 86°8; length of nasals
21:3; length of upper molar series 38'1; length of mandible
107°7; length of lower molar series 42°2.

Type (adult) in British Museum, no. 8. 3. 7. 3.

This form differs from A. senteulus in not having the dark
hues on the upper part of the back, limbs, hands, feet, and
tail. The upper parts and flanks in the adults are a rich
golden hue from the nape to the tail, and the under parts and
limbs a beautiful orange-red, quite different from the typical
style on the north-western part of the continent.

Alouatia juara, sp. n.

Type locality. Rio Juara, Peruvian Amazon.

Gen. char. General colour golden-red; arms and legs
darker.

Colour. Head and whiskers bright maroon, darkest under
the chin; upper parts of body and flanks golden-red ; arms
and legs, hands and feet maroon, darker than body; under
parts and inner side of body red; tail maroon at base,
grading into golden-red, similar to body.

Measurements. Total length 1145 mm.; tail625 ; feet 130.
Skull: total length 126°3 5; occipito-nasal length 104°) ;
intertemporal width 40-2 ; breadth of brain-case 54°5 ; hensel
1062; zygomatic width 81:4; length of nasals 25°9; palatal

new Species of Monkeys. 81

length 44°3 ; length of upper molar series 35:8; length of
mandible 94°8; length of lower molar series 42°9.

Type (adult) in British Museum, no. 3. 9. 1. 1.

‘Uhe peculiarity of this species is its general red colour, the
bright maroon of the head grading into the golden-red of the
body, without any marked line separating the hues. Its
general aspect is that of a red monkey, with limbs darker than
body. ‘he basal portion of the tail is nearer the colour of
the thighs, the remaining part much lighter.

T'wo specimens are in the British Museum collection, both
from the Rio Juara.

Alouatta sara, sp. n.

Type locality. Province of Sara, Bolivia.

Gen. char. Colour of body uniform, limbs only slightly
darker, under parts yellowish, not orange-red as in the
Guiana species. Black band around face to beneath chin.

Colour. Head very dark maroon; band across forehead,
down sides of head in front of ears, meeting beneath chin,
black ; upper parts of body and flanks, arms to elbows pale
golden-orange, darkest on dorsal line, base of hairs black ;
forearms, legs, hands, feet, and tail above orange-red ; chin
red, paler than sides ‘of head ; hairs on under parts nearly
gone, but are apparently yellowish with a red tinge ; hairs of
flanks along abdomen yellowish red, quite unlike the orange-
red of Guiana examples; underside of thighs yellowish red,
and tail beneath pale red.

Measurements. Total length 1120 mm. ; tail 590 ; foot 130;
ear 40 (collector). ~ Skull: total length 110°4; occipito-nasal
length 92 ; intertemporal width 43 ; hensel 19: 6; zygomatic
width 68:2; length of nasals 17-4; palatal length 35°95 ;
length of upper molar series 32 ; length of mandible 81-2;
length of lower molar series 38°2.

Type in British Museum, no. 7. 8. 2. 1.

This example from Bolivia is a female. It differs from’
others of the red Howlers, as typified by A. sentculus, in the
black band around the face, the uniform golden-orange colour
of the upper parts, and the yellowish or orange-red of the
hairs on the sides of the abdomen.

Family Cercopithecida.

Genus CERCOPITHECUS.

Cercopithecus inobservatus, sp. n.

Type locality. West Africa (exact locality unknown).
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist, Ser. 8. Vol, v. 6

82 On new Species of Monkeys.

Gen. char. Allied to C. cephus, but upper parts ochraceous,
not red, and a conspicuous rufous band on brow behind the
black superciliary line, as in C. brazze.

Colour (adult male). Supereiliary band black, extending
backward on sides of head from eyes to ears, and down sides
of face to upper lip; cheeks also black ; a rufows band across
forehead behind the superciliary line ; top and back of head
mixed yellow and black, the yellow most prominent on fore
part of head; entire rest of upper parts, shoulders, and thighs
ochraceous and black, much paler than the same parts in
C. cephus, the hairs being pale grey at base, then banded with
black and ochraceous, and tipped with black ; broad patch
over temples to ears yellowish ; hairs on lips and chin black ;
throat greyish white ; entire under parts, inner side of arms
to elbows, and legs to ankles dark smoke-grey, much darker
than C. cephus; forearms and hands and feet blackish,
sparsely speckled with pale yellow; legs below knees
speckled black and yellow; tail above, basal portion like
back, then blackish maroon, grading into pale bright red;
beneath dark grey at base, grading into pale red.

Measurements. Total length 1330 mm. ; tail 750; foot 145.
Skull: total length 119°6 ; occipito-nasal length 90°7 ; inter-
temporal width 40-9; breadth of brain-case 56°8 ; hensel 79 ;
zygomatic width 73°2; palatal length 41°5 ; length of upper
canine 20; length of upper molar series 25°5; length of
mandible 78:3 ; length of lower molar series 32°2.

Type in British Museum, no. 47. 3. 1. 6.

The skull when compared with that of C. cephus has a
much greater length, a longer and more protruding rostrum,
and a longer brain-case, broader posteriorly. The orbits are
differently shaped, more circular than oblong, with a greater
extreme width. The teeth are much larger and the upper
molar series longer by nearly the width of the first premolar ;
the palate is longer and wider and the basioccipital much
shorter and narrower. ‘The difference in the size of this bone
in the two skulls compared is remarkable.

This is a rather extraordinary specimen. It has been in
the British Museum for a long time, was obtained by
Mr. Bartlett, and is stated to have come from West Africa,
but no particular locality given. Beside the great difference
in thee lour of the pelage b. tween this example and specimens
of C. cephus, the rufous-browu band at once separates it from
that species and seems to point to a relationship with C. ne-
glectus and C. brazze. It is not so broad as the brow-bands
of those species, and it is the only character these animals
have in common so far as their coloration is concerned. If

On new African Mammals. 83

there is any relationship between this species and the others
it would naturally be with C. brazze from the Congo rather
than with C. neglectus from the White Nile.

I take this opportunity to call attention to an error in my
paper describing numerous monkeys, lately published in this
Journal (Sept. 1909, p. 261), arising from copying from the
original MS., where Cercopithecus grayt pallidus is printed
Cercopithecus pogonias pallidus. The name should be changed
to C. grayt pallidus. The context in the article clearly shows
that the race is more closely allied to C. grayi than to
C. pogonias, as all the comparisons are made with the former
species and not with the latter.

1X.—New African Mammals. By OtprreLp THoMas.
(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Petrodromus tordayi, sp. n.

A very dark-coloured species of the P. tetradactylus group.

Size about as in P. venustus. Fur very soft, more woolly
than in other species; hairs of back about 13 mm. in length.
General colour above conspicuously darker than in any of the
allied species, near broccoli-brown when looked at from be-
hind, Prout’s brown or almost seal-brown when seen from
above or in front. The usual line of grey on each side of
the median dorsal area almost suppressed. Flanks ochra-
ceous buff, dulling to clay-colour anteriorly on the cheeks.
Under surtace cream-buff, the bases of the hairs slaty. Face
like back ; a well-defined median black line along the top of
the muzzle. Face-markings all much darker than usual.
Light eye-rings very narrow, a dull buffy patch above the
posterior half of the eye. Usual dark line from back of eye
below ear darkened nearly to black and continued as a
marbled slaty-black patch behind the level of the ear; above,
at the base of the ear, there is a blackish ring on each side
separating the colour of the crown from the usual light basal
ring so conspicuous in other species; this, however, is only
buffy, not white, and is therefore much less conspicuous than
usual. Hands and feet dull buffy, the inner side of the
forearms, and all round the thighs, naked. ‘Tail very thinly
haired, practically naked, the black skin quite unhidden by

the hairs.
Ge

84 Mr, O. Thomas oz

Hind foot 52 mm.; other dimensions not available.

Hab. Misumba, Sankuru River, South Central Congo.

Type. Adult skin without skull. B.M. no. 9. 12. 12. 5.
Collected and presented by E. Torday, Esq.

This is the first Petrodromus found within the Congo basin,
and its remarkably dark colour is no doubt the result of the
saturate conditions there prevailing. JI have named it in
honour of its discoverer, to whom the Museum owes a number
of interesting mammals from this little-known region.

Chrysochloris congicus, sp. n.

Closely allied to C. leucorhina, Huet, from the coast of
French Congo, but markedly smaller (see skull-dimensions)
and of a different colour. Fur of medium length ; hairs of back
about 7 mm. in length. General colour dark “slate”? ‘or
‘“‘ mouse-grey ” (Ridgway) instead of ‘** brun chocolat foneé ”
(Huet) ; under surface slightly paler. Face creamy white, as
in leucorhina.

Dimensions of the type (measured on the spirit-speci-
men) :— ~

Head and body 63 mm.; hind foot, s.u. 9, cu. 11;
breadth of nasal pad 7.

Skull: greatest length 19, greatest breadth 13°5; length
of upper tooth-row 7°4.

Hab. Lusambo, Upper Sankuru R., South Central Congo.

Type. Subadult in spirit. B.M. no. 9.12.10.2. Pre-
sented by the Liverpool School of ‘Tropical Medicine.
Collected during Drs. Dutton and ‘l'odd’s expedition. ‘wo
skins without skulls collected at Misumba in the same
district have also been presented by Mr. E. Torday.

This species is readily distinguishable from C. leucorhina
by its smaller size and different colour. In tooth-formula
and the conspicuous white face it quite agrees with that
animal,

Chrysochloris vermiculus, sp. n.

A species of about the size of C. leucorhina, but of a uni-
form pale brown colour, approximately “‘ fawn” of Ridgway,
a colour quite unlike that found in any other member of the
family. Under surface slightly lighter. Face quite uniform
with the body, not contrasted white as in leucorhina. Fur
of back 8 mm. in length.

Skull and teeth u:known.

Head and body, measured in skin, (c.) 105 mm.; hind foot,
Ss Ua Oaeie. Wrekin

new African Mammals. 85-

Hab. Yambuya, Aruwimi R., Congo.

Type. Adult skin. B.M. no. 0.3.2.1. Collected during
» the Emin Relief Expedition and presented by J. S. Jameson,
Esq.
This very peculiarly’ coloured species cannot be confused
with any hitherto described.

Protoxerus stangert sigratus, subsp. n.

Agreeing with P. s. ebor/vorus, Du Chaillu, in all essential
respects, but the grizzled blackish line at the lower edge of
the upper colour on the flanks quite without the fine
white tickings, and consequently deep uniform black, well
contrasted with the grizzled brownish above it, and the
fine whitish line which separates it from the belly. Posterior
back of the somewhat warmer tone found in P. s. centricola.
Feet rich rufous. Hands also tending towards rufous, which
is unusual in this group.

Hab. Central and Southern Congo. Type from Lodja,
Upper Lukenye R., Southern Congo. A second specimen
from Ikau, Central Congo.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 9.12.12.7. Collected and
presented by Mr. E. Torday.

A special Genus for Mus univittatus, Peters,

The position of the peculiar W. African rat described by
Peters under the above name has long been doubtful, and it has
sometimes been placed in Mus and sometimes in Arvicanthis.
It differs, however, from both so much that I think it should
form a special genus, which may be called HyBomys.

Externally it resembles Arvicanthis in its black dorsal line
and shortened fifth hind toe (not so much shortened, however),
but differs by its much more slender build and its almost
naked tail. Mamme 0—2=4.

Its skull is peculiarly bowed, of quite different shape to
that of either Arvicanthis or Mus. Its molars are, on the
whole, like those of the former.

Good accounts of it have b-en given by Peters (MB. Ak.
Berl. 1876, p. 479) and Tullberg (MT. Ges. Upsala, 1893,
p- 20, with figures of the skull and teeth), so that further
description is not now necessary.

Arvicanthis wroughtoni, sp. n.

Allied to the common E. African A. massatcus, but the
dark ground-colour of the back black instead of brown, so

56 Mr. O. Thomas on

that instead of it being a brown animal with one median
black and a number of lateral light lines of spots, it is
simply a black animal with lines of light spots. The
median line is absolutely deep black without any fine light
tickings ; then three stripes on each side are black with a
few minute light tickings in them ; then from the fourth to
the edge of the belly there is enough admixture of light in
the daik bands to make them brown rather than black.
Lines of light spots cream-coloured, rather narrower than in
massaicus. Under surface white, not sharply defined late-
rally. Head blackish, finely lined with cream. Ears dark
brown, the ochraceous spot at their anterior base far less
conspicuous than in massaicus. Arms and hands dull buffy.
Rump and hind legs with scarcely any rufous suffusion.
Feet dull ochraceous. ‘Tail brown above, dull buffy on sides
and below. ;

Skull intermediate in size between those of A. massaicus
and macculus, the greatest lengths being 31, 29, and 28 mm.
respectively. Palatal foramina more narrowed posteriorly
than in the allied species.

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body 110 mm.; tail 119; hind foot 25.

Skull: greatest length 29; basilar length 23; greatest
breadth 18°7; palatal length 15; palatal foramina 5°7; upper
molar series 5:1.

Hab. Nono, W. of Addis Abbaba, 8. Abyssinia. Alt.
3600 m.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 6. 11. 1. 30. Original
number 77, Collected 30th April, 1905, by Ph. C. Zaphiro,
and presented by Mr. W. N. McMillan.

I have named this handsome and distinct species in honour
of Mr. R. C. Wroughton, to whom so much of our knowledge
of the genus Arvicanthis is due.

Leggada minutoides umbrata, subsp. n.

Essential characters of true Cape minutotdes, but the back
much darkened by an intermixture of blackish hairs, the
resulting colcur of the whole dorsal area, from crown to rump,
dark greyish, between “sepia” and “hair-brown.” Sides
dull buffy. Belly, as usual, pure sharply-defined white.

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :—

Head and kody 71 mm. ; tail 50; hind foot 14; ear 10.

Skull: greatest length 19°5.

Hab. Wakkerstroom, 8.E. Transvaal. Alt. 5900’. One

specimen from Zuurbron, 4900’,

new African Mammals. 87

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 4. 9. 1. 57. Original
number 715. Collected 22nd March, 1904, by C. H. B.
Grant. Presented by C. D. Rudd, Esq. Five specimens
examined.

In fully adult specimens of true Cape minutotdes the back
is sandy or fawn, only immature examples being greyish.
The Wakkerstroom series are all adult, and one of them quite

old.
Leggada bella, sp. n.

Allied to the true 8. African ZL. minutoides, but smaller.

Size small, barely larger than the little Z. tenella of the
Soudan. Fur crisp; hairs of back about 5-5°5 mm. in
length. General colour above rather warmer and more buffy
than in L. grata; sides buffy, the buffy encroaching on the
dorsal area more than in ZL. grata, less than in tenella. Belly
pure sharply-defined white, the hairs along the lower edge of
the butfy beceming abruptly white to their roots. Crown
like back ; face and cheeks scarcely lighter. Ears generally
without white spot at their posterior bases. Hands and feet
white. ‘Tail brown above, whitish below.

Skull small, its structure about as in L. grata. Distin-
guishable from that of LZ. minutoides by its smaller size and
from that of L. tenella by its normal, not elongated palate ;
the palation about half a millimetre behind the back of m’.
Masseteric knob on zygomatic plate nearer its front than its
hinder edge.

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—

Head and body (c.) 60 mm.; tail 44; hind foot 12,

Skull: greatest length 17-4; condylo-basal length 16:2 ;
breadth across brain-case 9; nasals 6°3; interorbital width 3-3;
palatal length 8°7; diastema 4°5 ; upper molar series 3:2.

Hab. (of type). Machakos, British E. Africa. Alt. 5000’.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 1. 8. 7. 11. Original
number 75. Collected 21st March, 1901, and presented by
S. L. Hinde, Esq.

L. bella seems to be the common white-bellied form through-
out Central Africa from Abyssinia and the Upper Nile south-
wards to the Transvaal and Zululand, specimens from many
localities in this large area agreeing in their size and more
important characters. But besides the typical E. African
form, I propose to recognize the following local subspecies.
Peters’s name minimus would have been applicable to this
species had it not been pre-occupied.

The 8. African ZL. minutordes is distinctly larger,

88 Mr. O. Thomas on

Leggada bella gallarum, subsp. n.

Like L. bella in all respects, but distinctly smaller. Fur
close and crisp; hairs of back abont 3°6-3°8 mm. in length.
Colour essentially as in bella, but rather less rich, the back
less darkened and the sides not so bright.

Skull, apart from its smaller size, quite as in L. bella.

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :-—

Head and body 54 mm.; tail 38; hind foot 11; ear 10.

Skull: greatest length 16°7 ; breadth of brain-case 8'1 ;
upper tooth-row 2°9.

Hab. Harar, E. Abyssinia. Alt. 6000!.

Type. Adult male. B.M.no.1. 7.6.17. Original number 2.
Collected 22nd November, 1900, and presented by A. E.
Pease, Esq.

Leggada bella vicina, subsp. n.

Essential characters of Z. bella, but the fur shorter and
rather crisper (hairs of back less than 4 mm. in length), the
light colour of its sides more extended, and the cheeks and
area round the eyes light buffy, the dark colour of the crown
ending in a point opposite the anterior canthus of the eye.
A slight indication of a subaural white spot.

Skull as in L. bella. |

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :-—

Head and body 57 mm. ; tail 45; hind foot 12; ear 10.

Upper molar series 3:0.

Hab. Takaungu, near Mombasa. Alt. 70’.

Type. Subadult female. B.M. no. 1. 5.1.82. Original
number 10. Collected 10th December, 1900, and presented
by A. B. Percival, Esq.

Obviously a hot-climate coast representative of L. bedla.

Leggada bella marica, subsp. n.

Differing from true E. African bella somewhat as umbrata
does from minutoides, the buffy or tawny tones altered along
the upper surface, and especially on the crown, by an
increased amount of black hairs, so that the colour is lined
brown above, while the sides are a much less bright and con-
spicuous buffy.

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :—

Head and body 57 mm.; tail 43; hind foot 12; ear 9:7.

Skull: greatest length 18.

Hab. (of type). Beira, Portuguese E. Africa. Alt. 45’.
Other specimens from Nyasaland, Inhambane, and Zululand.

new African Mammals. 89

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 7. 6. 2. 93. Original
number 1757. Collected 28th December, 1906, by C. H. B.
Grant. Presented by C. D. Rudd, Esq.

Leggada bella induta, subsp. n.

Size about as in ZL. bella. Fur long, soft, and rich, the
ordinary hairs of the back about 6 mm., and the unusually
numerous fine ones projecting beyond it about 10-11 mm. in
length. General colour dull buffy or clay-colour, being buffy
ochraceous on the sides, edging the sharply-defined pure
white belly. Centre of crown scarcely darker than the area
round the eyes. Outer surface of arms and legs like sides.
Tail with its upper surface pale brown, sides and below
whitish.

Skull very much as in true della; the teeth slightly
broader; the palate produced a little behind the front end of
the parapterygoid fosse.

Hab. Molopo, W. of Morokwen, Northern Bechuanaland.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 4. 10. 1. 85. Original
number 91. Collected 15th July, 1904, by R. B. Woosnam,

Found side by side with Leggada deserti.

Leggada pasha, sp. n.

A very large species of the white-bellied group.

Size about equal to that of L. triton, the largest species of
the grey-bellied group. General colour above uniform
cinnamon, rather more ochraceous on sides, but not con-
spicuously so; dorsal area not specially darkened. Under-
side wholly white to the bases of the hairs. Head like body ;
no lighter rings round eyes. Hars without basal white spot.
Hands and feet white.

Skull about the size of that of L. triton; palate not
elongated.

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—

Head and body 87 ; tail (?) ; hind foot 15.

Skull: tip of nasals to back of interparietal 20; upper
molar series 4.

Hab, Tingasi, Monbuttu.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 87.12.1.93. Collected
6th July, 1883; presented by Emin Pasha.

This fine species is readily distinguished from every other
white-bellied Leggada by its large size, all the larger Leggadas
hitherto known belonging to the grey-bellied group.

90 Mr. O. Thomas on

Leggada neavei, sp. n.

A richly-coloured tawny species of the minutoides group.

Size about as in true Cape minutordes. Fur crisp; hairs of
back about 4°3-4:5 mm. Colour of back mixed black and
tawny, the tawny becoming dominant on the sides, where it
contrasts sharply and abruptly with the pure white under
surface. Dark of back contracting on crown and between
eyes, the latter surrounded by a tawny area. Region below
and behind ears lighter tawny.

Skull about as long as in m7nutozdes, but more delicately
built, with smaller brain-case. Incisors more thrown forward
than in other species, their front surface terminally vertical,
not turned in towards the throat. Posterior nares narrowed,
opening nearly a millimetre further back than the front ends
ot the parapterygoid fossee. Masseteric knob on zygomatic
plate unusually small, close to the anterior edge of the plate.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Iiead and body 58 mm.; tail 39; hind foot 13.

Skuli: greatest length 19°2; basilar length 15°6 ; greatest
breadth 10; nasals 7*2; interorbital breadth 3°2; palatilar
length 9°38; upper molar series 3°3.

Hab. Petauke, E. Loangwe District, N.E. Rhodesia.
Alt. 2400".

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 7. 1. 11. 65. Original
number 55. Collected 28th December, 1904, by Mr. 8. A.
Neave.

This species differs from all others by its rich tawny colour
and more forwardly directed incisors.

Leggada desert, sp. n.

A pale-coloured desert species, with white tail and narrowed
posterior nares.

Size about as in L. bella. Fur long (hairs of back 7 mm.),
soft and fine, not at all spinous. General colour above
“pinkish buffy,” darkened on the back, clear along the
sides edging the abruptly pure white underside. Sides of
face buffy, the dark area on the crown little marked. Lateral
line of demarcation high, above the whole of the limbs, so
that these from shoulders and hips downwards are completely
snowy white ; in other species the forearms and legs are
more or less of the colour of the body. ‘Tail wholly white,
above and below.

Skull about as in Z. bella, except that the posterior nares
are almost covered over by the close approximation of the
bases of the pterygotds, the breadth of the opening proximally

new African Mammals. 91

being about one-sixth of a millimetre, and the opening itself
rather farther back than usual, though not so far as in
LL. tenella, In the usual correlation with this character the
zygomatic plate is shorter than usual, and its masseteric knob
is slightly nearer its posterior than its anterior edge.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 51 mm.; tail 44; hind foot 12°5; ear 12.

Skull: greatest length 17°5; basilar length 13°5; greatest
breadth 9°2 ; nasals 6°8 ; upper molar series 2°9.

Hab. Molopo, W. of Morokwen, Northern Bechuanaland.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no.. 4. 10. 1. 86. Original
number 94. Collected 15th July, 1904, by R. B. Woosnam.

This beautiful little desert species is widely different from
any other Leggada. Curiously enough, the other specimen
obtained with it*, and superficially very like it, proves to
be a local subspecies of the ordinary Central African species
L. bella (see above).

Leggada triton murilla, subsp. n.

Colour very much as in true Mus musculus, therefore paler
and greyer than in the mountain forms ZL. ériton of Elgon and
fors of Ruwenzori. Upper surface nearest to sepia of Ridg-
way, rather paler on sides and becoming faintly buffy along
the edge of the belly colour. Under surtace greyish white,
the bairs slaty for two-thirds of their length; line of demar-
cation on sides not sharply marked. Hands and feet dull
white.

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body (c.) 70 mm.; tail 50; hind foot 16.

Skull: greatest length 22°5 ; upper molar series 3°7.

Hab. (of type). Machakos, British E. Africa. Alt. 5400’.

Type. pele male. B.M. no. 1. 12. 9. 13. Original
number 92. Collected 14th June, 1901, and presented by
Dr. S. L. Hinde.

On comparing all the grey-bellied Leggadas of this group
it would appear that triton and fors are mountain forms from
Elgon and Ruwenzori respectively of a widely-spread species
very like Mus musculus in general appearance. The mountain
forms are much darker and more ‘“‘saturate”’ than murddla,
whose range extends from Hast Africa and Uganda southward
into North-eastern Rhodesia. Owing to the accidental delay
in the publication of the Ruwenzori report, the name triton
takes precedence of fors for the primary name of the species.

* Cf. Leggada minutoides, Schwann, P. ZS, 1906, i. p. 110.

92 Mr. G. Dollman on

Cephalophus simpsont, sp. n.

Closely similar in colour to C. nyase, but considerably
smaller, and with the ordinary small short skull of the Blue-
bucks generally, instead of the unusually elongated skull of
C. nyase. Median dorsal area dark vandyke-brown, over a
breadth of about three inches, passing laterally through
“burnt umber” into deep russet on the flanks and limbs,
Belly paler russet, its median area whitish, the hairs every-
where grey basally. Interramia whitish ; throat dull russet.
Crown and top of muzzle dark brown, the supraorbital line
and cheeks reddish. Limbs, both fore and hind, rufous, in
continuation with the flanks, to the feet, a line on the inner
side of the forearms and thighs white.

Skull smalJer than in the allied species, of normal propor-
tions, not elongated.

Dimensions of the type :—

Hind foot (c. u.) 165 mm.

Skull: greatest length 115; basal length 99:5; greatest
breadth 51:5; nasals 39 x 20°53; breadth of brain-case 41°5 ;
muzzle 36°5; palatal length 57; length of upper tooth-
series 32°5, of molars only 18°3.

Horns 36 x 12.

Hab. Kole, Upper Lukenye R., South Central Congo.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 9. 12..12.13. Collected
and presented by Mr. EH. Torday.

By its general reddish colour this Duiker is at once
separable from C. equatorialis, Matsch., the other Congo
species of the group, while it is distinguishable by its short
skull from C. nyase, which it so closely resembles externally.

I have had much pleasure in naming it in honour of
Mr. M. W. Hilton Simpson, Mr. Torday’s companion during
his expedition and himself a donor to the National Museum
of several interesting mammals.

X.—New African Mammals.
By Guy Douay, B.A.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Galago dunni, sp. 0.

Related to G. braccatus albipes, Dollm., but larger and
paler in colour in the grey parts.
Size large; hands and feet considerably larger than those of

new African Mammals. 93

G. braccatus, Elliot, or G. b. albipes, Tars rather small in
proportion to sizeof body. Hair soft and of medium length.
General colour of back pale greyish brown (smoke-grey no. 1,
‘Repertoire de Couleurs’), rather darker down the middle
and paler on the flanks. Individual hairs of back slate-grey,
with greyish-white tips. Upper surface of fore limbs pale
grey, washed over with creamy buff. Upper surface of hind
limbs very similar in colour to those of G. 6. albipes, but
rather more buffy, and paler in the grey parts. Backs of
hands and feet yellowish (Naples yellow no. 2, ‘ Repertoire’),
Underside of body and fore limbs white, washed over with
cream-colour ; under surface of hind limbs greyish white,
tinted with yellow, but not so rich in colour as in G. brac-
catus. ‘l'ail above similar in colour to back, apical half
rather browner; under surface paler and greyer.

Skull large and strongly built. Nasals very broad ante-
riorly, narrowing towards the middle, and spreading out
again posteriorly.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 200 mm.; tail 275; hind foot 72 ; ear 38,

Skull: greatest length 48; zygomatic breadth 34°55 basi-
lar length 33°5 ; nasals, greatest length 14, greatest width 4-9,
least width 2°4; palatilar length 14°7; length of upper
tooth-row from front of first premolar to back of last
molar 13:3.

flab. Fafan, 35 miles east of Harrar, Somaliland.

Type. Old male. B.M. no. 4.5.9.1. Original number
128. Collected by Major H. N. Dunn on November 18th,
1403, and presented by him to the British Museum.

This species is easily distinguished from G. braccatus by its
larger size and much lighter grey-coloured upper surface.

Galago talboti, sp. n.

In general appearance somewhat similar to G. elegantulus,
Lec., but differing in having a buffy-white under surface
instead of dark slaty grey.

Size and general proportions as in G. elegantulus. Hair
soft and very thick. General colour of back pale brownish
red (dark fawn no, 2, ‘ Repertoire de Couleurs ”), rather richer
on the flanks and rump. Median dorsal stripe well defined ;
brownish orange in colour (burnt umber no, 2, ‘ Repertoire’).
Individual hairs of back dark slaty grey for basal half, be-
coming paler and yellower towards middle ; apical portion
buffy brown. Face and sides of head reddish buff (between
dead leaf no. 1 and cinnamon no. 1, ‘ Repertoire’). Top of

94 Mr. G. Dollman on

head greyish buff mixed with red (between otter-brown no. 3
and mineral brown no. 1, ‘ Repertoire’), greyer on the neck and
back between shoulders. Sides of neck behind ears greyish
white. Upper surface of fore limbs greyish red. Upper
surface of hind limbs very similar in colour to back, paler
and rather yellower. Backs of hands and feet yellowish
white. Underside of body buffy white; hairs on chest and
down middle of belly grey at base. Sides of belly pure
buffy white, strongly contrasting with the reddish-brown
flanks. As in G. e/egantulus, the light-coloured fur of the
belly extends upwards for a short distance towards the dorsal
surface in the region of the axille and on the flanks just
anterior to the insertion of the hind limbs. ‘Throat reddish,
the hairs with grey bases and red tips. Under surface of
fore limbs pure buffy white ; under surtace of hind limbs very
similar in colour, but the hairs are greyish at their bases.
Upper side of tail brownish buff, washed over with grey,
rather greyer towards the tip. Individual hairs of tail
greyish buff at base, apical half brownish (warm sepia no. 2,
‘ Repertoire’), tip light greyish buff.

Skull rather broad and strongly built; muzzle well deve-
loped, zygoma very broad, measuring nearly 6°5 mm. across
jugal region.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 166 mm. ; tail 274; hind foot 64; ear 31.

Skull: greatest length 49°4; zygomatic breadth 35:7 ;
basal length 37°5 ; condylo-basal length 43; nasals, greatest
length 13:4; greatest breadth 4 ; palatal length 18°5; length
of upper tooth-row from. front of first premolar to back of
last molar 14.

Hab. Nkami, Southern Nigeria. Altitude 600 feet.

Type. Adult male. Original number 23. Collected by
Mr. bP. A. Talbot on October 22nd, 1909.

On account of the great differences in colour, especially of
the underparts, this Nigerian form must be considered quite
distinct trom G. e/egantulus, and deserving of specific rank.
G. elegantulus pallidus, Gray, is readily distinguished from
this new species by its dull greyish under surface, greyer
back, and much larger size.

Galago elegantulus tonsor, subsp. n.
Allied to G. elegantulus, Lec., but much paler in colour.
Size and general proportions similar to G. elegantulus.
Hair soft and very thick, especially on the under surface.
General colour of back pale orange (cinnamon no. 2, ‘ Reper-
toire de Couleurs’). Median dorsal line indistinct, rather

new African Mammals. 95

richer in colour than rest of back. Individual hairs of back
slaty grey, with buff tips. Flanks similar in colour to back.
Face and sides of head grey; top of head grey, washed over
with pale buff. Upper surface of fore limbs grey mixed with
buff. Upper surface of hind limbs yellowish grey (near
snuff-brown no. 1, ‘ Repertoire’). Backs of hands and feet
grey. Underside of body and limbs greyish white. Indi-
vidual hairs of belly slate grey, with whitish tips. The grey
colour of the under surface extends upwards on the flanks in
the region of the axille and just in front of the hind limbs,
as in G. elegantulus and the foregoing species. Upperside of
tail greyish buff for basal half, apical portion grey, tip white.
Individual hairs at root of tail pale grey for basal half, re-
mainder buff-coloured. Individual hairs on apical portion
dark greyish brown (dark neutral tint no. 1, ‘ Repertoire’),
with whitish tips. Underside of tail grey, basal region
washed over with buff.

Skull a good deal smaller than that of the foregoing species,
Nasal region short.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :-—

Head and body 215 mm.; tail 280; hind foot 61; ear 30,

Skull: greatest length 45°4; zygomatic breadth 36; basal
length 35 ; basilar length 33; condylo-basilar length 38-5 ;
greatest length of nasals 11°6; palatal length 17:3; length
of upper tooth-row, from front of first premolar to back of
Jast molar 13.

Hab. 15 miles from mouth of the Benito River, Spanish
Guinea, West Africa.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 98.5.4. 1. Original
number 834. Collected by Mr. G. L. Bates on February 4th,
1898.

In addition to the type and a further specimen from the
Benito River, Mr, Bates has collected two specimens referable
to this new form at Kfulen, in the Cameroons.

The striking difference in colour between Mr. Bates’s
series and the G. elegantulus obtained by Du Chaillu indicates
that they must be regarded as subspecifically distinct.

Elephantulus dundasi, sp. n.

Related to E. somalicus, Thos., but more buffy on the
flanks.

Size and general proportions similar to EZ. somalicus.
General colour of back yellowish brown (snuff-brown no, 2,
‘ Repertoire de Couleurs’), paling to a pure buff tint (cinna-
mon no. 1, ‘ Repertoire’) on the flanks. Sides of face and

96 On new African Mammals.

top of head as in EZ. somalicus. Nape of neck rather darker
in colour, the light buff-coloured patches restricted to the areas
just behind the ears. Back of hands and feet white, a few
yellowish hairs intermingled with the white on the feet.
Underside of body and limbs white, rather buffy on chin and
throat. Individual hairs of belly slate-grey at base, termi-
nating in a long white tip. Upper surface of tail darker than
in E. somalicus, the butty tint predominating only at base.
Lower surface of tail greyish white.

Skull like that of E. somalicus; nasals rather longer and
auditory bull larger; last upper molar small.

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—

Head and body 135 mm. ; tail 111; hind foot 32; ear 24.

Skull: basal length 32°3: condylo-basal length 34:3 ;
zygomatic breadth 20°5; length of nasals 15; palatilar
length 18; length of upper tooth-row, from front of first
incisor to back of last molar, 19.

Hab. Harich, near Lake Baringo, British East Africa.
Altitude 3000 feet.

Type. Adult. B.M. no. 9. 5.18.3. Original number 2.
Collected in December 1908 by Mr. K. R. Dundas, and pre-
sented by him to the British Museum.

In addition to the type Mr. Dundas obtained a second
specimen from the same locality, quite similar in colour to the
type.
cre Baringo species may be regarded as allied to the
Somaliland form . somalicus, but is distinguished by the
more buffy coloration of the flanks and darker upperside of
the tail. From Z&. boranus, Thos., it is readily separated by
its far paler upper surface and pure white belly.

I have named this species after Mr. K. R. Dundas, whose
collections from Baringo and Mumias have proved to be of
considerable interest and of great value as regards the geogra-
phical distribution of some of the Kast-African mammals.

Graphiurus raptor, sp. n.

Allied to the Ruwenzori species recently describel by
Thomas and Wroughton, but rather darker in colour and with
a very much broader skull.

Fur soft and of medium length, measuring about 7 mm. in
length on back. General colour of upper surface dark brown
(sepia no. 1, ‘ Repertoire de Couleurs’), slightly paler on the
flanks. Individual hairs of back dirk grey (Payne’s grey
no. 4, ‘ Repertoire’) at base, tips brownish buff. Face, sides
of head, and region just behind ears greyish buff. Eyes

On a new Genus of Epomophorine Bats. 97

surrounded by dark rings; no dark line between eyes and
ears. Backs of hands and feet greyish brown; toes dark
brown. Underside of body dark slaty grey, washed over
with greyish white. [airs of belly dark slate-coloured, with
greyish-white tips. ‘Tail rather lighter in colour than back ;
lower surface greyer, especially near the base.

Skull very broad across middle of zygomatic region.
Auditory bulle comparatively small. Cranial region broad.
Nasals rather short, and broad anteriorly.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 94 mm. ; tail 68; hind foot 16°5; ear 13.

Skull: greatest length 27; condylo-basal length 25;
basal Jength 23 ; condylo-basilar length 23; basilar length 21 ;
zygomatic breadth 16; breadth of brain-case behind squa-
mosal region 13; greatest length of nasals 10°5; palatal
length 10°7; palatilar length 9; width of palate between
last molars 3°8; length of palatal foramina 3; length of
upper molar series 3-4.

Hab. West slope of Mount Kenya, British East Africa.
Altitude 11,000 feet.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 0. 2.1.17. Original num-
ber 19. Collected on August 22nd, 1899, by Mr. H. J.
Mackinder.

The darker-coloured fur and unusual breadth of the skull,
especially as regards the zygomatic region, necessitate this
Kenya Graphiurus being considered quite distinct from the
Ruwenzori species.

XI.—Preliminary Description of a new Genus of
Epomophorine Bats. By KNuUD ANDERSEN,

PLEROTES*, gen. nov,

Type, Plerotes anchiete= Kpomophorus anchiete, Seabra,
J. Sci. Lisboa, (2) vi. p. 116 (1900), from Galanga, Ben-
guela.

Differential characters.—Allied te Epomops, with the post-
dental palate flattened as in Megachiroptera generally, not

* TlAnporys, filling out (e. g. a gap, an interspace), in allusion to the
fact thatin the number of postcanine teeth (#4) Plerotes is intermediate
between the Rousettine group of genera ($) and the hitherto known
genera of the Epomophorine group (2).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. v. d

98 On a new Genus of Epomophorine Bats.

deeply hollowed out posteriorly as in Epomophorus, but
peculiar in the following respects :—

(1) Cheek-teeth 4: p' and mg present. In all other Epo-
mophorine genera cheek-teeth 3: p* and wg absent.

(2) Dentition on the whole exceedingly weak ; p’-m* and
Ps-M, unusually narrow, only half, or less than half, as broad
as long (anterc-posteriorly). Dentition of Hpomops scarcely
weaker than usual in the Epomophorine group; breadth of
cheek-teeth two-thirds their length.

(3) p*, m!, py, m,, and mg very low, almost perfectly dat-
tened, with no trace of the usual cusp-like elevations of the
outer and inner ridges, upper teeth with a slight, lower teeth
with a scarcely detectable remnant of the median longitudinal
groove. Chieek-teeth of Epomops unmodified Kpomophorine,
with well-developed lateral ridges and median groove.

(4) Outer and inner ridge of p*® and p3 so completely fused
as to leave scarcely any trace of a median groove. Hpomops:
outer and inner ridge of p® and ps nevcr so completely fused
as to obliterate the median groove.

(5) Upper incisors extremely small, barely piercing gum,
crown blunt; lower incisors simple, obtuse. Hyomops:
upper incisors not reduced, crowns acutely pointed; lower
incisors distinctly bilobed.

(6) Palate unusually broad, breadth across outer surfaces
of crowns of m'—n.’ more than total length of maxillary tooth-
row (c-m’). Palate of Epomops broader than in Lousettus,
but not broadened to the same degree as in Plerotes, breadth
across outer surfaces of crowns of m’—m' less than total length
of maxillary tooth-row.

(7) Brain-case considerably deflected against facial axis.
In all other Epomophorine genera only very slightly deflected.

(8) Soft palate crossed by cight thin, serrate, almost equi-
distant ridges foiming regu’ar curves from side to side (figured
by Seabra, J. Sci, Lisboa, (2) v. pl. i. fig. 3, 1898). Three
anterior (interdental) palate-ridges of Mpomops thick and
prominent, conspicuously contrasting with thin and serrate
postdental ridges.

(9) Interfemoral extreme'y nairow laterally, breadth at
middle of tibia scarcely more than that of tibia bone ; calcar
absent (or rudimentary; the only known specimen is
mounted). Interfemoral of all other Epomophorine genera
unmodified, breadth at middle of tibia tour to tive times that
of tibia bone ; calcar well developed.

(10) Metacarpal of second digit much less (in Epomops
much more) than half the length of the forearm; fourth (in
Epomops third) metacarpal longest; seeend phalanx of third

On some Species of the Genus Kpomops. 99

digit subequal to (in Zpomops much shorter than) metacarpal
of same digit.

(11) Vertical fascize of mesopatagium few (about 7-8) and
broadly spaced. In Hpomops unusually numerous (36-47)
and crowded.

General size of single species known very small, as Micro-
pteropus pusillus: forearm about 50-60 mm. Size of known
species of Hpomops much larger: forearm 82—100°5 mm.

Small whitish hair-tufts at anterior and posterior base of
ears, as in all Epomophorine genera.

For the loan of the type of this highly interesting fruit-bat
[ am indebted to Sr. A. I°. de Seabra, Museu Bocage, Lisbon,
The specimen is a fully adult female, teeth practically
unworn.

XIT.—On some Species of the Genus Epomops *.
By Knup ANDERSEN.

I. Epomops franqueti and comptus.

Epomophorus franquett, Tomes, P. Z. S. 1860, p. 54,
pl. Ixxv.—Type locality, Gaboon. ‘Type, in the Paris Mu-

* Epomops, originally founded by Gray (1866), was by Dobson (1878)
not distinguished from Epomophorus ; by Matschie (1899) it was allowed
to stand as a “subgenus” of Lpomophorus, but by Miller (1907) again
united with Lpomophorus, probably owing to its general resemblance to
the latter genus in dentition and external aspect. I find myself com-
pelled to disagree with Miller. Both Epomops and Epomophorus subsist
on soft fruits, but in having adapted themselves to this diet they have,
in certain respects, followed essentially different lines of development. In
Epomops the rostrum and palate are breadened, in Epomophorus, on the
contrary, unusually narrow ; in Epomops the postdental palate has pre-
served the common ‘ Rousettine ” (flattened) shape, in Epomophorus it is
deeply hollowed out posteriorly ; in Epomops the three anterior inter-
dental palate-ridges are thick and prominent, conspicuously contrasting
with the thin and serrate postdental set of ridges, in Mpomophorus the
whole set of ridges are peculiarly modified, without contrast between the
interdental and postdental ridges; also the hyoid bones and pharynyeal
sacs are different in the two genera. Epomops is in fact much more
closely related to Hypsignathus and Plervtes than it is to Epomophorus.
If we leave Eponops and the short-nosed (in the skull almost Cynopterus-
like) Micropteropus in Epomophorus, then Epomophorus becomes decidedly
the most heterogeneous genus of fruit-bats ; if we separate Zpomops and
Micropteropus, then Epomophorus stands as a periectly homogeneous
group, sharply defined against all other genera of the Epomophorine
section, and in the shape of the postdental palate contrasting even with
ali other genera of Megachiroptera.

ee

100 Mr. Kk. Andersen on some

seum, an adult male, mounted skin, skull extracted, soft palate
destroyed, two pairs of upper incisors. Skull figured in
P. Z. 8. 1861, pl. i. fig. 8. Type examined.

Epomophorus comptus, H. Allen, Proc. Ac. N. Sci. Philad.
1861, p. 158.—Type locality, according to Allen, ‘ W.
Africa” ; as belonging to Du Chaillu’s collections the speci-
men was no doubt obtained in Gaboon ; type in the collection
of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia. All that
can be seen from Allen’s long description is that £. comptus
must be an Hpomops, not an Epomophvrus, and that the single
specimen he had before him must have been a female (he
does not mention the sex). Now, the fact that the type
locality of H. comptus is the same as that of EF. franquete
easily suggests the idea, if not, perhaps, . comptus is simply
the female of HE. franquet?. Allen does not seem to have
known the description of 4. franquctt, in any case he does
not compare /. cemptus with that species, but only with
Epomophorus “ gambianus” and “ schoénsis.” But even if
Allen had known Tomes’s description, it is doubtful if he
would have identified Du Chaillu’s specimen with £. fran-
quett, considering that the type of franquetd is a large male,
that of comptus a small female; the sexual difference, in size
as well as in certain other characters, is in Hpomops con-
siderable. I may add that my suspicion as to the possible
identity of H. comptus and franqueti was strengthened by
the circumstance that, although I have had the privilege of
examining a larger series of Hpomops than any other single
writer, I have never been able to find more than one species
of the present genus in Gaboon or in the neighbouring
countries to the north, east, and south. Atl doubt has now
been removed by the additional information most kindly sent
me by Mr. James A. G. Rehn, Philadelphia, after a re-exami-
nation of the type of H. comptus. It is a female of HL. fran-
gueti; all the decisive characters and measurements entirely
agree with those of females of the eastern race of that species,
EL. f. franquett. The type is an unmounted skin, skull ex-
tracted, soft palate destroyed ; as mentioned by Allen, a single
pair of upper incisors (actually lost, but alveoli present) ;
forearms broken, hence the extraordinarily small measurement
of the forearm given by Allen (3 in.=76 mm.) ; from the
measurement of the third metacarpal given by Rehn (in litt.),
viz. 60 mm., it may safely be said that the real length of the
forearm has been not less than 85 nm.— Mammalogists will
no doubt feel some pleasure in being able to put EH. comptus
down as a synonym of LE. franquett. Those who, with
Dobson’s Catalogue as a guide, have tried to identify a

Species of the Genus Epomops. 101

specimen of Hpomops, will rather too often have made the
experience that they had better give it up, for the specimen
would agree with neither of the diaguoses offered in that book.

Dobsin’s method of discrininiting E. comptus from K. fran-
queti.—Dobson gave the following brief diagnoses of the two
‘species’ (his reference to the different “mode of attach-
ment of the wings to the toes’ may be left quite out of
consideration here; the insertion of the membranes is the
same in all forms of Hpomops). E. comptus: third palate-
ridge complete, undivided ; a single pair of upper incisors in
adults. H. franqueti: third palate-ridge developed on sides
only [7¢. e. broadly separated in middle]; outer incisors
wanting only in very old individuals. As these diagnoses
have been universally accepted, without or with (Matsclie)
hesitation, for more than thirty years, it may perhaps be of
some interest to trace them back to their origin. It is evident
that Dobson cannot have taken them from Tomes’s or Allen’s
descriptions, for neither of these authors mentions the palate-
ridges; nor can he have known the palate-ridges from personal
examination of the types nor from secondhand information,
for in both of the type-skulls the soft palate has been
destroyed. The explanation is this:—

Dobson’s material of Hpomops was exceedingly limited,
only four specimens, one from Sierra Leone, two from
Gaboon, and one without locality, all adults. In one of
these, a female from Gaboon (Cat. Chir. p. 14, specimen
qa”), he found only one pair of upper incisors ; as this
character agreed with Allen’s description of . comptus
4-4 incisors), he naturally identified this specimen with
LH. comptus, and finding in the same specimen the third palate-
ridge continued uninterrupted across the palate, he combined
these two facts into the diagnosis of EH. comptus referred to
above: third ridge undivided, only one pair of upper incisors
in adults. In two of the three other specimens (the third is
senile and has lost all incisors above and below), as well as
in Tomes’s figure of the type skull of Z. franqueti (or perhaps
by actual examination of this latter during one of his visits
to Paris), he found two pairs of upper incisors, and in one of
the specimens, viz. that from Sierra Leone (p. 13, specimen
“@’), the third palate-ridge broadly inter:upted in the
middle ; this is the basis ot his diagnosis of 1. franqueti :
third ridge divided, outer upper incisors present ‘‘ except in
very old individuals.” But he overlooked the important fact
that in two of the three specimens referred by himself to
E. franquett (p. 13, “6” and “¢”) the third ridge is, contrary
to his diagnosis of that species, undivided in the middle!

102 Mr. K. Andersen on some

In the light of the now available much completer material,
Dobson’s four specimens must be identified as follows :—
His “ 2. franquett” from Sierra Leone (p. 13, a’), the
only one with the third palate-ridge divided in the middle, is
a distinct species, EL. buetttkoferi; his two other specimens of
“ E. franqueti” (p. 13, “6” and “c’’) and the only speci-
men referred by him to “E. comptus”’ are all EH. franquete
Sranquett.

Il. Third Palate-ridge in EK. franqueti and buettikoferi.

It will be noticed from the above that Dobson’s statement
that in some individuals of the present genus the third palate-
ridge is continued uninterrupted across the palate, in others
distinctly divided in the middle, is by no means without
foundation in facts. Only the difference is not, as believed
by Dobson, «a difference between 4. comptus and franqueti,
which, on the contrary, are but two names of one species, but
between Lf. franqueti (ridge undivided) and E. buettikofert
(ridge divided). The character would be very convenient
indeed for a ready discrimination of these two species, if it
were absolutely constant. It is so in the large majority of
cases 3 it is perhaps always so in the case of EH. buettikoferi,
but individuals of ZH. franqueti occur, although apparently
very iarely, in whieh the ridge is distinetly divided in the
middle.

In p. 104 of the present paper I give a tabular record of the
condition of the third palate-ridge in twenty-six skulls of
Ei. franqueti and buettikoferi. A larger number of skulls has
been examined, but those tabulated are the only ones in
which the palate-ridges have been preserved in sufficiently
intact condition. ‘The results are these :—

(1) The condition of the ridge, whether continuous or
divided, is entirely independent of the presence or absence of
the outer pair of upper incisors (17). Dobson’s contention
that the presence of 17-1? in adult individuals is associated
with a divided third ridge (his 2. franquet?) and the absence
of those teeth with an undivided ridge (his EZ. comptus) is
clearly untenable.

(2) The palate-ridges have been examined in twenty-two
individuals of #. franquetz, representing both subspecies and
localities dotted over nearly the whole area inhabited by the
species. In twenty-one of these individuals the third ridge
is practically undivided in the middle, either absolutely con-
tinuous [indicated in the table by the word ‘ Undivided,”

Species of the Genus Hpomops. 103

without brackets] or, not infrequently, with a distinct notch
at the middle suggesting an initial stage towards a splitting
of the ridge [indicated by “(Undivided)” ]. In one single
individual othe ridge is distinctly separated | in the middle, by
a space about equal to the breadth of p*; this individual
(Kradji, Togo) is in every other respect a typical EH. /f.
strepitans.

(3) The palate-ridges have been examined in four skulls of
KE. buettikofert, including the type of the species. In all the
third ridge is broadly divided in the middle.

The fact that the condition of the third palate-ridge is not
absolutely diagnostic does not in the least affect the validity
of HE. buettikofert as a distinct species. It differs in other and
more important characters from LH. franquet.

III. Outer Upper Incisors.

Material,—thirty adult skulls of 2. franquet? (both sub-
species) and EL, buettikofert ; see table, p. 104.

In eleven of these 1’ is present on both sides ; in five present
on one side only ; and in fourteen absent on both sides. 1° is
present in all perfectly immature individuals examined (not
recorded in the table), but as soon as the individuals are full-
grown the presence or absence of the outer upper incisors
appears to be independent of the age. If the loss of i’ were
entirely or chiefly an age character, we should expect to find
these teeth present chiefly in adult individuals with unworn
teeth, absent chiefly in individuals with worn teeth. But the
facts are not in favour of this assumption. Of the eleven
skulls with 1° present on both sides, no less than eight have
the cheek-teeth conspicuously worn (marked with one asterisk
in the table) or even much worn (two asterisks) ; of the four-
teen skulls with 1 absent on both sides (and their alveoli
obliterated) tw are only young adults (7. e. full-sized, but
with distinct signs of slight immaturity), and four, though
fully adult, have the teeth quite or nearly unworn (no asterisk
in the table).

To decide, with certainty, the question whether there is any
specific or subspecific difference in the deciduousness of 1?
would require a much larger material than at present obtain-
able. But so far as this material goes, 1° appears to be
much more frequently lost in #. f. frangueti than in £. f.
strepitans and Lt, buetttkofer’. ‘The subjoined table points de-
cidedly to this conclusion, but itis admitted that the number
of skulls of FE. f. strepitans aud buettikofert is too small for
generalizations of this kind :—

16k Mr. K. Andersen on some
Skulls Both 7? One i? Both i”

examined. present. absent. absent.
E. f. franquett .... 18 17 pet. 11 pet. 72 pet.
EB. f. stremian’n..>s 4 57 29 14
E. buettikofert .... §& 80 20 0

Third Palate-ridge and Outer Upper Incisors f.

2

Third palate-ridge. i?-i7.
E. f. strepitans.

©) damm; AG oldsoass a ocak ( Undivided.)
3 ade jug, ee Undivided. ++
2 dd.) hose -"etadm 2s.) . o,': Divided. + +**
3 Rain Acaros Me robe yis » 2S Undivided. ++
é ad. 8S. Nigeria: Abonnema.. nt +-+*
2 ad. es ee AS Ent ++*
3 ad. Ss Asaba .... Undivided. _+*
3 ad. a » (type) eB isas +-+*
3S imm. i MUG e ere Undivided.
E. f. franqueti.
3 ad. “Old"Calabat 2.722. 1.c% Undivided. eg
2 Rae Fo 3 eo) Ase cee ee (Undivided.) 4+—+—*
3 ad: Cameroons ).,.... healt. Undivided. ——
2 ad. foie eat eo eRe Undivided. a
3 ad. * Bitye, R. Ja. Undivided. ++*
3 yg. ad. = Victoria .... Undivided. a
3 ad. a Kobe: oe Undivided.
gd juv. s Yaunde .... Undivided.
© yg. ad. in n .... ‘Undivided. ++
d ad. - Aqua Town. Undivided. +-+*
2 ad. y Bipindi .... (Undivided.) —
Oi jay. Benita ie. ea tse. (Undivided.)
3 ad. Gaboon (type) ........ oe +-+*
2 ad, 55 (type of comptus) soe ++*
2 ad. See Ure h | Se See Undivided. +4 **
» ad. fy. PN ODY. ao ac bres Undivided. ++*
2 ad. sy point a: PROC ++
3 ad. Loanda: Malange .... (Undivided.) +t
3 ad. Monbuttu: Tingasi .... Undivided. ++
3 ad,, (Semliki tei eb. coches re —
2 ad. Bukoba, Victoria Nyanza 556 = 3
E. buettikofert.
3 ad. Sierra Leone .......... Broadly div. +4 %*%
2 ad. a G6 Avene ee Broadly div. ++*
3 Fea pyre) Wl] cy st Wea es om ie ee ed Ge Broadly div. +=
rs ad, a (Eype) on Shenk Broadly div. ++
3 ad. jie thes ete reee wee enke ++*

t Explanations to the table :—Undivided=perfectly continuous across
tne palate. (Undivided) = practically undivided, but with a distinct notch
in the middle, suggesting an initial stage towards separation. +—+=i?
present on both sides. -++-+=i? present on one side only. +—+=i? ab-
sent on both sides. No asterisk=teeth quite or nearly unworn. * teeth
conspicuously worn. ** teeth much worn,

(a

Species of the Genus Epomops. 105

IV. Epomops buettikoferi.

Type locality, Liberia; type (examined) in the Leyden
Museum. Described by Matschie (Megachir. p. 45; 1599)
as an Lyomophorus (as distinct from Hyomops), and more
particularly as a Liberian representative of “* Apomophorus
macroce halus.” Matschie had not seen the specimen, but
relied on some external measurements found in literature.
The type represents in reality a distinct species of Epomops,
and its tiue characters are entirely different trom those given
by Matschie. ‘The species is thus far only known “from
Sierra Leone and Liberia, but may have a wider distribution
along the Guinea coast.

V. The Subspecies of Epomops franqueti.

Forty-six sp cimens of H. franquet? have been examined, in
the collections of the Leyden, Berlin, Paris, and British Mu-
seums, from the following localities :—Gold Coast (eleven),
Togo (one), Lagos (one), S. Nigeria (Asaba, Abonnema,
Oban: six), Old ‘Calabar (three), Cameroons (Bitye, Victoria,
Kribi, oenles Aqua Town, Mungo, Bipindi, Klein Batanga :
twelve), Spanish Guinea (one), Gaboon (Dongila, Elloby,
Como R. : four), Loanda (Malange : ove), Niam-Niam (one),
Tingasi (one), Semliki kh. (one), Bukoba (one), uncertain
localities (two).

They represent two fairly well-maiked geographical races,
The specimens from the Gold Coast, ‘logo, Lagos, and 8,
Nigeria average conspicuously smaller than those inhabiting
the area from Old Calabar south to Loanda and east to
Victoria Nyanza. Any other difference than that of size I
am unable to see, and, as shown in the subjoined table, this
average difference is much better pronounced in the skull
than in the external dimensions, and much better so in males
than in females ; specimens of the latter sex are sometimes
difficult to allocate to subspecies :—

Smaller Larger Smaller Larger

race. race. race, race,

Males. Males, Females. Females,
Skull, totallength 468-48 49 -53 418-435 43 -47 mm,
Mandible ...... 36 -389 40 -43 PSP 338-38 ,,
c-m},crowns.... 14:5-16°2 165-18 14:5-14'8 14°8-16°7 ,,
HOLE AIIM) epee inve @ «)- 88 -89°5 90°5-96 84:5-85 82 -93 ,,
8rd metacarpal .. 625-665 67 -70 60 -605 60 -66_,,
Ear, length...... 22 -24 23 -25 21'5- P 23°5-25'5

Tibia secsoeh. 315-85 885-375 P — P 82 -34-5

106 Mr. R. C. Wroughton on

The larger race will have to stand as £. f. franquet’, the
smaller race may be known as

EHpomops franqueti strepitans, subsp. n.

Type, ¢ ad., skin and skull, Asaba, S. Nigeria; presented
by Drs W THs Crosses eM) 5. 70.0. te

XIIL.—New African Mammals of the Genera Cricetomys and
Procavia. By R. C. WrouGcutTon.

A CAREFUL comparison of the skins and skulls of specimens
of the genus Cricetomys shows that at least two new forms
require names. Until more complete material is available
for study it seems most convenient to rank them as geogra-
phical races of C. gambianus.

Cricetomys gambianus emini, subsp. n.

A Cricetomys closely resembling C. gambianus (s. s.) in size
and colour; with stouter teeth, larger palatal foramina and
bullee.

Fur rather harsh, 15 mm. long on back ; individual hairs
greyish white, with apical third brown. General colour
above Mars-brown, paling to near “ vinaceous cinnamon ” on
flanks ; belly pure white. Arms and legs like back above,
fingers and toes pure white. Slightly Jess than basal half of
tail Jike back, remainder white.

Skull as in typical gambianus, but teeth larger, palatal
foramina longer, bullee somewhat smaller.

Dimensions of the type (measured on the skin) :—

Head and body (c.) 400 mm. ; tail (c.) 370; hind foot 72.

Skull: greatest length 75; basilar length 65; zygomatic
breadth 363; nasals, length 32; palatal foramina 9; dia-
stema 25; greatest breadth of m’3°5 ; upper molar series 11°5.

Hab. Gadda, Mombattu.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 87. 12. 1. 55. Collected
February 1884, and presented to the Natural History Mu-
seum by Emin Pasha.

The stout teeth and large palatal foramina distinguish
emint from typical gambianus, and its bright colouring
prevents any confusion with the next form.

new African Mammals. 107

Cricetomys gambianus proparator, subsp. n

A Cricetomys about the size of typical gambianus, less
brightly coloured, major part of tail white, and having
markedly larger teeth.

Fur rather softer than in emin’, 15 mm. long on back ;
individual hairs with basal two-thirds greyish white, apical
third brown. General colour on the flanks “ fawn,” much
darker on the middle of back. Arms and legs rather darker
than flanks, whole hand and toes white. Almost three-fourths
of tail white.

Skull with even stouter teeth than in emin?, palatal foramina
shorter, only slightly larger than in gambianus (s. s.), pre-
maxillary suture cutting foramina at their posterior extremity
(often at their centre in gambianus).

Dimensions of type :—

Head and body 350 mm.; tail 418; hind foot 72; ear 42.

Skull: greatest length 763; basilar length 63; zygomatic
breadth 34; nasals, length 32; palatal foramina 7°5, dia-
stema 21°5; greatest breadth of m!3°6 ; upper molar series 12.

Hab, Kast Ruwenzori. Alt. 6000 feet.

Type. B.M. no. 6. 7. 1. 68. Original number 612. Col-
lected by R. B. Woosnam, Ist January, 1906. Presented by
the Ruwenzori Exploration Committee.

The very large proportion of white tail-length, dull colora-
tion, and the skull-characters noted above serve to distinguish
this from any other form of Cricetomys.

In order to determine some specimens recently received by
the Natural History Museum from Mlanji in Nyasaland all
the specimens of P. bruced were laid out, and it then became
evident that series of specimens from four different localities
representing distinct geographical races required names.

Procavia brucei hindet, sp. n.

A Procavia ot the Heterohyrax group, differing from
P. brucet by its darker and redder colouring and “by the
formation of the posterior palate.

Fur medium, 25-27 mm. on the back. General colour
above ** Mars- oma ” ticked with whitish ; individual hairs
pale seal-brown fading to russet, subapical 3-5 mm. cream-
buff, very short black tip. Belly and chest pure white, chin
and throat tending to become grey (though pure white in
some cases). Face coloured like back, but the obsolescence

108 Mr. R. C. Wroughton on

of the pale tips of the hairs between the eyes making it
darker. Superciliary and dorsal marks cream-buff (or the
latter a little darker). Hands and teet a finely grizzled copy
of the flanks.

Skull in general outline slightly broader than in P. bruce,
especially noticeable in the nasals and across the forehead.
A pair of protuberances on the posterior margin of the palate,
one on each side of the usnal central, posteriorly directed
process ; this process itself often raised above the palate-floor.

Dimensions of type (measured on the skin) :—

Head and body 450 mm.; hind foot 63.

Skull: greatest length 83; basilar length 73; zygomatie
breadth 47:5; nasals, length 19, posterior breadth 18; anterior
breadth 8; diastema 10; upper molar series 29.

Hab. Fort Hall, Kikuyu, British Kast Africa.

Type. Old female (Stage VIII.). B.M. no. 3. 11. 1. 13.
Original number 143. Collected by Mr. S. L. Hinde on
19th March, 1903, and presented to the National Collection.

Five specimens examined. The coloration is constant
throughout the series, and the dark face is in marked contrast
to the type of P. bruce’. The curious palatal character noted
above is also quite constant.

Procavia brucet ruddi, sp. n.

A dassie of the “ brucet”’ group, slightly larger than the
last, from which it also differs in colour and its soft loose coat.

Fur of back 30-35 mm. long. Basal third of individual
hairs drab-grey, second third fawn-colour, terminal third
black, with a subapical band 4-5 mm. long, whitish. General
colour a coarse mixture of brown and whitish, with a distinct
black suffusion in the mid-dorsal region. Paling to a light
brownish white on the flanks, but nevertheless sharply sepa-
rated from the pure white belly. Face and nape between
the eyes and ears brown (the pale ends of hairs missing), much
suffused with black ; sides of throat, shoulders, arms, and
legs like flanks. Chin white, throat buffy white. Super-
ciliary and dorsal marks cream-buff.

Skull as in P. hindez, but rather broader and stouter, the
bony tubercles on the palation scarcely marked or absent.

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body 510 mm. ; hind foot 68; ear 2).

Skull: greatest length 83; basilar length 73; zygomatic
breadth 49; nasals, length 20, posterior breadth 17, anterior
breadth 8 ; diastema 11; upper molar series 31.

new African Mammals. 109

Hab. Tambarara, Gorongoza Mts., Portuguese Last
Africa.

Type. Adult female (Stage VII.). B.M. no, 8. 1. 1. 116.
Original number 1930. Collected 12th May, 1907, by
C. H. B. Grant, and presented to the Natural History
Museum by Mr. C. D. Rudd.

The colouring and texture of the coat serve to separate
ruddi from hindei at a glance.

Procavia brucei granti, sp. n.

A dassie allied to the two last, slightly larger, with long
fur, which, however, is harsher than in rudd? and differently
coloured.

Fur of back 30 mm. long. Basal half of individual hairs
drab-grey, distal half whitish, dark brown, and cream-buff in
equal lengths (the last, however, including a short black tip).
General colour above a blackish brown grizzled with buffy,
fading on the flanks and thence into the dirty white of the
belly. Face aud crown like back (but more finely grizzled)
and slightly suffused with black. Shoulders, sides of neck,
and limbs like flanks. Under lip white, chin and throat
buffy drab. Dorsal mark tawny ochraceous; superciliary
mark white.

Skull stout and broad, markedly larger than in hindei,
without any trace of palatal tubercles so characteristic of that
species.

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body 504 mm.; hind foot 72; ear 32.

Skull: greatest length 55; basilar length 76; zygomatic
breadth 51 ; nasals, length 20, posterior breadth 20, anterior
breadth 8 ; diastema 11; upper molar series 33.

flab. Woodbush, Transvaal.

Type. Old female (Stage VIIT.). B.M. no. 6. 4. 3. 102.
Original number 1534. Collected by C. H. B. Grant, 9th
January, 1906, and presented to the Natural History Museum
by Mr. ©. D. Rudd.

Procavia brucet manning?, sp. n.

A dassie of the “heterohyrax” group, most resembling
ruddi in its fur and colouring, but darker. Size large.

Fur long and silky as in rudai, 30-33 mm. on back ; in
young animals basal half almost black, followed by brown
for 10 mm., remainder buffy white, except 1-2 mm. black at
extreme tip. In maturity the whole hair becomes blackish,

110 Messrs. J. E. Cooper and H. B. Preston on

with a subterminal ring (2-3 mm.) buffy white. On the
flanks, shoulders, &c. the colour-pattern of the hairs is as in
the younger animal. On the forehead, between the eyes, the
hairs are almost black, but the patch does not extend back-
wards to between the ears. Superciliary and dorsal marks
tawny, the former paler. Throat, belly, and inner side of
limbs buffy white (buff in the type).

Skull stout, tuberosities on palation scarcely more than
indicated. Bulle small.

Dimensions of type (taken on the skin) :—

Head and body 580 mm.; hind foot 73.

Skull: greatest length 89; basilar length 80; zygomatic
breadth 54; nasals, length 21, posterior breadth 22, anterior
breadth 8; diastema 13; upper molar series 35.

Hab. Mlanji, Nyasaland.

Type. Old male (Stage VIIT.). Collected by Mr. Brown,

An almost equally old female, collected 23rd December,
1900, and presented to the Natural History Museum by
Col. Manning, is in such bad fur that the strikingly dark
coloration of this form has not been appreciated. A young
female (about Stage VI.) recalls the coloration of rudd?, but
the dorsal mark is already quite dark.

XIV.— Diagnoses of new Species of Marine and Freshwater
Shells from the Halkland Islands, including Descriptions of
Two new Genera of Marine Pelecypoda. By J. Kk. Cooper
and H. B. Preston, F.Z.8.

[Plate IV. ]

Tue following contributions to the somewhat meagre
molluscan fauna, as at present known, of the IFalkland
Islands are based upon material recently collected by
Mr. Arthur F. Cobb. Upon microscopic examination of the
hinge-teeth of two small species we have been unable to
refer these to any hitherto known genera, and have therefore
given diagnoses of them in the present paper.

Limnea brunneoflavida, sp. n. (Fig. 1.)

Shell ovately fusiform, polished, opaque, yellowish brown ;
remaining whorls 3, convex, transversely striate with lines
of growth, and bearing traces of fine, wavy, spiral strie ;
sutures somewhat deeply impressed ; columella white, arched,

new Shells from the Falkland Islands. 111

extending into a white diaphanous callus which reaches the
lip above; labrum simple, acute; aperture rather dilated,
broadly ovate.

Alt. 14, diam. maj. 8 mm.

Aperture: alt. 8°75, diam. 5°5 mm.

Hab, Falkland Islands.

Separable from ZL. diaphana, King, the only hitherto
recorded species from the islands, mainly by its much greater
breadth, opacity, and darker colour.

All our specimens have lost the apical whorls.

Chilina falklandica, sp.n. (Fig. 2.)

Shell obtusely fusiform, smooth, slightly polished, pale
yellowish olive, encircled on the upper whorls with one and
on the last whorl with three rows of chestnut flame-markings ;
whorls 6, shouldered, sculptured with fine, transverse, closely
set, rib-like lines of growth; sutures impressed, narrowly
margined ; umbilicus very narrow, deep, almost conce led by
the reflection of the columella; columella white, descending
rather obliquely, bearing a scarcely perceptible fold below and
a well-detined one above, and diffused into a whitish callus
which reaches the point of insertion of the labrum with the
whorl above; labrum simple, acute; aperture elongately in-
versely auriform.

Alt. 15, diam. maj. 8 mm.

Aperture: alt. 9°5, diam. 4°25 mm.

Hab. Falkland Islands.

Some of our specimens are coated with a blackish growth,
which, however, we have reason to believe is of vegetable
origin. ‘Though allied to several species from Southern
Patagonia, notably C. subcylindrica, Sow., and C. amana,
Smith, we have been unable to refer the present specimens to
any of these, and believe that no other species of Chi/’na has
yet been recorded from the Falkland Islands.

Phctinula solidula, sp.n. (Fig. 3.)

Shell solid, globosely turbinate, smooth, somewhat polished,
covered with a thick, pale, pinkish-purple outer layer, beneath
which the shell is highly iridescent; whorls 5, tumid,
show:ng faint traces of spiral banding, last whorl bluntly
carinate at the base; sutures impressed; umbilical area
white, having an elongated, narrow, shallow depression ;
columella white, arched above, descending very obliquely and
extending into an iridescent callus, which sometimes reaches

112 Messrs. J. E. Cooper and H. B. Preston on

the lip above; labrum acute, simple; aperture subcircular ;
interior of shell iridescent.

Alt. 10, diam. maj. 12, diam. min. 10 mm.

Aperture: alt. 6, diam. 5°5 mm.

Hab. Falkland Islands.

Allied to P. violacea, King, but much more solid and
globose in form; the iridescence of the shell is only visible
when the thick coloured outer layer is chipped away.

Immature specimens have a very narrow oblique umbilicus,
which becomes closed in the adult, leaving only the shallow
depression mentioned above.

Photinula teniata, King, var. nivea, nov.

Shell smaller than the typical form, pure white, exhibiting
faint traces of narrow spiral banding.

Alt. 14:25, diam. maj. 18, diam. min, 14:25 mm.

Aperture: alt. 8:5, diam. 8 nm.

Hab. Falkland Islands.

Modiolarca gemma, sp.n. (Fig. 4.)

Shell irregularly oblong, somewhat polished reddish brown,
marked with rather coarse concentric lines of growth; um-
bones anteriorly situate, neither large nor prominent ; dorsal
margin scarcely arched, slightly sloping; ventral margin
gently rounded; anterior side rather angularly rounded ;
posterior margin descending abruptly.

Long. 1°75, lat. 2°75 mm.

Hab. Falkland Islands.

Modiolarca picturata, sp.n. (Fig. 5.)

Shell trapezoidal, somewhat shining, dark olive-green
painted with narrow, radiate, transverse bands of reddish
purple, and spotted, especially above, with irregular, round,
yellowish markings, sculptured with concentric lines of
growth ; umbones rather large and prominent, dark purple ;
anterior side descending abruptly ; posterior side produced,
bluntly rounded; dorsal margin scarcely arched; ventral
margin anteriorly slightly excavated, posteriorly rounded ;
interior of shell shining, dark purple throughout.

Long. 3, lat. 4°55 mm.

Hab. Falkland Islands.

Cyamium tridescens, sp.n. (Fig. 6.)

Shell elongately oblong, iridescent, white, shining, finely
concentrically striate, bearing on the posterior side of either

new Shells from the Falkland Islands. 113

valve an oblique blunt keel; umbones small, moderately
prominent; anterior side short, sharply rounded; posterior
side elongately produced, rounded above, angled below ;
dorsal margin straight ; ventral margin angularly rounded.
Long. 3°75, lat. 7°25 mm.
Hab. Falkland Islands.

MALYVINASIA, gen. nov.*

Shell small, inequilateral, subtrigonal ; right valve bearing
one small cardinal tooth and curved laterals on either side ;
left valve bearing a large, curved, club-shaped cardinal and
a broad, shell-like, posterior lateral tooth, the anterior lateral
in this valve being obsolete; ligament weak, internal.

Malvinasia arthurt, sp.n. (Figs. 7, 8.)

Shell subtrigonal, brownish yellow, polished, shining,
marked with rather coarse concentric growth-lines ; umbones
somewhat eroded, not prominent; dorsal margin sloping ;
ventral margin rounded; anterior side sloping above,
descending sharply below ; posterior side produced, rounded ;
cardinal tooth in right valve small, pointed; anterior lateral
tooth fine, curved; posterior lateral thickened above, curved,
tapering below; cardinal tooth in left valve large, club-
shaped, curved in an anterior direction ; anterior lateral tooth
obsolete ; posterior lateral forming a broad, short, shelf-like
projection ; interior of shell whitish.

Long. 2°5, lat. 8 mm.

Hab. Falkland Islands,

The genus outwardly has all the appearance of Nucula ;
the hinge-system, however, easily differentiates it from that

group.
DAVISIA, gen. nov.

Shell small, slightly inequilateral, suborbicular; right
valve bearing a slightly curved cardinal tooth, a weak ante-
rior lateral and a broadly expanded posterior lateral ; left
valve bearing an obsolete cardinal tooth, an expanded ante-
rior lateral, and a broad, straight, posterior lateral; ligament
small, centrally situate.

* Malvinasia,” from Malvinas, the Spanish name for the Falklands,
+ ‘ Davisia,” named after the navigator Davis, who discovered the
Falkland Islands in 1592.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. v. 8

‘114 Mr. E. E. Austen on a

Davisia cobbi, sp.n. (Figs. 9, 10.)

Shell suborbicular, white, irregularly concentrically striate ;
umbones large, prominent ; dorsal margin sloping on both:
sides ; ventral margin gently rounded; both anterior and
posterior sides sloping abruptly ; cardinal tooth in right valve
small, slightly curved; anterior lateral slightly elongate,
weak ; posterior lateral rather broadly expanded; cardinal
tooth in left valve obsolete ; anterior lateral expanded,
curved below; posterior lateral rather broad, elongate,
straight ; interior of shell pure white, shining.

Long. 2°5, lat. 2°25 mm.

Hab. Falkland Islands.

The proper position of this and the preceding genus would
appear to be in the family of the Erycimide.

Psephis foveolata, sp.n. (Fig. 11.)

Shell small, broadly subtrigonal, smooth, polished, shining,
anteriorly pale flesh-colour, shading to livid purple poste-
riorly ; umbones large, prominent ; dorsal margin sloping on
both sides ; ventral margin rather straight; anterior side ~
produced, rounded ; posterior side still more produced, some-
what truncate ; interior of shell shining, showing the external
coloration through the shell.

Long. 3:5, lat. 5 mm.

Hab. Falkland Islands.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV.

Fig. 1. Limnea brunneoflavida, sp. n.

Fig. 2. Chilina falklandica, sp. n.

Fig. 3. Photinula solidula, sp. n.

Fig. 4. Modiolarca gemma, sp. nu.

Big. 6. picturata, sp. n.

Fig. 6. Cyamium tridescens, sp. 0.

Fig. 7. Hinge of Malvinasia arthuri, sp. n.
Fig. 8. Malvinasia arthuri, sp. n.

Fig. 9, Hinge of Davisra eobbi, sp. n.

Fig. 10. Davisia cobbi, sp. n.
Fig. 11. Psephis foveolata, sp. n.

XV.—A new Indian Species of Musca.
By Ernest E. Austen.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Amone some Indian Muscide ‘recently received for identi-
fication from Captain W. S. Patton, M.B., I.M.S., Assistant
Director of the King Institute of Preventive Medicine,

new Indian Species of Musca. 115

Guindy, Saidapet, South India, are three specimens of a
species of Musca, which, although already represented in the
British Museum Collection, appears to be undescribed.
Though not, of course, a blood-sucking fly in the ordinary
sense of the term, the species, as will be seen from Captain
Patton’s note on its habits, which is printed below, may
quite conceivably play a part in the dissemination of micro-
organisms pathogenic to animals, and it is therefore well
that it should receive a name without delay. This new Musca,
then, which I have much pleasure in naming in honour of
its gifted discoverer, may be characterized as follows :—

Musca pation, sp. un.

d ?.—Length, ¢ (14 specimens) 56 to 8:5 mm., ? (3
specimens) 6°8 to 7°38 mm.; width of head, g 2:4 to 3 mm.,
2 28 mm.; width of front of @ at vertex 1 mm.; length
of wing, ¢ 5:4to7°6 mm., 9 6°25 mm.

Eyes in 8 almost in contact in centre of front, separated
by little more than greatest width of stoutest thoracic macro-
cheta, sides of face in 3, and of lower part of front, viewed
from above, brilliantly white; front in 2 of moderate width,
its sides (parafrontals) each at least half as broad, or more
than half as broad, as frontal stripe; thorax bronze-black,
greyish or yellowish grey pollinose, dorsum longitudinally
striped as in Musca domestica, L., median grey stripe brighter
in front ; abdomen ochraceous-buff* or buff, with shimmering
yellowish pollinose patches, and on dorsum a clove-brown or
black median stripe, at least on second and third segments, and
a more or less conspicuous and often triangular clove-brown
mark on apex of fourth segment; in 9 extreme hind margins
of second and third segments also clove-brown on dorsum ; wings
hyaline ; legs black.

Head: ground-colour blackish, grey (whitish grey or pearl-
grey) pollinose, sides of front (parafrontals) in ? with a
slight yellowish tinge, distinctly grey right up to vertex
when viewed somewhat from behind, posterior orbits con-
spicuous above (yellowish grey) in @, but disappearing
above in ¢; occiput black; frontal stripe black, in ?
decidedly narrower than in 9 of MV. domestica, L., its sides
but slightly curved ; palpi and proboscis clove-brown, hairs
on labella yellowish ; first and second joints of antenne
black or blackish, third joint clove-brown, shimmering grey

* For names and illustrations of colours, see Ridgway, ‘ A Nomen-
clature of Colors for Naturalists’ (Boston: Little, Brown, & Company,
1886),

S*

116 On a new Indian Species of Musca.

or yellowish grey, elongate, relatively narrower and distinctly
longer than in M. domestica, arista (except buff band beyond
thickened portion) and its hairs clove-brown; all hairs and
bristles on head, as also on body and legs, black. Thoraa :
dark stripes on dorsum narrower in ? than in 4, in which
sex the two dark stripes on each side of the median grey
stripe are sometimes more or less confluent; median grey
stripe on dorsum usually decidedly broader than each ad-
median dark stripe ; scutellum sometimes entirely yellowish
grey pollinose, but when viewed from behind often showing
a bronze-black apical spot, which may be prolonged into a
broad median longitudinal stripe. Abdomen: bright, shim-
mering, yellowish pollinose patches on dorsum not visible on
first segment, but on three following segments very con-
spicuous when viewed from certain directions, and varying
in shape according to the angle from which they are seen ;
second and third segments each with a longitudinally elon-
gate rectangular pollinose patch on each side of dark median
stripe ; on fourth segment these patches coalesce into one ;
a transversely elongate, semi-rectangular or partially ovate
pollinose patch on each side of second, third, and fourth
segment ; latero-ventrally these lateral patches curve round
and reach the inner ventral edges of the dorsal scutes ;
extreme base of dorsum of first segment, beneath scutellum,
clove-brown or black, in g connected by a clove-brown
mark with median stripe on second segment ; median stripe
usually only about half as wide on third as on second seg-
ment, and often somewhat expanded on anterior margin of
latter; hind border of third segment, a larger or smaller
area on each side of this segment, and whole of fourth
segment sometimes more or less infuscated in ¢ ; dark mark
on apex of fourth segment sometimes connected with anterior
margin, thus forming a continuation of median stripe;
hypopygium of ¢ blackish, greyish pollinose. Alar squama
in ¢@ cream-coloured, thoracic squama in 8 cream-buff;
squame in ? waxen white. Legs: coxe, posterior surface
of front femora, and a streak on under side of middle femora,
bright grey pollinose.

India and Ceylon: types of g and ? andoneother ? from
Guindy, Saidapet, South India, 1909 (Captain W. 8S. Patton,
I.M.S.); eight additional ¢ g¢ from India, precise locality
uncertain (presented by the Bombay Natural History Society) ;
three ¢ ¢ and one ? from Trincomali, Ceylon, 21. viii.,
7 and 18. ix.,and 9. x. 1890 (Lt.-Col. Yerbury) ; one ¢ from
the vicinity of the 19th milestone on the Kandy Road, Ceylon,

On the Nomenclature of Echinoids. LZ

22. x. 1890 (Lt.-Col. Yerbury) ; and one ¢ from Colombo,
Ceylon, October 1898 (/. E. Green).

The types of both sexes are in the British Museum
(Natural History).

Writing on November Ist, 1909, with reference to Musca
pattoni, Captain Patton said :—“ This species breeds in cow-
dung, and its pupa is dirty white. The fly has peculiar
habits, in that it sucks the blood which oozes from the bites
inflicted on cattle by Hematopota and other Tabanids,
Stomoxys, and Philematomyia. It likewise sucks the juice
out of the vaccine vesicles on calves, and also the blood
after the vesicles are scraped.”

From Musca domestica, L. (syn. M. determinata, Walk.),
M. pattoni can be distinguished, inter alia, by its usually larger
size, stouter habit of body, much narrower front in the male,
the greater breadth of the sides of the front in the female,
and the more sharply defined median stripe on the abdomen
in both sexes. The fact that the first segment of the
abdomen is in both sexes for the most part ochraceous-buff
or buff, instead of entirely or for the most part black or
bronze-black, will serve to distinguish Musca pattoni from
M. corvina, Fabr., and other species closely allied thereto.
From Musca nebulo, Fabr.,—which, according to Captain
Patton, is “the common Musca of Madras, breeds in horse-
dung and other refuse, particularly in night-soil, and has a
reddish-brown pupa,”—WM. pattoni differs, inter alia, in its
much larger size, in the front of the male being only half or
Jess than half as wide, and in the presence of the clove-
brown mark on the apex of the fourth abdominal segment.
In M. nebulo the fourth segment of the abdomen, or at least
its apex, is entirely pale.

XVI.—On some Points in the Nomenclature of Echinoids.
By Dr. ‘la. Mortensen.
THE nomenclature of Echinoids has received considerable
attention of late years, aud a great number of publications
dealing more o1 less extensively with problems relating
thereto have appeared. Unfortunately the result of these
discussions has been by no means a general agieement on
these questions among specialists. It is true that recently
most of the authors seem to have come to an agreement on
some important points; but now Lambert and Thiery, in
their ‘Essai de nomenclature raisonnée des Echinides? and

118 Dr. Th, Mortensen on the

in their ‘ Notes Echinologiques’ are trying to upset all that
has been done, basing their conclusions on the principles that
pre-Linnzean names should be accepted when binominal and
that the priority rules should be interpreted as strictly and
literally as possible against anything tending to make it
preferable to retain names in the old familiar meaning, and
that only the characters to be found also in the fossil forms
should be taken into account in classification.

I am not going to discuss here all the disputed names,
only remarking on a few of the more important, the main
object of these lines being to bring forward a definite proposal
which may, I hope, bea real step forwards along the way out of
the endless discussions and the exceedingly deplorable constant
rejection of names hitherto generally used, and the almost
criminal perversion of the old familiar names to quite a
different meaning—changes which can with comparative
facility be held in memory by the specialists, but which
cannot fail to be most unfortunate to all those who are not
especially acquainted with the group in question, and in
cases where the forms concerned are also of importance in
geology, as is in so high a degree the case with the Kchinoids,
still more for paleontologists and geologists. Indeed, to
quote (mutatis mutandis) from Mr. Frank Springer’s address
concerning the name Hncrinus : “ The results will be hopeless
confusion, will benefit nobody, and cannot fail to bring
ridicule upon the taxonomic methods now in vogue.”

The name C7daris has recently been very much discussed
by Bather, H. L. Clark, Déderlein, and myself, the result
being that all these authors agreed that the type of Linnzeus’s
Lchinus cidaris is the species hitherto generally called Doro-
cidaris paptllata, and that accordingly this species should be
named Cidaris cidaris (Linn.), Dorocidaris becoming a
synonym of Cidaris. Now Lambert and Thiery, in their
‘ Notes Echinologiques: I. Sur le genre Cidaris *, maintain
that the Céidaris maurt of Rumphius (=¢mperialis, Lamk.)
should be taken as the type of the genus Czdarvs.

Accepting for the moment that pre-Linnean binominal
names should be adopted (and I agree there is some injustice
in taking Linnzus, who ranks decidedly below some of his
predecessors as regards the Hchinoids, as the starting-point,
and that it would be really more just to start from the first
binominal names, whether they be pre-Linnzean or not), it
seems to me at least very doubtful whether Lambert and
Thiery are right. ‘l’o identify the figure in Rumphius’s

* Bull. Soe. Sci. Nat. Haute-Marne, 1909.

Nomenclature of Echinoids. 119

‘D’Amboinsche Rariteitkamer,’ pl. xiii. fig. 4, with C. im-
pertalis really appears very rash. It may equally well (or
badly) represent almost any species of Cidarid. Lambert
and 'Thiery evidently base their identification of the figure
with ¢mperialis, Lamk., on the supposition that this is “le
seul Cidaris véritable des iles de la Sonde.” That this
is wrong need not be discussed at any length; it will be quite
sufficient to call to mind the fact that De Loriol, in his paper
“‘Hchinodermes de la baie d’?Amboine”’ (Revue Suisse de
Zool. 1., 1893), records three Cidarids from Amboina, viz.
Cidaris metularia, Lamk., Rhabdocidaris annulifera, Lamk.,
and Rhabdocidaris imperialis, Lamk. ‘The figure quoted in
Rumphius’s work might equally well be identified as repre-
senting any of these three species! ‘The identification main-
tained by Lambert and Thiery, by which is rejected what is
otherwise almost unanimously accepted, is thus based on an
old bad figure, of which no one can say with certainty which
species it really represents—“ on reste ainsi dans la tradition
des auteurs et lon n’est pas obligé de procéder, au bouleverse-
ment général de la nomenclature” (‘ Notes Echinologiques,’
I, p. 30).

In the ‘ Siam” Kchinoidea, i. p. 38 *, I have maintained
that the name Plestodiadema, Pomel, must be used instead
of Dermatodiadema, A. Agassiz—the former having been
established in 1883} for Aspédodiadema microtuberculatum,
the latter in 1898} for the species “having only small
secondary tubercles in the ambulacral areas”; no type
species is named, but it is evident that also microtuberculatum
must be included in the genus, and accordingly Dermato-
diadema becomes a synonym only of Plestodiadema. Now it
is true that Pomel was confused in his diagnosis of the two
genera Aspidodiadema and Plesiodiadema, saying of Aspido-
diadema “‘ ambulacre trés étroit, reduit a des simples granules,
comme dans Cidaris,” and ot Plesiodiadema ‘‘ ambulacres
.+. pourvus d’un rang double de petits tubercles.” Under
Aspidodiadema he names the species tonsum, under Plesio-
diadema, microtubereulatum. On account of this confusion in
the diagnoses the name Plesiodiadema is rejected by Agassiz

(‘ Panamic Deep-sea Echini,’ p. 59), Doderlein (‘ Echinoidea

* “The Danish Expedition to Siam, 1899-1900, Zoological Results,
II., Echinoidea I.,’”” Mém. Acad. R. d. Sci. Copenhague, 7 sér., i, (1904).

+ A. Pomel, ‘Classification méthodique et genera des Kchinides
vivants et fossiles,’ 1885, p. 106.

{ “Preliminary Report on the Echini. Bevers on the Dredging
Operations... U.S. Fish Comm. Steamer ‘ Albatross,’ 1891, xxiii,”
Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. xxxii. no. 5, 1898, p. 76.

120 Dr. Th. Mortensen on. the

d. deutschen Tiefsee-Exped. p. 157), and by Agassiz and
Clark (‘ Hawaiian and other Pacific Echini, Salenide...
Diadematide,’ p. 100). I must confess that the fact that
Pomel names a species under each of his two genera, which
must evidently be regarded as the genotypes, seems to me to
outweigh the contusion he has made in the diagnoses. If we
had to refuse all those of the older genera which are in-
correctly diagnosed, what wonderful results would come about !
When a genotype is designated it does not matter very much
whether the diagnosis is quite correct or not. The genotype
is the main thing, and as in this case it has been named by
Pomel, it seems to me that the name P/estodiadema ought to
be maintained in spite of the erroneous diagnosis. But, as so
much can be said both pro and contra, the question ought to
be decided by the International Council of Nomenclature.

The name Echinocyamus has also been very much dis-
cussed in late years. Lambert maintains that what is
described and figured under this name by Van Phelsumn is
the high form now universally called ibularia, not the flat
form common in Kuropean seas now universally known as
Echinocyamus. Accordingly he wants to have these two
names interchanged, and he has, in fact, done this in his later
works. In the ‘Ingolf’ Echinoidea (11. p. 38) I have
discussed the matter at some length, pointing out (1) that
Van Phelsum himself indicates that his specimens came from
the Adriatic (and America), where no high forms are found ;
in the Adriatic Hehinocyamus pusillus alone occurs, being
very common there, as is well known*: and (2) that the
enlarged figures given by Van Phelsum are quite impossible,
resembling neither the low nor the high forms among recent
species, while the unenlarged figures in any case resemble
much more the flat Huropean species than the high East
Indian species. Accordingly I conclude that it is undoubt-
edly our common Hehinocyamus pust/lus which is the type of
Van Phelsum’s genus Echinocyamus.

T’o this Lambert objects, in his ‘ Description des Echinides
fossiles des terrains miocéniques de la Sardaigne,’ that the
localities given by Van Phelsum are incorrect :— On sait
d’ailleurs avec quelle facilité peuvent s’égarer des étiquettes

* In his “ Description des Echinides fossiles des Terrains miocéniques
de la Sardaigne’’ (Mém. Soc. Pal. Suisse, xxxiv. 1907, p. 88) Lambert
says: “ Van Phelsum ne dit d’ailleurs pas comme le voudrait M. Mor-
tensen qwil y a d’autres Echinocyamus dans |’Atlantique et ]’Adriatique,
il affirme que ces espéces, les types figurés, en proviennent et c’est la sa
seule erreur.” ‘This must be a misunderstanding of my text. I do not
see that I have ascribed the error to Van Phelsum.

Nomenclature of Echinotds. 12)

volantes. L’erreur commise sur l’habitat des individus figurés
est ici d’autant plus évidente que ni Van Phelsum, ni Cramer
n’avaient recueillis ces individus eux-mémes ; ils les tenaient
de navigateurs et peut-étre de seconde ou de troisiéme main.
Chacun sait combien les erreurs de provenances sont faciles
dans de pareilles conditions.” Lambert must thus have
recourse to the contention that there must have been a con-
founding of the labels in the old collection of Cramer; this
sounds, indeed, very convincing! What a pity that this
collection no longer exists (as Professor Sluiter has kindly
informed me) ; it would have been very interesting to see
whether there were any labels at all in it! Lambert can
give no proof whatever that the locality “* Adriatic ” is wrong.
T’o the other objection, that the unenlarged figures resemble
much better the flat form, Lambert only says: ‘‘ Je ne suivrai
évidemment pas le savant professeur dans cette argumenta-
tion, ot une hypothése remplace la discussion”! I am not
going to discuss this further, as Lambert will evidently
not accept any reason on this point. But I do not fear
that anybody without preconceived ideas will join Lambert
in his view. I will merely quote, mutatis mutandis, from
Lambert himself the following passage (‘ Notes Hchinolo-
giques, 1. p. 382, note) :—‘* Mais pourquoi de pareils boule-
versements sans utilité pratique? Pourquoi, contrairement
4 une tradition (demi-) séculaire faire d’une forme élevée le
type d’un genre que tout le monde a compris autrement ?
C’est 14 du byzantinisme, bon a jeter la déconsideration sur
les sciences échinologiques et nous ne cesserons de protester
contre de semblables propositions, qui violent en réalité les
régles sagement entendues, édictées par les Congrés, et trés
certainement celles autrement respectables de Ja logique et du
bon sens.”

As with Eehinocyamus, so Lambert deals with a number of
old familiar names—Brissopsis, Schizaster, Spatangus,
Echinocardium, Strongylocentrotus, Diadema ; they are either
used in quite a new sense or wholly rejected. As I think it
hopeless to try to convince Lambert of the absurdity of all
these changes, [ shall not here enter into a discussion of
them *.

In spite of the remarkably modest sentence concluding
Lambert and Thiery’s ‘Notes Echinologiques I.,’— “ Ainsi,
quelles que soient les divergences d’écoles, nous proposons de
mettre pratiquement tout le monde d’accord et cette seule
conséquence est pour nous un critérium de |’excellence de nos

* I have included some remarks on these names, excepting Strongylo-
centrotus and Diadema, in the ‘ Ingolf’ Echinoidea, ii. pp. 174-176,

122 Dr. Th. Mortensen on the

conclusions, —-I feel sure that the nomenclature adopted by
these authors will never be generally accepted, and that the
result will only be most unfortunate confusion. But out of
these endless discussions about the correct application of
priority rules grows the conviction of the absurdity of main-
taining these rules strictly in all cases. To have the ex-
cellent and universally adopted name Archwocidaris changed
into the quite misleading Hehinocrinus, as it should be ac-
cording to strict application of the rules, does it not appear
ridiculous? But that is a minor matter. Look at Dr. Franz
Poche: he is the man to make changes worth speaking of !
Holothuria is to be the name of a Sa/pa; what have hitherto
been called Holothurians by the whole scientitic world shall
now be called Bohadschioidea. Actinia, on the other hand,
is a true Holothurian—no, pardon me, I mean a true Bohad-
schioid (a Cucumaria),—whereas what have hitherto been
called Actinians by the whole world shall now have the
beautiful name Priapidee. Salpa is to be rejected for the
name Dagysa, and we have in the future to speak of the
Dagysids instead of the Salps *. When we have then made
Bipinnaria a genus of starfish, Hehinus perhaps an insect,
Nauplius a crab, Ranaa fish, Ciconta a crane, changed Pale-
ornis into Buteo, the old Buteo into Crawirex, made .Cyno-
cephalus to mean Galeopithecus, &e., &c., we will be well off
and may be proud of the results of the ‘strict application of
the priority rules!

There has recently arisen some opposition to the strict
application of the priority rules in all cases which leads to
such extremely unfortunate results. At the meeting of the
British Association in Dublin in 1908 Mr. G. A. Boulenger t+
eloquently advocated that “names with which all general
zoologists, anatomists, and physiologists are familiar should
be respected, should be excepted from the rule in virtue
of what may be termed the privilege of prescription,”
pointing out the intolerable conditions resulting from the
transfer of old well-known names to other forms (for instance,
Astacus, Torpedo, Holothuria, Simia, Cynocephalus), as also
the difficulties arising from the practice in the use of the
previous literature. He proposes that future committees

* Franz Poche, “Uber den richtigen Gebrauch der Gattungsnamen
Holothuria und Actinia, nebst einigen anderen griésstenteils dadurch

bedingten oder damit in Zusammenhang stehenden Anderungen in der
Nomenclatur der Coelenteraten, Echinodermen und Tunicaten,” Zool.
Anzeiger, xxxii. n, 8-4, 1907, p. 106.

+ “On the Abuses resulting from the Strict Application of the Rule
of Priority in Zoological Nomenclature, and on the Means of protecting
well-established Names,” Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1908, p. 735.

Nomenclature of Echinoids, 123

should determine, group by group, what names are entitled
to respect and should therefore be protected from the attacks
of the revisers of nomenclature.

In a recently published paper (“Some common Crinoid
Names, and the Fixation of Nomenelature” *) Dr. F. A.
Bather comes to the same result, that it will be necessary to
protect some of the common and more important names, and
suggests that “those zoologists who wish to protect certain
names should lay the complete facts of the case before the
Nomenclature Committee of the International Zoological
Congress, and should accompany their request for the reten-
tion of certain definite names in defiance of the Rules by the
signatures of as many workers on the group affected as they
can obtain. Due announcement of the proposed step should be
made in certain widely circulated journals, and a reasonable
time should be allowed for the reception of protests. The
Committee should ultimately give its decision, and this decision
should be published in the aforesaid journals.” And further
details are given as to the practical arrangement of the matter,
about which I may refer to the paper quoted.

It may, lastly, be mentioned that Mr. Frank Springer has
recently made a practical trial to secure the name Enecrinus,
sending a circular about the history of that name to a large
uumber of working zoologists and paleontologists, and asking
their opinion on the question. ‘The result of this interesting
trial has not yet been published.

I myself, in 1907 (‘Ingolf’ Echinoidea, ii. p. 176), made
a proposal similar to that now set forth in a more detailed
way by Dr. Bather. I there wrote, in regard chiefly to the
names of Echinoids:— I think there is only one way to get
out of this almost insupportable condition of the nomenclature,
viz., if all the echinologists of the present time meet to form
an international committee, and come to an agreement
regarding all the names of Echinoidea, one by one, and
then publish a complete list of all the names finally adopted,
with their synonyms and complete history.” Some still older
proposals tending in the same direction as those maintained
above are recorded in the papers quoted by Dr. Bather and
Mr. Boulenger.

It is evident that there is a fast-growing opinion among
zoologists that something should be done in this direction.
That I for my part most heartily agree with this need scarcely
be said. But I may be permitted to make a few remarks on
some phases of the question. It may first be maintained

* Ann. & Mag, Nat. Hist. ser. 8, iv. 1909, p. 37.

124 On the Nomenclature of Echinoids.

that the specialists in the groups in question alone can be
regarded as competent authorities. What these agree on
should co ipso be accepted by the Committee ; the protest of
some fanatic “ priority ruler ” should not weigh against other-
wise unanimous wishes from the really competent authorities.
In cases of doubt the Committee would, of course, have to
decide. Concerning the generic names to be protected, it
will be necessary to name the species which should be
regarded as the genotype, with references to the best descrip-
tions; species-names will generally be less important to
protect, though there may be some cases where it will be very
desirable to fix them also. On the other hand, it might be
less important to have the whole history of each name worked
out before the decision is made. As the decision is to be
made against history, I do not see the necessity of that, and
it might be left to those who have a special taste for that
kind of work; they might then dig up old works, post-
Linnean or pre-Linnean—even pre-Aristotelian, if such
could be found: they would do no harm any more; their
work would even be praiseworthy, as it is only just that the
merits of the oldest authors should be remembered, and all
those who are loth to spend their time on these questions
would be freed from that unpleasant work.

I may now proceed to discuss the question about which
Echinoid names should be thus protected. This, it seems, can
be answered at once: it must upon the whole be those ‘used
in the ‘ Revision of the Echini.’? From this work, which I
would, in spite of my disagreement with the author in several
points, term a classical work, dates the whole of the recent
Kchinoid literature (on the recent Echini), and it will cer-
tainly for a very long time remain the basis of the study of
the Mchinoids. The advantages of having the more im-
portant of the names codified in the sense in which they are
used in this work, and, indeed, in most of the following
literature, are self- evident. I would propose to thus fix the
following names :—

Phyllacanthus, Br., with genotype : wmperiahs, Lamk. (=dubia, Br.).

ATOGCIANGTAY oa tia ctcks ee oie soe lixula, La.

Diadema, Schynv. 220.202.0055 saxatile, L.*
Strongylocentrotus, Br. ........ drébachiensis, O. F. Miiller.
chemise, Fond. (1s, ),, cdo ester 'e » esculentus, L.
Echinocyamus, v. Phels. ...... pusillus, O. F. Miiller.

* As there has recently been some dispute concerning the name
saxatile, it may be Beene out that I mean the species described under
this name in the “ Siam” Echinoidea, i. p. 9.

—
no
Cr

Bibliographical Notices,

Fibularia, Lamk,, with genotype: ovulum, Lamk.

Nagtangus, Kleiniy sc ba tie ok purpureus, O. F, Miiller.
LEchinocardium, Gray .......4-. cordatum, Penn.
Schizaster, A Passa | ya. cis es) os canaliferus, Lamk.
Brissopsts, Apass ates ae ce lyrifera, Forbes.

There might perhaps also be reason to fix such names as
Sulenia, Echinometra, Psammcchinus, Moira, and others, and
also Cidaris and Dorocidaris might be taken into considera-
tion. Nobody, I think, will deny that it would be desirable
to keep the name Dorocidaris, so much used in literature ;
Cidaris would then naturally get metularia as its genotype.

To have fixed all the generic names of Echinoidea with
their genotypes would, of course, be the best. But if only
the above names (and some names of fossil genera ought,
perhaps, to be added, as, e. g., Ananchytes) were secured,
much stability would follow. The end of it should be the
making of a complete Copex NOMINUM, containing all the
generic names of the animal kingdom, with their genotypes
given.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

A Treatise in Zoology. Edited by Sir Ray Lanxester, K.C.B.,
_ M.A., LL.D., F.R.S. London: Adam & Charles Black. 1909.

(1) Part VIL. Appendiculata: Third Fascicle. Crustacea.
By W. T. Carman, D.Sc.

(2) Part I. Introduction and Protozoa: First Fascicle. By S. J.
Hickson, #.R.S., J. J. Lister, F.RS., F. W. Gamprz, D.Sce.,
F.RS., A. Wiitzy, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S., H. M. Woopcocx,
D.Sc., the late W. F. R. Weipon, F.R.S., and E. Ray Lay-
KESTER, K.C.B., F.R.S.

Tue fact that for more than a generation the standard text-books
on Zoology in use in this country have been translations from the
German or French has been due, not so much to the lack of com pe-
tent teachers, as to the generous appreciation which we have always
shown of what is good in our neighbours. That this attitude
redounds to our credit is undeniable. Furthermore, it argues the
conviction that no great benefit to science could accrue trom the
production of a ‘‘ home-made” book so long as that book was, like
its continental forerunners, the work of a single author; for of
necessity it could not pretend to be more than a compilation—though
a good compilation needs a wide grasp of facts and wise discrimina-
tion. Realizing this, Sir Ray Lankester set himself the task of

126 Bibliographical Notices.

expanding what is usually condensed into one or two volumes, the
work of a single author, into a series of volumes, each the work of
one or of several authors, as circumstances demanded ; and to this
end he applied himself to the task of selecting his team. The
signal success which has crowned his efforts lays us all under a
debt of gratitude, and at the same time demonstrates his knowledge
of ‘‘ who’s who” in the zoological world.

Dr, Calman’s volume on the Crustacea will be welcomed not only
by carcinologists, but also by teachers conducting classes of ad-
vanced zoology, for no other group of Invertebrates, perhaps, is so
well suited to demonstrate the broad principles of morphology.
Dr. Calman, himself a teacher of no small experience, has evidently
kept this aspect of work always before him, and thus his volume
will attain its fullest measure of usefulness.

Having a wide and extensive knowledge of this group, the bulk
of what he has written may be regarded as first-hand information,
even though much of it may now be common knowledge; but
where he had to rely on the work of others he has displayed a wise
discrimination.

The pages of this book may be made to yield a helpful guide as
to lines of further research, for the author has indicated many
matters which need clearing up, some of quite exceptional interest.
What, for example, is the nature of the spine in Argulus, which is
generally regarded as a poison-organ? ‘This spine is provided with
a duct communicating with three large groups of unicellular glands
lying at its base. Though the secretion of these glands is generally
regarded as of a poisonous character, no definite evidence on this
head seems to have been adduced. Having regard to the universal
absence of ciliary organs in the Crustacea, it is of more than
ordinary interest to find in one of the Copepoda—the freshwater
Hepacticid Belisarius—‘‘a curious vibratile organ... . connected
with, or in close proximity to, the maxillary gland,” which is “ sup-
posed to be of the nature of a‘ flame-cell.’” It is generally supposed
that retrogression, once it appears, must be continuous; but the
author shows that, in the Crustacea at any rate, this is not only
untrue, but, among larvee, organs which have disappeared may
re-develop in later stages, as in the case of the thoracic part of the
male larva of Enterognathus, one of the Copepoda. The develop-
mental history of this group shows yet other curious phases shared
in common with other lowly types belonging to it, in relation to
sexual characters.

Finally, we may refer to the supposed occurrence of ‘‘ hypodermic
impregnation ” in the Asellotan Jara, wherein it is believed that _
‘**a spermatophore is inserted by the male between the thoracic
terga of the female, and that it permeates the articular membrane
and passes into the body-cavity, discharging its contents into the
oviduct, while the empty capsule is expelled by the oviducal aper-
ture.” The account of this extraordinary process, Dr. Calman
remarks, cannot be accepted without further investigation.

Bibliographical Notices. 127

The volume on the Protozoa is the first of the two devoted to
this group. The second volume, or second “ Fascicle,’”’ has already
been reviewed in these pages. With the issue of the present
volume students have the most complete account of the Protozoa
yet published ; and this fact now assumes considerable importance,
for during recent years the Protozoa have acquired a quite un-
expected significance, owing to the discovery of the part they play
in the history of man’s well-being.

The first part of the Editor’s Introduction to the Series occupies
the opening pages of the volume now before us—the continuation
thereof appearing in the second fascicle,—and this will be read with
profit and enjoyment by all who are interested in the problems of
the origin of life and the relation between animals and plants.
These are still much discussed themes, but there is probably no
other living writer who could have summarized the present state of
our knowledge of this aspect of these lowly organisms in the same
masterly fashion.

The study of the Protozoa is one which presents unusual diffi-
culties, and, moreover, the field is so vast that nowadays no single
worker can hope to master its intricate mazes. The fact that the
present fascicle is the work of no less than six authors—not in-
cluding the Editor—is perhaps the best proof of this.

The section on the Hemoflagellates and allied forms is, from its
relation to disease, one of the most important in the book ; and this
has been written by Dr. H. M. Woodcock, Assistant to the Professor
of Protozoology in the University of London. It forms an admirable
summary of our knowledge of these organisms, based on a very
practical first-hand acquaintance therewith.

Though the Mycetozoa are very properly included in these pages,
there are many authorities who still insist on claiming them as
plants, and to this subkingdom, indeed, they are officially relegated
in the British Museum !

These volumes, like those of the series which have already
appeared, are admirably illustrated, every figure having a definite
lesson, which is by no means the case with most other treatises.

Hull Museum Publications—No. 63. A Descriptive Catalogue of the
Dobrée Collection of European Noctue. Compiled by Horacn B.
Browne, M.A., Assistant Master at Hymers College, Hull. 8vo.
Hull, 1909, Pp. xv, 156. Price 1s. net.

Tue name of Nicholas Frank Dobrée was well known to British
entomologists, and we are glad to welcome this carefully prepared
Catalogue of his valuable collection of Palearctic Noctua, now in
the Hull Museum. The work commences with a short memoir and
an account of the collection and of Mr. Dobrée’s work ; his portrait
formsa frontispiece. In the Catalogue the history of each specimen
is fully recorded and every aberration or variety is described. In
the Appendices we find lists of Mr. Dobrée’s correspondents ; a list

128 Geological Society.

of his published papers (twenty-four in number), special attention
being called to a paper on Melanism in the ‘ Entomologist’ for
1887; and a list of works of reference in the Central Public
Library, Hull. The volume concludes with a complete Alphabetical
Index of Species.

We have only one fault to find with the execution of this excellent
little book. Too much prominence is given to the term “ European ”
collection, for, as we are told on p. x, “ The collection . . . consists
of a magnificent series of specimens obtained from almost every
district of the entire Palearctic Region from Iceland to Vladi-
vostock.”

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES,
GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

November 3rd, 1909.—Prof. W. J. Sollas, LL.D., Sc.D., F.R.S.,
President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read :— te

1. ‘Certain Jurassic (Lias—Oolite) Strata of South Dorset, and
their Correlation.’ By S. 8. Buckman, F.G.S.

(1) Descriptions are given of certain strata (Lower Bathonian
to Pliensbachian) on the Dorset coast :—Chideock and Burton
Bradstock.

(2) Comparison is made with similar strata inland—with a
summary of beds at Stoke Knap; with certain North Dorset strata ;
with Toarcian beds of Yorkshire and Northamptonshire.

(3) The strata described are classified according to what may
be called the ‘ multizonal’ or ‘ polyhemeral’ system in the main,
according to the scheme introduced for these strata in 18938 (5) ;
but further divisions due to other investigators and to the Author
are dealt with.

(4) The strata described are arranged among thirty-six zonal
(hemeral) divisions— a greater number of divisions than Oppel used
in 1856 for all the Jurassic rocks, of which these beds form but a
small part.

(5) The Upper Lias part of the Junction-Bed of Down Cliffs,
Chideock (Lower or pre-striatulus Toarcian) is a very condensed,
imperfect epitome in 20 inches of about 80 feet of strata on the
Yorkshire coast, and of very much more, allowing for gaps.

(6) Between the bifrons-layer and the striatulus-layer of the
Junction-Bed there is occasionally a 2-inch layer which is all that
represents some 250 feet of deposit in the Cotteswolds—so that
about 2 feet of Junction-Bed was formed while some 550 feet were
being deposited elsewhere.

Geological Society. 129

(7) The Upper Toarcian (moorei-dumortierie hemerze) makes a
great showing at Burton Bradstock and Down Cliffs as the Down
Cliffs Clay and Bridport Sands (pars)—the greatest thickness of
rocks of these dates in the country.

(8) The sequence of aalensis-strata above moorei-beds is demon-
strated at Chideock Quarry Hill, in the upper part of the Bridport
Sands.

(9) The Inferior Oolite (Aalenian, Bajocian, Bathonian pars)
strata of Burton and Chideock are not counterparts of one another :
they supplement each other to a certain extent; both are in-
complete, and much epitomized representatives of thicker deposits
elsewhere.

(10) Mr. Thompson’s zonal scheme for the Upper Lias is
considered, and a table of Upper Lias zones for future work is
presented.

2. ‘Certain Jurassic (“‘ Inferior Oolite”) Ammonites and Brachio-
poda.’ By 8. 8. Buckman, F.G.S.

This paper is presented as a paleontological appendix, partly to
the Author’s accompanying communication, partly to his previous
stratigraphical work. In a short introduction the Author, remark-
ing on the fecundity of the ‘Inferior Oolite’ in the matter of
species, makes the suggestion that this is due to the relatively
great length of time taken up in its deposition; and he adduces
data for supposing that the time thus occupied was from one-fifth to
one-fourth of that for the whole Jurassic System.

The paper describes certain species of Ammonites and Brachiopoda
which are important for the identification, the correlation, or the
dating of Inferior Oolite deposits, and certain other notable species
which, having frequently attracted attention in the field, require
naming in the interest of future workers.

3. ‘The Cretaceous and Eocene Strata of Egypt.’ By William
Fraser Hume, D.Sc., A.R.S.M., F.G.S., Superintendent, Geological
Survey of Egypt.

The Author divides the fossiliferous Cretaceous strata into three
series :—

1. A northern Antonian type, marked by Cenomanian species,
including typical Turonian strata.

2. A central Egyptian or Hammama type, Cenomanian strata
being absent, Campanian marked by abundance of Ostrea villei and
Trigonarca multidentata, and phosphatic beds; the Danian portion
having an eastern facies in which Pecten-marls are a characteristic
feature, and a western chalky limestone indicating a close affinity
with the white chalk of Northern Europe.

3. A southern or Dungul type, having close affinities with 2, but
in the Campanian the phosphatic beds are inconspicuous, and the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. v. 9

130 Miscellaneous.

fauna consists of a group of specialized sea-urchins and of: gastro-
pods among which Turritelle are very prominent.

The Author emphasizes the uniformity of the Lower Kocene
throughout Egypt, its triple subdivision being recognizable over
vast areas. Inthe Middle Eocene this uniformity is replaced by
differentiation, the well-known regions of the Fayim and the
Mogattam Hill differing from the succession in the area selected as
typical in this paper. In the latter, five zones have been recognized
in the lower division, while in the Upper Moqattam the Jurritella-
beds and the strata rich in Carolia placunoides and Plicatula poly-
morpha are of zonal importance. The Lower Moqattam is considered
as beginning with the Nummulites-gizehensis zone and closing with
the Gistortia-bed, to the significance and extent of which attention
is especially directed.

The Author discusses the relation between the Cretaceous and
Eocene beds, and points out that they differ lithologically, limestones
being dominant in the Lower Eocene and shales in the Upper
Cretaceous.

Paleontologically, great groups such as the Ammonites still
abundant in the Upper Cretaceous disappear in the Eocene and are
replaced by the characteristic nummulinid foraminifera. On the
other hand, both periods bear a strong resemblance to each other
in the dominance of oysters and sea-urchins over other forms. A
notable feature is the comparative rarity of brachiopoda in Egypt
throughout both periods, nor have belemnites been recorded from
the Egyptian Cretaceous.

Among post-Kocene formations the calcareous grits are shown to
have a wide extension; but in the Desert they differ in character
trom the mammal-yielding beds of the Fayim. ‘The question as
to the Upper Eocene or Oligocene age of these beds is left over.

The quartz-chert gravels appear to be closely related to the
calcareous grits, but are unconformable upon them. This continental
phase is accompanied by volcanic and geyser activity.

The Cretaceous Period in Egypt was therefore one, in the main,
marked by the gain of sea over land, the Eocene was one of rest,
while at the close of the Eocene and during the Oligocene the
approach of a continental phase is clearly indicated.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Ricwarp Bowpier Saree, LL.D.

Dr. Ricnarp Bowptnr Sarre, the eminent ornithologist, died
on Christmas Day at his residence in Chiswick. Dr. Sharpe was
born in London on November 22nd, 1847, and was educated at
Brighton, and at Peterborough and Loughborough Grammar
Schools. Even as a boy he was an enthusiastic naturalist, and
in his holidays at Cookham made a collection of Birds, which he

Miscellaneous. 131i

afterwards presented to the British Museum. He came to London
in 1863, and served with Messrs. W. H. Smith and then with
Bernard Quaritch, leaving the latter in 1867 to take the post of
Librarian to the Zoological Society, which he held until 1872.
During this period every hour which he could get for himself was
spent in the study of Birds and in making a private collection of
them.

The ‘ Monograph of the Alcedinidw (Kingfishers),’ published in
parts from 1868 to 1871, was a remarkable work to have been
accomplished by so young a man under such conditions. In the
preface he asked for some slight consideration “ for an author who
commences so large an undertaking at the age of seventeen, and
who as he pens these last words has not attained te the age ef
twenty-three.” ‘This was unnecessary, for the Monograph at once
established his reputation, and still remains a model which any
who project a monographic work may study with advantage. ‘The
introductory chapters dealt with the relationship of the various
genera and species, their geographical distribution, &c., with a
chronological account of the literature. Then came a description
of the anatomy of the Kingfishers, written by Dr. Murie; followed
by the systematic part, including full and careful descriptions of
each species, their habits and distribution, illustrated with 120
coloured plates.

A ‘History of the Birds of Europe’ had now been commenced
with Mr. H. E. Dresser, and the first parts appeared in 1871;
but in the following year Dr. Sharpe was appointed a Senior
Assistant in the British Museum, and left the completion of this
work to his collaborator, in order to deyote himself to the task of
building up the national collection of Birds and writing a catalogue.

How he succeeded is well known; the collection increased in
number from about 30,000 to more than 400,000 specimens, and
this stupendous result was chiefly due to the personal qualities of
Dr. Sharpe himself. He started by presenting his own private
collection, he spent his vacations in collecting, and with his own
money he purchased desiderata, rather than allow the museum to
lose them. Moreover, he infected with his own enthusiasm most
of those with whom he came in contact, visitors to the museum,
travellers, collectors, ‘and others; and in consequence, as he has
often told the present writer, he never missed a collection that he
wanted.

The ‘Catalogue of Birds’ took 24 years to finish, and ran te
27 volumes, 13 of which were written by Dr. Sharpe without
collaboration ; of these it may truly be said that they are the most
complete works of the kind that have ever been written; in fact,
the keynote of Dr. Sharpe’s work was thoroughness.

The Catalogue was supplemented by a ‘Nomenclator Avium, er
Hand-list of Birds,’ in five volumes, the first of which was published
in 1899, whilst the last has only recently been issued.

One of the most attractive features of the exhibition galleries of
the British Museum (Natural Histery) is the series of British Birds

132 Miscellaneous.

and their nests, mounted so as to represent the actual surround-
ings; this was initiated by Dr. Sharpe, who procured the first of
these natural groups, that of the Coots, at Avington Park, in
Hampshire.

Dr. Sharpe was promoted to the rank of Assistant-Keeper in
1895; he was the author of numerous books and memoirs in
addition to those already mentioned, a successful and popular
lecturer, and an honorary member of many scientific societies both
at home and abroad. He was elected Officier de l’Instruction
Publique in 1901, and amongst the distinctions he gained were the
degree of LL.D. from the University of Aberdeen in 1891, the gold
medal for science awarded him in the same year by the Emperor
of Austria, and the presidency of the Fourth International Ornitho-
logical Congress in 1905, honours the more prized as they were
won entirely by merit and hard work.

He will be mourned by naturalists throughout the world, by
thousands who have derived instruction and entertainment from
his lectures and his popular books, and especially by the colleagues
who will miss his friendly help and genial presence; but the
national collection of Birds will remain as a magnificent record of
a life of devoted and unceasing activity. Cat, A:

On the Dates of Publication of Costa’s ‘ Fauna del Regno di
Napoli, 1829-1886.

Tuts work, begun by O. G. Costa in 1829 and continued after his
death by his son Achille Costa, was issued in fasciculi of varying
amounts of text. A single leaf of brownish-yellow paper bearing a
rough collation of the subjects that had appeared up to the end of
1875 was issued by Gustav Lange. This collation refers to 117
fascicules, but their contents are not given, and no reference is
made to any dates.

The dates, however, are not so puzzling as appears at first sight,
owing to a singular method of dating by the printer, which, as the
only means of information now available, may be accepted as very
close to the truth. These printed dates will be found on the back
fold or near the-back fold of the sheet or half-sheet or single leaf,
for each appeared as necessitated by the amount of matter in the
printer’s hands. Sometimes, if the sheet is not folded truly, the
date can be seen by widely opening the bound volume, but fre-
quently the sheet is folded truly and the date has perished under
the binder’s glue!

As the full list of dates runs to twelve closely written foolscap
pages of MS., I do not propose to ask you to do more than to note
that this MS. of mine is available for reference at the British
Museum (Nat. Hist.) to any one who is desirous of ascertaining
any particular date. It may be well to mention that I have not
been able to find that the printer so dated any part of the Lepi-
doptera except the ‘‘ Geometri, Bombicoidi, and Cocliopodi.”

C. Davins SHERBORN

Nov. 25, 1909. (‘Index Animalium’),

sf “THE LONDON, EDINBURGH, AND DUBLIN

PHILOSOPHICAL MAGAZINE

JOURNAL OF SCIENCE.

A JOURNAL DEVOTED TO PHYSICS, ASTRONOMY, MECHANICS,
CHEMISTRY, MINERALOGY, AND THE ALLIED SCIENCES.

MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d.

Complete sets (unbound) may be obtained. Prices on application.

The First Series, in 68 volumes, from 1798 to 1826. A few impertect
copies only on hand.
Lhe Second Series, in 11 volumes, from 1827 to 1882.
The Third Series, in 87 volumes, from 1832 to 1850.
_ The Fourth Series, in 50 volumes, from 1851 to 1875.
The Fifth Series, in 50 volumes, from 1876 to 1900.

Tavwox and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE

OF

NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY.

- MONTHLY, PRICE 2. 6d.

| Complete sets (unbound) may be obtained at the following
prices :—

The First Series, in 20 volumes, from 1838 to 1847. Price £10,
The Second Series, in 20 volumes, from 1848 to 1857. 4) ft SO
The Third Series, in 20 volumes, from 1858 to 1867. sect oer
The Fourth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1868 to 1877. Per} 54

The Fifth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1878 to 1887. RE Ao
The Siath Series, in 20 volumes, from 1888 to 1897. Sit ehedisoe<

Tayztor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

THE FAUNA OF BRITISH INDIA,
INCLUDING CEYLON AND BURMA.

Published under the authority of the Secretary of State for India in Council.
Edited by A. E. Sarpiey, M.A., F.R.S.

Med. 8vo, with text illustrations and 10 plates. Price 10s,

DERMAPTERA (Earwies). By Dr. Matcozm Burr, M.A., F.LS.

Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C,

BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA.

Edited by F. DUCANE GODMAN. |

SUBJECTS IN PROGRESS.

ZOOLOGY.

Chilopoda and Diplopoda. By R. I. Pocock. (Pp. 1-152, pls. i—xi.)

Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 3 (RuyncuorpHorA: Cureulionide). By
D.Suarp. (Pp. 1-168, pls. ivi.)

Coleoptera. Vol. LV. part 7 (Ruynenornora: Cureulionide, continued).
By G. ©. Cuampron. (Pp. 1-48, pls. 1., ii.)

The Price of each Part is 21s.

London: Published for the Editor by Dutav & Co., Scho Sq., W.

LAND AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA OF INDIA.

Part X. Vol. If. Price 21s.
By Lieut.-Col. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN, F-.RS.

With 17 Plates and Text, treating of the following Genera and Sub-
Genera, with anatomical details:

Macrochlamys, Bensonia, Austenia, Taphrospira, Sophina,

Euplecta, Kaliella, Durgella, Leptodontarion, Lamprocystis,

Corilla, Plectopylis, Thysanota, Philalanka, and Sykesia ;

and the following new Genera: Dalingia, Sarika, Rahula,
and Staffordia.

TayLor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C,

THE ANNALS
MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,
[FIGHTH SERIES. ]

No. 26. FEBRUARY 1910.

XVIT.—Deseripticns and Records of Bees—XXV.
By T. D. A. CocKERELL, University of Colorado.

Table of the Australian Species of Prosopis.

THE following table was prepared at the British Museum,
with the types of nearly all the species before me. The
genus is here interpreted in the old broad sense ; some of the
species belong to Palworhiza, Perkins, which, though in
most respects Prosopiform, is distinct by the elongated and
pointed tongue. ‘The type of this genus is Palworhiza per-
viridis (Prosopis perviridis, Ckll.). I have included in the
table also one or two species of the Austro-Malay region.

The only species not before me at the time of preparing
the table were P. didentata, Sm., P. fulvicorni's, Sm., P. lub-
bocki, Ckll., P. Wogonia, Vachal, P. quadrata, Sm., and
P. vicina, Sichel.

Abdomen red or red and black, not me-
tallic (obscurely reddish also in P. pri-
mulipicta, Ckll., P. ruficeps, Sm., and
PET OLUNRGLCE IS ONG pte riele eke sacs are cho ¥

Abdomen neither wholly nor in part red
(obscurely reddish in the three species

just cited; head red in rwficeps) .... 10,
1. Scutellum and postscutellum partly or
wholly yellow or cream-colour...... 2.

Ann. & Maas Mi Haat. Ser. 8..Vol. v: 10

134 Mr, T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and

Scutellum and postscutellum dark...... 5.
Seutellum and mesothorax red, but post-
scutellum black ; sides of metathorax
red; clypeus red; narrow lateral face-
marks pale yellowish menehaatnis ate eee lateralis, Sm., 9.
2. Postscute!lum cream-colour; scutellum
black, with hind margin narrowly
cream-colour ; head and nearly all of
mesothorax red ; no light face-marks.

(Queéenslands) =o atmetee cee ses.> torrida, Sm.
Scutellum and postscutellum, so far as
coloured, deep chrome-yellow ...... 3.

3. Head and nearly all of mesothorax red;
no pale face-marks. (Swan R., W.

AIS tELIAE) We ademme sic siaeniesa so a rubricata, Sm.
Face with bright yellow markings .... 4.
4, Larger; a black stripe down each side of
clypeus ; red of abdomen obscure . elegans, Sm., Q.
Smaller; face bright yellow right across. elegans, Sm., ¢ (sydney-
6. Axille ferruginous; mesothorax dull [ana, Ckll.).

reddish, with two broad suffused black

bands; abdomen with only first seg-

ment and extreme base of second red ;

legs clear red ; face deep orange .... bicolorata, Sm.
Mesothorax red; abdomen with first two

segments red; clypeus red; narrow

lateral marks pale yellowish........ provima, Sm,
Mesothoraxsblick syst ssc wacom ete

6. Red of abdomen very obscure, but basal

middle of first segment orange; clypeus

black, with lower margin broadly »

ferruginous ; ; broad cuneiform creamy-

white lateral face- -marks, having a

short linear process above along orbits.

(Swann lame tec ija cer cee a ee albomaculata, Sm.
Abdomen at least partly bright ferrugi-
MOMS}. wa’ sees send Lines he plows ae GS he
7. Apical half of abdomen dusky or black.. &
Abdomen-entirely red .c..5 c00s008. 154 2:

8. Larger; metathorax rough, with no
defined area ; clypeus black, with
lower margin dull red; lateral face-
marks creamy white, small and short. rejipes, Sm.
Smaller; area of metathorax well de-
fined; clypeus white, with a black

MATIC ONGERCH SINE’ «2 t's 6b vine Werle constricta, Ckll,
9: Mo supracly peal mark rs fee wa . subplebcia, Cll,
Supraclypeal mark well developed...... coronata, Ckll.

10. Metallic, green or blue, species (P. ro-
tundiceps 2 and others are faintly
metallic on abdomen) .:..........0. 11.

Black species, not metallic (abdomen -
obscurely metallic in P. rotundiceps 2,
P. metallica, P. simillima 3, and P.
MOREE) ons won bapa Bes KheD ee Se 32.
11, Head and thorax black except for the

13.

14,

15.

Records of Bees.

light markings; metallic colour of
abdomen obscure in some ...... ae
Head and thorax metallic ............
Head red; thorax black; clypeus red;
broad lateral marks chrome-yellow
(allied to purpurata, and, like it,
having not only the tubercles yellow,
but also a spot just behind them on
the pleura; both are from Adelaide,

and may be sexes of one species) ....

. Scutellum and postscutellum black; size
larga aio s. RAS ah: Me omg ak eet a ae
Scutellum and postscutellum at least
largely bright yellow or orange......

Clypeus bright vellow, bordered with
bin@keabcsmteste tr. Soe. ec leteecn ae
Clypeus black, with a median yellow
|e Ve ee POS are eae Brace ee eae ee ce

135

12.

ruficeps, Sm.

13,

14,

alcyonea, Erichs., 3

[(vidua, Sm.).
alcyonea, Erichs., 2.

(Here also runs Jéogonia, Vachal, but it is smaller, only 7 mm. long.)

Clypeus yellow (in this section comes
P. vicina, Sichel, which is, however,
almost certainly based on a mixture of
species; the name should be restricted
to the New-Zealand specimens)

Clypeus black; broad lateral face-marks
present 2... 0. ese ae Hiv-ah aitoviel ateh sce

No supraclypeal mark ; abdomen strongly
punctured, its metallic colour very ob-
SCUEG ..c 5 25. cisos, ce Maren Me oko eee

15.

18.

metallica, Sm.

(P. lubbocki, Ckll., which was described by Smith as the male of
metallica, is shining nigro-zneous, with clypeus, supraclypeal
mark, lateral marks, and scape in front cream-colour.)

Supraclypeal mark present............

16. Scape yellow beneath; insect much
smaller than metallica ....... Peta

Scape all black; males ............4.

17. First r.n. entering second s.m.; supra-
clypeal mark rounded above ........

First r. n. joining first t.-c.; supraclypeal
mark broadly truncate above........

18.

20.

Large, length about 12 mm., aspect of
alcyonea ; abdomen dark greenish....
Much smaller; no yellow spot behind
fuberclese nar stuns atone cog hanes t

. Lateral face-marks bow-shaped ; clypeus

sparsely punctured ; mesothorax finely
punctured; two species very much
CN cy ZF Sapa Oe Dice take cine
Lateral face-marks cuneate, deep orange;
clypeus with dense punctiferous
grooves; mesothorax with very large
coarse dense punctures. (Kuranda.).
Larger; clypeus with a slight median
raised line; face-marks pale red, but
evidently originally yellow ; first r. n.
entering second s.m. (Swan R.)....

16.

purpurata, Sin.
Le:

violacea, Sin.
cognata, Sm.
perpleca, Sm. (confusa,

[(Sm.).
19.

20.

amata, Ckll,

vielacea, Sm., 9.

10*

136 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and

Smaller; clypeus with no raised line;
lateral face-marks very bright chrome-
yellow; first r. n. joining first t.-c.
(W. Australias) - 2 eeu. cece reeks cognata, Sm., 9.
21. Scutellum and _ postscutellum bright
chrome-yellow ; mesothorax brilliant
green; a yellow spot on pleura behind
tubercles; species of Paleorhiza .... 22.
Scutellum and postscutellum each with
a lateral pale stripe or patch; head
and thorax dark green; abdomen
purple, with green shades. (Kuranda.) permiranda, Ckll.
Scutellum and postscutellum without
iGhb MATOS ae ee ae Gee ciclmletc ales 23.
22. Clypeus yellow. (Kuranda, Dodd.).... parallela, Ckll., 3.
Clypeus green, with a light median stripe. paradlela, Ckll., 2.
28. Tubercles without any light colour; large
or rather large species (probably all

PULEITIRIAR) 2 ois cle ve obte emie nena 24.
Tubercles with at least a light spot .... 26.
24. Mesothorax blue; face marked as in P.
POEL BIP EC ES ahal isis sie o's ake ayes Ae Rate reginarum, Ckll,
Masorhorax Breen... 5's "xjelequsws'ele rates 25.
25. Face with three yellow stripes; abdomen
bright Green 5). oy. once os wita lee perviridis, Ckll.

Median stripe reduced to aspot on lower
part of clypeus; abdomen with strong

purple tints. (Dory, New Guinea.).. amperialis, Sm.
Median stripe wholly wanting ; abdomen
Gnsk préen: Jip hol’ foyer a oe ee varicolor, Sim.
26, Face without light marks; very small -
bite eperiesaa.%. aii fn ante pee baudinensis, Ckll.
Face with lightimarks. <. 00 ..c60ene ore 27.

27. Clypeus wholly dark, no supraclypeal
mark; small species, with fine blue
RIMOHIER) 0 Sek bee cel Re cueiee eer albonitens, Ckll., 9.
(P. fijiensis, Ckll., from Fiji, will run here, but it is a large species,
144 mm. long; it is brilliant steel-blue, with yellow lateral face-

marks.)
Clypeus light or not wholly dark (ifnearly
all dark, species not small) ........ 28.
28. Very small species, with white face and
large broad supraclypeal mark ...... albonitens, Ckll., 3.
Medium-sized or rather large species .. 29.

29. Mesothorax irregularly punctured, the
punctures not of the same size; lateral
face-marks (very pale yellowish)
broad, their inner side strongly arched ;

abuomernblye” «225. thas cadens disjuncta, Cll.
Mesothorax densely, strongly, and evenly
UC UTCH soos ee «ett eit ates ten 30.

30. Green species, larger than disjuncta;
lateral face-marks narrower than
in disjuncta, their inner side not arched;
abdomen green, first two segments
strongly punctured ..s3. lie. neha varicolor, Sm., 3.

31.

Records of Bees. 137

(2 varicolor may have a minute light clypeal spot, and so come in
here. Male varicolor obtained by Dodd at Townsville show
variation; the axille may be cream-colour and second abdominal
segment purple, and the clypeus may be all light except the
sutures. )

Blue ‘species; first two abdominal seg-
ments sparsely punctured .,........ ol.

Face light, no black band between
clypeus and lateral marks; supra-
cly peal mele presemh Mac asias «ola ry turneriana, Ckll.

A metallic purplish dark band at each
side of clypeus; second abdominal
segment more sparsely and feebly

AION URES UNets rar tetaie rite sateen Boles ea turneriana kurandensis,
82. Scutellum and _ postscutellum wholly (Chl.
black ; size small or medium....... oes
Scutellum and postscutellum at least
joy ia Al cea poniee Grace orinel sce 338
83. Prothorax, except tubercles, black ; head
seen from in frontround ....... a ce:
Prothorax with upper border at least
laecelly palenan s.r ate im canis oan ae ier 35.
84. Face black, with a pair of short quadrate
chrome- yellow lateral marks........ quadriceps, Sm.
Clypeus, supraclypeal mark, and lateral
marke deep yellow sce ./as vanes se hobartiana, Ckll. (? 3 of
85. Males; the face yellow right across .... 36. [quadriceps.
Clypeus black, with a large cream- :
coloured spot. (Celebes.).......... insularis, Sm,
Clypeus wholly black, light markings
deep chrome-yellow .............. 37

36.

37.

38.

39.

49,

Very small, slender ; face lemon-yellow. — primulipicta, Ckl.
Size medium, robust; face deep chrome-
yellow ; abdomen with large processes,

one on each side, beneath .......... bituberculata, Sm.
Larger; punctures of mesvthorax very
GS ENEEG eh oo the eed Sciam ers amiculiformis, Ckll.

Smaller; punctures of mesothorax so small

as to be hardly visible separately under

BIGWS! <0 3 Sh ahisgete Fes toate aa aE Rersecl amicula, Sm.
Postscutellum wholly black, or (per-

crassa) with a very small elongate

pT NEE as cng eee ne Ce ey MCC ce ete 39,
Postscutellum at least largely light (in

every case the colour of it and the

scutellum is deep chrome-yellow).... 42.
Very large robust species, of the build of

MICU GEIR Slopes Hari Pee hes ee 85st 40.
Species of ordinary form, not very large. 41.

Clypeus with a median creamy-white
BREUNOMR cate tres ottsic ag MCD osha man Sige penetrata, Sm.
Clypeus wholly dark: .2.....0.22sness penetrata percrassa, Ckll.

(P. percrassa was described as a distinct species, but a specimen
collected by Dodd in Queensland is clearly intermediate, having
the clypeus with the upper part of the white mark only, and no
light colour on postscutellum.)

138

Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and

41, Clypeus black, lateral face-marks very

broad, deep chrome; mesothorax dull,
sparsely punctured, the punctures of
different Bi2eS: +... t\jn'ee eter cyanura, Kirby, @.

(This is cyanura,as determined in British Museum, but the abdomen

is black, whereas original description says it is ‘‘ atroceerulescens,”
as the specific name would suggest.)

Face lemon-yellow, but yellow of scu-

43

tellum and tubercles deep chrome ;
mesothorax densely and minutely punc-
tured. (Chowder, 18938: Froggatt).. frederict, Ckll., 3, var.

(This insect was placed as rotundiceps, but type rotundiceps is a 2

and has the abdomen minutely and ciosely punctured, but the
mesothorax with coarse Iarge punctures. The Iroggatt insect, by
the puncturation of mesothorax, cannot be the species ascribed to
cyanura, Further search discovered the female, also from
Chowder : this agrees essentially in face-marks with the “ cyanura,”
but the mesothorax is punctured asin ¢. The postscutellum is
all black and the area of metathorax dull. Both sexes have the
prothorax black, except the bright yellow tubercles; no yellow
mark on pleura behind tubercles. In sculpture of thorax the
Chowder insect agrees with frederici, and I am sure it is a variety
of that species.)

42. Face entirely black ..... Aner Tar: 4 43.
Face with light markings ............ 44,
. Tubercles yellow, and also a contiguous
large yellow patch on pleura; front
dull and densely punctured; meso-
thorax quite densely punctured ; area
of metathorax not ridged (it is also .
mnOt TIGBEA IN wOrOst)! 45 a alos ne nigrifrons, Sm.
Tubercles black, but a quadrate yellow
patch behind; front shining, with
well-separated punctures .......... diversipuncta, Ckll.

44, No lateral face-marks whatever, but a

large light area on clypeus, and a
supraclypeal mark; large species .... 45.

With lateral face-marks.............. 46,
45, Second abdominal segment finely and

quite closely punctured ; light area on
clypeus very broad (the whole width
of clypeus) above, and ending abruptly
below a little before the clypeal mar-
gin; supraclypeal mark hat-shaped .. morosa, Sm.

Second abdominal segment shining and

strongly but sparsely punctured:
livht area on clypeus-a broad parallel-
sided band; supraclypeal mark ap-
proximately semicircular. (Sydney,

INESS W sc SET OGGUEEA) chins tie cece desponsa, Sm.
46. Face deeply sulcate on each side ...... 47.
Face not suleate; all medium-sized :
species, looking very much alike .... 48.

47. Very large species, of build of aleyonea ;

area of metathorax shining and im-
punctate; lateral marks linear, not

48,

49,
60.

dl.

62.

Records of Bees.

approaching clypeal mark, which occu-
ples most of clypeus, but is deeply
constricted on each side; a triangular
supraclypeal mark ; all these markings
deep chrome- yellow, as also a patch
on pleura behind tubercles ........
Medium-sized species, superficially like
rotundiceps; face-marks white, though
those of thorax are bright chrome-
yellow; lateral marks reduced to a
dot on each side near level of middle
of clypeus, and a large round spot
(caudate below) on each side of an-
tenn; clypeal patch large. (One
hind leg of type carries the pol!en-body
of an Asclepiadaceous plant.)........
Lateral face-marks linear; clypeus with
a small elongate mark; face narrow ;
tubercles orange-yellow, but no yel-
low spot behind them...........
Lateral face-marks consisting of large
round orange-yellow spots, the lower
part of the ‘usual marks being absent ;
clypeus black; tubercles orange- -yel-
low, but no yellow spot behind them ;
abdomen faintly metallic ..........

wmpressifrons, Sin.

sulcifrons, Sm.

nubilosa, Sm.

rotundiceps, Sm.,

2.

139

(For rotundiceps 3, see Cockerell, Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. XXlii.

286.)
Lateral face-marks OPCINGTY™ store osade’ oh
Males ys. cretervsays. aa ear oan oey tenn reams
Females; clypeus black ..............
Clypeus and lateral marks | ivory colour ;
face very narrow. (Kuranda, Dodd. ‘
Clypsusivelion: sotcamtnsr. tamer se
Supraclypeal mark present ; mesothorax
minutely and densely punctured ; ; an-
terior tibize and tarsi red; a constric-
tion between first and second dorsal
abdominal segments ..............

aureomaculata, Ckll.

bl.

elongata, Sm.

(Another specimen is erroneously labelled similis ¢.)
52.

No supraciypeal mark. i... ne a
Lateral face-marks angular above, the
point away from orbital margin; yel-
low on scutellum and postscutellum
reduced; abdomen slightly purplish.
(Tasmania.) ta Mein ae wet SS
Lateral face-marks ending above in an
acnte angle on orbital margin, above
level of antennze ; yellow of scutellum
and postscutellum not reduced; abdo-
men quite distinctly bluish, with hind
margins of seements reddish purple.
(New South Wales. SAR SsBe ter a rte
Lateral face- marks rounded above, ending
in an angle on orbital margin, but
much more obtusely than in semzldima.

honesta, Sm.

simillima, Sm.,

metallica, Sm.

dS.

140 Mr. W. L. Distant on

53. Lateral face-marks ending above in an
acute angle on orbital margin, above

level of antenti << pees ee semetat siumillima, Sm., 9.
Lateral face-marks not ending above
abruptly and not above level of an-

tenn, the marks cuneiform ........ 54,
54. Punctures of mesothorax large, lateral
face-marks very broad. (Swan R.).. obtusata, Sm,
Punctures of mesothorax very minute .. frederict, Cll. (szmilis,

{Sm., preoce.).

~XVIII.— Some undescribed Gerrine.
By W. L. Distant.

THE following aquatic Hydrometride, belonging to the sub-
family Gerrine, are all from the waters and adjacent seas of
British India. They represent the collections recently made
by Dr. Annandale, who has paid so much attention to the fauna
of the brackish and fresh waters of India, and also the oceanic
species collected by the Indian Marine Survey. The new
genera will be figured in the next and concluding volume of

the Rhynchota of British India.

Family Hydrometride.
Subfam. Gerrrmz,
Div. GERRINARIA.

Gerris lepcha, sp. n.

Body above and beneath black, beneath finely and more
palely tomentose; antenne with the first, second, and third
joints brownish ochraceous, extreme apices of the first and
second, apical half of the third and the whole of the fourth joint
black or piceous, the fourth palely sericeous ; anterior area of
pronotum with a more or less distinct central longitudinal
ochraceous fascia, remaining area piceous brown ; legs and
rostrum brownish ochraceous, apex of rostrum black ; coxe
and trochanters brownish ochraceous beneath; antenne with
the first joint longest, second shortest, third and fourth almost
subequal in length or fourth slightly longer than third ; head
moderately convex, longer than broad; pronotum with the
anterior area or Jobe with two small transverse linear
callosities on disk ; posterior area or lobe rugulose and
punctate, slightly transversely ridged between the humeral

=,

some undescribed Gerrine. 141

angles, which are tuberculously prominent, thence convexly
deflected to base, the basal margin broadly laminate and
strongly punctate ; hemelytra longer than posterior femora ;
rostrum scarcely passing the anterior cox; intermediate a
little longer than posterior femora.

Length 115 to 14 mm.

Hab. Sikhim; Shamdang, about 3000 ft. (Ind. Mus.).

Gerris monticola, sp. n.

Head and pronotum dull chocolate-brown, head moderately
infuscate; pronotum with a central longitudinal dull ochra-
ceous line which is faint and subobsolete on posterior area,
anterior lateral and posterior margins dull ochraceous; eyes
black ; antenne with the first and second joints brownish
ochraceous, their apices black, third and fourth joints piceous;
bemelytra piceous brown, the veins brownish ochraceous, a
dull greyish elongate spot behind middle and near inner
margin, membranal area dull piceous, the extreme margin
brownish ; body beneath ochraceous; a lateral marginal fascia
to sternum, a sublateral slightly curved line scarcely reaching
middle of sternum, a longitudinal oblique line at the region
of the anterior and intermediate acetabule, and suffusions to
the abdomen beneath, black ; between the lateral and sub-
lateral fascize the sternum is silvery grey pubescent, and the
lateral margins of the abdomen and a spot on the posterior
acetabula also silvery grey pubescent ; rostrum ochraceous,
its apex black ; legs dull ochraceous, the femora narrowly
margined with piceous, apices of tibiz and the whole of the
tarsi piceous black ; antenne with the first joint longest,
second, third, and fourth joints almost subequal in length ;
rostrum distinctly passing the anterior coxe; head moderately
convex, longer than broad; pronotum with the margins of
the anterior area convex, obscurely transversely ridged between
the humeral angles, which are subprominently nodulose,
posteriorly moderately obliquely deflected ; hemelytra slightly
shorter than posterior femora ; intermediate and posterior
femora about equally long, anterior femora moderately
thickened.

This description is taken from a macropterous female speci-
men; in some apterous male specimens the anterior femora
are distinctly incrassated,

Length ¢ macropt. 10, 2 apt. 84, ¢ apt. 8 mm.

Hab. Simla Hills ; Dharampur, 5000 ft., Matiana 8000 ft.
(Annandale) ; Bhim ‘Tal, Kumaon, 4500 ft. (Annandale) ;
Kurseong, 5000 ft. (Annandale).

142 Mr. W. L. Distant on

Gerris nepalensis, sp. n.

Body above and hemelytra black ; body beneath silvery
pubescent; lateral margins of head silvery pubescent; antennz
with the first and second joints castaneous brown, their extreme
apices and the whole of the third and fourth joints piceous
black; pronotum with an obscure longitudinal, central,
brownish ochraceous line, usually only discernible on the
anterior area; anterior femora black with silvery pubescence,
their base and a spot near apex ochraceous; intermediate and
posterior femora brownish ochraceous, their apices black ;
intermediate and posterior tibia and all the tarsi black,
anterior tibia brownish ochraceous, their apices black ;
antenne with the first joint longest, fourth slightly longer
than third; head moderately convex, longer than broad ;
pronotum with the margins of the anterior area slightly
convex, a little transversely ridged between the humeral
angles, which are slightly prominent and then globosely
posteriorly deflected, the posterior margin sublaminate, the
posterior area sparsely coarsely punctate ; hemelytra about as
long as the posterior femora; intermediate and posterior
femora about equally long; rostrum black, slightly passing
the anterior coxa.

Length ¢ macropt. 8 mm.

Hab. Nepal; Soondrijal and Chonebal; Katmandu;
Lucknow (Annandale).

Allied to G. sahlbergi, Dist.

Gerris raja, sp. n.

Head ochraceous, eyes black ; antenne with the first
joint ochraceous, its apex black, remaining joints black or
piceous; pronotum with two anterior and two large discal
spots ochraceous (in some specimens these spots are united in
pairs); hemelytra black ; body beneath, rostrum and anterior
femora ochraceous ; apex of rostrum and linear streaks to the
anterior femora black; tibie, tarsi, and intermediate and
posterior femora piceous or black; antenne with the first
joint a little longer than second, which is shortest, third
longest, fourth shorter than third but longer than first; head
a little convex, longer than broad; pronotum with the
humeral angles not prominent ; hemelytra about as long as
the posterior femora ; intermediate and posterior femora sub-
equal in length; rostrum passing the anterior coxe.

Length 5 mm. ;

Hab. Travancore Coast; Vurkalay (Annandale).

some undescribed Gerrine. 143

‘Tn small pools near sea-shore ” (NV. Annandale).

By the relative joints of the antenna, and the markings of
the head and pronotum, this small species is distinctly
recognizable.

J UCUNDUS, gen. nov.

Head longer than broad between the eyes, which are
moderately emarginate interiorly, in front of eyes almost
triangulate where it is prominently notched on each side and
then narrowed to apex which is angularly rounded, between
the eyes two oblique foveations ; antenne with the first joint
longest, about as long as the posterior area or lobe of the pro-
notum, second, third, and fourth joints subequal in length ;
rostrum scarcely passing the anterior cox; pronotum
moderately flat, not prominently deflected behind the humeral
angles, the anterior area or lobe short, about one-third the
length of posterior area or lobe; hemelytra considerably
passing apex of abdomen ; anterior femora slightly thickened
and longer than the tibiz ; intermediate and posterior femora
about subequal in length, posterior tarsal claws inserted at
apex of tarsus.

Allied to Gerrits, but differing in the shape of the head and
the structure of the pronotum.

Jucundus custodiendus, sp. n.

?. Head and pronotum ochraceous ; eyes, narrow lateral
margins, and a central discal elongate spot to pronotum black ;
antenns black ; rostrum ochraceous with its apex black;
hemelytra black, the marginal and apical areas more brownish;
body beneath ochraceous, a spot on the posterior acetabular
area black; legs black, anterior femora much longitudinally
streaked with ochraceous ; structural characters as in generic
diagnosis.

Length 8 mm.

Hab. 'Yravancore ; Maddathoray, W. Base of W. Ghats
(Annandale).

The above description is taken from a macropterous female
specimen ; in a second male apterous example, which
measures 7 mm, the pronotum has a continuous broad central
longitudinal fascia, not extending to the anterior area or

Icbe.

Jucundus burmanus, sp. n.

A pterous form.—Body and legs ochraceous, the intermediate

144 Mr. W. L. Distant on

and posterior tibie piceous; eyes and a narrow central longi-
tudinal line to pronotum black or piceous; abdominal segments
piceous; legs with narrow black or piceeus longitudinal lines;
antenne black, with the basal joint very long and somewhat
stout, second joint less than one-third the length of first joint,
remaining joints mutilated in type; anterior area or lobe of
pronotum longer than in J. custodiendus and with a distinct
central longitudinal black line ; abdomen with six segments
visible above in addition to the anal segment, which is
ochraceous with a transverse black line; rostrum scarcely
passing the anterior coxe ; anterior tibie dentately widened
at apex.

Length 63 mm.

Hab. Upper Burma; North Shan Hills (J. C. Brown).

Two apterous forms received from Burma, by the structure
of the head undoubtedly belong to Jucundus. ‘They differ
from the type J. custodiendus in having the antenne more
robust, the anterior pronotal area or lobe a little longer, and
by the anterior tibiz being more robust and dentately ampliate
at apex.

Onychotrechus vadda, sp. n.

&. Body above black ; head with the lateral margins in
front of eyes, and a central longitudinal fascia, ochraceous ;
antenng piceous, basal joint paler beneath ; pronotum with
the anterior margin, lateral margins, and three longitudinal
discal fascize (the central one straight, the lateral ones
moderately curved) ochraceous ; mesonotum with a narrow
central straight longitudinal fascia, on each side of which is
a broader angulate fascia, and a posteriorly attenuated lateral
fascia, ochraceous; at base of abdomen a curved oblique
fascia on each side, and a series of lateral marginal abdominal
spots, ochraceous; body beneath and legs ochraceous ; sternum
with two longitudinal marginal black lines (the innermost
short) on each side, and above the outermost a silvery white
tomentose fascia ; extreme apices of femora, tibize and tarsi,
black ; rostrum ochraceous with its apex black ; antenne
with the first joint longest and curved, remaining joints sub-
equal in length; rostrum considerably passing the anterior
cox ; intermediate slightly longer than posterior femora ;
tarsal claws long.

Length g 5, 9 6 mm.

Hab. Ceylon; Peradeniya (Green), Madulsima, Sabrigama,
Haputale, 4800 ft. (Bainbrigge Fletcher).

I have not yet seen a macropterous form of this species.

some undescribed Gerrine. 145

Onychotrechus kumari, sp. n.

Body above dull ochraceous ; head with a short central line
at apex, two central oblique lines commencing on apical
margin and meeting between the eyes, and a shorter longi-
tudinal line near inner margin of each eye, black; pronotum
with four longitudinal black spots, two central and one near
each lateral margin ; mesonotum with two central longitudinal
lines, a continuous angulate line before each lateral margin,
and two lateral lines, black, between the last the colour is
silvery white tomentose; abdominal segmental margins black;
rostrum, body beneath and legs pale ochraceous ; apex of
rostrum, a submarginal linear fascia to sternum, and a short
line before intermediate coxe, black ; a silvery white spot on
each side of posterior margin of prosternum, a similar but
larger spot before intermediate coxze, and a similar smaller
spot near base of lateral margin of abdomen ; antenne dull
ochraceous, extreme apices of the first, second, and third joints
and the whole of the fourth joint piceous or black, fourth
joint longest, second shortest, first and third subequal in length,
first moderately curved ; intermediate femora a little longer
than posterior femora; rostrum considerably passing the
anterior coxx ; tarsal claws long.

Length 45 mm.

Hab. ‘Travancore ; Maddathoray, W. base of W. Ghats
(Annandale).

I have only seen apterous forms of this species.

JANIAS, gen. nov. ;

Body longer than half the length of either intermediate or
posterior legs ; head longer than broad, the apex obtusely
angulate; eyes large, oblique, interiorly moderately emargin-
ate, posteriorly moderately extending over the anterior angles
of the pronotum; antenne short, robust, first joint straight,
longest, longer than head, distinctly inwardly spinous at apex,
second and fourth joints subequal in length, third shortest ;
rostrum short, robust, reaching but not extending beyond the
anterior cox; pronotum about as long as head, narrowed
anteriorly behind the eyes, with a central impressed longi-
tudinal line, the posterior margin truncate; mesonotum more
than twice as long as pronotum, the disk centrally longi-
tudinally impressed; anterior femora longer than the tibie,
obtusely spined at apex, intermediate and posterior femora
subequal in length.

Allied to Cylindrostethus but differing in the shorter

146 Mr. W. L. Distant on

antennie, the less anteriorly produced head and the more
posteriorly produced eyes, &e.
The description is founded on an apterous form.

Janias elegantulus, sp. n.

Head dark brownish ochraceous, eyes and antenna black ;
pronotum black, the lateral and posterior margins and a broad,
central, longitudinal subtriangular fascia dull ochraceous ;
mesonotum castaneous brown, beyond middle with a large
cential oblong black spot which contains a broad central
longitudinal line with a large spot on each side, pale ochraceous;
abdomen above dull brownish ochraceous, with paler markings
on lateral margins and darker central segmental spots ; body
beneath and legs ochraceous ; head beneath, apex of rostrum,
apices and longitudinal streaks beneath to anterior femora and
the whole of the anterior tibiz and tarsi, black; intermediate
and posterior legs slightly infuscate ; pronotum moderately
foveately depressed on disk ; other structural characters asin
generic diagnosis.

Length (apterous form) 11 mm.

Hab. Travancore; Kulattupuzhd, W. base of W. Ghats

(Annandale).

Division HALOBATINARIA.
ISURATAS, gen. nov.

Head large, somewhat flattened, apically subangulately
produced and‘also angularly produced above the insertion of
the antenne; eyes somewhat flattened, rounded interiorly, a
little posteriorly produced over the anterior margins of the
pronotum ; antennze with the first joint longest, as long as the
anterior femora, second not half as long as first, third shortest,
a little shorter than fourth ; rostrum not passing the anterior
coxie; pronotum slightly shorter than head, anterior and
posterior margins sinuate, the lateral margins rounded, two
distinct foveate impressions on disk which are anteriorly
margined with a carinate line; mesonotum about twice the
Jength of pronotum ; anterior femora in male strongly
incrassated, anterior tibia: with a long robust spine before
middle, anterior femora in female only moderately thickened,
the anterior tibia unarmed ; intermediate legs pilose, inter-
mediate femora considerably longer than the posterior
femora.

Allied to the genus Hermatobates, Carp.

some undescribed Gerrine. 147

Euratas formidabihs, sp. un.

Body above bluish, more or less finely greyishly pilose ;
antenne black, finely pilose, base of first joint pale ochra-
ceous ; head with the apical and lateral areas pale greyish,
basal: margin transversely linearly ochraceous but centrally
broken ; eyes castaneous brown, their basal margins dull
ochraceous; pronotum with two discal pale foveations, the
upper margins of which, and a central more or less connecting
line, are black; apical half of abdomen above paler and more
greyish in hue, the segmental margins darker ; anal appendage
blackish ; legs bluish, more or less greyishly pilose, the
anterior legs beneath ochraceously pilose, the acetabula,
abdomen beneath, and anal appendage more or less ochra-
ceous ; structural characters as in generic diagnosis.

Length, ¢ 5 mm., 2? 5 to 64 mm.

Hab. Andaman Sea (Indian Marine Survey—Alcock).

FABATUS, gen. nov.

H[ead large, declivous in front, subquadrate, obtusely
apically angulately produced and also distinctly angulate
on each side above the insertion of the antennze; eyes of
moderate size, substylate, moderately emarginate at interior
margins, a little projecting beyond the anterior margin of
the pronotum; antenne with the first joint longest, a little
shorter than the anterior tibia, third shortest, second and
fourth subequal in length ; rostrum short, robust, not passing
_anterior cox; pronotum shorter than head, transverse, the
lateral margins moderately rounded, posterior margin a little
concave; mesonotum elongate, convex, slightly more than
twice the length of pronotum ; anterior legs slightly thickened,
more so in the male than in the female, anterior tibie apically
inwardly spinous and in the male with a strong, robust spine
near middle, in female unarmed; intermediate and posterior
legs slender, intermediate considerably longer than the
posterior ; the intermediate tibize very strongly curved, inter-
mediate tarsi much longer than the posterior tarsi.

This genus in general appearance somewhat resembles
the marine species represented by Halobates, but differs by
the emarginate inner margins of the eyes ; it is, however, a
truly marine species and I retain it in the Halobatinaria.
I have as yet only seen undeveloped forms, collected by
Dr. A!cock on the Indian Marine Survey.

Fabatus servus, sp. n.

Head ochraceous with a broad central longitudinal spot

148 Mr. W. L. Distant on

and a linear longitudinal spot on each side, black, the base
greyish white, the apex blackish; eyes ochraceous or brownish
ochraceous; antenne castaneous brown, the base of first
joint much paler, the fourth joint darker; pronotum greyish
white, with a large transverse purplish-brown spot in each.
lateral area; mesonotum greyish white, with a broad longi-
tudinal purplish-brown fascia in each lateral area ; abdomen
above greyish white, with transverse segmental purplish-brown
spots; body beneath greyish white ; rostrum castaneous
brown, the basal joint ochraceous; legs dark castaneous
brown or shining piceous, bases of anterior femora broadly
pale ochraceous ; structural characters as in generic diagnosis.

Length 43} to 5 mm.

Hab, Andaman Sea (Indian Marine Survey—Alcock).

Metrocoris nepalensis, sp. n.

Head ochracecus with a large central oblong black spot ;
antennee black, base of first joint broadly pale ochraceous ;
pronotum black, with two curved transverse ochraceous lines
on posterior margin; mesonotum black, the lateral margins
and two discal angularly curved narrow fascie ochraceous ;
body beneath black with silvery white pubescence; legs
black ; coxse, trochanters, a longitudinal streak to anterior
femora above, bases of anterior femora beneath and apex of
abdomen beneath, ochraceous; rostrum ochraceous, its apex
black and reaching the anterior coxe; antennze with the first
joint long, only a little shorter than the anterior tibiz, second
joint a little more than half the length of first (remaining
joints mutilated in typical specimens) ; anterior tibie dis-
tinctly inwardly spinous at apex ; intermediate femora slightly
longer than posterior femora; body above shortly and a little
more palely pilose.

Length 45 to 5 mm.

Hab. Nepal; Katmandu and Soondrijal (Annandale).

1 have not seen a macropterous form of this species.

GERASTRATUS, gen. nov.

Head about as broad as long, the apex transversely rounded,
the disk between the eyes strongly roundly foveate; eyes
with the inner margins truncately rounded, moderately pro-
duced posteriorly over the lateral margins of the pronotum ;
front of head perpendicularly depressed to rostrum, which is
short, stout, and not passing the anterior coxe; antenne
moderately long, first joint a little curved and about as long
as the anterior tibiz, second, third, and fourth joints subequal

some undescribed Gerrine. 149

in length, second and third together only a little longer than
first ; pronotum short, considerably shorter than head, the
lateral margins oblique, the posterior margin truncate ; meso-
notum more than twice as long as pronotum ; anterior femora
a little thickened, longer than the tibiw, which are inwardly
spinous at apex; intermediate and posterior femora almost
equal in length, the intermediate longer than the posterior
tibie ; posterior tarsi about half the length of posterior tibie.

Allied to Metrocoris, from which it differs by the structure
of the head.

Gerastratus foveatus, sp. n.

Head ochraceous, a large black spot in front of the discal
foveation which is inwardly margined with black ; antennz
black, the basal joint ochraceous at base; eyes black,
lrownish ochraceous at base; pro- and mesonota ochraceous ;
pronotum anteriorly, sublaterally, and centrally-longitudinally
black; mesonotum with three longitudinal black fascia not
reaching the posterior margin, the central fascia straight, the
other two broader and slightly curved, a more obsolete black
fascia on each lateral margin ; body beneath ochraceous ;
anterior femora ochraceous, broadly outwardly streaked with
black, anterior tibiee and tarsi black, intermediate and pos-
terior legs black, intermediate femora beneath streaked with
ochraceous, coxee and trochanters ochraceous with black
markings ; abdomen above black, with a large longitudinal
lateral ochraceous spot and with a small spot of the same
colour above the insertion of the intermediate legs ; structural
characters as in generic diagnosis.

Length 33 mm.

Hab. Kumaon; Bhim Tal, 4500 feet (Annandale),

A single apterous specimen taken by Dr. Annandale and
now in the Indian Museum.

VENTIDIUS, gen. nov.

Head longer than broad, roundly truncate anteriorly; eyes
large, oblique, their inner margins rounded, directed backward
beyond the anterior margin of the pronotum ; antenne with
the first and second joints distinctly and somewhat longly
hirsute, second joint less prominently hirsute than the first
which is about as long as the anterior femora, second and
third subequal in length, each a little longer than the fourth;
pronotum about as long as breadth between the pronotal angles,
the lateral margins oblique, the anterior narrowing to head, the
posterior narrowing to apex, which is broadly obtusely angu-

Ann. 4 Mag. N, Hist. Ser. 8, Vol. v. a yl

150 Mr. W. L. Distant on

late ; hemelytra passing the abdominal apex ; rostrum short,
scarcely passing the anterior coxe; legs slender, anterior
femora about as long as the anterior tibie, inwardly a little
spinous at apices, intermediate femora longer than posterior
femora (macropterous form).

In the apterous or undeveloped form the pronotum is con-
siderably shorter than broad.

Allied to Metrocoris, but with the body shorter and broader,
and with hirsute antenne,

Ventidius aquarius, sp. v.

Macropterous form.—Head and pronotum ochraceous, the
latter with a large cruciform fascia and the sublateral and
apical margins black; eyes black; antennee black, base of
first joint ochraceous; hemelytra black ; body beneath ochra-
ceous; legs and apex of rostrum black, bases of anterior
femora ochraceous; acetabula and coxee spotted with black ;
structural characters as in generic diagnosis.

Apterous form.—Body above ochraceous ; pronotum witha
narrow sublateral fascia, angulated and reaching margin at
humeral angle, and two spots at centre of posterior margin
continued obliquely across mesonotum, black, other markings
generally as in macroptercus form; abdomen above ochra-
ceous with the segmental margins black.

Length, macrcpt. form 5 mm., apt. furm 43 mm.

Hab. ‘Vravancore; Pallode, 20 miles N.K. of Trivandrum
(Annanda’e).

“On roadside jungle-stream ” (N. Annandale).

EvuovUus, gen. nov.

Head slightly longer than broad, the angles in front of
eyes slightly prominent; eyes oblique, their inner margins
rounded, moderately extending over the lateral margins of
the pronotum ; antennz with the first joint longest, a little
curved, shorter than the anterior tibie, second and third
joints about equal in length, each shorter than first and
longer than fourth ; rostrum slightly passing the anterior
coxe; pronotum short, shorter than head, narrower than
mesonotum, the lateral margins a little rounded, posterior
margin truncate and very slightly sinuate; mesonotum large,
posteriorly widened, nearly twice broader at base than long,
centrally longitudinally impressed, the anterior angles dis-
tinctly projecting beyond the pronotum, the lateral margins
oblique, the basal margin truncate, laterally obliquely sub-
angularly rounded to humeral angles, the basal area with

some undescribed Gerrine. L5t

two transverse, curved carinate lines, the anterior one laterally
continued upward; abdomen above, in male, with the margins
upwardly laminately produced and reflected, the lateral
margins convexly produced, the posterior seomental margin
before the anal appendage truncately sinuate ; anterior
femora a little longer than anterior tibia, which are unarmed
in both sexes, intermediate femora a little longer than pos-
terior femora, the intermediate tibie distinctly longer than
the posterior tibie.

Allied to Metrocoris, from which it differs by the shorter
and broader mesonotum, the different structure of the abdo-
men above, different shape of the head, &e.

Euodus communis, sp. n.

Body above brownish ochraceous; head with a broad
central longitudinal black fascia ; eyes and antenne black ;
pronotum with three longitudinal black fascie, the central
straight, the other two oblique, all three anteriorly connected
by a transverse black line; mesonotum with three central
longitudinal black fasciz, not reaching base, the central
fascia straighter and narrower, between the transverse carinate
lines a curved subbasal black fascia not quite reaching the
humeral angles; abdomen above blackish; body beneath
pale ochraceous ; legs blackish ; large spots to intermediate
and posterior acetabula pale ochraceous, coxee and trochanters
more or less brownish ochraceous, anterior femora longitudin-
ally fasciated with pale ochraceous ; structural characters as
in generic diagnosis.

Length 4 to 44 mm.

Hab. Kumaon, Sath Tal, 4000 feet (Annandale).

NABOANDELUS, gen. nov.

Body short and broad; head about as long as breadth
between eyes, which are rounded, not inwardly emarginate
but somewhat truncate, scarcely projecting over the anterior
angles of the pronotum; antenna moderately robust, first
joint longest, longer than head, moderately curved, second,
third, and fourth joints almost subequal in length ; rostrum
reaching the anterior coxe ; pronotum short and transverse,
considerably shorter than head, the anterior margin truncate,
the posterior margin moderately convex ; mesonotum more
than twice as long as pronotum, nearly twice as broad at
base as long, the lateral margins convexly rounded and
narrowing towards pronotum; abdomen in temale about as

lone as pro- and mesonota together, in male a little longer;
5 if Oo 7 11* ,

152 On some undescribed Gerrine.

anterior femora a little longer than the tibize, the tarsi robust
and only a little shorter than the tibiw, intermediate legs
much longer than the posterior legs, the femora almost sub-
equal in length and shorter than the body, the intermediate
tibie longer than the femora and much longer than the
posterior tibie.

All the specimens which I have seen are apterous.

Naboandelus signatus, sp. n.

Black ; thickly, shortly pilose ; head with the anterior and
inner margins greyish, the inner margins at eyes connected
at basal margin, ochraceous; pronotum with a large central
ochraceous spot; lateral margins of mesonotum greyish ;
body beneath bluish ; rostrum (excluding apex), an elongate
spot at posterior acetabula, and the anal segment and append-
age ochraceous; legs and apex of rostium black, more than
basal halves of femora ochraceous ; lateral margins of the
mesonotum somewhat longly pilose ; structural characters as
in generic diagnosis.

Length, ¢ and ?, 2 mm.

Hab. Calcutta (Jnd. Mus.).

‘This species is found in the Calcutta tanks.

NACEBUS, gen. nov.

Body subelongate ; head about as long as breadth between
eyes, the apex broad and subtruncate, the lateral apical
angles distinctly subprominent, eyes inwardly somewhat
rounded or roundly truncate, not emarginate, not produced
over the anterior margins of the pronotum; antemne with
the first and second joints stouter than third and fourth joints,
first joint about as long as head, second shortest, only a little
more than half the length of first, third and fourth subequal
in length, each a little shorter than first; rostrum reaching
the intermediate coxe ; pronotum very short, almost appear-
ing only as a broad anterior collar; mesonotum three times
as long as pronotum, the anterior and posterior margins
truncate, the Jateral margins a little roundly oblique; abdo-
men (excluding anal appendage) about as long as head and
pro- and mesonota together, the anal appendage long and
slender; anterior legs moderately stout, the femora twice as
long as the tiliz, the anterior tarsi short, robust, about half
as long as the tibiae; intermediate legs much longer than
posterior legs, intermediate femora nearly as long as body,
the intermediate tibiee a little shorter than the femora, inter-
mediate tarsi about half the length of the tibie.

On the Lamellicorn Beetles of the Genus Peltonotus. 153

The above description is taken from a number of apterous
forms received from different localities. Nacebus is allied to
Rhagadotarsus, Bredd., from which it differs by the structure
of the head and thorax.

Nacebus dua, sp. n.

Body above and beneath, antenna, rostrum and legs black ;
pronotum, anterior femora (excluding apices), acetabule,
coxee, and trochanters ochraceous ; disk of mesonotum and
abdomen distinctly more opaque in coloration; structural
characters as in generic diagnosis.

Length (incl. anal append.) 4 mm.

Hab. Calcutta. L. Burma; Mudon, Amherst Distr.
(Annanduale).

At Calcutta the species was foumd in the tanks.

X1IX.—On the Lamellicorn Beetles of the Genus Peltonotus
with Descriptions of four new Speetes. By GILBert J.
ARROW.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

I SUGGESTED in a recent paper (l'rans. Ent. Soc. Lond.
1908, p. 855) that the genus Peltonotus should be transferred
from the Dynastidz, in which it has hitherto been placed, to
the Rutelide. These two groups have the closest relation-
ship and no natural and obvious line of division appears
between them. Almost the only definable distinctive features
of the Dynastine, as it is perhaps preferable to call them,
are the fixed and equal claws (at least of the four posterior
legs) and the concealed labrum, and neither of these charac-
teristics is found in Peltonotus. ‘The former feature, how-
ever, is infringed by various species of the Cyclocephala
group of genera, in which group also the clypeus, normally
reduced in the Dynastine, is large, as in the Rutelina,
while the mandibles on the contrary are small. In this
group Peltcnotus has hitherto been included, but in the
remaining differential character (the rudimentary and con-
cealed labrum) it is strikingly differenf, for the labrum is
largely exposed and highly chitinized. ‘This connects the
genus more nearly to the Ruteline than to Cyclocephala,
the only genus of Dynastinew with which it can be compared.
‘The horizontally extruded labrum appears to be a survival of

154 Mr. G. J. Arrow on the Lamellicorn

a primitive condition, as it is found in Passalide, Geotrupine,
and other primitive groups. Nothing resembling it is found
in Dynastine, but itis not very different from the labrum of
the Rutelid Leperonota. The loosely-jointed body and long
legs are in marked contrast to that genus and its allies and
are certainly more suggestive of relationship with Cyclo-
cephala. ‘The scarcely developed prcsternal process is a
feature adverse to this affinity, and the elongate basal joint
of the posterior tarsi is found neither in Cyclocephala nor in
Peperonota, but occurs in Desmonya and Oryctomorphus, two
genera which have similar affinities in both directions. A
feature found in the female of Peltonotus—viz., the abrupt
expansion of the outer margins of the elytra near the middle—
is found both in Cyclocephala and various genera of Rutelinze
(ec. g. Anomala, Macraspisy Fr uhstorferia). While recog-
nizing the relationship of Peltenotus to both Dynastine and
Ruteline, it seems best to regard the condition of the labrum
as the crucial diagnostic feature and to assign the genus to
the Parastas‘a group of Ruteline, forming the rather hetero-
geneous, but probally truly related mass of genera in which
tle two subfamilies meet.

Only a single species of the genus (P. morio, Burm.) has
yet been described, for the Melolontha ear be iie. Gyil;,
originally added by Burmeister, was afterwards referred by
him to Cyclocephala, and it is probably really an American
insect. | have now to describe three new species in the
British Museum, in addition to which M. Oberthiir possesses
an example of yet another (from North Borneo), unfortu-
nately unique, Lut highly interesting from the fact that the
prothorax and elytra are prettily decorated with golden-red
stripes.

‘The two sexes differ considerably in this genus, but the
male alone has at present been described, from a specimen
seen by Burmeister in the collection of the Entomological
Society of London, taken by Maj.-Gen, Hardwicke. This
collection is no longer in existence, but the Hardwicke
Collection, containing two females of P. morio, is in the
British Museum. From the considerable series in our col-
lection I here shortly describe tie two sexes.

Peltonotus morio, Burmeister, Handb. v. 1847, p. 75.

Niger, nitidus, capite, prothoracis lateribus, pygidio, pedibus cor-
poreque subtus longe rufo-hirto; capite rugoso, labro integro,
clypeo inermi ; prothorace crebre punctato; scutello vix punctato ;
elytris irregulariter punctatis :

Beetles of the Genus Peltonotus. 155

3, elytris sat crebre minus eequaliter punctatis; pedibus longis ac
validis, tibiis anticis brevissime tridentatis, unguibus anticis valde
ineequalibus :

©, elytris magis fortiter et squaliter punctatis, lateribus post
medium paulo dilatatis ; pedibus simplicis, tibiis anticis fortiter
tridentatis.

Long. 16-19 mm.; lat. max. 8-10 mm.

Hab. Nepat; Buutan; Sixxim; Assam: Manipur ;
Burma: Momeit, N. Chin Hills.

The head is entirely rugose and the clypeus transversely
rectangular and not toothed. The pronotum is rather closely
but finely punctured and fringed with long reddish hairs at
the sides, similar hairs also arising from the dorsal surface in
the neighbourhood of the front angles. ‘The elytra are well
punctured, the junctures being stronger in the females and
showing a greater tendency to run into rows. In that sex
the elytra are also dilated at the sides behind the middle, and
in the male the legs are very much enlarged and thickened,
the claw-joint and inner claw of the front tarsus being of
enormous size.

Peltonotus nasutus, sp. n.

Niger, nitidus, grandis, sat latus, pedibus, corpore subtus, capite
pygidioque longe fulyo-setosis ; capite rugose punctato, margine
antica arcuata, medio breviter tuberculata; prothorace minute,
sat late equaliter punctato, marginibus lateralibus cum basi
regulariter arcuatis, hoc utrinque vix impresso; scutello paulo
punctato; elytris apice paulo opacis; propygidio sat crebre,
pygidio parce, punctato; metasterno rugose punctato, dense
hirsuto ;

s, elytris levibus, inconspicue punctatis ; pedibus anticis crassis,
{ibiis anticis brevissime tridentatis:

@, elytris fortiter seriato-punctatis, laterum medio paulo dilatato,
calloso.

Long. 18-20 mm.; lat. max. 95-11 mm,

Hab. StAM: Laos (Vientane); Cocuincuina: Kon He-
ungo; Burma; NEPAL (teste Lansberge).

This species is very like P. morio, but larger, with the
pronotum much less punctured and not hairy, the elytra less
punctured in both sexes, although more regularly and dis-
tinctly in the female. The clypeus is rounded in front, and
there is a tubercle in the middle of the front margin in both
sexes. In the male the mandibles are rather quadrate.

Peltonotus malayensis, sp. n.

Niger, nitidus, elytris sericeo-pruinosis, obscure iridescentibus,
corpore subtus breviter fulyo-hirto; capite crebre punctato,

156 Mr. G. J. Arrow on the Lamellicorn

clypeo brevi, quadrato ; prothorace fortiter, medio parcius punc-
tato, lateribus angulato-rotundatis, basi leviter arcuato, utrinque
profunde impresso; scutello paulo punctato; elytris (Q) pro-
funde striatis, striis grosse annulato-punctatis, lateribus post
medium angulatim dilatatis ; propygidio minute et crebre, pygidio
grosse, punctato, opaco; metasterno crebre rugoso-punctato,
segmento utroque ventrali medio seriatim punctato et setoso,
wltimo grosse irregulariter puuctato; tibiis anticis fortiter tri-
dentatis.
Long. 14°5-15°5 mm.; lat. max. 7-8 mm.

Habr MBs, Bones Pontianak, Sintang; Sumatra: Si-
boga.

I have seen only three female specimens of this interesting
species, two of which are in M. René Oberthiir’s collection,
while the type he has kindly presented to the British
Museum.

It is rather smaller than P. morio, and remarkable for the
iridescent bloom, like that of a black grape, with which the
elytra are covered. The clypeus is straight in front and has
no trace of a tubercle. The pronotum is strongly punctured
and bears a deep impression at the base on each side. ‘The
elytra are very deeply and coarsely punctate-striate, and
there is an angular projection placed well behind the middle
of the outer margin of each, The last feature is certainly
peculiar to the female.

Peltonotus pruinosus, sp. 0.

Niger, nitidus, elytris sericeo-pruinosis, obscure iridescentibus,
corpore subtus breviter et parce fulvo-hirto; capite sat crebre
punctato, clypeo subguadrato, brevi ; prothorace laxe sed distincte
punctato, lateribus fortiter arcuatis, basi arcuato, utrinque pro-
funde impresso; scutello levi, vix punctato; elytris (2) pro-
funde striatis, striis grosse annulato-punctatis, lateribus ante
medium fortiter impressis margineque hic reflexo, haud dilatato ;
propygidio, pygidio metasternoque nitidis, grosse haud crebre
punctatis, segmento ventrali utroque medio seriatim punctato et
setoso, ultimo parce et irregulariter haud grosse punctato; tibiis
anticis longe et acute tridentatis.

Long. 15 mm.; lat. max. 8 mm.

Hab. Assam: Brahmapootra Valley.

A single female specimen taken by the late W. Doherty is
in the British Museum collection.

P. pruinosus closely resembles P. malayensis, but in the
female sex is at once distinguished by the outer margins of
the elytra, which are not dilated as in the latter species, but

Beetles of the Genus Peltonotus. 157

bear a deep impression just behind the shoulder, the edge at
that spot being strongly reflexed. The pronotum is rather
less strongly punctured, the metasternum is not rugose at the
sides, the pygidium is shining, and the front tibiz are more
sharply toothed.

Peltonotus vittatus, sp. n.

Niger, supra omnino sericeo-opacus, prothoracis lateribus elytrisque
luride flavis, singulo elytro vittis duabus obliquis ab humero ad
angulum suturale ductis margineque externa antice nigris, cor-
pore subtus parce fulvo-hirto; capite sat crebre punctato, clypeo
subquadrato, brevi; prothorace laxe sat distincte punctato, lateri-
bus et basi omnino valde arcuatis, basi utrinque fortiter impresso ;
scutello paulo punctato ; elytris ( 9 ) regulariter punctato-striatis,
lateribus post medium angulatim dilatatis; propygidio parce
pygidioque densius et fortius punctatis, scriceis; metasterno
fortiter, abdomine parce, segmento ultimo grosse haud crebre,
punctatis ; tibiis anticis acute tridentatis.

Long. 14 mm.; lat. max. 7 mm.

Hab. Nortu Borneo.

The unique type specimen is a female in the collection of
M. René Oberthiir, who acquired it from Dr. D. Sharp. The
species is the smallest and most striking in the genus. The
whole upper surface has a silky bloom, the prothorax has the
Jateral margins orange-coloured (almost interrupted, however,
in the middle), and the elytra are orange, with two black
stripes running parallel from each shoulder to the apical
angles. ‘lhe anterior part of the outer edge and the re-
mainder of the body are black. ‘There is an angular dilatation

of the elytral margin behind the middle, as in the female
P. malayensis.

The following table contains a few of the distinctive
features of all the species of Peltonotus at present known :—

Pygidium clothed with long tawny hair; labrum not
bilobed.

Clypeus without a marginal tooth .............. morio, Burm.
Clypeus witha marpinal tooth «2.6 /....0.06 0. nasutus, Sp. n.
Pygidium without hairy clothing ; labrum bilobed.
Tey edi cs Hingin Be Se ave + aka cch scr alas nero wed oes Bas pruinosus, sp. n.
Pygidium covered with opaque silky bloom.
OMG mela alee se aie canis orotic einai ates wees malayensis, sp. 0,

shee atone aterelcnemerares aire versie vittatus, sp. n.

158 Mr. A. O. Walker on Crustacea

XX.— Crustacea collected by the late Mr. R. L. Ascroft and
Mr. Harvey in the North of the Bay of Biscay. By ALFRED
O. WaLKER, F.L.S., F.Z.S.

In June 1895 Mr. Ascroft went in the steam trawler
‘ Britannia’ to the northern part of the Bay of Biscay, where
trawling for commercial purposes was carried on off the Isle
de Yeu and Belle Isle. By attaching a tow-net to the back
of the trawl My. Ascroft collected a considerable number of
Crustacea, as shown in the list below. Mr. Harvey was
the engineer of the ‘ Britannia,’ and probably obtained
his specimens at the same time. Unfortunately there is no
record of the depths at which they were taken, but these
would probably not exceed 100 fathoms. Some of the species,
such as Macropodia longirostris, Bodotria scorpioides, Pseudo-
cuma longirostris, Orchomenella nana, Pertoculodes longi-
manus, and Apherusa bispinosa, indicate quite shallow water,
while Svlenocera siphonocerus, on the only other recorded
occasions of its capture north of the Mediterranean (viz. off
the W. of Ireland in the R. Irish Acad. expeditions of 1586
and 1888), occurred in 325 fath. and 345 fath. respectively *.
Other interesting species are Chlorotocus gracilipes, previously
only once taken, viz. by the ‘ Travailleur’ off the N. coast of
Morocco in 332-370 metres; Procampylaspis armata, only
known from a single specimen taken by the ‘ Caudan? in the
Gulf of Gascony at a depth of 950 metres; Leptostylis
walkeri, new to science; Pedoprion bolivari, taken by
M. Chevreux in Vigo Bay in 1889 and not since recorded ;
LTalicoides anomalus, new to science; and the hitherto un-
described male of Monoculodes gibbosus.

BRACHYURA.
1, Gonoplax rhomboides (Linn.). Four or five young. H.
2, Xantho tuberculata, Couch. Seven or eight. H.
3. Atelecyclus 7-dentatus (Mont.). Four young. H.
4, Portunus depurator, Leach, One young. H.
5. Macropodia longirostris (Fabr.). Two. A.
6. Ebalia tuberosa (Pennant). Three—one young. H.
fs cranchit, Leach. One.
ANOMURA.
8. Anapagurus levis (Thompson). One young. H.
9. Galathea dispersa, Bate. Several. H., A.
10. Munida bamffica (Penn.). Young. H.

* Calman, Trans. R. I. Acad. 1896, vol. xxxi. p. 14.

from the Bay of Biscay. 159

Macrura.

. Cheraphilus nanus (Kroyer), Seven. H., A.
. Chlorotocus gracilipes, M.-Eidw.

. Pandalus brevirostris, Rathke, One, A,

. Nika edulis, Risso, A.

. Solenocera siphonocerus (Philippi). H., A.

SCHIZOPODA.

. Nyctiphanes couchii (Bell). Several. H.
. Leptomysis gracilis, G. O. Sars. A.
18.

Striella norvegica, G. O. Sars. A.

CuMACEA.

. Bodotria scorpioides (Montagu), A.

. *Iphinoé serrata, Norman. A.

. *Eudorella truncatula (Sp. Bate). A.

. *Procampylaspis armata, Bonnier. A.

. *Campylaspis glabra, G.O. Sars. A.
*

. Pseudocuma longicornis, Sp. Bate. A.

. Diastyloides biplicata, G.O. Sars. A., H.

. Diastylis brad, Norman. G&Q.

. *Leptostylis walkeri, Calman. A.

macrophthalma, G.O. Sars. A.

Isopopa.

. Cirolana borealis, Lillj. <A.
. Astacilla longicornis (Sowerby). A.

AMPHIPODA.

. Parathemisto oblivia (Kroyer). A., H.
2. Podoprion bolivari, Chevreux, Mém. Soc. Zool. de France, 1891,

tome iv. p. 6, pl.i. A., H.

3. Ichnopus spinicornis, Boeck. A.

34. Scopelocheirus hoper (A. Costa), = Callisoma kroyerit (Bruz.), A., H.
385. Tryphosites longipes (Sp. Bate). A., H.

36. Orchomenella nana (Kr.). H.

37. Ampelisca spinipes, Boeck. H., A.

38. —— typica, Bate. A,

39. tenuicornis, Lill]. H.

40, Peltocoxa brevirostris (TY. & A. Scott). A.

. Probolium gregarium, G.O. Sars. A.
42.
. Halicoides anomalus, A. O. Walker, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6)

Iphimedia obesa, Rathke. A., H.

vol. xvii. 1896, p. 344, pl. xvi. figs. 7-18. A.

. Perioculodes longimanus (Bate). A.
. Westwoodilla cecula (Bate),=Halimedon parvimanus (Bate and

Westwood). H., A.

. Monoculodes gibbosus, Chevreux. ¢. A.
. Apherusa clevei, Sars (Publ. Expl. Mer. no. 10, 1904, p.8, pl.i.). A.

bispinosa (Bate). H.

Melphidippella macera (Norman). A., H.

* See Calman, Bull. Mus, Hist. Nat. 1907, no. 2, p. 116,

160 Mr. A. O. Walker on Crustacea

50. Eusirus longipes, Boeck. A., H.

51. Cheitrocratus sundeva/iii (Rathke), A.

52. Mera tenuimana (Bate),= Mera batei, Norman. A.
53. Eurystheus maculatus (Johnst.). H.
54. Phtisica marina, Slabber. H.

Diastylis brady’, Norman, 1879, “ Cumacea of ‘ Lightning’
&c. Expeditions,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. ii.
Dp. O05 Be
1888. Diastylis bradyi, Norm., A. O. Walker, Proc. Biol. Soc. Liver-
pool, vol. ii. p. 178, 2.
1890. Diastylis spinosa, Norm., id. ibid. vol. iv. p. 247, 2 & o.
1892. Diastylis spinosa, Norm., id, ibid. vol. vi. p. 104, 9 & C.
1896. Diastylis spinosa, Norm., Brit. Assoc. Report on Marine Zoology
of the Irish Sea.
1908. ? Diastylis bradii, Norman and Brady, Crust. Northumberland
and Durham.

When I first took the male of this species (previously un-
known) with the female of D. bradi in Colwyn Bay, it
appeared to me to agree so well with Canon Norman’s
description of his earlier species, D. spinosa, that I referred
it to that. As, however, Canon Norman now places his D.
spinosa under D, rathkei (Kroyer) *, it is evident that I was
in error.

Monoculodes gibbesus, Chevreux, Bull. Soc. Zool. de France,
t. xiii. (1888), 9.
Monoculodes yibbosus, Chevr. Result. Camp. Monaco, vol. xvi. p. 59,
b. Ville Hie, hy en
Monoculodes gibbosus, Chevr., Stebbing, Das Tierreich, Amph. Gamm.
pp. 259, 726, 2.

Monceulodes gibbosus, Clevr., 3.

Body wide in front, carinate, hind margins of first nine
segments elevated ; the carina on the third and fourth pleon
segments conspicuously raised and arcuate; sides of the sixth
pleon segment produced almost to the end of the telson in an
acute angle.

Head a little longer than the first four segments, with a
carina separating the large dark oval eyes. Rostrum large,
reaching nearly to the distal end of the second joint of
ant. 1, evenly curved.

Side-plate 1 expanded in front and fringed.

* “Crust. of Northumberland and Durham,” by Norman and Brady,
Trans, Nat. Hist. Soc, Northumberland &c., new ser. vol. ill, part 2,
aye)
pau.

from the Bay of Biscay. 161

Ant. 1 longer than the head, reaching to the fourth joint of
the flagellum of ant. 2; first joint considerably longer than
second and third united and not much wider than the
second, the upper margin of which is produced almost to the
end of the third; flagellum to peduncle as 7:5, with ten
joints, the first as long as the next three united, setose.

Ant. 2: peduncle reaching to the seventh joint of the
flagellum of ant. 1, last joint slightly longer than the pre-
ceding, with its extremity a little dilated and truncate ;
flagellum long and slender, reaching to the end of the pleon,
with numerous short joints, naked.

Gnathopods and their side-plates as in J/. carinatus, Bate.

First and second pereopods with the dactyli almost as long
as the sixth joints; third and fourth pair have the dactylt
relatively longer. ‘The fifth are broken in all the specimens.

Uropod 1: peduncle much shorter than the subequal rami,
spinulose ; a few spinules on the outer margin of the outer
ramus.

Uropod 2: peduncle subequal to inner ramus, outer shorter,
both smooth ; a few spinules on outer margin of peduncle.

Uropod 3: wanting in the seven specimens examined.

Telson in a young male rounded at the end, with two
setules rather close together at the tip.

Length of adult male 7 mm. Only males were taken.

A specimen was sent to M. Chevreux in 1899, and he
informed me that he considered it to be without doubt the
male of his species. Unfortunately it is one of those brittle
forms that easily lose their appendages, so that a full and
accurate description is impossible. ‘Thus all the pereeopods in
M. Chevreux’s single specimen and the fifth pair in all mine
were mutilated, and the third uropods in both cases entirely
wanting. J agree with M. Chevreux that they are the same
species, though the (presumably) sexual differences are con-
siderable, the most conspicuous and unusual being the promi-
nent arcuate carina on the fourth pleon segment, as well as
on the third,in the male. M.Chevreux’s specimen was taken
in the “Gulf of Gascony” at a depth of 10 metres. It
may be mentioned that the so-called tubercle on the second
joint of the peduncle of ant. 1 in the male is a prolongation of
the upper margin of the joint and not of the lower as shown
in M. Chevreux’s figure. It is not easy to see till the
antenna is separated from the head.

162 3 Mr. E. W. Oates on some

XXI.—On some new Species of Silver-Pheasants.
By Everene W. Oares.

Genneus atlayi, sp. D..

3g .—Allied to G. rufipes, Oates, but with the nature of the
markings on the upper plumage reversed, that is to say that
the black stripes are wider than the white ones, giving the
bird a very dark appearance,

Crest blue-black. The sides of the head and neck coarsely
squamated with black. The mantle and back marked with
alternating black aud white stripes, of which the former are
nearly twice as wide as the latter. Rump similarly marked,
but the figure formed by each pair of stripes more rounded.
On the wing-coverts the black streaks are three or four
times as broad as the white interspaces. The primaries
black, barred with white. The middle pair of tail-feathers
chiefly white ou the inner web, white barred with black on
the outer web; the remaining feathers progressively more
and more barred, the outermost feather being almost entirely
black. Lower plumage glossy black, the feathers on the
sides of the neck and breast, at the junction of the striped
upper plumage and the black lower plumage, being white
on one web and striped on the other. Legs coral-red.

Wing 11 inches, tail 18.

9 .—Whole upper plumage rufous brown, slightly vermi-
culated with black. Lower plumage very dark brown or
blackish, the webs of each feather with three or four diagonal
buff bands, very irregular and jagged, and much narrower
than the black interspaces. ‘The bands on the one web
meet those on the other at a sharp angle on the shaft. Tail
barred and mottled with black, chestnut, and buff. Legs
coral-red.

Wing 9°6 inches, tail 10°4.

Numerous specimens of this species have been sent to me
by Mr. Frank Atlay from various places in the Ruby Mines
District, and I have much pleasure in naming the bird after
him, in recognition of the great interest he has taken in
collecting pheasants for me.

Genneus haringtoni, sp. n.

go .—Of the same type as G. rufipes and G. atlayi, inasmuch
as it has red legs and a striped upper plumage, but differing
greatly in the character of the markings.

new Species of Silver- Pheasants. 163

Crest blue-black. Sides of the head and neck delicately
squamated with black. The mantle and back marked with
numerous white stripes on a black ground, These stripes
are very numerous, some six or seven on each web, and
about half the width of the black interspaces. They are,
moreover, extremely twisted and jagged and the respective
pairs meet on the shaft in an involved manner. The rump
is similarly marked, but the black interspaces are wider and.
the respective pairs of white stripes form somewhat quadrate
figures. The outermost white band also is much broader
than the others and forms a very conspicuous margin to the
feather. On the wing-coverts the white stripes are only a
quarter of the width of the black interspaces. The quills
of the wing are very narrowly barred with white. The tail
and the lower plumage resemble the same parts in G. atlayi.
Legs coral-red. .

Wing 10:2 inches, tail 16°25.

? .—Whole upper plumage rufous brown. Lower plumage
black, the webs of each feather with several very irregular,
jagged, and zigzag white bands, running obliquely and
meeting at the shatt in a very involved and confused manner.
The middle tail-feathers are nearly uniform brown; the
others are barred and mottled with black, chestnut, and buff.
Legs coral-red.

Wing 10 inches, tail 10°6.

A male and female were shot by Major H. H. Harington
at Nilum Kha, in the Bhamo District, Burma, in March
1908.

Genneus granti, sp. n.

g .—Crest blue-black. Sides of the head and neck
squamated with black. Mantle and back marked with
white stripes cn a black ground, these stripes being smooth
and regularly curved and about one-third or one-fourth the
width of the black interspaces; cach pair forms on the
‘shaft a well-defined angle. The rump is similarly marked,
but both the white stripes and the black intcrspaces are
wider than on the back and the white stripes are oblique.
On the wing-coverts the white stripes are only about one-
fifth the width of the black interspaces. The wing-feathers
are black narrowly barred with white. ‘The middle tail-
feathers are white on the inner web and at the tip of the
outer. ‘The remainder of the feather is barred with white.
The other tail-feathers are barred with white, the bars
becoming progressively finer, more broken, and longitudinally
disposed as the outermost feather is approached. The lower

164 Mr. I. Schwarz on the Wallabies

plumage is black, the feathers at the side of the breast being
partly white and partly a mixture of black and white. Legs
coral-red.

Wing 10:2 inches, tail 17.

The only male of this species that I have seen was procured
by Major W. G. Nisbett some years ago at Puntum, eight
miles east of Sadone iv the Myitkyina District, Burma, at
an elevation between 6000 and 7000 feet. It is deposited
in the Natural History Museum, South Kensington, and I
name it after Mr. W. R. Ogilvie-Grant.

Genneus mearsi, sp. Ni.

¢.—The feathers of the rump fringed with a band of
white at the tip. With this exception the whole plumage
is black, glossed with purplish blue, more richly so on the
upper part of the body.

This species differs from the other species of black-breasted
silver-pheasants, with white fringes to the rump-feathers, by
having the whole rump glossed with bright blue, this gloss
becoming more intense near the white fringe and tending to
form a bar or band in front of the fringe.

This species was sent me almost at the same time by
Major A. Mears, of the Survey Department, from Sylhet,
and by Mr. A. C. Bateman from the Kamaing subdivision
of the Myitkyina District, Burma.

I have also seen specimens from the North Khasi Hills,
Burra bazaar in Manipur, and Commillah in Tippera, and
quite recently from Goalpara in Assam.

I name this very distinct and handsome species after
Major A. Mears.

XXH.—On the Wallabies usually referred to Macropus
agilis, Gowld. By Exnst Scawarz.

In examining the collection of Macropus agilis in the
British Museum, I have come to the conclusion that there
must be several subspecies, a fact which 1s very likely, as
the species has a wide range all over the northern part of
Australia and southern New Guinea. Three of them have
received names, while a fourth is undescribed. Ali the
three described forms were united by Thomas in the
‘Catalogue.’ The British Museum now possessing a large

~

usually referred to Macropus agilis, Gould. 165

series of specimens from different localities, I think it ad-
visable to admit the following subspecies :—

1. Macropus agilis, Gould.
Macropus binoe, Gould, P. Z. S. 1842, p. 58.
Dorcopsis ? aurantiacus, W. & N.C. Rothsch. Noy. Zool. v. p. 513
(1898).

General appearance dull sandy, indistinctly mixed with
dark brown. Limbs not much paler than body, brownish
grey, darker towards the toes. Markings rather indistinct.
Hairs of the hip-stripe reddish yellow with white tips.
Under surface of body white, the hairs having sandy bases.

Hab. Arnhem Land, Northern Territory of South
Australia.

I am quite unable to distinguish from this form Dorcopsis
aurantiacus, which resembles it in the dull sandy colouring,
and has reversed the hairs between the ears like M. agilis,
but not on the back like true Dorcopsis.

2. Macropus agilis papuanus (Ptrs. & Doria).
Macropus papuanus, Ptrs. & Dor, Ann. Mus. Genoy. iil. p. 544

(1875).
Macropus papuensis, Scl. P. Z. 8. 1875, p. 532.
Halmaturus crassipes, Rams, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W.1i. p. 162 (1876),
Macropus agilis, Thos. Cat. Mars. Mon. Brit. Mus. pp. 42, 43 (1888).

Upper side dark brownish yellow, the hairs being annu-
lated with dark yellow and black, often having dark tips.
Nape of the neck a little lighter. Limbs whitish yellow,
darker towards the toes. Hairs of the sides of the body
with reddish-brown bases and white tips. Markings pro-
minent, especially the hip-stripe. Under surface of body
white, the hairs being so almost to their bases.

Hab. Southern New Guiuea.

This is a rather dark form with prominent markings.

3. Macropus agilis gardinei (De Vis).
Halmaturus jardineit, De Vis, Proc. Roy, Soc. Queensl. i. p. 169
(1884).

Macropus agilis, Thos. Cat. Mars. Mon. Brit. Mus. pp. 42, 43 (1886).

Upper side light yellowish sandy, distinctly speckled with
black, the hairs sometimes with short dark tips. Nape of
the neck brighter coloured, golden yellow, and less speckled.
Limbs white, extreme tipsof the toesdark brown. Markings

Ann. & dlag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. v. 12

166 Wallabies usually referred to Macropus agilis.

very prominent, especially the pure white cheek-stripe and
the hip-stripe. Chest pure white, belly yellowish.

Hab. Northern Queensland.

In the distinctness of the markings and the speckling this
form somewhat approaches the New Guinea form, from
which it is at once distinguishable by the light colour of the
body. The British Museum possesses a large series of
specimens from Inkerman, North Queensland, referred to by
Thomas and Dollman (P. Z. 8. 1908, p. 798) as M. agilis.

4. Macropus ayilis aurescens, subsp. n.

Characterized by the pale reddish sandy upper side, and
the almost entire absence of dark speckling in the adult (not
in the young). Nape of neck not lighter than back ; sides
of body slightly paler. Limbs yellowish. Markings of face
not very prominent; hip-stripe rather distinct, yellowish
white. Hairs of under surface white with narrow yellowish
sandy bases.

Hab. N.W. Australia. (Specimens from Fitzroy River
and Grant Range examined.)

Type. B.M. 0.6.1.5. Old g. J.T. Tunney coll. Fitzroy
River, W. Kimberley.

Dimensions of type (measured in the skin) :—

Head and body 1050 mm.; tail 710; hind foot 240;
ear 69.

Skull: basal length 141; greatest breadth 78; palatal
length 96; facial index 268; palatal furamina 6:2; length
of the upper tooth-row from front of “secator” to back of
last molar 40; length of ‘‘ secator” 9.

This new form is most nearly allied to M. egilis, Gould,
but differs in the brighter colouring of the upper side and
the almost entire absence of dark hairs.

The young of all these forms differ from the adult in
being darker, rather more reddish sandy in colour, more
distinctly suffused with black, having longer fur and less
prominent markings. The difference in size between the
adult male and female of these wallabies is noteworthy, the
old male being rather larger than the females of the different
wallaroos (M. rolustus). Certainly itis the largest of all the
wallabies; the female, on the contrary, is considerably
smaller.

I am unable to find any skull-character separating the
different subspecies. Tlere is a certain amount of individual
variation in the skulls, but no subspecific features are
developed.

4

New Pterasteridee from the North Pacific. 167

XXIII.— New Pterasteridee from the North Pacific.
By Watter K. Fisuer, Stanford University, Calitornia.

THE new species of Pteraster will be rendered more intelli-
gible if contrasted with known forms in the following
synopsis. The species mentioned are not all that occur in
the region of the North Pacific, but include most of the
o-rayed forms. ‘These will be fully figured and described in
a later publication.

PTERASTER.

a. Form stellate; R exceeding 1°8 r, usually
2 r or more.
6. Tube-feet in 2 series; supradorsal mem-
brane with spiny spicules; oral spines
webbed ; superoral spine stout.
ce. R=2 to 2°5r; adambulacral comb with
more than 5 spines ; oral spines 6 to 8;
superoral spine cylindrical, not 3-edged ;
paxilla stalk low, with 3 to 5 spines .. militaris {(Miiller).
ec. R=1:87 r; adambulacral comb with 5
spines; oral spines 5; superoral very
large, 3-edged ; paxilla stalk high, with
GISPRUIES? 5c « So.0'o ash eae eat ae tora ao trigonodon, sp. n.
6b. Tube-feet crowded, in 4 series, at least
proximally ; supradorsal membrane either
without deposits or with a very few
simple rods; oral spines partly or wholly
webbed ; superoral spine slender.
ce. R=27r; adambulacral comb of 3 or 4
spines; oral spines 4; no small lateral
pockets back of aperature papille ;
no deposits in supradorsal membrane ;
paxilla spines usually 2, longer ; spira-
GUAR PIEGOH iy id anes sacle al. 935.8106 v2 Jordan’, Fisher,
ec. R=1'8 to 2°5 r; adambulacral comb
of 5 spines proximally; oral spines 5 ;
small shallow pockets just back of
aperature papillae ; supradorsal mem-
brane with few scattered simple rods ;
paxilla spines 3, shorter; spiracula
SURED ESI it aierovie toy Samat ote. s marsippus, Sp. N.
aa. Form more or less pentagonal; R less than
1-897.
b. Oral spines 6, free; superoral spine very
slender; spiracula very numerous; lateral
fringe defining ambitus; no spicules in
supradorsal membrane ; R=1:4+7...... coscinopeplus, sp. 0,
66. Oral spines 5 to 7, the entire 10 to 14 united
by a continuous membrane; R=1°3 7;
deposits present or absent ; abactinal
surface swollen and more or less warty in
adult.

168 Mr. W. K. Fisher on new Pterasteridz

c. Paxille with high pedicel and 5 to 15

(5 to 7 in Alaskan specimens) spines ;

superoral spine slender, eylindrical;

muscle-bands connecting tips of paxillar

spinelets; aperature slits small; oral

spines 6 or 7; no deposits in supra-

dorsal membrane; lateral fringe not

definwip ambiiS "sb. Gis: erent pulvillus, Sars,

ce, Paxille low, with low pedicel and 5-7

short spines; superoral spine with 3

sharp edges; no muscle-bands connect-

ing tips of paxillar spinelets ; aperature

slits unusually large; oral spines 5;

in supradorsal membrane deposits in the

form of branched rods; lateral fringe
dehiming ambitws Giih noe 5 Fs,aiclerns oe temnochiton, sp. 1.

bbb. Oral spines 38, the series independently

webbed; abactinal surface not much
elevated and not at all warty .......... multispinus, Clark.

Pteraster trigonodon, sp. n.

Rays 5. R=30 mm., r=16mm., R=1°87 7; breadth of
ray at base 18 mm. General form stellate with angular
interbrachial ares. Disk moderately high; vertical diameter
about two-thirds breadth of ray. Supradorsal membrane
thin, without definite reticulations; calcareous deposits
abundant, in the form of irregular spiny rods; spiracula
numerous, large; pseudopaxille with high pedicels and 6
divergent spines; 5 adambulacral and 5 webbed marginal
mouth-spines; aperature papilla very broad ; superoral spine
very large, sharp, and 3-edged ; actinolateral membrane
narrow, not defining ambitus.

Off Santa Cruz Island, California, 447 to 510 fathoms.
Bottom, black mud.

Pteraster marsippus, sp. 0.

In general appearance and proportions similar to jordant ;
differs in having 3 shorter paxillar spines, sparse calcareous -
deposits in the form of simple straight rods of small size in
supradorsal membrane, proximally 5 adambulacral spines
(far along ray only 4), and especially in having the aperature
papilla partially tented over by a membrane passing from one
comb to the next, and merging outwardly with the actino-
lateral membrane. A shallow side pocket opening mesially
is thus formed, at the mouth of which is the aperature papilla.
No spiracles.

Type. R=100 mm., r=40 mm., R=2°5 r; breadth of
ray at base 45 mm.; RK varies to 1'8 r.

from the North Pacifie. 169

Near Attu Island, Aleutians, 135 fathoms. Bottom, coarse
pebbles.

Pteraster coscinopeplus, sp. n.

Stellato-pentagonal. R=30mm.,r=21mm., R=1:4+r;
breadth of ray, omitting lateral fringe 22 mm., with lateral
fringe 25 mm. Supradorsal membrane without special
muscle-bands connecting summits of spines, but with a fine
reticulation ; spiracula very numerous, small; no spicules ;
paxille with high pedicels and 6 to 8 spines; actinolateral
membrane very wide, the free border defining entire ambitus ;
6 webbed adambulacral spinelets ; 1 very slender superoral
spine; 6 slender free marginal mouth-spines.

Off San Diego, California, 339 fathoms. Bottom, mud.

Pteraster temnochiton, sp. n.
Rays 5.. R=21 mm., r=16 mm., R=1:3+r; breadth

of ray at base, without lateral fringe 9 to 1L mm., with lateral
fringe 12 to 12°50 mm. General form stellato- pentagonal ;
interbigchial arcs shallow ; lateval fringe defining ambitus ;
pseudopaxille low, with 5 to 7 spines; no reticulation ;
groups of spines independent and spaced ; scattered branched
irregular rods in membrane; adambulacral spines 5 to 4
webbed, the outer standing perpendicular, not subparallel to
actinolateral membrane which is wide; aperatares long; apera-
ture papillze slender, sharp, with slightly convex aboral margin ;
o:al spines 5, slender, all 10 united by continuous membrane ;
superoral spine sharp, 8-edged, much heavier tan marginal
spines,

Near Attu Island, Aleutians, 135 fathoms. Bottom,
coarse pebbles.

HYMENASTER.

Three species occurring off the west coast of North America
are contrasted in the following synopsis :—

a. Adambulacral armature consisting of 1 spine-
let; size very large; paxillee forming special
raised areas; spiracula small, in definite
GCUPCMMERE TIGR BCR dao ang) s 2,02 w viphebol cl cig vue koehleri, sp. n.
aa. Adambulacral armature consisting of more
than 1 spinelet; spiracula not in definite
circumscribed areas.
6. Median radial paxille very much reduced
in size, with 1 to 3 basal lobes; 5 rows
of paxillee on ray ; adambulacral spinelets
Obese eres D558 dite ON eg ETE perissonotus, sp. 0.

170 New Pterasteride from the North Facific.

bb. Median radial paxille not greatly reduced
in size, with 4 basal lobes; 9 rows of
paxille along ray; very numerous small [Fisher.
spiracula ; adambulacral spinelets 4 or 5. quadrispinosus,

Hymenaster koehleri, sp. n.

Very near to H. nobilis, Wyville Thomson, which it re-
sembles in general appearance, number and arrangement of
paxillar spines and adambulacral spines, but from which it
differs in the following details :—spiracula in very definite
circumscribed areas, not confluent between the paxillar
crowns; the regular transverse spiracular areas of inter-
brachial web of nobilis absent or only indicated irregularly
toward ends of rays; replaced proximally by detached
scattered small spiracular areas; furrow spinelet much
shorter than segmental papilla; oral spines short (half
length of interradial suture, or less), R=100 mm.,
r=70'mm., R=1-4 r.

Bering Sea, south of Pribilof Islands, 1771 fathoms.
Bottom, blue ooze.

Named after Dr. R. Koehler. ©

Iymenaster pertssonotus, sp. n. 4

General form depressed, nearly pentagonal, with subplane
abactiual surface and extensive interradial webs supported
by actiuolateral spines, which are conspicuously heavier
beyond middle of ray. Paxillar area not conspicuously
raised. Marginal paxille conspicuously larger than the 3
series of abactinal, the radial being very short and, distally,
rudimentary. Supradorsal membrane close to abactinal wall
along median radial area. Spiracula large, scattered, fairly,
but not very, numerous; membrane with very numerous
criss-crossing muscle-fibres, which radiate from tips of delicate
paxilla spinelets; usually 3 or 4 of these to a paxilla; points
of spinelets uniformly spaced on supradorsal membrane,
and individual paxille not distinguishable. Adambulacral
spinelets 2 or less often 3; oral spines 5 or 6, rarely 7,
superoral spines 1 or 2; aperature papille large, ovate.
R=70 mm., r=50 mm., R=1°4 r.

Off San Diego, California, 984 fathoms. Bottom, grey
mud. Ranges to Bering Sea.

New Genera of Starfishes. 171

XXI1IV.—New Genera of Starfishes.
By Watter K. Fisuer, Stanford University, California.

THE following genera will be described in detail and figured
in an Eeteneine “report on the Asteroidea of the North Pacific:
now in preparation.

THRISSACANTHIAS, gen. nov.

Astropectinide near Persephonaster, Alcock, but differing
in the arrangement of gonads, which are not confined to the
interradii, but extend fora short distance on either side along
ray as a number of distinct tufts depending from the genital
stolon; adambulacral plates with 1 or 2 enlarged actinal
spines ; disk of medium size, depressed, rays long ; ; abactinal
surface with true paxille arranged in regular oblique trans-
verse rows; no enlarged radial series; papule all over
abactinal surface, except at tip of ray; actinal intermediate
plates extending far along ray ; interradial areas rather small ;
spiniform fascicular pedicellariz on marginals ; anus present ;
madreporic body large, not hidden.

Type, Persephonaster penicillatus, Fisher, Bull. Bureau of
Fisheries, 1904, xxiv. 1905, p. 297. Of Los Coronados
Islands, Lower California, 530 fathoms.

GEPHYREASTER, gen. nov.

Mimasterine related to Mimaster, Sladen, but differing in
having stout tabulate paxille with strongly stellate bases by
which the plates overlap; in the character of actinal inter-
mediate plates, which, instead of bearing small tufts of spines
forming spaced paxille, are densely covered with spinelets ;
in the armature of the mouth-plates, which have a peculiar
angular marginal series situated between peristome and
superficies ot plate on inner end; superambulacral plates
present. Marginal plates, adambulaeral plates, and armature
similar to those of Mimaster, the first without enlarged
spinules.

Type, Mimaster sw/ft’, Fisher, Bull. Bureau of Fisheries,
1904, xxiv. 1905, p. 301. Stephens Passage, Alaska, 188-
131 fathoms.

This genus is intermediate in many respects between
Mimaster aud Pseudarchaster, but is nearer to the former.

SPHARIODISCUS, gen. nov.

Goniasterine differing from Pentagonaster, Gray (type,
P. pulchellus), in having the abactinal and actinal plates

172 New Genera of Starfishes.

wholly granulated; in having not the last but the penultimate
or antepenultimate marginals, enlarged ; in having marginals
with spaced granules. “The abactinal plates are flat-topped
and slightly tabulate on radial areas; the actinals are flat,
never convex.

Type, Stephanaster bourget’, Perrier, Expéd. Scientif.
du Travailleur et du Talisman, 1894, p. 403, pl. 26. fig. 1.

Pentagonaster as here used includes a small eroup of
southern species of which P. pu/chellus is thetype. Stephan-
aster, Ayres, type S. elegans, Ayres (=P. pulchellus), is
strictly a synonym of Pentagonaster in its narrowest sense.
Spheriodiscus includes also Pentagonaster ammophilus, Fisher,
Hawaiian Islands.

Pentagonaster differs from Goniaster (type Asterias tessel-
lata, Lamarck= Goniaster cuspidatus, Gray) in lacking
abactinal tubercles; in having the last marginal plate of
both series enlarged ; in lacking abactinal secondary ossicles,
and numerous papular pores separated by intermediate
granules between the dorsal plates of papular areas; in
having abactinal and actinal intermediate plates free from
granules except for a marginal series of granules. “

Pentagonaster is distinguished from Tosia, Gray (type
T. australis, Gray), by the enlarged distal marginal of both
series (if a marginal is enlarged in Tosia it is the last supero-
marginal only) : in the character of the pedicellarie, which
have narrow spatulate jaws (as in Goniaster) ; in Tosia they
are low, bivalved, and wider than high, or are absent
altogether.

Tosia, as here limited, includes a few southern species—
not granularis. Ceramaster, Verrill (type C. granularis), and
Plinthaster, Vervrill (type P. perriert), I regard as guite
distinct genera. Pyrenaster, Verrill (type P. dentatus,
Perrier, 1884), according to the testimony of the type speci-
men, which | have examined, is synonymous with Plinthaster.
If there is to be any uniting of genera it should be Goniaster,
Pentagonaster, and Tosia, deeidedly not Tosia with Ceramaster
or with Plnthaster.

HETEROZONIAS, gen. nov.

Solasteridze with a wide-meshed abactinal skeleton, and
small pseudopaxille like Solaster, but differing from that
genus in having a complete series of actinal intermediate
plates to tip of ray and in the arrangement of marginal
paxille, which consist of transversely oriented prominent
inferomarginals alternating with longitudinally oriented less

On Mammals from Northern Rhodesia. 1d

prominent superomarginals, all in a single linear series.
Adambulacral armature as in Solaster. Papulze numerous
and prominent.

Type, Crossaster alternatus, Fisher, Proc. Washington
Acad. Sciences, viii. 1906, p. 131. Santa Barbara Islands,
Cal., 414 fathoms.

XXV.—On a Collection of Mammals made by Mr, S. A.
Neave, during his Expedition in Northern Rhodesia. By
Guy DoLuMAy.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

THe area in which Mr. Neave collected is situated between
Lake Bangweolo and Lake Mweru, bounded on the west by
the Luapula River, and on the east by the Mchinga Escarp-
ment, extending as far north as the southern end of Lake
Tanganyika and as far south as Mpika. No collection of
mammals of any importance has ever been received from
this district before, and therefore it is not surprising to find
that some of the specimens represent new and hitherto un-
described forms. The mammalian fauna of this area would
appear to be very similar to that of North Nyasaland, and
though a few of the species show a distinct relationship with
the West African fauna, the majority of forms are Hast
African. The mammals of the Kalungwisi and Chambezi
Rivers appear very much the same as those that occur on the
Nyika Plateau, mixed with a sprinkling of South Nyasa
forms, such as the small Zomba dormouse, Graphiurus gohn-
stont, Thos., a specimen of which Mr. Neave obtained from
the Chambezi River District. Some of the species would
appear to indicate a relationship with the Tanganyika and
Uganda faune. Thus we find in the collection both the
Marungu dermouse Graphiurus microtis, Noack, and the
Kast African Mus jacksone, de Wint.

Of the novelties, the Shrews are perhaps the most
interesting. One of the forms, Croeidura luna, was obtained
by Mr. Neave during his earlier expedition in Katanga.
Since my paper on the Katanga mammals *, the series of
Central and East African Crecidura in the British Museum
collection has been considerably increased, and it is now
evident that these Katanga specimens ought to be considered as

* Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) iii. p. 850 (1909).

174 Mr. G. Dollman on

representing a distinct species. The series of Lophuromys from
Mporokoso would appear to be new, being unlike any of the
East or West African forms at present known. This species
was also represented in the Katanga collection, and it is one
of these Congo specimens that has been chosen as the type.

In addition to the descriptions of the new forms, a com-
plete list of all the mammals obtained by Mr. Neave in
Northern Rhodesia is here given, as so many of the species
are of interest from a distributional point of view.

1. Galago crassicaudatus, E. Geoff.
¢. 172. Kalungwisi River.

2. Gulago nyose, Elliot.
3.173. Kalungwisi Valley.

It is interesting to find this rare lemur occurring in
Northern Rhodesia, the type, the only other specimen at
present known, coming from Southern Nyasa.

3. Scotophilus viridis damarensis, Thos.

dg. 104. Lundazi River, Loangwa Valley.

4. Scoteinus schlieffent, Peters.
. 147. Lofu River, south of Lake Tanganyika.
. 174. Kalungwisi Valley.
. 111. Upper Loangwa Valley.

+0 Gy +0

5. Pipistrellus nanus, Peters.
. 144. Upper Kalungwisi River.
. 179. Edge of Chimpili Plateau.
. 143. Luwingu, Chimpili Plateau.
. 192. Loangwa River.
. 102. Loangwa Valley.

Oy 40 A, 40.04

6. Nasilio brachyurus, B. du Bocage.

6. 184. East of Lake Bangweolo.

9. 164. Kalungwisi Valley.

These specimens would appear to belong to the West
African species, JV. brachyurus, and not to the South African
form, N. brachyrhynchus, Smith. In Mr. Neave’s last col-
lection from Katanga the two species were both represented,
apparently living side by side in the same locality.

Mimmals from Northern Rhodesia. 175

7. Crocidura neave’, Wrought.

3. 166. Kalungwisi River.

U. neaved was founded by Wroughton on a single speci-
men contained in the 1905 Neave Collection from the Ndola
District, the type locality being the Kafue River.

8. Crocidura luna, sp. n.

3d. 70; ?. 71. Bunkeya River, Katanga, Congo.

do. 94. Lufupa River, Katanga, Congo.

Similar in size to Crocidura hindet, Thos., but grey in
colour instead of brownish red.

Tail rather long, otherwise proportions as in C. hinde?.
Fur of medium length, measuring about 6 mm. in length on
back. General colour of upper surface smoke-grey (between
slate-grey no. 1 and otter-brown no. 1, ‘ Repertoire de
Couleurs’), rather browner on the back, paling to greyish
brown on the sides. Individual hairs of back slaty grey at
base, turning greyish white towards the apical portion, tips
brown. Backs of hands and feet thinly covered with short
greyish-white hairs. Under surface of body slaty grey,
washed over with silvery white. Individual hairs of belly
slate-grey with greyish-white tips. Tail thinly covered with
short grey hairs; the longer hairs fairly numerous and
evenly scattered throughout the basal half.

Skull with rather a broad cranial region.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 88 mm.; tail 60; hind foot 15; ear 12.

Skull: greatest length 24°5; basal length 21°3 ; greatest
breadth across brain-case 10:5; greatest breadth across
maxillary region 7°5; palatal length 10°5 ; length of upper
tooth-row from front of first incisor to back of last molar I 1.

Hab. Bunkeya River, Katanga, Congo, altitude 3400 feet.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 9. 1. 3. 3. Original num-
ber 70. Collected on August 31st, 1907.

This species is easily distinguished from its near allies by
the cold grey colour of the fur, and the broad, rather flat

skull.

9. Crocidura electa, sp. n.

&. 150. Kamtoby, south of Lake Tanganyika.

?. 152. Lofu Valley, Tanganyika Plateau.

Allied to the foregoing species, but rather smaller in size
and with a shorter tail.

176 Mr. G. Dollman on

Tail rather short, nearly 10 mm. shorter than that of
C. luna. General colour of upper surface very much as in
C. luna (between slate-grey no. 1 and otter-brown no. 1,
‘Repertoire de Couleurs’). Sides of head and flanks grey
(slate-grey no. 1, ‘ Repertoire’). Individual hairs of back
dark slaty grey at base, paling to greyish white terminally ;
tips brown. Lower surface of body silvery grey. Hairs of
belly dark slate-coloured, with greyish-white tips. Tail very
thinly clad with short grey hairs, a few longer hairs present
on the basal half, as in C. luna.

Skull rather smaller than that of the foregoing species.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 78 mm. ; tail 47; hind foot 13:5; ear 10.

Skull: greatest length 23°3; basal length 20; greatest
breadth across brain-case 10°3; greatest breadth across
maxillary region 7°5; palatal length 10; length of upper
tooth-row from front of first incisor to back of last molar 10°7.

Hub. Kamtoby, south of Lake Tanganyika. Altitude
4500 feet.

Type. Adult male. B.M.no. 9.12.4.15. Original num-
ber 150. Collected on August 21st, 1908.

This well-marked species is readily recognized by its small
size, and although closely resembling C. /una in colour, it is
distinguished at once by the smaller size of the body and
proportionally shorter tail.

10. Crocidura turba, sp. n.

6.141; ¢. 140. Chilui Island, Lake Bangweolo.

?. 181. Luwingu, between Lakes Bangweolo and
Tanganyika.

6. 178. Machinga Plateau, Kalungwisi District.

Size and general colour of upper surface very much as in
Crocidura fumosa, Thos., but with a shorter tail, narrower
skull, and pure grey-coloured belly.

Fur measuring about 5°5 mm. in length on back. General
colour of upper surface dark brown (sepia no. 3, ‘ Repertoire
de Couleurs’), slightly paler on flanks. Individual hairs of
back grey with long brown tips. Backs of hands and feet
thinly covered with short brownish hairs. Under surface of
bedy silvery grey. Hairs of belly dark slate-coloured, tips
greyish white. Tail covered with short dark hairs, inter-
mingled with which are a number of longer hairs, irregularly
scattered throughout the basal two-thirds of the tail.

Skull slender and long, rather narrow across maxillary and
cranial regions.

Mammals from Northern Rhodesia. 177

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 96 mm.; tail 43°5; hind foot 15; ear
10°5.

Skull: greatest length 24; basal length 21; greatest
breadth across brain-case 10; greatest breadth across
maxillary region 7; palatal length 10; length of upper
tooth-row from front of first incisor to back of last molar L0°7.

Hab. Chilui Island, Lake Bangweolo. Altitude 3900 feet.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 9. 12. 4. 17. Original
number 141. Collected July 7th, 1908.

This shrew, though allied to C. fumosa, must be con-
sidered specifically distinct on account of its much narrower
and longer skull and the pearl-grey coloured under parts.

11. Croctdura sp.

gd. 142. Chilui Island, Lake Bangweolo.

A large form apparently allied to the foregoing species.
On account of its skull being very imperfect I am unable to
definitely determine what species it is most nearly allied to,
and until further specimens are available for examination it
is impossible to settle the matter satisfactorily.

12. Aonyx maculicollis, Licht.
g. 183. Hast of Lake Bangweolo.

Unlike the South African specimens, this otter has practi-
cally no white markings on the chest and throat. At present
there is not material enough to hand to decide whether this
character is of any specific value.

13. Crossarchus fasciatus, Desm.

3.175. Kalungwisi River.

14, Helogale varia, Thos.
$. 176. Kalungwisi River.

15. Canis lateralis, Sclat.
¢. 128. Chambezi River.

16. Paraxerus cepapi quotus, Wrought.
S. 101. Loangwa Valley.

178 Mr. G. Dollman on

17. Heltose‘urus rhodesie, Wrouglit.

o. 124,124; 9.121. Chambezi River.
6.171. Kalungwisi River.
d. 182. Luena River.

18. Graphiurus microtis, Noack.

9. 157. Lofu Valley, Tanganyika Plateau.

?. 177. Machinga Plateau, Kalungwisi District.

9.190. Mpika Plateau.

These specimens would appear to represent Noack’s
G. microt/s, though they are all rather larger in size than the
dimensions given in his description. As however the type
locality of Noack’s species was Marungu, there seems to be
no reason why these Kalungwisi and Lofu specimens should
be regarded as other than true micro is.

19. Graphiurus johnstoni, Thos.
9.127. Chambezi River.

20. Yatera liodon, Thos.

. 145. Lofu River, Tanganyika Plateau.
. 129. Chambezi River.
. 188; ¢. 186. Hast of Lake Bangweolo.

O, +0 +0

21. Tatera nyase, Wrought.

. 106, 107, 109. Upper Loangwa Valley.
. 112. Mirongo, Loangwa River.

+0 +0

22. Otomys irroratus nytke, Wrought.
9. 139. Chirui Island, Lake Bangweolo.

23. Dendromus whytet, Wrought.
@. 118. Chambezi Valley.

24. Steatomys pratensis, Peters.

. 185. East of Lake Bangweolo.
. 110. Upper Loangwa Valley.

+0 OY

25. Mus rattus, L.
3d. 131; ¢. 180. Luena, Bangweolo Basin.

Mammals from Northern Rhodesia. 179

26. Mus chrysophilus, de Wint.
. 146. Lofu River, Tanganyika Plateau.
. 113. Chinsali, Loangwa River.
. 103. Lundazi River, North Loangwa Valley.

+0 Oy OY

27. Mus walambe, Wrought.

. 120, 122, 125, 126. Chambezi River.
. 169. Kalungwisi River.

. 133. Edge of Chimpili Plateau.

. 182. Upper Luansenshi River.

+0 +0 0, OY

28. Mus coucha, Smith.

o. 138. Chishi Island, Lake Bangweolo.
g. 189. Lower Chambezi River.

29. Mus jacksoni, de Wint.
g. 163. Mporokoso, south of Lake ‘Tanganyika.

30. Thamnromys surdaster, Thos. & Wrought.

6. 153, 154, 156; 9. 155. Lofu River, south end of
Lake Tanganyika.

31. Leggada triton murilla, Thos.
3.165. Kalungwisi Valley.

32. Leggada bella, Thos.
¢. 137. Chishi Island, Lake Bangweolo.

33. Lophuromys rita, sp. n.

3. 159, 160, 161; 2. 162. Mporokoso, south of Lake
Tanganyika.

3. 86. Lufupa River, Katanga, Congo.

Allied to Z. zena, Dollm., but redder in colour and rather
more finely speckled.

Size and general proportions as in Z, zena. Hair of the
usual Lophuromys type, rather long on the back, measuring
about 13 mm. in length. General colour of back reddish
brown (between warm sepia no. 1 and burnt umber no. 2,
‘ Repertoire de Couleurs’), speckled all over with pinkish
buff. Individual hairs of back reddish orange at base,
gradually darkening towards apical portion to a brownish

180 On Mammals from Northern Rhodesia.

red; subterminal rings orange, tips dark brown. Flanks rather
paler than back. Backs of hands and feet brown, metatarsal
region partially buffy. Under surface of body cinnamon-
erey (snuff-brown no. 1, ‘ Repertoire’); individual hairs of
belly buff-coloured at base, terminal halves grey, tips
cinnamon. Chest brighter in colour (buff no. 1, ‘ Repertoire’), :
hairs without grey bases. Upper side of tail thinly covered
with short dark brown hairs ; lower surface very similar,
hairs a little greyer.

Skull like that of Z. zena; posterior nares rather broader.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 107°5 mm. ; tail 68; hind foot 21; ear 16.

Skull: condylo-basal length 29; basal length 26; con-
dylo-basilar length 27; basilar length 24; zygomatic breadth
15; palatal length 14°6; palatilar length 13; greatest length
of nasals 12; length of palatal foramina 6°3; length of
upper tooth-row 5.

Hab. Lufupa River, Katanga, Congo. Altitude 4000 feet.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 9. 1. 3. 36. Original num-
ber 86. Collected on October 2nd, 1907.

In addition to the type Mr. Neave collected four specimens
of Lophuromys at Mporokoso, south of Lake ‘Tanganyika, all
four being very similar in colour to the Katanga specimen.

‘This species would appear to be more nearly allied to the
Aberdare form, L. zena, Dollm., than to LZ. aquilus, True,
from which it is readily distinguished by the entire upper
surface being finely speckled with pinkish buff. ZL. zena is
rather more coarsely speckled, and the general colour of the
upper and lower surfaces a good deal paler.

It is probable that when this genus is more fully known it
may be thought necessary to reduce this form to subspecific
rank. For the present, however, it is more convenient to
regard it as a distinct species, since the relations of the other
forms are not yet satisfactorily determined.

34. Saccostomus campestris, Peters.
@. 187. East shore of Lake Bangweolo.

35. Dasymys bentleye, Thos.
?. 180. Luwingu, north-east of Lake Bangweolo.

36. Arvicanthis pulchellus, Gray.
151. 2. Lofu River, Tanganyika Plateau.

On new Crustacea from Christmas Island. 181

37. Pelomys fallax, Peters.
?. 167,168,170. Kalungwisi River.

38. Georychus mellandi, Thos.
d- 119. Chambezi Valley.

39. Georychus amatus, Wrought.

. 114,116; 9. 115,117. Chambezi Valley.
. 134. Edge of Chimpili Plateau.
. 148, 149. Lofu River, south of Lake Tanganyika.

Oy Oy Oy

XXVI.—On Two new Species of Wood-boring Crustacea from
Christmas Island. By W.T.CAtMaAN, D.Sc.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)
[Plate V.]

Amon@ the Crustacea collected by Dr. C. W. Andrews,
F.R.S., on his visit to Christmas Island in 1908, and pre-
sented to the British Museum by Sir John Murray, K.C.B.,
F.R.S., are two species, an Amphipod and an Isopod, which
were found boring into the piles of the pier at Flying-Fish
Cove. It is worthy of note that, although both species are
apparently undescribed, they belong to the same genera,
Chelura and Limnoria, as the two species that are associated
together in destroying submarine timber on our own coasts.

The aberrant Amphipod family Cheluride has hitherto
comprised only a single species, the well-known Chelura
terebrans of the North Atlantic and adjoining seas, and the
discovery of a second species in the Indian Ocean is there-
fore of some interest.

Of the Isopod genus Limnoria five species have already
been described. JL. pfeffert, Stebbing, the only one known
in tropical seas, comes from the island of Minikoi, but it
appears to be very distinct from the species described below.

Order AMPHIPODA.
Suborder GAMMARIDEA.
Family Cheluride.

All necessary references to the literature of the family and
of its type species will be found in Mr. Stebbing’s invaluable

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. v. 13

182 Dr. W. T. Calman on new

revision of the Gammaridea (‘ Das Tierreich,’ Lief. 21, 1906,
p- 693). Some modification of the definitions given in that
work is necessary to admit the species described below. In
the definition of the family the words “ Pleopods with
peduncle produced on the inner side” must be omitted. In
that of the genus “ pleon segments 1 and 2 very short” and
“antenna 1 short” are no longer applicable; the inner plate
of “ maxilla 1” may have nine sete and that of ‘ maxilla 2”
four sete on the inner margin; the “ 2nd joint little ex-
panded” does apply to the fifth perzeopods, and the inner
ramus of ‘ uropod 3”’ is absent in the new species.

Chelura insule, sp.n. (PI. V. figs. 1-6.)

Description of ovigerous female.—Length of body about
ih mm.; greatest breadth about ‘9 mm.

General form of the body (fig. i) more slender than in
C. terebrans, the dorsal surface with more numerous scattered
sete. Third pleon somite with three subequal tubercles on
its hind margin (fig. 2); the following segment (fourth to
sixth somites fused) about one-fifth of total length of body.
Fifth and sixth side-plates with very small anterior lobe.

Antennule (fig. 1) nearly two-fifths as long as body; fla-
gellum sparsely setose, little longer than last segment of
peduncle, with five segments ; accessory flagellum unseg-
mented, about half as long as first segment of flagellum.

Antenna (fig. 1) about half as long as body; last segment
of peduncle subequal to penultimate and longer than ante-
penultimate, less densely setose than the flagellum ; flagellum
more than three times as long as broad, with indications of ©
segmentation becoming more distinct distally.

Mouth-parts closely resembling those of C. terebrans, but
the mandibular palp is longer and has a relatively larger
proximal segment with a group of sete at its distal end;
inner plate of maxillula broader, with about nine sete ;
inner plate of maxilla with four sete below the longer one
which marks the distal limit of the inner edge.

First gnathopods (fig. 3) very large, about two-fifths of
length of body ; breadth of propodus (palm) two-thirds of its
length, palmar edge sloping backwards to about half the
length of the propodus, irregularly dentate and defined by a
strong tooth ; dactylus stout, longer than the palmar edge.
Second gnathopods (fig. 4) slender; carpus about as long as
propodus, the latter about four times as long as broad, nar-
rowing distally, minutely subchelate; all the segments
carrying numerous very long sete. Pereopods (fig. 1) with

Wood-boring Crustacea from Christmas Island. 183

the basipodites much more expanded than in C. terebrans,
that of the last pair about two-thirds as broad as long ; distal
segments of last three pairs flattened, the propodus with a
row of strong spines on its hinder edge.

Pleopods (fig. 5) with the peduncle flattened, but not pro-
duced on the inner side. First uropods (fig. 1) with peduncle
nearly three times as long as endopod, which is about one-
third longer but not broader than the exopod; both rami
armed with stout spines. Peduncle of second uropods (figs. 1
& 2) nearly twice as long as broad, its strongly serrated
upper (or outer) edge only slightly curved, not produced as
in C. terebrans into arounded lobe. Third uropods (figs. 1
& 2) uniramous, the endopod wanting; exopod about twice
as long as broad.

Telson (fig. 2) slightly concave, not noticeably carinate, on
the dorsal surface, its breadth two-thirds of its length, witha
few serrations at the acute point.

The eggs are large (about ‘6 mm. in length) and not more
than three were found together in the marsupium. Some
ovigerous individuals were found of which the body-length
did not much exceed 3 mm., and in each of these the marsu-
pium contained only a single egg. In a small series of
C. terebrans examined for the purpose of comparison the
number of eggs carried by a single female varied from three
to eight.

Adult male (fig. 6).—Length of body about 7 mm.;
greatest breadth about 1*l mm.

Third pleon somite with median tubercle more acute but
no larger than in female; lateral tubercles broadened, with
deeply concave posterior margin and prominent corners,
Proportions of antennules and antennze much as in female
except that the antennal flagellum is more than four times as
long as broad.

First gnathopods (fig. 6) larger than in female, about three-
sevenths of length of body; propodus (palm) very massive,
with two large unequal teeth about the middle of its palmar
edge.

Peduncle of second uropods (fig. 6) more than twice as
long as wide, the setz on its upper edge longer and more
numerous than in the female. Hxopod of third uropods
(fig. 6) three times as long as broad, with a thick brush of
very long setze on its lower surface.

Remarks. — Of the numerous characters in which this
species differs from C. terebrans the great size of the anterior
gnathopods, the reduction of the median tooth on the third

pleon segment, the much longer antennules and antenne, and
133

184 Dr. W. T. Calman on new

the brush of hairs on the third uropods of the male are the
most conspicuous. The first of these and the absence of the
endopod of the third uropods are characters equivalent to
some that are used in other families of Gammaridea for the
separation of genera ; but there is as yet no necessity to give
them generic value in this case.

Order ISOPODA.
Suborder FLABELLIFERA.

Family Spheromide.
I follow Hansen (Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. (n. 8.) xlix. p. 98,

1905) in placing Limnoria in a subfamily, Limnoriine, of
the Spheromide instead of in a separate family. A trivial
modification in Hansen’s definition of the subfamily is re-
quired by the fact that the fifth pair of pleopods in the new
species are not entirely without marginal sete.

Limnoria andrewsi, sp.n. (Pl. V. figs. 7-14.)

Description of female (not ovigerous).—Length of body
when straightened out about 2:0 mm. ; breadth °65 mm.

General form of body (fig. 7) narrower than in L. lignorum
or L. pfeffert. The first free thoracic somite has only a
shallow transverse depression dorsally. The fifth abdominal
somite is almost as long, in the middle line, as the telsonic
segment; the latter hasa slight median elevation, indistinctly
bilobed, anteriorly, and its posterior margin is less evenly
rounded than in ZL. lignorum and L. pfeffert. The whole
dorsal surface is beset with short sete.

The antennules (fig. 8) have the second segment nearly
twice as long as broad and longer than the third. A minute
nodule (marked * in figure) bearing two sete on the distal
end of the third segment may perhaps represent a vestige of
the accessory (inner) flagellum. In the antenne (fig. 9) the
last segment of the peduncle is nearly twice as long as the
preceding.

The palp of the mandible (fig. 10) is more slender than in
any of the described species ; the second segment about one-
third longer than the first and nearly three times as long as
the third.

The epipod of the maxilliped (fig. 11) extends as far as
the distal end of the ischium ; it is about three times as long
aa wide, with a bluntly pointed apex.

The first gnathopod (fig. 12) resembles that of L. lig-

Wood-boring Crustacea from Christmas Island. 185

norum, but the accessory spine on the inner side of the
dactylus (fig. 13) is tridentate and there is a large spine with
a single row of comb-like teeth springing from the distal end
of the propodus in addition to the smaller doubly pectinate
spine present in Z. lignorum. In the succeeding limbs the
accessory spine is simple and there are no pectinate spines on
the propodus. None of the thoracic limbs have the distal
segments provided with tubercles or blunt spines. The last
pair are less elongated than in L. lignorum or L. pfeffert.

The endopod of the pleopods is narrowly oblong only in

the first pair; in the following pairs it becomes wider than
the exopod, and in the last pair, where the exopod is devoid
of sete, the endopod has two short plumose sete on its distal
edge. :
The exopod of the uropods (fig. 14) without its terminal
spine is about as long as the outer edge of the peduncle, and
the endopod is about half as long again; both rami are
slightly curved.

The dorsal surface is coloured by a varying amount of
black pigment forming an elegant and complex pattern.

There are no ovigerous specimens in the collection and
none of those dissected proved to be males.

Remarks.—Mr. Stebbing gave, in 1904 (Gardiner’s ‘ Fauna
Maldive and Laccadive Archip.’ ii. (3) p. 714), a key to the
four species of Limnoriathen known. ‘The species described
above falls into the third seetion of this key, having the epi-
pod of the maxillipeds longer than the basis, the exopodite
of the uropods not unguiform, and the rami of the uropods
not both very small. The two species in this section are
L segnis, Chilton, and L. pfeffert, Stebbing ; from the first
of these the present species differs in having the mandibular
palp well developed and consisting of three segments ; from
the second it differs in having the epipod of the maxillipeds
much more than twice as long as wide. From all four species
it is separated by the shortness of the peduncle of the uro-
pods, which does not exceed the exopod in length ; in all the
other species it exceeds the exopod and in L. antarctica and
L. pfeffert it is longer than the endopod.

So far as I am aware, the only species added to the genus
since the date of Mr. Stebbing’s paper is L. japonica, de-
scribed by Miss Richardson (Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus, xxxvii. p.95,
1909). ‘his species is characterized chiefly by the presence
of tubercles and ridges on the posterior part of the body; the
exopod of the uropods appears to be unguiform as in JL. lig-
norum, but no details are given as to the maxillipeds. A
point of some general interest is the presence on the antennule

186 Mr. J. S. Dunkerly on the Choanoflagellate

of the new species of what may be a vestige of the inner
flagellum. The only Isopoda in which any trace of this
flagellum has been found hitherto are the gigantic Bathy-
nomus and the cryptoniscan larve of some Epicaridea.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.

Fig. 1. Chelura insule, ovigerous female, from the side.

Fig. 2. Ditto. Posterior part of body, from above. ~

Ys a a Gnathopod of first pair.

Fag, ay ir Gnathopod of second pair.

Tig.4 Oi 55 Pleopod of second pair.

hig, asa 5 65 Adult male, from the side.

‘ig. 7. Limnoria andrewsi, female, from above.

Fig. 8. Ditto. Antennule. * Supposed vestige of inner flagellum.

9. °

} + Antenne.

Hig. 20, 3 3, Mandible.

Fig, UL, | gs Maxilliped.

Fig.12. ,, | Gnathopod of first pair.

Jae LS aes Terminal part of same, further enlarged.
iag.44; -,, Uropod.

XXVII.—WNotes on the Choanoflagellate Genera Salpingceca
and Polyceca, with Description of Polyceca dumosa, sp. n.
By J. 8. DunKerty, B.Sc., Assistant in Zoology Depart-
ment, Birkbeck College, London.

[Plates VI. & VII.}

THE Choanoflagellata have been little studied of late, and
after observing several freshwater forms, I spent a month of
1909 at the Plymouth Biological Station, in order to obtain
some knowledge of the marine members of the family. I
should like here to express my sincere thanks to the British
Association for the Advancement of Science for permission
to use their table, and also to the staff of the Laboratory for
their kind assistance. My work on these forms has received
the kindest encouragement and assistance from Professor
Minchin, who has allowed me to work at the Lister Institute.

SALPINGCGCA.

Salpingeca was established as a genus by James Clark (1),
and Saville Kent discovered a large number of different forms.
That all of Saville Kent’s so-called species are truly such is
more than doubtful: e. g., Francé has pointed out that Kent’s
figures of Monosiga ovata (2, pl. 1. fig. 33) and MM. consociata

Genera Salpingeeca and Polyceca. 187

(ibid. pl. tv. fig. 19) are practically identical. Most of the
species of Salpingeca admitted by Francé I have seen; one
species, the beautiful S. ampulla, had not been seen appa~-
rently by Francé, the latest monographer of the group.

The commonest species at Plymouth is S. vaginicola, which
has a very elongate lorica. In this species, which is large,
the blepharoplast, which has been seen in S. amphoridium by
Burck (5), is distinct in preparations stained with carmalum
or iron hematoxylin (PI. VI. figs. 1& 2). Certain interesting
results of division were seen (text-fig. 1, a-d) in this

Fig. 1.

Division (late stages) of S. vaginicola. In d arrow shows direction of
movement. (Diagrammatic.)

species. At a! the two products of division are seen in the
same lorica, and it may be noted that the lower individual (x)
which at this stage possessed collar and flagellum, is situate
in the lower portion of the lorica. The upper individual (y),

188 Mr. J. 8. Dunkerly on the Choanoflagellate

which had one flagellum, but no collar, was seen to move
slowly away and to settle down as at b. After ten minutes it
moved slowly away, with its flagellum trailing as a pulsellum
(d). At this stage x had moved up to near the mouth of its
lorica, the customary situation (c) ; apparently the animal
descends in its lorica for the purpose of division. The free
individual (y) was observed for an hour to be moving slowly
about with teeble movements of its flagellum. Hxtremely
fine pseudopodia were seen at times to be extruded from the
aflagellate region of the body (d). These may serve as
attaching processes when the animal settles down, but the
particular individual was unfortunately lost at this stage.

POLYGCA. °

Polyeca dichotoma (text-fig. 2) was the name given to a
species of Choanoflagellata found by Saville Kent in a marine
tank at the Crystal Palace in 1874. Since that time it has
not been recorded, neither Francé (4) nor Biitschli (3) having

Fig. 2.

Polyeca dichotoma (after Saville Kent).

seen it. Francé admits it as a genus in his monograph (loc,
cit.), but writes :— Diese eigentiimliche Art, ... wurde in.
den letzten 23 Jahren von Niemandem wiedergefunden.”

I found a form obviously answering to Kent’s description
of this genus quite abundant in a tank at Plymouth Marine
Biological Station in August 1909, but have not succeeded in
finding it in material from outside.

Genera Salpingeeca and Polyceca, 189

My drawings and preparations show that, in colony forma-
tion and in the shape of lorica, the specimens seen by me
differ considerably from those shown in the figures of S. Kent.
I am reluctant to establish a new species name in this little-
known group, but unfortunately S. Kent’s specific name of
dichotoma would be a positive misnomer for this form. It
will be seen (PI. VI. fig. 2) that from one basal individual as
many as five daughter individuals may arise. The form of
the lorica is very different from that shown in Kent’s figures,
the base tapering down very gradually ; also the body nearly
fills the lorica, whereas Kent shows the body as being about
one-half the width of the lorica. The stalk of Polyaca
dichotoma is shown as branching by Kent. I believe that
this was an error of interpretation. Certainly I have never
found a stalk branching in my species, although, without
careful observation, the crossing of two stalks (Pl. VI. fig. 2)
might easily be mistaken for such. Under these circum-
stances I am compelled to distinguish this species from that
of Kent, and, from the bushy form of full-grown colonies, the
name Polywca dumosa would appear to be suitable.

The form is very small, the lorica being 10°5 w in length
and 45 w in breadth, while the cell itself is only 6 « long and
4 broad. The flagellum is at least twice as long as the
cell-body and is generally in movement along its whole
length. The collar is usually very well expanded (Pl. VII.
figs. 3 & 4). It is worthy of note that in most of the
marine forms seen by me the collar was expanded into the
cup-shaped form which Kent always depicts. This is not the
case with freshwater forms, or rarely so, the collar being in
them more cylindrical in shape. Francé, being more familiar
with freshwater forms, was led by this fact to remark that
*‘ nur in ganz vereinzelten Fiillen ist das Collare tatsachlich
glockenformig,” but, in the majority of cases, Kent’s figures
are probably correct in this respect, as he worked a great
deal with marine Choanoflagellata.

The nucleus, not shown in most of Kent’s figures of
P. dichotoma, is seen in preparations stained with carmalum
or treated with iodine solution (Pl. VII. figs.5 & 6). Although
very obscure, it can be seen near the base of the flagellum.
Like most of the nuclei in Choanoflagellata, it consists of a
round evenly staining body, with a central deeply staining
karyosome. I have not seen a blepharoplast clearly.

The main interest of this form lies in its faculty for colony
formation. Division occurs as described above for Salpin-
geca, the two resulting cells lying somewhat obliquely in the
cell (text-fig. 3). The difference between Salpingeca and

190 On.the Genera Salpingceca and Polyceca.

Polyaca is that the daughter individual in Polywca erects its
lorica on the mouth of the mother individual’s lorica, instead
of swimming away and settling elsewhere.

The excessively attenuate base of the lorica in Polyaca
leads one to imagine that the length of stalk, in this form at
least, is due to the gradual increase in area of that part of

Fig. 3,

Fig. 8.—Division of P. dumosa (late stage).
Fig. 4.—Diagram showing mode of formation of lorica in P. dumosa.

the cell which is capable of secreting the material for the
formation of the lorica. A diagram (text-fig. 4) shows what
may happen in such cases. The successive stages of growth
of the cell are shown, and the secreting area in each case is
in continuous line, the rest of the cell-outline being dotted.
The form of the P. dumosa lorica suggests this mode of forma-

On new African Mammals. 191

tion of the stalk, and on purely & priori grounds it would be
unlikely for a cell to grow out unprotected on a long stalk,
and ¢hen to form a protective lorica. On the other hand, it is
difficult to see how, the lorica being once formed, the stalk
could be elongated by a cell situate within the lorica. How-
ever, the mode of secretion by similar stalked forms is little
understood, but this explanation suggested itself to me after
continued comparisons of the younger and older members of

a P. dumosa colony (Pl. VI. fig. 2, ¢ and d).

References to Literature.

(1) James CrarK. “On Spongiz Ciliate.” Mem. of Boston Soc. Nat,
Hist. vol. i. pt. 8. 1867.

(2) Savitte Kent. Manual of the Infusoria. 1881-82.

(3) Birscaii. “ Protozoa Flagellata” in Bronn’s ‘ Thierreich,’ Bd. i.
Abth. 2. 1883-87.

(4) R. Francé. Der Organismus der Craspedomonaden. 1897.

(5) Cart Burcx. ‘Studien iiber einige Choanoflagellaten.” Arch, f.
Protistenkunde, Bd. xvi. Heft 2. 1909,

EXPLANATION OF PLATES VI. & VII.

Fig.l a. Salpingeca vaginicola, Flemming—Fe hematoxylin. Indi-
vidual with long lorica,

Fig. 16. Ditto. Osmic 4 per cent.—carmalum.

Fig. 2. Polyeca dumosa, sp. n. Colony, showing method of growth.
a, degenerating individual in its lorica; 6, empty lorica;
e, young individual with short stalk and narrow lorica;
d, older individual with longer stalk and wide lorica.

Fig. 3. Single individual of P. dumosa, drawn living. Arrows show
direction of current of food-vacuoles.

Fig. 4. Colony of P. dumosa, drawn living.

Fig. 5. Part of colony of P. dumosa, Flemming—carmalum.

Fig. 6. P. dumosa. Osmic 4 per cent.—iodine.

XXVILI.—Further new African Mammals.
By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Cercopithecus preusst insularts, subsp. n.

Similar in essential characters to the true Kamerun
C. preussi, Matsch., but tending to be darker throughout.
Back much less rich chestnut, the hairs of this part with
their bases blackish slaty for more than half their length,
then with dull buffy subterminal rings and broad black tips.
In true preussi they are light slaty for their basal half (or
less), their terminal half tawny tipped with black. ‘T'ail with

192 Mr. O. Thomas on

the chestnut colour scarcely extending on to its base, this
being chestnut for about six inches in preussi; its median
part darker grey than in preusst.

Hab. Fernando Po. ‘'lype from N. Bantabiri, 1800 m.

Type. Immature female. B.M. no. 4.7.1.5. Original
number 165. Collected 9th March, 1904, by E. Seimund.
Presented by the Fernando Po Committee. (Selected for
type as being a proper specimen with skull and all particulars,
but two native skins of adult examples agree with it in every
detail of colour.)

A fine specimen of true Kamerun C. preuss? recently col-
lected by Capt. Boyd Alexander has enabled me to make a
comparison of our Fernando Po specimens f with the con-
tinental form, and I find there is enough difference to demand
their subspecific separation.

Rhinolophus brockmani, sp. n.

A very pale-coloured species, allied to R. lobatus and
dobsont.

General characters as in F. dobdsont, the nose-leaf ap-
parently quite as in that species. Colour remarkably pale,
the hairs of the upper surface white with a brown tip about
a millimetre in length, and of the under surface wholly white
from base to tip.

Skull as compared with that of R. dobsoni rather longer
and narrower, with a more elongate brain-case. Opening of
posterior nares rather broader.

Cheek-teeth markedly smaller, the molars (particularly
m*) narrower, and the inner lobe of m* and m’ smaller, so as
to have a larger space between each tooth. Small upper
premolar large, in the centre of the unusually extended space
between the canine and p*,a space double as broad as in
R. dobsont. * with its antero-external corner projecting
forward in front of the anterior edge of the narrow inner lobe,
the latter being in £&.dobsoni practically the most anterior
part of the tooth, no angular external projection being pre-
sent; inner lobe of the same tooth much narrower than in
R. dobsoni.

Dimensions of the type (the starred measurements taken
in the flesh) :—

Forearm 44 mm.

Head and body* 45; tail* 26; ear* 18. Third finger,
metacarpus 29 ; 1st phalanx 14, 2nd phalanx 25 ; lower leg
and foot (c. u.) 27.

+ Cf. P.Z. 8. 1904, ii. p. 186.

new African Mammals. 193

Skull: greatest length 18 ; front of canine to back of m?
6°6.

Hab. Upper Sheikh, Somaliland. Alt. 4500!.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 9.12.17.4. Original
number 237. Collected 13th November, 1909, and presented
by Dr. R. E. Drake-Brockman. Two specimens.

The most striking character of this bat is its peculiar
whitish colour, other members of the group being generally
some shade of grey. Unfortunately the colour of the original
specimens of its nearest ally &. dobsoni, from Kordofan, can-
not be determined, but the difference in the skulls and teeth
is quite sufficient to separate the two.

A number of &. acrotis, Heugl., were obtained at the same
time and place.

Erinaceus hindei, sp. n.

Colour and other external characters asin EL. albiventris.

Skull markedly broader and heavier than in aldbiventris,
that of a female fully the length of an adult male aldi-
ventris and much broader. Zygomata very much more
widely expanded, the zygomatic breadth 30 mm. as compared
with 27 in the broadest of six examples of albiventris. Nasals
narrow as in albiventris, not so broad as in sclater?. Pre-
maxille more slanted backwards, touching the tips of the
frontal processes and shutting off the maxilla from the nasals ;
in albiventris there is a naso-maxillary suture about 3°5 mm.
in length. Teeth larger and heavier throughout, and the
palate broader. Mesopterygoid fossa also decidedly broader.

Dimensions of the type :—

Hind foot 26 mm.

Skull: greatest length 44; zygomatic breadth 30; nasals
11:5 22; intertemporal constriction 11°6; palatal length
25 ; breadth across palate, including m’, 18:2; breadth of
mesopterygoid fossa 3°5 ; length of upper tooth-row 21°5,

Hab. Kitui, British East Africa. Alt. 3500’, A second
specimen from Machakos.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 1.5.6.6. Original num-
ber 67. Collected 24th January, 1901, and presented by
Dr. 8. L. Hinde.

This hedgehog is no doubt closely allied to Z. albcventris,
with which it shows all the important structural characters,
but may be distinguished by the differences in the skull above
described. When males are available for comparison the
discrepancy in size will no doubt prove to be greater than
now appears.

194 Mr. O. Thomas on

E. albiventris atratus *, Rhoads, agrees so closely in colour
with the Somali Z. sclater7, Anderson {, that lam tempted to
suppose that some error has been made in the examination of
its feet, and that it is really synonymous with that species.

Helogale undulata rufula, subsp. n.

A strongly coloured form, the body (above and below) and
upperside of tail suffused with, and the face, throat, feet, and
underside of tail clear, deep tawny. Back ticked with black
and buffy, the underfur brownish grey basally, tawny ter-
minally, thus giving the tawny suffusion to the general colour.
Crown not darker than back.

Skull with the teeth markedly larger than in the other-
wise somewhat similar H. maemillant, Thos.

Dimensions of the type :—

Hind foot 47 mm.

Skull: condylo-basal length 53:5; length of p* on outer
edge 4°6, greatest diameter 5°9.

Hab. British East Africa. Type from Rogoro, Kikuyu.
Mile 346 of the Uganda Railway. Other specimens trom
Mau Escarpment, Masongoleni, and Voi.

Type. Adult male. B.M.no.0. 1.3.3. Collected 23rd
July, 1899, and presented by C. S. Betton, Esq.

This Helogale is far more deeply tawny throughout than
an example from German KE. Africa obtained by Emin Pasha,
which may be provisionally taken to represent the original
Hi. undulata, Peters, whose type locality was Mossimboa,
Northern Mozambique.

To the north again H. macmiillani, Thos., is somewhat like
it, but has markedly smaller teeth.

Helogale victorina ochracea, subsp. n.

General characters of the true victorina of German East
Africa south of the Victoria Nyanza, but the buffy suffusion
on the body and the clear buff of the face, under surface, and
feet, and underside of tail replaced by ochraceous, tending
towards the tawny found in the Hast African form just
described. ‘Tail more strongly ochraceous or tawny ochra-
ceous than the body, the covering black and buff ticking less
conspicuous. Crown not darker than back. Muzzle, sides
of face, and throat tawny ochraceous.

Skull as in true vietorina.

* P. Ac. Philad. 1896, p. 544.
+ P.Z.S. 1895, p. 414.

new African Mammals. 193

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :—

Head and body 218 mm.; tail 169; hind foot 45; ear 20.

Skull: condylo-basal length 48; length of p* on outer
edge 4°3, greatest diameter 5°6.

Hab. Southern Uganda. Type from Ketoma, Ankole.
Alt. 5000!

Type. Adult female. B.M. no, 3.11.7.14. Original
number 298. Collected May 1903 by W. G. Doggett and
presented by Col. C. Delmé-Radcliffe. Three specimens.

This form represents an intermediate stage between the
distinctly buff H. victorina and the tawny Z. u. rufula of
British East Africa, At the same time its colour seems to
be nearer that of the former than of the latter, and I there-
fore provisionally place it as a subspecies of victorina.
Curiously enough, this relationship is more strongly brought
out by artificial light than by daylight, veetorzna and ochracea
being then scarcely distinguishable, while the tawny rufula
shows up as a conspicuously different brownish animal.

Crossarchus ansorget, sp. n.

Allied to C. obscurus, but considerably smaller.

General colour above and below coarsely grizzled blackish,
as in C. obscurus, but with a strong tawny suffusion, the
light rings on the long hairs buffy, and the underfur broadly
tipped with tawny or tawny-ochraceous. Crown blackish.
Sides of neck dull ochraceous. Forearms and hands black.
Hind feet dull tawny proximally, black terminally. Tail
mixed tawny and black, more tawny proximally, black
terminally.

Skull intermediate in size between those of C. obscurus
and C. dybowskii, its proportions about as in the latter, its
palate less produced than in the former.

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :—

Head and body 320 mm.; tail 212; hind foot 60; ear 24.

Skull: basal length 58 ; greatest breadth 33 ; interorbital
breadth 13; breadth of brain-case 25°7 ; palatal length 31 ;
front of canine to back of m? 21.

Hab. N. Angola. Type from Dalla Tando. Alt. 800 m.

Type. Adult female. Original number 48. Collected
25th November, 1908, by Dr. W. J. Ansorge.

Whether the comparatively tawny tone of this Crossarchus
will prove to be constant is, I think, doubtful, but it is inany
case readily recognizable by its size, in which respect it forms
an intermediate stage between C. odscurus and C. dybowskit.
The four species of this group thus form a series in order of

196 Mr. O. Thomas on

size from the smallest upwards as follows: dybowskit,
ansorget, obscurus, and alexandri, the respective basal lengths
of their skulls being 52, 58, 68, and 74 mm.

Funiscturus auriculatus boydi, subsp. n.

A darkened “ saturate” form of F. auriculatus.

Colour darker throughout than in true auriculatus.
Nape, and anterior back blackish, finely lined with pale
buffy, much darker than the clear greyish of auriculatus.
Posterior back more approaching hazel. Lateral line less
conspicuous, its spots smaller, less sharply defined, buffy
instead of whitish. Under surface ochraceous-buff. Hands
and feet brown, lined with tawny, about as in aurtculatus,
not greyish as in the next form. ‘Tail with the median
part of its terminal portion below dark tawny, not so bright
as in beatus.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 225 mm.; tail 180; hind foot 47;
ear 20.

Hab. Kameruns. Type from Mussaka, on the lower
Mongo R., just east of Kamerun Mountain.

Type. Adult male. Original number 20. Collected
13th April, 1909, by Capt. Boyd Alexander.

By the kindness of the authorities of the Berlin Museum,
the British Museum has been allowed to acquire by ex-
change an example from Barombi representing the true
F, auriculatus, and the form now described may be readily
distinguished from that animal by its much darker colour
throughout, and especially its darker nape and shoulders.

In Prof. Matschie’s original description it might appear
that the type locality of aurtculatus was Kribi, but he has
kindly informed me that this is due to an accidental mis-
placement of the description, and that the three skins on
which it was founded were from Barombi—as, indeed, would
appear by the introduction to the paper. The specimen
received from Berlin is therefore a metatype.

Funisciurus auriculatus beatus, subsp. n.

Colour throughout as in true aurieulatus, but the feet,
both fore and hind, dark grizzled grey, without suffusion of
brown or tawny. Underside of terminal half of tail very
bright ochraceous-buff, much paler and brighter than in
auriculatus or boydt.

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :—

Head and body 230 mm.; tail 160; hind foot 45 ; ear 17.

new African Mammals. 197

Skull: greatest length 52; upper molar series from p* 8.

Hab. Benito River, French Congo, 15 miles from mouth.
Sea-level.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 0. 2.5. 27. Collected
6th February, 1899, by Mr. G. L. Bates.

Dipodillus somalicus, sp. n.

Allied to D. stigmonyx, Heugl., but larger.

Size rather small. Fur soft and fine; hairs of back about
8-9 mm. in length. General colour above the usual bright
sandy of the Gerbils, duller on the back, brighter on the
flanks. Belly, hands, and feet, as usual, pure white. A well-
marked white patch behind each ear; no dark nose-patch.
Tail long, sandy buff proximally, lighter below, the terminal
tuft, which is of medium development, brown.

Skull more flattened in the frontal region than that of
D. stigmonyz ; brain-case broad. Bulle decidedly larger than
in the allied species.

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—

Head and body 86 mm. ; tail 128; hind foot 25°3; ear 12.

Skull: greatest length 28; basilar length 20; breadth of
brain-case 13°33 palatal foramina 5°4; length of upper molar
series 3°9.

Hab. Upper Sheikh, Somaliland. Alt. 4500'.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 9. 12.17.40. Original
number 226. Collected 20th October, 1909, and presented
by Dr. R. E. Drake-Brockman. Three specimens.

No Gerbil of this group has previously been described
from Somaliland. ‘The present form seems to be nearest to
the Soudanese D. stiegmonyz, but is larger in all dimensions.

MICRODILLUS, gen. nov.

Type Microdillus peelt. (Gerbillus peeli, de Wint. Ann.
& Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) i. p. 250, 1898, description of
skull only, not skin.)

The British Museum owes to Dr. R. KE. Drake-Brockman

a number of examples of a small short-tailed Gerbil from
Upper Sheikh, Somaliland, which at first sight appeared to
be distinct from anything previously described. Closer
examination, however, shows that when describing his
Gerbillus peeli Mr. de Winton was deceived by an erroneous
label, and that the skin he described as that of G. peeld is
that of a young Ammodillus imbellis, while the skull is that
of an entirely distinct animal, whose external characters are
now for the first time made available.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. v. 14

198 Mr. O. Thomas on

Since a choice has to be made, I propose, as first reviser, to
select the skull and not the skin as the type of peel7, for it
was the peculiarities of the skull on which Mr, de Winton
Jaid primary stress in his account.

These peculiarities are, indeed, such that I now propose
to separate the animal generically from Dipodillus, with
which it has been associated since the general break-up of the
old genus Gerbillus. Probably it has some distant affinity
with Desmedillus and Pachyuromys, as its bulla, although
far smaller than in those genera, are larger than in Dipodillus
and it has a similarly short tail.

Besides the characters mentioned by de Winton, it may be
noted that the skull is abnormally bowed, with a strongly
convex cranial profile, has an unusually broad brain-case,
narrow interorbital constriction, and bulle so developed as
to surpass the occiput posteriorly.

Externally Microdil/us peeli may be briefly described as of
small size, with short ears and tail, essentially naked soles
(a few scattered hairs present between the pads), and with
prominent white spots behind the eyes and ears.

External dimensions of a male (measured in the flesh) :-—

Head and body 72 mm. ; tail 57 ; hind foot 18; ear 10.

Cricetomys gambianus e/gonis, subsp. n.

Apparently most nearly allied to the Ruwenzori C. g. pro-
parator, Wrought., with which it shares the dark general
colour and the ‘comparatively short dark part of the tail, but
distinguished by its dark under surface, which is as in
C. ansorget.

General colour above Prout’s brown, darkened along the
median dorsal area, lightening on the sides to broccoli-brow n,
which passes on to the belly almost without change, only
becoming slightly greyer; a narrow sternal white ‘patch
present in one specimen. Face like back; indistinct dark
areas round eyes and on nose. Feet dark brown; ; fingers and
toes white or whitish, varying in their degree of contrast.
Tail dark for about one-third its length.

Dimensions of the type (aerenieo in the flesh) :—

Head and body 380 mm. ; tail 440; hind foot 73 ; ear 42.

Skull: basal length 69 ; nasals 30 x 10 2; palatal fora-
mina 8°6; length of upper aii series 11:6.

Hab. Mount Elgon. Type from the south face of the
mountain at 10,000’.

Type. Adult male. Rudd Collection. Oiiginal number
452. Collected 20th November, 1909, by Robin | Kemp. Two

specimens.

new African Mammals. 199

Although I provisionally include this distinct mountain
form as a subspecies of C. gambianus, it is possible that it is
rather a representative of the Angolan C. ansorgei, and that
the dark-bellied forms may be related inter s2, and distinct
from those with white bellies.

Procavia demon, sp. n.

A Dassie of the large-toothed group, allied to P. jacksont,
Thos., but with heavier teeth and more buffy colour.

Size about as in P. jackson?. Fur long, rather softer than
in typical jackson? ; hairs of back about 30 mm. in length.
General colour “raw umber,” darker and richer than in
jacksoni,* the subterminal rings on the hairs deep buffy.
Underfur of anterior back brown proximally, dull pale buffy
towards the end; of posterior back blackish brown, darker
terminally than at base. Under surface usually richly
coloured, between tawny ochraceous and clay-colour, the hairs
paler, more buffy, at their bases. Crown grizzled blackish.
Cheeks mixed buffy and blackish, a blackish patch below and
behind each eye. Sides of neck dull cinnamon, succeeded on
the shoulders by a more blackish tone. Hairs of dorsal spot
strong buffy, becoming more ochraceous terminally.

Skull, as compared with that of P. jacksoni, broader and
heavier, the nasals conspicuously broader posteriorly, the
brain-case lighter (height from basilar suture to crown, in
demon 35, in jacksont 30-32 mm.); basilar region ridged,
the ridge on the anterior part of the unusually narrow basi-
occipital sharp-edged.

Teeth markedly larger throughout.

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :—

Head and body 445 mm.; hind foot 71; ear 33.

Skull: basallength 84; condylo-basal length 91; greatest
breadth 49; nasals 24:°5x 22; palatal length 46; diastema
12; front of p' to back of m? 35, breadth of m* 8-2.

Hab. Mount Elgon. Type from Elgonyi. Alt. 7000!

Type. Subadult male (Stage V.). Rudd Collection.
Original number 359. Collected 11th October, 1909, by
Robin Kemp.

Procavia brucei princeps, subsp. n.

Size large, largest of the brucei group. Fur comparatively
coarse and harsh; hairs of back about 22 mm. in length.
Colour coarsely grizzled, mixed buffy and black, the light
rings on the hairs creamy, stronger buffy down the centre of

the back. Under surface prominently whitish, not buffy or
1s

200 Mr. O. Thomas oz

yellow ; the hairs pale brown for their basal halves. Under-
fur of posterior back pale brown throughout; of shoulders
brown at base, creamy white subterminally. Crown not
conspicuously darker than back. Ears whitish, with light
patches behind them, but not prominently contrasted with the
general colour. Mamma 1—2=6.

Skull long, narrow, with a particularly long muzzle.
Basisphenoid with a sharp-edged crest running along it, very
different from the broader ridge, hollowed laterally, of true
brucez, and still more different from the evenly convex surface
of the East-African forms of the group.

Dimensions cf the type :—

Head and body 470 mm. ; hind foot 66.

Skull: condylo-basal length 90; greatest breadth 50;
nasals 23°5 x 16°5 ; diastema 14; palatal length 47; length
of upper tooth-row from front of p* 34.

Hab. Bourka, Arussi Country, near Lake Zuai. Alt.
5000’.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 6, 11. 1.51. Original
number 68. Collected 6th February, 1905, by Ph. Zaphiro,
and presented by W. N. McMillan, Esq.

This fine Dassie is readily distinguishable by its large size
and the peculiar sharp-edged crest developed along the basi-
sphenoid.

Procavia brucet kempi, subsp. n.

A dark mountain form of the brucei group.

Fur soft and fine ; hairs of back about 22-24 mm. in length.

Colour conspicuously darker than in other members of the
bruce? group, the general colour between mummy-brown and
bistre, the light rings on the hairs narrow, dull buffy.
Under surface soiled whitish, the hairs smoky grey for
three-fourths their length, their tips dull whitish. Underfur
of posterior back hair-brown, with dark tips, but anteriorly
on tle shoulders its middle third becomes lighter. Supra-
orbital light spots well marked. Crown dark. Lars whitish,
but without prominent postauricular patches. Rump with a
few black bristle-spots.

Skull most like that of P. b. thomas, Neum., the sphenoid
raised up into a fairly narrow but not sharp-edged crest.

Dimensions of the type (immature, measured in the
flesh) :-—

Head and body 395 mm.; hind foot 62; ear 20.

Skull: condylo-basal length 71; greatest breadth 42;
nasals 15x17; diastema 9; palatal length 37.

new African Mammals. 201

Hab. Mount Elgon, Brit. E. Africa. Type from Elgonyi.
Alt. 7000’.

Type. Immature female (Stage V.). Rudd Collection.
Original number 390. Collected 20th October, 1909, by R.
Kemp.

The difference in general colour of this Dassie from any of
its allies is so conspicuous that I have no hesitation in
describing it from a single specimen. It is no doubt a
saturate mountain representative of the group. ‘Though it is
in Stage V. the interparietal sutures of the type are still
visible, an unusual condition in this group and reminiscent of
the West-African P. latastet.

Procavia pumila, sp. n.

Allied to P. bruce’, but conspicuously smaller.

General characters of P. brucedz. Fur soft and fine; hairs
of back about 16-17 mm. in length. General colour above
grizzled greyish, rather more suffused with fawn than bruce?,
the hairs with narrow whitish or creamy subterminal rings.
Dark bristle-spots apparently absent. Underfur drab-grey
at base, dull whitish for its middle third, and with dark ends.
Under surface greyish white; the hairs drab-grey at base,
whitish terminally. Crown rather darker than back. Cheeks
grizzled grey, a whitish patch overeach eye. Hars generally
white or whitish, but sometimes scarcely lighter than the
head. Hairs of dorsal spot nearly pure white, slightly buffy
terminally.

Skull very much as in P. bruce?, except for its conspicu-
ously smaller size,

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :-—

Head and body 875 mm.; hind foot 52; ear 30. .

Skull: basal length 65 ; condylo-basal length 69; greatest
breadth 40; nasals 14°5x16°5; diastema 6&5; palatal
length 36; upper tooth-row from front of p* to back of m® 28.

Hab. Somaliland. Type from 50 miles S.E. of Berbera. -

Type. Fully adult male. B.M. no, 4. 5.9.28. Collected
12th April, 1904, and presented by Major H. N. Dunn,
R.A.M.C.

Many years ago I described from Berbera, Somaliland, a
small form of P. brucei, P. b. somalica, and to this a con-
siderable number of specimens since received have been
referred. But I now find that nearly all these belong to a
still smaller form, which differs so markedly in size thac it
should be considered as specifically distinct. Its range would
appear to be in Somaliland south and south-east of Berbera,

202 Mr. G. Dollman on new

How near it gets to the coast is not certain, as, though we
have two specimens marked Berbera, these may have been
brought from some little way inland.

Of the tiue P. brucei somalica we have the type from
Berbera (Lort Phillips), one specimen fiom Gerbatir (Menges),
and another from Bijo, Eastern Abyssinia (Degen).

The following animal, similar in size but different in
colour, may be considered as a subspecies of P. pumila,

Procavia pumila rudolfi, subsp. n.

Like true P. pumila in essential characters and its very
small size, but darker in colour and with shorter fur.

Fur short, close and crisp; hairs of back only about 10-
12 mm. in length. General colour above a dull brownish
isabella, the hairs brown for four-fifths their length and with
dull buffy (instead of whitish) subterminal rings. Dark
bristle-spots unusually numerous, though not conspicuoas,
occurring all over the body and even on the belly. Under
surface whitish, the hairs pale brown basally. Crown like
back. Cheeks grizzled grey, with whitish supraorbital spots.
Ears whitish, with small whitish patches behind them; in
the single specimen the ears themselves seem unusually small,
but I suspect they are abnormally contracted. Hairs of
dorsal spot pale buffy.

Skull as in true pumila.

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body 340 mm. ; hind foot 51; ear 23.

Skull: basal length 57; condylo-basal length 61 ; greatest
breadth 36; upper tooth-row from front of p* to back of
m? 23°95.

Hab. Lake Rudolf, north end. Alt. 2000’.

Type. Immature male (Stage V.). B.M. no. 6. 11.1. 50*.
Original number 127. Collected 7th August, 1905, by
Ph. Zaphiro, and presented by W. N. McMillan, Esq.

XXIX.—Deseriptions of new Forms of Cercopithecus and
Graphiurus from British East Africa. By Guy DouLiman,
BAe

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Cercopithecus kolbi nubilus, subsp. n.

Allied to Cercopithecus kolbi, Neum., but rather smaller,
much duller in colour on the back, and with a light greyish
white under surface.

Forms of Cercopithecus and Graphiurus. 293

Size and general proportions rather less than in C. koldé.
Hair similar in texture, but a good deal shorter, measuring
only about 43 mm. in Ien2th on the back, while in the
type of C. kolbi the coat is very much longer, the hairs
averaging about 70 mm. in length. General colour of dorsal
surface more or less like that of C. koldi, but much duller,
especially on the rump and posterior part of back. Anterior
portion of back, between shoulders, black speckled with
greenish buff, the buff tint becoming more dominant towards
the hind-quarters. General colour of rump and _ posterior
part of back yellowish brown (between snuff-brown no. 1
and chamois no. 4, ‘ Repertoire de Couleurs’), strikingly
different from the rich reddish colour on the back of C. kolbz.
Individual hairs of ramp pure greyish white at roots, turning
to brownish grey towards the middle; apical portion com-
posed of four buff-coloured bands alternating with four black
bands, the terminal black bands constituting the hair-tips.
Hair on forehead and top of head shorter and darker than in
C. kolbi, the buff-coloured annulations on the hairs a good
deal less prominent. Cheeks and sides of head clothed with
comparatively short, greyish black hairs, slightly tinged with
buff. Face, between eyes, sparsely covered with short black
hairs. White ear-tufts present, but rather short, measuring
only about 20 mm. in length, while in the type of C. kolbi the
ear-tu{ts are nearly 30 mm. long. White patches on sides of
neck arranged so as to form a more or less definite collar, ex-
tending upwards, on each side, on to the nape or summit of the
neck, though this collar-like pattern is a good deil smaller and
less conspicuous than in the Kenia form. Fore limbs brownish
black; hairs grey, with black tips. The grey speckling of
the dorsal surtace extends for a short distance down the fore
limbs, though not to such a marked extent as it does in
C. kolli. Hind limbs brownish black, speckled with grey ;
bases of hairs brownish grey, tips dark brown, banded with
three or four greyish rings. Backs of hands and feet
brownish black. Under surface ef body thinly clothed with
short greyish hairs, faintly speckled with silvery grey, quite
different from the long dark grey hair on the belly of C. kolbc.
Individual hairs of belly with greyish white bases, tips rather
darker and banded with a few light grey annulations. White
band across chest and throat not nearly so prominent as in
C, kolb’, the hairs both shorter and less numerous. Chin
sparsely covered with short white hairs. Tail similar to
that of the Kenia species, but the hairs are rather shorter and
the buff coloration of the rump does not extend down the
dorsal surface for more than a few inches.

904 New Forms of Cercopithecus and Graphiurus.

Skull very similar to that of C. £olbz, nasals rather shorter,
and orbits larger.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the skin) :—

Head and body 620 mm.; tail 650 ; hind foot 121; ear 27.

Skull: greatest length 96; basilar length 63°4; condylo-
basilar length 70; zygomatic breadth 64; greatest width
across orbital region (at fronto-jugal suture) 53; greatest
diameter of orbit 24 ; breadth of brain-case (across squamosal
region) 54; length of nasals 12; palatilar length 30; width
of palate in front of last molar 21; length of upper tooth-
row from front of first premolar to back of last molar 25.

Hab. Nairobi Forest, British East Africa.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 0. 2. 1. 4. | Original
number 4. Collected by Mr. H. J. Mackinder on July 14th,
1399:

The much duller colour of the dorsal surface, lighter under
parts, and less conspicuous white collar are the chief points
of distinction between this Nairobi form and the Kenia
specimens of C. kolbi.

Graphiurus microtis saturatus, subsp. n.

A dark race of Graphiurus microtis, Noack.

Size and general proportions very much as in G@. microtis.
Fur soft and of medium length, measuring about 7 mm. in
length on the back. General colour of upper surface dark
greyish brown (between ashy grey no. 4 and mouse-grey
no. 4, ‘Repertoire de Couleurs’). Individual hairs of back
dark slate-grey, with yellowish brown tips. Flanks similar
in colour to back. Sides of face, below eyes, white; hairs
dark grey, with white tips. Eyes surrounded with dark
brownish black rings, the dark markings extending forwards
on to the nose. Backs of hands and feet covered with short
white hairs. Under side of body grey, washed over with
buffy white. Individual hairs of belly dark grey (Payne’s
grey no. 4, ‘ Repertoire’), with buffy white tips. ‘Tail very
similar in colour to back, rather redder on the upper surface.
No well-defined white tip as in G. mtcrotis, a few of the
hairs at the extreme end of the tail being tipped with white.

Skull rather similar to that of G. microtis, nasal region
narrower and rather more slender.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 85 mm.; tail 70 ; hind foot 18 ; ear 15.

Skull: greatest length 27; basal length 22°3; condylo-
basal length 24°5; basilar length 19°4; condylo-basilar
length 22 ; zygomatic breadth 147; greatest width of brain-

On Servals and an Otomys from East Africa. 205

case (across squamosal region) 13 ; interorbital constriction 4 ;
greatest length of nasals 10; palatal length 10°5; palatilar
length 8; length of upper molar series 3°5.

Hab. South face of Mount Elgon, British East Africa.
Altitude 9000 feet.

Type. Adult female. Rudd Collection. Original number
442, Collected by Mr. R. Kemp on November 16th, 1909.

The series of Elgon specimens are so much darker in colour
than the Tanganyika species that it is necessary to consider
them as representing a distinct geographical race and de-
serving of subspecific rank,

XXX.—Some Servals and an Otomys from Hast Africa.
By R. C. WroucutTon.

ON comparing some recently received specimens of Serval
with those already in the Natural History Museum it appears
that there are several forms sufficiently distinct to deserve
subspecific names.

The following names have already been used in this
group, Viz. :—

1776. Felis serval, Erxleben, Syst. Reen. An. p. 523.

1781. Felis capensis, Forster, Phil. Trans. R. Soe. p. 1.

1820. Felis galeopardus, Desmarest, Mamm. p. 227.

1839. Felis senegalensis, Lesson, Mag. Zool., Mamm.
tab. x.

1893. Felis togoensis, Matschie, S.B. Ges. nat. Fr. p. 109.

It has been found impossible to assign a distinct locality
to typical JF. serval; indeed, based as it is on Buffon’s ‘ Le
Serval,” it is clearly inapplicable to any African Cat. Ac-
cordingly I propose in this paper to ignore the name alto-
gether in a technical sense, though the vernacular term
Serval may still be used. The type locality of the first valid
name Fels capensis is the Cape of Good Hope; while
Matschie (/. ¢.), rightly it seems, places senegalensis as a
synonym of galeopardus. ‘There are thus names for forms
from (1) Cape Colony, (2) Senegal, and (3) Togoland; the
following forms seem readily distinguishable from any of
these.

Felis capensis hindet, subsp. n.

A rather small Serval, with very heavy broad markings.

206 Mr. R. C. Wroughton on some
Fur long and silky (35-40 mm. on back). General colour

above “ochraceous buff,’ paling through “ buff”? on the
flanks to white on the belly. ‘he usual Serval pattern, but
the median dorsal lines broken into quite short lengths; all
markings very coarse and broad ; shoulder-stripes and spots on
thighs 15-20 mm. in diameter.

Skull short and broad, with small teeth and bullae.

Dimensions :—

Head and body (c.) 650 mm.; tail (c.) 300; hind foot 165.

Skull: greatest length 120; basilar length 97; zygomatic
breadth 81; combined length of p*® and p* 22; length and
breadth of upper carnassial 13 x 6; length of lower molar 9°5;
bullee 23.

Hab. East Africa (type from Machakos).

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 98. 1.5.3. Collected and
presented to the National Collection by Mr. S. L. Hinde.

A series of four specimens sent by Mr. Dundas from
Aberdare Range, 7000 feet, are evidently this form.

Filis capensis kempi, subsp. n.

A Serval rather larger than the last and ofa darker colour,
with finer markings.

Fur about 30 mm. long on the back and silky, giving a
sleek appearance to the coat. General colour above “ cinna-
mon,” paling through ‘ buff” on the flanks to white on the
belly ; black markings fine and small, at most 10-15 mm. in
diameter; median dorsal lines almost continuous from shoulders
to lower back.

Skull stcuter than in F. capensis hindet.

Dimensions of type (recorded by Collector) :—

Head and body 775 mm.; tail 340; hind foot 182.

Skull: greatest length 126; basilar length 105; zygo-
matic breadth 87 ; combined length of p? and p* 23°5; length
and breadth of upper carnassial 14°5 x 6°5; length of lower
molar 103; bulle 24°3.

Hab. Kirui, Elgon. Alt. 6000 feet.

Type. Adult male. Rudd Collection. Original number
234. Collected 11th September, 1909, by R. K«mp.

Felis capensis beirw, subsp. n.

A large Serval, with narrow median dorsal Jines much
broken up, and spots very small and numerous. Skull, and
especially the teeth, peculiarly stout.

Fur short (25-80 mm. on back) and rather coarse.

Servals and an Otomys from East Africa. 207

General colour above “ clay-colour,” paling through “ cream-
buff” to white on the belly. Black stripes narrow and spots
small, rarely reaching more than 10 mm. in diameter; median
dorsal lines much broken up and whole lower back covered
with small black spots.

Skull large; teeth very large and stout.

Dimensions of type (measured by the Collector) :—

Head and body 837 mm.; tail 315; hind foot 192; ear 91.

Skull: greatest length 128; basilar length 108; zygo-
matic breadth 91; combined length of p? and p* 26; length
and breadth of upper carnassial 16x8; length of lower
molar 12°3 ; bulla 26°5.

Hab. Beira, Portuguese East Africa.

Type. B.M. ne. 7. 6. 2. 29. Original number 1749. Col-
lected 23rd December, 1906, by C. H. B. Grant, and presented
to tle Natural History Museum by Mr. C. D. Rudd.

Otomys irroratus elgonis, subsp. n.

An Otomys of the group with a deep and a shallow groove
on the lower incisor, which, though by its skull-cliaracters
closely allied to O. 7%. tropicalis, falls by its size into the
section containing the smaller members of the group.

General colour distinctly darker than in tropicalis (“ seal-
brown ” and “* mummy-brown ”’ respectively).

Skull shaped much as in tropicalis, but in all ways smaller,
frontal crests less marked, interorbital area wider.

Dimensions of type :—

Head and body 165 mm. ; tail 81 ; hind foot 27; ear 21.

Skull: greatest length 41; basilar length 34; zygomatic
breadth 20°5 ; interorbital breadth 4°6 ; brain-case breadth 15;
diastema 10; upper molar series 9.

Hab. Elgonyi, Elgon, B. E. Africa. Alt. 7000 feet.

Type. Oldmale. Rudd Collection. Original number 840.
Collected Dec. 4th, 1909, by R. Kemp.

Seven specimens examined.

From zrroratus nyike, with which it agrees in size, e/gonis
is at once distinguishable by its darker colour and the broad
nasals of the former, and the same character, as well as
smaller size, separates it from angoniensis. It is undoubtedly
most closely related to tropicalis from Mount Kenya (8000-
10,000 feet), and differs entirely from its nearest neighbour

jacksoni (Mount Elgon, 13000 feet), which has two deep
grooves on the lower incisor.

208 Mr. R. Kirkpatrick on Hewvactinellid

XXXI.—On Hevactinellid Sponge Spicules and their Names.
By R. KirkPATRICK.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)
[Plate VIII. ]

HEXACTINELLID spicules are often divided into two classes,
megascleres and microscleres. The former uphold, fix, and
protect the body as a whole, and the latter support the strands
of the trabecular network.

The spicules may be classified in another way and on a
purely morphological basis. Let it be supposed that examples
of all known recent Hexactinejlida have been put into a huge

cauldron and boiled up with nitric acid, and the residual
spicules arranged into groups according to their morphological
characters, the sorter being biased by no phylogenetic fancies
or speculations whatsoever. It would be found that the
immense multitude of spicules would fall into two great main
groups: let us call them for the moment A and B, In
group A all the rays would be hollow (¢. e. with axial canal)
throughout, but in group B only the central end would be
hollow and the rest of the ray or ray-system solid.

Definition —The part of the ray with the axial canal is
here termed the “actine,” the solid part or parts of the so-
called ray or ray-system being termed end-spines or “ distal
appendages.”

In describing specimens I shall continue to use the terms
main or primary and end or secondary “ray”; but here it is
necessary to emphasize the fundamental difference between
the hollow and solid parts found in the rays of spicules
belonging to group B. The use of the term end ray, as con-
trasted with main ray, is not, however, quite logical, because
the difference is not merely one of position, lke, say, the
stem and branch of a tree, but there is a fundamental
difference of character, the main ray being hollow and the
so-called end ray solid.

What names should be given to groups A and B? Hom-
axial or homactinal and heteraxial or heteractinal at first
suggested themselves; but I soon found that these terms
were wholly illogical. For both groups of spicules, 7. e. all the
spicules, are homaxial and homactinal, but group B has distal
appendages or end-spines at the ends of its actines.

‘The names hexactin, hexaster, aster, are already in use, and
the two former could not well be made to include pentactins,

209

Sponge Spicules and their Names.

[esngrayneo pwe peyodryues ‘uredy "passo.1o eoU0 Aaqy oto

‘qyeqs oy} mioay Ave IO pAVAyeys UBIUT 0} LEXe} 0G Avur
IO S8O.L0 MOT S[BUBO [VIXB OY} OLET] AL ‘ginoids ar} JO 81}U9d OT} BT

O} PoeLlojot rjUe0 oY] puUB “O27 ,, po}eITp Aypeqodiaqueo ,, Jo pveysur posn ov “ow «, [RPAIAqUOd ,, SULA} OT} GOUOTUGAMOD LOT x

*S.19]88I(T
*S19]SBIAT, *gaa}SBooosI(y pure

*s.19}8vineyg dnoad ,,omi0d ,, ay,
*g.10]8BxX0 YOUO IAT *g1oqSeXoYLUlo ET *S.19}SVXOlOTO}]

| ‘SULJOVUOT

“suurqoRl([

“SUIJOVLLT,

| ‘surqor (-anej4g 10) -149,

*(-oostp ‘-Axo) ‘systprydary “suTqoR}Ueg

$.19]SBX9 FT “sSySIPGXO FT “sUTJOVXOYOLOVY

:sourds-puo [esnjltzUed YILAA

|
|

‘dnoay [8148V

:souids-puo y [ejodi1yu90 TILA

— Z1A ‘soroposeseyy [[V "SUIPORXOTOAIT IAL

‘dnoay euovpoy

*saqnoids pryjeurjoexo Fy

—: jo Surdnosd eosopoydoyy

210 Mr. R. Kirkpatrick on Lewactinellid

diasters, &c. Accordingly I suggest the terms Holactine *
and Astral.

Holactine spicules have only actines. Astral spicules have
end spines or distal appendages at the ends of the actines.

Notes on some of the above terms.

(1) Since there are no known hemipentasters &c., and, of
course, no holopentasters &c., the prefix ‘‘ mono-” is not
required before ‘* stauraster,” ‘ diaster,” &e.

(2) Stauractin is used for spicules with four actines in one
plane, and tetractin for spicules with rays forming a pyramid
as in Aulorossella longstaffi, Kirkp.

(3) The correct designation for the spicule for which I
suggested the name monoxyhexaster in the “ Report on the
‘Discovery ’ Hexactinellida,” p. 3, footnote, has been the
subject of controversy. The term was proposed for hexasters
with only one end-spine to each actine. Ijima (Contrib. 1.
p- 10, and iii. p. 118) called these spicules hexactinose hex-
asters, and ‘‘ monoxyhexaster” was suggested by me as a
convenient single word. Schulze (Abhand. Akad. Wiss.
Berlin, 1903, p. 8) prefers the “‘ actin” to the “ aster ” suffix,
and in Prelim. Rep. ‘Gauss’ Hexactinellida (Zool. Anzeig.
Jan. 4, 1910, p. 296) he uses the terms heterohexactin &c.
In my opinion the use of such a term gives an undue im-
portance to the question of the number of the end-spines.

The spicule which I term monohexaster is one with a
centrifugal end-spine or distal appendage at the end of each
actine, and therefore it must be grouped with the Astral
group of hexasters with centrifugal end-spines, and not with
the hexactins, in which the actines are wholly without end-
spines or distal appendages. The relative unimportance of
the mere number of spines is seen in the endless variation
of these structures not merely in different spicules, but even
in one and the same spicule (as in hemihexasters, hemi-
calycocomes, &c.). In my opinion the presence or absence
of end-spines is the all-important point. If end-spines are
absent the spicule is an “actin” spicule, if present an “ aster ”’
spicule.

The solid appendages at the ends of the (cored) actines of
spicules of the Astral group are probably merely spines like
the Scitenstachein, as Schulze has already pointed out (Phys.
Abhand. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1886, p. 15).

The variation in number &c. of end-spines is indicated by
the prefixes holo-, hemi-, mono-. Strictly I should have

* Oos, sole or solely.

eee

Sponge Spicules and their Names. 211

used the prefixes ‘‘ holomono-” (all actines with one end-
spine) and ‘ holopoly-”’ (all actines with more than one end-
spine), in contrast with “ hemi-” (some actines with more
than one, some with only one end-spine), but the sight of the
word holopolydiscohexaster made me forbear! Even that
apparently terrible word, however, is in reality a convenient
shorthand term.

Monoxyhexasters often bear a deceptive resemblance to
hexactins, but the presence of the coreless end-spine betrays
the real nature. ‘ Das also war des Pudels Kern”?!

Tjima was the first to suggest what seems to me the logical
terminology for spicules with one end-spine to each actine.

It is my conviction that the spicules of Corbitella speciosa
(Q. & G.) and FHeterotella corbicula, Bowbk., which Tjima
terms spiny microhexactins will certainly be found to be
monoxyhexasters (see Contrib. 11. pl. figs. 3, 9, 20-23) *.

Monoxyhexasters are found only in the suborder Hexastero-
phora, and microhexactins are never found in that suborder.

(4) Microhexactins are only found in the Amphidisco-
phora. Often these spicules have a granular surface excepting
at the smooth centre, where alone the axial canals can be
seen, being invisible in the rest of the length, for the same
reason that it is impossible to see below the ruffled surface of
a lake. It is nearly always possible to trace the canals,
however, in other smoother examples from the same specimen.

(5) Hexadisk is not an entirely satisfactory term, because
most calycocomes are also, in a sense, hexadisks. In the
Amphidiscophoran hexadisks the end-spines are centripetal,
but in the calycocomes they are directed centrifugally away
from the disk or capitulum. The essential morphological
difference is solely the direction of the end-spines, and the
term that expressed that essential feature would have been
the most suitable. For, according to my definition, a hexa-
disk as usually understood is undoubtedly a hexaster with
centiipetal end-spines (see Pl. VIII. fig. 9, showing the actine
of an amphidisk with the end-spines).

I have put furward the theory that the difference between
amphidisks and hexasters is due to differences in centripetal
pressure at an early stage in the history of the Hexactinellida
(Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) iv. 1909, p. 479). The form
of the amphidisk and hexaster is the index of the resultant

* Since the above was written I have managed to remove the window-
pane cover slip from a valuable slide of H. corbicula in the Bowerbank
Collection and to view the spicules under oil-immersion. I find, as I
anticipated, that the so-called spiny microhexactins are spiny monoxy-
hexasters.

212 Mr. R. Kirkpatrick on Hewactinellid

of centrifugal and centripetal pressure. No transitional form
are known. There is no fixed intermediate stage in a
umbrella when it is held up in a high wind, and disaster (or
the pointing of ribs in an opposite direction) is imminent.
We get amphidisks in Monaxonellid sponges, especially in
Spongillide, where these spicules may be definitely orientated
in the gemniule coats, or scattered, and the spines of the disks
may be at right angles to the shaft or bent down. Here the
history is entirely different, and the resemblance with
Hexactinellid amphidisks furnishes an instance of convergence.
‘The effects of pressure on Hexactinellid spicules are abun-
dantly in evidence. ‘The subfamily Acanthascine is appa-
rently an example of the effects of centripetal pressure leading
to the formation of discoctasters, and suppressing more or less
completely the actines of all the hexasters. In Anovrycalyz
wjimai, K., one sees many hexasters with a bayonet kink at
the base of the end-spines.

(6) Discoctasters are, as Schulze has shown, simply hex-
asters with the actines suppressed and the end-spines fused
with neighbouring end-spines to form a new combination of
eight groups of end-spines. ‘I'he six axial canals of the
atrophied actines are still visible in the centre of the spicule,
as Ijima has pointed out. ‘There is no difficulty about the
position of these spicules in the morphological scheme sketche 1
out above. The central node with its cross of six axial canals
represents the six actines, and the eight secondary so-called
rays which are without axial canals are the fused end-spines.

Turning aside from the morphological classification, it
is very interesting to note how the morphological groups of
spicules are distributed among Hexactinellida. Megascleres
(A), #7 e. macrohexactins and, I may now say, their deriva-
tives, are found in both suborders ; microhexactins (B) only
in Amphidiscophora; centripetal hexasters and their deriva-
tives (C) only in Amphidiscophora; and centrifugal hex-
asters (D) only in Hexasterophora. Amphidiscophora has
groups A, B, C; Hexasterophora has groups A, D.

The association of B with C and the non-association of B
with D are deeply significant facts, and are probably due to a
common cause. I have suggested (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.
(8) iv. 1909, p. 481) that the existence of the amphidisks
(diasters or reduced hexasters with centripetal end-spines) is
due to the gathering of the trabecular tissue into strong
concentric lamine at the dermal, gastral, and canalar surfaces,
and that the effect of the pressure on the end-spines was to
give them a shaftward bend. Possibly the pressure of con-
tractile surface lamina may have prevented the development

Sponge Spicules and their Names. 213

of end-spines in the parenchymal microhexactins ; or possibly,
again, the parenchymal trabecular tissue was prevented from
developing a complicated system of meshes requiring to be
supported by centrifugal end-spines, as in the Hexasterophora.
The end-spines of amphidisks appear to function as balancers
for maintaining the orientation of vertical props, and the office
of the end-spines * of hexasters is probably to support strands
of acomplicated network of secondary formation, the develop-
ment of such meshes apparently being unhampered in the
Hexasterophora.

The correct appreciation of the relation —in regard to
absence or presence and direction—of the end-spine to the
actine is not, as it might at first seem, a trivial matter, but
important from the point of view not only of morphological
classification of spicules, but also of phylogenetic interpre-
tation.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII.
Group A. Holactine Spicules (without end-spines).

1. Hexactin.
Fig. 2. Stauractin.
Fig. 3. Triactin.
Fig. 4. Diactin.
Fig. 5, Microhexactin.
Fig. 6. Actine of same (in glycerine), x 1400,

Several of these figures are slightly diagrammatic, the outline of the
axial canals being exaggerated.

Group B. Astral Spicules (with end-spines).

Fig. 7. Hexadisk.

Fig. 8, Amphidisk.

Fig. 9. One end of amphidisk in optical section, showing axial canal
terminating at upper end of actine and not prolonged into the
centripetally directed teeth or end-spines (in glycerine),
« 1000.

Fig. 10. Part of hexaster (calycocome).

Fig. 11. Monoxyhexaster.

Fig. 12. Stauraster.

Fig. 13. Triaster.

Fig. 14, Diaster.

* In the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Dec. 1909, p. 507, I spoke of end-
spines acting as spandrils. This was an error, because spandrils (or
spandrels) are spaces of a certain kind, I should have said “ supporting
rods.”

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. er. 8. Vol. v. 15

214 Geological Society.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY. ng
November 17th, 1909.—Prof. W. J. Sollas, LL.D., Sce.D., F.R.S.,
President, in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

‘The Faunal Succession of the Upper Bernician.’
By Stanley Smith, M.Sc., F.G.S.

The Bernician Series forms the upper and by far the larger
division of the Lower Carboniferous sequence of Northumberland,
and covers the greater part of the county. Below the Bernician
lie the Tuedian beds. The Northumberland succession, together
with the Lower Carboniferous rocks north of the Tweed, occupies
the northern extremity of the Pennine Province of the Carboniferous
Limestone Series, which stretches from Staffordshire into Scotland.
The Carboniferous strata in Northumberland encircle the Cheviots
on the south, east, and north, and dip from the volcanic inlier,
so that the general strike forms a rough semicircle round the
igneous massif, nearest to which consequently lie the lowest beds.

The Bernician is mainly built up of sandstones and shales, but
intercalated among the arenaceous and argillaceous deposits are
the various beds of limestone and numerous seams of coal.

In the Upper Bernician, the limestones are fairly thick, are
constant, and are truly marine. The calcareous beds of Lower
Bernician age are thin and impure, and frequently contain Stigmaria
and other plant-remains. There are a few good marine limestones,
but these are of local occurrence.

The Upper Bernician, taking the Redesdale Ironstone Shale
as the base, answers to Tate’s Calcareous Group; while the
Lower Bernician is equivalent to Tate’s Carbonaceous Group.

It is with the Upper Bernician only that the present paper is
concerned.

The whole of the Upper Bernician Limestones belong to the
Dibunophyllum-Zone, but they are capable of the following palaonto-
logical subdivision :—

a = Redesdale Ironstone Shale,
Shallow-water fauna, mainly lamellibranchs ; corals rare.
Dibunophyliwm near @ has been found.

I = Redesdale Limestone.
D1 fauna.
Dibunophyllum 0.
Carcinophylium @ especially characteristic.

Miscellaneous. OS
II = Fourlaws and Oxford Limestones.

Lonsdalia floriformis enters.

III = Eelwell, Acre, and Four Fathom Limestones.
D 2—3 presents in its main character a Zaphrentid phase.

IVa = Great and Little Limestones.

D3.
Dibunophylium muirheadi.
Koninckophyllum magnificum.
Diphyphylium dianthoides,
IV 4 = Corbridge, Thornbrough and Robsheugh Limestones.
The tendency in the Dibunophyllids towards Aspidophylloidal struc-
ture reaches its highest development.

IVc = Fell Top Limestone.
Characterized by the presence of Dibunophyllum muirheadi mut., cf.
Dibunophylium W, and Pnillipsastrea radiata.

MISCELLANEOUS.

Ricuarp B. Suarpe, LL.D.

Tue obituary notice of the late Dr. Sharpe which appeared in the
last number of the ‘ Annals’ does no more than justice to his devo-
tion and energy in the cause of ornithological science—qualities the
value of which to the British Museum no one could better appre-
ciate than myself, who for more than twenty years was in daily
personal contact with him and his work. I, besides, had occasion
of admiring the courage which sustained him under difficulties that
would have damped the enthusiasm and activity of most men. His
merits are sufficiently great not to require enhancement beyond
those due to him, and it will not be considered a detraction from
them when, in the interest of the history of the Zoological Depart-
ment, I supplement some remarks on two points referred to in the
Notice.

When Dr. Sharpe entered the service of the Trustees he possessed
a miscellaneous series of British and Kuropean birds, which he
presented to the Museum, and a large and valuable collection of
African birds; this latter was purchased of him for the depart-
mental collection.

The formation of a series of nature-groups illustrating the nidifi-
cation of British birds was, like the preparation of a descriptive
general Catalogue of Birds, decided upon before Dr. Sharpe’s appoint-
ment, and even the lines on which these two undertakings were to
be executed had been distinctly planned. To the former Dr. Sharpe

216 Miscellaneous.

made the first contribution in the shape of the group of Coots, as
stated in the Notice, but, according to my recollection, it was the only
one during the period of my Keepership, the work on the Catalogue
and the increase and care of the stwdy-collection occupying the
whole of his time. ' ALBERT GUNTHER.

On the Nomenclature of Echinoderms.
To the Editors of the Annals and Magazine of Natural History.

GENTLEMEN,—Having written in your pages of late on the nomen-
clature of various Echinoderms, perhaps I may be permitted to
express cordial agreement with the paper by Dr. Th. Mortensen in
your January number. On two points only would I comment.

Dr. Mortensen does not see the necessity for working out the
history of each name, since the proposed decision “ is to be made
against history.” The reason why the adjudicating Committee
should have all the facts before it is that a decision made, on the
advice of one set of specialists, to escape evils in one group of
animals, might lead to worse evils in another group. Hence com-
plaints, wrangling, and further arbitrary decisions.

The important point emphasized by Dr. Mortensen is that the
name must be fixed by reference to a genotype; but it will also be
necessary to fix the holotype of the genotype. This was made clear
by the recent discussion on Cidaris in these pages.

Yours faithfully,

Natural History Museum, F. A. Barner.

7th Jan., 1910,

Note on the Occurrence of Hippolyte gracilis (Heller) in the British
Area. By A. O. Watxer, F.LS., F.Z.S.

When dredging on the Zostera banks at Worthing on Sept. 30th
last, at a depth of about 6 feet I took two specimens of this Medi-
terranean species. So far as I know it has not been recorded
before in the British Area proper, which does not include the
Channel Islands, from which I reported a specimen taken by
Mr. James Hornell in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. iii. (1899)
p. 148. The specimens were associated with H. varians, Leach,
and are now in the British Museum, where they have also been
identified by Dr. W. T. Calman.

WORKS PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.

The London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine.
Monthly. 2s. 6d.

The Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Monthly. 2s. 6d.

The Observatory, Monthly Review of Astronomy. ls,

Aéronautics, by Brewer and Alexander. 6s.

Anderson’s Fauna of Mergui Archipelago. Vol, I. 30s., Vol. II. 15s.

Baird’s Manual for Tidal Observations. 7s. 6d.

Blakesley’s Table of Hyperbolic Sines and Cosines. 1s,

Cooke’s Flora of the Presidency of Bombay. Vol. I., Part I. 8s.,
Part II, 9s., Part LL 103, Vol, IL., Part I. 9s., Part II. 9s., Parts II. &
IV. 8s, each.

Cunningham’s Binary Gator, 15s.

Denning’s Great Meteoric Shower of November. ls,

Denning'’s Telescopic Work for Starlight Evenings. 10s.

Douse’s Introduction to Gothic of Ulfilas. 7s. 6d. net—_Examination ofan
Olid Manuscript, sometimes called The Northumberland Manu-
script. 2s. 6d. net.

Examination Papers set by Examining Board of Physicians and
Surgeons. 6d.

Ditto for Diploma in Public Health. 6d,

' Faraday’s Experimental Researches in Chemistry and Physics. lis,

Fauna of British India : Mammalia. 20s. — Fishes. 2 vols.
20s. each.— Birds, Vol. I. 20s. Vols. II., III, and 1V. 15s. each.
—Reptilia and Batrachia. 20s.— Moths. 4 vols. 20s. each, —
Hymenoptera. Vol. I.: Wasps anp Bers. 20s, Vol. Il.: ANnrs anD
Cuckoo-Wasps. 20s.— Arachnida. 10s.— Rhynchota. Vols. I-III.
20s. each. Vol. IV., pts. 1 and2. 10s, each.Butterflies. Vols. I. and IL.
20s. each,—_Coleoptera. Vol.I, 10s,—Coleoptera, CurysoMuLIDa,

Vol, I. 20s—Mollusca, 10s.

Glaisher’s Barometer Tables, ls. Diurnal Range Tables, 1s. 6d.

Glaisher’s Hygrometrical Tables. 2s. Gd.

Glaisher’s Factor Tables for Fourth, Fifth, and Sixth Millions. 20s. each.

Godwin- Austen’s Land and Freshwater Mollusca of India.
Vol. If., Part X. 21s.

Joule’s Scientific Papers. Vol. I. 20s. Vol, II. 12s.

_ Kelvin’s (Lord) Tables for facilitating Sumner’s Method at Sea.

10s.6d, Forms for ditto. Sun, ls.. Srars, 1s.
Kirby’s Supplement to Diurnal Lepidoptera. 1871-1877. 8s. 6d. net,
Lepidoptera Heterocera.—Spuiners & BomByczrs, 1892. £2 2s,
net. Neuroptera Odonata. 1890. 16s. net,
Lehfeldt, R.A. A List of chief Memoirs on Physics of Matter. 2s, 6d,
Lewis’s Systematic Catalogue of Histeride. 5s. net—Catalogue of
Japanese Coleoptera. 2s. 6d.; on one side, 3 3s. 6d.
London Hospital Pathological Catalogue. 7s, 6d. net.
M‘Intosh’s Marine Invertebrates and Fishes of St. Andrews. 21s,
Physical Abstracts. Vols. I.to III. 17s. 6d. each.
Physical Memoirs,translated from foreign sources. Vol. I. Part I. 4s.
Part IL. 7s. 6d., Part III. 6s.
Reade’s Origin of Mountain-Ranges. 21s, .
Royal College of Surgeons : :
Calendar. ls. net.
Catalogue of Specimens illustrating the Osteology of Vertebrate
Animals in Museum. Part 3. Aves. 12s. net,
~ Catalogue of Teratological Series. 5s. net.
Dermatological Collection. 8rded. 4s. net,
Physiological Series. Vols. I. and II. 2nded. 12s, net each.
Appendices 5, 6,7, 8,and 9 to the Second Edition of Descriptive
Catalogue of the Pathological Specimens in Museum. 2s. each.
Examination Papers for Diploma of Fellow and Licence in Dental
Surgery. 6d,
Univ. Coll. London Calendar, 2s. 6d, Pathological Catalogue, Parts 1
to 3, 2s. each; Part 4, 1s. Library Catalogue, 3 Vols, 7s. Gd.
Univ. Coll. Medical and Biological Catalogue. 2s. 6d,
Wheatstone’s Scientific Papers. lds.

RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, LONDON, E.C.

CON aN OF NUMBER 26 oe Bares. eS

is
XVU. Dosesintiails and Records of Boos xx By T D. A eee
Cockrret., University of Colorado... ........ 0.00. sce0e “92 9a Oey

XVIII. Some undescribed Gerrine. By W. a pester

XIX. On the Lamellicorn Beetles of the Genus Peltonotus, wih
Descriptions of Four new Species, By Giizerr J. ARRow sive Cares “Ti

XX. Crustacea collected by the late Mr. ReA, “Ascroft and
Mr. Harvey in the North of the Bay of Biscay, ay ALrreD O,

WALKRR iB. eGo ss sh ied se AA a Pa eg eas Pec
XXI. On some new Species of Silver-Pheasants. By Bvorxe W. i
Os Tes vi ak Phe SS PATE oe haa vd Ae EM PE eee 162
XXII. On the Wallabies usually referred to iarunes agi, eee
Gould: By. Bane Sem wane pics cc ie isig tan seas eee eee 164 —
XXIII. New Pterasteride from the North Pacific. au Warr ef
K. Fisusr, Stanford University, California ........ 666. see e ee ae ae
XXIV. New Genera of Starfishes. By Waure K, Fisuzr, ee
Stanford University, California 25 047k acesaesiass cece ess see A711

XXV. On a Collection of Mammals is by Mr. 8. A. Neaye,
during his Expedition in Northern Rhodesia. By Guy Dorman Bon ee,

XXVI. On Two new Species of Wood- boring Crustacea from ae
Christmas Island. By W. T. Carwaw, D.Se. (Plate V.) ...... 161

XXVITI. Notes on the Choanoflagellate Genera Salpingeea and
Polyewca, with Description of Polywca dumosa, sp. n. By J. 8. —
Dunxerzy, B.Se., Assistant in Zoology Depen Heer Birkbeck College,
London. (Plates NES Vila ay ak ace ee ae Ste ere 186 ;

XXVIII. Further new African Mammals. By Oxprretp Tuomas. ‘191

XXIX. Descriptions of new Forms of Cercopithecus and bd sha “ | RS

urus from British East Africa, By Guy Doriman, B.A. .......... 202.
XXX. Some Servals and an Otomys from East Africa. By R. C. Aa
WOU TON: 6 Wiss Ns ek Ee Se oe le Oa ek Pe Cah ek 205 \
XXXI. On Hexactinellid Spine Spicules and their Names. By : :
R. KiekParkice, Ms 5p f= 9 Rear Aten SE PEA ITS obs sith ae
PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED a oeneiheee Sa

Geological Society .......-++- SARE RT qe teh eno eee ee
Lesa tie te MISCELLANEOUS. nian
RICHARD Be SHARPE, DUA) S458 sv eie nd pe kobe AP eee stage ate atin 215 '
On the Nomenclature of Echinoderms. By F, A. Seed ‘ds oar 216
Note on the Occurrence of Hippolyte ee) Geant in | the British. \
Area. By A. O. Watxen, F.DS., F280. cn ceca es aces gem TAD 8

*,* Itis requested that all ‘s2iaviaries ten pibre for this Work may be addressed, |
post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Toy Printing Office, .
Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London. 5

EIGHTH SERIES. —_No. 27.

PTE ANNALS? ©: |
"MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.
| ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anp GEOLOGY. ;

MAR. 1910,

a oe isa
N YY " \ E

CONDUCTED BY

ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.R.S.,
WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, Pu.D., F.R. 8, F.LS., FG. S.,

AND
WILLIAM FRANCIS, F.LS.

BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ ANNALS” COMBINED WITH
MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH'S “‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.”

‘WITH TWO PLATES.

Illustrative - Mr. EB Shann’s Paper on the Life-history and Rate of Growth
in Gobius minutus.

LONDON: ates
TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, 3
:. ” gold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Co., Ld.; Bailliére, Paris:

i _ Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher, Berlin,

THE FAUNA OF BRITISH INDIA, ~
INCLUDING CEYLON AND BURMA.

zoitahed under the authority y of the Secretary of State Sor India i in 1 Couneil.
- Hdited by. A. a se, M. A FRR

Med. 8v0, with text Geka and 10 plates. ~ Price 10s.

DERMAPTERA -(Eanwres). = By Dr. Wiig Burr, M.A., F.LS.

TaYLor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA.
) baited by F. DUCANE GODMAN,

SUBJECTS IN PROGRESS.
ZOOLOGY.
Chilopoda and Diptopoda. By R. I. Pocoor: (Pp. 1-152 2, pls. i.-xi.)
Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 3° (RayNcHopHoRA: Curculionidae). By
D.Suarp. (Pp. 1-168, pls. i—vi.)

Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 7 (RuyNcHOPHORA : Ciitculionid, continued).
By G. C. Champion, (Pp. 1-48, pls. i., ii.)

. The Price of each Part is 31k.
London: Published for the Editor by Dutav & Co., Soho Sq., W.

LAND AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA OF INDIA.
; Part X. Vol. If. Price 21s.
By Lieut.-Col. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN, F.R.S.

With 17 Plates and Text, treating of the following Genera and Sub-
Genera, with anatomical details :

Macrochlamys, Bensonia, Austenia, Taphrospira, Sophina,

Euplecta, Kaliella, Durgella, Leptodontarion, Lamprocystis,

Corilla, Plectopylis, Thysanota, Philalanka, and Sykesia ;

and ane here new Genera: Dalingia, SATIRE: ene,
and Staffordia. -

TaYLor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E. C.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

[EIGHTH SERIES.]

No. 27. MARCH 1910.

XXXII.—Some Notes on the Life-history and Rate of Growth
in Gobius minutus. By Epwarpb SHANN, B.Sc., Gatty
Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews.

[Plates IX. & X.]

Introductory.

A CONSIDERABLE amount of literature bearing on the Gobiide
has been published in recent years, but there still remain
many points, especially in connexion with the life-history and
rate of growth of these small fishes, which require elucidation.
The bulk of the work hitherto accomplished has left little to
be desired with regard to description of species, and even
the classification of the group has been reduced to a compara-
tively orderly condition; only the artificial means adopted
for “running down”’ species vary with different authors, and
it has been found that the method of Holt and Byrne* is a
most practical aid in this respect. The economic value of

* Trish Fisheries Report, part ii. p. 42 (1901).
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. v. 16

218 Mr. E. Shann on the Life-history and

the gobies is the important part they take in the diet of the
food-fishes.

The material at my disposal was for the most part collected
by Professor M‘Intosh during trawling and other expeditions
in the years 1886-95. The fishes were preserved in spirit ;
thus, though they were decolorized, both the skeletal and soft
parts were well preserved. ‘The collection contains specimens
of G. minutus from all parts of the east coast of Scotland,
and taken at various seasons of the year. There are also a
number of specimens of G. flavescens (olim ruthensparr/)
collected during the same period. Both these species are
common in St. Andrews Bay, the former on a sandy bottom .
usually near land, the latter among the rock-pools. I am
indebted to Dr. Williamson for the loan of a collection of
gobies belonging to the 8. F. B., also to Mr. Richard
Elmbirst, Millport Marine Station, for several specimens of
G. minutus from the Clyde area. The majority of this
collection were preserved in formaline; so that, though the
colouring in many cases remained, the otoliths and often the
scales were entirely missing. This was unfortunate, because
the evidence of the latter structures was required to corrobo-
rate observations on the rate of growth. My obligations are
due to Dr. Tosh for some notes which he had formerly made
on the same collection of gobies, and which he put at my
disposal. Finally, I have to thank Professor M‘Intosh, who
has throughout my work offered many helpful suggestions
and kindly criticisms.

General Outline of Life-history.

The spawning of G. minutus has been described by
M‘Intosh and Masterman*, also by Holt and Byrne f, and
the eggs by the same authors. In this paper little or no
reference will be made to that part of the subject, the inquiry
having been instituted to describe the young forms captured
in various localities, and particularly in St. Andrews Bay,
and approximately to ascertain theirages. ‘The first spawnin
of G. minutus appears to take place about the middle of
April, for larval forms 5°5 mm, in length have been obtained
at Station IV., Moray Firth, on May 2nd. Larval forms
oceur not infrequently in September; as an instance, four

* ‘British Marine Food-Fishes,’ p. 168.

+ Report on the Sea and Inland Fisheries of Ireland for 1901, part ii.
p os.

Rate of Growth in Gobius minutus. 219

specimens, averaging 4 mm., obtained at Station V., Moray
Firth, on September 12th, 1890, may be mentioned. Thus
the spawning period extends over many months. However,
as the appended tables will show, the larval forms occur most
frequently in the summer months, and reach a maximum in
June. ‘There are no ova of G. minutus in the collections on
which the present work is based, but they are said by the
authors above mentioned to measure 1*1 to 1°2 mm. along the
major axis*., The smallest larval forms in the collections
measure 1°5 mm.; these were obtained in a bottom-net at
St. Andrews on June 26th and 27th, 1891, and must have
been newly hatched. There is undoubtedly considerable
variation in G. minutus, but it may be stated at the outset
that, so far as the writer is aware, the majority of the speci-
mens with which this paper deals belong to the typical race,
i, e. G. minutus major, Heincke, as opposed to the estuarine
race, which finds its extreme in the variety G. microps,
Kroyer. The lack of pigment (owing to the fact that the
majority of my specimens were preserved in spirit) renders
this opinion doubtful, but the size of the largest specimens
from the St. Andrews area agrees closely with that given by
Holt and Byrne for the typical race, 7. e. 80 mm. Most of
the specimens from the Clyde area, on the contrary, were
preserved in formaline, and have retained their pigment, but
in these forms the vertical barred marking characteristic of
the estuarine race was not observed, although the length of
the largest specimens rarely exceeds 60 mm.

The appearance and coloration of larval gobies 3-5 mm. is
well described by M‘Intosh and Mastermant. As before
stated, all the larval gobies were preserved in spirit, so that
no further observations with regard to coloration have been
made. Holt and Byrne say of the larve of G. minutus :—
“The young when hatched already have their mouths open
and yolk-sacs nearly absorbed, and soon attain the form of
the adult.” These statements are borne out by Pl. IX.
fig. 1, representing a larval form only 2 mm. in length. It
will further be seen that numerous small oil-globules are
scattered through the yolk-sac, and that there is a pre-anal
fin, though the latter can hardly be described in this case as
“considerable” {. The rays of the soft dorsal and anal fins

* My, Holt in an earlier paper (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., July 1890,
p. 34) gives the measurement as 1-4 to 1-2 mm,
+ Op. cit. p. 169.
t E. W. L. Holt, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., July 1890, p. 37.
1b*

220 ‘Mr. BK. Shann on the Life-history and

appear in 4 mm. specimens, but these fins are not well deve-
loped till 5-5°5 mm, is reached. In most 4 mm. specimens,
too, the otolith and the nasal aperture can be clearly distin-
guished, the former in a median position slightly anterior to
the gill-slit, while the latter is placed midway between the
eye and the point of the snout. By the time 4°5-5 mm. is
reached all trace of the yolk-sac has disappeared, and this
pont in the development may be said to mark the transition
from the larval to the postlarval condition. The spiny dorsal
and ventral fins appear in forms from 6°5-7 mm. In the
anterior portion of a 7 mm. specimen, depicted in PI. IX.
fig. 3, the fused ventrals can be seen slightly posterior to the
gill-slit. In the same figure the fore, mid, and hind brain
are clearly shown ; the otolith has approached nearer to the
eye than was the case in the larval forms; the nasal aperture
can be seen slightly above the line joining the centre of the
eye to the point of the snout; the teeth are well developed,
and the highly inclined mandible is characteristic of gobies
of this size. The eye throughout the larval and most of the
postlarval stages is lateral in position, but at 10-12 mm. it is
found in the dorso-lateral position which it retains throughout
the remainder of the life of the fish. The latter position is
attained by a gradual vertical displacement. In forms from
6-7 mm. the posterior extremity of the notochord is curved
sharply upwards, and the hypural bones of the tail can be
clearly distinguished with the aid of the microscope (see
Pl. 1X. fig. 2). The caudal fin-rays are sixteen in number,
and thereafter increase in size but not in quantity.

About 12 mm. the outward appearance of the adult is
assumed, and the gobies may thenceforward be described as
young, in contradistinction to the postlarval. A specimen
4) mm. in length was captured at St. Andrews towards the
end of April, another 32 mm. at Station V., Firth of Forth,
early in February, and eight averaging 34 mm. off Aberdeen
in the middle of May. All these were young gobies ap-
proaching the end of their first year of growth, and with it
sexual maturity. Six specimens averaging 53 mm. were
procured at St. Andrews in August, five averaging 50 mm. at
Station V., Firth of Forth, in October, and one 60 mm. off
Aberdeen in the middle of May. All these specimens were
fully adult. ‘Thus it may be concluded that sexual maturity
is reached in G‘. minutus when the individual has attained a
length of not less than 45 mm., or, roughly, after the termina-
tion of twelve months’ growth. In corroboration of this
statement the following paragraph may be quoted from the

. a
Rate of Growth in Gobius minutus. 221

paper by Holt and Byrne * to whieh reference has already
been made :—

“Probably the life of this species (G. minutus) seldom
extends over two winters; a specimen kept in a tank at
Plymouth attained a length of 76 mm., and was fully adult
about a year after the probable date of hatching.”

In the present inquiry no example of such rapid growth
can be guoted, but the large size of the specimen described
above may have been in part due to the effects of a compa-
ratively high temperature and plentiful food-supply. At
the same time there are six specimens in the collection
captured near St. Andrews early in September, and therefore
approximately 15 or 16 months old, which have an average
length of 75 mm., and the largest is 80 mm. Most of the
adult fishes appear to die off during the winter following their
breeding-season, for only two such oceur in the large collec-
tion at my disposal from November to March. The two
adult specimens referred to were captured near St. Andrews
towards the end of January, and average 78 mm. An inter-
esting experiment might have been made if these gobies had
been kept alive in a tank; but as one of them had already
reached 80 mm., which is the normal limit of growth for the
species, it is more than probable that they were nearing the
end of their natural life.

Statistical Tables and their Graphic Representation.

All the bottles of gobies in the two collections were first
arranged in chronological order, according to the dates on
which the fishes had been taken. Then the numbers in each
catch were counted, and the average length, inclusive of the
caudal fin, noted. It seemed more than possible that the rate
of growth and the maximum size attained by individual fishes
might vary in different areas. Accordingly the results were
divided into four groups, in relation to the areas in which the
gobies were taken. Thus, four statistical tables are formed,
I. St. Andrews Bay; IJ. Forth Area; III. Clyde Area;
IV. N.W. Area (including Aberdeen Bay and the Moray
Firth). A word must be said with regard to the first column
in the tables headed “ Date of capture.” It is apparent that
an arrangement of dates in which the years are not taken into
account must be defective; but it was considered that a better
end would be served by arranging the fishes according to the

* Op. cit. p. 53.

222 "Mr. E. Shann on the Life-history and

season in which they were captured than by stating merely
the historical order of their addition to the collection. More-
over, the data for any one year were not sufficient in them-
selves to elucidate the problem of the rate of growth of the
species. The calculated age, owing to the fact that young
gobies may be hatched at any period from the middle of
April to the end of August, can only be a rather crude
approximation to the truth. This method of calculation
rested primarily on the average rate of increase in length per
month. It seemed probable that by taking for the first
example a comparatively old specimen, there would be less
risk of error in obtaining this average. Accordingly the
average length of six specimens captured in St. Andrews Bay
on 5/9/89 was taken; this was nearly 75 mm. Now the
greatest number of larval forms occurs, as has been stated, in
June; so that it may be inferred that the time when the
maximum number of these is hatched is the end of May and
beginning of June. Combining these conclusions with the
fact that larval gobies are about 1:5 mm. in length on
hatching, it may be stated, generally speaking, that a speci-
men of G. minutus hatched at the beginning of June will
increase in length 75—1:°5=73°5 mm. by the beginning of
September of the following year, i. e. in fifteen months’ time.
From this the average rate of increase in length per month

may be deduced, viz. “?=4:85 mm. It seemed more than

probable that the rate of growth would be accelerated during
the spring and summer and retarded during the late autumn
and winter. The otoliths of the specimens averaging 75 mm.
were examined, and occasion will be found to deal with these
more minutely later on. At present it is only necessary to
remark that the otoliths showed a thin zone, which had every
appearance of indicating a retarded period of growth. One
of the largest specimens of G. minutus captured in St. An-
drews Bay during its first summer measured 20 mm.: the
date of capture was Sept. 17th. This fish would be rather
over 3} months old if it had been hatched at the most prolific
spawning-period. During that time it had increased 20 —1:5=
18°5 mm.; the average rate of growth per month is ==
5°30 mm. It will be noticed that an exceptionally large
first-year form was taken during September and measuring
30 mm. This fish must have been one of the earliest of the
season ; its age is estimated at 4? months, but even this
estimate gives an increase of 6:00 mm. per month. However,
the rate of growth of no fish is so even that it can be ex-

Rate of Growth in Gobius minutus. : 223

pressed by a constant formula. There are always exceptional
cases which seem to disprove the most carefully constructed
theories in this connexion. But when one considers the
changing conditions of the food-supply, of temperature, ot
fitness for survival of individuals, and of specific variation,
such exceptions must be inevitable. A 40 mm. form was
captured at St. Andrews towards the end of April. Supposing
this was one of the group which reached 20 mm. in the pre-
ceding September, a growth of 20 mm. would have occurred
during the seven intervening months. ‘This only allows an
increase of approximately 3 mm. per month, during the
months of late autumn, winter, and early spring. In a case
of this nature the rate of growth per month works out too
low in the estimation of the writer, and the age of the fish
has been calculated as if it had been hatched at the end o:
June or early in July, in other words, a month later than the
typical period. Thus the age of this 40 mm. specimen
caught in April is given as 10 months. In each case the
“ Calculated age” has been arrived at by such arguments as
the above.

The figures included in the four statistical tables were
reduced to a graphical form. ‘The horizontal line was divided
into equal spaces, each representing a month from May
onwards *, The vertical line represents the average length
of the fish in mm. The dark line drawn parallel to the basal
line, and 1°5 mm, distant, marks the average length at which
gobies are hatched from the egg. The points on the graph
indicate the average length of fish actually caught on a given
date. Thus, two gobies averaging 9'0 mm. were caught at
St. Andrews on 13/7/88 ; taking Graph I., St. Andrews, and
following the horizontal line nearly to the point representing
the middle of the first July after hatching, then turning in a
vertical direction till the 9 mm. horizon is reached, the point
representing the above catch is encountered. An element of
inaccuracy is introduced here again by the fact that no account
is taken of the year in which the fishes were collected. ‘The
dotted lines joining the points on the graph represent the
author’s views with regard to the rate of growth. lor
instance, in Graph I., St. Andrews, one of these lines joins
a point on the 5°5 mm. line above the first third of the space
representing June to a point on the 17:2 mm. line above thie
far end of the space representing July. This implies that a

* The spaces should have been proportional to the days of the month
which they represent ; but for practical purposes the slight error intro-
duced may be neglected.

224 Mr. E. Shann on the Life-history and

goby 5°5 mm. long on June 9th might attain 17-2 mm. on
July 31st. These lines of growth, as they may be termed,
are seen to make a more acute angle with the base-line in the
region representing the winter months, which indicates a less
vigorous rate of growth than in the summer months. It may
be that there is a complete cessation of growth during mid-
winter, in which case the two extremities of the growth-line
between September and April would be more highly inclined,
and the complete cessation of growth indicated by a line
parallel to the base-line; but of this there is no direct proof.
In order to prevent confusion the joining up of all the points
on the graph has been avoided, and a mean point between a
group of actual points has been preferred as a guide. Lor
the same reason, and because it is not probable the rate of
growth is constant for all specimens of G. minutus (even at
the same period of the year), some of these growth-lines, not
too widely separated, have been caused to converge and to
continue in the same line. The graphical method has the
further advantage of bringing out cleayly the months in which
gobies of a certain length are most prevalent.

From Table II., with its appended graph representing the
rate of growth of G. minutus in the Forth area, it seems that
these fishes neither grow so fast nor attain such a length as
their neighbours in St. Andrews Bay. ‘The average rate of
growth per month for the summer period is about 3°5-4°5 mm.,
while that for the winter months scarcely exceeds 1:0 mm.
Both here and in the N.E. area a curious late brood of this
species of goby exists ; the young attain only 7:0 mm. at the
end of November in this case, and are probably equivalent to
those which reach 4°7 mm. in October in the Moray Firth. It
seems probable that the majority of larve are hatched rather
later than in St. Andrews Bay, for numerous captures of
larve are made in July and August.

In the Clyde area a most interesting series of catches was
made in October, 1899, the results of which shed much light
upon the rate of growth of G. minutus in this area. One
batch was taken on the 7th of the month, the other three, at
different stations, on the 10th. It was evident at a glance
that each batch of these fishes could be divided, according to
the length, into two clearly defined groups. The length of
the larger fishes approached 60 mm., that of the smaller
35mm. It seemed clear that the 35 mm. specimens were
the fishes of the current year, while the 60 mm. forms had
been hatched in 1898. ‘Thus at a glance the approximate
growth of G. minutus in the Clyde area was obtained, @. e.

Rate of Growth in Gobius minutus. 229

35 mm. the first four months and 25 mm. in the next twelve.
It is hard to reconcile this conclusion with that formed
from observation of the gobies of St. Andrews Bay. ‘The
rate of growth during the first four months is far more rapid
in the Clyde forms, viz. 8-4 mm. per month as compared with
5*3 (rarely more) on the east. On the contrary, the average
growth per month during the succeeding year is very much
more slow in the Clyde forms. The most probable explana-
tion of the latter phenomenon is that in the west coast gobies
there is a true winter rest, accompanied by cessation from
growth. This supposition has been illustrated graphically in
the appendix to Table IIT. In this case the lines connect the
points representing fishes caught at the same time; the pvints
representing catches of fishes averaging 6°0 mm, and 54 mm.
respectively only happen by chance to fall on one of the
imaginary growth-lines, for they were added after these had
been drawn. Other catches described in Table ILI. are also
represented on the graph. The natural conclusion, from the
data so far cited, is that the Clyde specimens of G. minutus,
if not a distinct variety of the species, are at least a race
which has a markedly different rate of growth at various
periods of the year from that found on the east coast. It
might be supposed that this western race seldom or never
exceeded 60 mm.; but two specimens from Millport reach
67 and 70 mm. respectively. As the date of capture of the
latter is not known, they have not been entered in Table IIT.

The rate of growth in the N.E. area agrees well with that
deduced for St. Andrews Bay. The rate of growth per
month during the first summer is slightly over 5 mm.
Moreover growth seems to continue pretty vigorously during
the winter months, for one specimen measuring 60 mm.,
probably from an early brood of the preceding year, was
captured off Aberdeen in the middle of May. The appended
graph agrees, too, with that illustrative of the forms of
St. Andrews Bay, the lines of growth becoming slightly less
inclined in the area representing the winter months. The
rate of growth during the winter averages about 3 mm. per
month. ‘Lhe range in size of fishes taken in October in this
area is remarkable, the smallest being but 4°7 mn., while the
largest is 36°0 mm. in length.

four specimens of G. minutus were taken on 20/1/06 in
the river ‘Tay, four miles above the bridge. ‘hese measured
67, 65, 63, and 49 mm. respectively, and their age was
probably about 20 months, though the smallest specimen may
have been somewhat younger. Whether these forms would

226 Mr. E. Shann on the Life-history and

have survived till the following summer is problematical ;
but it is possible that comparative freedom from competition
and from the depredations of their enemies, due to their
estuarine environment, allow these forms to enjoy a longer
life than their neighbours in the sea. It may be added that
a specimen of G. minutus measuring 85 mm., the largest in
the collection, was captured in the watersof the Tay. There
is no record of the date of capture of the latter; but it was
found among a shoal of sprats. There is also another large
specimen, date and locality unknown, which measures 82 mm.

Table 1.—St. Andrews.

Calcu-
No. of | Average ;
eres speci- | len oth lated Condition. Depth = wees

BpUEe | Gnens lan ae |e a peu?

months.

25/1/86 2 785 21 Adult. Shallow bottom.

26/4/88 1 40-0 10 Nearly adult. Mid-water.
7/6/89 25 50 2 | Larval. Bottom.

9/6/91 2 55 3 | Postlarval. Bottom.
9/6/91 5 2:8 x | Larval. Bottom.

26/6/91 12 2:0 ¢ | Larval. Bottom.

28/6/86 3 136 2 Young. Mid-water.
1/7/87 4 115 14 | Young. Harbour,

2/7/88 4 8:0 1 Postlarval. Bottom.
6/7/88 16 61 3 | Postlarval. Mid-water.
9/7/91 5 128 12 | Young. Shallow bottom.

10/7/88 I 6:0 2 | Postlarval. Mid-water.

13/7/88 2 9:0 14. (| Postlarval. Mid-water.

22/7/91 a 5:2 3 | Postlarval. sottom.

22/7/91 8 4:5 3 | Larval. Bottom.

31/7/89 10 9°6 1} | Young & postlarval.} Rock-pool.

31/7/89 10 17°2 3 Young. Rock-pool.
4/8/88 16 98 1} | Postlarval. Mid-water.

11/8/84 6 53°5 13 Adult. Rock-pool.

21/8/88 4 3'8 3 | Larval. Bottom.

28/8/95 2 4:0 2 | Larval,

29/8/88 2 72 1 Postlarval. Mid-water.
3/9/88 i 20°0 33 | Young. Mid-water.
5/9/89 6 74:8 15 Adult. Shallow bottom.

15/9/89 2 10:0 13 | Postlarval. Mid-water.
P/9/89 1 30°0 4+ | Young,

2/9/89 8 172 54; | Young.

17/9/88 i 20:0 34 | Young, Mid-water.

22/9/88 11 12:0 12 | Young. Mid-water.

26/9/88 1 6-0 1 Postlarval. Mid-water.

1/10/91 4 12-7 2 Young, Bottom.

24/10/95 24 14:5 27 | Young.

227

tus.
ye

lus minu

Graph I.—St. Andrews.

Rate of Growth in Gob

MM.
&0
60

*TOQUIAAO NT

*19q0}0Q

‘raqumeydag

“ysnsny

|

“se

‘oun

ABW

Graph II.—Forth Area.

*qaquieda(y
*19qQUI9AO NT
*19qQ0}9G
xoqunatlek
hana
“ATO

oun

“ABT

[ady

*"yoleyy

“AIBNUE [*

“Taquraded

“LIQUIGAC NT

“1aqoVIO

*daquiaydog
“qsnony
“Ayn ¢

-aun(’

“AV

228 Mr. E. Shann on the Life-history and

Table 1..—Forth Area.

to ee Eee ee eee

+ Calcu-
No. of | Average .
Date of speci- length ae Condition. Se ah
capture. | ens. | in mm. | *8212 Depth.
; * | months.
9/2/95 il 32:0 9 Nearly adult. V.,.—
22/5/95 1 30 2 | Larval. IL, —.
25/5/95 1 5-0 A Larval. VIL, —.
2/6/92 5 5:2 M Postlarval. —, mid-water,
20/6/94 20 45 3 | Larval. ©, surface.
7/7/91 63 11:6 24 | Young. Alloa, bottom.
19/7/91 21 65 13 | Postlarval. VI., bottom.
21/7/91 3 4-2 2 | Larval. IX., bottom.
31/7/90 10 4:2 3 | Larval. VIL., bottom.
3/8/91 13 12:0 23 | Young & postlarval.| Alloa, —.
6/8/90 16 4:5 » 2 | Larval & postlarval.| VIIL, —.
6/8/91 8 50 i Larval & postlarval.| VII., —.
13/8/91 10 73 13 | Postlarval. V., bottom.
14/8/91 25 51 il Larval & postlarval. | I., bottom.
17/8/91 9 55 dk Postlarval. VIL., bottom.
24/8/94 5 55 1 Postlarval, III., bottom.
24/8/93 ll 16:0 34 | Young. IIL. bottom.
27/8/93 3 6:2 13 | Postlarval. V., bottom.
29/8/94 3 5:0 i Larval. VILL., bottom.
30/8/93 9 59 13 | Postlarval. VL., bottom.
4/9/90 5 6:2 1: | Postlarval. IX., bottom.
24/9/93 2 | 15-0 31 | Young. L, bottom.
29/9/93 12 76 12 | Postlarval. 1X., bottom.
29/9/93 11-0 22 | Very young. heen
1/10/91 4 1a? 22 | Young & postlarval.| V., bottom.
15/10/90 1 8:0 2 Postlarval. I., bottom.
17/10/90 10 14:0 34 | Young. 1IL., bottom.
18/10/90 2 12°5 3 Young. I., bottom.
19/10/91 1] 13°6 33 | Young. ILL., bottom.
20/10/90 5 49:8 ff Adult. V., bottom.
24/10/91 4 95 21+ | Postlarval. V., bottom.
28/10/91 8 13-4 34 | Young, VIL1., bottom.
20/11/91 3 186 4% | Young. ILL., bottom.
23/11/91 1 7:0 12 | Postlarval. [X., bottom.
24/11/91 1 18:0 4% | Young. V., bottom. ,
2/12/91 2 18:5 4? | Young. Ss
10 60-1 Seo || ALU ——.

16/12/06

Rate of Growth in Gobius minutus. 229

Table I1I.—Clyde Area.

Date of
capture,

23/6/99
14/9/99
17/9/01
20/9/01

7/10/99
10/10/99
10/10/99

10/10/99
—/10/09

—_—_——-

No. of | Average ee
speci- | length i sis Condition. Station.
mens. | inimm, | #8° 7
months,
10 6:0 ~ | Larval & postlarval.| Strachur Bay.
10 57°2 16 Adult. XIII.
2 00°5 142 | Adult. L. Etive.
2 54:0 15 Adult. L, Long.
j 10 389 4 | Young.
i .6 59:0 164 | Adult.
25 33°0 2 | Young. (
21 57:8 154 | Adult. \
12 3845 2 | Young. 7
4 | 57-2 15% | Adult. WITT.
pac 36'0 4 Young. IX
ye 580 16 Adult. ae
3 49:2 15 Adult. Millport.

June.

July.
August,
September.
October.
November.
December.
J ae
February.
March,
April

tay,

Bare

July
September.
October.

230 Mr. E. Shann on the Life-history and
Table 1V.—N.E. Area.

Date of No. of | Average reas
cAptiate speci- | length age in Condition. Locality.
mens, | in mM. | | Oths.
2/5/93 48 Be Ne aur IV., Moray Firth,
1 60: Adult.
18/5/04 Pe pes aD; | | Young. Aberdeen Bay.
26/5/90 35 47 3 | Larval. Cromarty Firth.
3/7/94 13 35 + | Larval. I., Moray Firth.
15/7/94 ae 6:0 3 | Postlarval. X., Moray Firth.
25/7/90 1 71:0 15 Adult. Smith Bank.
12/9/90 6 4:0 2 | Larval. V., Moray Firth.
4/10/94 i 4:7 3 | Larval. IL., Moray Firth. -
9/10/00 27 188 3 Young. Aberdeen Bay.
11/10/94 4 13:0 2} | Very young. XIV., Moray Firth.
12/10/94 2 20:2 3t ae XV., Moray Firth.
1 36:0 6+ oung. :

18/10/00 | 45 eee St bvenae Aberdeen Bay,
23/10/00 15 29:0 54 | Young. VI., Aberdeen Bay.
24/10/00 70 31:2 9) Young. VIT., Aberdeen Bay.
26/10/00 32 21-9 33 | Young. III., Aberdeen Bay.

Graph I1V.—N.E. Area.

May.
September.
October.
November.
December.
February.
June

July

Rate of Growth in Gobius minutus. 231

Scales.

The scales of the species of gobies examined are invariably
ctenoid; but as those of the various species differ in many
respects from one another, they will be dealt with in turn
later. The scales are always closely applied to the skin : they
are slightly corrugated, but their margins are generally entire.
Unfortunately the majority of the gobies in the collection were
destitute of scales. Whether this was due to rough treatment
in the trawl or to the action of the preservative in which the
fish had been kept there is some doubt; but as there were
usually a considerable number of loose scales in the bottles,
the latter is the more probable cause. The fishes preserved
in spirit retain their scales in a more satisfactory manner than
those preserved in formaline.

The most striking feature about the scales of gobies is the
uniform character of the concentric rings. ‘These are very
clearly marked from the youngest stages, and although many
of the rings may be discontinuous or even intersecting in
pairs, there is a mathematical precision about their arrange-
ment which defies attempts to define the limit between summer
and winter growths. Hoffbauer found that in the case of the
carp the number of concentrie rings representing a given
period of growth did not vary much in scales taken from
corresponding parts of the same fish. This is not so in the
case of G. minutus, for on four adjacent scales of a 75 mm.
specimen 32, 26, 18, 16 concentric rings were counted.
Adjacent scales taken from examples of other species of
Gobius, however, show but very slight variation in the
number of concentric rings, especially in the younger stages.
From the data given under the heading of the various species,
it seems probable that there is absolutely no relation between
the number of concentric rings on the scale of a goby and the
length of the fish from which the scale was taken. In other
words the number of rings on the scale is no criterion for
estimating the age of a goby. Few, if any, writers on the
subject ever put confidence in the number of rings on the
scale as an aid to age identification in the larger fishes, but it
seemed possible that in these short-lived forms an approxi-
mate relationship might be found. Hoffbauer cites the case
of a carp, living under unfavourable conditions, whose scales
showed a very even distribution of the concentric rings. That
is to say, a fish which usually shows most clearly on its scales
the varying width between the rings due to the varying con-
ditions of environment, when transferred to uniform conditions
of environment showed uniform width between the concentric

232 Mr. E. Shann on the Life-history and

rings on its scales. App'ying this argument to the subject
of the present paper, it may be supposed that during the
whole of their short life the gobies are more or less active,
that they continue to grow uniformly, and correlative with
this we find the even growth of their scales. It would be
necessary to keep some gobies under observation during a
complete year in order to prove the above hypothesis. When
the otoliths are examined it will be found that there is in
them an indication of the periods of growth characteristic of
the better known food-fishes. Thus, there may be other
causes at work which bring about the evenness of the con-
centric rings on the scales, The radial markings on scales
have also been suggested as possible means for age determi-
nation. It has been observed by Cunningham *, and is
evident in the present drawings from the scales of different
species of Grobius (see Pl. IX. figs. 4-7), that the radial mark-
ings can be divided by their respective lengths (on the same
scale) into two or more groups. The first group consists of
those markings which reach, or nearly reach, the innermost
concentric ring of the scale. The second group of markings
terminates approximately at the concentric ring which formed
the limit of the first season’s growth. In large er fishes more
groups are found ; but, as might be expected, the gobies never
show more than two series, indicating two periods of growth,
It is in the cases of G. niger and G. jeffreysit that this
arrangement of the radial markings is most accentuated ; the
markings on the scales of the 51 mm. specimen of G. minutus
(Pl. LX. fig. 4) offer little evidence in this respect, and from
the knowledge of this species it may be stated that the radial
markings in all cases which have been examined offer as little
help as the concentrics towards age determination.

In all cases the scales were taken from the side of the fish
described, halfway between the anterior ends of the soft dorsal
and anal fins, unless otherwise stated.

(1) G. niger.

Scales comparatively large, rarely more than 40 in a longi-
tudinal row, 13-15 in vertical f, irregular square in outline,
strong faa markings, teeth long compared to those on the
scales of other gobies. A specimen taken in July and

* XXIII. Annual Report 8. F. B. p. 125.

+ These numbers, and those given for other species, are taken from
Holt and Byrne, op. ct. The numbers have been veritied where the
individuals of any given species in the collection were in sufficient
quantities.

Rate of Growth in Gobius minutus. 233

measuring 61 mm. showed 55 and 56 concentric rings on
adjacent scales (see Pl. LX. fig.5). A form taken in the same
month and measuring 58 mm. showed 60 and 65, while
another measuring 52 mm. showed 72 concentric rings upon
scales from the typical area.

(2) G. friesti.

Scales very large, only 28-29 in a longitudinal row, 8—9 in
vertical, oblong in shape, with the teeth on the longer slightly
convex side. ‘he teeth are rather uneven in large (85 mm.)
specimens; they have slightly swollen bases. ‘The radial
markings are pronounced and usually terminate in slight
clefts in the side of the scale opposite to that which bears the
teeth (see PI. 1X. fig.6). The following table will bring out
the fact that though the number of concentric rings is fairly
constant for scales taken from the same part of the same fish,
yet the numbers bear no relation to the size of the fish from
which the scales were taken.

Dato of Number of conc.
i : o Locality. Length. | rings on adjacent
capture. Sa
mm
10/10/99 Clyde. 81 97,93
17/10/99 Clyde. 85 100, 95
10/10/99 Clyde. 87 80, 75

(3) G. flavescens (olim ruthensparri).

One of the small-scaled gobies, 35-40 scales in a longi-
tudinal row, 12-15 in vertical. Roughly circular in outline,
with a rather acute curve of the portion to which the teeth
are attached. Teeth long and even, more symmetrical than
those of other species. ‘The smallest specimens from which
scales were obtained measured 19 mm. ‘Three scales taken
from the typical area of a 25 mm. specimen each showed 10
concentric rings.

(4) G. minutus.

Scales very small and variable in number, upwards of 60,
though often much less, in a longitudinal row, 13-19 in
vertical. Outline elliptical, with the teeth placed along the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. v. 17

934 Mr. E. Shann on the Life-history and

obtuse curve. Teeth small, with only a slight swelling at
the base. Radial markings numerous. A scale of G. minutus
is depicted in Pl. 1X. fig. 4. Scales were obtained from
specimens 18 mm. and 19°5 mm., but none were found on
specimens 16-17 mm. In the young forms the concentric
rings are very clearly defined, but in the larger specimens
(50 mm. upwards) the rings are not so distinct, and many
are discontinuous, while the innermost are much contorted.
The following table will illustrate the fact that in this species
the number of rings on adjacent scales varies excessively,
nor is there any relationship between the size of a fish
and the average number of rings on scales taken from the
typical area.

pars Locality. Length. No. of concentric rings.
mm.
32 9, 9, 10
6/2/90 | Open sea. } 43 18, 18, 14, 14
43 6, 6, 11, 11, 12, 12
64 25, 28, 34
5/9/89 | Eden mouth. ! 75 16, 18, 26, 32
gence 42, 46
45 15, 15, 17, 17, 18
—/10/09 | Clyde. ! 51 15, 16, 16
51 12, 13, 14
28 4, 5,6
13/10/00 | Aberdeen. } 32 tpg
32 BAGG Tar
25/1/86 | St. Andrews. 81 39, 40, 40, 41, 41
36 7,8, 10, 11, 12
: 55 20, 20, 22, 22
P ee ! 67 11, 15, 15
70 19, 27, 27
2 2 67 97, 32

(5) G@. jeffreysit.

Scales large, under 30 in a longitudinal row, and 7 in
vertical. Broad and roughly rectangular: the long side on
which the teeth are placed shows a marked convexity, the
opposite side is considerably indented where the radial
markings reach the edge of the scale. The teeth rather large
and shaped like a retort, the points being directed inwards.
The radial markings are well developed, and, in the scale figured
in P]. IX. fig. 7, can be divided into two distinct series. The
concentrics are clearly marked and evenly distributed. Ona
scale of a 60 mm. specimen there were 50 rings.

Rate of Growth in Gobius minutus. 235

Otoliths.

The otoliths can first be observed in specimens of G. minu-
tus upwards of 4mm. An otolith extracted from a 12 mm.
form is figured in Pl. X. fig. 8, as seen by reflected light.
At this stage the form is plate-like, and the concentric layers
are visible under a low power of the microscope. In a form
of 19 mm., mounted in balsam, the otolith can be seen very
clearly ; it is on a line with a point rather above the centre
of the eye, and about a diameter of the eye from the outer
edge of the latter. Pl. X. fig. 9 represents an otolith from
a 33 mm, fish as seen by reflected light. The central portion
is not very thick; then follows the denser growth of the
summer and early autumn, and finally the thin growth of
the late autumn.

From this point onwards the otoliths of G. ménutus are
concavo-convex in shape, and are so opaque that it is quite
impossible in most cases to make out the internal structure.
The otolith lies in the auditory capsule, placed slightly poste-
rior to the eye; the convex surface is turned outwards. As
has been stated before, when the fish had been preserved in
formaline, the otoliths are either entirely absent or are merely
represented by a mass of pulp. Difficulty was experienced in
devising a method for observing the structure of the larger
otoliths. Sectioning was tried with a scalpel, but in most
cases only resulted in splitting the stone into fragments.
Finally, a clean otolith was placed upon a glass slide and
covered with a drop of melted wax. When the latter had
hardened, the wax covering the convex surface of the otolith
was carefully removed. A drop of dilute acid (HCl) was then
applied to the exposed surface. By watching the action of
the acid on the calcium carbonate under a low power of the
microscope it was possible to check the process (with excess of
water) when the otolith was sufficiently thin. ‘lhe wax pre-
vented the acid from attacking the sides of the otolith. ‘The
wax was removed by heating the slide gently over a Bunsen
flame, and then washing with a few drops of xylol. During
this process if the otolith had been worn down excessively it
not infrequently broke up. It was then mounted in Farrant’s
Solution. This method of observing otolith-structure is not
of much practical value, for much time is required for each
observation and so many failures occur. It may further be
questioned whether much reliance can be placed in results
obtained in this way, for many of the markings may have
been induced by the action of the acid. However, a series of

1i*

236 Mr. E. Shann on the Life-history and

six sections of otoliths of G. m¢nutus was obtained in this
manner. ‘lhe fishes from which they were taken form a
representative sequence ; particulars of their locality, size, and,
most important in this connexion, their date of capture are
noted in tabular form below. The drawings in Pl. X. were
outlined by aid of the camera lucida and filled in by free-hand.
The otoliths are all shown as seen by reflected light, so that
the darker zones indicate thinner areas, and vice versd. Yor
the reasons above stated the inferences as to age determination
by this method are not to be insisted on, but the results are
given for what they are worth. Suffice it to say that they
are, at least to some extent, in keeping with the conclusions
arrived at by other methods—that is to say, that, in all proba-
bility, the growth of G. minutus continues throughout the
year, but that there is a slight retardation during the winter
months, which in the case of the Clyde specimens appears to
amount to an actual cessation. Unfortunately, owing to being
preserved in formaline, the otoliths of the Clyde specimens
had not retained their normal composition.

Tabulated Results of Obs-rvations of the Otoliths of G. minutus.

ates Locality. aa Concentric markings, ; map Se aoe ar
9/7/91 | St. Andrews. 12 Uniform. Very young.
Thin central region,| In the midst of retarded
9/90 | 8
ee ees es thick summer growth, period of growth of
= and bordered with| first winter
ort VO pearsee. ee thin layer. hatching.
‘ Thin central region,| In the midst of active !
ESE PUREE} AE thick summer growth, growth of second sum-
11/8/84 | St. Andréws 58 thin growth of win-| mer.
: ; ter, thick zone.
6/9/89 | St. Andrews. 64 One thin zone on the| Completing end ofsecond |
central side of a half} summer's growth,
5/9/89 | St. Andrews.| 75 radius of the otolith.
25/1/86 | St. Andrews.| 81 Two complete zones of| Approaching the end of

half zone thin, growth,

growth, outermost} the second winter's

Rate of Growth in Gobius minutus. 237

It will be seen from the above table that though the fishes
were arranged in order of their respective lengths, the series
of dates of capture falls into a natural sequence of itself.
Further, that fishes of different lengths captured on the same
date show a marked agreement in the structure of their
otoliths. Another point in support of the age-determination
by this method is the fact that the average diameter of the
otolith, or part of an otolith, bordered by the first dark (thin)
band is practically constant. From this it may be inferred
that, at the end of the first winter’s growth, the otolith of
G. minutus reaches an approximately constant size ; hence,
that markings of the otoliths are at least an approximate clue
to the age of the fishes which bear them. It will be seen
from the drawings that the outline of the otolith is at first
circular, but undergoes a series of changes by which it
assumes the form of an irregular polygon, and finally in
80 mm. forms becomes roughly rectangular. In this con-
nexion it is noteworthy that in several specimens about 65 mm.
the otolith outline formed an almost regular pentagon; this
is well shown in Pl. X. fig, 13.

Some Additional Notes on G. flavescens, Fabr.

(olim ruthensparri).

The breeding-season of this species continues over a con-
siderable period—that is to say, from April or Muay to the end
of August. In marked contrast to G. minutus, however, the
young of very varied sizes, and probably of different ages,
live together in shoals. This fact renders a definite idea of
the rate of growth of the species almost impossible. Ina
haul made in Loch Gilp on 31/10/99 upwards of forty speci-
mens of G. flavescens were taken, and these ranged in size
from 12°5 to 27°0 mm.; moreover they formed a uniform
series, the largest gap in which was 1°56 mm. In the same
haul were four specimens ranging from 31°5 to 36 mm., and
these differed very little in aspect from the largest of the
first-mentioned series. In another haul made in the 8.E.
corner of St. Andrews Bay on 16/9/89 upwards of fifty
specimens were taken, and these formed a series, with scarcely
a break, from 9 to 32°5 mm. On 5/11/97 in Bressay Sound
a series was obtained ranging from 20 to 32mm. It was
possible to make out the structure of the otoliths of the latter
fishes, and they showed a dense growth surrounded by a
thinner growth, indicating that the fishes were entering upon
a period of retarded growth. All that can be stated with any

238 On the Life-history of Gobius minutus.

certainty from the above data is that 32-36 mm. is the limit
of growth for the first season in G. flavescens.

Holt and Byrne give 64 mm. as the total length of a
fully grown specimen of this species. The largest specimens
in the collections under consideration only measure 42 and
44°5 mm. respectively. The former was captured on Smith
Bank on 25/7/90, the latter on 28/5/96, locality not stated.
It seems probable that larger examples of this species may
exist off the east coast of Scotland, for a form 44°5 mm. at the
end of May would doubtless attain a greater length before
the close of the season. At all events it seems probable that
maturity is reached during the spring or summer following
the season in which the fishes were hatched. An interesting
account of the life-history and habits of this species is given
by Holt and Byrne *, from which the following paragraph is
quoted :—‘*So far as any conclusions can be drawn from
merely examining specimens of a species with such an ex-
tended breeding-season, it appears that members of this
species do not ordinarily survive the second winter following
the summer in which they are hatched.” It is this “‘ extended
breeding-season ’’ which renders equally problematical the
rate of growth in G‘. flavescens. Reasons have been stated
for taking April as the earliest month of spawning, and 34 mm.
as the greatest average length attained at the close of the first
season—that is, about the end of October. Supposing that
the young forms are hatched at the end of April, and that
they measure 1 mm, on hatching, the average rate of growth
during the first season may be given approximately as ae
or 5'5 mm. per month. ‘The data are insufficient to offer
even an approximation to the rate of growth for the second
season. For instance, a specimen in the second season
measures 44:5 mm, at the end of May; it may be asked, Is
this one of the forms which reaches over 30 mm. in the pre-
ecding autumn, or one of those which only measures 10 mm.
at the same period? The answer to such a question must
be doubtful. ‘To render the first case probable it is necessary
to assume that there is in this species a winter rest of con-
siderable duration ; the second case would indicate that the
rate of growth was little influenced by seasonal changes.

Dr. J. R. Tosh, in the notes which have been referred to,
makes the following observation :— The young are without
the second spot below the first dorsal fin up to about 28 mm.
From 30-32 mm. it begins to show faintly, and thereafter it
increases in density. The spot shows well in forms 35~

* Irish Fisheries Reports, 1901, part ii. p. 50.

On Mammals from Eastern Buenos Ayres, Ge. 239
36 mm.” This “second spot,” placed below the middle of
the spiny dorsal fin and posterior to the base of the pectoral,
is said by Holt and Byrne to occur only in the male. As
before stated, there are only two mature specimens of G. fla-
vescens in the collection; these specimens both bore the
second spot, and proved on dissection to be males.

-
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
PuaTE IX.
Fig. 1. Larval Gobius minutus 2mm. in length. x 42.
Fig. 2. Tail of postlarval Gobius minutus 7 mm. in length. x 42.
Fig. 3. Head of ditto. x 42.
Fig. 4. Scale from a specimen of G. minutus 51 mm. in length. x 24.
Fig. 5. Scale from a specimen of G. niger 61 mm. in length. x 24.
Fig. 6. Scale from a specimen of G. friesit 81 mm. in length. x 24.
7

. Scale from a specimen of G. jeffreysit 60 mm. in length. x 24.

PLATE X.

Fig. 8. Otolith from a specimen of G. minutus 12 mm. in length,
captured in July. x 37.

Fig. 9. Ditto ditto 83 mm. in length, captured in February. x 37.
Fig. 10*, Ditto ditto 45 mm. in length, captured in February. x 37.
#ig. 11. Ditto ditto 51 mm. in length, captured in August. x 37.

‘tg. 12. Ditto ditto 58 mm. in length, captured in August. x 37.
Fg. 13. Ditto ditto 64 mm. in length, captured in September. x 37.
fig. 14. Ditto ditto 81 mm. in length, captured in January. x 37.

XXXIII.—A Collection of Mamma’s from Enstern Buenos
Ayres, with Descriptions of related new Mammals from other
Localities. By OULDFIELD THOMAS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)
By the kind help of Mr. Ernest Gibson, Mr. C. H. B. Grant,

already well known for his mammal collecting in 8. Africa
for the Rudd Exploration, has recently been enabled to spend
a few months making a collection of mammals and birds for
the British Museum at the former’s ranche ‘ Los Yngleses,”’
in the eastern part of the Province of Buenos Ayres.

This region has not hitherto been represented in the
Museum by any modern specimens except a few collect.d by
myself in 1896 at La Plata, about 120 miles N.N.E. of the

* N.B.—The otoliths from this onwards were subjected to treatment
with acid (HCl).

240 Mr, O. Thomas on Mammals from

present locality, which is in the district of Ajé, inland of
Cape San Antonio, halfway between La Plata and Mar del
Plata.

Eighteen species are represented, and though it might have
been supposed that the region was well known, so many points
of interest have cropped up that I have thought it best to
give a complete list of the collection, besifés describing such
new forms from other localities as have become apparent
during the process.

1. Nycteris * cinerea villosissima, Ki. Geoff.

3. 2082, 2083; ¢. 2064, 2088.

Dr. Allen has again fT revived the question of the identifi-
cation of the ‘“ Chauve-souris septiéme”’ of Azara, which in
1901 I assigned to the Paraguayan representative of the
cinerea group, and lie later in the same year to the borealis
group. On my reaffirming my opinion he has produced a
new theory—that Azara’s bat was not a Wycteris (Lasiurus),
but a Dasypterus, probably my LD. ega argentinus.

While admitting that this theory has a little more plausi-
bility than the dorca/is view, 1 am not disposed to abandon
my original opinion, for several reasons.

Firstly, if the two theories were of exactly equal proba-
bility (and even this I do not think is the case) the cinerea
identification should be adhered to as having been the first
made by an author who had duly considered the whole subject.

Secondly, the reputed absence of e/nerea from Paraguay
cannot be really correct, since it occurs both to the north and
south of that country, as I knew when making the identifi-
eation. Dr. Allen would seem to have been ignorant of this
fact.

Thirdly, Dr. Allen seems to have been influenced by
Rengger’s account of his “ villosissimus”’ ; but that is entirely
immaterial to the discussion, as Geoffroy’s name is based
solely on Azara’s description.

The border of the interfemoral of these southern specimens
of cinerea is not hairy, and Azara’s description of the colour
appears to me more applicable to the present bat than to the
Dasypterus.

“‘ Found hanging in Tala tree in monte.”—C. H. B. G.

* Lasiurus auctorum. See Miller, P. Biol. Soc. Wash. xxii. p. 90
(1909).
+ Mamm. S. Patagonia, p. 188 (1905),

Eastern Buenos Ayres, ke. 241

2. Myotis nigricans, Geoff.

&. 2051, 2096, 2103.
2 oS bY inispint
“Caught in house at night.”’—O. H. B. G.

3. Felis geoffroyi, D’Orb.
d. 2086, 2087, 2095 Gjuv.); 2. 2075.

4, Canis azare, Wied.

dS. 2069, 2072; 2. 2070, 2073.—All young.

5. Conepatus gibsoni, sp. n.
3. 2056; 9. 2057, 2058.

Two young in spirit.

Size about as in C. chinga and feuillei, therefore distinctly
larger than in C. suffocans and proteus. Fur coarse, as in
the other Argentine species, very different from the soft fur
of C. humboldti. White lines distinct, well defined, about
half an inch broad anteriorly, and posteriorly broadening to
about an inch on the back; separate from each other on the
crown; continued backwards over the hips and passing boldly
on to the sides of the tail, on the lower side of which they
sometimes coalesce. In C. chinga they are united on the
crown and almost or quite die away in passing over the rump,
though they reappear on the sides of the base of the tail.
In C. feuilled also they are joined on the crown, but quite
dwindle away before reaching the tail. Tail black above for
its basal three inches, then with a large heavy tuft of hairs,
which are mostly wholly white, but among which, especially
at the tip, there are some that are white basally and black
terminally. Such two-coloured hairs are not present in the
most nearly allied species, but are characteristic of C. hum-
boldti and C. suffocans.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 331 mm.; tail 188; hind foot 54; ear 24.

Skull: condylo-basal length 67 (that of a male 73:5) ;
zygomatic breadth 44; palatal length 28; front of canine to
back of m1 20°6.

Type. Old female. B.M. no. 9. 12. 1. 18. Original
number 2058. Collected 6th October, 1908.

This skunk is readily distinguishable from C. proteus and
suffocans by its larger size, from C. chinga and feuillet by its
stripes not coalescing on the forehead and by their even

242 Mr. O. Thomas on ALammals from

continuance over the rump and on to the sides of the tail,
from C. humboldti by its coarser fur, and from all except
C. humboldti and suffucans by the two-coloured hairs in its
heavily tufted tail.

I have named this fine animal in honour of Mr. Ernest
Gibson, to whose help and hospitality the making of this
interesting collection is due.

“ Caught in hollow tree in monte.”—C. /7, B. G.

6. Holochilus darwint, Thos.
o. 2109 (imm:) ses 2108, 2110. (yz2.).

In spirit from Mr. Gibson’s collection—two males, 62 a
and 6, immature and very old respectively.

Tne old male skull taken from 626 shows a remarkable
superiority in size over the adult female, 2108, but the differ-
ence seems to be characteristic of some at least of tle species
of this genus. Darwin’s type from Bahia Blanca is a female.

All the specimens agree in having fulvous bellies, and
differ therein from the Panama and La Plata H. vulpinus.

7. Oryzomys flavescens, Waterh.

oY 20555) 2052:
‘Trapped in hollow tree in monte.’—C, ZH, B. G@.

8. Eligmodontia laucha, Desm.

9. 2102.
“Caught in esparto grass.’—C. H. B. G.

9. Akodon arenicola, Waterh.

9, 2111, 2112.
“ Burnt out of reed-bed.”—C. H. B. G.

10. Ctenemys talarum antonit, subsp. n.

do. 2060, 2080, 2081; ¢. 2062, 2067, 2068, 2071, 2079,
2107, 2113.

Adult and two young in spirit.

Longer tailed, paler, and with more white on the under
surface than in true talarum.

Size as in talarum. Colour of head and back generally
paler, most specimens near ‘‘ isabella,” the dorsal area little
blackened. In talarum the dorsal hairs are heavily blackened
terminally and the frontal region is prominently deep black,
this colour being only present in one out of the ten Ajé

Eastern Buenos Ayres, &c. 213

specimens. Under surface pale ‘ wood-brown,” not so
creamy as in talarum ; marked white patches present in the
‘axilla, on the inner sides of the hips, and on the centre of the
inguinal region ; in ta/arum a minute axillary patch is alone
present. ‘l'ail markedly longer than in ¢talarum, brown above,
paler below.

Skull very much as in talarum, but distinct parietal
masseteric ridges are perceptible, which is not the case in
talarum.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :-—

Head and body 174 mm.; tail 70; hind foot 28.

Skull: condylo-basal length 41°5; zygomatic breadth 25°5 ;
nasals 14x 6°8; interorbital breadth 9°2; mastoid breadth
on lips of meatus 25 ; upper molar series (alveoli) 9°5.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 9. 12. 1. 29. Original
number 2081. Collected 14th December, 1908.

This ‘Tuco-tuco differs so much on the average from the
form which | found at La Plata that it should apparently be
distinguished subspecifically, The colour characters are not
absolutely constant, one specimen in ten having a black
frontal region and darkened back, while one example of
talarum has the brownish under surface of antoniz. In tail-
length the Ajé form measures from 61 to 70 mm., while in
the La Plata animal the tail is 52-57 in length.

From C. azare, the Tuco-tuco of the Central Pampas of
Buenos Ayres Province*, C. talarum, in either subspecies,
is readily distinguishable by its much narrower bulle.

“‘ Ploughed out in sandy potrero.” “Caught running

about in garden.”— C. H. B. G.

The following Ctenomys also seems to need description :—

Ctenomys fodax, sp. n.
Allied to Ct. osgoodi, Allen +, but rather larger and with

various cranial] differences.

Size among the largest of the genus. Fur rather softer
and looser than in osgood?. Colour above varying from pale
cinnamon to isabella, but averaging more cinnamon tian in
the allied species. Tail and hind feet both longer than in
that animal, but owing to the want of good flesh-measure-
ments the difference cannot be very exactly stated.

* Cf. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xii. p. 243 (1903).

1 Ct. robustus, Allen, Bull. Am. Mus. N. H. xix. p. 185 (1901);
Mamm. Southern Patagonia, p. 58,1905 (nee Phil.). Ct. osgoodi, id.
Mamm. 8. Pat. p. 191 (footnote).

244 Mr. O. Thomas on Mammals from

Skull rather larger and more bowed than in Ct. osgoodi.
Nasals broad in front, ranging in eleven specimens from 9 to
10 mm. in greatest breadth, as compared with 7°8 in the
broadest of five specimens of osgoodd ; incorrelation with this
the whole muzzle is broader; posteriorly the nasals extend
almost or quite as far backwards as the fronto-premaxillary
processes, while in osgood: the latter processes always
noticeably surpass the nasals. Height of crown above
alveolar margin about 17 mm. as compared with 15:5 in
osgoodt. Top of brain-case with the projecting piece of the
bullee which appears on the upper surface on each side of the
interparietal quite small (1-3 mm. in diameter) and distant
from the transverse occipital crest by at least its own diameter,
while in osgoodé this is larger (4—5 mm.) and is carried close
up against the front side of the crest. Interparietal longer
than broad, the converse being the case in osgoodi— commonly
divided by a median suture.

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—

Head and body (apparently stretched) 260 mm.; tail 98 ;
hind foot (s. u.) 40°5.

Skull: condylo-basal length 57°5; greatest breadth 33:7 ;
nasals 24x 9°5; interorbital breadth 10:5; least breadth
across brain-case 15:2; posterior breadth on ridge behind
meatus 80°3; upper molar series (alveoli) 12°5.

Hab. Valle del Lago Blanco, Cordillera region of Southern
Chubut, Patagonia (about 46° 8., 71° W.).

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 3. 7. 9. 66. Collected 15th
August, 1899, by J. Koslowsky. Thirteen specimens ex-
amined,

The species to which this Tuco-tuco is most nearly allied,
Ct. osgood2, was obtained during the “ Princeton University
Expedition to Patagonia” on the Upper Rio Chico, rather
more than two degrees south of the above locality. ‘Two
topotypical specimens of it were presented to the British
Museum by the authorities of the United States National
Museum, and I have now been permitted the loan of three
further specimens for the purposes of the present description.
I have therefore had five examples of Ct. osgoodi for com-
parison with thirteen specimens of Ct. fodazx, and find the
above distinctive cranial characters to be entirely constant.

The relations of Ct. osgoodi with the Ct. magellanicus of
still further south are still not very clear, as no satisfactory
series of the latter has yet been collected. But I suspect that
the two are exceedingly closely allied.

Eastern Buenos Ayres, Sc. 245

11. Myocastor coypus, Mol.
3. 2054, 2077, 2078 (juv.); 9. 2076.

12. Lagostomus maximus, Blainv.

d. 2084; 9. 2104, 2105.

These are typical Argentine Viscachas, and agree with
other specimens from localities south of 30° S. latitude.

But four examples from Tucuman differ from them in the
quality of their fur and in the structure of their palates, and
may be subspecifically separated as follows :—

Lagostomus maximus immoliis, subsp. n.

Size a little larger than in true maximus. Fur compara-
tively harsh and coarse, with much less underfur, especially
on the rump, where it is scarcely richer than on the rest of
the body. In mazimus the rump is clothed with a thick coat
of woolly underfur nearly 30 mm.in length. The specimens,
having been killed in September, would be in full winter
fur, while some of the woolliest specimens of maximus are in
summer fur (December). General colour a rather browner
grey than in maximus, but no stress can be laid on this.

Skull like that of maximus, except that the palatal foramina
are distinctly broader (more than 3°6 mm. in breadth in all
specimens of immollis, less than 3°4 mm. in all of maaimus)
and distinct incisive foramina are always present, 1°6 mm. in
breadth or more, these being commonly absent or quite minute
in maximus.

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :—

Head and body 470 mm.; tail 180; hind foot 130; ear 55.

Skull: condylo-basal length 114°5; greatest breadth 73;
nasals 54°5 x 21; breadth between outer corners of anteorbital
foramina 54; least interorbital breadth 32 ; front of parietals
to back of occipital crest 31:5; breadth of incisive foramen 1:7 ;
palatal foramina 12°6x4°7; length of upper molar series
(crowns) 26°5.

Hab. Tapia, Tucuman. Alt. 700 m.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 3. 6.6.11. Original num-
ber 1875. Collected 17th September, 1902, by L. Dinelli.
Presented by Oldfield Thomas. Four specimens.

Furthermore the Museum contains the skull of a Lago-
stomus which was obtained in Peru by Mr. Kalinowski, by
whom it was found buried in sand.

No Viscachas of this genus are known to live in Peru, and

246 On Mammals from Eastern Buenos Ayres, ée.

the animal is probably now extinct, but the skull is in no way
fossilized, and indicates that these animals lived in Peru at a
very recent date.

The species may be called

Lagostomus crassus, sp. n.

Size larger and form stouter than in Z. mazimus. Skull
stout and heavy, larger in all dimensions than the largest
male skull of that species, the anterior frontal region particu-
larly broad, convex upwards; breadth across anteorbiral
foramina much exceeding that in Z. maximus. Incisive fora-
mina minute; palatal foramina large.

Dimensions of the typical skull :—

Condylo-basal length 122°5 ; greatest breadth 82°6 ; nasals
54°5x%25; breadth between outer corners of anteorbital
foramina 63; least interorbital breadth 36°7 ; front of parietals
to back of’ occipital crest 39°5; palatal foramina 14 x 4:3 ;
length of upper molar series (crowns) 28.

Hub. Santa Ana, District of Cuzco, Peru.

Type. Adult skull without skin. Sex unknown. B.M.
no. 97. 10. 3. 16. Collected by J. Kalinowski.

The material difference in size between this skull and that
of the Argentine Viscacha is evident on comparing its
measures with those of the type of L. m. immollis, the largest
male Z. maximus skull in the Museum collection.

13. Cavia rufescens pamparum, Thos.

g. 2090, 2097, 2098, 2099; 9. 2100, 2101.

Additional material only serves to increase the difficulty and
complexity of the problem as to the species and subspecies
which should be admitted in the restricted genus Cavia. The
present set average rather larger than most C. “rufescens,”
and approach examples of C. aperea.

[ Lepus europeus, Pall.
@. 2094.

“‘ Shot in sandhills along coast.”
The European hare is evidently now acclimatized in this
region, as Mr. Grant makes no note as to its recent intro-

duction. |

14. Blasiocerus bezoarticus, Linn.

&. 2091, 2106; 9. 2066, 2092.
As pointed out by Mr. Lydekker, the name bezoarticus of

On the Lizards allied to Lacerta muralis. Q47

Linneus, dating from the tenth edition of the ‘Systema,’
should clearly replace the more familiar name campestris for
the Pampas Deer.

15. Pontoporia blainvillei, Gray.

Skull picked up on sea-coast.

16. Dasypus villosus, Desm.
3. 2074.

17. Didelphis paraguayensis, Oken,
3. 2060, 2065; 2. 2055, 2059, 2061.

18. Lutreolina (g. n.) erassicaudata, Desm.

Didelphis or Metachirus crassicaudata auct.

3. 2093.

1 take this opportunity to give a special generic name to
the Thick-tailed Opossum, whose many peculiarities, external
and cranial, amply entitle it to that distinction. Its charac-
teristics are fully described in the ‘ Catalogue of Marsupials.’

XXXIV.—Remarks on Prof. L. von Méhely’s recent Oontri-
bution to the Knowledge of the Lizards allied to Lacerta
muralis*. By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S.

Tue first part of Prof. von Méhely’s work on the Wall-
Lizards, which, as the author announced a few years ago f, is
intended to lead to the much desired solution ofthe perplexing
problem of the distinction, definition, and phylogeny of the
species of this interesting group, has at last appeared ; and I
cannot refrain from offering a few critical remarks on a piece
of work which, valuable as it proves to be for the mass of
information it contains, although somewhat disappointing
with regard to the study of the variations of the skull f, has,

* Ann. Mus. Hung. (Budapest) vii. 1909, p. 407 (received Jan. 1910).

t Op. cit. v. 1907, p. 84 and p. 469.

¢ In a previous contribution in reply to my criticisms (1907, p- 471)
Prof. v. Méhely observed, as regards the specific characters of the skulls:
“ Fyeilich ist es nothig von mancher Art ein Dutzend und mehr Schiidel
zu prapariren um das wahrhaftig Charakteristische herauszufinden, da die
Schadelknochen in demselben Maasse variiren, wie jedes andere Organ,”
I was therefore under the impression that his knowledge of the specific

248 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the

in my opinion, and as I expected from the author’s preliminary
publications, failed in its object.

I will merely allude again to our differences of opinion as
to the probable derivation of the various forms dealt with.
I have already expressed my views on this matter *, and I
see no reason to alter them. I adhere to the general lines
first laid down by Himer, whilst Prof. von Méhely would
reverse the series, considering the reticulate platycephalous
types as the more primitive, from which the striated pyrami-
docephalous are derived. He now even postulates a deri-
vation of the Wall-Lizards from pristidactyle types with
transparent lower eyelids, whilst I would regard the latter as
representing specialization from liodactyle types with opaque
eyelids. Mountain forms of these lizards he regards as relies
of a former epoch, whilst I would look upon them, in most
cases at least, as modifications of the forms of the plain, in
the same way as Salamandra atra is surely derived from
S. maculosa or some form closely related to it, and not the
reverse. I am strongly of opinion that L. bedriagew and
L. sardoa are more nearly related to the forms now living
in Italy, Elba, Corsica, and Sardinia than to any others, and
bear no close genetic relationship to L. owvycephala or other
platycephalous forms of S.E. Europe, whilst L. monticola
(a variety of LZ. muralis which Prof. v. Méhely regards as
a species) is derived from the ZL. muralis of Spain and
Portugal, its similarity to L. horvatht and L. sawicola being
an example of convergence.

Reserving for a future occasion a full discussion of these
questions, I will only observe at present that the phyletic
considerations which have guided the author in regarding the
“ Schwesterformen”” L. danfordi and ZL. anatolica as valid
species have not been logically applied to L. bedriage (reticu-
lata of Méhely) and L. sardoa, which, from his own remarks,
seem to stand in exactly the same relation to each other,
The author, it may be noted, no longer regards L. sardoa as
simply identical with L. bedriage.

characters of the skulls rested upon the study of a large material, and
now I am greatly surprised to find that for 21 forms dealt with in this
contribution he has only examined 47 skulls altogether, and of one only
as many as 9; in 9 cases he has prepared only | skull, and in 3 he has
not seen the skull at all. Only of 4 forms has he seen more than 3 skulls.
This is not quite in accordance with what his previous statement led us
to expect, aud if itis true that, as he himself says, the cranial bones vary
as much as any other organ, more skulls should have been studied.

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xx. 1907, p. 39, and P. Z. 5S, 1908,

p. 1063.

Lizards allied to Lacerta muralis. 249

These are after all only matters of opinion, based on
theoretical conceptions, but I must enter a protest against the
manner in which the author has changed his definitions of
the primary groups into which he divides the Wall-Lizards,
without even alluding to the position previously taken up by
him and which I showed to be untenable. ‘Thus, in his first
paper, to which I replied, he. laid great stress on the shape of
the skull, whether platyeephalous or pyramidocephalous, for
the grouping of species, and although admitting that a number
of forms did not fit absolutely in his definition of the two
groups, a definition which is too long for me to reproduce here,
he placed in the former, as “rein platycephale Arten,”
L. saxicola, L. caucasica, L. derjugini, L. horvathi, L. mosor-
ensis, Li. owycephala, and L. hispanica; and in the latter, as
“rein pyramidocephal,” L. tiligquerta, L. fiumana, L. tonica,
LL, peloponnesiaca, 1. lilfordi, L. taurica, and L. jacksonit.
As forms not agreeing completely with the definition of
either, as taking a “ Mittelstellung,”’ Z. anatolica, L. dan-
ford?, L. greca, L. reticulata (bedriage), L. levis, L. muralis,
L. praticola, L.vivipara, and L, boettgert. I then expressed the
opinion that such an arrangement was most arbitrary, pointing
out that the figures of two extreme types of skulls, which were
selected to accompany Prof. v. Méhely’s paper, conveyed a false
impression of the real state of things in this genus, and
observing that I could easily lay out a series that would to
such an extent bridge over the differences as to show of how
little practical value they are for the definition of species. I
think all who will compare the two figures given by Prof. v.
Méhely in his first contribution with the series depicted in
the paper with which Iam now dealing will admit that my
objections are fully borne out. I wish particularly to request
a comparison of figs. 1 aud 3 on pl. ill. of the first paper,
representing a “rein platycephal” type, with figs. 5 and 6
on pl. xiv. and of the figure on pl. xvil. (representing three
skulls of the same species) of the latest paper, in view of the
criticism I offered as to the division into platycephalous and
pyramidocephalous forms. But now all is changed. The
definition of the Archeolacerte, which barbarous name
replaces to some extent that of the platycephalous group,
contains nothing more than a vague and inaccurate allusion
to the shape of the skull; the large size of the nasal apertures,
and other cranial characters, with the exception of the supra-
ocular fontanelle, which were formerly regarded as diagnostic
of the groups, are now used merely to define so-called species.
It will also be noticed that one of the species (L. hispanica)
formerly included among the “rein platycephal” no longer

Ann. & Mag. N, Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. v, 18

250 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the

appears among them, and is intended, I infer, to be dealt
with under the Neolacerte, which corresponds on the whole
to the pyramidocephalous forms of Méhely’s first paper. But
not a woid occurs to explain this extraordinary contradiction.

I will now give a translation of the new definition of the
group Archeolacertse, appending a number to each character
in order to facilitate criticism :—

“ Oxy-platycephalous forms (1), in which the outer border
of the parietal shield is more or less emarginate by a wedge-
shaped first supratemporal (2). Between the supraoculars
and the supraciliary mostly a complete row of granules (3).
The suture between the first and second supraciliaries vertical
to the supraciliary arch (4). Caudal scales forming alter-
nately long and short verticils (5). A distinct sensory pit on
the hind border of each upper caudal scale (6). Lamina
supiaciliaris (supraocular osteo-dermal plates) usually with a
membranous fontanelle (7). Livery mostly reticulate (8).”

What are these characters worth 2? Not one of them can be
recarded as distinctive of the group Archeolacerte as opposed
to the Neolacerte, as I will show.

Fig. 1.

Heads of Lacerta muralis, var. campestris (A), from Sansego Island,
and ZL. murals, f. typica (B), from Voéslau, near Vienna.

(1) By “oxy-platycephalous” is evidently meant a pointed
snout and a very flat head. Now ZL. horvathi (Archeo-
lacerta) has a broader blunter snout than an average typical
L. muralis (Neolacerta) and the heads of L. danfordi and
derjugint (Archxolacerte) are less flattened than those of
Hine Neolacertee (Z. muralis typ., L. téliguerta, L. hispanica,

C;)is

(2) I append a figure of a head of a L. muralis, var. cam-
pestris, from Sansego Island, Istria, to show that some Neo-
lacerte may agree with the definition of the Archeolacerte,

Lizards allied to Lacerta muralis. DANA

whilst I would refer the reader to fig. 1, pl. xvi. of Prof. v.
Méhely’s paper to show that exceptions to this character occur
among the Archaolacertee. Besides, I have already pointed
out elsewhere very frequent exceptions in both groups. In my
paper in the ‘'l'ransactions of the Zoological Society’ (xvii.
1905) I have carefully recorded them on account of Prof. v.
Méhely’s statement (Ann. Mus. Hung. ii. 1904, p. 868, foot-
note) ‘Ich habe z. B. viele Hunderte von sehr verschiedenen
Fundorten herstammende Exemplare der Lacerta muralis,
L. vivipara und L, taurtca untersucht und niemals ein Kx-
emplar angetroffen, bei dem das erste Postoculare [upper
postocular] nicht an das Parietale angestossen hiitte.” Is it
not very remarkable that when I examine scores instead of
hundreds of the typical form I come across such exceptional
specimens? Recently on looking over 135 typical L. mu-
ralis trom Spain, I found 23 such exceptions, or nearly 18 per
cent. A specimen here figured (fig. 1 B) is from near Vienna.
In a recent reply to my criticisms (Ann. Mus. Hung. v.
1907, p. 488) Prof. v. Méhely maintains his statement, and
thinks he ean explain the exceptions | have pointed out by
suggesting that I have been deceived in my examination by
an occasional division of the last supraocular. How can
anyone believe that in such a case I would have reckoned a
specimen as not fulling into Prof. v. Méhely’s definition? I
will let the above figures, traced from photographs, speak for
themselves. Besides, it is an incontrovertible fact that
L. bedriage (Archeolacerta) and ZL. tilguerta (Neolacerta)
are absolutely identical as concerns the character in question.

(3) Here again I need only refer the reader to Prof. v.
Méhely’s own deseription and figures (pl. xxi.), and to my
memoir of 1905, where I have mentioned innumerable excep-
tions to the character which I take to be implicitly held by
the author as diagnostic of the Neolacertee in opposition to
the Archzeolacerta.

(4) I have before me examples of Paleolacerta (L. de -
fordi, bedriage, aud mosorensis, for example) in which the
suture in question is oblique, whilst, on the other hand, I
find many L. muralis, typ., which answer to the definition of
the Archzxolacertee. Llow much the direction of this suture
varies may be seen from the author’s figures on pl. xxi.

(5) ‘The annexed figures of the scaling of the tail (in
anterior third), traced trom photographs, of an Archeolacerta
(ZL. greca) and a Neolacerta (L. muralis, typ.) suttce to put
aside a character to which undue importance is attached,
although L could bring forward many other instances. I[

notice that in his descriptions of the species of Palolacerte
155

252 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the

Prof. v. Méhely sometimes refers to the character as being
“wenig auffallend.”” But, then, why does he use it in the
diagnosis of the group, without a word as to there being
exceptions ?

(6) The sensory pits vary much in distinctness on the
head and tail according to individuals in the typical Z. mu-
ralis, On the other hand I cannot find a trace of these pits
on the tail of some individuals of L. bedriage and L. sardoa
(Archeolacerte), where, according to the author, they are
only ‘“¢mehr oder weniger auffallend,” an expression which
surely applies also to some of his Neolacertz.

(7) See Prof. v. Méhely’s own descriptions and figures as
regards the Archeolacertee. 1 have already mentioned finding
the fontanelle in adult L. muralis, var. tiliguerta, Uilfordi, and
jiumana (Neolacerte).

Scaling of upper surface of tail (in anterior third) of Lacerta danfordi, vay.
greca (A), from Lada, Taygetos Mts., and Z. murals, f. typica (B),
from Bosnia.

(8) L. muralis, var. nigriventris, always pertains, even
when very young, to the reticulate type, which is also met
with in the var. brueggemanni, bocage!, &e., all Neolacerte,
whilst LZ. horvathi (Archeolacerta) agrees very closely in
markings with the striped individuals of LZ. muralis, typ., as
Prof. v. Méhely knows perfectly well. Ihave just had photo-
graphs taken of a L. m., var. tiliguerta, and a L. m, var.
bcdriage, which are absolutely identical in markings.

Lizards allied to Lacerta muralis. 253

I can guite understand a systematist using characters which
suffer occasional exceptions, provided they are conscientiously
mentioned; but when the exceptions are so frequent and
striking as they prove to be in the case of the two groups
opposed to each other, the course followed by Prof. v. Méhely
seems to me unjustifiable.

More astonishing still, if it may be, is the choice of cha-
racters by which the key to the species is constructed. ‘This
key I have translated literally, only following a different
typographic arrangement in order to render it more easily
readable :—

I. Two superposed postnasal (“ nasofrena] ”’) shields.
A. A series of small shields on the posterior border of the anal.

Rostral separated from the nostril by a small
subnasal ; ventral plates in 8 longitudinal

BETIGS' sc he's Se Sata bre mradabee ener eee acer L, anatolica, Werner.
Rostral entering the nostril; ventral plates in 6
longitudinal. series: | «.. s\xs/arajwtcdee yew neces LL. danfordi, Gthr.

B. No small shields on the posterior border of the anal.
1. Occipital shield considerably larger than the interparietal.
L, levis, Gray.
2. Occipital smaller than the interparietal.
a. Iostral not in contact with the frontonasal (‘internasal ”) ;
first supravcular usually in contact with the frontal,

No masseteric shield; each of the scales of the

two middle rows of subcandals somewhat

broader than the neighbouring ones...... L. greca, Bedr,
Usually a distinct masseteric shield ; each of the

scales of the two middle rows of subcaudals

nearly twice as broad as the neighbouring

GHEE ca gmarnana Ste ais,c Aas pais aha, ske asthe wtb L, oxycephala, D. & B.

8. Rostral always in contact with the frontonasal; first supra-
ocular not in contact with the frontal.
L. mosorensis, Kolomb.

II. A single postnasal.
A. Rostral always forming a rather long suture with the fronto-
nasal,

Collar with straight edge; upper caudal scales

truncate behind; femoral pores forming a

COMMPICTONBETIBS. cw egy satis clsiesh ce sews L. horvathi, Méhely.
Collar distinctly dentate; upper caudal scales

pointed behind; femoral pores forming a

short series, vanishing outwards ........ L, derjugini, Nik.

B. Rostral not touching the frontonasal or forming at most a short
suture with it.
1, Usually no masseteric shield; outer border of parietal shield
usually but slightly notched by the first supratemporal ;
upper caudal scales keelless ...... L. reticulata, Bedr,

254 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the

2, Usually a distinct masseteric shield ; outer border of parietal
shield usually strongly notched by the first supratemporal ;
upper caudal scales distinctly keeled longitudinally.

a. Collar distinctly dentate ; upper candal scales pointed behind.

Dorsal scalesiamooth «3, -:erce serpents L. caucasica, Méhely.
Dorsal scales distinctly keeled .............. L. boettyert, Méhely.

6. Collar with straight edge; upper caudal scales truncate
behind <./:+ supecere nae dee e- L. saxicola, Eversm.

In division I (two superposed postnasals) we find LZ. mosor-
ensis, in which there is frequently a single postnasal. Out of
12 specimens in the British Museum, received from Prof.
Kolombatovie, the describer of the species, 5 have a single
postnasal.

In division II (a single postnasal) [ find, as I have already
mentioned, and as Prof. v. Méhely knows, two postnasals in
about 20 per cent. of the L. reticulata (bedriage) examined.

I A is opposed to | B on a character of small importance
which I find as well developed in most specimens of L. greca
as in L, danford’, whilst indications of it are to be seen
occasionally in other lizards of the L. muralis group. I here
figure (traced from photographs) the anal region in one of
the types of L. danfordi, in a L. greca from ‘Taygetos
(received from Mr. Lorenz Miiller), and in a LZ. muralis, var.
serpa, from the Faraglioni.

Fig. 3.

Preanal region of Lacerta danfordi, type (A), L. danfordi, vay. yreca

(Bb), from Kambos, and L. muralts, var. serpa (C), from the Faraglioni
near Capri.

L. anatolica is separated from L. danfordi as having the
rostral separated from the nostril by a small shield and 8
rows of ventrals. ‘he first character has no importance
whatever, as shown by Latastta coppadocica (although
formerly appealed to by v. ) éhely as one of the generic
characters of Apathya) and other species, in which it is ad-
mitted by the author himself to be inconstant, whilst the
second is disposed of by the fact that two of the types of
L. darfordi in the British Museum have 8 rows of ventrals,
not 6.

Lizards allied to Lacerta muralis. 955

I B 1, with Z. levis, is opposed to I B 2 on account of a
supposed difference in the relative size of the occipital and
interparietal shields. The author admits that he has not had
sufficient material to properly deal with L. devis, but I may
assure him that the occipital may, in that species, be smaller
than the interparietal, supporting my statement by a figure of
the shields in a female from Jerusalem; it is, however,
amazing to find that it is not so in L. greca, as the larger size
of the occipital was one of the characters appealed to by
Bedriaga to justify the separation of that species from Z. dan-
fordi. The size of the occipital varies much in these as well
as in most species of Lacerta, but it so happens that L. greca
has frequently the occipital considerably larger than the inter-
parietal, as the author himself admits further on in the
description of that species (‘‘ Occipitale breiter und meist auch
Janger als das Interparietale’’), and as shown by a figure of its
condition in one of the type specimens.

Fig. 4.

0

Interparietal (¢p) and occipital (0) shields of Z. levis (A) from Jerusalem,
and of one of the types of L. greca (B).

II A cannot be separated from II B, since the suture
between the rostral and the frontonasal may be quite as
long in L. sardoa, which Méhely unites with LZ. reticulata
(bedriage), asin L. horvathi. Further on the upper caudal
scales of L. reticulata are given as keelless, whereas the
author knows perfectly well that they are often feebly keeled,
and he seems to forget all about Z. sardoa, in which they are
usually very distinctly keeled (see Peracca, Boll. Mus. Tor.
xx. 1905, no. 319, figure of male).

I might go on with such criticism, but enough has been
said to show that the key is utterly unreliable. Of course it
is only by taking such liberties with facts that the distinction
of many untenable species receives an appearance of founda-
tion in the eyes of those who are not in a position to form an
independent judgment. I have always fancied keys were

256 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell— Descriptions and

intended to facilitate the identification of specimens, not
merely to support an author’s conception of species.

Were it not that I do not wish to lengthen this review with
matters of nomenclature, I would have some complaints to
make about the use of the nomen nudum of L. boetigeri to

Fig. 5.

End of snout of Z. sardoa (A) and L. horvatht (B).
r, rostral ; fn, frontonasal.

replace my properly described and figured L. chlorogaster, and
about the incorrect manner in which some of my previous
contributions have been referred to in the synonymy preceding
the descriptions of the species and varieties. But I will
reserve these points for a more detailed publication on these
lizards, on which I am now engaged.

XXXV.—Deseriptions and Records of Bees.—XXVI.
By T. D. A. CockrrELL, University of Colorado.

Melissodes atrifera, sp. n.

6 .— Length about 123 mm.; antenne about 10.

Black, the clypeus and labrum with tegument wholly black ;
mandibles with no yellow spot; flagellum clear ferruginons
beneath ; third antennal joint about twiee as long as second ;
pubescence pale ochreous, nearly white on face and lower
part of cheeks, black on posterior half of mesothorax and
scutellum except margin; hair on inner side of middle and
hind basitarsi orange; tegule dark reddish, with black hair.
Wings dusky, stigma and nervures fusco-ferruginous. Meso-
thorax shining, strongly punctured; hind margins of second
and following abdominal segments broadly whitish hyaline,
of first narrowly so; upper surface of abdomen with much
coarse, suberect, dark fuscous hair, but with also imperfect

Records of Bees. 25%

and inconspicuous bands of pale appressed hair ; apical plate
broad.

In the table in ‘Entomologist, July 1902, p. 177, this
runs to MM. personatella, from which it is readily separated by
its larger size, well-punctured mesothorax, &c. It also must
be compared with J. semitristis, Ckll., which it much resembles,
but from which it is easily distinguished by the black hair
on disk of abdomen above. The eyes are green; the facial
quadrangle is about as broad as long; the lateral subapical
spines of abdomen are sinall.

Hab. Mexico (Deppe); Berlin Museum, no. 1335. Un-
fortunately the exact locality is unknown to me.

Specimens of Thygater montezuma (Cresson) and Melissodes
grindelie, Ckll., are also labelled ‘* Mexico (Deppe),” but
they could hardly have been collected at the same place.

Melissodes atrifera sandiarum, subsp. n.

$ .—Agreeing with the Mexican M. atrifera, CkIl., except
as follows:—A little less robust, the head conspicuously
smaller; eyes pale bluish green instead of yellowish green ;
tegule darker ; vertex very shiny (dullish in atrifera) ; abdo-
men with very conspicuous apical or subapical hair-bands on
all segments except the first, these bands yellowish white.

Known from JZ. personatella, Cklil., by the larger size,
second antennal joint shorter than third; mesothorax quite
closely punctured, with nearly the anterior half covered with
pale hair.

Among the species of New Mexico it is easily distinguished
by the combination of black tegument of clypeus and labrum,
mandibles with no yellow spot, antennz long, and thorax
with much black hair above.

Hab. Sandia Mountains, New Mexico, at flowers of Croton,
July 26, 1909 (J. &. Watson).

Melissodes colliciata, sp. n.

g —Length about 12 mm.; antenne about 9.

Black, the clypeus, large spot on mandibles, and labrum
yellow; flagellum bright ferruginous beneath; third antennal
joint much longer than second ; hair of head and thorax pale
yellowish, on thorax above bright orange-fulvous, without
any black; abdomen with hair on first segment and base of
second yellowish, but the median bands on second and
following segments (that on second failing in middle) glit-
tering white; inconspicuous black or dark fuscous hair on the

258 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—- Descriptions and

otherwise bare apical part of the segments, the black zone
very narrow on the first segment, broad on the three following ;
hind margins of segments not hyaline, except the first very
narrowly ; eyes dark olive; facial quadrangle approximately
square, but broader above than below ; mesothorax shining
and strongly punctured ; tegule fernuginous, with ferruginous
hair. Wings dusky, stigma and nervures ferruginous. Hair
on inner side of tarsi orange.

In the tables in Trans, Amer. Ent. Soc. 1906, this runs to
group F (p. $0), and having the fifth abdominal segment
with white hair from side to side, falls in the vicinity of
lanieri and aurigenta, except for the larger size. It is easily
separated from laniert by the pale median hai -band on
second abdoninal segment and lack of metallic colours on
abdomen. From aurigenia it is casily known by the larger
size and dusky wings. It is very close to A/. hortivagans,
Ckll., differing in the colour of the abdominal bands and of
the hair on the apical part of the abdomen. Compared with
M. wanthopterahs, Ckll., the mesothorax is much more
evidently punctured, and there are many differences in the
pubescence. J. masuca, Ckll., is also closely allied; the
band on middle of second abdominal segment is quite straight
in masuca, which is not the case in cclliciata,

Hab. Mexico (Deppe); 3 3 in Berlin Museum.

‘The name colliciata was proposed by someone unknown to
me, and appears on the label of one of the specimens. Upon
comparison with female J. tepaneca, Cresson, this might well
be supposed to be its male; the male of tepaneca is known,
however, and is easily separable.

Melissodes civica, sp. n.

? .—Length 11 mm.

Robust, black ; light hair very pale yellowish; black hair
on clypeus, labrum, base of mandibles, extreme sides of face,
top of head, mesothorax except anterior fourth, scutellum,
ventral surface of thorax and bases of legs, underside of
abdomen, and whole of fifth and sixth segments dorsally ;
the hair of the first two pairs of legs is mainly dark, though
not actually black, but all the basitarsi have the hair on inner
side ferruginous ; the hair at apex of hind femora is dark, but
the loose strongly plumose scopa of hind tibiz and tarsi is
light ferruginous ; abdomen with three light (dull yellowish-
grey) hair-bands, that on second segment failing in the
middle; facial quadrangle much broader than long ; antenne

Records of Bees. 259

entirely dark ; tegule black, with black hair. Wings dusky,
nervures dark fuscous.

In the tables in Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. 1906, this runs to
group L (p. 86), and falls in the vicinity of M/. communis,
Cress., from which it may be known by the yellowish abdo-
minal bands, the lack of any distinct light band at base of
second segment, and the black hair on clypeus. In the table
on p. 113 of the work cited it runs near to Md. wiekhami and
communis. It is easily separated from wickhamit by the
abdominal segments not having hyaline margins, and the
colour of hair o1 clypeus and anterior and middle legs. It
is very much like MM. similiima, Rob., but may be distin-
guished by the fourth abdominal segment having the whole
margin covered with light hair, the band on third segment
broad and not oblique, and the colour of hair on hind basi-
tarsus.

Hab. Mexico; 2 2 in Berlin Museum,

The labels bear the following rather ambiguous informa-
tion :—‘* Ciudad, Mexico, Californien, 8000’, Forror 8.” I
suppose that Mexico City or the vicinity is intended. Speci-
mens of Md. tepaneca, Cresson, bear labels with the same data.

Xenoglossodes excurrens, Ckll., 1903.

T have a female which I took at Las Cruces, New Mexie
Sept. 23, at flowers of Jsvcoma wrighti7, It is in very goc
condition, and shows that the hind part of the mesothore
and the disk of the scutellum have some short black ha
this also can be seen in the original type on close inspectic
A noticeable character is seen in the nude area on first abdo-
minal segment, which is narrow in the middle and broadly
lobate on each side, giving an outline lke two caps of liberty
joined front to front. In the type specimen this is not clear,
some of the hair having been worn away.

Melissodes pecosella verbesinarum, Oxll., is a synonym of
X, ewcurrens.

Nomia bolliana, sp. n.

? .—Black, looking at first sight exactly like N. triangu-
lifera, Vachal, and collecting orange pollen in exactly the
same way, but differing as follows :—Less robust, the thorax
especially smaller; anterior wing a little over 9 mm. (fully
10 in triangulifera) ; wings redder; nervures and stigma clear
light ferruginous ; rugose basal area of metathorax smaller,
in the form of a regular very slender crescent ; posterior face

260 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and

of metathorax much smaller, little flattened, and without any
evident rim, strongly but quite sparsely punctate, and with a
very deep and large pit; abdomen more shining and more
coarsely punctured, the first segment with large moderately
close punctures of uniform size (minute dense punctures and
scattered larger ones in ¢triangulifera); hind margins of
segments ferruginous hyaline; tarsi and apical part of tibiz
ferruginous.

Hab. Dallas, Texas (Boll): Berlin Museum, no. 21286.

Hlalictus supercretus, sp. n.

? .— Length 10 mm. or slightly over.

Black, little shining, densely and very minutely punctured,
with broad even bands of very pale yellowish tomentum on
bases of abdominal segments 2 to 4; hind spur so minutely
serrate as to seem simple; face elongate, clypeus projecting,
Jong da:k fuscous hairs projecting from its lower margin;
antenne dark, flagellum faintly reddish beneath; tegule
piceous; nervures fuscous, stigma dull ferruginous. Wings
dusky ; area of metathorax hardly defined, dull, with hardly
noticeable short subbasal strize; truncation of metathorax
dull, not strongly bounde }.

In Crawford’s table in Journ. N. Y. Ent. Soc., Dec. 1907,
“is runs to L/. bardus, from which it is distinguished by

any characters. Among Vachal’s Mexican species it comes

the group of H. crocoturus &e., but it does not agree with
of his descriptions. It is also distinct from Smith’s
xican species, the types of which I have seen. In its
_.use fine sculpture it is like £7. manitonellus, Ckll., but the
face is much longer than in that species and the first two
abdominal bands are not 1educed in the middle. The longer
and much less shining face, longer eyes, &c. readily separate
it from H. trizonatus. The cheeks and occiput are con-
spicuously clothed with white hair; there is no bright coloured
hair on the thorax.

Hab. Mexico (Deppe): Berlin Museum, no. 2583.

A species closely allied to the more northern 4. trizonatus,
coriaceus, Kc.

Andrena colletina, Ckll.

This species has hitherto been known from a single male.
Two males and a female are in the Berlin Museum, collected
in Colorado many years ago by Morrison. ‘The female closely
resembles the male, but has a broader (width about 44 mm.)
abdomen. ‘lhe intervals between the broad hair-bands on

Records of Bees. 261

the abdomen are clothed with black hair as in the male.
The hind basitarsus is broad and flat, with the hair on its
inner side reddish chocolate, wile that on the inner side of
the tibia is pale yellow like the rest of the pubescence. The
facial fovez are extremely broad but short, pale ochreous, and
very conspicuous. Process of labrum deeply emarginate ;
flagellum ferruginous beneath except at base; caudal fimbria
black.

This is, of course, much like A. hirticincta, Prov., but
the facial fovee are broader, the wings are much clearer,
and the light hair of hind tibiz and black hair on abdomen
between the bands are quite distinctive. ‘The proportions of
the antennal joints do not differ.

Andrena deppeana, sp. n.

9.—Length 10 mm.

Head and thorax black, abdomen blue-green; head ordinary,
facial quadrangle about square ; clypeus shining, with strong
sparse punctures, its margin dull, with close punctures ;
labrum shining, without a distinct process ; front dull ; ocelli
prominent; facial fovee black or fuscous, about half width
from eye to antenna, oblique, ending above close to (even
going a little behind level of) lateral ocelli, and below a little
above level of antennz, very close to eye; flagellum obscure
brownish beneath ; third antennal joint longer than the two
following united; mesothorax dull, with microscopically
tessellate surface and scattered hardly noticeable punctures,
but at sides, near to tegulz, more shining and more evidently
punetured ; disk of scutellum smooth and shining ; area of
metathorax dullish, granular, poorly defined ; hair of head
and thorax pale yellowish, black on posterior part of pleura,
dull whitish on sides of face, pale fuscous at sides of clypeus,
partly short and black on disk of scutellum and _ posterior
part of mesothorax ; legs reddish black, with greyish-fuscous
hair, middle femora with a fringe of yellowish-white hair
beneath ; tegule shining piceous. Wings strongly dusky,
with a reddish tint, region of marginal cell darker ; stigma
and nervures dark ferruginous ; first r.n. joining second
s.m. near middle; abdomen with a sericeous surface, hardly
punctured, second segment in middle depressed less than a
third; third and fourth segments with narrow but dense pale
ochreous apical hair-bands, and a little of the same at sides of
second; caudal fimbria pale ochreous. General aspect like
A. candida, Smith, but larger, with shorter and less abundant

962 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell— Descriptions and

hair on head and thorax, much darker wings, differently
coloured abdominal bands, &e. ‘The abdomen is flattish.

Hab. Mexico (Deppe). Two females: Berlin Museum,
2584, 2585.

Andrena dallasiana, sp. n.

3 .—Length slightly over 7 mm.

Black, without light markings on face; all the tarsi light
ferruginous: hind tibie light ferruginous, witha median dark
cloud; pubescence dull pale ochreous ; : abdomen shining, very
minutely and inconspicuously punctured, without any definite
hair-bands except, rather indistinctly, at sides of segments ;
head broader than long; mandibles ferruginous at apex; clypeus
densely covered wit! hair; cheeks ordinary; vertex dull; an-
tenn thick, moniliform, third joint conspicuously shorter than
fourth, flagellum obscure reddish beneath ; mesothorax dull
and granular, with sparse small punctures; area of meta-
thorax with delicate but evident rilges; tegule fulvous.
Wings reddish hyaline, nervures and stigma clear ferrugi-
nous ; stigma large ; third s.m. more than twice as broad as
second; second abdominal segment depressed a little less
than one-third,

This is extremely close to an insect from Fort Collins,
Colorado, determined by Mr. Viereck as A. texana, Cresson,
but not agreeing well with Cresson’s description (Viereck
must have had access to Cresson’s type, however). It differs
by the proportionately shorter third antennal joint, lighter
tegulze, redder wings, more delicate sculpture of metathorax,
and somewhat narrower face. In Viereck’s table in Entom.
News, July 1907, it runs to A. decke?, but differs by having
the second dorsal ‘segment depressed less. than one-third ; in
Robertson’s table of Llinois species it runs in Trachandrena
to claytonie, which it very greatly resembles, differing, how-
ever, in the much less coarsely sculptured area of metathorax.
If run in Andrena s. str. it goes to nasonti, but differs in the
antennal joints.

Hab. Dallas, ‘Texas (Boll): Berlin Museum, 21288.

Andrena tacitula, sp. n.

g .—Length 8 mm.

Black, comparatively robust, looking like a female ; pubes-

cence long, dull whitish, with a yellowish tint on head and
thorax above ; head broad, facial quadrangle much broader
than long ; eyes dark plum-colour ; process of labrum trun-

cate, slightly inclined to be emarginate; clypeus shining,

Records of Bees. 263

strongly and very closely punctured, with a very delicate
median line; antenne long and thick, third joint about as
long as fourth, flagellum very faintly reddish; vertex
rugosely punctured, with a small shining space next to each
lateral ocellus ; cheeks rounded, ordinary ; mesothorax and
scutellum shining, with very strong punctures; area of meta-
thorax well defined, strongly but not very coarsely ridged ;
tegule piceous, ferruginous in middle. Wings reddish
hyaline, nervures and stigma dark ferruginous ; second s.m.
rather large, receiving r.n. beyond middle. Legs wholly dark,
with light hair, that on inner side of tarsi ferruginons. Abdo-
men strongly punctured, the apical depressions bounded by
distinct ridges; second segment in middle depressed nearly
one-half; second and following segments with white hair-
bands, more or less failing in middle on second and third.

In Viereck’s table (1907) this runs to A. weed’, from which
itis at once distinguished by the sculpture of abdomen &c.
In Robertson’s table it runs nearest to A. marie, but differs
at once by the triangular area of metathorax, not distinctly
bounded (apex cnt off) behind. In my table in Univ. of
Colo. Studies, 1907, it runs near A. crateg/, but that species
is entirely different in the appearance of the abdomen &c.
Superticially it is not unlike A. lappule.

Hab, Colorado (Morrison): Berlin Museum.

Andrena subtrita, sp. n.

?.—Length 9 mm.

Faintly metallic, the scutellum with a greenish tint, the
metathorax blue-black, the abdomen dark bluish, with con-
spicuous broad white hair-bands on the second and following
segments, that on second more or less broadly interrupted in
middle; hair of head, thorax, and legs dull whitish ; head
broad, facial quadrangle much broader than long; clypeus
quite black, but front bluish ; process of labrum very broad,
not emarginate ; clypeus with a subsericeous lustre and feeble
punctures; third antennal joint a little longer than the next
two together; flagellum dark fer:uginous beneath; facial
fovee whitish, not separated from orbit, going hardly at all
below level of antenna, and about half width between antenna
and eyes; mesothorax and scutellum dull, not evidently
punctured ; area of metathorax dull and granular, not defined ;
tegule shining rufo-testaceous. Wings hyaline, faintly
reddish, stigma and nervures light ferruginous ; second s.m.
narrow, receiving the r, n. a little beyond the middle. Legs

264 Dr. W. M. Graham on new

somewhat reddish, small joints of tarsi ferruginous ; hair on
inner side of hind basitarsi pale.

Close to A. candida, Smith, but differs in colour of facial
foveee, stronger abdominal bands, light hair at apex of
abdomen, &c. Compared with A. dlinoensis, Rob., the face
is much broader and the abdominal bands are heavier, though
the colour of the apical hair is the same. It is also related to
A. salic’nella, Ckll.

Hab. Nevada (Morrison) : 3 2 in Berlin Museum.

Andrena hirticincta surda, subsp. n.

3g .—Length about 10 mm.

With bright yellow pubescence ; in all respects like A. hirti-
cincta, Prov., except that the broad and hairy cheeks are
rounded, not angled, the tarsi are ferruginous, the hind pair
light yellowish ferruginous, the stigma is rather lighter, and
the wings have a fuscous apical cloud. The second s.m. is
scarcely narrowed above. In some of the published tables
this seems to run to A. auricoma, but that species has the
hair quite differently coloured, ferruginous rather than yellow.
The absence of black hair on the abdomen readily separates
it from A. colletina.

Hab. Colorado (Morrison): Berlin Museum.

A male of genuine A. hirticincta was also collected in
Colorado by Morrison.

XXXVI.—On new Species of West-African Culicide.
By Dr. W. M. Grauam.

Culex albovirgatus, sp. n.

9.—Head dark brown, covered with cream-coloured
narrow curved scales and numerous daik brown upright forked
ones with pale forks. A line of white narrow curved scales
round the eyes, which run into lateral white patches of flat
scales. Numerous pale brown bristles converge forward over
occiput and project between the eyes. Clypeus dark brown,
nude. Palpi dark brown, with scattered white scales, espe-
cially upon the inner surface. Proboscis : base dark brown,
becoming gradually lighter, so as to form a badly defined
broad pale band occupying nearly the median half of pro-
boscis, followed by a dark brown portion about one-fourth
the length, with a pale conical apex. Antenne pale, with

vecies of West-African Culicide. 265

at the whorls. Thorar dark brown, covered
‘brown scales showing two longitudinal dark bare
f median area in front of scutellum covered with
/oured scales, and a small area of pale scales in front
of the insertion of the wings. Numerous reddish-brown
bristles. Scuée/lum covered with cream-coloured scales and
having ten dark brown bristles on the median lobe. Meta-
notum dark brown. Pleura brown, with patches of white
scales. Abdomen covered with dark purple-brown scales;
first segment bare except in middle, where are two small
median patches of brown scales; second segment with a
triangular median white patch ; the other segments with very
narrow white basal bands. LHlongated basal lateral spots
increasing in size towards apex. Border-hairs pale. Venter
pale-scaled. Legs dark brown, with a band of cream-coloured
scales extending along the internal surface of the femora and
tibiee to the apex of the first tarsal. All joints banded except
the last tarsal joint, the banding involving both sides of the
joints. Ungues equal and simple. Wengs covered with dark
brown scales, particularly dark on third vein. First sub-
marginal cell longer and narrower than second posterior,
Stem of first submarginal cell 4 length of cell ; stem of second
posterior more than 4 length of cell. Posterior cross-vein
double its own length from mid cross-vein, //alteres with
pale knobs and stems.

Length 4:5 mm.

3 .—Very similar to female, but the band on the proboscis
is much narrower and better defined. Pa/pi dark brown,
with dark brown hairs and five white bands; first band
narrow, second broad, third and fourth narrow, fifth apical:
longer than proboscis by nearly the length of the two
terminal segments. Aldomen: the lateral ‘spots are more
distinct and form narrow bands prolonged down the side of
the segments. Ungues: first and second pair unequal and
uniserrate ; third pair equal and simple. Wings: stem of
first submarginal 5 length of cell; stem of second posterior
equal to length of cell; posterior cross-vein aos its own
length behind mid cross-vein.

Length 4°5 mm.

Culex pullatus, sp. n.

? .—Flead dark brown, covered with white narrow curved
scales, which also form a border round the eyes, and with
dark brown upright forked scales, distributed in four clumps,
separated by pale upright forked scales. Palp: dark brown.

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. v. 19

266 Dr. W. M. Graham on new
Clypeus dark brown, nude. Proboscis purplist.

tenn: basal segment ochreous; remaining segr

with white bands at whorls; plume-hairs de

Thorax brown, covered with buff scales, showing . *
tudinal dark bare lines. Light-coloured scales upon tue ante-
rior edge of mesonotum, and some pale scales in front of the
scutellum and in front of the insertion of the wings. Nume-
rous dark brown bristles in front of scutellum and round the
insertion of the wings. Scutellum pale brown, with cream-
coloured scales and nine dark brown bristles on the mid lobe.
Metanotum pale brown. Abdomen covered with purple- brown
scales; the terminal segment with a narrow white basal band ;
all segments with basal lateral spots; border-hairs pale.
Legs dark purple-brown (iridescent) ; the femora pale be-
neath; the tibize with pale apical spots. Ungues simple and
equal. Wings covered with pale brown scales. First sub-
marginal cell longer and narrower than second posterior.
Stem of first submarginal } length of cell; stem of second
posterior 3 length of cell. Posterior cross-vein more than its
length behind mid cross-vein. Halteres with pale stem and
knob.

Length 5 mm.

& very similar to female. Palpi acuminate, dark brown,
unbanded, with dark brown bristles. Wings: stem of first
submarginal cell 4 length of cell ; stem of second posterior
cell more than 4 length of cell ; posterior cross-vein double
its own length behind the mid cross-vein.

Length 5 mm.

Culex aquilus, sp. n.

g .—RHead black, covered with fine white narrow curved
scales and black upright forked ones, with some pale forked
scales in front. Lateral patches of small white flat scales.
White borders to orbits, with golden bristles converging
forward. Palpi pale brown, unbanded, acuminate, longer
than proboscis by more than the length of the terminal
segment. ‘l'erminal segments nearly equal in length, with
dark brown hairs. Proboscts brown, unbanded. Clypeus
dark brown. Antenne: basal segment brown; plume-hairs
brown. Thorax pale brown, covered with fine ochreous
narrow curved scales, showing two longitudinal bare lines.
Three rows of fine brown bristles on anterior half and four
rows of coarse dark brown bristles on posterior half. Scu-
tellum covered with fine white scales, with 5 or 6 brown
bristles on the mid lobe, 3 bristles on the laterallobes. Meta-

Species of West-African Culicide. 267

notum pale brown. Pleura brown, with white scales. Abdo-
men covered with dark brown scales, with basal lateral white
spots; last segment with a narrow basal white band uniting
the spots. Venter pale brown, becoming darker towards
apex, with white basal median spots on last four segments.
Legs dark brown, unbanded, bristly ; hind femora and tibiz
with pale apical spot; border-bristles pale brown. Ungues
on fore and mid legs unequal and uniserrate; on hind legs
equal and simple. Wings with pale brown scales. First
submarginal cell longer and narrower than second posterior ;
s'em 4 length of cell; stem of second posterior equal to length
of cell; posterior cross-vein double its own length behind the
mid cross-vein. Halteres pale brown.
Length 3 mm.

Megaculex pincerna, sp. n.

? .— Head: the middle of the occiput is covered with broad
white upright forked scales, with white narrow curved scales
between them. Qn either side are lateral areas of long cream-
coloured flat scales, enclosing small areas of purplish-brown
flat scales. There is a row of small black upright forked
scales near the nape. Five pale bristles surround each orbit,
and similar bristles project between the eyes. Palpi brown,
with cream-coloured scales at apex. Proboscis brown, paler
and somewhat expanded towards tip. C/ypeus dark brown,
nude. Antenne: basal segment pale brown, with a few hair-
like scales upon inner half ; second segment with some dark
brown elongated scales; plume-hairs brown, paler at tips.
Eyes blue-black. Thorax dark brown, covered with pale
golden scales, showing two longitudinal bare ‘lines, which
divide up the middle of the mesonotum into three golden
bands ; on either side of the external bands is. a dark hrown
scaled lateral area, and further back 7a font of each wing-
insertion is a small latciai white spot. In the posterior half
of the mesonotum the middle is occupied by a dark-scaled
wineglass-like figure, the stem standing upon the scutellum ;
on each side is a dark elongate area, extending forward
beyond the wings. There are pale brown divergent bristles
on the anterior edge of thorax, and bunches of darker con-
vergent bristles arising behind the wing-insertion and pro-
jecting backward. Scutellum covered with nearly white
narrow curved scales; six pale brown bristles to mid, three
bristles to each lateral lobe. Prothoracie lobes pale, with
golden bristles. Pleura brown, with patches of white scales.
Abdomen covered with purplish-brown scales with white basal

1g*

Die, — Dr. W. M. Graham on new

bands and basal lateral spots; border-bristles pale golden.
Venter pale-scaled, with narrow dark apical bands. Lvgs
dark purple- brown, with yellowish-white banding which in-
volves both sides of the joints with the exception of the knee-
joints, where the band is apical only. The last two segments
of the tarsi are pale brown on the fore and mid pair of legs
and yellowish white upon the hind legs, in the latter involving
about 3 of the third segment also. Ungues all equal and
simple. Wings covered with pale brown pear-shaped scales ;
ecsta dark and somewhat bristly; forked cells small; the
first submarginal longer and narrower than second posterior ;
stem somewhat longer than the cell ; stem of second poste-
rior cell 4 longer than cell. Posterior cross-vein slightly
more than its own length behind the mid cross-vein. Halteres :
stem pale, knobs purple-brown.

Length 3 mm.

g .—Resembles female. Pa/p? slightly longer than pro-
boscis ; apical segment swollen or ‘ clubbed,” with bright
golden bristles; somewhat behind the middle of the palpt
there isa pale band which extends beneath almost to the base.
Prvboscis: there is an indistinct narrow band about 4 of the
length from the apex. Antenne: plume-hairs pale brown.
Wings as in female, but the ratio of stem to cell of first sub-
marginal cell somewhat greater. Ungues on fore and mid legs
unequal, uniserrate ; on hind legs equal, simple.

Lingth 8 mm,

Culex caliginosus, sp. n,

9 Head black, with a triangular area of purple-brown
seales in front and white narrow curved scales behind; black
upright forked scales all over, brown bristles round the orbits,
and pale bristles projecting forward between,the eyes. Lulrr
dark brown, with fiunuswhite hairs at apex. Proboscis very
dark brown, unbanded. Clypeus very dark brown. Antenne
black, with narrow white bands at the whorls; basal segment
dark brown, with a few hair-like scales upon the inner half ;
plume-hairs very dark. Yhorax dark brown, covered with
golden-brown scales, paler laterally ; an area of whitish
scales in front of the scutellum and above the insertion of the
wings. Four rows of dark brown bristles, becoming coarser
and denser behind. Scutedlum: mid lobe with a small median
area of purple-brown scales behind, surrounded by white
scales. Lateral lobes with white scales; eight dark bristles
to mid lobe, seven to lateral lobes. JAletanotum very dark
brown. Pleura dak brown, with white-sealed patches.

Species of West- African Culicida. 269

Abdomen covered with dark purple-brown scales; second
segment with median basal white patch ; the other segments
with white basal bands, except the terminal segment; border-
hairs pale. Venter black, with basal median patches of white
scales. Legs dark purple-brown; femora pale beneath;
apical pale spots upon femora and tibiae. Ungues equal and
uniserrate. Wings with dark brown dense scales ; first sub-
marginal longer and narrower than second posterior cell ;
stem more than 4 the length of the cell; stem of second
posterior equal to the length of the cell ; posterior cross-vein
more than its own length from the mid cross-vein. alteres
pale, with pale knobs.

Length £ mm.

3 .—Resembles the female. Palpi longer than proboscis
by length of terminal segment ; terminal segments of nearly
equal length, the apical one being paler and thinner, with
somewhat rounded point ; plume-hairs brown. Scutellum:
mid lobe with six bristles, lateral with five. Ungues on fore
and mid legs unequal and uniserrate ; on hind legs equal and
simple. Wings: first submarginal stem somewhat shorter
than cell ; second posterior stem somewhat longer than cell ;
posterior cross-vein somewhat more than its own length from
the mid cross-vein,

Length 4 mm.

Culex lividocostalis, sp. n.

9 .—Head dark brown, covered with white narrow curved,
and dark brown upright forked scales, with white lines
round the orbits running into lateral patches of flat white
scales ; orbital bristles dark brown. Padpi dark brown, with
scattered white scales on inner surface. Clypeus dark brown.
Proboseis dark brown, with pale apex, unbanded. Antenne
brown, with narrow white bands at whorls; plume-hairs
dark brown. Zhorax brown, covered with golden-brown
scales, showing two longitudinal bare lines; scales in front
of scutellum somewhat lighter in colour; bristles dark brown
behind, paler in front. Scutellum yellowish green, with pale
brown scales; eight dark brown bristles to mid, four to each
lateral lobe. Pleura brown, with white-scaled patches.
Metanotum dark brown. Abdomen covered with dark brown
scales; first segment with a median brown patch, the other
segments with basal white bands, becoming narrow in the
middle line and expanding laterally as they approach the
apex ; on the last segment the lateral spots do not meet to
form a band; basal lateral white spots on all segments ;

270 Dr. W. M. Graham on new

border-hairs pale. Venter dark brown, with basal white
bands. Legs dark purple-brown; femora pale beneath ;
femora and tibiee with small pale apical spots ; tibiae with
indistinct lines of pale scales on inner surface. Ungues equal
and simple. Wings with brown scales, blue-black on costa ;
first submarginal cell longer and narrower than second poste-
rior ; stem more than } length of cell; stem of second poste-
rior 2 the length of the cell; posterior cross-vein oblique and
double its own length from the mid cross-vein, alteres
pale, stem with brown knob.

Length 3°5 mm.

g.—Resembles the female. Palpi dark brown; apical
segments blue-black, with dark brown hairs; longer than
proboscis by length of terminal segment, Scute/lum with
seven or eight bristleson the mid lobe. Abdomen very hairy.
Ungues on fore and mid legs large, unequal, and uniserrate ;
on hind Jegs small, equal, and simple. Wangs: stem of first
submarginal somewhat more than 3 length of cell; stem of
second posterior equal to length of cell; posterior cross-vein
double its own length from the mid cross-vein,

Length 3°5 mm,

Myxosquamus paludosus, sp. n.

9? .—Head black, covered with blue-black scales with
purple iridescence ; some black upright forked scales behind ;
orbital bristles dark brown. Pa/pt dark purple-brown
(almost black). Clypeus dark brown, Proboseis black, with
blue iridescence, unbanded. Antenne: basal segment black,
with a few narrow scales on inner half; second segment
yellow at insertion into basal segment; plume-hairs dark
brown. Thorax black, covered with brown, and coarse blue-
black narrow curved scales, showing two longitudinal bare
lines ; on each side, external to these lines a row of black
bristles running the whole length of mesonotum and all
directed backwards ; thick-set patches of similar bristles above
and behind the wing-insertion. Scutellum: mid lobe with a
median area of blue-black small flat scales surrounded behind
and at the sides by purple-brown, coarse, narrow, curved
scales ; lateral lobes with purple-brown narrow curved scales ;
six dark brown bristles to mid, seven to each lateral lobe.
Pleura dark brown, with white-scaled patches. Metanotum
dark brown. Abdomen covered with dark brown scales,
unbanded and tapering to the apex ; with basal lateral white
spots, except upon the terminal segment; border-hairs dark
brown. Venter black, with basal white bands except on the

Species of West-African Culicide. 271

terminal segment. Legs blue-black, unbanded, bristly ;
femora pale beneath ; tibia with small golden spots on inner
surface. Ungues on fore and mid legs equal and uniserrate,
on hind legs equal and simple. Wings covered with purple-
brown scales, with blue iridescence on the costa; first sub-
marginal cell longer and narrower than second posterior ;
stem slightly more than 4 length of cell; stem of second
posterior equal to length of cell ; posterior cross-vein double
its own length from the mid cross-vein. Halteres: stem
pale, knob dark,

Length 445 mm.

6 .—Resembles the female. Palpi blue-black, same
length as proboscis. Thorax with somewhat darker scales.
Antenne: plume-hairs dense, very dark brown. Ungues
on fore and mid legs unequal and uniserrate, on hind legs
equal and simple. Wings: stem of first submarginal 2
length of cell; stem of second posterior equal to length of
cell; posterior cross-vein double its own length from the mid
cross-vein.

Length 4°5 mm.

Stegomyia pollinctor, sp. n.

? .—Occiput : median area covered with black scales, with
a blue iridescence, the lateral areas with silvery-white scales ;
a deep border of silvery-white scales surrounds the eyes and
six dark hairs project forward. Pa/pi long, covered with
black scales with a violet iridescence. Clypeus black, nude.
Proboscis black. Antenne black, with narrow white bands
at whorls; second joint densely scaled with broad black
scales, yes shining blue-black. Thorax black, covered
with coarse dusky black scales, with a greenish-blue irides-
cence. Qn each side of the thorax immediately in front of
the wing there is a nearly circular silvery-white patch, and
further forward a larger semicircular silvery-white patch
above eacn prothoracic lobe. A median band, with a contour
of overlapping circles, and formed of a double row of large
oval silvery-white flat scales, with a very narrow black line
‘of separation between them, runs from the anterior edge to
the bare space before the scutellum, where the band separates
to enclose the bare space, and then extends on to the scu-
tellum in two distinct white bands. Scutellum: middle lobe
black, with white lateral bands ; lateral lobes with black
scales ; mid lobe with two dark bristles ; lateral lobes with
three dark bristles. Prothoracic lobes covered with silvery-
white scales. Pleura black, with silvery-white patches of

~

272 On new Species of West- African Culicidee.

scales. Abdomen covered with black scales, showing a violet
iridescence ; sixth and seventh segments with silvery-white
apical spots; eighth segment with a basal silvery-white
patch ; all segments have lateral, nearly circular, basal silvery-
white spots; border-bristles black. Venter black, with
broad basal silvery-white bands. Legs. Front pair: femora
and tibie bristly, black, with a few basal pale scales on first
tarsal seginent and a lineof silvery scales upon the under surface
of the femora, . Mid pair: femora and tibie bristly, black ;
femora with a median silvery-white patch on the anterior
surface 3 first tarsal with basal white band; second tarsal with
basal two-thirds white, the remainder black ; the other seg-
ments black. Hind pair: femora and tibie bristly, black ;
femora with median silvery-white patch ; tibiae with narrow
basal white band, much broader beneath; first tarsal with
very small basal white spot ; second tarsal mostly white, the
other segments black. Ungues equal and uniserrate. Wings
covered with brown scales, the wing-membrane with a brown
stain between costa and second longitudinal vein ; first sub-
marginal cell longer and narrower than second posterior cell,
its stem 4 the length of the cell; stem of second poste-
rior considerably more than 3 length of cell ; posterior cross-
vein distant its own length from the mid cross-vein, L/alteres :
stem ochreous ; knob dark, with silvery-white apex.

Length 5-5 mm.

3 .—Resembles the female. Palp7 slightly shorter than
proboscis, black-scaled. Legs: the white spots on front pair
rather more distinct than in the female. Wéngs; first sub-
marginal longer and narrower than second posterior ; stem of
first submarginal cousiderably more than } length of cell ;
stem of second posterior as long as cell; posterior cross-vein
distant more than its own length from mid cross-vein. Un-
gues on fore and mid legs unequal and uniserrate, on. hind
legs equal and uniserrate,

Length 4 mm.

The following African species of Stegomyia are charac-
terized by having large oval silvery-white flat scales, with
the peculiar contour of overlapping circles upon the thorax
and a few narrow curved scales upon the nape :—

1. St. africana, Theobald.

2. St. apicoargentea, Vheobald.
3. St. luteocephala, Newstead.
4. St. pollinctor, Graham.

On Two new Duikers from Mt. Elgon. 273

They thus differ markedly in scale-structure from the type
species (St. fasciata, F.), and should, I believe, be erected
into a new genus if scale-structure be regarded as of generic
value.

XXXVII.— Two new Duikers related to Cephalophus
abyssinicus and a new Dendromus from Mt. Elgon. By
R. C. WROUGHTON.

THE Natural History Museum has recently received two
specimens of a Duiker from the Gwas Nyisha Plateau, B. K. A.
These specimens, a male anda female, collected and presented
by Mr. F. C. Selous and Major Horsburgh respectively, prove,
on comparison with the material already in the National
Collection, to be indistinguishable from C. abyssinicus nyanse
of Neumann. ‘The reduction in girth of the horn at the base
and its compression antero-externally into a ridge is fairly
constant amongst these Duikers, but Mr. Selous’s buck shows
these characters to anexaggerated extent. On laying out the
specimens for this comparison, however, it became evident
that the Duiker of the Kenya District is a well-marked
geographical race.

Cephalophus abyssinicus hinded, subsp. n.

A Duiker of the northern short-eared section of the grimmit
group, distinguished by its brighter colouring.

Size about the same as nyanse. General colour above
tawny ochraceous, bright on the neck and shoulders, duller on
the back and loins, but the yellow tinge is never absent, even
on the rump, as it is in nyanse; individual hairs of the neck
drab-grey, with ochraceous tips; more posteriorly the ochra-
ceous tip becomes a subapical ring, and the tip is black.
Below, the chin and the insides of the upper part of the limbs
whitish ; throat ochraceous buff, the hairs the same colour in
their whole length ; the abdomen towards the flanks coloured
like the neck, fading to buffy white in the centre, the hairs
with pale drab bases.

Skull of the same size as in the more western race.

Dimensions of the type (approximate, from a skin speci-
men) :—

ie and body 825 mm.; tail 100; hind foot 225; ear 95,

Skull: greatest length 160 ; greatest breadth 72 ; nasals 61;
muzzle in front of p* 46; palate 76; upper tooth-row 52 ;
length of upper molars 25°d ; bulla 21-5.

274 On Two new Durkers from Mt. Elgon.

Hab. Kenya District, B. E. A. (Type from Fort Hall.)

Type. Young male. B.M.no. 4.12. 6.11. Collected and
presented to the Natural History Museum by Mr. S. L.
Hinde.

The type is a young male in milk-dentition with a fine coat. *

The following are similar skull-measurements of an old
male (skin mutilated) collected by Mr. Hinde at Nyeri,
Kenya District, as compared with those (in brackets) of
Mr. Selous’s specimen of nyanse, which is about the same
age :—

Greatest length 159 (161) mm.; greatest breadth 76 (72) ;
nasals 51°5 (51); muzzle in front of p? 50 (48); palate
74 (76); upper tooth-row 44 (49) ; length of upper molars
26 (28); bulla 24 (24).

Typical long-eared (110-125 mm.) C. grimmii occupies
the whole of S. Africa, where it has received many names.
At its northernmost limit, on the west, is C. splendidulus,
Gray, from Angola; further east, the Matabili form is
fulvescens, Lorenz, which probably crosses the Zimnbesi into
Northern Rhodesia; the eastern representative is adtifrous,
Peters (=oculuris, Pet.), from Southern Mozambique, which,
as shown by specimens in this Museum, ranges south of the
Zambezi to Tette and north of it to the Loangwa River, as
far north at least as 8. Angoniland. A series, however, in
the National Collection from the Shire Highlands belongs to
the northern, short-eared, abyssinicus section; it is so
markedly different from any of the forms mentioned above,
that it seems worthy to be ranked as a distinct geographical
race. I propose to call it

Cephalophus abyssinicus shirensis, subsp. n.

A Duiker of the short-eared section of the grimmii group,
distinguishable by its pale, bright ochraceous colouring.

Size atout the same as in the East Afiican races. General
colour above ochraceous buff; all hairs with drab bases, those
of the neck and shoulders ochraceous buff to their tips, those
of the back shortly tipped with black. Colouring below as in
hindet, but in a much paler shade.

Skull as in hinder.

Dimensions of the type (approximate, from a dry speci-
men) :-—

Head and body 950 mm.; tail 100; hind foot 250; ear 90.

Skull: greatest length 164; greatest breadth 76 ; nasals 55 ;

On a new Dendromus from Mt. Elgon. 275

muzzle in front of p? 50; palate 81; upper tooth-row 47 ;
length of upper molars 28 ; bulle 17°5.

Hab. Zomba, Nyasa.

Type. Old male. B.M. no. 94. 6. 7. 7. Collected by
A. Whyte, and presented to the Natural History Museum by
Sir H. H. Johnston.

The grizzling so characteristic of the colouring of the more’
northern forms is in shivens?s so fine and faint that, at quite
a short distance, the coat seems to be unicolorous; this and
the pale, bright ochraceous colouring serves to distinguish it
at once from the other races.

In the latest collection of mammals made by Mr. R. Kemp
in the Elgon District of British East Africa was a number of
specimens of a Dendromus. ‘The bulk of these specimens
were J), acreus, a species described by me in the December
issue of these‘ Annals’ ; but amongst them was a specimen
so entirely different from them and from any other species
known that it seems to me to deserve a name.

Dendromus ruddt, sp. n.

A Dendromus about the size of D. nytke, closely resembling
D. messorius, Thos., from the Cameroons, in colouring, but
with larger ears and a longer hind foot and tail.

Fur of back 7-8 mm. long, basal two-thirds dark slate-
colour, distal portion “ tawny ochraceous.” General colour
above between “mars-brown” and cinnamon. Hands and
feet pale ; tail dark above, rather paler below.

Skull small ; smaller, narrower, and more delicately made
than in messorvus.

Dimensions of type (measured by the Collector) :—

Head and body 69 mm. ; tail 91; hind foot 18°5; ear 11°5.

Skull: greatest length 21; basilar length 15°5; greatest
breadth 11; nasals 7°6; interorbital breadth 3°55 brain-case
breadth 9°5; diastema 5°3 ; upper molar series 3°5.

Hab. Malikisi, Mt. Elgon, B. E. A. Alt. 5000’.

Type. Old male. Rudd Collection. Original number 476.
Collected by R. Kemp, 28th November, 1909.

LD, ruddi closely resembles messortus in its colouring, while
its size aud proportions are like those of nyzka. ‘There is no
other species with which it might he confused, nor any other,
of its size, in which the median black line is entirely absent.

276 Mr. W. H. Osgood on

XXXVIII.—Light new African Rodents.
By WitFrrep H. Osaoon.

In the study of a collection of African Mammals for the
Field Museum of Natural History, several undescribed forms
have been encountered in the British Museum collection,
access to which has been most courteously afforded me. At
the invitation of Mr. Oldtield Thomas, the following de-
scriptions of these new forms have been drawn up. ‘To
“Mr. Thomas I am pleased to make unlimited acknowledg-
ments for advice and criticism as well as for the use of the
collection which has grown under his charge to its present
unrivalled proportions.

Tachyoryctes splendens somalicus, subsp. n.

Type from Ujawaj, about 100 miles south-west of Berbera,
Somaliland. No. 98.6.9.11, British Museum. Adult
female. Collected December 14th, 1897, by R. M. Hawker.

Characters.—Similar to Tachyoryctes splendens, but smaller
and paler; decidedly smallest of the splendens group.
General colour of upperparts pale cinnamon; top and
anterior part of head dark brown; hairs of underparts slate-
grey at bases, light wood-brown at tips. Skull small ; nasals
short and narrow; audital bullee and molars small ; incisors
very narrow.

Measurements.—T ype: total length 246 mm. ; head and
body 190; tail-vertebre 56; hind foot 24. Skull of type:
length from lambdon to tip of nasals 34°7; basilar length
35°5; mastoid breadth 20°93; interorbital constriction 6°8 ;
length of nasals 14°5 ; postpalatal length 14:1; diastema 15°7 ;
maxillary tooth-row (crowns) 7°5; width of incisor 2°2.

Remarks.—A cotype of the Abyssinian Tachyoryctes
splendens shows that this species is typically dark-coloured
and that its skull is decidedly larger with much heavier teeth
than the form here described from Somaliland. Other
specimens from Abyssinia are somewhat paler than the type
of splendens, but show essentially the same cranial characters.

Pelomys fallax insignatus, subsp. n.

Type from Fort Hill, Northern Nyasa. No. 97. 10. 1. 220,
British Museum. Adult male. Collected July 1896 by
A. Whyte. Original No. 185.

Characters.—Similar to Pelomys fallax, but lacking a
well-defined blackish median dorsal stripe, the upperparts

new African Rodents. 2ET

being uniformly and coarsely mixed dusky and tawny,
Skull with shorter and broader nasals than in fallax ; other-
wise similar. Somewhat similar to Pelomys frater, but molar
teeth actually and relatively smaller.

Measurements.—Type (measured dry) : tail-vertebre 138 ;
hind foot (s. u.) 30, (c. u.) 83. Skull of type: length from
front of interparietal to tip of nasals 32°5; mastoid breadth
13°5 ; interorbital constriction 5-2 ; length of nasals 14°8 ;
greatest width of nasals 5-2; diastema 9°3; palatine slits 6°8 ;
maxillary tooth-row 6:3.

Remarks.—TYhe dark dorsal stripe mentioned by Peters in
the original description of fal/az is found well-developed in
specimens from Beira and Tambarara, Portuguese Hast
Africa, which therefore undoubtedly are typical; but in
specimens from more northerly localities it is increasingly
indistinct and becomes entirely absent in those from Northern
Nyasa. These Nyasa specimens, of which many are available,
are characterised also by broad short nasals.

Mus damarensis rhodesie, subsp. n.

Type from Petauke, East Loangwa District, Northern
Rhodesia. Altitude 2400 ft. No. 7. 1. 11. 57, British
Museum. Adult female. Collected January 27th, 1905,
by 8S. A. Neave.

Characters.—Similar to Mus damarensis, but colour darker ;
upperparts tawny ochraceous mixed with dusky ; sides but
little paler than back ; tail uniform blackish above and below.
Skull similar to that of damarensis, but audital bulle smaller
and nasals slightly broader posteriorly ; somewhat similar to

that of Mus pedulcus, but molars larger.

Measurements.—'l'ype: total length 274 mm.; head an *
body 119; tail-vertebrae 155; hind foot (s. u.) 24; ear 20°5
Skull of type: greatest length 30°7; basilar length 24-9;
zygomatic breadth 15°4; nasals 11°4; least interorbital
width 4°7 ; postpalatal length 11:2; diastema 8°3 ; palatine
slits 6°8; maxillary tooth-row 5:2.

Remarks.— In external appearance this mouse shows much
resemblance to certain species referred to the genus Thamno-
mys. It is, in fact, one of a group of several species which
appear to be somewhat connectant between Thamnomys and
Mus. ‘The group includes Mus pedulcus, Mus damarensis,
Mus nigricauda, and Thamnomys loringi (= Mus loringt).
With the exception of M. loringt, which obviously is closely
allied to M. nigricauda, all the species of this small group
have the hairs of the underparts pure white to the roots, the

278 Mr. W. H. Osgood on

tail long, hairy, and usually unicolour, and the ears clothed
with ochraceous hairs, in these respects agreeing with
Thamnomys. Moreover, their skulls, except for rather en-
larged audital bullae and deeper brain-cases, are much the
same as in Thamnomys, showing the same form of rostrum
and zygomata and the same incipient postorbital processes.
But their teeth can scarcely be distinguished from those of
Mus, the number and arrangement of cusps being very
similar. The third or postero-internal cusp of m) 1s un-
developed and the supplementary cusps of the lower molars
are small and rudimentary as in Mus. It therefore seems
best for the present to retain these species in the genus Mus.

Thamnomys baliolus, sp. n.

Type from Woodbush Hills, N.E. of Pietersburg, Trans-
vaal. No. 6. 4. 38.51, British Museum. Adult female.
Collected December 13th, 1905, by C. H. B. Grant. Pre-
sented by C. D. Rudd, Esq.

Characters.—Size medium, about as in Thamnomys sur-
daster ; pelage soft; colour dark. Skull and teeth small ;
zygomatic plate narrow and deeply concave anteriorly. Most
similar to 7. surdaster, but colour much darker and pelage
softer; upperparts dark russet finely and thickly mixed with
dusky ; ears thinly haired and dark-coloured ; postauricular
white spot conspicuously contrasted ; underparts pale creamy ;
hind feet white on the outer side and toes only, the inner side
and the tarsal joint pale ochraceous ; tail blackish all around,
slightly more intense terminally. Skull similar in size to
that of 7. surdaster, but brain-case relatively large ; audital
bulle larger; rostrum and infraorbital region weak; zygo-
matic plate narrow.

Measurements.—Type: total length 284 mm.; head and
body 104 ; tail-vertebre 180; hind foot (s. u.) 42; ear 18.
Skull of type: greatest length 28°65; basilar length 21-2;
zygomatic breadth 13°9; nasals 10:2; least interorbital width
4-6; postpalatal length 9°6; diastema 72; palatine slits 7 ;
maxillary tooth-row 44.

Remarks.—'vhis species belongs to the group in which the
third or postero-internal cusp of m’ is reduced to a narrow
ridge. It is readily distinguished from all others of the
group by its dark colour and the relatively weak anterior
part of the skull, Like the other members of the group, it
has the supplementary external cusps of the lower molars
more highly developed than in Mus. The group asat present
understood includes the following forms :—

new Africin Rodents. 279

Thamnomys dolichurus (Smuts). T. surdaster, Thomas & Wrough-
T.. ibeanus, Osgood. ton.
T. ruddi, Thomas & Wroughton. T. s. polionops, Osgood.
T. cometes,'CThomas & Wroughton. T. s. elgonis, Thomas.
T. dryas, Thomas. T. baliolus, Osgood.
T. discolor, Thomas. T. macmillani, Wroughton.
T. m. gazelle, Thomas.

The smaller more typical group of Thamnomys, having the
postero-internal cusp of m’* more highly developed, inclu les
only T. venustus, Thomas, T. rutilans (Peters), and 7. kuru,
Thomas & Wroughton.

Cricetomys gambianus poensis, subsp. n.

Type from Bubi Town, Bantaberi, Island of Fernando Po,
Gulf of Guinea. No. 4.7.1.117, British Museum. Adult
male. Collected February 7th, 1904, by KE. Seimund.
Original No. 83. Presented by the Fernando Po Committee.

Characters.—Similar to C. gambianus and C. g. dolichops,
but with much less white on the tail; skull with a con-
spicuous palatal spine, a rather narrow zygomatic plate, and
very small audital bullae; otherwise as in OC. gamhiinus.
Upperparts dark brown, somewhat paler than in dolichops ;
sides of face considerably paler than back; underparts pure
creamy white to the roots of the hairs, sharply contrasted
with upperparts ; feet white except a broad brown stripe in
the median metatarsal region; proximal part of tail dark
brown, occupying nearly three-fourths of the entire length-of
the tail; terminal fourth of tail soiled white.

Measurements.—Type: total length 690 mm.; head and
body 312; tail-vertebree 378; hind foot (s. u.) 65 : ; ear 44,
Skull of type: greatest length 74:8 ; ole. length 61°5 ;
zygomatic breadth 32°6; nasals 30°5; least interorbital
breadth 10-2 ; postpalatal length 23°8; diastema 24 ; palatine
slits 7°4; maxillary tooth-row 10°6.

Remarks.— The most distinctive characters of this form are
the extent of the dark colour on the tail and the presence of
a well-developed spine on the posterior border of the palate.
The palatal spine is constant in the nine specimens examined
from Fernando Po. It is slightly developed in two skulls
from Gold Coast, but others trom Gold Coast, Liberia, and
Gambia do not possess it nor is it found in any of the lar ge
number of specimens examined from Central and East Africa.
The type of gambianus, which has been on exhibition for
many years, is greatly faded and untrustworthy for colour-
characters, except as to the proportion of light and dark on
the tail, In this respect it differs markedly from poensis, the

280 Mr. W. H. Osgood on

white area occupying slightly more than half the length of
the tail instead of scarcely one fourth.

Several recently collected specimens from Senegal agree
with the type of gambianus in the proportion of light and
dark on the tail and may safely be regarded as typical of the
species. They indicate typical gambianus to be markedly
different from the rich dark-coloured forms like poensis and
dolichops. hey are, in fact, the most greyish of the whole
gambianus group and have the feet most extensively whitish.

Cricetomys gambianus dolichops, subsp. n.

Type from Como River, 70 miles from Gaboon, French
Congo, West Africa. No. 97.7. 1. 16, British Museum.
Adult male. Collected February 25th, 1897, by G. L. Bates.
Original No. 155.

Characters.—Darkest of the gambianus group; middle of
back deep vandyke-brown, the hairs scareely paler at the
base than at the tip ; proximal two-thirds of tail dark brown,
terminal third white; underparts entirely pure white, very
sharply contrasted with dark upperparts ; white of under-
parts broadly extended on lower cheeks; facial region, fore-
head, and nape quite as dark-coloured as back; sides some-
what paler, approaching broccoli-brown.

Skull exceedingly elongate; rostrum very long, slender,
and dorsally convex; teeth and audital bulle small; palate
smoothly rounded behind, without any indication of a spine ;
zygomatic plate rather broad and forwardly projected.

Measurements.—Type: total length 850 mm.; head and
body 420; tail-vertebre 430; hind foot (s. u.) 715 ear 38.
Skull of type: greatest length 80°2; basilar length 66°9;
zygomatic breadth 32°9; nasals 34°38; least interorbital
breadth 10°4; postpalatal length 27:5; diastema 27°8;
palatine slits 75; maxillary tooth-row 10.

Remarks. — Landana, the type locality of Rochebrune’s
Cricetomys dissimilis lies about halfway between that of the
present form and that of C.g. ansorgei of Angola. Until
specimens are obtained from tlis locality some doubt may
attach to both ansorgei and dolichops, although the known
variability of the group makes it extremely probable that
Rochebrune’s species will prove different from both. C. g.
dolichops is most closely allied to P. g. poensis, from which it
differs chiefly in its very elongate skull without a palatal
spine.

Cricctomys gambianus dichrurus, subsp. n.

Type from Agoulené, Anambara River, South Nigeria,

West Africa. No.5.12.1.21, British Museum. Adolescent

new African Rodents. 281

female. Collected July 22nd, 1905, by Robin Kemp. Ori-
ginal No. 4.

Characters.—Most similar to typical Cricetomys gambianus,
but darker coloured; back more extensively dusky; sides
and underparts with a strong tinge of vinaceous; dark brown
areas on fore and hind feet more extensive, the white largely
confined to the toes and the outer side of the hind feet; light
and dark sections of tail about evenly divided. Skull small,
with small molars and extremely small audital bulle ; rostrum
short and decidedly convex between the maxillary branches
of the zygomata; palate with a minute median posterior
notch.

Measurements.—Type: total length 670 mm.; head and
body 310; tail-vertebrex 360; hind foot (s. u.) 653 ear 38.
Skull of type: greatest length 65°8; basilar length 55 ;
zygomatic breadth 32°4; nasals 27; least interorbital breadth
10; postpalatal length 21:7; diastema 21:2; palatine slits
73; maxillary tooth-row (crowns) 10-7.

Remarks.—Instead of showing any resemblance to the dark
coast forms poens?s and dolichops, which are geographically
near, this form is closely similar to the pale form of Senegal
and Gambia, which it now appears is true gambianus, It
seems quite possible that it ranges well into the interior, since
two specimens from Mombattu, Northern Congo (Nos. 87.12.
1. 52-53, B.M.), appear to be very closely allied to, if not
identical with, it. ‘These being from the same region as
P. g. emini, which is a large-toothed form, suggests the
possibility that the small-toothed forms of West Africa are
distinct from the large-toothed ones of Kast and South
Central Africa.

Cricetomys gambianus liberie, subsp. n.

Type from 50 miles inland from Monrovia, Liberia,
West Africa. B.M. no. 4.6.2. 13. Old female. Collected
by A. Whyte.

Characters.—Most similar to Cricetomys gamb/anus poensis,
but colour slightly paler and skull somewhat different; tail
more extensively white, the dark and light about in the pro-
portion 3:24; posterior border of palate without spine ;
ascending branches of premaxilla broad; audital bulle
slightly larger than in poens’s.

Measurements.—Skull of type: greatest length 74°5 mm.;
basilar length 62°5 ; nasals 30:2; least interorbital breadth
9°9 ; postpalatal length 24; diastema 25°1; palatine slits 7°4 ;
maxillary tooth-row (crowns) 9°9.

Ann. & May. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. v. 20

282 Mr. O. Thomas on

Remarks.—Although obviously deserving recognition, this
form is at present represented by poor and scanty material.
Two specimens from Liberia and one from Sierra Leone may
be definitely referred to it. Yet only one of these (the type)
possesses a skull and another is the prepared skin of an
animal which lived in the Zoological Gardens some two years.
The tail of the type is evidently abnormal in colour, being
mixed brown and white tor nearly its entire length, only the
tips being pure white.

XXXIX.—Purther new African Mammalia.
By OLDFIELD ‘THOMAS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Thamnomys macmillant gazelle, subsp. n.

Size and other essential characters as in true macmil/ant,
but the fore back markedly lighter and greyer than the hind
back, the ochraceous wash over the latter not or scarcely con-
tinued forwards beyond the middle of the beck. Crown and
ears also less buffy, the latter greyish brown, except for a
small buffy spot at their anterior bases.

Skull as in macmillani, except that the anterior zygomatic
plate is broader and projects in front of the upper bridge,
while it runs vertically downwards from the latter in the
Rudolf form.

Dimensions of the type (measnred in the flesh) :—

Head and bedy 112 mm.; tail 150; hind foot 22; ear 16.

Skull: palatal length 12°5; palatal foramina 5°83; zygo-
matic plate 2°7; upper molar series 4°1.

Hab. Chak-Chak, Bahr-el-Ghazal.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 8. 4. 2.47. Original num-
ber 25. Collected 25th February, 1807, and presented by
A. L. Butler, Esq. ‘Two specimens.

The two Bahr-el-Ghazal specimens are precisely like each
other, and equally different from the type of T. macmillani
in the characters noted above.

An imperfect specimen from Fo:t Berkeley, on the Uganda
Nile, seems also referable to the present form.

Thamnomys surdaster elgonis, subsp. n.

Size as in true surdaster. General colour markedly paler,
more buffy and less ochraceous than in either surdaséer or its

new African Mammals. 283

representatives in the central part of East Africa; most
richly coloured part of rump barely “ ochraceous buff,” sides
of rump “ buff.” Head as usual greyer. Sides of muzzle
without dark whisker marks. An unusually well-marked
buffy supraorbital spot. Ears dull buffy, a patch of dull
whitish buffy on the crown internal to the ear. Hands
white ; front of forearms, whole of lower legs, and upper side
of feet clear buffy.

Skull as in true surdaster.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 115 mm.; tail 165 ; hind foot 23; ear17.

Skull: greatest length 29; zygomatic breadth 14 ; inter-
orbital breadth 4°5; palatal length 13°6; length of upper
tooth series 4°5.

Hab. Mt. Elgon. Type from Malikisi, 5000’. An im-
mature specimen from Kirui, 6000".

Type. Adult male. Rudd Collection. Original number
478. Collected 29th November, 1909, by Robin Kemp.

This Elgon Bush-mouse is readily distinguishable by its
pale colour and buffy supraorbital spots from the form of
T. surdaster which occurs in the central region of British
East Africa. Like true Nyasa surdaster it has no dark
whisker marks,

Thamnomys discolor, sp. n.

A dark-coloured species of the dryas-surdaster section of
the genus, with grey head, buffy under side, and parti-
coloured feet.

Size rather small. General tone dark brownish, the brightest
part of the hinder back cinnamon. Under surface white,
tinged with buffy, the sides of the belly each with a broad
and conspicuous pinkish-buff line edging the darker colour
of the sides, and extending inwards nearly acioss the belly.
Face dark grey (about grey no. 5) markedly contrasted with
the fulvous brown body-colour which extends forward to the
crown. No dark whisker marks or light supraorbital spots.
Ears dull buffy. Front of forearms grey. Hands bright
buff, an indistinct slaty patch on the metacarpus. Hind legs
dull fulvous behind, their inner aspect pinkish buff in con-
tinuation with the buffy lateral lines ; upper surface of feet buff,
with a large patch of brownish grey on the outer half (inner
in the prepared skin) of each metatarsus.

Size of teeth about as in T. surdaster.

Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—

Head and body 115 mm.; tail 176; hind foot 23°5,

20*

284 On new African Mamma’s.

Length of nasals 9; interorbital breadth 4:2; length of
upper molar series 4:1.

Hab. Kakamega Forest, Kisumu, British East Africa.
Alt. 4500!.

Type. B.M. no. 6.5.6. 5. Collected and presented by
F. W. Isaac, Esq.

Readily distinguishable by its abruptly grey head, parti-
coloured feet, and the conspicuous buffy lines down each side
of its belly.

DESMOMYS, gen. nov.

External characters and general shape of skull as in
Pelomys and Mylomys, but molars of a structure approaching
that found in @nomys.

Proportions and general external appearance about as in
Pelomys. Pollex minute, with a rudimentary nail; fifth
fore toe either with a very short claw (dembeensis) or a nail
(harrington?). Fifth hind toe little longer than the hallux.

Skull of the peculiar shape, short-muzzled and bowed
above, characteristic of Arvicanthis, Pelomys, and Mylomys,
quite different to the long flattened skull of Gnomys.

Incisors faintly and inconspicuously grooved, equally
different from the strongly grooved incisors of Pelomys and
Mylomys, and the smooth convex ones of Arvicanthis aud
(Enomys.

Molars, while not so extreme, yet showing a strong re-
semblance to those of Ginomys. The cusps are not so high,
but there is a similar tendency to the development of fine
enamel ridges running backwards from the main cusps in the
line of the tooth-row, and tending to obliterate the essential
laminate structure. From this it results that certain cusps,
notably the postero-external and postero-internal, of both m*
and m”, instead of being roughly circular in section as in
Pelomys, are almost “ guttate”? (Ridgway, pl. xiv. fig. 8),
with a long pointed angle behind. Lower molars with the
cusps directed forwards somewhat as in Mylomys; second
lamina of ms little narrower than the anterior lamina, strongly
notched posteriorly, so as to form two cusps, of which the
inner is rather the larger.

Type. D. harringtoni (Pelomys harringtoni, Thos.).

Other species— Mus dembeensis, Riipp.

The species for which I now propose a special genus have
always been a puzzle, and den. beens/s has in turn been referred
to Mus, Arvicanthis, Golunda, Pelomys,and Ginomys. ‘They
combine in a curious way the general characters of Pelomys
with a tendency to the peculiar tooth-structure of Ginomys,
to which they have no resemblance in other respects.

bo
CO
Or

On new Species of African Dormice.

Procavia emini latrator, subsp. n.

Essential characters as in true em‘ni, but whereas in that
animal the body hairs are slaty blackish for their basal four-
fifths and broadly tipped with buffy, in the present form they
are white or whitish for their basal half, and only subter-
minally ringed with blackish. ‘he tips of the hairs are
similarly buffy, and in general appearance the two animals
are exactly the same, as the white bases of the hairs do not
show through the dark subterminal rings. Under surface
dull creamy. Eyes with rather more prominent white super-
ciliary lines. A small whitish or buffy patch on the occiput.
Hairs round ears pale buffy. Dorsal patch large, loose, ill-
defined, some of its hairs creamy throughout, and others cream
terminally, blackish mesially, dull whitish basally. Limbs
dull buffy or pale brownish.

Skull typically that of a Dendrohyrax. Orbits closed by
bone behind. ‘Teeth small and brachyodont.

Dimensions of the type (in skin) :—

Head and body 540 mm.

Skull (stage vi.) : basal length 92 ; greatest breadth 52 ;
breadth of m! 5:8.

Hab. Batempa, Upper Sankuru River, Southern Central
Congo.

Type. Female in stage vi. B.M. no. 9. 12.12.10. Col-
lected and presented by EK. Torday, Esq. ‘Three specimens.

The British Museum* owes to Viscount Montmorres two
native skins from the Stanley Forest, Upper Congo, and to
Dr. Cuthbert Christy one from the Mabira Forest, N.W.
Uganda, all of which I refer to Procavia emini, described by
- me in 1887 from a young specimen.

In comparison with these the S. Congo specimens presented
by Mr. Torday are readily distinguishable by the broad white
bases to the dorsal hairs. In one example, however, some of
the hairs on the withers are dark to their bases, as in true
emint, and it is probable therefore that the two forms will be
found to grade into each other, and I therefore only distinguish
them subspecifically.

XL.—Two new Species of African Dormice belonging to the
Genus Graphiurus. By Guy Dortiman, B.A.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Graphiurus lorraineus, sp. 0.
A bright buffish-brown species, about the same size as
Graphiurus raptor, Dollm.

286 Mr. G. Dollman on

Size of body intermediate between that of the small
members of the genus and the murinus group. Kars compa-
ratively small, measuring only about 10 mm. in length. Fur
rather short, not more than 6 or 7 mm. in length on the back
and hind-quarters. General colour of dorsal surface bright
buffish brown (between cinnamon no. 1 and burnt umber no. 1,
‘Repertoire de Couleurs’), strikingly different from any other
member of the genus. Flanks very much the same colour
as back, rather paler towards the ventral surface. Individual
hairs of back slaty grey, with bright yellowish-buff tips.
Face and top of head similar in colour to back. Sides of face,
helow eyes, buffish white ; hairs with greyish bases and white
tips. Upper lip covered with short yellowish-white hairs.
Eyes surrounded with indistinct brownish rings; dark
markings on sides of muzzle, in front of eyes, rather ill-
defined, a great deal less noticeable than in G. murinus.
Backs of hands and feet yellowish white. Under surface of
body greyish white, washed over with buff. Individual hairs
of belly slaty grey, with yellowish-white tips. Hairs on chin
and lower lip white. ‘Tail broken; the terminal portion
appears to have been bushy. ‘Tail above rather browner in
colour than back; lower surface greyish brown.

Skull short and broad, with comparatively large teeth.
Nasals rather short ; auditory bulla large and inflated.

Dimensions of the type (measured im the flesh) :—

Head and body 95 mm.; tail 62 ;*hind foot 14; ear 10.

Skull (cecipital region broken): tip of nasals to back of
interparietal 24:7; greatest zygomatic breadth 14°5; breadth
of cranium (across squamosal region) 12°23 length of nasals
9°5; greatest breadth across nasals 3°45; least breadth across
nasals 2 ; interorbital breadth 5; palatal length 10°5; pala-
tilar length 8; width of palate (inside m’) 3°) ; width across
palate (outside m’) 5°53 length of palatal foramina 2°'8 ;
length of upper cheek-teeth 3-4.

Hab. Molegbwe, south of the Setema Rapids, Welle River,
Congo.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 7. 7. 8.115. Original
number B.A. 42. Collected by Capt. Boyd Alexander on
December 14th, 1905. Presented by the Alexander-Gosling
Expedition.

This species is easily distinguished from the other members
of the genus by the brilliant buff coloration of the upper parts
of the body, the comparatively small ears, and short and
rather stoutly built skull.

new Species of African Dormice. 287

Graphiurus brockmani, sp. n.

A medium-sized form allied to the foregoing species, but
rather smaller in size, very much paler in colour, and with
larger ears.

Size of body rather less than in G. lorratneus, tail about
equal in length to that of the head and body together; ears
comparatively large. Fur soft and of medium length.
General colour of upper surface of body pale buffish brown
(snuff-brown no. 1 mixed with smoke-grey no. 1, ‘ Repertoire
de Couleurs’), rather darker down the middle of the back.
Flanks very similar in colour to back, the buffish brown of
the dérsal surface sharply marked off from the white colora-
tion of the belly. Individual hairs of back dark slaty grey,
with light buffish-brown tips; many of the longer hairs,
especially on the posterior part of the back, with dark
brownish tips. Muzzle, and face between eyes, similar in
colour to back. Eyes surrounded by rather inconspicuous
brownish rings. Dark markings on muzzle, in front of eyes,
almost entirely absent. Cheeks white, the hairs white
throughout, as in G. parvus, True. Sides of neck below
ears white; hairs dark slaty grey, with long white tips.
Backs of hands and feet covered with short white hairs.
Under surface of body white tinted with cream (creamy
white no. 1, ‘ Repertoire’). Hairs of belly dark slate-black
with long white tips. Hairs on chin and lower lip white.
‘Tail more or Jess cylindrical at base, gradually becoming
bushy towards the tip, but never to such a marked degree as
in G. microtis, Noack, the hairs at the extreme tip measuring
about 14mm. in length. Upperside of tail greyish chocolate,
hairs brownish drab, with white tips; under surface lighter
in colour, owing to the white tips being longer and more
prominent,

Skull rather similar to that of G. lorraineus, but smaller
and with shortcr nasals. ‘Teeth very small, the upper cheek-
teeth measuring only 3 mm. in length. Auditory bulle
comparatively large and inflated.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 81 mm.; tail 80; hind foot 15; ear 16.

Skull (occipital region broken) : basal length 21°5; basilar
length 18°5; greatest zygomatic breadth 14; breadth of
cranium (across squamosal region) 11°53; greatest length of
nasals 8°8; greatest breadth across nasals 3°3; least breadth
across nasals 2 ; interorbital breadth 3:7; palatal length 10;
palatilar length 7°5; width of palate (inside m') 3; width

288 Mr. R. Kukpatrick on

across palate (outside m’) 5; length of palatal foramina 3;
distance from palation to basion 11°3; length of upper cheek-
teeth 3.

Hab. Burao, Somaliland. Altitude 4000 feet.

Type. Adult male. Collected by Mr. Bury on March Ist,
1906.

This Somaliland dormouse is so very much paler in colour
than any of the allied species, and presents so many striking
cranial differences, that it must be regarded as representing a
distinct species. In addition to the type the Museum possesses
three other specimens from the same locality, all very similar
to the type in colour and dimensions.

It gives me great pleasure to name this handsome species
after Dr. Drake Brockman, to whom mammalogical science is
already indebted for much useful work in connection with the
fauna of Somaliland.

XLIL—Further Notes on Merlia normani, Kirkp.
By R. KirkpaTRICck.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

At the end of a communication (‘ Annals,’ July 1909, p. 48),
entitled “Notes on Merlia normani, Kirkp.,”’ I stated that
‘©The definition of Merlia must be emended in a future
paper.” After examining 100 or more slides with over
2000 good sections of Merlia prepared from well-preserved
specimens varying in size and age, | have come to the con-
clusion that Merlia normani is a sponge with a siliceous and
calcareous skeleton. ‘The absolutely convincing proof, such
as would be afforded by seeing an embryo settle down and
develop the siliceous and calcareous elements, is not at present
forthcoming, though I hope, by visiting Porto Santo Island
at different periods of the year, to obtain that evidence. I
have, however, beautiful sections of a young sponge which
can only be a few days old and which possesses all the
elements found in the adult condition. :

‘he evidence is so strong in favour of the view here
expressed, that I can now see no possibility of coming to any
other conclusion. To put the matter as briefly as possible,
the reasons for this belief are as follows :—

IT have dredged up numeious fresh living specimens, and
have always found the same elements, viz. a sponge, in

Merlia normani, Kirkp. 239

which siliceous spicules are present, growing in a calcareous
honeycomb-like framework constructed of vertical tubes with
perforate horizontal tabule. The upper part of Merlia re-
sembles an ordinary siliceous sponge. ‘The lower part in
the “crypts” * or honeycomb spaces is composed mostly of
very large granular cells, more or less separated by connective-
tissue cells, the whole being in continuity, through the
central orifice usually present in each tabula, with the tissues
of the upper part of the sponge.

Further, the masses of crypt-cells are surrounded by akind
of epithelium. The large crypt-cells have not grown down
into the crypts, but have developed in the position in which
they are found: for I have seen, by a process of grinding
down, ciypts at the base of the sponge full of crypt-cells, and,
after having destroyed the latter with Hau de Javelle, have
often seen the orifice in the roof of the crypt, ¢. e. in the
tabula, narrowed to the smallest slit sometimes no more than
1 win width. As some of the erypt-cells are about 200 w in
area end on, it would be ridiculous to assume that these huge
masses of huge cells have grown down through five or six
stories and squeezed their way through slits so:metimés only
1 indiameter, Moreover, the crypt-cells are not loose and
isolated, but enmeshed in a network of connective tissue and
surrounded by a kind of epithelium.

In some ground-down sections of the skeleton I have seen
tabulee absolutely tmperforate, but I had not observed whether
the crypts thus roofed over had contained cells or not.

Accordingly Merlia is not a parasite growing over and
into a calcareous organism, and it is not a Foraminiferan,
Further, it is certainly not a Coelenteiate or a Polyzoon. In
fact, itis now beyond a doubt seen to be a sponge and no-
thing but a sponge.

Merlia is of unique interest, not only in itself, but also
on account of the resemblance, in some respects, of its calca-
reous skeleton to certain of the Monticuliporas.

Not only is there, on surface view, a polygonal reticulum
with tubercles at the nodes of the meshes, and not only are
there tabule with a central hole, but there are radial sutural
markings precisely as in Rhaphidopora (Chetetes) stromato-
poroides, Roemer (Nicholson and Foord, “Oa a new Genus
of Devonian Corals,” Annals & Mag. N. H. (5) xvii. 18386,
p- 393, pl. xvi. fig. 5). Of course these resemblances may be
merely homeeomorphous.

* The useful terms “ crypt” and “ crypt-cell ” were suggested by Prof,

E. A. Minchin. The cells, which look like large granular gemmule
cells, appear to me to be probably “ caicoblasts,”

299 On Merlia normani, Kérkp.

The problem of the position of the Monticuliporas has
baffled several generations of geologists and zoologists, who
have regarded them as Foraminifera, Sponges, Coelenterata,
or Polyzoa, At last a living organism has been found with
a skeletal structure showing many resemblances to these
Paleozoic fossils.

Sir John Murray informs me that he has seen a dry spe-
cimen of a coral-like organism from the West Indies in some
respects like Mer/’a, and Prof. Stanley Gardiner has obtained
from the Indian Ocean somewhat similar specimens also dried.
These organisms have been spoken of as Foraminifera or
Alcyonarian Corals. Unfortunately, dried specimens afford
scarcely more information than that which is available for the
paleontologist. I can only say thatif the specimens referred
toare related to Merlia they are sponges. 1 have seen in the
British Museum a Foraminiferan from the Indian Ocean with
a surface reticulum and nodal tubercles, but the skeleton is
obviously Foraminiferan,

I originally described Merlia as a Pharetron sponge
(‘ Annals,’ Dec. 1908, p. 510). Later (‘ Annals,’ July 1909,
p. 47), I concluded that the upper part was a distinct siliceous
sponge, and at one time the organism seemed to me to be an
example of symbiosis between a siliceous and a degenerate
Pharetron sponge. Huxley, in his esssy on Hume, remarks
that if anyone stated that he had seen a Centaur careering
about in Piccadilly, we would feel justitied, even if we believed
in the good faith and acumen of the narrator, in demanding
very strong proofs. If the statement were accepted, we
would perhaps wonder whether the Centaur were a Horse-
Man, a Man-Horse, or possibly, from some lurking doubt as
to the observing powers of the narrator, only a Man on a
Horse.

It is at present believed that the Sponge Phylum originally
divided into three main branches (Calearea, ‘Triaxonia, Tetre-
xonia), and that the division between Calcareous and Siliceous
Sponges extends deep down to the very roots. ‘The existence
of a sponge with a calcareous and a siliceous skeleton had
seemed to me almost as improbable as that of a Centaur. So
it was not surprising that Merlia was regarded by me to be an
instance of symbiosis on a parallel with the Man-on-the-Horse
theory of the Centaur, and that I was misled into establishing
the genus Noronha, which must now become a nomen nudum.

The theory that Merlia is a siliceous sponge that has
“taken on”? the function of forming a calcareous skeleton
appears at first sight to commend itself, because we seem able
to locate the sponge in a particular group of Monaxonellida,

On new European Bats. 291

and, further, the flagellated chambers and collar cells re-
semble those of ‘T'etraxonid Sponges. Prof. Minchin has
reminded me of the tendency of gemmule cells to accumulate
at the base of a sponge, and has suggested that possibly the
calcareous structure may be of the nature of a protective
coating for gemmule cells. ‘here are considerable difficulties,
however, in the way of accepting this ingenious theory.

All that it was intended to bring out in these notes was the
fact that Merlia is a sponge with a siliceous and calcareous
skeleton, and that we are justified in assuming that there is now
more evidence—slight as it still is—in favour of the theory
that some Monticuliporas are Sponges than in that of any
other theory as to the nature of these fossils.

A full account of Merlia with figures will shortly be pub-
lished in the ‘ Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science.’

XLIT.— Description of a new Species and a new Subspecies of
Huropean Bats. By G. K. H. Barrert-HAMILTON.

THERE is in the British Museum of Natural History a bat
taken in Roumania by the late W. Dodson, and having the
geneial appearance of asmall Serotine. 1 have long suspected
this to be the first known example of a hitherto undetected
species, but dared not describe it on the strength of a single
specimen. Recently, however, Mr. Gerrit S. Miller, Jun.,
has had the courtesy to send me for comparison a similar
although somewhat larger specimen from the collection of the
United States National Museum, taken at St. Gothard,
Switzerland. I have now, therefore, no hesitation in de-
scribing the new species as follows :—

Vespertilio sodalis, sp. n.

This bat resembles V. serotinus of Europe in general
appearance, proportions and colour, but is smaller. The teeth
are relatively larger though not so broad, the length of the
cheek-series being actually about as long as in JV. serotinus.
The skull is relatively stouter and shorter and the cranium
rounder and more inflated than in V, serotinus.

In colour the two specimens are dissimilar. In both the
ears and membranes are, as usual, dusky. In the Roumanian
bat the upperside is near ‘ Prout’s brown,” the hairs being
tipped with tawny, especially on the lower back ; the under-
side is near “ isabella color.” The Swiss bat is everywhere

292 Mr. G. E. . Barrett-IHamilton on

much lighter, the upperside being near “ russet” *, with
tawny hair- -tips, and the underside “unicoloured deep “ buff.”
The face, ears, and wings are very sparsely haired.

The dimensions of the two specimens in millimetres (the
Roumanian bat first) are as follows :—

Head and body 638f, 76}; tail 42T, 32[; ear 18}, 14+];
tragus, 6, $f; thumb without claw 6+, 8f; fifth metacarpal
39+, 40+.; fourth metacarpal 40+, 41 ; third metacarpal 41,
43; forearm (extreme length) 46, 48; lower leg 19+,19+ ;
hind foot (without claws) 8+, —

Skull: greatest length 19, —; basal length in middle
line 14, —; pain length in middle line 7, 8; fiom poste-
rior border of m* to anterior border of canine 6+, 7; same in
lower jaw —, 8; greatest breadth at zygoma 13°35, —;
posterior breadth 8-5, 9; breadth between orbits 8, 8; breadth
at constriction 4+, 4. Blanks in the dimensions indicate that
the skulls are damaged.

The type is a male, no. 4. 4.6. 1 of the British Museum
collection, taken at Bustenari, Roumania, on the 24th April,
1899, by W. Dodson, coliecting for ae: late Lord Lilford.
It was shot in a wood, where the collector obtained also some
Serotines. The second specimen, also a male, is no, pe
of the U.S. Nat. Museum collection, from St. Gothard,
Switzerland.

The existence of a second and smaller bat of the Serotine
type in Iurope is of some interest in view of Mr. Miller’s
recent demonstration that Myotis orygnathus of Monticelli is
practically a small AZ. myosotz’s. It recalls also the relations
of Nyctalus noctula and LN. leislert.

Rhinolophus ferrum-equinum insulanus, subsp. n.

Dr. Andersen’s acceptance of Cabrera’s R. ferrum-equinum
obscurus as a small subspecies makes the treatment of the
British Greater Horseshoe Bat somewhat difficult. The
latter is undoubtedly smaller than the typical continental
form, but its dimensions come so close to those of 2. f-eq. obscu-
rus that distinction of the two would be difficult even on the
average. But even granted that they are apparently identical,
these two colonies are geographically separated and represent
independent assumption of similar dimensions, recalling to a

* Names of colours in inverted commas are from Ridgway’s ‘ Nomen-
clature of Colors,’ 1886.

+ Collector’s measurements,

} Measured in dry skin.

new Huropean Bats. 293

certain extent the case of the Lesser Horseshoe, in which the
existence of two small forms, one Mediterranean, the other
British, is not disputed. It seems, then, incorrect and im-
possible to identify British Greater Horseshoes with Spanish
obscurus, while, on the other hand, Andersen’s exact arrange-
ment of the members of this genus precludes their identifica-
tion with the typical form.

I understand that some naturalists do not recognize the
validity of R. f-eq. ebscurus, and on that view the case for the
subspecific distinction of the British Greater Horseshoe
becomes even stronger, and [I feel compelled to give it sub-
specific rank. It may be known as &. ferrum-equinum
insulanus.

This bat resembles 2. ferrum-equinum ferrum-equinum of
Europe in every respect, but has smaller wings.

The skull-measurements about equal those of Lt. f.-eq.
ferrum-equinum.

The following are the average dimensions of a series :—

So 22 8 =
50 a = °o e
: S| as oO ae i
> oH 33 s 3
eves ae Ee o +3 cts 5S
es as Ee ee
2 Rule to (US St oe, |= 3
eo. a = See o 3 tt sae f. gy
2 9 Sas —= 2, &@ +» t=
Se aoe SRS WN ects
a 5 "SS ws en ea = eee ee
oS a ny 5 = Lao E fo] x > = 2 ~ ~
= ] Do i=} — = ‘=|
S 3 oa 3 Cre Seca S “| G MS
ee H HH & HH AB eA
Approximate average rs 3 xe
PP OOo Celene A OColmo a 24 leo G00 83: on 4e3e9

of eleven males .

Approximate average | px.g 99. : 29.<
of five females .. { eae See

ih)

d°3 11°8 54:5 69 85°8 36:2 40°5

The dimensions of the type are as follows (measured from
alcohol) :—

Head and body 63 mm.; ear, greatest length, 21°5 ; nose-
leaf, greatest length and breadth, 14x7+; tail 31; lower
leg 25 ; lind foot without claws 10°5 ; forearm 54; thumb
and claw 6; longest digit 83°5; metacarpal ili. 386; meta-
carpal iv. 88; metacarpal v. 40.

Skull: greatest length 24; basal length in middle line 19;
palatal length in middle line 8; from posterior border of m°
to ante:ior border of canine 8°75 ; ditto in lower jaw 9°75;
greatest breadth at zygoma 12 ; posterior breadth 9 ; breadth
between orbits 8; breadth at constriction 3.

The type is no. 7. 1.10. 3 of the British Museum collection,
a male in alcohol. It was taken by Mr. ‘I’. A. Coward in the
caves at Cheddar, Somersetshire, in January 1907. |

$3 Greatest expanse of
wings,

294 Bibliographical Notice.— Geological Society.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

Third Annual Report of the Committee of Control of the South
African Central Locust Bureau. Respectfully submitted by the
Committee to the several Governments supporting the Bureau.
Prepared for publication and edited by CHas. P. Lounssury,
Government Entomologist, Cape of Good Hope. 8vo. Cape
Town, 1909. Pp. 68.

Tur above-mentioned Bureau was established by the joint action of
the several British colonies and territories of South Africa in 1906,
after the country had-been ravaged by locusts for twelve or fifteen
consecutive years; and it is now supported by all the British
territories, as well as by Mozambique and German South-west
Africa. The Report before us deals with the locust season of
1908-9. <Aithough a great number of species of locusts inhabit
South Africa, it appears that the two principal destructive species
are Pachytylus rubricollis, Stal, and Cyrtacanthacris septemfasciata,
Sery., called here respectively the Brown- and the Red-winged
Locusts. The former, the oldest name for which is Pachytylus
pardalinus, Walker, is congeneric with the real Pachytylus mugra-
torius of Linneus; the latter belongs to a different section of the
true Locusts or Short-horned Grasshoppers. Both species have
latterly been much less destructive than formerly, owing to the
energetic measures taken against them ; and even on the Zambesi,
where the Red-winged Locust is very destructive and less effectually
cowbated than in the south, it is estimated that a probable loss of
crops worth £250,000 was prevented this year. On one sugar-cane
plantation of about 3300 acres fourteen tons of eggs were dug out.
The use of poisons and the services of locust-eating birds (inclusive
of stork-migrants from Europe) are also discussed, and numerous
reports from various parts of South Africa are printed. The Report
may be commended to the favourable attention of both naturalists
and agriculturists.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.
GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
December 1st, 1909.—Prof. W. J. Sollas, LL.D., Se.D., F.R.S.,
President, in the Chair.
The following communication was read :——

‘The Tremadoc Slates and Associated Rocks of South-East
Carnarvonshire.’ By William George Fearnsides, M.A., F.G.S.,
Fellow of, and lecturer in Natural Sciences at, Sidney Sussex
College, Cambridge.

This paper gives the results which have been obtained by the
Author in making a detailed map of the country about Portmadoc,

Geological Society. : 295
Tremadoc, and Criccieth in Carnarvonshire, and describes the
stratigraphy of the Cambrian and Ordovician rocks there exposed.
The area described includes the original type-area of the Tremadoe
Slates (Sedgwick & Salter), and the paper includes a detailed
account of the local development of this well-known series.

The first part of the paper is devoted to a brief summary of the
results attained by former workers, and is arranged to show the
various stages through which the nomenclature of the major
subdivisions of the Cambrian and Ordovician Systems have evolved.

The sedimentary series are described in the order of their
formation. The succession may be tabulated as follows :—

Western or Criccieth District. Eastern or Tremadoc District.

-Carapoc Rbhyoliticashesand agglomerates.

SHEIES. Variable dark-grey and black | Grey slate series, often strongly

shivery slates, banded, but with banded, with a few shelly
no distinguishable horizons. fossils (TZrinucleus and

Orthis) in the upper part.
Andesitic ashesand ashy shales.

Luanperto~ =©. Dark banded slates Vesicular andesites,
SERIES. with intense cleavage ; Blue-black slates containing
no fossils found, graptolites. Zone of Nema-
graptus gracilis.

Earthy slates, with occasional
‘tuning-fork’ graptolites,

Shivery slates passing down into

Flaggy grits yielding Calymene
parvifrons.

Basal conglomeratic grit, Conglomeratic grit of Ynys
Towyn.

ARENIG
SERIES.

Unconformity.

Garth Hill Beds: Not complete in
Grey-blue slates with Angelina. the area studied.

Penmorfa Beds:
Flaggy mudstones and thinly-bedded slates
with Shumardia and the Shineton fauna.

Portmadoc Beds:

Thickly-bedded felspathic slates, with occa-
sional Asaphelius.

r c | Moel-y-gest Beds.
eee - Banded grey slates and mudstones;
few fossils, Acrotreta and Bellerophon.

The Dictyonema Band:
A constant and characteristic band of
bright rusting blue-grey mudstones, with
abundant Dictyonema sociale.

| Tynllan Beds:
| Thinly-bedded rusty shales with some hard
L

grey mudstone bands, containing Niobe
and Psilocephalus. (Symphysurus.)

‘

296 Geological Society.

Sooty-black mudstones with Peltura scarabeoides,

Blue-black mudstone with Agnostus trisectus,

Black slates, with caleareous bands often crowded
with Orthis lenticularis.

Dark flaggy slates with Parabolina spinulosa.

Do.GELiLy
SERIES.

Grey-blue slates and flags crowded with Lingulella
FrnstinioG davisii.

SERIES. Grey flags and grauwacké with some coarser
bands (1800 feet thick).

Marytwrog Rusty grey and blue slates with thin bands of
SERIES. felspathic grauwacké,

The folding, the cleavage, the faulting, and the jointing of the
rocks are described, and an attempt is made to show some
relationship between the various stress-phenomena which have
produced these structures.

The great fault through Penmorfa is interpreted as a thrust-
plane hading gently to the north-east. It is described as bounding
two districts which are of very different structural type, and is
supposed to form the lowest sole of the group of thrust-planes
which follow the southern margin of the Snowdonian mountain-
tract.

The well-known pisolitic iron-ore of Tremadoc is shown to
follow the line of this fault, and is thought by the Author to be
of the nature of a metasomatic veinstone.

Direct evidence of overthrusting has been got from a study of
the graptolite-bearing Llandeilo rocks of Tyddyn-dicwm, which
have been exposed in two artificial trenches dug for the purpose ;
and the distribution of the andesitie voleanic series in lines of
detached lenticles among the Grey Slates is described as evidence
of a similar reduplication of the newer rock-series of the north-
eastern district ou a more extended scale.

The actual lines of major thrust-planes, other than the Penmorfa
Fault, have not keen discovered; but, from the broad-spreading
character of the sills of gabbroid dolerite, the Author infers that
these have come in along the thrust-planes,

The petrographical characters of these quartziferous and
hypersthene-bearing dolerites are not dealt with, but it is noted that
the dolerites are (1) unaffected by cleavage and faulting; and
(2) have metamorphosed rocks which were already cleaved, cut,
and reduplicated by the thrust-faulting at the time of their
intrusion: in this the Author joins issue with previous observers
in regard to their age.

The Glacial and post-Glacial accumulations are also described
in outline.

THE LONDON, EDINBURGH, AND DUBLIN

PHILOSOPHICAL MAGAZINE

AND

= JOURN. AL OF SCIEN CE.

‘A JOURNAL DEVOTED TO PHYSICS, ASTRONOMY, MECHANICS,
_. CHEMISTRY, ‘MINERALOGY, AND THE ALLIED SCIENCES.

“ - -MONTULY, PRICE 2s. 6d.

Complete sets (unbound) may be obtained. Prices on application.

The First Series, i in 68 volumes, from 1798 vo 1826. A few imperfect
copies only on hand, —

The Second Series, in 11 volumes, from 1827 to 1832.

The Z'herd Series, in 37 volumes, from 1832 to 1850.

The Fourth Series, in 50 volumes, from 1851 to 1875

The Fifth Series, in 50 volumes, from 1876 to 1900.

TayLox and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE

OF

NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDIN @

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY.

MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d.

—— sets ( unbound) may be obtained at the following

‘prices:— ©
The First Sertes, in 20 volumes, from 1838 to 1847. Price £10,
The Second Series, in 20 volumes, from 1848 to 1857, Pace 2 tf
The. Third Series, in 20 volumes, from 1858 to 1867, EEE AK
The Fourth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1868 to 1877 ear ees
The Fifth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1878 to 1887. wy seks
The Sixth Series, i in 20 volumes, from 1888 to 1897. isa PS

Tayzor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

so geet

CONTENTS OF NUMBER 27.—Eighth Series.

XXXII. Some Notes on the Life-history and Rate of Growth in
Gobius minutus. By Epwarp Saanyn, B.Sc. "3 Gatty bepcraee Labora-

tory, St. Andrews. ae IX. GK) ieee cece eee cee eee. QIT

XXXIII. A Collection of Mammals from Eastern Benes. Drak
with Descriptions of related new Mamas eon other Localities. 3

ve < Oxprietp THoMAS ......- D sievele woninees won whee e's ie Giga kas - 2389 Rien

XXXIV. Remarks on Prof. ae yon Merely’ 3s recent Contribution

to the Knowledge of the Lizards allied to Lacerta muralis, By G.A. — oe

Page

EHoQage htsec): 8 Up Pn, He aa CRAIGS a aa gee Wasi 5 a lostenienen aay 3

XXXV. Descriptions and Records of Bees—XXVI. By T. D. A

CockERELL, University of Colorado... . 0.0.2 cee rece were er ewes 256 |. |

XXXVI. On new Species of West-African Culicide, ee Dr.
Wer Mh GRABAM Fd oie 07d 60 v nle dese slates b's Cc Uwaen So's 8s Mgt nie wert eee

XXXVII. Two new Duikers relatod to Oaphalephna abyssinious .
and a new Dendromus from Mt. Elgon. By R.C. Wroventon .... 273

XXXVIII. Eight new African Rodents. By Witrrep H, Oscoon. 276 ie

XXXIX. Further new African Mammalia, By Oxnrmery Tomas 282. °°,

XL. Two new Species of African Dormice pela ae to the Genus

Graphiurus, By Guy Dottman, B.A.

XLI. Further Notes on Merlia normani, Kirkp. By R. Kirx-

PATIULCK 5 oe Gases pind y's's a ee ores Sus EP APE . Wale Sean iain Wiha 288

XLII. Description of a new Species and a new Subspecies of

European Bats. By G. E. H. Barrerr-Hamiuron ........... ees Ok

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

Third Annual Report of the Committee of Control of the South
African Central Locust Bureau. Prepared for publication and
edited by Cas. P. Lounssurr, Government Entomologist, Cape ag
of Good Hope eeeeeeeeeeereeeeee @e5voecoeevese eeecvanver eere 294 iy

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.
Geological Sooiety. “oy. ..0s4 bak ay eee eae eee rr ee . tb.

*,* Itis requested that all Communications for this Work may be addressed, ;

post-paid, to the Care of Messrs, Taylor and ais 3) Printing Office,
Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London.

SSRN Et |

5 Vol. ya EIGHTH SERIES. ae No. 28.

THE ANN § 1s
- MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING .
ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anp GEOLOGY.

CONDUCTED BY

ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M Ay MED. Pa. Diy FERS
WEREEAM, CARRUTHERS, Pu. Pb, blab. to. S.,

AND
WILLIAM FRANCIS, F.L.S.

BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘*ANNALS” COMBINED WITH
MESSRS, LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH'S ‘MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.”

WITH ONE PLATE.
Illustrative of Mr. R. Kirkpatrick’s ch 343 on the Affinities of
Astroselera willeyana, Lister.
LONDON: =
TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET,

Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton. Kent, & Co., Ld.; Bailliére, Paris:
Hodges, Figg iat Co., Dublin: and Asher, Bolin:

|

THE FAUNA OF BRITISH INDIA,
INCLUDING CEYLON AND BURMA.

Published under the authority of the Secretary of State for India in a Gammell,
Edited by A. HE. Surexery, M. A. E.R.S.

Med. 8vo, with text illustrations and 10 plates. Price 10s.

DERMAPTERA (Earwies). By Dr. Maxcoum Burr, MLA. F.LS.

Tayior and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA.
Edited by F. DUCANE GODMAN.

SUBJECTS IN PROGRESS.

ZOOLOGY. |
Chilopoda and Diplopoda. By R.I. Pocock. (Pp. 1-200, pls. i-xv.)

Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 3 (HAENCHOPHORA: Curculionide). By as

D.Suarp. (Pp. 1-168, pls. i-vi.)

Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 7 (RayncuopHora: Curculionidae, continued).
By G. C. Cuampron. (Pp. 1-78, pls. i.-iii.)

ep eoerors Heterocera, Vol.1V. By Lorp WALsIncHaM. (Pp. 1- oh
pl. i.)
_ The Price of each Part is 21s.

London: Published for the Editor by Dutav & Co., Soho Sq., W.

Just published. March.—Price 2is._
Parr XI. or

LAND AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA OF INDIA,
By Lieut.-Col. H. H: GODWIN-AUSTEN, E.RS., &e.

With 15 Plates and 70 pages Text, with descriptions of many new
Species belonging to the Genera:

Macrochlamys, Euaustenia, Cryptaustenia, Seapine =
Austenia, Durgella, Leptodontarion, Sakiella, Pseudo-
kaliella, Sarika, Euplecta, and Pupisoma. Cena

TaxiLor aad Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

[EIGHTH SERIES. }

No. 28. APRIL 1910.

XLIII.—Rhynchotal Notes.—L. By W. L. Distant.
Fam. Fulgoride.

Subfams. Acawarouwam and Frarimvz.

In 1901-1902 Dr. Melichar published his ‘ Monographie der
Acanaloniiden und Flatiden, which was rightly weleomed by
all homopterists. He, however, did not see the numerous
types of Walker belonging to these subfamilies, and has not
unnaturally fallen into the greatest misunderstanding as to
their proper location. In these pages I have therefore sought
to correct that part of his work, with Walker’s types before
me in the British Museum. The Malayan species are dealt
with in part il. of my ‘ Rhynchota Malayana’ (Records of the
Indian Museum), and those from all other localities are a

recorded if this paper.
All the types of the species now described are contained

in the British Museum.

Subfam. AcawvaALolmn#.
Genus ACANALONIA.
Acanalonia, Spin. Ann. Soc. Ent, Fr. (1) viii. p. 447 (1889).

Type, A. servillei, Spin.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. v. Ze

298 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

Acanalonia varipennis.

Peciloptera varipennis, Walk. List Hom., Suppl. p. 118 (1858).
Acanonia varipennis Stil, Ofv. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1862, p. 491.
Peciloptera viridissima, Walk, Ins. Saund., Hom, p. 54 (1858).

Cromna peracuta, Melich. (part.) Ann. Hofmus. Wien, xvii. p. 62
(1901).

Colgar peracuta, Kirk. (part.) Rep. Exp. Stat. Haw, Plant. Assoc. pt. ix.
p. 458 (1908).

Hab. Amazons.

Walker correctly localized his P. varipennis as from Para,
and P. viridissima as from ‘‘Tocant,” an abbreviation for
the well-known Tocantins River. This, however, has not
prevented it being considered a synonym of the Australian
species (. peracuta, by both Melichar and Kirkaldy.

Acanalonia laurifolia.

Peeciloptera laurifolia, Walk, List Hom., Suppl. p. 117 (1858).
Acanalonia servillei, Melich. (part.) Ann. Hofmus. Wien, xvi. p. 186
(1901).

Hab. Amazons.
Dr. Melichar has treated this species as a synonym of

A, servillei, from which, however, it differs in the transverse
and much less anteriorly angulated vertex.

Acanalonia complanata.

Peciloptera complanata, Walk. List Hom. ii, p. 461 (1851); Melich.
Ann, Hofmus. Wien, xvii. p. 227 (1903),

Hab. ——?

Genus PaRaTHIScIA.
Parathiscia, Melich. Ann. Hofmus. Wien, xvi. p. 194 (1901).

Type, P. congugata, Melich.

Parathiscia truncatella.

Dalapax truncatella, Walk. List Hom., Suppl. p. 332 (1858).

Pseudoflata nigricornis, Melich. (part.) Ann. Hofmus. Wien, xvi. p. 251
(1901).

Hab. Natal.

I have figured this species in my ‘ Insecta Transvaaliensia,’
pt, x. tab. xxiii. fig, 2.

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 299

Subfam. Frarmz.

Genus Ityr#a.
Ityrea, Stil, Hem. Afr. iv. p. 235 (1866).
Type, J. nigrocincta, Walk.

Ityrea gregoryi, sp. n.

Head dull reddish, antennz black ; pronotum and meso-
notum sanguineous ; abdomen above and body beneath pale
ochraceous, thickly whitishly tomentose ; anterior and inter-
mediate legs piceous or black, more or less greyishly tomen-
tose, posterior legs ochraceous, apices of tibize and the tarsi
fuscous ; tegmina ochraceous, narrowly carmine-red at base,
costal, apical, and posterior claval margins narrowly piceous,
at apex of clavus a piceous spot more or less linearly ex-
tending into corium; wings milky white ; antenne with the
second joint more than twice the length of first ; pro- and
mesonota tricarinate ; tegmina twice as long as broad.

Length, excl. tegm., ¢ 9? 10 mm.; exp. tegm. 40-42 mm.

Hab. Brit. East Africa ; Kibwezi River (Gregory).

A species allied to /. nigrocincta, Walk., from which it
appears—judging from a series of six specimens—to con-
stantly differ by the darker tegmina and the narrower struc-
ture of the same (twice as long as broad). It is also allied to
I. electa, Melich., from the description of which it differs by
the differently coloured margin of the tegmina.

This is one of the species illustrated in the frontispiece to
Gregory’s ‘ The Great Rift Valley,’ but incorrectly coloured.
It is, however, correctly portrayed in plate xxvi. Trans. Ent,
Soe. Lond. (1902); the green imsect in both plates is the
I, speciosa, Melich,

Genus PHromnia.
Phromnia, St&l, Rio Jan. Hem. ii. p. 68 (1858),
Type, P. pallida, Oliv.

Phromnia pallida.
Fulgora pallida, Oliv. Enc. Méth. vi. p. 575. 42 (1791).
Phromnia pallida, Stal, Hem. Afr. iv. p. 239 (1866) et syn.
Flata pallida, Melich. Ann. Hofmus. Wien, xvi. p. 211 (1901).
Var. limbata.
Cicada limbata, Fabry. Ent. Syst. iv. p. 27. 3 (1794).
Phromnia pallida, vax. limbata, Stal, Hem. Afr. iv. p. 239 (1866) et

syn.
Flata limbata, Melich. Ann, Hofmus. Wien, xvi. p. 206 (1991),
aL

300 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

Melichar has separated the forms pallida and limbata rather
widely apart in his monograph of the genus (supra). I
think, however, that Stal’s view must be maintained, espe-
cially as the same variation occurs in the following Ethiopian
species,

Hab. West and Central Africa.

Phromnia superba.
Flata superba, Melich. Ann, Hofmus, Wien, xvi. p. 206 (1901).

Var.—Tegmina pale tawny, not virescent, apical margin
very narrowly black, costal margin obscurely reddish, poste-
rior margin of clavus spotted with black and its lower base
marked as in typical forms of the species.

Hab. Congo; Lutiti (Dr. Christy). Gold Coast (Dr.
Graham), 8. Nigeria (Dr. Collett), Bendi (Dr. MacAlister),
Ashanti (Dudgeon, Brit. Mus.). Sierra Leone and Came-
roons (fide Melichar).

Phromnia superba, Melich., could easily be recognized as a
small form of P. pallida, Oliv.

Phromnia neavet, sp. n.

Body and legs virescent, abdomen sometimes completely
greyishly tomentose, anterior and intermediate tibie and
tarsi black; antenne black; tegmina virescent, costal and
apical margins—to apex of clavus—somewhat broadly san-
guineous, extreme apical margin fuscous or black ; posterior
margin of clavus black but not reaching base, where the
margin is somewhat broadly ochraceous; wings creamy
white, the extreme base virescent.

Var.—Tegmina ochraceous, not virescent.

Antenne with the second joint nearly half as long again
as first ; pro- and mesonota tricarinate ; anterior and inter-
mediate tibiz strongly sulcate, posterior tibize with two
spines.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢ 12, 2? 13 mm.; exp. tegm., ¢ 38,
9 41 mm.

Hab. 8.K. Congo Free State ; W. of Kambove (Neave).

To be separated from P. pallida and P. superba by the
black, not spotted posterior margin of the clavus and by the
absence of the black basal spot from same.

Phromnia angolensis, sp. n.

Body pale ochraceous ; antenne, anterior and intermediate
tibiae and tarsi black ; tegmina greenish ochraceous, costal

Mr. W. LL. Distant on Homoptera. 301

margin sanguineous, apical margin narrowly black; wings
creamy white ; antenne with the second joint about half as
long again as first ; pro- and mesonota tricarinate ; tegmina
less than twice as long as broad.

Var.—Body and tegmina tawny ochraceous ; tegmina with
the costal margin obsoletely sanguineous, the apical margin
narrowly black as in typical form.

Long., excl. tegm., 10 mm.; exp. tegm., 2 35-38 mm.

Hab. Angola (Welwitsch).

This species differs from P. neavei by its smaller size, and
from it and the other African species by the unicolorous
claval area and absence of black margin to same. ‘The three
specimens which have served for the above description were
delivered to the British Museum by the executors of Dr. Wel-
witsch, as from the King of Portugal, in accordance with a
decree of the High Court Judicature, November 1875.

Genus Latina.
Flatina, Melich. Ann. Hofmus. Wien, xvi. p. 214 (1901).

Type, F. rubrotincta, Hagl.

Flatina fimbriata.

Peciloptera fimbriata, Walk. Ins. Saund., Hom. p. 54 (1858),
Phyllyphanta cornutipennis, Melich. (part.) Ann. Hofmus, Wien, xvii.

p. 55 (1902).

Walker’s type is from an unknown locality, but I possess
a specimen received from Sierra Leone.

Flatina ornatula, sp. n.

Body and legs pale greyish ; pro- and mesonota with two
longitudinal pale sanguineous fasciz, the margins of the
latter more obscurely sanguineous ; eyes and antennz black,
the latter palely tomentose ; tegmina pale ochraceous grey,
the costal, apical, and posterior claval margins narrowly dull
reddish, three unbroken oblique fasciz (not extending upwards
beyond margin of costal membrane) and the clavus (ex-
cluding inner margin and basal area) pale sanguineous ;
wings creamy white; tegmina about one-third longer than
broad; the claval area prominently granulate, first and
second joints of antennz subequal in length; pro- and meso-
nota longitudinally tricarinate.

Long., excl. tegm., 84 mm. ; exp. tegm. 28 mm.

Hab. West Africa; Volta River (Crowley Bequest, Brit.

Mus. ).

302 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

Allied to F. liciata, Melich., from which it differs by the
broader and unbroken sanguineous fascie to the tegmina,
the more granulate clavus, &c.

Genus Parariata.
Paruflata, Melich. Ann. Hofmus. Wien, xvi. p. 217 (1901).

Type, P. seminigra, Stal.

Paraflata kingdomi, sp. n.

Body and legs black; eyes, narrow anterior margin of
pronotum, abdominal segmental margins, basal and apical
margins to first joint of antennz, coxal and other irregular
sternal spots greyish white ; tegmina pale ochraceous, less
than basal half—truncate not sinuate externally—black ;
wings creamy white ; antennz robust, first and second joints
subequal in length ; pro- and mesonota somewhat crushed
in typical specimen; tegmina not quite twice as long as
broad, claval area finely granulate; posterior tibiz with a
single spine a little before apex.

Long., excl. tegm., 9 11 mm.; exp. tegm. 37 mm.

Hab. Madagascar; Antananarivo (Kingdom, Brit. Mus.).

Allied to P. seminigra, Stal, but differing by its larger
size, different markings of the tegmina, the black basal area
smaller and outwardly truncate, &c.

Genus CryProrLata.
Cryptoflata, Melich. Ann. Hofmus, Wien, xvii. p. 19 (1902).
Type, C. unipunctata, Oliv.

Cryptoflata guttularis.
Nephesa guttularis, Walk. Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. i. p. 160
(1857).
Var. punctipennis, Walk., MS.
Tegmina pale virescent, spotted as in typical guttularis.
Assam; Margherita. N. China (Brit. Mus.).

Cryptoflata unipunctata.
Fulgora unipunctata, Oliv. Enc. Méth. vi, p. 576 (1791).
Colobesthes bigutta, Walk. List Hom. ii. p, 441 (1851).

Peciloptera sobrina, St&l, Ofv. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1855, p. 191.
Cryptoflata unipunctata, Melich. Ann. Hofmus. Wien, xvii. p. 23
(1902).

Mr. W. L. Distant cn Homoptera. 303

Var. areolifera, Walk.

Peciloptera areolifera, Walk. List Hom., Suppl. p. 112 (1858).
Cryptofiata areolifera, Melich. Ann. Hofmus. Wien, xvii. p. 24 (1902).

Hab. West Africa, East Africa, Natal.

Cryptoflata hova, sp. n.

Body and legs pale ochraceous with a virescent tint, prob-
ably more decidedly greenish in fresh specimens; tegmina
sordidly greyish white, claval area somewhat thickly covered
with dull reddish granules and some smaller scattered
granules of the same colour on basal area of corium beneath
the radial area; wings creamy white; vertex trausverse,
about twice as broad as long, centrally longitudinally cari-
nate, the lateral margins also carimate, the apex truncate ;
face a little longer than broad, centrally longitudinally cari-
nate, the carination only extending about halfway from base,
lateral margins a little lamimate; rostrum slightly passing
the anterior cox ; tegmina twice as long as broad, wideued
towards apex, apical margin subtruncate, posterior margiu
moderately concavely sinuate, costal membrane only slightly
narrower than radial area, the apical marginal area wider at
apex than at posterior angle ; tibize sulcate.

Long., excl. tegm., 9 7 mm.; exp. tegm. 23 mm.

Hab. Central Madagascar (Rev. Deans Cowan, Brit. Mus.).

Genus MELICHARIA.
Melicharia, Kirk, Entomologist, xxxiii. p. 294 (1900).

Type, M. quadrata, Kirby.

Melicharia doddi, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, and mesonotum more or less olivaceous
green, pro- and mesonota with a broad central longitudinal
brownish fascia; abdomen above olivaceous green, thickly
whitely tomentose ; body beneath and legs pale virescent ;
tegmina pale green, with the veins more ochraceous, costal
margin from about one-fourth from base, apical and inner
margin to apex of clavus, and the apical two-thirds of claval
vein sanguineous; in costal membrane beneath the costal
margin are some minute sanguineous spots and a few more
of rather paler colour in arched series on posterior disk of
corium, base of costal margin ochraceous; wings creamy
white ; vertex much broader than long, anteriorly truncate,

304 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

centrally and laterally carinate, face obliquely broadened
anteriorly, the anterior margin truncate, centrally longitu-
dinally carinate throughout its whole length, the lateral
margins broadly reflexed ; tegmina twice as broad as long,
apical margin subtruncate, the apical and posterior angles
rounded, the inner margin angularly sinuate at apex of clavus,
two transverse lines formed of transverse veins on apical area,
the outermost moderately convex, enclosing a series of narrow
longitudinal marginal cellular areas, the inner less well
defined.

Long., excl. tegm., 2 45 mm.; exp. tegm. 14 mm.

Hab. Queensland ; Kuranda (f. P. Dodd, Brit. Mus.).

In colour and pattern of tegmina, but not in shape or

structure of head, somewhat resembling Colgar peracuta,
Walk.

Melicharia unicolor.

Massila unicolor, Walk. Journ. Ent. i. p. 315 (1862); Melich. Ann.
Hofmus. Wien, xvii. p. 159 (1902).

Hab. Moreton Bay.

Melicharia lurida.

Peciloptera lurida, Walk. Ins, Saund., Hom. p. 53 (1858) ; Melich.
Ann. Hofmus. Wien, xvi. p. 229 (1902).

Hab. Gambia.
A single typical specimen in very bad condition.

Genus SIPHANTA.
Siphanta, Stil, Hem. Afr. iv. p. 238 (1866).

Type, S. acuta, Walk.

Siphanta atomaria.

Peciloptera atomaria, Walk. Ins. Saund., Hom. p. 56 (1858),

? Colgar atomaria, Melich. Ann. Hofmus. Wien, xvii. p. 117 (1902).

Neomelicharia ? atomaria, Kirk. Rep. Exp, Stat. Haw. Plant. Assoc.
pt. ix. p. 453 (1906).

Hab. Tasmania.

Siphanta stigma, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, mesonotum, and abdomen above ochra-
ceous, the latter greenish on basal area; body beneath and
legs greenish ochraceous, tibiz (excluding basal areas) and
the tarsi dull pale reddish ; tegmina pale greenish ochraceous,

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 305

excluding clavus and costal membrane thickly finely spotted
with greyish white, the veins darker and green in colour, a
distinct small fuscous spot on central disk of apical area, the
costal margin from about end of radial area, continued round
apical margin to end of clavus, very finely spotted with dull
reddish ; wings creamy white ; vertex subequal in length to
that of pronotum, anteriorly subangularly rounded, the
margins distinctly carinately elevated and narrowly reddish,
two central converging carinate lines united anteriorly ;
pronotum rugulosely granulose; mesonotum tricarinate,
obscurely granulose ; tegmina about twice as long as broad,
the costal margin rounded at basal area, apical margin sub-
truncate, the apical and posterior angles rounded; clavus
somewhat coarsely granulose.

Long., excl. tegm., 2 6 mm.; exp. tegm. 17 mm.

Hab. Australia, sic (Brit. Mus.).

This species is unfortunately not precisely located, but is
almost certainly from South-east Australia.

Siphanta sp.

Siphanta galeata, Kirk. Rep. Exp. Stat. Haw. Plant. Assoc. pt. ix. p. 458,
pl. xxxii. fig. 11 (1906) ; id. Rep. Exp. Stat. Haw. Plant. Assoc.,
Bull. iii. p. 99, pl. v. fig. 8, and pl. vi. figs. 3 & 4 (1907).

Hab. Queensland.

The head and pronotum of this proposed species, as repre-
sented by the two figures given by Kirkaldy (1906 and 1907),
are quite dissimilar, and cannot be taken to represent the
same species. As neither of them has been disowned,
S. galeata without an examination of the type (now at
Honolulu) is outside present recognition.

In the above publication Kirkaldy has unfortunately
increased his mystification of this genus by giving different
references to figures for the same species. Thus both
S. acuta and S. breviceps are referred (supra, 1907, p. 100)
to pl. i. fig. 2, but in the description of the plates the
latter is referred to pl. v. fig. 2, while a comparison of the
figures on the plates will show that more than one genus is
represented. A glance at the venation of the species illus-
trated on plates iv. and v. (1907) will prove that contention *.

SIPHANTOIDES, gen. nov.

Vertex coarsely granulose, about as broad as long, as long
as pronotum, subquadrate, anterior margin truncate, a little

* Since this was written we regret to have heard of the death of
Mr. Kirkaldy at San Francisco

306 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

rounded at the anterior angles ; face longer than broad, flat,
somewhat concavely depressed, basal margin a little rounded,
lateral margins from clypeus to about one-third from base
laminately reflexed; clypeus small, the margins broadly
ridged; pronotum coarsely granulose, the lateral margins
ridged, anterior margin truncate, posterior margin concave,
the lateral margins obliquely rounded ; mesonotum coarsely
eranulose, longer than pronotum, the disk raised and ridged
at each lateral nargin ; legs of moderate length, tibiz sulcate,
posterior tibiz not spined ; tegmina about one and a half
times longer than greatest breadth, twice as broad at apex
as at hase, strongly arched to apex, which is broadly rounded,
apical margin obliquely truncate, its posterior angles angu-
late, but not or only very slightly posteriorly produced, the
posterior margin angularly sinuate at apex of clavus, two
strongly branched longitudinal veins arising from basal cell,
costal membrane alittle narrower than radial area, the first
transversely, the latter reticulately veined, clavus coarsely
granulose ; wings about as broad as tegmina; two transverse
veins before apical area.
Type, S. conspicua, Dist.

Siphantoides conspicua, sp. n.

Body and legs bright ochraceous, abdomen more or less
greyishly tomentose, tibize and tarsi more or less sanguineous ;
tegmina virescent, inclining to ochraceous, a large basal
castaneous spot extending from claval vein to the second
longitudinal vein emanating from basal cell, a waved oblique
castaneous fascia irrorated with virescent spots extending
upward from apex of clavus to about one-third from costal
-margin, apical margin extending to apex of clavus finely
spotted with castaneous, the claval granules mostly red ;
wings milky white, with a slightly bluish reflection.

Long., excl. tegm., 8 mm.; exp. tegm. 22 mm.

Hab. Queensland ; Townsville (Dodd, Brit. Mus.).

Siphantoides trimaculatus, sp. u.

Vertex, pronotum, and mesonotum bright orange-yellow ;
eyes castaneous ; abdomen above greyishly tomentose, the
margins of the segments palely virescent ; body beneath and
legs pale ochraceous, abdomen beneath greyish; anterior
and intermediate tibie more or less suffused with san-
guineous; tegmina pale virescent, with three small dull
reddish spots, one in clavus near base, one at apex of clavus,
and the other on disk near middle, apical margin continued

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 307

to claval apex finely spotted with sanguineous; wings milky
white, the veins virescent ; vertex, pronotum, and mesonotum
rugulosely granulose ; vertex about as broad as long and as
long as pronotum, the lateral margins of which are ridged ;
mesonotum longer than pronotum, the disk raised and ridged
at each lateral margin ; clavus coarsely granulose.

Long., excl. tegm., 7 mm.; exp. tegm. 20 mm.

Hab. Queensland (Dodd, Brit. Mus.).

Stphantoides alboconspersus, sp. n.

Vertex, pronotum, and mesonotum orange-yellow, abdomen
above pale virescent ; body beneath and legs pale ochraceous,
apices of anterior and intermediate tibiz and tarsi slightly
suffused with sanguineous, tegmina greyishly virescent, with
all the veins broadly ochraceous, thus producing the appear-
ance of numerous pale spots, the apical margin continued to
claval apex finely spotted with sanguineous ; clavus coarsel
granulose, the granules dull reddish ; wings milky white, the
veins pale virescent ; vertex, pronotum, and mesonotum
rugulosely granulose ; vertex about as long as broad and as
long as pronotum; mesonotum somewhat mutilated in
typical specimen ; anterior lateral margins of face distinctly
dark ochraceous.

Long., excl. tegm., 7 mm. ; exp. tegm. 174 mm.

Hab. Queensland (Dodd, Brit. Mus.). ©

Genus CoLear.

Colgar, Kirk. Entomologist, 1900, p. 242 ; id. doe. cit. 1903, p. 79.

Atella, Stal (part.), Hem. Afr. iv. p. 238 (1866) ; id. Berl. ent. Zeitschr.
x. p. 394 (1866) (nom. preocc.),

Cromna, Melich. (part.) Ann. Hofmus, Wien, xvii. p. 58 (1902),

Type, C. peracuta, Walk.

Colgar roseipennis, sp. n.

Body and legs ochraceous or greenish ochraceous ; apical
area of vertex, basal area of face, apices of tibiz, tarsi, and
anal abdominal appendage above more or less rosaceous ;
tegmina greyish, with the apical area and the whole of the
venation rosaceous, two small spots on disk of corium and
the apical margin darker and more roseate in hue: wings
creamy white, with the basal longitudinal veins riacewed ;
vertex upwardly and angularly produced, somewhat conical ;
face much longer than broad, narrowed at base, centrally
longitudinally carinate; tegmina about twice as long as

308 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

broad, apical margin a little obliquely truncate; clavus
prominently granulose, many of the granules roseate in hue.
Long., excl. tegm., 65 mm. ; exp. tegm. 15 mm.
Hab. Queensland (Dodd, Brit. Mus.).
No special locality given by Mr. Dodd.

Colgar peracuta.

Cromna peracuta, Walk. List Hom., Suppl. p. 120 (1858); Melich.
(part.) Ann. Hofmus. Wien, xvii. p. 62 (1902).

Colgar peracuta, Kirk. Entomologist, 1900, p. 242.

? Euphanta rubromarginata, Schmidt, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1904, p. 860.

Melichar (supra) has proposed some unfortunate synonymy
respecting this species. The Cromna nasalis, Walk. (List
Hom., Suppl. p. 120, 1858), which he includes, he has pre-
viously (loc. cit. p. 40) rightly placed as a synonym of
Euphanta munda, Walk. Peciloptera viridissima, Walk.,
placed as another synonym, is a species of Acanalonia,=
A. varipennis, Walk. Another species included by Melichar,
Flatoides simplex, Walk. (Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., Zool. x.
p. 148, 1868), is not even a Flatid, but belongs to the Tropi-
duchinze and to the genus Ficarasa, Walk. Peciloptera
roseicincta, Walk. (Journ. Ent. i. p. 313, 1862), another
inclusion, belongs to the genus Parasalurnis, whilst Nephesa
grata, Walk., which heads the synonymic list, can rightly be
left in Nephesa where Walker placed it.

Colgar rufostigmata, sp. 1.

Body and legs very pale virescent ; abdomen above and
body beneath more or less greyishly tomentose ; tegmina very
pale virescent, sometimes almost greyish white, the costal
margin from end of costal membrane and the apical margin
continued to apex of clavus very narrowly sanguineous (in
some specimens the marginal coloration is obsolete), a promi-
nent sanguineous spot near middle of tegmen, and a smaller
spot of the same colour nearer base; wings milky white ;
vertex scarcely or only slightly longer than pronotum, finely
centrally longitudinally carinate ; face with the sublateral
carinations reaching margin of clypeus; pronotum very
indistinctly carinate; mesonotum faintly tricarinate; teg-
mina slightly less than twice as long as broad, their apical
margins subtruncate, costal margin moderately arched at
base; claval area subprominently granulose.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢ 9 7-8 mm. ; exp. tegm. 19-20 mm.

Hab. Queensland ; Townsville (Dodd, Brit. Mus.) ; More-
ton Bay (Pascoe Coll., Brit. Mus.).

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 309

Colgar tricolor, sp. n.

Body and legs pale green; abdomen above and body
beneath whitely tomentose ; tegmina pale green, with nume-
vous irregular whitish spots, beyond the middle some of these
spots form more or less distinctly two oblique macular fascie,
costal margin from end of costal membrane, and apical
margin continued to claval apex, very narrowly sanguineous,
three small sanguineous spots in longitudinal series on disk,
the one nearest base usually smallest and somewhat indistinct ;
wings creamy white, the veins more or less pale bluish green ;
vertex finely sparingly granulose, anteriorly moderately
upturned, a little longer than the pronotum, strongly cen-
trally longitudinally carinate; pronotum very sparingly
granulose, centrally carmate, the lateral margins also cari-
nate ; mesonotum tricarinate ; tegmina about twice as long
as broad, moderately arched at base, the apical margin trun-
cately oblique; claval area strongly granulose.

In some specimens the apical area of the tegmina is some-
what suffused with pale reddish ochraceous and the carinations
to the face are more or less sanguineous.

Long., excl. tegm., ¢ 9 7-74 mm.; exp. tegm. 19-20 mm.

Hab. Queensland ; Kuranda (Dodd, Brit. Mus.).

PARASALURNIS, gen. nov.

Vertex a little angularly produced, centrally longitudinally
impressed ; face somewhat convex, a little longer than broad,
strongly centrally longitudinally ridged, the basal and lateral
margins ridged, the latter also laminately reflexed ; pronotum
as long as or longer than vertex, granulose, more or less cen-
trally longitudinally depressed, strongly sublaterally carinate
on each side; mesonotum tricarinate; tegmina less than
twice as long as broad, costal margin a little rounded, apical
margin subtruncate, the apical and posterior angles rounded,
inner margin concavely sinuate, claval area strongly granulose,
corium with a network of numerous transverse veins, thus
resembling the genus Sa/urnis.

Type, P. roseicincta, Walk.

Parasalurnis roseicincta.

Peeiloptera roseicincta, Walk. Journ. Ent. i. p. 315 (1862).
Cromna peracu/a, Melich. (part.) Ann. Hofmus. Wien, xvii. p. 62 (1902),
? Siphanta rubra, Schmidt, Stett. ent. Zeit. lxv. p. 358 (1904),

Hab. Australia; Moreton Bay (Brit. Mus.).

310 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

Parasalurnis insularis, sp. n.

Vertex sanguineous, more or less ochraceous at base ;
face and clypeus ochraceous, the lateral margins of the first
more or less sanguineous and with two small brownish spots
before clypeus, which has two linear brownish spots separated
by a central pale slightly carinate line; pro- and mesonota
bright ochraceous ; abdomen above ochraceous, the base
suffused with blackish ; body beneath and legs ochraceous,
the latter with their upper surfaces carmine-red ; tegmina
bright ochraceous, a little paler between the numerous trans-
verse veins, giving the appearance of pale greyish spots, costal
margin to about end of radial area very narrowly carmine-
red, thence round apex, along apical margin to end of clavus
closely marked with small carmine-red spots, claval~ vein
similarly spotted ; wings creamy white ; vertex a little sub-
angularly produced, centrally longitudinally impressed ; face
with the lateral margins slightly convex, strongly centrally
longitudinally ridged, the lateral margins ridged and lami-
nately reflexed ; pronotum granulose; mesonotum granulose
on anterior area, tricarinate ; tegmina less than twice as loug
as broad, with the claval area strongly granulose.

Long., excl. tegm., 5 mm.; exp. tegm. 16 mm.

Hab. N.W. Australia; Baudin Island (J. J. Walker,
Cruise of H.M.S. ‘Penguin’; Brit. Mus.).

Parasalurnis infumata, sp. n.

Body and legs pale greenish yellow; anterior margin of
vertex, basal margin of face, and the tibia and tarsi more or
less dull reddish ; tegmina pale green, the areas enclosed by
the numerous transverse veins paler in hue and giving the
appearance of obscure greyish spots, costal and apical margins
to end of clavus spotted with dull reddish, a few small scat-
tered red spots on disk, claval granules piceous, and a large
broad irregular longitudinal fascia, occupying clavus for about
one-third its length, then broadened and extended upward on
corium and obliquely continued to posterior angle, umber-
brown; wings creamy white; vertex about or almost as long
as pronotum, anteriorly subangulate, medially impressed ;
face longer than broad, strongly centrally longitudinally
ridged, the lateral margins ridged and lammnately reflexed ;
tegmina less than twice as long as broad, strongly arched at
base, apical margin truncately rounded, inner margin sinuate
at apex of clavus.

Long., excl. tegm., 7 mm.; exp. tegm. 19 mm.

Hab, Queensland ; Townsville (Dodd, Brit. Mus.).

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 311

NEOSALURNIS, gen. nov.

Head (including eyes) a little narrower than pronotum,
vertex about as long as pronotum, somewhat broadly, angu-
larly, and a little upwardly produced ; face longer than broad,
a little posteriorly and more strongly anteriorly narrowed,
the lateral margins from a little in front of eyes to clypeus
broadly laminately ridged, at base with a very short central
carination; clypeus shorter than face, obscurely obliquely
striate on each side; pronotum with a central longitudinal
ridge; mesonotum tricarinate ; legs of moderate length, tibiz
suleate, posterior tibize with one spine near apex; tegmina
less than twice as long as broad, the costal margin moderately
convex, the apex rounded, the apical margin obliquely trun-
cate, its posterior angle more or less acutely produced, costal
membrane narrower than radial area, the first transversely
veined, the latter reticulately veined, the whole corium trans-
versely reticulately veimed, and a series of longitudinal
marginal cells more or less continuous with the costal mem-
brane extending round apex and along apical margin, clavus
coarsely granulose ; wings about as broad as tegmina, two
transverse veins before apical area.

This genus is allied to Salurnis, Stal, from which it princi-
pally ditfers by the venation of the tegmina, and by the costal
and apical marginal series of short longitudinal cells.

Neosalurnis reticulatus, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, mesonotum, sternum, legs, abdomen
beneath, and tegmina greenish ochraceous, abdomen above
slightly greyishly tomentose ; wings milky white, the veins
greenish ; apical and sutural margin (beyond clavus) of
tegmina finely spotted with fuscous brown, posterior margin
of clavus more or less fuscous brown ; tegmina with all the
veins distinctly prominent and a little darker in coloration ;
other structural characters as in generic diagnosis.

Long., excl. tegm., 8 mm. ; exp. tegm. 24 mm.

Hab. Bhutan (Brit. Mus.). Burma; Karen Hills (Do-
herty, Coll. Dist.).

GERALDTONIA, gen. nov.

Vertex as long as or slightly longer than pronotum, almost as
broad as long, the lateral margins parallel and ridged, notched
before apex and then apically, angularly convexly rounded, a
little deflected on each side and strongly centrally longitu-
dinally ri!ged; face longer than broad, wider posteriorly

312 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

than at base, which is rounded, the lateral margins notched
before base and again behind middle, a very short prominent
longitudinal central ridge at base, and an obscure oblique
ridge on each side, commencing at anterior notch and
obliquely, inwardly directed towards clypeus, the lateral
margins laminately reflexed ; pronotum tricarinate, anterior
margin convex, basal margin concave ; mesonotum much
longer than pronotum, tricarinate ; legs of moderate size, the
tibiz sulcate, posterior tibiz with a distinct spine before
apex ; tegmina about twice as long as broad, apically widened,
costal margin strongly arched at base, moderately deflected
towards apex, which is rounded, apical margin truncate, its
posterior angles strongly, angularly backwardly produced,
costal membrane narrower than radial area, clavus with
transverse veins above claval vein, beneath this vein strongly
granulose, three strongly branching longitudinal ves from
upper end of cell ; wings broad, two transverse veins before
apical area.

Allied to Scarpantina, Melich., but differing strongly in
the structure of the vertex.

Geraldtonia protea, sp. n.

Body above virescent or greeuish ochraceous ; vertex,
pronotum, and mesonotum more or less centrally purplish
brown; abdomen above greyishly tomentose ; body beneath
and legs dull ochraceous ; lateral and basal margins of face
usually narrowly sanguineous, and the short central longitu-
dinal basal ridge of that colour; tegmina bright virescent,
with numerous scattered small dull reddish spots, a more
prominent and more piceous spot beneath the radial vein near
base, on disk above apical area of clavus a large and small
white spot, divided from each other and margined with dull
reddish, granules to clavus reddish and claval posterior
margin from a short distance from base piceous brown,
beyond clavus the sutural margin spotted with castaneous ;
wings milky white, veins with a slight virescent tint.

Var. a.—The large white spot to tegmina divided into a
cluster of some twelve unequal parts by dull reddish lines,
outwardly margined with dull reddish as in typical form.

Var. b.—The large white spot as in var. a now totally dull
reddish.

Long., excl. tegm., 9-10 mm.; exp. tegm. 26 mm.

Hab. Queensland (Dodd, Brit. Mus.); Geraldton, near
Cairns (Meek, Brit. Mus.).

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 313

Geraldtonia uniformis, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, and mesonotum virescent or greenish
ochraceous and more or less centrally suffused with purplish
brown ; abdomen above greyishly tomentose ; body beneath
and legs pale ochraceous; lateral and basal margins of face
narrowly sanguineous and the short central basal carination
of that colour; tegmina pale ochraceous, with numerous
small scattered dull reddish spots, across disk before apical
area a narrow oblique pale fascia containing a series of the
dull reddish spots and outwardly margined with pale reddish,
granules in clavus mostly dull red, the claval posterior mar-
gin at a short distance from base purplish brown, the sutural
margin beyond clavus spotted with castaneous ; wings milky
white, the veins faintly pale virescent.

Var. a.—Tegmina virescent, the pale oblique fascia not
outwardly margined with reddish.

Long., excl. tegm., 10 mm.; exp. tegm. 30 mm.

Hab. Queensland (Dodd, Brit. Mus.); Geraldton, near
Cairns (Meek, Brit. Mus.).

Genus OrmeENIs*.
Ormenis, Stl, Rio Jan. Hem. p. 68 (1862).
Type, O. perfecta, Walk.

Ormenis perfecta.

Paciloptera perfecta, Walk. List Hom. ii. p. 449 (1851); Stal, Ofv.
Vet.-Ak.d. Férh. 1862, p. 489.

Peciloptera rufo-terminata, Stil, Rio Jan. Hem. ii. p. 11 (1861).

Ormenis testacea, Melich. (part.) Ann, Hofmus, Wien, xvii. p. 80
(1902).

Hab. Jamaica, Brazil.

Ormenis testacea.

Peeciloptera testacea, Walk. List Hom. ii. p. 456 (1851).
Peeiloptera varicosa, Walk. Ins. Saund., Hom, p. 58 (1858).
Ormenis testacea, Melich. (part.) Aun. Hofmus. Wien, xvii. p. 80

(1902).
Hab. Amazons.

* The large number of species included at present in Ormenis will
probably at some future time receive generic subdivision.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. v. 22

314 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

Ormenis primaria.

Peciloptera primaria, Walk. List Hom., Suppl. p. 3384 (1858).
Ormenis testacea, Melich. (part.) Ann. Hofmus. Wien, xvii. p. 80 (1902).

Hab. Rio Janeiro.

Ormenis intricata.
Peciloptera intricata, Walk. Ins. Saund., Hom. p. 52 (1808).
Hab. Brazil.

Ormenis discus.

Flatoides discus, Walk. List Hom. ii. p. 409 (1851).

Ormenis discus, St&l, Ofv. Vet.-Ak. Férh. 1862, p. 490; Melich. Ann.
Hofmus. Wien, xvii. p. 75 (1902).

Flatoides latistriga, Walk. Ins, Saund., Hom. p. 48 (1858).

Ormenis latistriga, Melich. Ann. Hofmus. Wien, xvii. p. 98 (1902).

Hab. Amazons.

Ormenis perpusilla.
Peciloptera perpusilla, Walk. List Hom. ii. ws 467 (1851).
Ormenis perpusilla, Melich. (part.) Ann. Hofmus. Wien, xvii. p. 90
(1902).

Ormenis tortricina, Melich. (part.) doc. cit. p. 81.

The unique type of O. perpusilla, Walk.,isin bad condition,
headless and probably discoloured. It is therefore not clear
why Melichar should have placed the Ormenis inferior, Fowl ,
as a synonym of it, particularly as he had previously placed
this same O. inferior as a synonym of O. tortricina, Germ.

Genus CYARDA.
Cyarda, Walk. List Hom., Suppl. p. 121 (1858).

Type, C. difformis, Walk.

Cyarda difformis.
Cyarda differmis, Walk. List Hom., Suppl. p. 121 (1858).
Peciloptera miquipennis, Walk. Ins. Saund., Hom. p. 107 (1858).
Cyarda acuminipennis, Melich. (part.) Ann. Hofmus, Wien, xvii.
p. 184 (1902).

Hab. St. Domingo.

Genus CoLporrera.
Colpoptera, Burm. Handb. Ent. ii. p. 155 (1839).

Tvpe, C. sinuata, Burm,

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera, 315

The proper position of this genus is difficult to locate.
Stal seemed to have placed it between the Issine and Ri-
caniine, Fowler in the Issine, Melichar and Vau Duzée in
the Ricaniinz. It is probable that its natural position is in
the Flatinze near Cyarda, Walk., though the scarcely percep-
tible granules to the claval area renders this decision a
tentative one only.

Colpoptera elevans.

Peciloptera elevans, Walk. List Hom., Suppl. p. 335 (1858).
Ormenis elevans, Melich. Ann. Hofmus. Wien, xvii. p. 71 (1902).
Colpoptera rugosa, Van Duz. Bull, Buff. Soc, Nat. Sci. viii. p. 36 (1907),

Hab. Jamaica.

Genus SELIZA.
Seltza, Stal, Berl. ent. Zeitschr. iv. p. 312 (1862).

Type, S. vidua, Stal.

Seliza? lignarius.
Flatoides lignarius, Walk. List Hom. ii. p. 418 (1851).
Peciloptera punctifrons, Walk, loc. ctt., Suppl. p. 118 (1868). _
Seliza ferruginea, Melich. (part.) Aun. Hofmus. When, xvii. p. 158
(1902).

Hab. China.

Schza immunis.

Peciloptera immunis, Walk. Ins. Saund., Hom. p. 107 (1858). _
Ormenis ? immunis, Melich. Ann, Hofmus, Wien, xvii. p. 98 (1902).

Hab. ——?

Genus ANAYA.
Anaya, Dist. Faun. B. I., Rhynch, iii, p. 447 (1906).
Type, A. mesochlora, Walk.

Anaya pustulata.

Flatoides pustulatus, Walk. Ins, Saund., Hom. p. 48 (1858).
Ormenis mesochlorus, Melich. (part.) Ann. Hofmus. Wien, xvi. p. 99

(1902). he :
Anaya mesochlora, Dist. (part.) Faun, B. L., Rhynch. iti, p. 447 (1906).
Hab. ?

I had followed Melichar in considering the F. pustulatus,
Walk., as a synonym of F. mesochlorus, Walk., but now that

I have been able to find and examine the type of the first
22*

316 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

mentioned species it is evident that it is altogether distinct,
though unfortunately unlocalized.

Anaya nicobarensis, sp. n.

Body and legs brownish ochraceous ; lateral spots to abdo-
men above, vertex, and face chocolate-brown; tegmina
brownish ochraceous, the apical margin paler, about basal
half of costal membrave and radial area jet-black, clavus
piceous, a central discal white patch on which are three
somewhat large black spots, and beyond this white patch a
cluster of more irregular and smaller black spots; wings pale
fuliginous, with greyish-white streaks between the veins on
basal area ; vertex transverse, centrally ridged and laterally
carinate; face about as broad as long, centrally ridged,
laterally broadly laminately ridged ; tegmina with the costal
margin arched at base, the apical margin truncate; costal
membrane a little wider than radial area; clavus somewhat
strongly granulose.

Long., excl. tegm., 64 mm.; exp. tegm. 17 mm.

Hab. Nicobar Islands ; Narcondam (G. Rogers, Brit. Mus.),

Gen. ? dasalis.

Fiatoides basalis, Walk. List Hom. ii. p. 419 (1851); Melich. Ann.
Hofmus. Wien, xvii. p. 228 (1902).

This species apparently represents a new genus near Anaya.
The condition of the unique unlocalized type, however,
scarcely warrants generic description.

Genus CyPHOPTERUM.

Cyphopterum, Amyot. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (2) v. p. 176 (1847); Melich.
Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung. iii. p. 475 (1905).

Cyphopterum retusum.

Issus retusus, Walk, List Hom. ii. p. 871 (1851).
Cyphopterum retusum, Melich. Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung. iii. p. 477 (1905).
Hysteropterum curvipenne, Walk. Ins. Saund., Hom. p. 46 (1858).

The species described by Walker as Hysteropterum curvi-
penne is located as from ‘‘ Port Philip.” This is evidently
incorrect, as it is an undoubted synonym of C. retusum.

The British Museum possesses a long series collected by
Mr. Wollaston at the Cape Verde Islands, besides specimens
from Madeira.

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 317

Genus HypHANcYLUs.

Hyphancylus, Fowl). Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhynch. Hom. i. p. 117 (1904) ;
Melich. Mon. Issid. p. 114 (1906).

Type, H. falcatus, Fowl.

Owing to the granulate clavus this genus seems better
located in the Flatine than in the Issine, where it was
originally placed. It can be located near Cyphopterum, Amyot.

Genus Massi.La.
Massila, Walk. Journ. Entom. i. p. 314 (1862),

Type, M. sicca, Walk.

Massila ptyeloides.
Dechitus? ptyeloides, Walk. Journ. Entom. i. p. 311 (1862); Melich.
Mon. Ricaniid. p. 341 (1898).

Hab. Moreton Bay.
Closely allied to M. sicca, Walk.

Genus Uxantis.
Uwantis, Stal, Ofy. Vet.-Ak. Férh. 1870, p. 775.

Type, U. consputa, Stal.

Uzantis notata, sp. n.

Vertex, pronotum, and mesonotum very pale virescent,
abdomen above more distinctly greenish; vertex with three
black spots, one at each basal angle, the other at apex ; pro-
notum sparingly coarsely blackly punctate; mesonotum with
sublateral black fascize, which are furcate anteriorly ; body
beneath and legs very pale virescent ; basal margin and basal
halves of lateral margins narrowly pale testaceous (this mar-
ginal coloration is absent in some specimens) ; tegmina pale
greyish, opaque, the numerous veins and veinlets testaceous
or fuscous brown, a series of small marginal piceous spots on
posterior margin from apex of clavus, and these spots in
smaller size, less distinct appearance, and less closely situate
are continued round apical and along costal margins ; wings
creamy white, the veins more or less virescent ; vertex broader
than long, moderately concave, anteriorly transversely angu-
late, the margins ridged ; face slightly longer than broad, the
lateral margins ridged; tegmina about two and a half times
as long as broad, the costal margin a little waved, widest at

318 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

base, moderately attenuated at apex, which is rounded,
distinctly arched at base of costal margin.
Long., excl. tegm., ¢ ? 7-8 mm.; exp. tegm. 24-27 mm.
Hab. Queensland (F. P. Dodd, Brit. Mus.).

Genus ATRACIs.
Atracis, Stal, Hem, Afr. iv. p. 250 (1866).

Type, A. pyralis, Guér.

Atracis basistigma.

Elidiptera basistigma, Walk. List Hom., Suppl. p. 69 (1858),
Atracis humeralis, Melich. (part.) Ann. Hofmus. Wien, xvii. p. 187
(1902),

Flatoides humeralis, Fowl. (part.) Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhynch. Hom. i.
p. 60 (1900).

Flatoives basistigma, Fowl, loc, cit. p. 61.

Hab. Mexico.

Atracis humeralis.

Elidiptera humeralis, Walk. List Hom., Suppl. p. 70 (1858).

Flatoides humeralis, Fow1. (nec Walk.) Biol. Centr.-Am., Rhynch. Hom.
i. p. 60 (1900).

Atracis humeralis, Melich. (nee Walk.) Ann. Hofmus. Wien, xvii.
p- 187 (1902).

Hab. Central America, Amazons.

Both Fowler and Melichar have confused the references of
this species by citing the Flatoides humeralis, Walk. (List Hom.
u. p. 405, 1851), which is a Rieaniid, and, as correctly given
by Melichar previously (Mon. Ricaniid. p. 297, 1898), Vutina
atrata, Fabr.

Genus Uysanus.

Uysanus, Dist. Ins. Transvaal. p. 205 (1908).

Type, U. fluctuans, Dist.
Uysanus nebulosa.

Atracis nebulosa, Melich. Ann, Hofmus, Wien, xvii. p. 180, t. ix. fig. 11
(1902).

Hab. Cameroons.
Genus FLAToIDEs.
Flatoides, Guér, Régn, Anim., Ins. p, 362 (1838)

Type, F. tortrix, Guér.

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 319

Flatvides occidentis.

Elidiptera occidentis, Walk, List Hom. ii. p. 831 (1851).

Cyarda occidentis, St&l, Ofy. Vet.-Ak. Férh. 1862, p. 490.
Flatoides isabellinus, Fowl, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Rhynch, Hom. p. 68,
t. vill. fig. 5 @ (1900).

Hab. Central America.

Flatoides debilis.

Elidiptera debilis, Walk. List Hom., Suppl. p. 72 (1858).
~ Cyarda debilis, Stl, Ofv. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1862, p. 490.

Cyarda acuminipennis, Melich. (part.) Ann, Hofmus. Wien, xvii.

p. 134 (1902).

Hab. Amazons.

It is apparent that some of the notes taken by Stal during
his visit to the British Museum in 1862 must have become
transposed, or he would have been unlikely to place this
species in the very distinct Cyarda, Walk.

Flatoides dorsisigna.

Elidiptera dorsisigna, Walk. List Hom., Suppl. p. 72 (1858).
Dascalia dorsisigna, Melich. Ann, Hofmus. Wien, xvii. p. 154 (1902).

Hadé. Amazons.

Flatoides punctata.
Elidiptera punctata, Walk. List Hom. ii. p. 332 (1851).
Cyarda punctata, St&l, Ofv. Vet.-Ak. Férh. 1862, p. 490; Melich. (part.)
Ann. Hofmus. Wien, xvii. p. 185 (1902).

Hab. ‘“ North America.”

The figure given by Melichar as punctata, Walk. (supra,
t. vii. fig. 17), represents a true Cyarda, but not Walker’s
species nor either of the two others he has placed as synonymic
with it.

Flatoides guiane.

Elidiptera guiane, Walk. List Hom. ii. p. 333 (1851).

Cyarda guyane, Stal, Ofy. Vet.-Ak. Férh. 1862, p. 490.

Ber eae! Melich. (part.) Ann. Hofmus. Wien, xvii. p. 185

(1902).

Hab. British Guiana.

This species has considerable resemblance to F. punctata,
Walk., but the head of the unique type is mutilated, and
therefore it must at least be kept separate for the present.

SS

we

320 Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera.

Flatvides conformis.

Flatoides conformis, Walk. List Hom. ii. p. 412 (1851).
Cyarda conformis, Stal, Ofv. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1862, p. 490; Melich.
Ann. Hofmus. Wien, xvii. p. 134 (1902).

Hab. Jamaica.

Flatoides cervinus.

Flatoides cervinus, Walk. List Hom. ii. p. 412 (1851).

Cyarda cervinus, Stal, Ofv. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1862, p. 490.

Cyarda acuminipennis, Melich. (part., nec fig.) Ann. Hofmus. Wien,
xvii. p. 184 (1902).

Elidiptera punctifera, Walk. List Hom., Suppl. p. 71 (1858).

Cyarda punctifera, Stal, Ofv. Vet.-Ak. Forh, 1862, p. 490.

Cyarda punctata, Melich. (part., nec fig.) Ann, Hofmus. Wien, xvii.
p. 135 (1902).

Hab. Jamaica, St. Domingo.

Flatoides alba.
Elidiptera alba, Walk. Journ. Ent. i. p. 807 (1862).
Ha, Rio Janeiro.

Unique type in too mutilated a condition for generic
identification.
? incerta.

Peeiloptera incerta, Walk. List Hom. ii. p. 462 (1851).

Ormenis incerta, Melich. Ann. Hofmus. Wien, xvii. p. 98 (1902).

Hab.

Melichar only copies Walker’s description, and had not
seen the spccies.

?

Species described by Walker in the Platine, but not belonging
to that subfamily.

Subfam. Crxzmz.
constellaris.

Peciloptera constellaris, Walk. List Hom., Suppl. p. 885 (1858) ; Melich,
Ann. Hofmus. Wien, xvii, p. 226 (1902).
Hab. Amazons.
The unique specimen representing this species has the head
mutilated, which renders exact generic identification im-

possible. It probably represents a genus allied to Paulia,
Stal.

Mr. W. L. Distant on Homoptera. 321

Subfam. J'rorrpucurn2.
docilis.
Elidiptera docilis, Walk. List Hom., Suppl. p. 7] (1858).
Hab. Rio Janeiro.

Subfam. Lorxoprrnn.

Genus ELAsMOSCELIs.
Elasmoscelis, Spin. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. viii. p. 888 (1859).

Type, EH. cimicoides, Spin.

Elasmoscelis decora.
Flatoides decorus, Walk, List Hom. i. p. 418 (1851); Melich. Ann.
Hofmus. Wien, xvii. p. 228 (1902).
Hab. ?

The type is without locality. It is allied to E. trimaculata,
Walk.

Subfam. /sszvz.

Trienopa rufescens.
Elidiptera rufescens, Walk. List Hom. ii. p. 384 (1851).
Eviplyle rufescens, Stal, Ofv. Vet.-Ak. Férh. 1862, p. 490.
Hab. Sierra Leone.

This species seems to have been missed by Dr. Melichar in
his ‘ Monogr. der Issiden,’

Gen. ? limitata.

Elidiptera fimlivata, Walk. List Hom. ii. p- 829 (1851) (nom. misprint.).
Etidiptera limitata, Wall. loc. cit., Suppl. p. 68 (1858) (nom. nov.).

Pterilia limitata, Stal, Ofy. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1862, p. 490.

This species belongs to a genus very near Pterilia, but the
type specimen is not in a very satisfactory condition.

Fam. Jasside.

Subfam. Luprivz.
Peciloptera solita, Walk. List Hom. ii. p. 467 (1851),

The type of this species is in a most mutilated condition,
nevertheless the structure of the head shows its proper

322 Mr. E. G. Joseph on the Rhopalocera

position in the Ledrine. Stal evidently must have wrongly
incorporated a note when he placed this species (Hem. Afr,
iv. p. 246) as a synonym of his Phlebopterum premorsum,
which he figured (Ofv. Vet.-Ak. Foérh. 1856, p. 67, pl. i.
fig. 8). Melichar has copied the error (Ann. Hofmus. Wien,
Xvil. p. 2, 1902).

XLIV.—The Collections of William John Burchell, D.C.L.,
in the Hope Department, Oxford University Museum.

IV. On the Lepidoptera Rhopalocera collected by W. J.
Burchell in Brazil, 1825-1830. By HE. G. Josepu,
of Lincoln College, Oxford.

[Continued from ser. 8, vol. iii. p. 111.]

VII. Hezrconrw..

Mr. J. C. Moutton having left England in order to under-
take the curatorship of the Sarawak Museum, I suggested to
Mr. E. G. Joseph, of Lincoln College, Oxford, the preparation
of an account of further groups of Burchell’s Brazilian
butterflies. To this Mr. Joseph readily assented, and, in the
course of the work, I have had abundant opportunities of
witnessing the great patience with which he has performed
this laborious task and his success in doing justice to the
wonderful accuracy and powers of observation of the illustrious
naturalist. HK. B. Poutton.

The following paper forms the continuation of the valuable
publications of Mr. J. C. Moulton on Burchell’s Brazilian
Nymphaline and of Miss Cora B. Sanders on the earlier
subfamilies.

In the nomenclature and succession of the species of
Heliconiine I have followed Stichel’s monograph in Wyts-
man’s ‘Genera Insectorum’’*, and have only departed from
his arrangement by splitting up Heliconius nanna into two
subspecies.

The whole of the Heliconiine in the Hope Department
have been worked out and arranged, according to Stichel’s

monograph, by Mr. W. J. Kaye, '.E.S. I owe a deep debt

1 87th Fascicule of the ‘ Genera Insectorum,’ edited by P. Wytsman.
Lepidoptera, Rhopalocera; Fam. Nymphalide, Subfam. Heliconiine,
1906.

collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil. 323

of gratitude to this distinguished authority on the group, not
ouly for the specific determinations, many of which are of
great difficulty, but also for kind help and advice on special
points which arose in the course of the work.

The arrangement of numbers and dates is explained in
detail in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. xiii. (April
1904), pp. 309, 810. A further explanatory statement is
quoted from ser, 8, vol. i. p. 834 :—‘ Notes, other than num-
bers and dates, written on labels attached to the specimens
are placed between inverted commas immediately after the
numbers in heavy type, and immediately before the locality.”
‘* When a specimen bears a number only, the date, recovered
from Burchell’s note-book, is placed between square brackets.
‘a.’ and ‘p.’ associated with the date stand for ‘ A.M.’ and
“pion

The geographical data and notes as to the character of
certain localities are in many cases more complete and detailed
in the following paper than in any of the preceding. ‘This is
a result of the study of the earlier manuscript volumes of
Burchell’s Catalogue of Brazilian Plants, containing the
numbers 701-5336. Quotations from this source are distin-
guished by a terminal asterisk, thus *. About half of the
catalogue of Brazilian plants has thus been studied and the
data copied, viz. from April 2nd, 1825, when Burchell set
foot in Portugal on his way to Brazil, up to August 23rd,
1827, when he was near the Rio Pardo on the journey from
S. Paulo to Goyaz. These volumes, now in the library at
Kew, have been kindly lent to Professor Poulton, at first by
Sir William Thiselton Dyer, F.R.S., and later by Colonel D.
Prain, F.R.S. Professor Poulton hopes that the whole of
the data from this source will be transcribed at no distant
date and made available for future papers.

Professor Westwood’s labels, whenever they have been
found attached to the specimens, are quoted in full. The
words ‘fa Westwood’s label” of course always imply that he
was the writer. ‘* Westwood’s list,” on the other hand, is the
list prepared under his direction, and, in the great majority of
groups, written by an assistant. ‘The condition of this list,
as regards the subfamily now under consideration, is set forth
in the two following paragraplis.

Buichell’s species of the genus //eliconius, together with a
single Hueides, were included by Westwood in his list of
“ Heliconide,” described as follows in Ann. & Mag. Nat.
Hist. ser. 7, vol]. xiii., April 1904, p. 306:—“ The first
section of the butterflies is written in Professor Westwood’s
own handwriting, and deals with the Heliconiidz in the old

324 Mr. EK. G. Joseph on the Rhopalocera

broad sense, comprising the Ithomiine, the genera Lycorea
and tuna of the Danaine, and the Heliconiine. Although
in the form of rough notes and very difficult to disentangle, it
is a model of accuracy. It records the whole of Burchell’s
notes written on the labels accompanying the specimens, but
apparently none of the facts to be found in his manuscript
note-books.”’? Numbers are not assigned to the species, as
they are in the lists written by an assistant. Westwood’s
brief accurate descriptions seize upon the characteristic points
and frequently enable us to identify the individual specimens.
Good examples of this are to be found in 1296-1800.

With the single exception of Huetdes tales pythagoras, the
species of the Heliconiine genus Huezdes are included in West-
wood’s list of ‘ Burchell’s Acrea &c.” The numbers and
data in this list are written in a clerk’s handwriting, the
names or notes being inserted by Westwood himself. The
data of Huetdes aliphera aliphera and E. lybia lybia—the
former very imperfectly copied into the above list—were also
completely recorded by Westwood on a separate slip of paper.
In the case of LE. tales pythagoras Westwood was evidently at
first misled by the mimetic resemblance, for he separated this
species from its genus and placed it beside the Heliconius
models in the list of “ Heliconide.” He ultimately recog-
nized its true relationship and added the correct name.

K. G. JOSEPH.
Oxford, Dec. 4, 1909.

HELICcONIINZE.
1. Genus. Hexicontus, Linné.

Section I. OprsoG@yMNI.

Cohort i. SILVANIFORMES,
Heliconius narcea narcea, Godt.

Bz. 580. I, [21. 10. 25]. = 1284. Minas Geraes. “ Pap-
[il’o]. Ina rossa at Discoberto, and along a channel
(on the margin of the forest) which conducts water to
the house.” Burchell’s manuscript catalogue of Bra-
zilian plants records that he collected botanical specimens
“on an Excursion into the Province of Minas Gerdés,
between 7th October 1825, and 15 Nov" 1825.” This
Catalogue, which exists in the Kew library, will be here-
after quoted as “ Cat. pl. Braz. MSS.,” while passages
extracted from it will be indicated by an asterisk, thus *.
29. 10, 25. = 1285. Minas Geraes. “In the forest on the

collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil. 325

S.E. side of 8. Joio de Népomucéna.” Burchell’s Cat.
pl. Braz. MSS. gives the following general account of
his travels between Oct. 27 and Nov. 14, 1825 :—“ In
the Province of Minas Gerdés on the Road between
Porto d’Hstrélla & the Descobérto do Rio Novo. From
27 October to 14 November 1825.” *

According to Westwood’s labels on 1290 and also according
to his list, the date 29. 10. 25 was borne by an example of
“ Hel, Hucrate V[ar]”’?. The Burchell specimen 1285, which
now bears this date, agrees, however, in every particular with
individuals identified by Westwood as belonging to the type
form of the species. It is probable, considering the remark-
able accuracy of this distinguished naturalist, that labels have
been accidentally displaced, and that 1285 originally bore the
date 30. 10. 25, shown by Westwood’s list as well as by his
label on 1287 to have been attached to an example of the type
form. ‘lhe transpositions which may have occurred are
suggested under 1294.

7.11. 25. = 1286. Minas Geraes. “ Between [Captain]
Amaro Leite’s and Pillfo, a fazenda” *, (See 1285.)
On Nov. 6th, at Capt. Leite’s, Burchell noted, “I'he
Comet clear and tail long’? *; and at Pill&éo, on the
following night, “ The Comet very bright ” *.

Professor H. H. ‘Turner, F.R.S., kindly informs me that
the comet referred to was ‘ probably that denoted 18285 iv,
discovered by Biela on July 19, 1825, and by Pons on July 15.
It was visible for 12 months in all and was ‘ very conspicuous
early in October’ with a bifid tail 15° long. An elliptic
orbit assigned, period 4386 years.”

8. 2. 26. = 1287. Organ Mtns. ‘‘In a ride Northward to
the Mule- and to the Cow-Curréls and to the Horse
Curral and Milho Roga”*, Less detailed data have
hitherto been given from the Geographical Catalogue.

A Westwood’s label reads ‘ Capt. No. 580; 30. 10. 25;
8. 2. 26; 7. 3. 26; 19. 3. 26.” Westwood’s list agrees with
this label.

7. 3. 26. 2= 1288, 1289. Riode Janeiro. “ At Catombti.”

Bz. 9. 3. 26. = 1290. Rio de Janeiro.

A W<stwood’s label reads: ‘‘ Capt. 29. 10. 25; 7. 11. 25;
7. 3. 26; 9. 3. 26 (2 inds.) ; 13. 3. 26; 21. 3. 26 (2 inds.) ;
1. 4. 26.” Another Westwood’s label bears the name ‘“ He.
Eucrate V.” Westwood’s list agrees with these two labels,
and, like the first, records an additional specimen with the
date 9. 3. 26, and another with 21. 3. 26,

* Hubner’s eucrate is a synonym of narcea, Godt,

326 Mr. i. G. Joseph on the Rhopalucera

Bz. 13. 3. 26. = 1291. Rio de Janeiro.

19. 3. 26. = 1292. Rio de Janeiro. “In the valley of
Catombi.”” A Westwood’s label reads, ‘ Heltconia
Eucrate [Isabellina]'.” 'The parentheses are Westwood’s.

21. 3. 26. = 1298. Rio de Janeiro. ‘‘ Along the Carioca
Aqueduct.”

Westwood’s list records one other specimen of this date.
10. 12. 29. = 1294. Pard. Data erroneous.

This date is omitted from Westwood’s list and from his
labels on 1287 and 1290. It is erroneous, not only on the
evidence of Westwood’s records, but because the date indicates
a locality considerably to the north of that in which all the
other captures of this species were made by Burchill, as well
as to the north of the locality (South Brazil) given by
Stichel ?.

In attempting to reconstruct Burchell’s original labelling,
assistance may be derived from 104, aspecimen of Mechanitis
polymnia, now bearing the date 30. 10. 25, indicating a
locality considerably to the south of that in which the other
individuals of this species were captured. Reasons were
given in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., April 1904, p. 320, for
believing this label to be prebably erroneous, and it was,
moreover, suggested that the date on one of the additional
specimens of J/. polymnia, recorded by Westwood, viz. 3. 3. 28
or 10. 12. 29, was originally borne by 104. Now the latter
of these dates is at present erroneously borne by the feli-
conius 1294, to which it may have been accidentally trans-
ferred from 104. If we furthermore suppose that 1285 (type
form) bore the date 30. 10. 25, now on 104, and 1294 (variety)
bore 29. 10. 25, now on 1285, the labelling of these three
specimens would agree with Westwood’s records and with
the probable localities of both Helicontus and Mechanitis.

Westwood’s list and labels on 1287 and 1290 give the
following dates not now to be found on any existing specimen
of H. narcea:—30. 10. 25, Minas Geraes (see above) ;
1. 4. 26, Rio. ‘l'wo other additional specimens are referred
io under 1290.

Opposite to the data “ No. 580; 30. 10. 25; 8. 2. 26;
7. 3. 26; 19. 3. 26,” Westwood had written in the list:
“ Heliconia Eucrate (Isabellina) : al. ant*. dimid’. basali fulvo
fascia obliqua nigra ad apicem cellule—macula subapicali
alba.” Similarly opposite to the data 29.10.25 ; 7.11. 25 ;

1 H. W. Bates’s zsabellinus is placed by Stichel as a subspecies of
numatus, Cram., allied to narcea.

* Bahia and Espirito Santo are the actual localities in 8. Brazil cited
by Stichel.

collected by W. J. Burchell tn Brazil. a27

326: 9. 3.26) De md™ 2 1353.26 226% Qeinds. ;
1. 4. 26,” he had written: “ Ejusd. var. (Huerate) fascia
media interrupta maculari. 9 ind’.”” Nine of the fourteen
Burchell specimens were thus separated as a variety, but, as
pointed out under 1285 and 1294, the first date, “‘ 29. 10. 25,”
is now borne by an example of the type form, having been
accidentally transferred since the time when Westwood’s list
was prepared. It is worth remarking that Westwood drew
attention to the fact that one individual of the type form and
one of the variety were caught on the same day, 7. 3. 26, by
connecting the two copies of this date with a line.

Heliconius narcea polychrous, Feld.

a. 29. 8. 27. = 1295. Between R. Pardo and R. Grande.
““Cérvo to Paciéncia.” ‘In the forest ascending the
Morro de Batataes. Papilionides. In this forest Butter-
flies literally swarmed and thousands might have been
caught in one day. I never saw such abundance in my
life before.”

A Westwood’s label reads, ‘‘ Heliconia polychrous Felder
P|. 47 f. 7.” [* Lepidoptera of the Novara Expedition.
Plates. (Reise der Oesterreichischen Fregatte Novara).
Vienna. 1864-1867.”’]

Westwood’s list agrees; and the following description is
written opposite to the date of this specimen: ‘ Heliconia
Polychrous Felder: ant’. alis intra cellulam flavo nec fulvo-
rufo variegatis.”

[It is to be observed that, although Burchell captured this
single specimen of po/ychrous rather to the north of the
localities in which he took narcaa, Stichel gives 8. Brazil
for both forms, and there is no doubt that they fly together
over a wide area. Hence, according to the reasonable prin-
ciples of Rothschild and Jordan, they should be considered as
distinct species and not as subspecies.—E, B. P.]

Heliconius numatus superioris, Butl., var.

Bz.4.12.28. 9 =1296. Porto Redl. “ Walk to the Igarapé.”
‘« Papiliones, caught in the woody campo; but the long-
wing[ed] one is only found in forests in the shade.”

It is exceedingly probable that the above- quoted descrip-
tion refers to this specimen (see 877, Ann. & Mag. Nat.
Hist. ser. 8, vol. 1i., Jan. 1909, p. 10). The “4” of Bure
chell’s Bz. label is partly torn away; but there is no real
doubt about the figure, which Westwood also read as a “ 4.”

323 Mr. E. G. Joseph on the Rhopalocera

Burchell’s specimen (1296) departs from the pattern of
numatus superioris as represented by Stichel in Wytsman’s
‘Genera,’ p. 7, fig. 2, in the fact that the three subapical
yellow spots, characteristic of the fore wing upper surface, are
evanescent, although just visible. The faint indications of
two additional pale spots nearer the apex can also be made
out on the fore wing of 1296. These spots, which are more
distinct and white on the under surface, resemble those
figured in the var. geminata (Stichel, /. ¢. p. 7, fig. 3).

Westwood’s list agrees: but he united this specimen and
Hel. ethilla numismaticus’ under one species, Hel. numata
(see 1299). Opposite to the list of dates he wrote, ‘ Hedi-
conia Numata: maculis 3 flavis ad apicem alar. antic™.: mac.
marg. al. post. flavis.”—Moreover, between the “3” and
“‘ flavis”’ he drew a diagrammatic representation of the three
yellow spots. The patterns of the three individuals placed
under numata by Westwood (1296, 1299, and 1800) are
remarkably similar,—least so in the case of 1299, which he
thought was perhaps a variety of this species. See also the
observations made under 1299.

Heliconius silvana silvana, Cram.

15. 11. 29. = 1297. Pard. S. José. “SCaminho de Chia-
ménte.” A Westwood’s label reads, ‘‘ Hel. Sylvana.”
Westwood’s list agrees, and the following description is
written opposite to the date of this specimen: “ Heliconia
Sylvana : alis ant’. ultra cellulam fase. 2 macularibus flavis.”

Helicontus silvana robigus, Weym.:

21. 3. 26. =1298. Rio de Janeiro. ‘‘ Along the Carioca
Aqueduct.” A Westwood’s label reads, “ Sylvane prop.
Mac. 1 alba.”

By the last words Westwood undoubtedly refers to the
large, conspicuous submarginal spot of the hind wing, which
is also the first counting from the costa. ‘This spot is, how-
ever, yellow and not white on the upper surface, as Westwood
clearly pointed out when he described the same specimen
(1298) in his list, writing opposite to the date 21.3. 26:—
“ Hel. Sylvane prowimo : alis ant*. ultra cell. fascia subapicali
flava: al. p. puncto unico flavo anguli externi.” ‘There is,
in fact, no white marking on the upper surface of 1298, but,
on the under surface, the corresponding spot 2s white. It is

1 Tn Stichel’s classification, which is here followed, nwmutus is separated
from ethilla by stlvana,

collectel hy W. J. Burchell in Brazil. 329

of course possible that Westwood was referring to the under
surface in his label attached to the specimen, but it seems
on the whole more probable that “alba” was inadvertently
written instead of “ flava.” There can be no doubt that the
words of the label and the list refer to the same specimen,

viz. 1298.

Heliconius ethilla numismaticus, Weym.

29.41.29. = eC e ara,

Westwood, in his list, described this specimen as varying
from the typical ‘¢ Hel. Numata,” and wrote opposite to it:
“ Hjusd. [i.e. Hel, Numata] var.??: fascia obliqua nigra al.
ant, ante fasc, flavam, maculisq. marg. alar. post. subtus
flavis nec albis.”’

Westwood’s description is, as is nearly always the case,
absolutely correct, and affords convincing evidence that there |
has been no accidental transference of data. This conclusion
not only holds for 1299, but for all five s¢/vana-like specimens,
1296-1300, which Westwood grouped in a manner very
ditferent from that here adopted from Stichel. No part of
this difference is to be explained by subsequent accidental
transposition of Burchell’s labels.

18. 12. 29. = 1800. “‘ insylvis umbrosis.”” Paré. “ Rivu-
let above Arsenal.’”’ A Westwood’s label reads, ‘ Hel.
Numata.”

Westwood’s list agrees: for his description of this specimen

see 1296.

Cohort iii, MELPOMENEFORMES.
Heliconius melpomene thelxiope, Hiibn.

Bz.+ 2.20 p. 22. 5. 29. = 1801. Rio Tocantins. Just S.
of, and the day before reaching, the Itabéca cataract.

7. 6. 29. 2= 1302, 1803. On the Rio Tocantins, just above
(S.W. of) Paré. ‘ S*, Anna.”

The large yellow and somewhat constricted spot towards
the end of the cell in the fore wing of this subspecies is much
reduced and divided at the constriction into two spots in
1302, and is altogether absent from 1303,

Westwood also noted the condition of this feature in 1802
and 1803, as is shown by the following description written
opposite to their dates in his list :— Uhelxiope var. [1303]
var. ult®. preecedentis [i. e. of tne typical ‘ A. Thelxiope ’]
mac. in cellula al. ant. obliterata.” ‘ Thelxiope var. [1802]
simillima [to 1803] sed macula parva bipartita flava in cellula

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. v. 23

330 Mr. BE. G. Joseph on the Rhopalocera

al. ant.” He also described the first specimen [1808] thus :

«Al. ant. absq. mac. flav. in cellula. 1 [individual] ”’ ;

and noted that these varieties were “both taken on same

day,’—7. 6. 29. Westwood does not record these two
specimens on his label, probably because of their variability

from the type. (Sce 1812.)

18. 6. 29. 2= 1804, 1805. Pard.

A Westwood’s label on 1804 reads ‘ Heliconta Thelaiope
Hubn. 8. Ex. Sch. pl. 12. and Var without detached spot.”
Plate 12 is in vol. 1. of J. Htibner’s ‘Sammlung exotischer
Schmetterlinge,’? Augsburg, 1806.

‘The detached spot between the first and second median
nervules of the fore wing is absent from 1805, but not from
1801-4 ; its absence or abnormally small size will be noted in
each case under the corresponding number.

Bz.+ 18.6. 29. = 13806. Pard.

Detached spot absent except for a minute trace. West-
wood’s list records one other specimen of this date.

20 0.020. Laur. — ard. ;

1. 7. 29. 2= 13808, 1809. Pard. ‘“ Walk to the Caza de
Fac.

The detached spot is small on the left side, and exists only
as a minute point on the right of 1808. It is altogether
absent from 1809. An additional sma!l yellow spot occurs
in the centre ot the fore wing cell of 1808. A Westwood’s
Jabel on 1809 reads ** Helic, Thelxiop.”

Westwood’s list refers in the following note to the fact that
two individuals of this species and two of H. erato amazona
were caught on the same day :—“‘ so that 2 ind’, of this and 2
of the precede. (¢ & 2) were taken on same day 1. 7. 29.”
There can be little doubt that this note was intended to draw
attention to the coincidence in habits between two species
that were considered until quite recently to be very closely
allied.

4.7.29. =1810. Pard. Detached spot absent. West-
wood had removed and mounted on a card, affixed to the
pin, one of the anterior legs of this specimen.

12. 7.29. =1811. Paré. Westwood’s label bears “ 9.”

29.7. 29. =1812. Pad. A Westwood’s label reads,
“-Capt..22. 5:29; 18.6. 29°(4 id*.) <920, 6. 205 eso
(2 anc®.) 5 4.9. 295 12. %..295; 29. foo 2 nu.)
SolZo20."4

Westwood’s list records all the dates mentioned on this
label, and similarly includes one other specimen with the
date 29.7. 29. The list includes in addition and describes

collected by W. 4. Burchell in Brazil. Fou

under “ HH. Thelwiope var.” the two specimens caught on
7. 6. 29. (See 1802-3.)
$42.29. = 1813.. “Slneylva.’* Para!

Westwood’s list agrees except for the differences above
alluded to. Opposite to the list of dates he wrote: ‘ Heltc.
The[/Jatope: alis post. fasc. obliqua fusca ad marg. anal.
extensa g & 9.” In the same place he thus describes a
variation of the above: ‘¢ T’he/aiope variat. macula postica
obliterata.” It is evident that by “ macula postica obliterata ”
Westwood referred to the “ Var. without detached spot”
mentioned under 1804.

Heliconius eanna nanna, Stich.

Heliconius nanna of Stichel (2. c.), but here distinguished
from the following subspecies, FZ. nanna burchelli.

6. 12. 25. ¢=1814. Rio de Janeiro. “ On the Corcovddo
Mountain.” ‘In an excursion to the Summit of the
Corcovado by the road by the Convent of S*. Theresa
and along the Aqueduct.” The Cat. pl. Braz. MSs.
contains the following full account of the localities in
which Burchell collected, Dec. 6th, 1825 (the catalogue
numbers of the botanical specimens are omitted): ‘*On
the Corcovado Mountain. On the Summit, and in the
Forest which clothes the highest part of the Mountain...
Along the more open part ot the road, from the forests to
the head of the Aqueduct... Along the upper end of
the Aqueduct, as far as the spot where the road crosses
it to the northern side, and where the collection of
15.-9;.25 ended... .” *

There is no trace of a yellow spot at the end of or above

the fore wing cell.

Hleliconius nanna burchelli, Poulton ‘.

2.3.29. ¢ =1815. Porto Redl. ‘The male type of the
subspecies. ‘ Papilio. ‘The brown winged (Horta)
with a red patch on the upper wings, is always found

‘ [Heliconius nanna burchell, subsp. n. When studying Burchell’s
Heliconiinz with the author of this memoir, I observed that the single
specimen (1314) of H. nanna, Stich., from Rio, where Burchell took
large numbers of H. erato phyllis, differed from the tive individuals
(1315-1319) taken by him to the north-west of the area in which he
captured the species last named.

fe the single specimen of xanna from Rio, the lower hind marginal
border of the oblique red bar, forming the most conspicuous feature of the
fore wing upper surface, is produced into two well-marked Eeeleeuous or

: 23

332 Mr, E. G. Joseph on the Rhopalucera

in shady woods and forests. I have seen it in similar situa-
tions in every part of Brazil I have visited.”

The yellow spot above the end of the fore wing cell is very
distinct in this specimen.

In the above quotation from the Brazilian note-book, the
description of “ the brown winged (//orta) ” applies not only
to Hel. nanna, but also to lel. erato phyllis, which latter
Burchell collected in large numbers in Rio de Janeiro and its
vicinity (see 1856-14094). Although these two species
belong to different sections of the Heliconiina, and are only
distantly related, their superficial likeness to each other is so
striking and their habits are evidently so essentially similar
that Burchell, who was an extraordinarily acute observer,
considered them to be a single species, widely distributed
throughout the parts of Brazil visited by him. Until the

teeth, much resembling the form of the same marking in erato phyllis.
Above the outer projection there is to be seen, on the external border of
the bar, another minute tooth, resembling the step-like break which is
more or less developed at the corresponding point in the bar of erato
Ayllis.

‘ ia all five individuals taken outside the area in which Burchell cap-
tured erato phyllis, the margin of the bar has a very different appearance,
the tooth-like form being wanting, or, in the case of the lowest point,
represented by a shortened and more rounded projection. The margin
is in this respect very similar in all five specimens. Furthermore, in four
individuals out of the five, a yellow spot, lying between the costa and the
distal end of the fore wing cell, is more or less distinct. This spot is
wanting from the Rio specimen (1314), although present in some of
the fifteen individuals on which Niffarth’s description is based (Berliner
ent. Zeit. 1901-2, vol. xlvi. p. 106).

Mr. W. J. Kaye has kindly allowed me to examine three specimens of
H. nanna from his collection, and I find that they are consistent with
Burchell’s. Two (a female from Rio and a male from Espirito Santo)
resemble 1314: one (a female from V. Nivac, Matto Grosso : Noy. 1904)
resembles 1315-1319. The latter possesses the yellow spot, and the
“teeth ” are even more rounded off or flattened down tian in Burchell’s
specimens.

Mr. Guy A. K. Marshall, who kindly examined the material in the
British Museum for me, finds that two specimens of H. nanna from Per-
nambuco and two from Itaparica (an island off Bahia) resemble 1314,
while one, in the Godman-Salvin Collection, from Chapada, is of the
other form. Specimens of H. erato phyllis exist in the British Museum
or Godman-Salvin collections from Bahia, Pernambuco, and still further
north,

There is no doubt that Stichel’s nanna is the form with the toothed
bar from the area of H. erato phyllis. I have not been able to consult
the original description (Ent. Zeit. Guben. vol. xii. p. 143), but, in his
monograph in the ‘ Genera Insectorum,’ Stichel gives South Brazil as the
range, and Espirito Santo and Minas Geraes as localities. He further-
more indicates that the nomen nudum “ bidentatus” of Staudinger’s lists,

collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil. 333

last few years the two species have never been distinguished
by any systematist, and they are still unseparated in every
collection that has failed to take into account the researches
ot Riffarth and Stichel. The remarkable character of the
resemblance will be realized when it is remembered that
Westwood, having before him the whole series of 69 Burchell
specimens (including 6 //. nanna), wrote on a label affixed to
1395,—*‘ 69 individuals in full of this species without any
variation of the least importance taken bet, 24.10. 25 &
24. 3.29. See list in my Burchell Catalogue.”

[In attempting to understand Burchell’s use of the name
‘‘horta”’ it 1s important to ascertain the various forms to
which he applied it. These are as follows :—

|) True Heliconiine, such as H. nanna and H. erato

phyllis (see 1815) ;

(2) The Ithomiine, Mechanitis lysimnia or Ceratinia deta

applies to H. nanna. The toothed bar of H. nanna is also carefully de-
scribed by Riffarth (in Berliner ent. Zeit. 1901-2, vol. xlvi. p. 106), and
by Stichel and Riffarth in ‘ Tierreich,’ vol. xxii. p. 134 (Berlin, 1905),

I therefore suggest the name burchelli for the subspecies in which the
lower end of the red bar crossing the fore wing is not toothed or bears
only a trace of the lower tooth. This subspecies is found over an area of
unknown extent lying to the north and west of the Brazilian range of
HT. nanna nanna and H. erato phyllis.

¢ type from Porto Real (Nacionale) on the R. Tocantins: captured
Mch. 2, 1829, by W. J. Burchell: (1315) in Hope Department, Oxford
University Museum.

2 type from Villa Nivac, S.E. of Matto Grosso (Nov. 1904), in coll.
W. J. Kaye.

H. nanna burchelli appears, as Mr. W. J. Kaye has suggested to me, to
be a form of H. melpomene amandus, Grose-Smith and Kirby, from Bolivia
and Peru. Mr. Kaye has kindly given me the opportunity of examining
two males of this species from the Mapiri R., E. Bolivia. Both of these
possess the yellow spot usually found over the end of the fore wing cell in
H. nanna burchelli and sometimes in nanna nanna. The only essential
difference between the two forms is due to the loss in burchell: of nearly
the whole of the red area within the fore wing cell of me/pomene amandus
and the distal lengthening in the former of the yellow hind wing band
of the latter. Another closely related form is, as Mr, Guy Marshall sug-
gested to me, H. amaryllis rosina, Boisd., from Colombia, Panama, and
Costa Rica. This subspecies is, however, without the longitudinal yellow
streak which is so conspicuous a feature in the basal half of the fore wing
of melpomene amandus and the forms of nanna.

It is probable that all the forms mentioned in the preceding paragraph
will prove to be subspecifically related, me/pomene amandus bearing this
relationship to amaryllis rosina in the north and to nanna burchelli in the
east. However this may be, there can be no doubt that nanna nunna is
a geographical race of burchellt, produced to the east and south of the
latter, under the influence of H. erato phyllis.—E. B. P.]

534 Mr. E. G. Joseph on the Rhopalocera

(see note on 108 and 97, Ann. & Mag. Nat. H'st. ser. 7,
vel. xiii., April 1904, pp. 321 & 319 respectively) ;

(8) The Ithomiine with transparent wings, such as Ptero-
nymia euritea, Pteronymia hemixanthe, and Heterosecda
yanetta, as the following note, in the Cat. pl. Braz, MSS.
701-3461, shows :—“ 1287. Ex Liatrideis. Planta herbacea
erecta 5-ped. floribus albis. Hane quoque vidi in Minas
Geraés copiosé, ubi frequentatur a variis Papilionibus
ex genere P. Horte, alis diaphanis.”* We also find
under the date Feb. 24, 1826, when Burchell was collecting
* Between the foot of the [Organ] Mountains and Frechal,”
the following entry :—“ 2577. Syngenesia. Flores albi...
Delectus papilionum variarum, sed praesertim ex genere
P. horte.” * The name “ Ilorta” occurs in reterence to 89,
and the white- flowered Liatridea under 36+, but the above
more detailed descriptions from the Cat. pl. Braz. had not been
found when the account of these early numbers, 36, 39, &c.
was prepared for publication.

(4) The abundant South-African Aeraea horta, Linn.,
captured in large numbers by Burchell. There are now in
the Hope Department at least 15 specimens taken by him,
Jan. 1, 1815, at the Buffeljaght’s River, near Swellendam.

On his return home Burchell named his African collection
by comparison with the Banksian cabinet, then in the rooms
of the Linnean Society, now at the British Natural History
Museum. Tis notes exist at Oxford, and show that he
obtained frem this source the name “ P. Horta” for the
common §. African Acrea. The manuscript bears the
following interesting heading :—

“The following notes are the result of a collation of
the whole of my African collection of insects, with the
Banksian Cabinet (now belonging to the Linnzan Society)
the greatest part of which is named in the handwriting of
Fabricins. 1823 to 1824.” ‘The words “but [ fear some
labels had been misplaced.’”’? were added at a later date.

In the Banksian cabinet it can now be seen that the
African Aerea horta stands as one of the group “ Heliconii,”
in which are included not only Acrzing, but Heliconiine and
Ithomiine—in fact, all the subfamilies to which Burchell
applied the term “ Horta” or of which he wrote “ belonging
to the genus of P. Lorta.” The evidence now brought
together makes it clear that by “ Horta” Burchell meant to
imply a place in the Fabrician “ Heliconii,” the group headed
by Aerea horta, a species well-known to him before he started,

1 Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. xiii., April 1904, p. 318.

collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil, 335

in 1825, on his Brazilian expedition (Fabricius, ‘Syst. Ent.,
Ins., 1775, p. 459. no. 69).—E. B. P.
Bz. 2.3.29. § = 1816. Porto Redl. (As 1815.)

The yellow spot is altogether absent.
16. 3.29. $= 1817. Porto, Reél.

A minute trace of the yellow spot.
ZY. 3.29. SF = Asiss Porto Red), * Manga?

Lhe yellow spot distinct.
Bz.+ 24. 3.29. g =1819. Porto Redl. ‘ Manga.”

The yellow spot minute.

Westwood’s list agrees, but the dates will be found in-
cluded among those of //el. erato phy/lis (see 1815 and the
paragraph after 1409 a).

Section I]. OpIsoRHYPARI.

Cohort ivy. E@eRIFORMES.

Fleliconius burneyi burney’, Hiibn.

20: 9. 295: = 1920; Paras “SS E.of Sdeze.!” A Wiest.
wood’s label reads, ‘* [/eliconia Burneyi. Hb. Zutr.
cal a. ele Hiibner and C. Geyer’s ‘ Zutréze zur
exotischer Schmetterlinge.’ Augsburg. 1818-1831.]

Westwood’s list agrees. “Opposite to the date he wrote,

* Heliconia Burney?: al. ant. maculis flav. mediis.”

Cohort vili. ANTIOCHIFORMES.

TTelicontus antiochus zobeide, Butl.

95. O.. 29. lool. intraarhem. — Para: “Si José.

A Westwood’s label reads, ‘‘ Heliconia Antiocha Var. without
yellow stripe on median vein and white middle bar broken
mm centre.”

West wood’s list agrees with this label: and the following
Fee ee is written opposite to the date: “ feliconia Anti-
ocha var.: b'ue black f. w. with 2 white oblique stripes.” The
white fos referred to in the label is the lower and more
median of the two stripes on the fore wing, mentioned in the
list.

Fleliconius sara sara, F.
(Probably not a Burchell specimen.)
§, 11, 39. = 1622." Paré; ,“ S..of Szdiazé.”’

Westwood’s list includes this date, but it is almost certain
that Burchell’s label has here become associated with a

336 Mr. E. G. Joseph on the Rhopalocera

butterfly never taken by this naturalist, having been acciden-
tally transferred from a specimen of H. sara thamar which
should follow 1846. Mr. W. J. Kaye, who originally deter-
mined 1822, has again carefully examined it at our special
request. He still believes, and we agree with him, that 1822
did not come from any of the localities visited by Burchell,
but from the range of sara sara, given by Stichel as Venezuela,
Colombia, and Panama (?).

Westwood places the date of 1822 (three examples) in a
list which includes, under the name sara, both the following
subspecies. Of these three examples only one (1846) can
now be found. ‘There is no example of H. sara thamar
without data in the Hope Department which can now be
pointed out as likely to have been captured by Burchell ;
and the specimen which originally bore the Burchell label otf

1322 is probably lost.

Heliconius sara upseudes, Hiibn.

28. 10. 25. = 1823. Minas Geraes. “In the Forest on
the West and on the Hast side of 8. Joao de Népomu-
céna.” (See 1285.)

G. 12. 25. = 1824. Rio de Janeiro. (As 1814.)

7.3. 26. 2 = 1825, 1826. Rio deJaneiro. “ At Catombf.”

7. 3. 26. = 1827. ‘“ Catombi.” Rio de Janeiro.

9, 3. 26. = 1328. Rio de Janeiro.

Bz. 9. 3. 26. = 1829. Rio de Janeiro. The last figure of
the year, which is rather like an “8,” is shown by
examination with a lens to be a “6,”—a conclusion also
adopted in Westwood’s list, which is in his own hand-
writing.

Westwood’s list records one other specimen of this date.

12. 3. 26. = 1830. Rio de Janeiro. ‘ Aqueduct.”

Westwood’s list records one other specimen of this date.

16. 3. 26. = 1331. Rio de Janeiro. “In the upper part of
the valley of Catombi, and along the road thence to Rio
Comprido and Matto Porcos.”

Bz. 16. 3. 26. = 1832, Rio de Janeiro. (As 1831.) The
last figure of the year is here, as in 1829, somewhat like
an “8,” but Westwood’s and our own examination agree
in reading it as a “ 6.”

Bz. 17. 3. 26. = 1388. Riode Janeiro. “ Along the Carioca
aqueduct, and descending the high hill (mentioned
31.1. 26) into the Valley of Catombi. But they were
mostly along the aqueduct ; and only a few on the hill.”

For the data of 31. 1. 26, see 1378.

collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil. 337
Bz, 18. 3. 26. = 1884. Rio de Janeiro. ‘ Along the Ca-

ridca aqueduct,”

21. 3. 26. =1835. Rio de Janeiro. “ Along the Carioca
Aqueduct.” :

A Westwood’s label reads, ‘‘ Capt. = ROW 2:56. Lay 203
€3°26 (Se indoy- 92a. 26 (3 ind.) ; -12. 3. 26 (2 ind.) ;
16. 3: 26: (2imdays isa eG 2 1a. 26, se 265, 2heo: 265
(2 ind.); 1.4. 26; 3. 4. 26 (3 ind.); 28. 10. 27 ; 29.72 28
(2° imd*.) = 6. 9829! (2 amd.) +2049: 29's Si:1t. 29) (aima*:).7
Westwood’s list agrees with this label.

27. 3. 26. = 1836. Rio de Janeiro. “ From the Village of
Sio Domingos to the island of Boa Viagem.” “On the
main-land about Fort Boa Viagem.” “In a walk from
the village of Sao Domingos to the Island of Boa-
Viagem and along the shore “of the Mainland eastward
for about half a mile.” * In addition to this, the Cat.
pl. Braz. MSS. contains the following more detailed
account of the localities in which Burchell collected on
this date: (the catalogue numbers of the botanical speci-
mens are here omitted Ei we « tne the Village oe Ono
Domingos . . . Between SA0 Domingos and Boa Viagem.

. Along the shore of the bay ; from Boa Viagem east-
ward to where the high rocky cliffs obstruct the path
farther, excepting at low water.” #

Bei 26 1837. Rio de Janeiro. (As 1836.)

3. 4. 26. 2= 13838, 1889. Rio de Janeiro. ‘Along the
Carioca Aqueduct.”

Bz. 3. 4. 26. = 1840. RiodeJaneiro. “ Along the Carioca
Aqueduct.”

Besides the additions alove alluded to, Westwood’s list
and label on 1885 give 1. 4. 26, Rio de Janeiro.

It has already been mentioned (see 1822) that this form
is included with the following subspecies under Hel, sara
in Westwood’s list.

Heliconius sara thamar, Wiibn.

Bz.+ 28.10. 27. = 1841. “Sylv.” is on the Bz. label,
“in sylva” on the English label. Between Meia Ponte
and Goyaz. “8S. Joaquim to Sapezdl.”’

Ba, 2927529. *= 1348. Para:

Westwood’s list records one other specimen of this date.

6. 9. 29. = 1848, 1844. Pard. “ Walk [to] a rocinha near
the Nazareth church.”

20. 9:29, = 1845. Paré. “S.E. of 8. Joze.”

8. 11. 29, = 1846. Pard. ‘8. of 3. Jozé.”

338 Mr. E. G. Joseph on the Rhopalocera

Westwood’s list records two other specimens of this date.
It is probable that the label of one of the missing specimens
was accidentally transferred at some unknown date to 1322.
It may have been so transferred before Westwood’s list
was written ; for 1822, no less than the two subspecies which
follow it, would have been formerly identified as 1. sara.

Except for the above-mentioned discrepancies, Westwood’s
list agrees. Opposite to the list of dates he wrote the
following brief description, which is equally applicable to all
three subspecies :—

“ Hel. Sara: blue black with middle & subap!. yellow
bar in f. w. 30 [individuals].”

Cohort ix. ERATOFORMES.
Heliconius erato amazona, Staud.

19. 5.29. = 1847, On the Rio Tocantins. “ Aragudy.”
[S. Jofio da Araguay.] The town of S. Francisco
appears in modern maps opposite to the confluence of
the R. Araguay with the R. ‘Tocantins.

A Westwood’s label reads ‘* Hele. Vesta? Cram. pl 119 a.”
The “?” has been erased in the same Indian ink as that in
which the words are written,—therefore probably by West-
wood himself. Plate 119 is in vol. ii. of P. Cramer’s ‘ Pa-
pillons Exotiques des trois Parties du Monde, l’Asie, ’ Afrique,
et VAmerique. Amsterdam and Utrecht. 1779-1791,
Cramei’s vesta is a synonym of several of the subspecies of
erato, Linn., including erato amuzona.

It is to be noted that there is on the fore wing of this
specimen a yellow spot below the first submedian nervule
which is not found on any of the other individuals of this
species captured by Burchell. ‘This specimen is also peculiar
in that the outer part of the red area below the cell of the
fore wing upper surface bears a white V-shaped mark, more
strongly developed on the right side.

20. 6. 29. = 1848. Pard.

‘his date is omitted from Westwood’s list and from his
label on 1852, but appears under Luerdes tales pythagoras
(see 1437).

1.7. 29. 2= 1349, 1850. Pard. ‘“ Walk to the Caza de
Pao:?

In the case of both 1849 and 1850, Westwood had re-
moved and mounted on acaid, affixed to the pin, one of the
anterior legs. A Westwood’s label on 1850 reads “ Heliconia

Vesta.”

collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil. 339

7. 7. 29.-= 1851. ‘Pard. ‘ Eastward of my house.” The
yellow spot at the apical end of the fore wing cell is
divided into two in this specimen.

Westwood’s list and label record one other specimen of
this date.

29. '(.'29 c= Seon ate

A Westwood’s label reads “ Capt. 19. 5. 29; 1. 7. 29,
2 ind"); Tage ge Jains Bey (29s 290 hoes PaaS) Zoe.
15, 11. 29; 1.2. 30." Westwood’s list agrees.

Bz-+ 1.8.29. = 1853. Pard.

15. 11. 29. = 13854. Pard. 8. José. “Caminho de Cha-
monte.”

1,2. 30. += 1db4 OAD Park 2 Inthe: forest.'S.8.H..:0f
S. Jozé.”” The yellow snot at the apical end of the fore
wing cell is here, as in 1851, divided into two, and the
costal member of the pair is only vestigial.

Besides the addition above alluded to, Westwood’s list and
label give 8. 7. 29, Pard. It is possible that he here acci-
dentally includes the date on 1442, a specimen of Hucides
tales pythagoras, omitted from his list of this latter species
(see 1442). Opposite to the list of dates he wrote “ J/eli-
conia Vesta. Al. ant. mac. flava obliqua ¢ & ? ”—and he
made a diagram showing that he referred to the oblique
yellow spot between the first and second median nervules.
In the same place he thus describes the variation in size of
the spot in the cell of the fore wing:—“ variat. magn. mac*,
flavee in cellula al. ant.”

Heliconius erato phyllis, ¥.

Bz. 147. I, (16. 8. 25.| =1856. Rio de Janeiro. “‘Pap-
[vio]. “In a walk along the Aqueduct. Mile and a
half above the Convent of Santa Theresa, at Rio de
Janeiro—in Brazil.”’* Less detailed data have hitherto
been given from the Brazilian note-book ; it should be
noted, however, that the latter reads: ‘129-151.
Above the Theresa Convent; and on the woody hilly
[hills] along the Aqueduct.”

Westwood’s list records two specimens bearing the number

441.

Bz. 316. I. [14. 10, 25.] = 1857. Minas Geraes. ‘ Pa-
pilio.”” Burchell notes that at 7.10 P.M. on this day he
arr.[ived] at Discoberto do Senora do Antonio Velho.”
“© T killed a reddish snake and preserved it. V.J.*”*

1 Burchell’s Brazilian Journal has unfortunately never been found.
«Vv, J,” stands for “ Vide Journal.”

540 Mr. EK. G. Joseph on the Rhopalocera

(See 1284). He remained here till 27. 10. 25, when we
find in his Cat. pl. Braz. ‘‘ Leave Discoberto and arrive
at 8. Jao de Nepomucena.” *

Bz. 357. I. [15. 10. 25.] = 1358. MinasGeraes. “ Papil-
{to}. Atthe Discobérto do Antonio Velho.” (See 1284.)

Bz. 562. I. (19. 10. 25.] =1859. Minas Geraes. “ Pap-
[tlio].” “ At Descobérto do Rio Novo.” * This is the
* Discoberto do Antonio Velho” of the Brazilian note-
book. (See 1284.)

Opposite ‘©5627’ Burchell wrote “ (147),” indicating his
conclusion that both numbers were affixed to specimens of
the same species.

B:.+ 853. I, 24. 10. 25. = 1860. Date as well as number
on English label. Minas Geraes. ‘‘Pap[ilio]. About
Joao Pedro’s, at Discoberto: at the margin of the forest.”
(See 1284.)

Westwood’s list refers to this specimen by its date alone.
29. 10. 25. = 1861. Minas Geraes. (As 1285.)

30. 10. 25. = 1862. Minas Geraes. “(In the forest). On
the N.K. side of the arraial of SA0 Juaio de Népomucéna.”
(See 1285.)

6. 11. 25. 2= 1868, 1864. Minas Geraes. “At Capt. Amaro
Leite’s.” * (See 1286.)

7.11. 25. 2= 13865, 1866. Minas Geraes. (As 1286; and
see 1285.)

Westwood’s list records one other specimen of this date.

6. 12. 25. 2= 1867, 1868. Rio de Janeiro. (As 1314.)

Westwood’s list includes three specimens with this date.
The third is of course an example of Hel. nanna (1814.)

24. 12. 25. = 1869. Rio de Janeiro. “ Aqueduct (on the
first hill on the left). The following full account of
Burchell’s movements on this date is given in the Cat.
pl. Braz. MSS. 701-3461 :—‘“ Along the Aqueduct.
Mostly on the first hill on the left, or S.E. side of the
aqueduct... ; and in the thick woods, ... on the same
hill, quitting the aqueduct by the first opening or vall:y
just above the stone quarry. Above the stone quarry

..’?* (The dotted lines represent the omitted catalogue
numbers of Burchell’s botanical specimens.)

29, 12. 25. 2= 1870, 1871. Rio de Janeiro. ‘ Catombi—
Barra Vermélha—and Rio Comprido.” “On a hill
westward of Catombi, along a road turning southward
out of the main road at Barra Vermelha to the Fazenda
da Ladeira... and further along the main road to Rio
Comprido...” * (The dotted lines represent the omitted
catalogue numbers of Burchiell’s botanical specimens.)

collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil. d41

10. 1. 26. = 1872. Rio de Janeiro. “At Praia Grande
and vicinity, and about S. Jofio de Carahy.” “Ina
walk from Praia-Grande to the Village of Sao Jodo de
Carahy and 2 miles further.” * He also speaks of “ the
level inundated country beyond Sao Joa&io”*; and
‘‘ along the road beyond the last mentioned level.” *

Bz.+ 11.1. 26. =1873. Rio de Janeiro. ‘ At Laran-
elros.””

Westwood list records one other specimen of this date.
14. 1. 26. 2= 1874, 1875. “ Laranjeiros.” on both labels.

“Rio de Janeiro. ‘ Brought from and collected in the
Valley of Laranjeiros. Omnia insuper plantas.”

14. 1. 26.-2= 1876, 1877. Rio de Janeiro. (As 1874.)
Westwood’s list records one other specimen of this date.
31. 1. 26. 2= 13878, 1879. Rio de Janeiro. “ Valley of
Catomby and a high Mountain on the N.W. side of the
Aqueduct.” “ All of this date were from off plants :
mostly up the Valley of Catumbi.” ‘Along the Valley
of Catumbi and ascending a high Mountain on the N.W.

side of the Aqueduct of Caridéca.” *

In addition to this, the Cat. pl. Braz. MSS. 701-3461
contains the following more detailed account of the localities
in which Burchell collected on this date (the catalogue num-
bers of the botanical specimens are omitted, as indicated by
the dotted lines) :—.... Inthe Lower part of the valley, as
far as the last houses .... Along the Catumbi Aqueduct, to
the head of tue valley where it crosses it by a high wooden
trough ....In the ascent, from the head of the valley of
Catumbi, up the high Mountain on the N.W. side of the
aqueduct of Cariéca.... Along the Aqueduct of Cariéca.” *

Westwood’s list records one other specimen of this date.
Bz.+ 31.1. 26. = 13880. Rio de Janeiro. (As 1878.)
9,2. 26. = 1881. Organ Mtns. “ By the River Pacaqué

(near Mr. March’s Dwelling House).” *

12, 2. 26. = 13882. Organ Mtns.

7. 3. 26. 2= 1883, 1884. Rio de Janeiro. ‘At Catombi.”

Bz. 7.3. 26. = 1885. Rio de Janeiro. ‘ At Catombi.”

9. 3. 26. 3= 1386, 1387, 1888. Rio de Janeiro.

Bz. 9. 3. 26. 2= 1889, 1890. Rio de Janeiro.

10. 3. 26. 5= 1891-13895. Rio de Janeiro.

A Westwood’s label on 1895 reads, “ 69 individuals in full
of this species without any variation of the least importance
taken bet®. 24. 10. 25 & 24. 3. 29. See list in my Burchell
Catalogue.” Westwood’s list agrees with this label. It has
already been pointed out that Westwood was here including
two very different species. (Sce 1315.)

342 Mr. E. G. Joseph on the Rhopalocera

Bz. 10. 3. 26. = 1896. [io de Janeiro.

12. 3. 26. 2= 1897, 1898. Rio de Janeiro. ‘‘ Aqueduct.”
Westwood’s list records one other specimen of this date.
12. 3. 26. =1399. ‘Carioca Aqueduct.” Rio de Janeiro.
15. 3. 26. = 1400. RiodeJaneiro. “ Catombi, in plantis.”
Bz. 17.8. 26. =1401. Rio de Janeiro. Carioca aqueduct.

(As 1333.)

18. 3. 26. = 1402. Rio de Janeiro. ‘ Along the Cariéca
aqueduct.”

20, 3. 26. = 1403. Rio de Janeiro. ‘“ Along the Carioca
Aqueduct.” .

21. 3.26. =1404. Rio de Janeiro. “ Along the Ca-
rioca Aqueduct.”

Bz, 21. 3. 26. = 1405. Rio de Janeiro. “Along the Ca-
rioca Aqueduct.”

22. 3. 26. = 1406. Rio de Janeiro. ‘ Along the [Carioca]
Aqueduct, nearly as far as its commencement at the
head of the valley of Larangeiros.” * The latter word
is usually spelled “ laranjeiros ’’ by Burchell.

Bz. 1. 4. 26. = 1407. Rio de Janeiro. “In the valley of
Catumbi.”

Westwood’s list records one other specimen of this date.

Bz. 19. 9. 26. = 1408. Santos.

Bz. 30. 4. 28. = 1409. Goyaz.

——. = 14094. This is probably a Burchell specimen
which has lost its label; for it has precisely that appear-
ance of age which 1s a characteristic of many Burchell
specimens, but of no other example of this species in the
Hope Department. The label appears to have been
lost since Westwood’s list was prepared, for no mention
is there made of a specimen without data. The missing
date may have been that of any one of the additional
specimens of JZ. erato phyllis to be interred from his list.

Besides the additional specimens already mentioned, and
the six examples of Hel. nanna (1814-1819), Westwood’s

list includes the dates 3. 4. 26 (Rio de Janeiro) and 5. 2. 28

(Goyaz), which have not been foundon any specimen. They

probably indicate the former existence of two additional

examples of Hel. erato phyllis.
Opposite to the list of dates Westwood wrote :—‘‘ Hel.

Phyllis. 69 inds.”

collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil. 343

2. Genus. EKuerpes, Hiibn.
Section I]. BRACHYSCEN 4S.

Cohort ji. ViBILIFORMES.
Eueides vibilia vibilia, Godt.

20. 3.26. ¢=1410. Rio de Janeiro. “ Along the Carioca
Aqueduct.”

Westwood’s “ Catal. A. 1”’ is on specimen, and on another
label “ Meraut Euetdes.” Westwood’s list agrees with these
labels. Hiibner’s Colenis mereaut is a synonym of Lueddes
vibilia, Godt.

22. 3.26.6. ?=1411. Rio de Janeiro. “ Along the Ca-
rioca Aqueduct.” The Brazilian note-book also adds :
“Those marked 6 were purchased from some negro-
insect-catchers, who caught them all in this spot and
almost all were alive whea I bought them.” (See also
1406.)

Westwood’s ‘Cat. A. 3” is on specimen, and on another
label ‘‘ Huetdes Vibilia.” Westwood’s list agrees with these
labels.

1: 3629. C= 1412. Portoshesh

93.00 29. “a= 1413. “Porto Reals

25. 8.29. @6=1414. Porta, Red).

Westwoou’s “A. 1.” (clerk’s MSS.) is on specimen.
Westwood’s list agrees.

28. 3.29. 2 3 § = 1415, 1416. Porto Redl.

Westwood’s “A. 4.”’ (clerk’s MSS.) is on the ¢ (1415),
—probably as the result of accidental transposition during
manipulation. ‘his number, in the list of Burchell’s
Acrea &ec.,” stands for the mimetic Pierine butterfly
“Leptalis [| Dismorphia| Astynome.” In the list itself the
date 28. 3. 29 appears correctly under A. 1. and A. 3., and
not under A. 4.
ja n2es 6 = 1417. Porto Real.

Bz+ 5.4.29. 6 =1418. Porto Redl.

Westwood’s list, A. 1. and A.3., agrees. Opposite to the
dates of the seven males, placed under A. 1., he wrote
“ Euides Meraui”?; while underneath 20. 3. 26 Meraud
Eueides” appears in clerk’s MSS. Similarly, opposite to the
dates of the two females (22. 3. 266 and 28. 3. 29, under
A. 3.) Westwood wrote “ Huides Vibitia.”’ It is to be
observed that Westwood omitted the second ‘‘ e”’ of ““Hueides ”
trom his list of ‘Acrea &c.,”” but not from his labels.

34 b Mr. E. G. Joseph on the Rhop ilocera

Eueides pavana, Mén.

9.2.26. 9 =1419. Organ Mtns. (As 1381.) West-
wood’s “Cat. A. 2.” is on specimen, and on another
label “ Hueides Pavant.”

Westwood’s list agrees. Opposite to the date he wrote

“ Kuides Pavana” ; while under it ‘ Hucides [sic] pavanu”’

is written in clerk’s MSS.

Cohort iii. LyBiFORMEs.
Eueides aliphera aliphera, Godt.

28.10. 25. = 1420. Minas Geraes. (As 1828, and see
1285.)

30. 10. 25. = 1421. Minas Geraes. (As 1862, and see
1285.)

p. 25. 2. 26. = 1422. Organ Mtns. ‘Along the road be-
tween Frechal (under the Serra dos Orgaos) and the
Town of Magé (excepting the 6 miles (English) of the
latter part of the road). The whole of this read is in
general, over a level low country, and the soil mostly of
a sandy quality.” *

20. 3. 26. = 1428. Rio de Janeiro, “Along the Carioca
Aqueduct.”

22. 3.26. = 1424. Rio de Janeiro. (As 1406.) West-
wood’s * A. 17.” is on specimen.

Westwood’s list agrees with this label.

dz. 22. 3. 26. =1425, Riode Janeiro. (As 1406.)

Bz. 29. 1. 29. = 1426. Porto Redl. ‘ Caught on the bank
of the Tucantins, while measuring the base line.”

‘This specimen is unrecorded in Westwood’s list.

z. 16. 2.29. = 1427. PortoR 4l. “ Papiliones (3) caught
on the flowers of a Malva in the backyard.” (See also
660 and 1193.)

z. 19.2. 29. = 1428. Porto Real.

Bz. 2.3.29. = 1429. Porto Real.

Westwood’s list records one other specimen of this date.

10, 3. 29. = 1430. Porto Redl. ‘“ Lepidoptera began to
appear more numerous in the end of FebY., and since the
beginning of this month they appear abundant.”

17. 3. 29. = 1481. Porto Real.

23. 3. 29. 2= 1482, 1438. Porto Redl.

Westwood’s list records one other specimen of this date.

5.4. 29. = 1484, Porto Real.

Besides the discrepancies above alluded to, Westwood’s

list includes an additional specimen with the date 21. 3. 26

collected by W. J. Burchell in Brazil. 345

(Rio de Janeiro). The data of this species not only appear
as A. 17. in Westwood’s “ Acrea &c.,” but also separately
on a smail slip of paper. In the first of these lists (only
including four of the dates of H. aliphera) Westwood wrote
the following description in reference to and opposite A. 16.
( Colenis julia) s— Cethosia? orange red, with oblique brown
bar in f. w.” 3; while opposite to A. 17. (the species with
which we are concerned) he wrote “ d® smaller.” Thesecond
list, on the other hand, which is altogether in Westwood’s
writing, and almost perfect, bears the heading ‘“ Small
narrow winged Colcnis.”

As bearing upon Westwood’s use of “Cethosia” and his
inclusion of Hweides in the list of “‘ Acrea &c.,”’ it must be
remembered that, in 1819, vibslia, aliphera, and lybia were
placed in Cethosia, and vibilia and aliphera in Acrea (Godt.
and Latr. Enc. méth. Zool., vol. ix. pp. 245 and 806).

Hueides lybia lybia, F.

7. 6.29. = 1435. “S™. Anna.” On the Rio Tocantins,
just above (S.W. of) Paré. Westwood’s “ A. 18.”
(clerk’s MSS.) is on specimen.

Westwood’s list agrees with this label. The date of this
species not only appears as A. 18. in Westwood’s “ Acrea
&c.,” but also separately on a small slip of paper. In the
first of these lists he distinguished this species from the pre-
ceding (A. 17.) by writing opposite to its date: “ d° smaller
with broader wings & dark marks.” The repeated date,
written by Westwood himself, appears on the slip which
bears the dates of Hueides aliphera. Below these he wrote
“7.6. 29” under the heading “small sp*. d*. Like ditto but
with broader wings fulv*. with black margin,”

Cohort y. THALETOFORMES |.
Eueides tales pythagoras, Kirby.

18. 6. 29. 9 = 1486. Pard.

A Westwood’s label reads “ Thales Var. ? alt. Sexes ?,” and
another ‘ Var. Oosta al. ant. basi fulva. al-p. radiis, rufis
majo*.” By the first of these labels Westwood evidently
doubted whether the peculiarities of pattern described in the
second label were those of a variety or of sex. This inter-

pretation is confirmed by his list, in which the words ‘ Var.

2 The number should be “‘iv.,” for no other cohort intervenes in
Stichel’s classification between “iii. Lybiformes” and “vy. Thaletoformes."

ainn. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. v. 24

346 On Rhopalocera from Brazil.

vel ?” appear over 18. 6. 29,” and are encircled by a line
which also includes this date. It is somewhat strange that
he makes no rference, on either specimen or list, to the
similar pattern of 1441—the other female of this species
captured by Burchell.

20. 6.29; 6 = 14er; \Para.

Westwood’s list and label on 1440 record one other speci-
men of this date. It seems probable that he here accidentally
includes the date on 1848, a specimen of /. erato amazona
omitted from his list of this latter species.

Bz. + 26. 6.29. ¢ =1488. “ Pard, near my house (Pombo
roginha).””

26. 6. 29. 2 g = 1489, 1440. ‘“ Pard, near my house (Pombo
reeinha).”

A Westwood’s label on 1489 reads “ Thales (Hueides),”
and one on 1440, ‘‘ Capt. 18. 6.29; 20. 6. 29 (2 ind®.) ;
26.6. 29 (Bvind*.): 1.7. 295°4. 7. 29"" Westwood's dist
agrees with this label. 4. 7. 29 is not found on any existing
Burchell specimen of this species.

1.7.29. 9=1441. Pad. ‘ Walk to the Caza de Pao.”
Bz. 4-°8.57. 29. 6 = 1442... Para.

This date is omitted from Westwood’s list and from his
label on 1440, but is given for //el. erato amazona, although
borne by no existing Burchell specimen of that species. It is
possible that there has here been an accidental transposition
of specimens by Westwood himself, or of labels at some later
date. Another interpretation would be that ‘4, 7. 29” of
his list and label is an erroneous rendering of “ 8. 7. 29.” In
either case the locality is Para.

Westwood evidently at first mistook this species for a true
Fleliconius, and placed it, not in the list of “Acrea &c.,” but
in that of “ Helecontde” next to the three species to which
it bears a strong superficial resemblance, viz. [. burneyt,
H. erato amazona, and H. melpomene thelxiope. Further-
more, he entered “ 7, 6. 29” among the dates of the Hueddes,
but indicated by means of a line that it really belonged to
“ thelaiope.” These facts increase the probability that an
accidental transterence of the date of 1442 to the list of erato
amazona has taken place.

Westwood’s list agrees, except for the discrepancies above
alluded to. Opposite to the list of dates he wrote, “Huwerdes
Thales. Alis posi’. rufo-radiatis. Subtus al. post. maculis
marg. albis.”

On Heaactinellid Spicules and their Names. 347

XLV.— On Hexactinellid Spicules and their Names.—
Part II. Supplementary. By R. KIRKPATRICK.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

In the ‘ Annals’ for Feb. 1910 I sketched out a classification
of Hexactinellid sponge spicules on a morphological basis.
In the paper referred to it was stated that all Hexactinellid
spicules could be arranged in two groups, viz. Holactine
spicules without end-spines or distal appendages to their
actines, and Astral spicules with end-sp‘nes or distal append-
ages at the end of the actines. Inthe present paper attention
will be called to certain spicules which are undoubtedly
holactine, but which have spines at one end of the ray. In
spite of this fact these spicules do not belong to the astral
group, for the spines are not end-spines or distal appendages.
The spicules with these seemingly paradoxical characters are
the clavule, scopulze, and certain root-tuft spicules such as
are found in Hyalonema.

The scopule, which are orientated more or less vertically
at the dermal and gastral surfaces of certain Dictyonine
sponges, are slender rods with two or more prongs projecting
from the outer or surface end of the spicule, The axial canal
extends the whole length of the rod, but the prongs are solid.
Under a high power and with good light it is not difficult to
see an axis cross—already figured by Schulze—in the usually
swollen end whence the prongs emanate. Accordingly the
scopula is a micromonactin with five aborted actines, the
central or basal end of the rod being the end with the prongs.
The distal or apical end, which is situated in the interior of
the sponge, has no end-spines or distal appendages. Conse-
quently the scopula is /holactine and not astral. From the
morphological point of view it is desirable to call appendages
situated at the central end of monactine spicules by some
distinctive name in contrast with such terms as “ end-spine ”
or “distal appendage,” and I suggest the designation
“centrospine.”’ Similarly the disks of clavule may be
termed centrodisks as compared with the distal disks of
amphidisks. For clavule likewise are micromonactins in
which the axis-cross can be seen in the disk at the central
end of the spicule. Of course it may be urged that anything
beyond the point where the axial canal of the peisisting
actine joins the axial canals of the aborted actines should be
regarded as belonging to the territory of the latter, and that
the designation centrospine is not correct. The term is merely

24%

3.18 Mr, R. Kirkpatrick on

suggested, however, to emphasize the fact that the distal end
of the clavula or scopula is wholly devoid of end-spines or
distal appendages.

The forms of the clavule and scopule present the same
kind of contrast as that existing between amphidisks and
hexasters. The distinction is purely a morphological one,
however, for both clavule and scopule are found together in
Claviscopulia intermedia, F. KE. Sch. In the case of the
amphidisks and hexasters the distinction is significant from
the phylogenetic as well as the morphological point of view.
Amphidisks and hexasters are astral, and clavules and scopule
are holactine spicules. The latter belong to the subgroup of
micromonactins, a category which should be placed below the
microhexactins in the morphological scheme (‘ Annals,’ J. ¢.
p. 209).

The root-tuft spicules of Hyalunema are mega-monactins
with centrodisks. Here again there are no end-spines at the
true distal end of the spicule.

The remarkable uncinates with their highly specialized
lateral spines are diactins, which should, I think, in spite of
their large size, be classed as microscleres. Accordingly they
would come under the category of microdiactins.

I take this opportunity of making a correction, In a
paper “On the Phylogeny of the Amphidiscophora ”
(‘ Annals,’ Nov. 1909, p. 479) I wrote :—* What appears to
be a second character”—in Amphidiscophora— is the
existence of genuine microhexactins, which do not exist, so
far as I have observed, in the Hexasterophora. (The small
hexactins forming part of the framework in Dictyonine
spong¢s are not here regarded as microhexactins).”

I have now found in certain Dictyonine sponges (Lurete
sempert, F. KE. Sch., &.) microhexactins which could not be
regarded as loose spicules which would later be welded so as
to form part of the dictyonal framework. Accordingly the
name Microhexactinophora could not be used as an alternative
name to Amphidiscophora. Microhexactins seem to have
entirely disappeared, however, from many Lyssacine sponges,
in which the seeming hexactins are hexasters.

he hexasters in Dictyonine sponges are frequently of a
primitive type, ¢.e. the actines are relatively long and the
end-spines often little more than short thorn-like prickles ; in
more highly evolved hexasters the actines tend to become
shorter and the end-spines longer, more curved, and tipped
with toothed disks.

The total disappearance of microhexactins from so many
of the Hexasterophora is surprising in view of the fact that

Heeactinellid Spicules and their Names. 349

in numerous species the holohexasters tend to become reduced
to monobhexasters which simulate the simple hexactin form.

ANA

Fig. 1.—Scopula of Eurete sempert, F. E. Sch., a holactine monactin
with prongs or spines at its central end, but without end-spines at
the distal or peripheral end, with axis cross at central end. Ex-
amined in glycerine. Camera lucida drawing, x 1000.

Fig. 2.—Clavula of Farrea occa (Bowerbank), Carter. In glycerine.
Camera lucida drawing, x 1000,

Fig. 3.—Root-tuft spicule of Hyalonema sieboldit, Gray, a holactine mon-
actine megasclere. Magnitied.

Fig. 4.—A small hexactin of Eurete sempert, F. E. Sch., welded on to
the dictyonal framework. x 350. After F. KE. Schulze.

Fig. 5.—A loose hexactin of Z. sempert, F.E.Sch. x 350. After F. E.
Schulze.

Often it is obvious that monohexasters are reduced holo-
hexasters, because the end-spine of the former resembles each

350 On a new Chinese Mole.

one of a tuft of end-spines of the latter both in form and in
position relatively to the actine.

The fact that occasionally microhexactins are found in
Hexasterophora does not invalidate the theory that the
distinctive features of Amphidiscophora and Hexasterophora
may have been due to the running together, at an early stage,
of the trabecule into strong surface lamine in the former and
not in the latter, thereby bending down the plastic end-spines
of the reduced hexaster scleroblasts and giving rise to amphi-
disks,

Summary.—Clavule and scopule are holactine micro-
monactins, and it is suggested that their spines and disks
should be termed centrospines and centrodisks, to distinguish
them from the true end-spines and end-disks at the distal end
of the actines of astral spicules.

Microhexactins, which were stated by me not to be present
in Hexasterophora, occur in certain dictyonine species, but
appear to be entirely absent from most of the Hexastero-
phora.

XLVI.—A new Chinese Mole of the Genus Scaptochirus.
By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

THE British Museum has received f:om Mr. R. Gillies, of
the Chinese Inland Mission, a mole of the genus Scaptochirus,
and its examination shows not only that it is itself new, but
that the species which I described in 1881 as Tulpa leptura
is after all a distinct species, and not an example with

abnormal dentition of S. moschatus, as has been recently
assumed,

Scaptochirus gilliesi, sp. n.

Size rather smaller than in S. moschatus, markedly smaller
than in S. lepturus. Colour a darker shade of “ broccoli-
brown,” that of & lepturus paler brown, though this latter
may be due to fading. Tail well-developed, almost naked,
about as long as in S, lepturus, much longer than in S. mos-
chatus, in which it is said scareely to project beyond the fur
and to measure less than a centimetre.

Skull apparently slightly smaller than in S. moschatus,
much smaller than in depturus, its middle region less narrow

On new West African Mammals. seal

in proportion than in the latter, the intertemporal constriction
especially much Jess marked. Teeth smaller and lighter than
in the other species, the distance from the front of the canine
to the back of m* 11°5 mm., as against 12°6 in moschatus and
14 in lepturus. Anterior breadth of m’ 2°5 mm., 2°9 in mos-
chatus, and slightly more in lepfurus. One minute lower
premolar only, as usual in Scaptochirus, the condition in the
type of lepturus being abnormal, as evidenced by other
specimens since received from Pekin.

Length of hind foot (ce. u.) 19°5 mm.; breadth of fore
12°5; tail 16.

Skull: greatest length 30°7; basal length 26; greatest
breadth 17:2; intertemporal breadth 7°8; palate length 13;
front of canine to back of m? 11:5.

Hab, Ho-tsin, S.W. Shan-si.

Type. Adult. B.M. no. 10. 3.13.1. Collected Novem-
ber 1909, and presented by Mr. Robert Gilles.

On the discovery that the additional lower tooth of the
type of “ Talpa leptura,’ which gave it the dental formula of
Purasccptor and was the primary reason for my description of
the species, was an individual abnormality, it was supposed
that /epturus was only a synonym of moschitus. But I have
recently had the opportunity of examining the typical skull
of the latter in the Paris Museum, and find that it is decidedly
smaller than that of lepturus, while the comparatively long
tail of the latter also distinguishes it. S. moschatus was
desciibed as from ‘‘ Chinese Mongolia,’ and p:obably comes
from somewhere near or beyond Suen-hoa-fu, where David
collected the majority of his “ Mongolian” animals.

The Ho-tsin mole again would seem to form a third species
of the group, slightly smaller than S. moschatus, with
decidedly smaller teeth and with a tail as long as in the
Pekin animal.

XLVII.—Three new West African Mammals.
By OLDFIELD ‘THOMAS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Perodicticus ju-ju, sp. n.
A grey member of the small-toothed group.
Size, judging by skull, about as in P. bates’. Fur close
and woolly, much shorter than in P. ibeanus. Bristle-hairs

352 Mr. O. Thomas on

practically absent. General colour above “ drab-grey,” the
other thres W. African Pottos being of a more rufous brown
colour. Whole of back uniform, without any darker colour
on the fore back. Underfur prey at base (grey no. 6), then
dull buffy whitish, the ends dark brown; the few longer hairs
with light tips, not affecting the general colour. Under |
surface well defined greyish white, the hairs grey basally,
whitish terminally. Outer surface of arms and legs drab-
grey like back, inner surface whitish like belly, but becoming
more drabby towards wrists and ankles ; hands and feet drab-
grey above. Tail proportionally les long, drab- grey.

Skull rather larger than that of P. potio; nasals of about
the same length, longer than in P. ibeanus. Postorbital bar
about as in P. batesi, broader eins in potto, narrower than in
ibeanus.

Teeth small throughout, very much as in P. ibeanus,
except that m? is fully equal in size to mi, P? similarly
two-thirds the height of the canine and longer than the teeth
following it, and below the same. (‘There is an extra pre-
molar on each he above in the type between the anterior
premolar and p?, but this would certainly appear to be
abnormal.) In P. potto p? is but little larger than p® above,
and is smaller than it below. ‘lhe molars are also even
smaller.

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body 355 mm.; tail 75; hind foot 77 ; ear 25.

Skull: upper length 66; ‘basal length 58; greatest
breadth 47; nasals 17; upper cheek-tooth series 17°83; molars
only 9; breadth of m? 4-1.

Hab. Southern Nigeria.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 2. 7.12.1. Presented by
the Zoological Society, to whom it was given by Edward
Straw, Esq. Lived in the Zoological Gardens, May 26th to
June 17th, 1902.

The Pottos fall readily into two groups, large-toothed
and small-toothed. The former are P. edwardsi and bates?,
the latter P. potto, cbeanus, and the present form. From
P. tbeanus P. ju-ju is distinguished by its uniform colour and
widely different locality ; from P. potto (of which the Museum
contains one almost topotypical specimen) by its drab-grey
instead of dark brown colour and by the different proportions
of its premolars. ‘The special characters of the Sierra Leone

P. geoffroyi, Benn., are unknown to me, but it obviously
cannot be the same as P. ju-ju.

new West African Mammals. 50a

Tatera guinee, sp. n.

Allied to T. kemp7, Wr., but smaller.

External a oportions and colour quite as in J. kempa,
except that light patches are present behind the eyes and the
tail is ‘ates more tufted, the hairs of the tuft 7-8 mm. in
length.

Skull in its general shape quite like that of 7. kempi, but
smaller throughout. Posterior palatine foramina lengthened.
Bulle markedly smaller than in kemp?, larger than in gracilis.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 160 mm.; tail 172; hind foot 36; ear 21.

Skull: greatest length 38°6 ; basilar length 29; nasals 15°5 ;
interorbital breadth 674; palatilar length 17: 6; greatest
horizontal diameter of bulla 10; upper molar series 6°5.

Hab. Gunnal, Portuguese Guinea. Alt. 50 m.

Type. Adult male. Original number 37. Collected: 19th
July, 1909, by Dr. W. J. Ansorge. Four specimens.

This species is as readily distinguishable from 7’. kempt by
its smaller size and smaller bulle as from 7. gracilis by its
larger size and larger bullae. The greatest | horizontal diameter
of the bullae in the types of the three species is 8°7, 10, and
11 mm. respectively.

Arvicanthis ansorget, sp. n.

A. rufinus group.

General characters of A. rufinus and oce/dentalis *, size
intermediate between the two. Character of fur and colour
as in A, rufinus, tle area round the base of the tail strongly
suffused with tawny.

Skull slender, its outlines more like those in the larger
rufinus than in the smaller broader-skulled occidentalis ;
nasals long and slender, evenly tapering backwards ; inter-
orbital region narrow ; distance between parietal ridges less
than in the smaller occidentalis ; ; Interparietal very small,
narrow antero-posteriorly. Bulle a little larger than in
occidentalis, much smaller than in rufinus.

Incisors narrow for this group, not even so broad as in the
smaller A. occidentalis, of which the type is younger than
that of ansorget. Molars slightly larger than in occidentalis,
but all three species, widely as they differ in general size,
have the molars of approximately the same dimensions.

Bere Wroughton, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xvii. pp. 376-877
(1906)

354 Mr. C. T. Regan on the Caudal Fin

Measurements of the type :—

Head and body 160 mm.; tail 125; hind foot 33; ear 20.

Skull: greatest length 34:5; basilar length 28:2; nasals
13:3 x 4:6; interorbital breadth 4°8 ; breadth across parietal
ridges 11:2 ; breadth of brain-case 14; palatal foramina 7 ;
diastema 9°2; palatilar length 16; length of bulle 6°8 ;
upper molar series 6°8.

Hab. Gunnal, Portuguese Guinea.

Type. Adult male. Original number 49. Collected 28th
July, 1909, by Dr. W. J. Ansorge.

XLVIIL.—-The Caudal Fin of the Hlopide and of some other
Teleostean Fishes. By CU. Tate Recan, M.A.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

In the Jurassic and Cretaceous fishes of the family Oligo-
pleuridea (Oligopleurus, Spathiurus, Oenoscopus) the caudal
fin was symmetrical in form but structurally heterocercal ;
the terminal portion of the vertebral column was rather gently
inclined upwards, the centra continued right to the bases of
the fin-rays, and a notochordal prolongation, perhaps invested
with cartilage, separated the epaxial and hypaxial rays,
which were sharply differentiated; the series of spinous
epaxial rays comprised anterior rays which increased in
length backwards, and shorter posterior rays; the former
bent forward below and were supported by a few (not more
than 4 or 5) basalia, whilst the rest were inserted on the
notochord or behind its termination on the uppermost hypaxial
ray; the hypurals were numerous and but little expanded.

In the Pholidophorida the structure appears to have been
essentially similar, but the Leptolepidee were different and
had a caudal fin like that of the living Elopide.

In Elops (affinis, machnata, and lacerta) and Megalops
(atlanticus and cyprinotdes) the upturned portion of the
vertebral column is shorter and more abruptly inclined up-
wards than in the Oligopleuride, and includes only three
centra; the last centrum is remote from the bases of the fin-
rays, and indeed the notochordal prolongation only separates
the lowest epaxial and uppermost hypaxial rays basally,
terminating in an opisthural cartilage. ‘he posterior neural
arches, crowded together by the abrupt upturning of the
vertebral column, have taken on the function of strengthening

of some Teleostean Fishes, 355

the upturned vertebre, thus replacing and inducing the
abortion of the posterior centra; these neural arches have
become enlarged and have shifted their proximal attachments
downwards and forwards; one is united by suture with the
centrum of the third last vertebra, and usually appears forked
at the base, the anterior fork running forward to the centrum
of the fourth last vertebra; the forking indicates the com-
pound nature of this bone, and in some specimens the line of
junction between the two component elements can be clearly
seen ; another bone is united to the posterior edge of the one
just described, and is prolonged upwards above it, and this is

Skeleton of caudal fin of Elops (somewhat diagrammatic).

nm, neural spines ; ep, epaxial basalia ; w, uroneurals; hy, hypurals ;
h, heemal spines.

also composed of two, the suture between which may persist,
so that we are here dealing with at least four posterior neural
arches, which I propose terming ‘ uronewrals’; these are to
be regarded as pertaining to centra which have aborted, and
thus correspond to the posterior hypurals. The neural arch
of the actual last vertebra is expanded to form a plate, and
the shape and position of this and of the one or two arches in
front of it appear to be determined by the room reguired by the
epaxial basalia,now three in number. ‘There are nine hypurals
or expanded hemal spines, and three more hzemal spines
also support the caudal fin.

356 Mr. C. T. Regan on the Caudal Fin

Leptolepis seems to have been exactly like Hlops, but in
some species of Thrissops a series of no less than six separate
uroneurals can be seen. .

The caudal fin skeleton of the Clupeida, which has recently
been described and figured by Mr. R. H. Whitehouse (Proce.
Roy. Soc. B. Ixxxii. p. 139), differs from that of the Hlopide
in that the last two centra have aborted, and the anterior
uroneural is ankylosed with the actual last centrum (corre-
sponding to the third last of the *Klopide).

As the Clupeide appear to be the most generalized Teleo-
steans examined by Mr. Whitehouse, I may mention the

Fig. 2.

Epaxial rays, with proximal portions of one or two upper hypaxial rays,
of caudal fins of Megalops.

a. M. cyprinoides, from a specimen of 320 mm.
b. M. atlanticus, from a specimen of 1800 mm.

Albulide, Alepocephalide, Salmonide, Osteoglosside, Eso-
cide, Umbride, and Aulopide as agreeing with the Hlopide in
having upturned centra, and in the persistence of the anterior
uronenral as a distinct bone.

The Elopidee show some features of irterest in the arrange-
ment of the caudal fin-rays, for, as will be seen from the
accompanying figures, both species of Megalops resemble the
Oligopleurida in that the epaxial rays are divided into an
anterior and a posterior series, the former supported by neural
spines and basalia, the latter inserted on the uppermost
hypaxial ray. These epaxial rays appear to be usually more

of some Teleostean Fishes. 357

numerous in the adult than in the young and to increase by
development of rays posteriorly ; in large adult ‘Tarpon
(fig. 26), 1500 to 1800 mm. in length, I count from two to
four inserted on the uppermost hypaxial ray, but in young
examples (300 to 400 mm.) one or two. ‘The young differ
from the adult fish also in that the articulations of the
principal caudal rays are far less numerous; but the anterior
epaxial rays do not increase in size at anything like the same
rate as the hypaxial rays, and are relatively much larger in
the young, so that the longer of them are articulated in the
young, but, from their more proximal position, spinous in the
adult. In adult Megalops cyprinoides (390-350 mm.) the
posterior epaxial rays vary in number from six tonine. ‘These
posterior epaxial rays or “fulcral spines” are wanting in E/ops
and in all other homocereal fishes, but the anterior epaxial rays
persist in most and are usually articulated, so that we appear
here to have a case of the reconversion of spines into articu-
lated rays.

In the Elopide the principal caudal rays (¢. e. all the
hypaxial rays except the lower graduated ones) are 19 in
number, and 17 of these are branched. ‘This seems to be the
case in a large number of families, e.g. the Leptolepide,
Chanide, Albulide, Salmonidee, Clupeidee (except Cozlia),
Esocide, Aulopide, Cyprinide, Berycide, Lampridie. In
the Serranide, Sparidee, Carangidee, &c., the number appears
to be constantly 17 (15 branched), and in various more
specialized groups is still further reduced. Without laying
too much stress on this character, I may say that I have
found it of considerable value in determining the affinities of
some types of doubtful systematic position.

In Elops, but not in Megalops, there is an oblong bony
scale above and below, partly covering the first upper and
lower rays; this was present in the Leptolepida, and persists
in A/lula, Aulopus, and some Clupeids.

I have already mentioned Mr. Whitehouse’s paper on the
caudal fin of fishes, and I have shown that the element which
he terms “ urostyle”? in Clupea is formed by one or more
displaced posterior neural arches or “ uroneurals” ; the homo-
cereal fin should not then be defined by the presence of a
urostyle formed by the fusion of upturned vertebrae, but by the
modification of posterior neural arches into uroneurals which
functiona!ly replace and so lead to the suppression of the centra
of the upturned vertebra, ‘l’here are some other points which
eall for comment; thus I think the term “epaxial basalia”
preferable to and more correct than ‘ dorsal caudal radials,”
and I canuot agree that Hierasfer is “ gephyrocercal.”

358 Mr. A. H. Clark—An interesting

It is evident from Ryder’s definition of “ gephyrocercy ”
that this term will have to be restricted to the Molide, where
the posterior part of the tail seems to have aborted and the
interval between the dorsal and anal has become bridged
across (yépupa, bridge) by a secondary formation of rays,
inserted on basalia and derived from the dorsal and anal fins.
In a number of eel-shaped fishes the dorsal and anal fins are
confluent with the caudal, which becomes progressively
reduced as the tail gets longer and the vertebra: and dorsal
anid anal fin-rays increase in number. ‘The Ophidioids are
fishes of this type; in Genypterus the last vertebra is slightly
expanded posteriorly into two hypurals, one of which bears
four and the other five rays, the remnant of the caudal fin.
Emery’s figure of Fierasfer dentatus shows a condition some-
what more specialized than in Genypterus; there is no definite
hypural expansion and the last vertebra is almost like the one
in front of it, but without neural spine; the caudal rays,
distinguished by the absence of basalia, are now only six in
number. /. acus appears to differ in that the caudal fin has
disappeared, whilst the end of the tail projects beyond the
dorsal and anal, as in the Ophichthyid eels.

XLIX.—An interesting Structural Analogy.
By Austin Hoparr CLARK.

Every ornithologist is aware of the fact that in the winter
the Ruffed Grouse (Bonasa umbellata) and related species are
enabled to tread upon the loose surface of newly fallen snow
without sinking down into it, through the seasonal develop-
ment of the so-called “ snow-shoes,” which greatly increase
the area covered by the soles of the feet. These “ snow-
shoes’? are composed of two rows of scutes on either side of
each toe—the first row, adjoining the median scales, similar
to them and more or less squarish; the second row smaller,
elongate-oblong, and projecting laterally outward when the
foot is on the ground, downward and slightly forward when
the foot is raised. ‘The area covered by each foot of the
Ruffed Grouse in the winter, therefore, is equivalent to the
area covered in the summer plus the area covered by these
lateral scutes, or about as much again. ‘Thus a bird walking
about in the winter brings to bear only half as much weight
in any given spot as the same bird in the summer, and is

Structural Analogy. 359

thereby enabled to tread securely upon lightly compacted
snow.

The problem of walking safely upon the yielding surface
of snow has been solved by grouse as by man—by a large
increase in the supporting area brought into contact with it.

Among that interesting group of marine animals known as
the Crinoidea a very similar problem has been solved in a
strikingly similar way. ‘The Crinoidea are dependent for
their food upon small organisms which fall upon their up-
turned and outstretched arms and pinnules, and are thence
conducted by means of a ciliated “ ambulacral groove” to the
mouth. It is at once evident that if the lateral area of the
very slender pinnules can be increased in any way, the
number of falling food-particles intercepted, and hence the
available food-supply of the animals, will be proportionately
increased—the same question arising In regard to the presenta-
tion of a maximum food-collecting surface directed toward the
rain of food from above among the crinoids as arose among
the grouse in reference to the development of a maximum
area of support upon a loosely compacted surface. In the
crinoids, as in the grouse, two rows of supplementary plates
on either side of the single median row have been developed,
the first row of squarish plates, the outer of elongate rounded
plates, extensible laterally, but capable of being folded in-
ward over the delicate ambulacral groove, so as to serve as a
protection to it, an additional service not required in the outer
series of scutes in the grouse.

I have been unable to find in the literature any account of
the origin of the scutes in the grouse; but Dr. Stejneger has
suggested to me that they are in all probability merely modi-
fied feathers, a derivative from some such condition as that
found in the Red Grouse (Lagopus scoticus) or Ptarmigan
(Lagopus mutus). In the crinoids these two rows of supple-
mentary plates are formed directly from the pinnule segments ;
the distal angles of these expand and project in the form of
thin rounded flange-like processes, which eventually become
separated off from the pinnule segments by suture. In some
groups there is no further development; but in others the
distal outer angles of the plates of these newly formed rows
(“‘ side-plates””) become expanded, and these again become
separated off from the parent plates by suture, forming the
second row of laterally extensible rounded plates (* covering-
plates ’’).

Now it has been found that, as a rule, these side- and
covering-plates are much better developed and of far more

360 An interesting Structural Analogy.

general occurrence in the crinoids of the deeper waters than
in those of the shore-line, and, as they and more or less
similar structures are of quite general occurrence among
fossil forms, the crinoids of the deep sea have been considered
more primitive than those of shallow water. But the question
of the development or suppression of side- and covering-
plates is susceptible of a much more logical explanation.
The crinoids of the deeper levels must depend for their food
upon the rain of minute dead organisms from above; few, if
any, small organisms live among them; the littoral crinoids,
on the other hand, are surrounded by multitudes of living
microscopic animals which they intercept by means of their
arms and pinnules, and can derive little or no benefit from
dead ones, as, aside from the fact that there are comparatively
few of them, they are undoubtedly promptly devoured by

The scutes of the middle toe of a specimen of Bonrasa umbellatus,
shot in November.

Fig. 2.

A portion of a pinnule from a crinoid belonging to the family Thalasso-
metride, showing the side- and covering-plates bordering the pinnulars,

other small predacions organisms, such as the minute crustacea
or the bacteria. While a dead animal falling upon the upward
slanting extended covering-plates would roll down them into
the ambulacral groove, where it would come within reach of
the cilia, a living animal on coming in contact with these
plates would instantly back away, as Paramecium does on
encountering the sides of a glass dish. ‘Thus any increase in
pinnule area resulting from the formation of laterally exten-
sible plates, while of the very greatest service to species
inhabiting water where only dead organisms are available,
would not be of the slightest use to species existing in the

Descriptions and Records of Bees. 361

midst of active living organisms. I believe that this is the
real reason for the development of side- and covering-plates
in the crinoids of the deeper waters, and for their suppression
or non-existence in littoral forms and in pelagic forms like
Uintacrinus ; and this idea is further borne out by the fact
that shallow-water species belonging to normally deep-water
groups having large side- and covering-plates have these but
feebly developed, while deep-water species belonging to
groups ordinarily inhabiting shallow water, and devoid of
these plates, are commonly found to possess them. As an
instance of the former case may be mentioned Péilometra
macronema (J. Miller), of the latter Comatilia iridometri-
Jormis, A, H. Clark, or Nemaster iowensis (Springer).

L.—Deseriptions and Records of Bees.—XXVII.
By T. D. A. CockERrELL, University of Colorado.

Greeleyella resinata, sp. n.

? .—Length 8-83 mm.

Black, with scanty pale pubescence, tinged with yellowish
above ; mesothorax and abdomen shining; hind tarsi (except
for the hair) dark ; flagellum variably reddish beneath; first
r.n. meeting first t.-c., or entering basal corner of second
sm. Very closely related to G. beardsley?, Ckll. (syn. Panur-
ginus malvastrt, Sw. & Ckll.), but differing as follows :—
A trifle smaller; abdominal segments beyond the first, instead
of being smooth, with small punctures, have the surface
microscopically transversely striate ; scutellum with a slight
median groove or depression; tegule darker and smaller ;
anterior tibia &c. not pallid in front.

Hab. Lee County, Texas (G. Birkmann) ; four females,
sent by Prof. C. F. Baker (no. 7107).

Halictoides tlicifolie, sp. n.

g .—Length 545 mm. or a fraction more.

Black, with greyish-white pubescence; wings hyaline,
nervures and stigma dark fuscous ; mandibles with the apical
half ferruginous, the cutting-edge rather broad, notched; head
broad, eyes strongly converging below ; face with much
white hair; antenne short for a male, dark, flagellum ob-
scurely reddish beneath ; head and thorax shining, the base

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. v. 25

362 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and

of metathorax smooth and very brilliant; tegule shining
reddish brown ; abdomen broad, like that of a female, del'-
cately but evidently punctured, the hind margins of the
segments ferruginous ; apex covered with white hair, The
following characters are ascertained with the compound
microscope :—Third and fourth antennal joints very short ;
apical joint with an oblique flat shining face; the six-jointed
maxillary palpi short and stout, but still extending beyond
the blade of maxilla, which is short and broad, very obtusely
rounded apically; front strongly punctured; claws deeply
cleft, pulvillus very large. ‘The wings are quite clear; the
venation differs from that of /7. tinsley7, Ckll., by the shorter
second s.m., with the first r. n. entering very near its base,
and the b. n. falling a considerable distance (about 65 p)
short of t.-m. The labial palpi are short, with first joint not
nearly so long as the other three together. The tongue is
very short.

Hab. Santa Clara County, California, at flowers of Prunus
ilicifolia (Nuttall) ; four males (C. F. Baker, 7109).

This remarkable bee is so distinct from genuine /alictoides
in its mouth-parts that it must stand as the type of a new
genus or subgenus, which may be called Amb/yapis.

AMBLYAPIS, gen. v. subgen, nov. (type déczfolie).

Maxillary palpi 6-jointed, stout, with very short bristles,
mostly at end of joints; length of joints in w:—(1) 135,
(2) 100, (3) 85, (4) 75, (5) 68, (6) 100; last joint slender ;
blade of maxilla about 425 w long and 220 broad, thus very
short and wide, subtriangular, very obtuse at end, with long
bristles ; maxillary comb with about five short teeth.

Labial palpi 4-jointed, very short, joints measuring in p:
(1) 100, (2) 85, (3) 68, (4) 85. The extraordinary feature-
of these palpi is in the second and third joints, which have
one side heavily chitinized, forming a sort of sheath, which is
produced outwards to a bristly point. Paraglossee very
short; tongue extremely short. The striated muscle which
operates the tongue and adjacent organs is extremely coarse,
the strie only about five in 37 p of length.

In Halictoides tinsleyi the blade of maxilla is divided
longitudinally into two parts, the outer, which is shorter than
the inner, having a width in middle of 68 yw, and being wholly
without biistles or markings. In Amblyapis ilie‘folie this
outer part is much reduced, about 50 w wide towards the
base, but rapidly tapering and coming to a point about 170 wu
before the end of the blade. In A. dentiventris, Nyl., the

Records of Bees. 363

type of Halictordes, the condition of the blade is essentially
as in FI. tinsleyt. In H. paradoxus, Moraw., the outer
portion is also well developed, ending obtusely 187 uw before
the rather narrow apex of the blade, which bears very long
bristles. In Dufourea vulgaris the blade is narrow, with
long bristles. The bipartite condition of the maxillary blade
is very strongly developed in Halictus, e.g. H. sisymbrit,
Ckll., and H. armaticeps, Cresson, and the European HA. vi-
rescens. In Melitta leporina there is no sign of it. In
Pseudopanurgus ethiops, Cress., the outer or subhyaline area
is present and tapers apically as in Amblyapis. In Nomi
nortont, Cress., the outer area is present, but narrow (about
one-ninth total width of blade) and tapering. In Dasypoda
plumipes it is reduced to an inconspicuous subhyaline margin,
broadening basally, where its width is about one-fifteenth that
of the blade.

Agapostemon texanus towensis, subsp. n.

?.—Similar to A. texanus, Cresson, but rather small
{anterior wing 74 mm.); mesothorax, while showing the
double puncturation of texanus quite distinctly, much rougher,
the smaller punctures more crowded; metathorax with the
basal triangle distinctly defined by raised lines, but the sculp-
ture coarser than in subsp. swbtélior, Ckll. ; abdomen broader
than in A. radiatus.

Hab. Ames, Iowa, 1899 (Wilmon Newell).

Possibly a hybrid with A. radiatus. ‘The abdomen is
without evident hair-bands ; in subécl/or these are very distinct.

Anthidium subochraceum, Walker, 1871.

This species, from Mount Sinai, was very poorly described
by Walker, and has never been recognized since. I examined
the type at the British Museum, and am able to add the
following particulars :—Front down to clypeus black, except
for a red band below middle ocellus and the broad (narrowing
at summit) yellowish-ferruginous bands next to orbits ;
mandibles 4-dentate ; hair of head and thorax above strongly
fulvous ; punctures of abdomen rather large. Wings reddish,
apical region suffusedly darker; stigma ferruginous. Legs
ferruginous shaded with orange; apparently no pulvilli.
Abdomen above dark reddish, with the bases of the second
and following segments broadly and suffusedly blackened,
the hind margins of the segments a sort of pale orange ; scopa

white ; second r.n. going beyond second s.m.; scutellum
25*

364 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and

with hind edge projecting, sharp, emarginate in middle;
axilla obtusely angulate. The abdomen is wholly without
yellow or white Lands, but the base of the sixth segment
shows obscure pallid spots alternating with dark ones.
Appears to be related to Dianthidium ferrugineum (Fabr.).

Eucera cinerascens, Walker, 1871.

Another unrecognized species. I have not seen the male
type, but a female from the convent garden at Mount Sinai,
which Walker thought probably conspecific, is an Anthophora.
It is in wretched condition, with matted hair; clypeus black,
with a keel or ridge on its upper two-thirds in the median
line ; labrum with a pair of basal yellowish spots.

Tetralonia spoliata, Walker, 1871.

Also unknown to recent writers. Walker’s female from
Mt. Sinai is in bad condition ; hair of head and thorax above
badly matted, but appears to have been deep fulvous ; clypeus
all black, densely and coarsely punctured ; abdominal bands
yellowish, hind margin of first segment rather broadly rufous ;
wings not dark. Comparison with Walker’s description
shows that the latter is inaccurate as well as too short.

Celiorys philippensis, Bingham, 1895.

I have examined the male type. Anterior wings dark
fuscous, shining violaceous; head and thorax with extremely
large punctures ; abdomen &-dentate. Easily recognized by
the first abdominal segment being dorsally covered with fine
moss-like white tomentum.

Halictus dybowskii, Rad., 1877.

A female in the British Museum is one of those collected
by Dybowsky. It is a large black species, very shiny, with
large strongly tridentate mandibles. Head large, face very
broad ; clypeus sparsely punctured ; area of metathorax pli-
catulate, vs apical part transversely wrinkled ; apical trunca-
tion of metathorax with the lateral marginal keels going about
halfway up ; anterior wing 9} mm.; wings dusky, venation
normal; hind spur very finely denticulate, the denticles
minute, short, and numerous; abdomen with no apical hair-
bands, but some basal pale pubescence.

Records of Bees. 365

Halictus flavovittatus, W. F. Kirby.

I have examined the female type from Socotra. It is a
true /ulictus, with normal venation, but remarkable for the
character of the abdomen, the segments very black, with the
margins narrowly ivory-colour, without hair-bands. Area of
metathorax large, granular-striatulate; hind spur minutely
short-ciliate. HZ. vittatus, Smith, from the Cape of Good
Hope, has similar tegumentary bands, but it is not so large,
and the bands are light yellow, the first quite golden yellow.
‘The specimen examined, in the British Museum, is marked
vittatus, variety.

Halictus niloticus, Smith, 1879.

The type, a male, is a green insect with a curious large
head, and a peculiar thing 1s that the upper ends of the eyes
are green. ‘There is a large yellow spot on lower part of

clypeus.
Falictus farinosus, Smith.

Rim Rock, Sandia Mountains, New Mexico, at flowers of
Frasera,1 3 (J. Rk. Watson). New to New Mexico.

COLLETES.

The following table for the separation of some little-known
species was prepared at the British Museum. The Radosz-
kowski species should be authentic, as they were received
from the describer :—

Very small, anterior wing 5 mm.: densely
covered with white hair; bases of
abdominal segments, where exposed,
densely punctured; nervures and stigma
pale ferruginous; second s,m. broad,
receiving r.n.in middle; posterior face
of metathorax covered with hair. 6.

@Askabads) sues et «db ncielee ats ahi askhabadensis, Rads.
Larger, not thus hairy; malar space in no
CaSO MOU Maen settee cal iin hued ins 5 GA: 1.

1. Thorax above covered with short pale
ochreous moss-like hair, like the
American C. aberrans, Ckll. ; anterior
wing 7mm. long; abdomen with broad

-bands of greyish-white tomentum, the
first segment densely and coarsely
punctured, second densely and finely,
in strong contrast; nervures and stig-
ma dark, paler basally; antenne very
short, 9 (Askabad.) 2 3. ics oes carinatus, Rads.

Thorax with normal pubescence ........

te

366

Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and

2. Hair fringing thoracic dorsum, and on each

Hair of thorax &c. not so coloured

side of antenne, fox-red; size ordi-
nary. Hair of sides of metathorax and
of pleura greyish white; abdomen,
when fresh, with narrow white hair-
bands, very conspicuous, on hind mar-
gins of segments 2 to 5; mesothorax in
middle nude, shining, with scattered
large punctures; second s.m. very
broad, much broader above than third ;
first abdominal segment with punctures
very much larger than on second ; hind
spur strongly ciliate; antennze short.

Ce ee

sidemit, Rads. (jankow-

skyi, Rads., is a synonym, if the specimen so
labelled is authentic).
3.

3. Size smaller, length about 9mm.: no dark

hair on head or thorax; abdomen with
broad bands of yellowish-white tomen-
tum; hind margin of first segment
(tegument) rather broadly reddish ;
tegule very pale reddish; antennz
short ; clypeus sparsely punctured in
middle; nervures and stigma rather
dark ; hind spur very minutely ciliate.

@' 0 © \e)\0 \e\ 8 18, a ieee ree. 0.jo\'n eve \0; (9 jaja ceitnikelp is (6,

above

a je (6 oNe (eee \e. 0’ ie Soh c8) 0). ie jel" si ole eis leun

4, Abdomen dull, first segment granular, not

punctured ; anterior wings dilute fuli-
ginous ; flagellum ferruginous beneath
except at base

First abdominal segment well punctured. .
5. Abdomen very shiny, pyriform, first seg-

ment relatively weakly punctured,
though very distinctly, its hind margin

mixtus, Rads.

4,

dudgeoni, Bingham.
5.

ferruginous; wings yellowish. (Japan.) perforator, Smith (type).
Abdomen duller, first segment strongly and

coarsely punctured, its hind margin not
reddened, but covered, as also base of
second segment broadly and apices of
segments 2 to 5, with greyish-white
hair ; face broad.

gallieus, Rads.

The example of C. dudgeonwi appears to be correctly named, .
although it is from the Bombay district, and has anterior

wings quite strongly fuscous.

It is 13 mm. long; clypeus

and front densely punctured; tegula very dark brown;
abdomen dull, not punctured.

Diadasia afflictula, sp. n.
¢ .—Length about 7 mm., width of abdomen 21,

Records of Bees. 367

Runs in my table (( American Naturalist,’ xxxix. p. 743)
to D. afflicta, Cresson, to which it is inevery way very closely
related, differing in the much smaller size and slender abdo-
men. ‘T'egule rather light ferruginous ; second submarginal
cell much contracted above; hair of thorax above and pubes-
cence generally very pale ochreous. I had this mixed with
D. diminuta, from which it is easily known by the short
black or dark fuscous hair on the abdominal segments beyond
the second, of course not involving the broad apical fringe.
The hair of the apical fringes is appressed, not erect as in
D. skinner’, Ckll., which also differs greatly by its short
broad abdomen.

Hab. Mesilla, New Mexico, May 1 (Cockerell).

Pseudopanurgus cameroni (Baker).
Pasiphaé cameroni, Baker, Invertebrata Pacifica, i. 1906, p. 141.

I am greatly indebted to Professor C. F. Baker for the loan
of one of the original types. ‘The b. n. falls short of t.-m. a
distance nearly equal to length of second s.m. on first discoidal.

Xenoglossa crawfordi, sp. n.

& .—Length about 21 mm. (difficult to measure, the ab lo-
men being curved downwards and inwards) ; anterior wings
about 14 mm., width of abdomen 71.

Black, including the legs, the hind margins of the abdominal
segments (except the first) broadly semitranslucent coppery
red ; clypeus lemon-yellow, with its upper margin broadly
black and its lower ferruginous ; greater part of mandibles
yellow; labrum pallid, with light brownish hair; face rather
narrow, eyes very large, converging above, ocelli very large ;
hair of face pale brownish, whitish at sides near clypeus, of
cheeks below rather dull white, of vertex reddish sooty ;
antenne black, only moderately long, last eight joints with
obscure reddish spots, third joint longer than fourth, but not
as long as 4 and 5 together ; mesothorax and scutellum dull,
densely minutely punctured; thorax above with hair light
echreous, pleura with the same, but paler, but metathorax
with it very dark chocolate-brown, except a tuft of ochreous
in the middle of the”basal area; hair of legs dark chocolate,

ale ochreous on anterior femora behind and to some extent
pallid on middle femora ; tegule piceous, punctured; wings
dark fuliginous; abdomen with hair of first segment and

368 Descriptions and Records of Bees.

middle of base of second very dark fuscous, beyond this it
consists of short dense warm ochraceous tomentum ; apical
plate (seventh segment) extremely broad, with a keel on each
side ; venter with dark hair. ‘The structure is essentially as
in X. fu/va, Smith, including the venation.
Hab. Guadalajara, Mexico (D. L. Crawford, 7106).
Received from Prof. C. F. Baker.

Nomada vicinalis aldricht, subsp. n.

3 .—Runs in the table of Rocky Mountain Nomada (Bull.
94, Colo. Agr. Exp. Sta.) to N. vieinalis, Cresson, to which
it is very closely related, differing as follows :—Upper margin
of clypeus more or less black ; scape swollen ; mesothorax
wholly black ; scutellum black, with a pair of variable (large
or small) red spots ; hind femora with more black ; basal part
of area of metathorax strongly wrinkled. From J. vicinalis
infrarulens, Ckll., it differs by the hair of thorax above only
slightly brownish ; scutellum and mesothorax as just iadicated ;
first abdominal segment with a broad entire red baud. The
lateral face-marks, clavate above, are much as in the supposed
male of N. cymbalarie, Ckll., but the scape is much stouter
than in the latter, which is, however, very closely allied.
The venter of the abdomen is red, with a heart-shaped black
mark on first segment, a black band at base of second, and a
large yellow spot on apical segment; these markings vary
from distinct to obscure. The apical plate is broad, hairy,
and notched. ‘The b. n. goes basad of the t.-m.

NV. subaccepta, Ckll., is also related, but differs fiom aldrichi
by its more prominent red scutellum, comparatively slender
scape, Ke.

The chrome-yellow markings of the abdomen are more
reduced than in true vicinalis. On the second segment they
are very large; on the third variable, from large to very
small; on the fourth and fifth reduced or obsolete; on the
sixth well developed and confluent.

Among Robertson’s Illinois sy ecies it is nearest to NV. illinci-
ensis, Rob., which is a considerably smaller insect. ‘The
female, when discovered, will doubtless prove to have the
head and thorax red.

Hab. Moscow, Idaho ; two males in Philadelphia Acad.
Nat. Sci., “deposited by Wm. J. Fox.”

The insect is named after the well-known entomologist of

Idaho.

On Two new African Shrews. 369

Nomada modocorum, Ckll.
Pasadena, California, April 6 (Grinnell). New to Cali-

fornia.

On May 29 Mr. Grinnell took Halictus catalinensis, Ckll.,
at Pasadena, showing that it is not confined to Catalina
Island,

L1.— Two new African Shrews.
By WI rrep H. Oscoop.

As a further result of studies at the Natural History Museum
two new shrews of the genus Crocidura have been found,
which, like the rodents described in the March number of the
‘ Annals,’ are named at the instance of Mr. Oldfield Thomas.
Both are given subspecific rank, not only to indicate their
positions in the large and unrevised genus to which they
belong, but also because experience with groups more com-
pletely known has shown that closely related continental
forms are more often proved to be connected by gradations
than otherwise.

Crocidura bicolor elgonius, subsp. n.

Type from Kirui, near Mt. Elgon, British East Africa.
Subadult female. Collected Sept. 5, 1909, by R. Kemp.
Original number 198. Rudd Collection.

Characters.—Allied to Crocidura bottegi and C. bicolor
cuninghamet; general colour more sooty than in either;
upperparts brownish mouse-grey, the tips of the hairs only
slightly paler than the bases; underparts pale smoke-grey ;
feet sooty, somewhat lighter laterally; tail sooty above,
slightly paler below. Skull small and flat, with teeth
decidedly smaller than in cuninghamet, slightly larger than in
botteg?; skull more elongate and brain-case flatter than in
bottegi.

Measurements.—Type and one topotype, respectively : total
length 90, 97 mm.; head and body 52, 55; tail-vertebree
38,42; hind foot (s.u) 9,9. Skull of type: condylo-in-
cisive length 16°6; breadth of brain-case 7:4 3° maxillary
breadth 4°8; upper tooth-row 7:5; length of molariform
series 3°9 ; 2} to pm* 3°53 3 width of m’ 1-75.

370 Mr. H. C. Fulton on Land-Shells from the

Remarks.—The general blackish coloration of this form
readily distinguishes it from its allies, C. bottegvis a smaller
form, entirely brownish in colour, while cuninghamei is
slightly larger, with brownish upperparts and with the feet
practically white instead of chiefly sooty. ‘Typical bicolor, as
represented by specimens from Angola, is much paler, with
practically pure white underparts.

Crocidura flavescens kivu, subsp. n.

Type from Lake Kivu, Eastern Congo. No. 7. 6. 14. 24,
British Museum. Adult male. Collected Nov. 30, 1906, by
D. Carruthers. Original number 319.

Characters.—Similar to Croctdura f. nyanse, but much
darker coloured ; upperparts a rich shade of brown somewhat
between the vandyke brown and the burnt umber of Ridgway ;
underparts a dark but iather lively russet ; feet and digits
entirely blackish brown, as dark as or darker than the upper-
parts ; tail entirely blackish. Skull practically as in dortana
and nyanse.

Measurements.—Type: total length 198 mm.; head and
body 110 ; tail-vertebree 88 ; hind foot (s. u.) 19. Skull of
type: condylo-incisive length 30°8; breadth of brain-case 12-4;
maxillary breadth 9°15 ; upper tooth-row 14:1; 2° to pm‘ 7;
length of molariform series 7°5; width of m? 3:4.

Remarks.—This appears to be the most richly coloured
form of the flavescens group yet known. C. f. nyanse@ is
much lighter coloured, and in this respect stands in a position
somewhat between the present form and C. f. doriana of
Abyssinia. Specimens from Entebbe and Mumias, localities
respectively east and west of the type locality, have been
used to represent nyanse. OC. f. anchiete of West Africa is
doubtless closely allied, but is described as being “ d’un gris
fauve en dessous.”’

LII.—List with Notes on some Land-Shells from the Island
of Muswar, Dutch New Guinea, and Descriptions of new
Species and Varieties of Planispira (Cristigibba), Papuina,
Calycia, and Leptopoma. By Hugu C. Futon.

THE shells noted herewith were collected by Messrs. C. and

I’. Pratt (sons of the well-known collector A. E. Pratt) on
Muswar Island, Geelvink Bay.

Island of Muswar, Dutch New Guinea. 371

Xesta citrina, Linn.

Two varieties, one with lemon-colourel ground with a
dark brown band on periphery of last whorl, the other dark
brown above with a still darker band at periphery of last
whorl, which is sharply contrasted by a white band below,
the remainder of underside being of a glassy white colour.

Chloritis cheratomorpha, Tapp.-Canefri.

Planispira (Cristigibba) dolens, Fulton, sp. n.

Shell subcireular, with deep umbilicus about 2 mm. wide
at upper part, white, smooth and polished, subtransparent,
with a very narrow reddish-brown band at suture of upper
whorls descending to edge of peristome and situate on last
whorl just a little above the periphery (where it is about
1 mm. in width); spire almost flat, apex being slightly
depressed ; whorls 4}, last descending about 2 mm.; peri-
stome white, moderately expanded, margins joined by thin
callus ; aperture subovate, very oblique; constriction at rear
of peristome very slight.

Maj. diam. 214, alt. 10 mm.

Hab. Muswar Island, Geelvink Bay, Dutch New Guinea.

Similar in form to wahnes?, Fulton, but flatter and thinner,
with smaller aperture and different coloration.

Thinner and more circular in form than cornicu’um, H. & J.;
the aperture is smaller and the peristome not so widely
expanded. Compared with papuana, Mlldff., and semirasa,
Marts., it is larger, not so flat, and not nearly so strongly
constricted at rear of aperture.

Papuina antiqua, Ad. & Rve. (=J/eonardi, Canefri) (=hor-
deri, Sowb.).

This is a very variable species in form and coloration; the
two specimens received from Muswar Island are of a uniform
light brown or fawn colour.

Papuina grata, Michelin, var. magna, Fulton, var. nov.

Maj. diam. 33, alt. 25 mm.

The Muswar Island specimens are much larger than typical
grata and densely covered with hairs.

I am not sure that the pilose character of this species has
been recorded before ; the hairs are evidently easily rubbed off.

Papuina hero, Smith.

372 On Land-Shells from the Island of Muswar.

Papuina pratt, Fulton, sp. n.

Shell pyramidal, narrowly but deeply umbilicated, greatest
width of umbilicus under 2 mm.; moderately thick, creamy
white, with a narrow reddish-brown band commencing about
the third whorl and continued to edge of peristome, almost
smooth, lines of growth inconspicuous, irregularly minutely
granulated below the last whorl (this character is more or
Jess present on other specimens than type); whorls 53, con-
vex above, decreasing in convexity below, last sharply
keeled, suture of middle whorls slightly marginated ; peri-
stome white, rather broadly expanded, especially at columellar
portion, very oblique, exterior band showing through the
aperture.

Maj. diam. 29, alt. 194 mm. (type).

Another specimen: maj. diam. 264, alt. 16 mm.

Hab. Muswar Island, Geelvink Bay, Dutch New Guinea.

This shell belongs to the group of vitrea, Fér., and pseudo-
lanceolata, Dtz.; it is readily distinguished from the former
by its higher spire and its thicker shell, and from the latter
by its greater height in proportion to its width, its less ex-
pansion of peristome at the keel, and from both by its dess
rapidly increasing whorls and its sutural-colour-band.

Papuina rufopurpurea, Mildff.

This species is very variable in coloration; besides the
dark brown typical form the Muswar Island specimens include
a variety of a light yellowish-brown ground-colour, with a
daik sutural band and pinkish-white peristome.

Calycia crystallina, Rve.

This is a species that varies a good deal in form, and I am
convinced that issedliana, Tapp.-Canefri, is not separable.

Calycia crystallina, Rve., var. nigrescens, Fulton, var. nov.

This variety is similar to typical crystallina except that
instead of a white ground-colour ornamented with opaque
white lines it has a dark brown ground-colour ornamented
by numerous white spiral lines.

Maj. diam. 30, alt. 44 mm.

Leptopoma muswarensis, Fulton, sp. n.

Shell globose-conic; narrowly umbilicated, moderately

On new Culicidee from Ashanti. 373

thin; apex reddish, lower part with a whitish cuticle, orna-
mented above and below with narrow dark reddish-brown
spiral bands, with a broader one just below the periphery ;
whorls 54, convex, first two with four or five raised spiral
strie, lower whorls almost smooth, having only numerous
close-set microscopical spirals ; peristome white, slightly ex-
panded ; aperture circular, inner portion showing exterior
bands; operculum normal.

Maj. diam. 134, alt. 14 mm.

Hab. Muswar Island, Geelvink Bay, Dutch New Guinea.

Near pellucidum, Grat., but readily distinguished from that
species by its dark coloration, especially below the periphery
of last whorl; the spirals on the apex of muswarensis are
stronger, whereas the microscopical spirals on last whorl are
weaker than those of pellucidum.

This shell also bears a superficial resemblance to the
darker coloured specimens of the Bornean L. sericatum, Pt.,
but is easily separated by the absence of raised spirals.

LIUT.— Five new Culicide from Ashanti.
By F. V. ‘THEOBALD, M.A. &c.

THE five new Culicide described here were collected by
Dr. Graham in Ashanti. One has to be placed in a new
marked genus, which has been called Pectinopalpus.

O

Stegomyia apicoargentea, sp. n.

Head black, with silvery white central spot and white eye-
borders ; palpi and proboscis deep brown, the former snow-
white at apex. Thorax deep brown, with two large round
silvery white spots and a small anterior median one; pro-
thoracic lobes white and a small white spot at the base of the
wings; pleuree with white puncta. Abdomen dusky black,
last three segments with basal silvery spots, all the segments
with basal lateral silvery spots, and the venter with basal
white bands. Fore and mid legs with basal creamy bands to
metatarsi and first tarsal; hind with an additional band on
the second tarsal, and nearly all the third white ; femora of
fore and mid legs with a white spot below near apex, apex
white ; im the hind legs base of venter white, and also apex
and the tibia have a white spot beneath ncar base.

Length.—4 mm.

374 Mr. F. V. Theobald on

Time of capture.—7. vill. O07 and 9. ix. 07.

Habitat. —Obuasi and Kumasi (Vr. Graham).

Observations—Two females, both taken in bush, one at
5 p.M. at Kumasi. Dr. Graham says specimens taken in
bush-paths outside Obuasi and outside Kumasi in August
and October, from 2 to 5 P.M. Described from a perfect
female. The marked thoracic ornamentation and the leg
banding combined will at once separate it from all other
African Stegomyta.

Atdimorphus punctothoracis, sp. n.

Head brown in the middle, black at the sides ; proboscis
and palpi unbanded. ‘Thorax rich brown, with six silvery
white spots; scutellum silvery white. Abdomen dark brown,
with basal pale lateral spots. Legs unbanded, apices of tibia
and femora silvery white.

9? —Head dark, clothed with flat black scales in front and
at the sides with some dull ochreous ones, and white ones at
the sides, a patch of narrow-curved dull ochreous ones at the
lack, and black upright forked seales ; proboscis and palpi
black; antennee dak brown, basal segment bright brown
with a few small flat scales.

Thorax dark rich brown, with very small dull golden
narrow-curved scales, and six sy ots of small flat silvery white
scales; cheetze dark brown; scutellum clothed with flat
silvery white scales; metanotum dark brown ; pleure bright
brown, with pale puncta.

Abdomen black, with basal lateral snowy white spots and
golden border-bristles ; venter mostly dark.

Legs dark brown, venter of femora for the basal two-thirds
pale creamy; a snow-white spot at the apex of the femora
and tibie; chete golden ; fore and mid ungues equal, uni-
serrate.

Wings with the first fork-cell a little longer and narrower
than the second fork-cell, its stem about half the length of
the cell, its base nearly level with that of the latter ; stem of
the second fork-cell about two-thirds the length of the cell;
posterior cross-vein not quite its own length distant from the
mid.

Length.—2°3 mm.

g —Palpi dark brown, hair-tufts dark on the last two
segments, the penultimate rather swollen and a little longer
than the apical one ; antenne plumose, plume-hairs brown.
Fore ungues unequal, the larger with a large tooth, the

new Culicidee from Ashanti. 375

smaller with a small one near the base ; mid very unequal,
simple ; hind equal and simple.

Wings with the fork-cells shorter than in female, of nearly
equal length; their stems nearly as long as the cells, poste~
rior cross-vein about its own length distant from the mid.

‘he male claspers are very marked, being bifid.

Length.—2°3 mm.

Habitat.—Acera (Dr. Graham).

Time of capture—11, 12, 16, 18, 20. vi. 08.

Observations. —Caught in latrines at 8 A.M. Described
from two perfect females and two males. A very distinct
small species with marked thoracic spotting. Very numerous
in June. ‘Three females taken in same locality, 12 and 18,
vi. 08, show only the two anterior silvery thoracic spots.

Genus PECTINOPALPUS, gen. nov.

Head clothed with narrow-curved scales except at the sides
and around the eyes in front, and some upright forked scales ;
antenne plumose; palpi of male as long as the proboscis,
irregular in form, of three segments, basal one swollen at
base, apical twice as long as the penultimate, both with rather
long lateral hairs, the long segment with a series of out-
standing scales of peculiar form in two groups of different
shape. Thorax and scutellum with long narrow-curved scales.

A very distinct genus, told at once by the peculiar male
palpi. I have been unable to find the female.

Pectinopalpus fuscus, sp. n.

Uniformly fuscous brown. Fragile. Palpi very irregular
and twisted in form.

3 .—Head black, with pale smoky grey narrow-curved
scales over most of the area, dusky grey flat lateral scales,
and almost white ones around the eyes. Palpi and proboscis
deep brown; antenne brown, with pale bands and flaxen
plume-hairs ; the palpi have eight pale outstanding scales on
long stalks on one side of the apical area of the long segment,
and then eight dark long outstanding scales below of different
form.

Thorax brown, with dull brown and dull pale golden
rather long narrow-curved scales and deep brown chete ;
scutellum paler brown, with narrow-curved pale scales and
six brown bristles to the mid lobe; metanotum pale brown.

Abdomen uniformly fuscous brown.

Legs uniformly brown ; femora and coxe paler, the former

376 . Mr. F. V. Theobald on

especially below; fore and mid ungues unequal and uniserrate,
hind equal and simple.

Wings with rather broad scales on the apex, with rounded
tips; first fork-cell longer and narrower than the second, its
base about level with that of the latter, its stem more than
half the length of the cell, stem of the second forked cell
aLout the same length and about two-thirds the length of the
cell; posterior cross-vein longer than the mid, about twice
its own length distant from it.

Length.—2°8 to 3 mm.

Habitat.—Obuasi (Dr. Graham).

Time of capture.—20. viii. 29 and 30. ix. 07.

C bservations.—Caught in bush at 10 A.M. and 6 P.M.

A very obscure species, unless carefully examined, when
the peculiar palpi at once separate it. 1 have been unable to
distinguish the female in this collection.

Culex nigrocostalis, sp. n.

Very like a small C. fatigans or C. pallidocephala, but the
thorax uniformly clothed with dull golden brown scales and
the outer costal border of the wings very dark.

?.—Head black, clothed with dull grey ragged narrow-
curved scales, small dull grey flat lateral scales, and black
upright forked scales ; clypeus deep brown, palpi and pro-
boscis deep black; antennee deep brown, with narrow pale
bands.

Thorax deep brown, clothed uniformly with small hair-like
curved dull golden brown scales and deep brown cheete, dull
golden at their base; scutellum paler brown, with scanty
dusky hair-like curved scales, dull golden in some lights, and
six deep brown border-bristles to the mid lobe.

Abdomen blackish brown, with narrow basal white bands
and golden brown to golden border-bristles.

Legs deep blackish brown, unbanded; femora pale below,
a few pale scales at the apices of the femora and tibia;
ungues small, equal, and simple.

Wings with dark brown scales, the outer costal border and
the first long vein and subcostal black ; first fork-cell longer
and narrower than the second posterior, its base nearer the
base of the wing, its stem less than one-third the length of
the cell; stem of the second fork-cell about two-thirds the
length of the cell ; posterior cross-vein longer than the mid,
sloping backwards, and about two and a half times its own
length distant from it.

Length—3 mm.

new Culicids from Ashanti. 377

3 .—Like the female, but the abdomen more prominently
banded. Palpi and proboscis deep brown, the former acumi-
nate and longer than the proboscis by the last and apical
portion of the penultimate segment, the last two segments
with scanty long dark hairs. Ungues of fore and mid legs
unequal, uniserrate, hind equal and simple. Wings with
short fork-cells, the first slightly narrower and much longer
than the second fork-cell, stem of the first about three-fourths
the length of the cell, stem of the latter nearly as long as the
cell; posterior cross-vein longer than the mid, nearly three
times its own length distant from it.

Length.—4 mm.

Habitat.—Accra (Dr. Graham).

Hatched out.—7 and 18. vi. 08 (¢), 7. vii. 08 (2).

Observations.—Described from a single perfect female,
hatched from a long siphoned larva, and three males. This
is a small rather obscure Cu/ex, near C. fatigans, Wied., and
C. pallidocephala, 'Theob., but can be told from both by the
very dark outer costal border and veins near it. A small
fragile species.

Culex pallidothoracis, sp. n.

Thorax uniformly clothed with pale ochreous scales.
Abdomen dark brown in the female, with traces of pale basal
banding, prominent in the male. Palpi, proboscis, and legs
uniformly dark brown.

? .—Head black, densely clothed with narrow-curved pale
ochreous almost creamy scales, flat similar coloured lateral
scales, rich golden brown central upright forked scales, and
black upright ones at the sides; golden cheetee between the
eyes, dark ones at the sides; clypeus brown ; palpi and pro-
boscis almost black ; antenne brown.

Thorax black, densely and uniformly clothed with narrow-
curved pale ochreous almost creamy scales, with golden and
brown cheete; scutellum very pale, with similar scales and
brown border-bristles ; metanotum brown; pleure very pale.

Abdomen dark brown, some of the apical segments with
basal creamy bands ; border-bristles brown, golden at their
apices ; venter with many pale scattered scales ; traces of
basal lateral pale spots.

Legs uniformly brown, with dull ochreous reflections,
paler beneath ; ungues equal and simple.

Wings with the fork-cells long; the first longer and nar-
rower than the second posterior, its base nearer the base of

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. v. 26

378 Mr. A. F. Coventry on the Application of

the wing, its stem about one-third the length of the cell ;
stem of the second about half the length of the cell; posterior
cross-vein nearly its own length distant from the mid; scales
of typical Culex form.

Length.—5 to 5°5 mm.

g .—Similar to female, but the abdominal banding very
pronounced. Palpi acuminate, black at the apices, paler
basally, hairs dark ; antennze with flaxen brown plume-hairs,
paler at their apices. Fork-scales dense, dark behind as well
as at the sides. Fore and mid ungues unequal, the larger
with a Jarge tooth, the smaller with a small one, hind equal
and simple. Genitalia with a large broad foliate plate.

Length.—5 to 6 mm.

Habitat.—Obuasi (Dr. Graham).

Time of capture.—8. 1. 08; 10. xii. 07; 20. vi. O7 ; 17.
wiiO7 3 se wuiw07 ; 20. 1x. 07 5:18, 19. x O72 eae

Observations.—Caught on bush-paths. Described from a
series of several males and females. It is very marked on
account of the pronounced pale scaled thorax. The females
show some variation in regard to abdominal banding, some
showing it much more prominently than others.

LIV. — The Application of Mr. G. W. Smith’s Theory of
Dwarf Males to Myzostoma. By A. F. Coventry, Mag-
dalen College, Oxford.

Mr. G. W. Smiru has recently put forward a new theory
to explain the complemental dwarf males found among the
Cirripedia pedunculata.

He looks for the interpretation of the peculiar sexual
relations among these, and, as he believes, also in the Rhizo-
cephala, to the fundamental nature of secondary hermaphro-
ditism—7. e., imposed on a primitive dicecism, which we must
suppose to have been the original condition among the
Cirripedia.

Smith has found, both by observation and experiment, that
this hermaphroditism can only be imposed on males.

Hence the ordinary moneecious Cirripedes are really males,
all the females having been suppressed in the course of
evolution ; and the complemental males are in an arrested
state of development due to the condition of protandric
hermaphroditism—z. e., male generative products ripening
before female—through which they at one time passed.

The same reasoning applies with very little modification to
the Rhizocephala.

the Theory of Dwarf Males to Myzostoma. 379

In these the dwarf males never become sexually mature,
being represented by the Cypris larve found on the young
Sacculina externa.

Smith believes that. both these Cypris larvee and the com-
plemental males of the Pedunculata are potential hermaphro-
dites, in which development is arrested because of the position
taken up by them on fully developed individuals of the same
species.

This idea is supported by what occurs in the Epicarida,
a group of parasitic Isopods. Here all individuals are at first
larval males, which, after crawling upon the adult (function-
ally female) individuals and fertilizing them, migrate to and
become parasitic upon their hosts—various Crustucea,—and
there assume the female condition.

They are therefore protandric hermaphrodites.

Quite recently Orton has brought forward evidence of the
same sort of thing in Crepidula, and he has expressly
accepted Smith’s theory as an explanation.

The facts known about Myzostoma seem to be susceptible
of a similar interpretation, whether we accept Beard’s or
Wheeler’s account of their life-history.

In the former case, the sexual relations of Myzostoma are
exactly comparable with those of the Pedunculata ; in the
latter they are more like those of the Epicarida.

Beard described the dwarf dorsicolous males as never at
any time showing traces of ovaries, while individuals found
on the disc of the Comatula host have both ovaries and testes,
even though they be smaller than the largest dorsicolous
specimens. He therefore claimed that these are true com-
plemental males.

Wheeler traversed this statement and said that the ovaries
can always be found, even in the youngest dorsicolous indi-
viduals. He identified them with Nansen’s “ problematical
organs.”

Working on this assumption, he noted a gradual increase
in size and activity in the ovary; and he was able to trace the
animal through all stages, from the time when neither mature
sperms, or only a very few, nor ova were present, to an
_ almost purely female state, passing on the way through a

«stage when numerous mature sperms, but only immature
ova, were present, followed by a completely hermaphrodite
condition.

In spite of some criticisms from Beard, Wheeler’s state-
ments seem to be quite unshaken, and his evidence, both as
regards descriptions and drawings, has all the appearance of

being a more trustworthy guide to the real state of things.
26*

380 Mr. R. Kirkpatrick on the

We have, therefore, in the life-history of Myzostoma, as
detailed by Wheeler, a remarkable confirmation of Smith’s
theory of secondary hermaphroditism, and a further case in

which it appears to supply a complete interpretation of facts
hitherto lacking an explanation.

LITERATURE.
1894, Brarp, J.—Zool. Anzeiger, xvii.
1898. ——. Mittheil. Stat. Neapel, 1898-1899.

1909. Orton, J. H.—Proe. Royal Soc., B, vol. 81.
1906. Smrru, G. W.—Naples Monogr. xxix.

1894. WHEELER, W. M.—Zool. Anzeizger, xvii.
1896. ——. Mittheil. Stat. Neapel, 1896-1897.

LV.—On the Affinities of Astrosclera willeyana, Lister.
By R. Kirkpatrick.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museu.)
[Plate XI.]

AMONG some sponges collected by Dr. C. W. Andrews,
F.R.S., off Christmas Island, and presented to the Natural
History Museum by Sir John Murray, were four small
examples of Astrosclera willeyana, Lister. The specimens
had been detached from a block of coral rock brought up
from a depth of 46 fathoms, and had been put into alcohol.
The largest example, which is mushroom-shaped, is 12 mm.
high, 8 mm. in diameter at the base of the round stem, and
14 mm. in diameter across the convex head. The rounded
upper surface is smooth and shows a reticulate pattern with
irregularly meandrine or rounded meshes about a millimetre in
diameter. Several stellate oscular areas are scattered over
the surface. In a vertical section of the sponge the strands
of the network are seen to be the edges of walls or lamella
composed of loosely aggregated spherules, which amalgamate
lower down to form solid masses.

A second columnar specimen, 12 mm. high, was decalcified
and stained. A third example formed a small cylindrical
nodule, and a fourth an irregular disk 7 mm. in diameter and
2-3 mm. thick.

Vertical longitudinal sections of the decalcified specimen
showed a tubular network with numerous elongated longitu-
dinal strands hanging down from a surface layer (of ecto-
some), and joined by fewer and shorter more or less transverse
tubular bars.

Affinities of Astrosclera willeyana, Lis‘er. 381

The walls of the tubes were beset with siliceous spined
acanthostyles set at a very acute angle and _ evidently
pointing in the direction of exhalant currents. The spicules
beneath the ectosome were vertically dressed.

The gaps in the tubular network, 7. e. the meshes left after
decalcification, were filled, in the complete state, with spherules
of aragonite, separate in the upper part of the sponge, but
fused into solid walls and masses in the lower.

All four specimens have the siliceous acanthostyles. One
specimen has in addition centrotrigenes, spined microxeas, and
spiiasters belonging to a species of Zizptolemus, a ‘letracti-
nellid Theneid sponge, which seems to have a boring habit.
The flagellated chambers are fairly well preserved. In
some double-stained sections not thoroughly decalcified the
aragonite spherules took the stain, the deeper stained central
part of each spherule looking like a nucleus. Numerous
embryos are present, especially below the ectosome.

In 1900 J. J. Lister published a memoir on Astérosclera in
Willey’s ‘ Zoological Results,’ partiv. Four of the specimens
he described came from .35 fathoms off Lifu; a fifth from
100 fathoms off Funafuti was sent to him from the British
Museum.

He considered these organisms to be very aberrant calca-
reous sponges which appeared to show affinities with some of
the Pharetronide. Recently I wrote to Mr. Lister asking
for the loan of his preparations, all of which he very
kindly sent to me.

In one of the longitudinal sections of a complete specimen
showing hard and soft tissues I found on the outer edge of
the section a number of vertically dressed acanthostyles, but
the tissues of the canals were devoid of these spicules.

On decalcifying a fragment of the old and dead Funafuti
specimen I found remains of much macerated acanthostyles,
often reduced to a thin shell, but still recognizable as acantho-
styles.

Mr. Lister had had imperfect material to work with, and
could hardly have come to any other conclusion than the one
he adopted.

My own views concerning this sponge are as follows:—
Astrosclera willeyana is a siliceous Ectyonine sponge related
to Hymerhaphia. Originally it was a small thin incrusting
sponge with a skeleton constructed of separate vertical
columns of acanthostyles with one spicule to each column.
It acquired the habit common among its Kctyonine congeners
of selecting special kinds of particles from its surroundings,
which here include numerous aragonite-forming alge corals,

382 On the Affinities of Astrosclera willeyana, Lister.

&e.* Aulena crassa (Carter), with its main skeletal construc-
tion almost identical with that of Astrosclera, selects minute
particles of siliceous or quartz sand. Astrosclera selects the
more tractable spherules of an aragonitic sand. An artificial
aragonitic sand made after Meigen’s recipe (Bericht nat. Gesell.
Freiburg, xiii. p. 9) resembles the supposed scleres of Astro-
sclera. Little masses of these spherules, each one of which
is a radiating aggregate, make not a bad imitation of fragments
of Astrosclera skeleton, for the artificial spherules vary in
size and become polyhedral with mutual pressure.

The primarily separate spherules would gradually amalga-
mate to form walls, which would permit of the choanosome
growing into folds; the lumen of the latter would gradually
contract owing to the encroaching lamine. The vertical
acanthostyles in the tubular folds would tend to assume more
and more an oblique position. ‘The thin sponge crust became
a disk, and the disk a column.

The character of forming a skeleton of aragonite has
evidently been an eminently successful one for the little
Hymerhaphia-like sponge, for examples have been recorded
from widely distant localities, viz. from 10 to 20 degrees
south of the Equator and from longitudes 105° E., 166° E.,
and 175° W., trom depths of 35-100 fathoms on coral rock.
But apparently there have been penalties and drawbacks
associated with this strange success, for the sponge has
become subject to the attacks of boring organisms.

The tubular and honeycomb style of architecture is not
uncommon among the ketyonine relatives of <Astrosclera.
Aulena (Holopsamma) crassa (Carter), for instance, presents
a very similar appearance to Astrosclera both on the surface
and in section (see Lendenfeld, ‘Mon. Horny Sponges,
pl. viii. figs. 1, 2) ; here the echinating styles are smooth.

I shall not attempt to give an account of the histology and
cytology of Astrosclera at present, because the specimens,
precious though they be, are not sufficiently well preserved.
I shall be dredging off Christmas Island this autumn, and
if I am fortunate enough to procure more specimens of this
wonderful sponge I shall fix them at the moment of capture
and in accordance with the best methods.

In the true siliceo-caleareous sponge Merlia normani
(‘ Annals,’ Feb. 1910, p. 288) the skeleton of calcite, which
is formed by an epithelium on the external surface, partly
supports the sponge, but chiefly shelters masses of archxo-

* For lists of calcitic and aragonitic organisms see Meigen, Centralb.

fiir pee ay 1901, p. 577, and Ber. nat. Gesellsch. Freiburg i, B, 1903,
xiii. p. 51.

On Mammals from the E. Indian Archipelago. 383

cytes. Astrosclera is, in my opinion, a purely siliceous
sponge, and does not secrete aragonite.

Summary.—Astrosclera willeyana, Lister, is an Ectyonine
sponge with a supplementary skeleton formed of foreign
particles of aragonite, the latter being at first discrete, and
later welded into concrete walls and blocks.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI.

Astrosclera willeyana, Lister.

Figs. 1-3. Specimens, nearly nat. size.
Fig. 4. Surface of specimen 3, x 10.
tg. 5. Longitudinal vertical section of soft tissues of a decalcified
specimen, X 7.

Fig. 6. The same, X 16, showing acanthostyles in the walls of the
choanosome and below the ectosome. This figure should
have shown embryos.

7. The same, X 65.

8. Acanthostyle from Christmas Island specimen, x 700.

Fig. 9. Ditto from Lifu specimen, x 700.

0. Aragonite spherules, nearly but not wholly decalcified, with
remains of radiating lines of particles deeply stained, the
whole apparently imbedded in cell-like masses of protoplasm
(2? remnants of ground substance) ; no nuclei visible. x 1000,

LVI.—New Mammals from the E. Indian Archipelugo.
By OLDFIELD ‘THOMAS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Pteropus liops, sp. n.

Very similar externally to Pt. temminckii, and agreeing
with it in size, quality and distribution of fur, and general
colour, but differing in the following details:—Face (in-
cluding cheeks and chin) uniformly pale brown, without any
tendency to the formation of eye-rings; in temminckit the
face generally is whitish, the cheeks especially, while there
are perceptible brown eye-rings carried forward anteriorly
nearly to the nose, and contrasting with the narrow median
buffy-whitish frontal line between them. Under surface,
from sternum backwards, dark broccoli-brown, the hairs of
this part being in temminckit broadly tipped with pale buffy.

Skull with the orbits markedly smaller than in temminckii.

Forearm of type 102 mm.

Hab. Buru Island.

Type, Subadult female. Original number 892. Collected
August, 1909, by Mr. W. Stalker.

384 Mr. O. Thomas on

Dobsonia viridis umbrosa, subsp. n.

All essential characters as in D. virddis of the Kei Islands,
but the colour averaging darker throughout. In the most
marked specimens the crown is blackish ‘‘ bistre” instead of
“raw umber,” the nape is a lighter shade of bistre instead of
bright yellowish or “ raw sienna,” and the under surface near
‘‘mummy-brown” instead of “tawny olive” or “ clay-
colour.”

Forearm of type 118 mm.

Hab, Ceram.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 7. 1.1. 259. Collected in
1859 by A. R. Wallace. Purchased with the Tomes Collec-
tion.

Although in rare instances the Ceram Dobsonia has the
bright coloration characteristic of the typical Kei D. viridis,
the colour of the majority of specimens is so much darker
that it should apparently have a definite subspecific name.
Besides five specimens of wmbrosa collected by Mr. Wallace,
the Museum possesses a number of both Aru and Ceram

forms obtained by the late Mr. W. Stalker.

Myotis (Leuconoe) stalkert, sp. n.

A large species with enormous feet ; no interfemoral fringe.

Size large, about equalling that in M/. pequinius, theretore
alone exceeded among Old-World members of Leuconoe by
the Chinese M. rickett?. Fur very soft, fine, and velvety ;
hairs of back about 6 mm. in length. General colour a
variable greyish brown with silvery gloss, the hairs blackish,
with dark “ broceoli-brown”’ tips; head rather greyer.
Under surface strongly contrasted creamy whitish, the hairs
slaty for two-thirds their length. Limbs and membranes
uniform pale brown, naked throughout except just at the base
of the tail; interfemoral without a fringe, though there are a
few scattered hairs along its posterior border.

Ears of medium length; tragus long, narrow, pointed, with
a well-marked external basal lobule. Feet exceedingly large,
their proportionate size seeming to increase in this genus in
the larger species.

Skull large, of normal shape. Middle upper premolar
about half the size of the anterior, shut in in the internal
angle between the other two. Middle lower premolar of the

same proportionate size as above, but in the tooth-row.
Other teeth as usual.

Mammals from the EF. Indian Archipelago. 385

Dimensions of the type (the starred measurements taken
in flesh) :—

Forearm 48 mm.

Head and body *62; tail *51; hind foot, s. u. *12, ¢. u.
15; ear *18. Tragus on inner edge 7°6 ; third finger, meta-
carpus 47, first phalanx 21; calcar (c.) 14.

Skull: greatest length 19:3; basi-sinual length 1474 ;
greatest breadth 12:2; breadth of brain-case 9°5; front of p*
to back of m? 5:3.

Hab. Ara, Kei Islands.

Type. Adult male. Original number 852. Collected
July, 1909, by W. Stalker during the British Ornithological
Union’s Expedition to New Guinea.

This fine species is readily distinguishable by its large size,
enormous feet, and fringeless interfemoral. Its nearest ally
would seem to be M. macrotarsus, Waterh., from the Philip-
pines, but that is decidedly smaller.

I have named it in honour of its discoverer Mr. W. Stalker,
whose sad death by drowning shortly after the landing of the
expedition in New Guinea deprives the Museum of one of its
best and most enthusiastic collectors.

T may take this opportunity of stating that the specimens
from Tasikmalaja, W. Java, recorded by Mr. Wroughton
and myself as A. hasselti, Temm.f, really belong to M. hors-
field, Temm., which is distinguishable from M. adversus by
its wings being attached to the metatarsus instead of to the
end of the tibia. I owe to the kindness of Dr. Jentink such
particulars about the type as enable me to make this
correction.

Paradoxurus kangeanus, sp. n.

A small dark-coloured species with small bulle.

Size markedly less than in P. javanicus. General colour
very dark, as dark as in P. torvus of the Tawi-Tawi Islands,
and most neaily approaching “ bistre.” Markings very in-
distinct, owing to the general dark colour ; in the middle of the
back three short black stripes are perceptible, passing poste-
riorly into rows of spots. Ground-colour between thie stripes
dull clay-colour or cinnamon, where lightest, on the back,
darker on the nape and shoulders. Under surface dark bistre-
brown. Crown and backs of ears blackish or blackish brown,
as are also the limbs and feet. ‘l'ail uniform dark brown.

Skull much smaller than that of P. javanicus, but its
proportions similar. Bulle small, but rather variable in size.

+ P.Z.S. 1909, p. 381.

386 On Mammals from the E. Indian Archipelago.

Teeth of medium size, broadly rounded, very much as in
P. javanicus, but smaller.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— -

Head and body 500 mm. ; tail 390; hind foot 72 ; ear 41.

Skull: condylo-basal length 96; greatest breadth 55;
nasals in middle line 19; interorbital breadth 18; palatal
length 43°5 ; p’, length along outer side 8°7 ; greatest oblique
diameter 10.

Hab. Kangean Island, E.N.E. of Java.

Type. Adult male. Original number 2234. Collected
16th November, 1909, by G. C. Shortridge. Presented by
Oldfield Thomas. Seven adults and five young examined.

This insular Paradoxure is readily distinguishable by its
unusually dark colour.

Sciurus notatus madure, subsp. n.

Similar in all essential characters to true W.-Javan notatus,
but paler throughout.

Back of the same general colour, but paler. Under surface
from the chin backwards rich ochraceous buff, this colour
mostly quite clear and bright, without greyish suffusion, at
the bases of the hairs, except slightly on the belly. In true
notatus the hairs of the throat, chest, and belly are broadly
greyish basally, so that the buffy tips do not hide the grey
bases, these, even when present on the belly, being completely
hidden in madure. Buffy eye-rings much narrower and less
conspicuous. Cheeks and sides of neck below and behind
ears dull buffy. Kars themselves also more buffy. Light
lateral line broader, dark one below it narrower and shorter
than in notatus. Hands and feet similarly clear grizzled grey,
contrasted with the general colour of the body and limbs ;
wrists and ankles more buffy than in notatus. Tail lighter in
general colour, the buffy rings paler, those at the bases of the
hairs white, the black rings rather narrower.

Skull and teeth as in notatus.

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :—

Head and body 195 mm.; tail 180; hind foot 44; ear 18.

Skull: greatest length 49.

Hab. Marengan, near Soemenep, E. Madura. Sea-level.

Type. Adult male. Original number 2157. Collected
2nd November, 1909, by G. C. Shortridge. Presented by
Oldfield Thomas.

All the names currently considered as synonyms of S. no-
taitus seem to have been given to specimens from Western
Java. Whether the present paler form is confined to Madura
or penetrates into Eastern Java remains to be seen.

Bibliographical Notices. 387

Sciurus lowt bangueye, subsp. n.

Essential characters as in true N.-Bornean Jow?, but the
peculiar warmth subtracted from the general colour, so that
instead of a warm brown the colour is dark greenish oliva-
ceous, the light rings on the hairs buffy instead of ochraceous.
Median dorsal area from crown to rump decidedly darker than
the flanks. Sides of neck still lighter than flanks, a black
postaural patch rather more conspicuous than in lowe. ‘Tail-
hairs ringed basally with buffy, their tips dull whitish, these
colours being ochraceous and buffy respectively in true dow?.

Hind foot of type 33 mm.

Skull: gnathion to basilar suture 26°5; nasals 11 ; inter-
orbital breadth 11°7 ; palatal length 19; upper tooth-series
exclusive of p? 7.

Hab. Banguey Island, N. of Borneo.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 94. 7. 2. 13. Collected
January, 1894, by A. Everett.

Nannosciurus exil’s retectus, subsp. n.

As in Bornean eailis, but general colour paler and the
warm tawny or ochraceous tawny mantle practically absent,
the nape and shoulders of the same dull grizzled buffy tone
as the crown and rump; sides rather lighter; belly cream-
buff instead of pinkish buff.

Skull rather smaller and lighter than in evilis.

Hind foot of type 19 mm.

Skull: front of interparietal to tip of nasals 21:3; zygo-
matic breadth 14°7 ; palatilar length 8°8; upper tooth-row
exclusive of p” 3.

Hab. Banguey Island, N.E. Borneo.

Type. Old male. B.M. no. 94. 7. 2. 14. Collected by
A. Everett.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.

Pisrcr, W. Dwicut. A Monographie Revision of the Twisted
Winged Insects comprising the Order Strepsiptera, Kirby.
(Smithsonian Institution. United States National Museum.
Bulletin 66.) Washington, 1909, pp. xii, 232, pls. 15.

Ir was in the year 18138 that Kirby published a paper in the
‘Transactions of the Linnean Society of London,’ in which he

o

588 Bibliographical Notices.

founded the new order Strepsiptera on two genera only, Stylops
melitte, parasitic on bees, and Xenos rossi (Ichnewmon vesparum,
Rossi) and peckie, parasitic on wasps. Stylops melitte had, how-
ever, been previously described by Kirby in his ‘ Monographia
Apum Angliz,’ and his graphic description of its discovery will be
familiar to all entomologists.

A few other species were subsequently described by Kirby and
others ; but for many years the number was very small, and these
curious insects were usually regarded as an aberrant family of
Coleoptera. Prof. Pierce brings forward cogent reasons for con-
sidering these insects to form a separate order, and now estimates
it as comprising no less than 8 families, 37 genera, and 120 species,
many of which are described as new in the present work.

It now appears that Orthoptera, Hemiptera, and Homoptera are
liable to the attacks of Strepsiptera, as well as the Hymenoptera,
which have long been known to be infested by them; and the
physiological changes induced in the hosts by these parasites are of
much importance.

We commend this important monograph to entomologists inter-
ested in curious forms of insects, and in physiological inquiries.

WF. K:

Indian Insect Life. A Manual of the Insects of the Plains (Tropical
India). By H.Maxweti-Lerroy, M.A., F.E.S., F.Z.8., Entomolo-
gist, Imperial Department of Agriculture for India; Author of
‘Indian Insect Pests,’ &c. Assisted by F. M. Howxerr, B.A., F.E.S.,
Second Entomologist, Imperial Department of Agriculture for
India. (Published under the Authority of the Government of
India.) Agricultural Research Institute, Pusa. 4to. Calcutta
and Simla, 1909. Pp. xii, 786. Pls. lxxxiv. and figs. 536.

UnavestionaBty this is the handsomest and one of the most im-
portant works which have yet appeared on the insects of India.
Hitherto the author has chiefly been known by his ‘ Indian Insect
Pests’ and ‘Indian Museum Notes,’ but his new book shows him to
have a very comprehensive knowledge of all branches of entomology,
especially as represented in the fauna of India. The Introduction
deals with general subjects, and will appeal to many readers who
have only a secondary interest in entomology. It contains discus-
sions on Diagnosis, Zoological Position, Instinct and Habit, Classifi-
cation, Number of Species, Nomenclature, Identification, Entomology
in India, Zoogeographical Divisions, Food and Habitat, and Insects
and Man.

In 1881 Blanford estimated the known species of insects found
in British India at 12,100. At present Prof. Maxwell-Lefroy
estimates the number of known species at 29,700. It is impossible
even to estimate the actual number, for the fauna even of Britain is
very far from exhausted ; and the last part of the ‘ Transactions of

Bibliographical Notices. 389

the Entomological Society of London’ includes nine new genera
and ten new species of Mymaridze (Micro-Hymenoptera) captured
within a few miles of London, and a new genus and species of
Noctuide captured neir Aberdeen. We may also note that within
the last few weeks the discovery of a new species of Mymaride
(said to be the smallest insect known) has been announced from
India.

The orders of insects are discussed in the following series :—
Aptera, Orthoptera, Neuroptera, Hymenoptera, Coleoptera, Lepido-
ptera, Thysanoptera, Diptera, and Rhynchota. There are also
separate essays under each order on various subjects of general
interest, such as Deceptive Colouring, Relative Duration of Life,
Sex, Myrmecophilous Insects, Insects as Food, Silk, Blood-sucking
Insects, Song in Insects, &c. ; and the book concludes with a Plant
Index and a General Index.

The better-known families of insects are treated with much
detail, and are freely illustrated both with plain and coloured figures.
The lesser-known families are more briefly dealt with, but the
available sources of information are clearly indicated, and special
attention is given to insect pests of all kinds.

We can hardly speak too highly of this most useful and compre-
hensive work. The only faults which we can find in it are its
weight (which in comparison to its size is only approached by that
of Comstock’s ‘Manual for the Study of Insects’) and its size.
These defects will make it difficult for a travelling entomologist
to add it to his impedimenta; and we might perhaps be allowed to
suggest to the painstaking author and his colleague that a small
** pocket ” manual of Indian entomology might be a great boon to
entomologists travelling in India, without interfering with the
usefulness or circulation of the larger work. WF. kK.

The Fauna of British India, including Ceylon and Burma. Pub-
lished under the Authority of the Secretary of State for India in
Council. Edited by A. E. Suiprey, M.A. &. Dermaptera
(Earwigs). By Matcozrm Burr, D.Sc. 8vo. Pp. xviii, 217.
Pls. 10 (1 col.) and 16 text-figures.

In the present half-volume of the ‘ Fauna Indica,’ the first published
under the editorship of Prof. Shipley, Dr. Burr has given an ex-
cellent Monograph of the Earwigs of British India; and as the
group is a comparatively small one (135 species are described in the
work before us, a number that could doubtless be easily quadrupled
in a few years if collectors in India took up the group systemati-
cally), the author has been able to deal with it very fully, and to
figure more than a hundred species, often with enlarged details of
legs, forceps, &c.

Much useful information is also given about structure and habits,
bibliography, geographical distribution, collecting and preserving,

390 Geological Society.

&e. Dr. Burr alludes to the brittle character of dried specimens
and the ease with which the forceps and last dorsal segment of the
abdomen are liable to become detached, when they are frequently
stuck on upside down. He mentions that Serville founded a new
genus on such a specimen; but earwigs are not the only insects
which are liable to similar accidents, and it is less generally known
that Walker’s genus Larnaca, which was described as differing from
Gryllacris chiefly in the position of the ovipositor, was founded on
a specimen of Giryllacris which had been broken, and the abdomen
had been reversed in the process, so that the ovipositor curved
downwards instead of upwards.

Our knowledge of the insects of our home and foreign possessions
is now rapidly increasing, and the best means of advancing it is by
the publication of books like the present, which, however, often
give such an impetus to the study of the particular group with
which they deal as to render themselves nearly obsolete in a compa-
ratively short time.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.
GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

December Ist, 1909.—Prof. W. J. Sollas, LL.D., Se.D., F.R.S.,
President, in the Chair.

The following communication was read :——

‘On some Small Trilobites from the Cambrian Rocks of
Comley (Shropshire).’ By Edgar Sterling Cobbold, F.G.S.

The majority of the trilobites noticed in this communication
were obtained during the progress of some of the excavations
referred to in the Report of the Geological Excavations Committee
of the British Association, read at the Dublin Meeting, 1908.

The specimens were derived from the Olenellus Limestone of
Comley, and from the Grey Limestones which intervene between
that horizon and the Conglomeratic Grit yielding a Paradowvides-
fauna.

The Author notices the occurrence of Microdiscus lobatus, Hall,
M. speciosus, Ford, M. helena, Walcott, and Ptychoparia (?) attle-
boroughensis, S. & F. He describes eleven species, apparently new,
which he refers to the genera Microdiscus, Ptychoparia, Micmacca (?),
Agraulos (Strenuella), Anomocare (three species), Protolenus (two

Geological Society. 391

species), and two species to a new genus, to which Mr. Matthew’s
species Micmacca (?) plana may also be referred.

All the trilobites are represented by detached portions or
fragments, often mixed indiscriminately, two or three species
together, in the separate bands of rock; and the Author adduces in
some detail the evidence for correlating certain free-cheeks, thoracic
segments, and pygidia with the various head-shields, so that future
workers may clearly distinguish between that which is actual fact
and that which is a matter of inference.

January 12th, 1910.—Prof. W. J. Sollas, LL.D., Sc.D., F.RS.,
President, in the Chair.

The following communication was read :—

‘On the Igneous and Associated Sedimentary Rocks of the
Glensaul District (County Galway).’ By Charles Irving Gardiner,
M.A., F.G.S., and Prof. Sidney Hugh Reynolds, M.A., F.G.S.;
with a Paleontological Appendix by Frederick Richard Cowper
Reed, M.A., F.G.S.

The general succession of the rocks of the Glensaul district is as
follows, in descending order :—

3. ? Bala Beds. Conglomerates and Sandstones.
These beds have not been studied.

2. Shangort and Tourmakeady Beds. Thickness
(8) Caleareous gritty tuff of no great coarseness, sometimes 7 feet.
becoming so calcareous as to pass into fairly pure lime-
stone, enclosing also bands and patches of limestone-
breccia, and, more rarely, bands of highly fossiliferous
limestone which in some cases has been shattered by
earth-movements.
(7) Very coarse tuff or breccia, mainly composed of felsite-
fragments: associated with it are impersistent bands
ESLnt ey Hi Bec at ren ne copeenn acer ah Bote aNe alae Reem aee eo eae 790
(6) Tutt, coarse and fine, with occasional patches of caleareous
beds, and at one point graptolitic beds indicating the

zone Of Didymograptus htrundo.........ccccvceveveneenensenenes 150
(5) Great felsite sill of Tonaglanna and Greenaun ...... about 1100
(AiG oarserenitie ss ssavss soceosacacssec os cnsaew secoee cess cnet as Sosrarew ona’ 20
(S)p Gritty, tui, sisccces-sceecenconsee sacs varying in thickness from 520 to 620
(2) Coarse tuff or breccia, mainly composed of felsite-fragments 75
(i) etintesbanded tutti tices schaca cose sncnss cdoeseeecces seat ack eecenons chide 55

1. Mount Partry Beds,

(4) Coarse! pritsy si ccracseacescuear cree: «ieee socmeneucaaceteseensoesues se 150
(3) Fine grits and tuffs associated with black chert, graptolitic

beds, and a prominent band of coarse tuff or breccia

about 30 feet thick. The graptolites indicate the zone

Of PRA YMOGTAptUs ELLENIUS oo. cccccousonnnsvcessonseadeorsaceos (?) 150
(2)¥ Ocarse oritaercas cacccenne cate tiessewost ca cenkeacesonannsa ee dames 110
(1) Cuarse conglomerates, about 600 feet seen.

392 Geological Society.

The graptolitic beds occurring in Band 3 of the Mount Partry Beds
have yielded nineteen species, which have been determined by Miss G.
L. Elles, D.Se., who considers that they indicate the upper part of the
zone of Didymograptus extensus. The commonest species met with
are D. extensus, Hall, and D. bifidus, Hall, both species being repre-
sented by small mutations. Rounded bodies, which a comparison
with the better preserved specimens from the Tourmakeady district
shows to be almost certainly radiolaria, were noted in sections of
the cherts and shaly beds at several points.

In a previous description of the rocks of the Tourmakeady
district, the term Shangort Beds was applied to a series of grits
and tuffs, and the term Tourmakeady Beds to an associated
series of calcareous strata which generally take the form of lime-
stone-breccias. In the Glensaul district it is not possible to draw
a sharp line of distinction between the two rock-types, some of the
calcareous gritty tuffs passing into nearly pure limestone; but the
Authors retain the terms to indicate the close connexion between
the two districts.

The fossils from the Shangort and Tourmakeady Beds, which have
been examined by Mr. F. R. Cowper Reed, show a close resemblance
to those of the Tourmakeady district ; but the finding of certain
additional forms, especially Nileus armadillo and Niobe sp., has
impressed upon Mr. Reed the close connexion between this fauna
and that of the Orthoceras Limestone of Sweden, and has convinced
him that it is rather of Arenig than of Llandeilo age. The con-
clusion is in conformity with the field-evidence, for at one point
beds of gritty shale, containing radiolaria and graptolites (indicating
the zone of Didymograptus hirundo), occur associated with the tuff
of the Shangort Beds. The relegation of the Shangort and Tour-
makeady Keds of Glensaul to the Arenig would imply a similar
age for those of the Tourmakeady district.

The Glensaul district contrasts strongly with that of Tourmakeady
as regards the character of the crystalline igneous rocks, which are
all quartz-felsites, and the Authors believe them to be entirely
intrusive.

Mr. F. R. C. Reed describes one species of Illenus, one of Niobe,
one of Nileus, two of Bathyurus, three of Cheirurus, one of Pliomera,
one of Encrinurus, one of Phacops, and a new species of Bathyurellus.
He also describes three species of Orthis, one of Hyolithes, one of
Rafinesquina, one of Camerella, and one of Porambonites, and his
conclusions as to the evidence which is furnished by the fauna
regarding the age of the beds are mentioned above.

- WORKS PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.

The London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine,

4 “Monthly. 2s. 6d.

The Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Monthly. 2s, 6d,

The Observatory, Monthly Review of Astronomy. 1s,

Aéronautics, by Brewer and Alexander. 6s.

Anderson’s Fauna of Mergui Archipelago. Vol, I. 80s., Vol. II. 15s.

Baird’s Manual for Tidal Observations. 7s. 6d.-

Blakesley’s Table of Hyperbolic Sines and Cosines. 1s,

Cooke’s Flora of the Presidency of Bombay. Vol. I, Part I. 8s.,
Part I. 9s., Part HI. 10s. Vol. IL. Part I. 93., Part I. 9s., Parts IIT. &
IV. 8s. each.

Cunningham’s Binary Caron, 15s.

Denning’s Great Meteoric Shower of November. ls,

Denning’s Telescopic Work for Starlight Evenings. 10s.

Douse’s introduction to Gothic of Ulfilas. 7s. 6d.net—_Examination ofan
Old Manuscript, sometimes called The Northumberland Manu-_
script. 2s. 6d. net.

Examination Papers set by Examining Board of Physicians and
Surgeons. 6d.

Ditto for Diploma in Public Health. 6d,

Faraday’s Experimental Researches in Chemistry and Physics. Jos.

Fauna of British India: Mammalia. 20s. — Fishes. 2 vols.
2Us. each.— Birds. Vol. I. 20s, Vols. I1., III., and IV. 15s, each,
—Reptilia and Batrachia. 20s.— Moths. 4 vols. 20s. each, —
Hymenoptera. Vol. I.: Wasps anp Bers. 20s. Vol. II.: ANts anpb
Cuckoo-Wasps. 20s.— Arachnida. 10s.— Rhynchota. Vols. I-III.
20s. each. Vol. IV., pts. 1land2. 10s, each—Butterflies. Vols, I. and I.
20s. each. Coleoptera, Vol. I. 10s.—Coleoptera. CHRYSOMELIDZ,
Vol. I. 20s.—Hfollusca. 10s.

Glaisher’s Barometer Tables, ls. Diurnal Range Tables, Is. 6d.

Glaisher’s Hygrometrical Tables. 2s. 6d,

Glaisher’s Factor Tables for Fourth, Fifth, and Sixth Millions. 20s. each.

Godwin- Austen's Land and Freshwater Mollusca of India.
Vol. Ii., Part X.. - 2is.

Joule’s Scientific Papers. Vol. I. 20s. Vol. II. 12s.

Kelvin’s (Lord) Tables for facilitating Sumner’s Method at Sea.
10s,6d, Forms for ditto. Sun, 1s. Sraks, is,

Kirby’s Supplement to Diurnal Lepidoptera. 1871-1877. 8s. 6d. net.
Lepidoptera Heterocera.—Spuineus & Bompycrs, 1892. £2 2s.
net, Neuroptera Odonata. 1890. 16s. net.

Lehfeldt, R.A. A List of chief Memoirs on Physics of Matter. 2s. 6d.

Lewis’s Systematic Catalogue of Histeride. 5s. net—Catalogue of
Japanese Coleoptera. 2s. 6d.; on one sie, 3s. 6d.

London Hospital Pathological Catalogue. 7s, Ud. net.

M‘Intosh’s Marine Invertebrates and Fishes of St. Andrews. 21s.

Physical Abstracts. Vols. Ito III. 17s. 6d. each.

Physical Memoirs, translated from foreign sources. Vol. I, Part I, 4s.,
Part IL, 7s. 6d. Part ILL. 6s.

Reade’s Origin of Mountain-Ranges. 21s,

Royal College of Surgeons :

Calendar. ls, net.

Catalogue of Specimens illustrating the Osteology of Vertebrate
Animals.in Museum. Part 3. Aves. 1%s, net,

Catalogue of Teratological Series. 5s. net.

Dermatological Collection. S8rded. 4s, net.

Physiological Series. Vols.I. and UI. 2nded. 12s. net each.
Appendices 5, 6,7, 8,and 9 to the Second Edition of Descriptive
Catalogue of the Pathological Specimens in Museum. 2s, each.
Examination Papers for Diploma of Fellow and Licence in Dental

Surgery. 6d. ~

Univ. Coll. London Calendar, 2s. 6d. Pathological Catalogue, ‘Parts 1-
to 3, 2s. each; Part 4, 1s. Library Catalogue, 3 Vols. 7s, 6d

Univ. Coll. Medical and Biological Catalogue. 2s. 6d.

Wheatstone’s Scientific Papers. lis.

RED LION COURT, FLERT STREET, LONDON, B.C.

a epee: = bth = ee oreen, a

te ~4

2a = SR ene
XLII. "Rhynchotal Notes =e By) v. e De Beastie Ss vat!
XLIYV. The Collections of William John Burchell, D. ¢. L., in the
Hope Department, Oxford University Museum:—
IV. On the Lepidoptera Rhopalocera collected by W. : Burchell
“in Brazil, 1825-1830. By E. G. Josspx, of Lincoln
College, Oxford SS Foals oa SSS Be ee — see ee 322
XLY. On Hexactinellid ‘Spicules mal their Names. —Part I. Fi
Supplementary. By R. Kiexparrick ..... 2.2.02. .0.e ee eeeees - 347
XLVI. A new Chinese Mole of the Genus Scaptochirus, By Onn Ars
PIRLD-LHOWAN: °) SS sok ow ES RE ea as ey. +390.

XLYII. Three new West African Mammals. By Oxperexp Tuostas, 351
XLVIIIL. The Caudal Fin of the Elopide and of some other “i

Teleostean Fishes. By C. Tare Rrean, M.A. ........ We ce 84
XLIX. An interesting Structural Analogy. By Austiy Honoar
DAL Sa anit er ae ee SEE rg Sy eS Het, " 358
L. Descriptions and Records of Bees. —XXVIL By . D. ES z4
Cocxrrett, University of Colorado......5....... 0.0050. pe teeee 361
LI. Two new African Shrews. By Witrrep H. Graton rte: 2 i ee
LIL. List with Notes on some Land-Shells from the Island of
Muswar, Dutch New Guinea, and Descriptions of new Species and =~
Varieties of Planispira (Cristigibba), ee Caly Lae and ogee :
poma. - By Hues ©. Ruprow spon ep ean id tee eesle Dae 370°
LIL. Five new Culicide froin Ashanti. “By F. os Taeoaan, ea
MAS Rt es i. cops cos eee ates geht SOS he i ao Vee 373

LIV. The Application of Mr. G. W. Smith’s Theory of Dwarf >
Males to Myzostoma. By A. F. Covenrry, Magdalen College, Oxford. 378

LY. On the Affinities of Astrosclera willeyana, Lister. By R.

Kinxpirnicn. (Plate XL)i2% oe aa Te F 380
LVI. New Mammals from the E. Indian Archipelago. re Ox- a
WIELD PROMAS. $55 oS S055 oldie tie 2 oe ee 2 ne ee Cece ee 383
BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES. +

Pierce, W. Dwient. A Monographie Revision of the Twisted
Winged Insects comprising the Order Strepsiptera, Kirby .... 387

Indian Insect Life. A Manual of the Insects of the Plains (Tropical
India). By H. Maxwett-Lerroy, M.A., F.E.S., F.Z.S., Ento- ;
mologist, Imperial Department of Agriculture for India. ;
Assisted by F. M. Hownerr, B.A., F.E.S., Second Entomologist,
Imperial Department of Agriculture for Indin‘se24 Sake 388.

The Fauna of British India, including Ceylon and Burma. Edited ¥
by A. E. Sarerey, M.A. &e. ~ Dermaptera (Harwigs). By 2%
Matcotm Bonn; BSe...50 225056 bade cges 215), Bok tee oie 389°

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES, ;
Geological Society ..........:. Ree Peele Sede 390, 301

*,* Itis requested that all Communications for this Work may be addressed,
post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and psig Printing ice,
Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London.

7 %

EIGHTH SERIES. No, 29.

THE ANNALS

‘| MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING
ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anp GEOLOGY.

No. 29,

MAY 1910.

CONDUCTED BY

ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.R.S.,
WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, Pu.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S.,

AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, F.L.S.

BHING A CONTINUATION OF THE ** ANNALS “4 COMBINED WITH
_ MESSRS, LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH ’S ‘MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.”

. LONDON: |
TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION OOURT, FLEET STREET.

Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Co., Ld.; Bailliére, Paris:
Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher, Berlin,

=|
ra

THE FAUNA OF flips og
INCLU DING CEYLON AND BURMA.

Published under the authority of the Secretary of State for India i in Council,
Edited by A. E, Sutprey, M.A., F.RS.

Med. 8vo, with text illustrations and 10 plates. Price 10s.

DERMAPTERA (Earwies). By Dr. Matcorm Burr, M.A., F.LS.

TAYLOR and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA.

Edited by F. DUCANE GODMAN.

SUBJECTS IN PROGRESS.
ZOOLOGY.

Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 3 (RayncuopHora: Curculionide). By
D.Suarp. (Pp. 1-168, pls. i—vi.)
Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 7 (RayncHopHora: Curculionidae, continued).
By G. C, Coampion. (Pp. 1-150, pls. ivi.)
Lepidoptera Heterocera. Vol, IV. ByLorp Watsincuam. (Pp. 1-40,
pl. i.)
The Price of each Part is 21s.

London: Published for the Editor by Dutau & Co., Soho Sq., W.

LAND AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA OF INDIA.

Part XI., Vol, II. Price 2ls.
By Lieut.-Col. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN, F.R.S., ke.

With 15 Plates and 70 pages Text, with descriptions of many new
Species belonging to the Genera:

Macrochlamys, Euaustenia, Cryptaustenia, Eurychlamys,
Austenia, Durgella, Leptodontarion, Sakiella, Pseudo-
kaliella, Sarika, Euplecta, and Pupisoma.

TayLor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[FIGHTH SERIES. ]

No. 295, MAY 1910,

LVIT.—Deser/ptions of some new Species of Heterocera from
Tropical Africa. By Hersert Druce, F.L.S. &e.

Fam. Syntomide.

Pseudapiconoma bates, sp. n.

Female.—Head, collar, and tegule chrome-yellow; an-
tenn black, the base bright red ; palpi red ; thorax brown;
abdomen chrome-yellow, banded with black, the anal seg-
ment bright red; legs red. Primaries dark brown, the costal
vein bright red from the base almost to the apex ; two small
chrome-yellow spots edged with red beyond the cell nearest
the costal margin ; a square chrome-yellow spot at the end
of the cell, a small spot below, and a rather large oval-shaped
spot nearest the inner margin, all the spots edged with red,
the veins red: secondaries uniform chrome-yellow. Under-
side very similar to the upperside, the base of the primaries
yellow; a round yellow dot nearest the apex ; secondaries as
above.

Expanse 2 inches.

Hab. W. Africa, Bitje, Ja River, Cameroons, 2000 feet,
dry season (G. L. Bates, Mus. Druce).

Pseudapiconoma laureola, sp. n.

Male.—Head, tegulx, thorax, and abdomen pale fawn-
colour; collar red, tegule edged with red, abdomen banded

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. v. 27

394 Mr. H. Druce on

with red on each segment; antenne black; underside of
thorax and upperside of the legs red. Primaries pale fawn-
colour, the veins darker in colour; a square-shaped hyaline
spot edged with red in the cell, below which is a small round
hyaline spot edged with red ; beyond the cell a band of five
hyaline spots partly cross the wing, the first two spots the
smallest, the third and fourth spots considerably larger, the
fifth spot small; the fringe fawn-colour: secondaries cream-
colour, broadly pink along the inner margin, the fringe fawn-
colour at the apex. Underside very similar to the upperside,
but paler in colour.—Female very similar to the male, but
larger, the secondaries much redder.

Expanse, ¢ 12, 2 24 inches.

Hab. West Atrica, Bitje, Ja River, Cameroons, 2000 feet,
wet season (G. L. Bates, Mus. Druce).

Allied to Pseudapiconoma specuirgera, Grunb.

Pseudapiconoma umbra, sp. n.

Male.— Head, collar, tegule, and thorax dark brown; palpi
and antenne black ; abdomen greyish brown, each segment
banded with chrome-yellow ; the underside and the legs dark
brown. Primaries dark brown; a small hyaline dot in the
cell, one below, and five hyaline spots crossing the wing
beyond the cell; the fringe dark brown: secondaries dark
brown, pinkish at the base and along the inner margin ; three
small hyaline spots below the end of the cell, the first
minute, the second the largest; the fringe dark brown. The
underside the same as the upperside, except that the inner
margin of the primaries is pink from the base to the anal
angle.

ixpanse 24 inches.

Hab. West Africa, Bitje, Ja River, Cameroons, 2000 feet,
wet season (G. L. Bates, Mus. Druce).

This species differs from all others known to me by having
hyaline spots on the secondaries.

Metarctia noctis, sp. n.

Male.— Head, antenne, collar, tegule, underside of the
abdomen, and legs reddish brown; thorax and abdomen black.
Primaries black, the costal margin edged with yellowish
brown; the fringe black: secondaries semihyaline black,
darkest at the apex and along the inner margin. On the
underside the wings are yellowish at the base.

Expanse 1{ inch.

Hab. Abyssinia, Dire Daoua (G. Kristensen, Mus. Druce).

new Species of Heterocera. 395

Metarctia ferrigera, sp. n.

Female.-—Head, collar, tegule, thorax, and abdomen
greyish brown, antenne and palpi black, legs reddish brown.
Primaries greyish brown, thickly irrorated with darker brown
scales ; a dark brown spot at the end of the cell, one beyond
and one below the cell; a marginal row of dark brown spots
extends from the apex to the anal angle: secondaries pale
yellow.

Expanse 24 inches.

flab. W. Africa, Bitje, Ja River, 2000 feet, dry season
(G. L. Bates, Mus. Druce).

Fam. Agaristida.

AXynthospilopteryx batesi, sp. n.

Female.—Vead, palpi, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax,
legs, and the abdomen black ; head, palpi, collar, and tegula
spotted with white. Primaries black, crossed near the apex
by a wide chrome-yellow band that does not extend to the
outer margin ; a large chrome-yellow spot at the end of the
cell, a larger one below the cell, and a small round spot at
the anal angle; several blue spots on the costal margin and
two blue streaks between the chrome-yellow bands; two
chrome-yellow streaks on the inner margin, the marginal one
the largest ; the fringe white at the apex, the fringe along
the outer margin black: secondaries deep black, the fringe
white. Underside: primaries as above ; secondaries black,
with a wide yellow band along the costal margin extending
from near the base almost to the apex; the fringe of both
wings white.

Expanse 34 inches,

Hab. West Africa, Bitje, Ja River, Cameroons, 2000 feet,
wet season (G. L. Bates, Mus. Druce).

This species is allied to Xynthospilopteryx grandis, Druce,
from Old Calabar.

Xynthospilopteryx comarta, sp. n.

Male.— Head, palpi, collar, and tegule black, spotted with
white ; antenne black; thorax black, with two central white
spots, the base of the thorax clothed with chrome-yellow
hairs; abdomen brownish black, the upperside and _ sides
spotted with white, the underside black, banded with white ;
legs black, banded with yellow and white. Primaries black,

a white band near the apex crossed by black veins ; a square
7%
—

396 Mr. IH. Druce on

white spot at the end of the cell; an oval-shaped white spot
below, a large white spot close to the base, and a minute
white dot at the base ; the fringe black : secondaries carmine-
red, shading to chrome-yellow near the apex; the apex and
outer margin broadly bordered with black; the fringe black.
Underside: primaries chrome-yellow, the costal margin, a
round spot in the cell, a wide bar at the end of the cell, the
apex, and outer margin all black : secondaries very similar
to the upperside, but the black mark at the end of the cell is
much more distinct; the fringes of both wings black.

Expanse 3 inches.

Hab. West Africa, Bitje, Ja River, Cameroons, 2000 feet,
dry season (G. L. Bates, Mus. Druce).

Fam. Lasiocampide.
Lasiocampa noctis, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antenne, palpi, collar, and thorax black ;
abdomen black, the underside reddish brown; legs brown.
Primaries and secondaries brownish black ; a blackish-grey
ill-defined mark beyond the cell; the fringes of both wings
black. Underside: primaries fawn-colour, the costal margin,
apex, and outer margin brownish black : secondaries fawn-
colour, thickly irrorated with brown scales ; a waved central
brown line crossing the middle of the wing from the costal to

the inner margin; several indistinct brown spots near the
anal angle.

Exxpanse 2 inches.

Hab. W. Africa, Upper Kasai District, Congo Free State
(P. Landbeck, Mus. Druce).

Allied to Lasiocampa heres, Schaus, from Sierra Leone.

Lomadonta albisigna, sp. n.

Male.— Head, collar, and tegule yellowish white ; an-
tenne pale brown; thorax and upperside of the abdomen
pale yellowish brown; the underside of the thorax, abdomen,
and legs white. Primaries pale yellow, crossed with fine
waved reddish lines ; a square white spot below the end of
the cell and a wide greyish-brown band crosses the wings near
the apex from the costal to the outer margin; the fringe
alternately yellow and greyish brown: secondaries pure
white, clouded with pale yellowish brown at the apex and
partly round the outer margin. Underside: both wings pure

white ; primaries with the greyish-brown band as above, the
apex shaded with yellow.

new Species of Leterocera. 397

Expanse 14 inch.

Hab. West Africa, Bitje, Ja River, Cameroons, 2000 feet,
dry season (G. L. Bates, Mus. Druce).

Allied to Lomadonta johnstoni, Auriv., but very distinct.

Trabala charon, sp. n.

Male.—Head, collar, tegule, thorax, and abdomen pale
yellowish green; antenne pale brown. Primaries pale green,
a small black dot at the end of the cell, a faint curved pale
brown line close to the base, a curved zigzag fine brown line
beyond the cell extending from the costal to the inner margin,
where it joins a cluster of brownish scales ; a submarginal
row of small brown spots extending from the apex to the
inner margin near the anal angle: secondaries pale green,
with the pale brown lines continued as on the primaries to
the inner margin. Underside very similar to the upperside.
—Femaile similar to the male; the brown lines are more
distinct on both wings, but the submarginal spots are fainter.

Expanse, ¢ 14, ? 3 inches.

Hab. West Africa, Bitje, Ja River, Cameroons, 2000 feet,
dry season (G. ©. Bates, Mus. Druce).

Allied to Trabala sulphurea, Koll.

Fam. Notodontide.

Macronadata viridis, sp. n.

Male.—Head, collar, tegule, and thorax pale olive-green ;
antennee pale brown, deeply pectinated, the shaft spotted
with white ; palpi brown, clothed with greenish-white hairs ;
legs brown and white; abdomen brownish white. Primaries
pale olive-green, the costal margin white, the lower half of
the outer margin and the apex broadly yellow; two faint
brown waved lines cross the wing about the middle from tho
costal to the inner margin; an indistinct submarginal brown
line extends from the apex to the anal angle; the fringe
brown and white: secondaries pale yellow, the costal margin
and apex pale greyish brown, the fringe white. Underside of
primaries blackish grey, yellowish at the anal angle and
along the inner margin; secondaries greyish white, a black
spot at the end of cell and a very faint brown submarginal
line from the apex to the inner margin; the costal half of the
wing is irrorated with brown scales. .

Expanse 3 inches.

398 Mr. H. Druce on
Hab. W. Africa, Bitje, Ja River, Cameroons, 2000 feet,

wet season (G. L. Bates, Mus. Druce):
Allied to M. collaris, Moeschl., and MM. brunneidorsa, Holl.,
but very distinct.

Fam. Geometridae.

Pitthea flavimargo, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antennex, palpi, tegulz, and thorax black ;
front of the head and collar white; abdomen above bright
glossy blue ; underside of the thorax and abdomen chrome-
yellow; legs black. Primaries black, partly crossed near
the apex by a narrow semihyaline white streak ; the base of
the wing broadly semihyaline white, shot with metallic blue
at the base: secondaries bright metallic blue, broadly bordered
with black; a wide semilyaline white band extends from the
middle of the costal margin to the end of the cell, where it
comes to a polit. Underside: primaries very similar to the
upperside, but shaded with brown along the costal margin
and at the apex: secondaries chrome-yellow, the semihyaline
white band the same as above, but edged with black ; the
outer margin from the apex to the anal angle edged with
black.

Expanse 1} inch.

Hab. W. Africa, Bitje, Ja River, Cameroons, 2000 feet,
dry season (G. L. Bates, Mus. Druce).

Pitthea eximia, sp. n.

Male,—Head, antennee, palpi, tegule, and thorax black ;
collar dark orange; front of head white ; abdomen bright
metallic blue; underside of the thorax and abdomen dark
orange; legs bluish black. Primaries black, glossed with
bright blue, the base aud a small band near the apex white :
secondaries white, broadly bordered with black at the apex
and anal angle, the white and black glossed with blue.
Underside similar to the upperside, the costal margin and the
apex of the primaries and the apex of the secondaries shaded
with yellowish brown; the fringes of both wings black.

Expanse 12 inch.

Llab. W. Atrica, Bitje, Ja River, Cameroons, 2000 feet,
dry season (G. L. Bates, Mus. Druce).

Pitthea ful/ginosa, sp. n.
Male.—Head, antenne, collar, tegule, and thorax black ;

fa)

new Species of Leterocera. 399

abdomen black above, yellowish brown on the underside ;
legs black. Primaries black, crossed by two semihyaline
dusky bands, the fist near the apex, the second close to the
base; the fringe black: secondaries black, with a central
dusky hyaline band crossing the wing from the costal to the
outer margin, where it ends in a yellow spot, the apex edged
with yellow. Underside very similar to the upperside, but
the inner half of the secondaries streaked with yellow.—
Female very similar to the male, but rather larger and
without any yellow on the upperside of the secondaries.

EXxpanse, ¢ 13, 2 2 inches.

Hab. W. Africa, Udamba, Kuila River, 8.W. Congo
State (J. S. Bousfield) ; Upper Kasai District, Congo Free
State (P. Landbeck, Mus. Lruce).

Allied to Pitthea trifasciata, Dewitz, but very distinct.

Pitthea albolineata, sp. 0.

Male.—Head, palpi, antenne, tegule, thorax, and abdomen
black, front of the head white, collar yellow ; underside of
the abdomen yellow; legs black. Primaries black, crossed
near the base from the costal to the inner margin by a narrow
creamy white band; a creamy white band near the apex, that
does not extend to either margin: secondaries black, a narrow
creamy white central band extends from the middle of the
costal margin almost to the outer margin. Underside :
primaries very similar to the upperside, but streaked with
yellow at the base; secondaries as above, streaked with
yellow at the base and along the inner margin, the white
central line broadly bordered with yellow.

Eixpanse 13 inch.

Hab. West Africa, Bitje, Ja River, Cameroons, 2000 feet,
dry season (G. L. Bates, Mus. Druce).

Aletis sapor, sp. n.

Male.—Head, antennez, and thorax black ; collar white ;
tecule black, edged with white; abdomen black above,
spotted with white on each side ; the underside red; legs
black. Primaries brick-red, the apex broadly black; four
small white spots cross the wing close to the apex ; the fringe
black : secondaries brick-red, edged with black from the
apex to the anal angle, a marginal row of small white dots
extends from the apex to the anal angle. Underside the same
as above, but lighter in colour.—/'emale the same as the male,

400 Mr. H. Druce on

with all the white spots considerably larger, also redder on the
underside.

Expanse, ¢ 2, 2 23 inches.

Hab. West Africa, Bitje, Ja River, Cameroons, 2000 feet,
dry season (G. L. Bates, Mus. Druce).

Aletis landbecki, sp. n.

Male.—Head and antenne black, front of head and collar
white ; tegule and thorax orange-yellow; abdomen grey,
striped with black, the underside and the legs greyish white.
Primaries, the basa] two-thirds of the wing dark orange-
yellow, the apical third black; a large oval-shaped white
spot near tlie apex crossed by the black veins; the fringe
black: secondaries dark orange-yellow; a minute black dot
at the end of the cell; the apex and outer margin bordered
with black ; three white spots on the black border close to the
anal angle. Underside very similar to the upperside, but
paler in colour.

Expanse 13 inch.

Hab. West Africa, Upper Kasai District, Congo Free
State (P. Landbeck, Mus. Druce).

Anmenopsyche agis, sp. Nn.

Male.--Head, antennee, and thorax black; collar and
tegulz white; abdomen above black, spotted with white;
the underside and legs yellowish white. Primaries white,
the base and half the costal margin very pale yellow, the
costal margin from the middle to the apex and outer margin
black : secondaries white, the base and inner margin broadly
pale yellow, thickly irrorated with black scales from below
the cell to the anal angle ; the outer margin from the apex to
the anal angle bordered with black, deeply dentated on the
inner side. Underside the same as above.

Expanse 2 inches.

flab, Uganda (Simon, Alus. Druce).

Anmenopsyche thestis, sp. n.

Male.—Head and antenne black ; collar white; tegulz
black, edged with white; thorax black, with three large
white spots close to the base; abdomen above grey, the
segments edged with yellow, and a central row of white
spots extends from the base to the anus; underside of the
abdomen yellowish white ; legs white. Primaries white, the
costal margin to the end of the cell, the base, and inner

new Species of Heterocera. 401

margin pale yellow, the apical third of the wing black ; a
row of four white spots crosses the wing from near the apex to
the anal angle; the fringe black: secondaries pale yellow,
broadly edged with black ; a marginal row of white spots
extending from the apex to the anal angle. Underside the
same as above, but rather paler in colour.

Expanse 1? inch.

Hab. West Africa, Upper Kasai District, Congo Free
State (P. Landbeck, Mus. Druce).

Fam. Nyctemeride.

Eohemera albofasciata, sp. n.

Male.—Head and collar bright red; tegule black, edged
with red ; thorax black; antennz pectinated black ; abdomen
red, with a black spot on each segment; underside of abdo-
men and legs yellowish brown. Primaries dark brown, the
veins pale brown ; a white band crosses the wing beyond the
cell from the costal margin to the anal angle; the fringe
brownish black: secondaries bright red, the apex and outer
margin broadly bordered with black; two black streaks
extend from base along the inner margin to the anal angle.
Underside very similar to the upperside, but slightly paler in
colour.— Female very like the male, but larger, the secondaries
brighter in colour and shading off to chrome-yellow on the
costal margin; the antennee are simple.

Expanse, ¢ 13, 2 24 inches.

Hab. West Atrica, Bitje, Ja River, Cameroons, 2000 feet,
wet season (G. L. Bates, Mus. Druce).

Allied to Hohemera fullert, Druce.

Fam. Mgeride.

Aigeria nobilis, sp. n.

Male.—Head, palpi, antenne, collar, tegule, thorax, and
abdomen black ; underside of the abdomen and legs brown.
Primaries dark brown, palest near the apex ; the fringe dark
brown: secondaries creamy white, the fringe dark brown.
Underside very similar to the upperside, the primaries much
paler in colour.

Expanse 1} inch.

Hab. German East Africa (Jlus. Druce).

402 Miss G. Ricardo—A Revision

Fam. Zygenide.

Tassia? amata, sp. n.

Male—Head and antenna black; collar and tegule
metallic green; thorax, abdomen, and legs glossy black.
Primaries black, shaded with metallic red and gold from the
base to the end of the cell; the fringe black: secondaries
glossy blue-black ; a small hyaline spot at the anal angle.
Underside of both wings glossy black.

Expanse 13 inch.

Hab. Abyssinia, Dire Daoua (G. Kristensen, Mus. Druce).

LVIII.—A Revision of the Genus Pelecorhynchus of the
Family Yabanide. By GERTRUDE RicArpo.

PanGonine.

PeLEcORHYNCHUS, Macquart.

Pelecorhynchus, Macq., Dipt. Exot.* Suppl. iv. p. 332 (1850); Loew,
Dipt. Siidafrik. (1860); Ricardo, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) v.
p- 101 (1900).

Cenopnyga, Thoms., Eugen. Resa, p. 449 (1868).

The species of this genus are at once distinguished by the
hatchet-shape of proboscis, by the curved anal vein of wing
and open anal cell, and by the subulated antenne. ‘The dis-
tribution of the species is interesting, the known species all
being found in Australiaand Chile (S. America). ‘The species
now number eight, three of them being described for the first
time ; only two out of the eight come from Chile.

1. Wings marked with dark spots or bands . 2.
Wings not marked with dark spots or
SPIN EWE ton bac aero oe tae g conker &borke 4,
, The whitish bands of abdomen interrupted,
the thorax with two white spots on
[WIERG resi nett NoSWINS Gry gtaaws acolo Serio Hsin eristaloides, Walker.
The whitish bands of abdomen entire, no
Spots OM LHOTAK ©. .£)diefe isu: Washed = fale 3.
3. Spots of wings pale brown, pubescence on
anterior part of sides of thorax blackish,
hairs on base of cheeks yellow ........ maculipennis, Macquart.

iw)

* The original pagination of Macquart’s work ‘Diptera Exotica’ is
used throughout this paper.

of the Genus Pelecorhynchus. 403

Spots of wings deep blackish brown and
larger, pubescence on anterior part of
sides of thorax and hairs on base of
eheelks red dist. . csirclers cis .ete scheint nigripennis, sp. n.
4, Wings pale russet. Body russet above,
black below, with a median dorsal black
Sipe ON GOrsumh Gerastr mies shes apo: Sulvus, sp. n.
Wings hyaline, sometimes tinged yellowish. 5
. Abdomen black, shining. Thorax brown-
ish with blackish hairs at sides. Scutel-
lum brown. Legs black ............ Susconiger, Walker,
Abdomen reddish brown, shining. Thorax
reddish brown, with red hairs at sides.
Scutellum brown, with red hairs on
posterior border. Legs reddish ...... claripennis, sp. 0.
Abdomen, thorax, and scutellum clothed
with orange-red pubescence. Legs red-
GAPS VIE LONG © 4 creiet ots erslee ected te he fue aurantiacus, Ricardo.
Abdomen, thorax, and scutellum black,
with whitish thoracic stripes and spots
on/abdomeny fa. Fences eee ia ee ne ie darwint, Ricardo,

cr

Pelecorhynchus maculipennis, ? , Macquart.

Pelecorhynchus maculipennis, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. iv. p. 332, pl. ii.
fig. 6 (1850); Ricardo, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) v. p. 102 (1900).

Stlvius personatus, Walker, List Dipt. i. p. 192 (1848), et v. Suppl. i.
p- 267 [ Dasybasis|; Ricardo, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) v. p. 102
(1900).

Pelecorhynchus ornatus, Schiner, Novara Reise, Dipt. p. 98 (1868) ;
Williston, Kansas Uniy. Quart. ili. p. 192 (1895).

Black. Abdomen with red bands. Antenne red. Legs
testaceous. Wings with brown spots. Length 6 lines gd @.
Palpi testaceous with yellowish hairs g@, white 9. Beard
yellowish 6, whitish 2. Face on the convex part brownish
with black hairs; sides with white tomentum. Forehead
brown, with lateral stripes of brown tomentum and a little
white tomentum in front,in female. Antenne: the first two
joints and the last four divisions of the third joint brown.
Thorax black ¢, brown 92, with two dorsal black narrow
stripes and two slate-coloured stripes the same width, ?; sides
with yellowish hairs ¢, with whitish hairs 2; a tuft of
bright red hairs in front of root of wings. Abdomen, ¢:
second, third, and fourth segments with testaceous shining
band, interrupted in the middle; posterior border of these
segments bordered with short bright red hairs ; that of the
female differs in these testaceous bands having white tomen-
tum. Legs testaceous, the last joints of tarsi brown; the
hairs of the posterior legs black on outside border, brownish
on inside border, Wings alittle yellowish ; the brown spots
at base of cells.

404 Miss G. Ricardo—4 Revision

From east coast of New Holland. Museum. Macquart,
Dipt. Exot. Suppl. iv. p. 332.

Through the kindness of M. Surcouf I was able to see the
male and female types of this species in the Paris Museum in
the spring of 1908, and was confirmed in my opinion that
Macquart in describing the genus was in error in stating that
the hind tibie are unprovided with spines, which are quite
distinct in these types, aud his drawing of the wing is in-
correct, the anal cell being open, though narrowed, at border,
and the anal vein is curved. This establishes the synonymy
of the genus Cenopnyga formed by Thomson with Macquart’s
genus. See my remarks in the ‘ Annals’ (7) vol. v. p. 101
(1900).

I also discovered that P. personatus, Walker, is identical
with this species and that the specimens I identified as
P. maculipennis are a new species. From Schiner’s descrip-
tion of P. ornatus, there is no doubt it is identical with
Macquart’s species, Schiner being unable to identify it from
Macquart’s description, though he remarks it is very nearly
related. Thespecies is recorded by Macquart from Australia,
by Schiner from Auckland, New Zealand, and by Williston
from Queensland.

There are specimens in the Brit. Mus, Coll. from Australia
(Hunter); the Walker type (a female) and males from New
South Wales between Sidney and Moreton Bay (Stuchbury).
In Mr. French’s collection sent to me for identification there
are males and females from Victoria. ‘The palpiin Macquart’s
types are small with white hairs, the proboscis hatchet-like,
the face convex with small pits on each side. Forehead
broad and short with ocelli, pubescence black. Antenne red,
awl-shaped. Eyes bare. Abdomen reddish brown, with three
grey tomentose bands on the second, third, and fourth seg-
ments, produced in the middle as a roundish spot, the
segmentations red-haired. Thorax in male and female
blackish, with three indistinct grey stripes. Legs wholly red.
Wings hyaline, with a black- brown fore border and three pale
brown-coloured bands of spots—the first at the base of basal
cells; the second extending from the fore border of wing over
the middle cross-veins to the fifth longitudinal vein; the third
is divided into spots, so that the anterior one is situated in the
middle of the second longitudinal vein, with the second spot
almost joining it, lying round the base of the fork of the
third vein, and a third quite isolated spot is present at the
apex of discal cell; besides these spots, the apex of second
longitudinal vein and upper branch of third longitudinal vein

of the Genus Pelecorhynchus. 405

have a spot-like brown shading, and a similar shading is seen
on the conspicuously curved axillary vein. The description
of the wings is taken from Schiner’s excellent description.
In Walker’s type an extra brown spot is present on the vein
dividing the second and third posterior cells, and a faint one
is discernible on the apex of fifth longitudinal vein : these are
not present or are very faint on the other specimens. The
fourth posterior cell is much narrowed, but open at border, in
this species.

Pelecorhynchus eristaloides, 3, Walker.

List Dipt. i. p. 193 [? Szdvius] (1848), et v. Suppl. i. p. 267 [Dasy-
basis} (1854) ; Ricardo, Ann. & Mag. Nat, Hist. (7) v. p. 102 (1900).

Type (¢ ) and another male from Australia (Children Coll.),
and a female from 8.E. Tasmania (EZ. D. Atkinson).

This species is nearly allied to Pelecorhynchus maculipennis,
Maeq., but distinguished by the white tomentose bands on the
second, third, and fourth segments of abdomen being interrupted
in the middle and by the presence on the thorax of two striking
elongated white spots, each situated on a black stripe which
reaches the whole length of the greyish-brown thorax. In
the male the hairs on the face are black and thick. Beard
yellowish. In male and female the hairs at sides of thorax
are black, reddish at base of wings. Markings of wings very
similar to those of P. maculipennis, but the median band of
brown spots is narrower, and the two spots on the second and
third veins are widely separated, that on the second vein
being nearer base of vein, below the half length of vein; the
apex of wing is brownish, so that the apical spots are not
distinct.

Length of type and other specimens varies from 15-20 mm.

Pelecorhynchus nigripennis, $ 2, sp. n.
Type (¢) from New South Wales; type (2?) from Dan-

denong Ranges, Victoria (French Coll.) ; 2 from Tasmania
(M. Al/port); a $ in Mr. French’s collection from Victoria.

These specimens, which I at first took to be Macquart’s
species before seeing the type, have not been described
before.

They are nearly related to P. maculipennis, but are distin-
guished from it by the deep blackish-brown markings on
wings, which are also larger. ‘The base of wings is more
widely dark, extending to the posterior border and joined by

406 Miss G. Ricardo—A Revision

the dark fore border to the middle band of spots, which in
this species is wider and extends to the posterior border of
wing, and has an almost straight basal border, the upper
border a little sinnous, but not so irregular as in Macquart’s
species; the spots of second and third vein are here com-
pletely joined, reaching from the fore border across the base
of fork of third vein, sometimes reaching the fourth vein,
both borders nearly straight; the spot at apex of discal cell
is present, and also the two apical spots, which are joined.
Red hairs are visible at base of cheeks, on sides of thorax,
and a tuft on breast, besides the usual segmentations of
abdomen and border of scutellum. The colouring of thorax
and abdomen is darker, being blackish brown, with the same
grey tomentose bands.

Length of type about 18 mm.

Pelecorhynchus fulvus, 2, sp. n.

Type (2) and two others from Alps, Victoria, Australia
(French Coll.).

This handsome well-marked species will be easily identified
by the bright russet colour of the thorax, abdomen, and
wings, and by the black legs with yellow tarsi; there is a
black dorsal line on the abdomen and the apex of the wings
is clouded with black.

Length 16 mm.

Face black, very convex, shining, bare, divided from the
cheeks by deep furrows, the cheeks covered with grey
tomentum and with a few black hairs. Palpi brown, the last
joint egg-shaped, with black pubescence and a few white
hairs below. Beard white.

Antennz black, the second joint fulvous, the first two
joints with black hairs. Forehead about as broad as it is
long, black, with a band across the middle of yellowish-brown
tomentum ; pubescence black. ‘Thorax bright russet, with
same coloured pubescence; the sides of dorsum black, with
blackish pubescence and a few white hairs above the wings ;
sides and breast black, with long white-haired tufts. | Abdo-
men bright russet, with short imperceptible red pubescence ;
the sides of dorsum black, corresponding with sides of thorax,
and a median black stripe extends almost to the apex, reaching
halfway across the fourth segment; sides with black hairs,
white hairs on the first two segments; underside black.
Legs black, the tarsi pale yellow, with yellowish-white
pubescence ; elsewhere the pubescence is black. Wings pale

of the Genus Pelecorhynchus. 407

russet, dark brown at apex, not reaching the extreme apex,
most intense round the second and third veins on their apical
third, extending as a lighter shade in the submarginal, all
posterior, and the discal cells, and on the apical half of the
second basal cell; all cells open, the anal vein curved; the
alule brown, fringed with white hairs. Halteres brown.

Pelecorhynchus fusconiger, Walker.

List Dipt. i. p. 192 (1848) [P Szdvius], et v. Suppl. i. p. 267 (1854)
[ Dasybasis]; Ricardo, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) v. p. 102 (1900).

Type (¢) from Australia (presented by Lord Derby) (1844),
and another female from New South Wales (J. J. Walker)
(1904); males from Australia (Hunter) and New South
Wales, between Sidney and Moreton Bay.

A species with wings clear, tinged yellowish; the thorax
brownish; abdomen shining black. Legs blackish.

Length, females 16-18 mm. ; males 16-173 mm.

Face blackish, covered with yellowish-grey tomentum,
convex, divided by deep furrows from the cheeks; in the
centre on the raised part it is reddish brown, pubescence on
face black. Beard yellowish. Palpi reddish, with long black
hairs, the second joint egg-shaped.

Antenne reddish: the first joint blackish, with black hairs ;
the second pale reddish, with some black hairs. Forehead
nearly as broad anteriorly as it is long, slightly narrower at
vertex, yellowish brown with black pubescence and indica-
tions of two narrow brown stripes; ocelli shining, blackish
brown.

Thorax same colour as forehead, with black pubescence,
some yellowish hairs on basal part; sides with black hairs
above and denser pale yellowish hairs beneath them on the
posterior half only. Breast blackish, with some brownish
tomentum and black hairs; a dense tuft of pale yellow hairs
at base of wings. Scutellum similar to thorax, fringed with
dull fulvous hairs.

Abdomen black, shining, with traces of whitish or greyish
pubescence. Legs blackish, the anterior and middle tibize
and tarsi dull reddish yellow.

Wings clear, veins reddish yellow, slightly tinged with
yellow on fore border.

Male identical; the eyes meet, facets all equal ; woper part
of face below antennz covered with dense black pubescence,
the hairs long.

A)8 A Revision of the Genus Pelecovhynchus.

Pelecorhynchus claripennis, 2 , sp. n.

Type (?) from Dandenong Ranges, Victoria, Australia.

This species is allied to P. fusconiger, Walker, but differs
in the presence of bright red hairs on the sides of the thorax,
on the scutellum, and on abdomen, and the legs are reddish,
not black.

Brown, with quite clear wings. Legs yellowish red.

Length 15 mm. ;

Face convex, divided by deep furrows from the cheeks,
reddish brown with black pubescence, the cheeks with some
grey tomentum, which also appears on the face. Palpi
reddish, the second joint egg-shaped, with long yellowish
hairs at apex. Beard pale yellow. Antenna destroyed
except the first joint, which is reddish with black hairs.
Forehead broad, nearly as broad anteriorly as it is long,
narrower at vertex, brown with short black pubescence.
Ocelli present. Thorax brown, covered with fulvous pubes-
cence, a few darker hairs intermixed ; posterior border and
sides of thorax dull yellowish red, with deep red _ hairs
at base of wing and on posterior border; breast reddish
brown, with black hairs and a large tuft of cream-white hairs
below wings. Scutellum same as thorax, with deep red hairs
on posterior border. Abdomen reddish brown, shining, with
scanty black pubescence on dorsum and deep red _ hairs
fringing the hind borders of the last three segments; sides
with some black hairs and deep red hairs, the latter most
numerous at apex ; underside brown, with black hairs and a
fringe of red hairs on second and third segments. Legs red ;
the femora brown, with grey tomentum and white hairs on
the anterior pair, black on the others; femora and _ tibie
fringed with black hairs; on upper side of middle and poste-
rior femora the hairs are yellowish. Wings hyaline, veins
yellow, all cells open, the anal vein curved.

Pelecorhynchus darwint, Ricardo.
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) v. p. 102, pl. i. fig. 1 (1900).

Dr. Kertesz sent me for identification a male and female
from Concepcion, Chile, which are identical with the above
type from Chiloe, 8. Chile, with the exception of the white
spots on abdomen, which in these are six in number, two each
on the second, third, and fourth segments; in the type these
are only visible on the third and fourth segments of the
dorsum, though they all appear on the underside of abdomen.

Descriptions and Records of Bees. 409

Pelecorhynchus aurantiacus, Ricardo.
Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) v. p. 108, pl. i. fig. 2 (1900).

This species, also from Chile, is at once distinguished by
the dense orange-rufous pubescence on the body.

All the types are in the British Museum collection, with
the exception of the Macquart types, which are in the
Natural History Museum, Paris.

LIX.— Descriptions and Records of Bees.—XXVIII.
By T. D. A. CockereELL, University of Colorado.

Anthophora darwini, sp. n.

& .—Length 10 or 11 mm.

Black, the hair of head and thorax above mixed bluish
white and black, below wiite. Hyes very large; facial
quadrangle much longer than broad; labrum (except a spot
at each basal corner and the linear apical margin), basal two-
thirds of mandibles, clypeus (except a large foot-shaped
mark, with long heel, on each side above), space between
clypeus and eyes, a broad low triangular supraclypeal mark,
and scape in front, all yellow (reddened by cyanide in type) ;
flagellum ferruginous beneath. Maxillary palpi 6-jointed :
the second joint very large and robust, with a comb of
numerous short bristles on its anterior side, and a few much
longer ones (two near the middle and two apical), as well as
some minute ones, posteriorly; apical joint very slender,
with a pair of small apical bristles; length of joints in p:
(2) about 595, (8) 270, (4) 185, (5) 85, (6) 100. ‘Tongue
long, covered with flattened spatulate hairs, which are about
220 w long and 30 wide. ‘Tegule dark reddish; wings dusky ;
legs with white hair on outer side, and black on inner, hair
of hind tarsi entirely black. Abdomen with five broad apical
bands, which are bright shining blue, reminding one of the
colour of some Lyczenid butterflies ; last ventral segment
shining, with a strong median keel.

Much like A. walker, Ckll., but the colour of the abdominal
bands is quite different, without any tinge of green. The
spatulate hairs of the tongue are also tound on A. pulchra,
Smith (specimen from F’. Smith’s collection), and doubtless
other allied species. They are found even in the American

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. v. 25

410 Mr. IT. D. A. Cockerell— Descriptions and

A. montana, Cresson, &c., though not so conspicuously
developed.

Hab. Port Darwin, Australia, Nov. 1902 (Turner). Type
in British Museum.

Anthophora cingulifera, sp. n.

9 .—Lenegth about 14 mm.

Robust, black, the hair of head and thorax above mixed
black and bluish white ; labrum (except two large basal spots
connected by a line and linear apical edge), basal half of
mandibles, reversed T on clypeus and lower lateral corners
broadly, very broad and low supraclypeal mark, lanceolate
lateral marks only touching orbits basally, and small mark
on scape in front, all yellowrsh white ; flagellum terruginous
beneath ; tegulee dark reddish; wings dusky; abdomen
with four broad apical bands, shining brillant blue.

Hab. Dehra Dun, U. P., India, Nov. 1907 (Lé.-Col. F.
W. Thomson).

I give only a brief description, as the species has been
fully described by Bingham (Hymenop. British India, 1.
p- 526) as A. cingulata (Fabr.). I have previously (Ann. &
Mag. Nat. Hist., Oct. 1905, p. 397) called attention to the
fact that true (Australian) cingulata is a different species.
The type of the new species is in the British Museum.

Anthophora vulpina waltoni, subsp. n.

9 .—Length 12-13 mm.

Appearance and structure of A. vulpina, Panzer (specimen
from Nassau, F. Smith collection, compared), but paler with-
out any evident yellowish tint, the apex of abdomen with
pale hair like the rest, except the middle of the fifth segment,
where it is dark reddish brown. Hair of head and thorax
long, dull white mixed with black above, white below ;
clypeus, labrum, and mandibles black; labrum quadrate,
coarsely sculptured, strongly shining ; clypeus well punctured,
with a median raised line; tongue with well-developed spatu-
late hairs; antennze entirely black, joints measuring in mw on
under side: (3) 730, (4) 220, (5) 240, (6) 255 ; tegule very
dark reddish brown. Wings dusky hyaline; first r. n. joining
second s.m. beyond middle; b. n. little bent at base.
Hair of legs dull white, pale reddish on inner side of tarsi,
brush at end of hind basitarsus fuscous; spurs yellowish
white; hind margins of abdominal segments narrowly
hyaline, the second to fourth with broad shaggy bands of

Records of Bees. 411

greyish-white hair, the surface otherwise with appressed
greyish-white hair, with long suberect black hairs inter-
mixed.

Hab. Lhasa, Tibet, “ viii. ix. 04, Tibet Exped.” (H. J.
Walton). In British Museum.

These bees are of unusual interest on account of the locality.
They prove to be qnite different from all the Himalayan
species recorded by Bingham and Nurse, and also from the
species of the Filehner expedition reported on by Friese.
On the other hand, they are so close to the Huropean
A. vul/pina that they seem to be only a pale desert race,
though it is possible that the male would show more striking
differences. They do not accord with any of the members ot
the A. vulpina group described from Turkestan: A. plebeju,
Morawitz, differs by the dull labrum and testaceous tegule ;
while A. flavescens, Fedts., and A. murina, Fedts., both
have “ tegulis calearibusque testaceis.”

Anthophora persicorum, sp. n.

? .—Length about 14 mm. .

Agrees with A. quadrifusciata, Villers, in nearly all
respects, but differs thus: clypeus creamy white, with only
an oblique quadrate black mark on each side above ; antenna
dark reddish, the Hagellum ferruginous beneath ; hair of head —
above dull white instead of fulvous, and that of thorax doubt-
less also pale, but worn off on the type except at sides;
hair-bands of abdomen rather broader and clear snow-white;
wings distinctly darker. The hind legs are quite as in
A. quadrifasciata, the hind tibia white-haired on the outside,
the hind basitarsus entirely black-haired. ‘The legs are more
or less reddened, and the femora have sooty hair beneath.
Tegul pale testaceous; spurs dark reddish.

The A. quadrifasciata compared is from Oran. The Persian
insect is perhaps only a local subspecies; it looks very
distinct, but has no important characters. It exactly agrees
with the description of A. furinosa except as to the hair of
the legs. I have been through all the descriptions of Asiatic
species allied to quadrifasciata and find nothing identical.

Hab. S.W. Persia (Zscalera). In British Museum. The
specimen is also labelled “ K. Sefid.”

Anthophora zonata (L.).

This beautiful species has been reported from many of the
Malay islands, including Borneo, Java, Celebes, New Guinea,
7 28

412 Mr. I. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and

Aru Isl., &e. It ranges south into Australia, and I have a
specimen from China which I cannot distinguish from the
Australian examples. Nevertheless, in the moist tropical
islands of the Malay Archipelago it has developed several
distinct forms, which are probably constant and for the most
part confined iD particular islands. Material for the satis-
factory presentation of the matter is wanting, but the following
specimens are in the British Museum :—

(1) A. zonata whiteheadi, subsp. n., 2. Cape Engano,
Luzon, Philippine Islands (Whttehead).—Expanse
about 20 mm.: abdominal bands pure deep purple,
without any trace of green; bair on outer side of hind
tibie creamy white, with a dark fuscous basal patch ;
thorax unusually small.

(2) A. zonata borneensis, subsp. n., g. N.W. Borneo;
“Spitang R.” (95-226).—Expanse 21 mm.: abdo-
minal bands blue, tinged with green, strongly metallic ;
hair on outer side of hind tibiz mostly black anteriorly
and white posteriorly, without any yellowish or fulvous;
last ventral segment keeled.

(3) A. conuta andrewsi, subsp. v., g. Tyjigombong, Java
(C. W. Andrews).—Expanse about 20 mm.: abdo-
minal bands metallic yellowish green, with coppery
tints ; hair on outer side of hind tibia light fulvous,
with a white apical brush. The hair on head and
thorax above is bright fulvous mixed with black,
whereas in borneensis it is dull and rather greenish
mixed with black, giving a general blackish effect.
The tegule in Trin very dark, with a
slight coppery lustre; in whiteheadi they are dull
but not dak ferruginous ; ; ain andrewst they are as
in whitehead.

T'wo females of andrewsi come from N.W. Borneo
(95-226). One of these, labelled Spitang R., April
1895, has expanse nearly 24 mm., and _ colours
exactly as in andrewsi; the hind tibi have light
fulvous hair on the outside, with a basal black streak.
The other, from Kina Balu, is rather smaller, and the
abdominal bauds are a more brilliant, distinctly
peacock-green. There is, however, no important
difference. All these insects have the wings strongly
dusky.

The occurrence of andvewsi in Java and Borneo,
and of both andrewst and borneensis on the Spitang ;
River, is contrary to expectation, and may indicate

Records of Bees. 413

either that these insects are different species, or are
dimorphic forms of one.

(4) A. zonata ternatensis, subsp. n.,?. Ternate, “ 92-44,
6106.” Similar to andrewsi, but the strongly metallic
bands narrower and bluer green; band on first seg-
ment very narrow, hardly half as broad as in andrews ;
hair on outer side of hind tibia (also basitarsus)
brilliant fulvous, with no black basal streak. Tegule
dull ferruginous. Light mark on scape reduced to
an obscure spot. :

A. borneensis is very like the Australian A. darwin, but
is larger and more robust, with a strong yellowish tinge in
the thoracic pubescence (wanting in darwin), while the
clypeal black marks are larger and of the usual zonata type.
There can be little doubt that they are quite independent
derivatives of the zonata stock.

Anthophora cincta (Fabr.).

? .—Clypeus with inversed nail-shaped yellow mark ; hair
of head and thorax mixed yellowish green and black ; splendid
shining bright metallic-green bands on abdomen.—Obuasi,
Ashanti (Graham). Cambridge University Museum.

Pasites maculatus, Jurine.

3. Cyprus (C. Glaszner). British Museum.

Anthophora bipartita, Smith.

Sterkfontein, Transvaal (H. P. Thomasset). British
Museum,

Anthophora pulcherrima, Bingham, var. a.

3+ Khamba Jong, Sikkim, 15,000-16,000 ft., 15-30. vii.
03; Tibet Exped. British Museum.

The specimen differs from Bingham’s description in having
black hair on each side of the face, especially near the
antenne ; it also has a supraclypeal mark (transverse band),
and lateral face-marks represented by a light streak on each
side of the clypeus. ‘The hind basitarsus has a broad obtuse
tubercle on the anterior side beyond the middle, and the hind
spur is curved at end.

Anthophora megarrhina, sp. n.

? .—Length about 19 mm.
Black, wholly without light tegumentary markings ;
pubescence black, except as follows: on face and vertex

414 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Desertptions and

ochraceous, though black on front; on cheeks below long
and white, though broadly black next to eyes ; on mesothorax
anteriorly dark red, and laterally reddish mixed with black ;
on hind part of thorax dull white; a little white sublaterally
on first abdominal segment ; third and fourth segments with
shaggy apical bands of dull white, that on third interrupted
in middle; ventral surface with more or less long white hair ;
anterior femora below with long shining white hair ; middle
tibize apically in front, and outer surface of their basitarsi,
with glittering white hair; hind tibiz and tarsi on outer side
with glittering white hair, but hind margin of tibiz with
black ; anterior tarsi with yellowish hair on inner side.
Hind femora ferruginous (tegument) behind. Clypeus
greatly produced, shining and strongly, but not densely
punctured, keeled in the middle, the keel ending in an obscure
fork some distance before the lower margin; labrum shining,
very coarsely and strongly sculptured; malar space very
large; antenne entirely black, third joint slender, considerably
longer than the next three combined; disc of mesothorax
shining, with scattered punctures, sides densely and minutely
punctured ; tegule piceous. Wings moderately dusky (about
as in A, Aispanica); b. n. going basad of t.-m.; first r.n
joining second s.m. considerably beyond middle ; legs normal.

Hab. Khamba Jong, Sikkim, 15,000-16,000 ft., 15-30.
vil.03; ‘Vibet Exped. British Museum.

Anthophora megarrhina soluta, var. nov.

? —Length about 20 mm.

Light hair of head reduced ; hair of thoracic dorsum prac-
tically all black, but a few reddish hairs intermixed in front,
and metathorax behind wings with long white hairs; abdo-
men without light hair-bands ; hair on outer side of hind legs
blackish. A mere variety of the last, with the hair nearly all
black except on lower part of face, where it is dull yellowish.

Hab. Gyangtse, 13,000 ft., June 1904; Tibet Exped.
(H. J. Walton). British Museum.

The male of this species is represented by two specimens,
which come from the type locality, but have the dark hair of
the variety.

¢-—Similar to the female except for the usual sexual
characters; hair black, except some pale overlapping supra-
clypeal area, a white patch on each side of clypeus apically,
long white hair on lowermost part of cheeks, some white
behind wings, and a certain amount of pale hair on legs;
mandibles black; labrum cream-colour except a large brown

Records of Bees. 415

spot on each side; clypeus trilobed, yellow except lateral
sutural stripes and linear lower edge; a transverse supra-
clypeal band, lateral marks (filling space between clypeus and
eye, except that they are more or Jess excavated above), and
scape in front also yellow; eyes greenish, prominent; tongue
and labial palpi very long (tongue fully 12 mm.) ; projecting
apex of second joint of labial palpi with a conspicuous brush
of red hair; pulvilli with two teeth or horns; middle tarsi
ordinary ; hind basitarsus not toothed ; apical plate of abdo-
men emarginate,

f1ab. Khamba Jong; all particulars as in type.

In Friese’s tables (§ Die Bienen Europa’s’) this runs nearest
to A. vernalis, but is quite distinct. It is not like any of the
described Indian species.

Anthophora khambana, sp. n.

? .—Length 15 mm.; expanse 26.

In appearance closely resembles Bingham’s figure of the
female of A. pulcherrima, having the same ochreous hair on
thorax and base of abdomen, and the same bright red hair
covering the abdomen beyond. It is evidently close to
pulcherrima, but differs as follows:—Hair of head, pleura,
and under side of thorax entirely black ; sides and apical
segment of abdomen with black hair; hair of legs black,
reddish on inner side of anterior tarsi. Malar space well
developed, about twice as broad as long; labrum shining,
with irregular deep punctures ; clypeus strongly punctured,
not keeled; antenne black, third joint fully as long as the
three following ; tegule dark reddish. Wings moderately
dusky ; b. n. meeting t.-m. Hind spurs ferruginous, curved
at end. ‘lhe abdomen has a subapical tuft of white hair on’
each side beneath.

Hab. Khamba Jong, Sikkim, 15,000-16,000 ft., 15-30.
vil. 03 ; Tibet Exped. British Museum.

Anthophora orophila, sp. n.

9? .—Length about 14 mm. ; expanse about 234.

No light tegumentary markings; hair of head except
vertex, pleura, ventral surface, legs, and dorsum of abdomen
beyond second segment black ; hair of vertex, thorax above,
and first two segments of abdomen yellow, becoming a lively
orange on second abdominal segment ; malar space well
developed; labrum very coarsely sculptured; clypeus well
punctured at sides, but very sparsely in middle; third an-
tennal joint as long as the three following together ; tegule

416 Mis 1) Dees Cockerell— Descriptions aa

ferruginous. Wings moderately dusky, b. n. going basad of
t-m. Spurs and small joints of tarsi fom eiiane The
coloration of the abdomen agrees with that in A. himaloyensis,
Rad., but the hair on the legs is differently coloured, the
clypeus i is not carinate, &c. The marginal cell is shorter and
the first r. n, joins the second s.m. further beyond the middle
than in A. khambana.

Hab. Kiamba Jong, Sikkim, 15,000-16,000 ft., 15-80.
vii. 03; Tibet Exped. Brit. Museum.

Bombus sumatrensis, Ckll., var. ardentior, nov.

2? .—Length about 17 mm.

Structure as in &, sumatrens/s: hair of face, front, vertex,
and cheeks entirely black ; of labrum reddish black ; of thorax
above yellowish white ; of abdomen black, on fourth and fitth
segments rather dull ferruginous. <A colour-variety only, with
the abdominal band red instead of yellowish white.

Hab. Sumatra, “x. 1, 5. 81.” British Museum, 92. 182.

Bombus irisanensis, sp. n.

y .—Length about 14 mm. ; expanse 31.

Black, the hind tibie and tarsi and small joints of other
tarsi obscure reddish ; hair of head all black except a little
reddish on labrum ‘and mandibles; hair of thorax above
entirely black, but on pleura fulvous; first two segments of
abdomen entirely and densely covered with bright yellow
hair (a rather fulvous yellow), the others with black, and the
venter also with black; legs with black hair, Wings ample,
deep fuliginous, but still transparent enough for print to be
easily read through them. Clypeus convex, smooth and
shining in the middle, punctured at sides; malar space longer
than broad ; a red tubercle at base of mandibles ; ocelli very
small; third antennal joint about as long as fifth.

Structurally this much resenbles B. swmatrensis, but the
colours are entirely different. ‘lhe colour will also readily
distinguish it from the Philippine 2. mearnst, Ashmead. In
the colour of the wings it resembles the Chinese B. hemor-
rhoidalis, Sm., but that has a short malar space and many
other differences.

Hab. Irisan, Benquet Prov., alta Philippine Islands,
May 28. British Museum, 1906-44

Bombus rufipes, Lep., var. melanopoda, nov.

? .—Length about 25 mm.; anterior wing 18.
Robust, black,: with black. pubescence, - that on apex of

Records of Bees. AIT

labium ferruginous; legs black, the hind tibize very dark
reddish. Wings dark.

Similar to B. rufipes, but distinguished by the dark black-
haired legs. The difference is not absolute, as the hind legs
have many of the long tibial hairs orange-tipped and the hair
on the inner side of the basitarsus is wholly dull ferruginous.
B. rufipes, var. obscuripes, Friese, from Java, has dark hair
on the legs, but the legs themselves are clear red.

F. Smith compares B. rufipes with B. eaimius, Sm., noting
the important colour-differences. ‘The Sumatran specimen
now before me also differs structurally, having the third
antennal joint longer and the clypeus and malar space very
much longer. In the long malar space, the long clypeus,
shining on the disk, the bituberculate labrum, &c. it agrees
with the other Sumatran forms, from which it differs totally
in coloration.

Alab. Sumatra. British Museum, 92. 182.

Bombus tunicatus, Smith.

Baltistan. British Museum, 88, 31.

In a worker from Simla (F. Smith’s collection) and one of
those from Baltistan the second abdominal segment is covered
with reddish hair, the third with black, after which follows
the bright red band. In the other Baltistan example the
second and third segments are covered with black, except
‘ that the second has a little red at base. The black thoracic
band is inclined to be evanescent laterally and in the first
-Baltistan specimen is reduced to a few hardly noticeable
black hairs.

This species is evidently variable, and I am inclined to
think that B. gilgitensis, Ckll., is a variety of it.

B. terrestris, var. fulvocinctus, Friese and Wagner, 1909,
from Simla, is evidently B. tunicatus. B. terrestris, var.
simlaénsis, Friese and Wagner, 1909, is intermediate, at
least in colour-pattern, between tundtcatus and gilgitensis.

Gronoceras felina (Gerst.).

Megachile felina must be referred to Gronoceras, although
the male flagellum is not wholly characteristic. The abdo-
minal spines of the male are quite normal for the genus;
the anterior coxz each have two spines, one long and obtuse,
the other short and sharp.

Mayotte, Comoro Is., from Berlin Museum; Katanga
District, Congo Free State (Dr. A. Yale Massey), British

418 Descriptions and Records of Bees.

Museum. The latter, a female, has ventral scopa ferru-
ginous, whitish at sides, black on last segment.

ae 5
Colioxys turnert, sp. n.

9? .—Length 103 mm.

Black, with bright chestnut-red tegule, strongly dusky
wings, and narrow bright red hair-bands on the hind margins
of the abdominal segments. Hair of eyes rather long ; face
with appressed yellowish-grey hair, a conspicuous ochreous
tuft under each antenna; vertex, mesothorax, and scutellum
with extremely large punctures, as dense as possible; hair of
occiput, upper part of metathorax, &c. reddish brown, of
pleura and cheeks dull white; mesothorax and scutellum
with a delicate poorly developed median raised line ; scu-
tellum not tuberculate in the middle, lateral teeth well-
developed, a little curved inwards; last dorsal abdominal
segment delicately keeled, not greatly elongated; last ventral
produced far beyond last dorsal, turned downwards, narrow,
notched on each side before the end; first three ventral
segments with large well-separated punctures, fourth with
smaller punctures. The structure of the end of the abdomen
is nearly as in C. elongata, Lep., but the subapical notches
are smaller and the last ventral is more evidently conical in
outline.

3 .—Similar, with the same red bands. Face densely
covered with yellowish-white hair, but that just beneath the
antennee and also that on the eyes ochraceous ; abdomen with
a small tooth on each side of penultimate segment, a long red
tooth on each side of last segment, and the usual four black
apical teeth, the lower ones much longer than the upper ;
ventral segments with fringes of pure white hair, the first
with the hind margin broadly red (tegument) and only a
little white hair in the middle; anterior coxe with long
spines.

Hab. Shillong, Assam, June and July 1903 (A. Turner).

A very distinct species, easily known by the red abdominal
bands. Mr. ‘Vurner had already recognized that it was new.

Euglossa ignita, Smith.
Ecuador (Rosenberg). British Museum.

Euglossa cordata (L.).

Jamaica (Mrs. Swainson). British Museum.

>

On new African Rodents. A419

Ceratina chalcites, Latr., var. a.

Female with no light spot on clypeus.
La Sagra, Granada (Hscalera). British Museum.

Ceratina bingham?, Ckll.
Dehra Dun, U. P.,. India,-Nov. 1907 (42.-Col. F. W,

Thomson). British Museum.

Crocisa luzonensis, sp. n.

? .—Length about 12 mm.

Wings very dark; light markings blue; scutellum of the
W-type, but the notch not deep and its sides slightly undu-
lating, so that it is rather intermediate between the two types ;
face with blue hair; a strong keel between antennex ; vertex
shining ; mesothorax with a T and two spots in pale bluish,
not strongly marked; pleura with a band of blue hair; hair
of scutellum all black; tibize (the basal half of hind tibie
only) and tarsi blue-haired on outer side. Abdomen with
entire blue bands, which are exceedingly brilliant but not
metallic ; the first segment is blue except the hind margin
and a large quadrate basal patch.

Hab. Arisan, Benquet Prov., Luzon, Philippine Is. British
Museum, 1906-44. Collected May 30.

This species will be further discussed in connexion with
other Malayan members of the genus.

Boulder, Colorado.
March 31, 1910.

LX.—Three new African Rodents.

By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Hucerus erythropus mestus, subsp. n.

A very dark-coloured form of the common &, erythropus.

General colour above dark brown—like Prout’s brown, but
darker,—very different to the more or less ochraceous or clay-
coloured tone of E. erythropus. Pelage thin and scanty, the
hairs, or, rather, spines, blackish, with minute whitish or
buffy tips. Crown blackish. Flanks below lateral line as

420 Mr. O. Thomas on

usual blackish, but so dark is the general colour that there is
little difference between the back and flanks. Under surface
greyish buffy. Hands and feet greyish brown, with a slight
tinge of buffy. Tail hairs ringed with black and dull buffy
white, some of them with tawny bases.

Hab. Daru, 150 miles inland, Sierra Leone.

Type. Male. B.M. no. 7. 7.15.4. Collected and pre-
sented by Capt. L. Murray, of the East Surrey Regiment.
T'wo specimens.

Dipodillus brockmant, sp. n.

Smaller than D. somalicus, with smaller teeth but larger
bulla.

Size decidedly smaller than in D. somalicus, the only
known Somali species of Dipodillus. General colour rather
paler sandy than in that animal. No darker nose-spot. A
small white spot above each eye. Lighter patches behind
ears not very conspicuous. Fore limbs pure white, the line
of demarcation passing over the shoulder. Tail long, greyish
white, not sandy above, white below ; terminal crest little
developed, its longest hairs about 8-9 mm.

Skull differing from that of D. somalicus in the direction
of Microdillus, being a little more bowed above, and with the
bulle surpassing the occiput posteriorly. Interorbital region
not especially narrowed, Cranium convex above. Anterior
palatal foramina shorter than in somalicus. Bulle very
large for a Dipodillus, larger than in the larger D. somalicus,
closely approximated in the median line anteriorly, and pro-
jecting posteriorly beyond the occiput, a considerable portion
of this visible in an upper view of the skull. Teeth ex-
ceedingly small.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 76 mm.; tail 117; hind foot 21; ear 11.

Skull: greatest length 25; basilar length 17°5; nasals 9°5;
interorbital breadth 4°83; breadth of brain-case 12°5; ante-
rior palatine foramina 4°7; greatest horizontal diameter of
bulla 10; upper molar series 3:1.

Hab. Somaliland. Type from Burao, 85 miles 8. of
Berbera.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 10. 3. 27. 21. Original
number 255. Collected 21st December, 1909, and presented
by Dr. R. E. Drake-Brockman. ‘l'wo specimens.

This little Gerbil, which was recognized as new by its
captor, and is named after him, is readily distinguishable
from any of its allies by its comparatively large bull, which

new African Rodents. 491

project backwards from the skull in a manner quite unusual
in Dipodillus and morereminiscentof Microdillus. D. waters?,
however, in a lesser degree shows something of the same
character, but is distinguished by its narrower brain-case and
smaller bullee.

The present is the Dipodillus referred to on p. 122 of
Dr. Drake-Brockman’s ‘ Mammals of Somaliland,? and D.
somalicus that on p. 121.

Tachyoryctes audaz, sp. n.

A fairly large fulvous form, with particularly large teeth.

Size of old specimens about as in J’. cbeanus. Skull with
the nasals long, with scarcely a trace of lateral reentrant
concavities, attaining behind a line almost exactly level with
that of the ends of the premaxillary processes or a little short
of them. Zygomata of about normal expansion and length,
the distance from the anteorbital notch above to that behind
the squamosal in front of the meatus about 21°5 mm.,
markedly less than in storey (22°5), more tian in badius
(20). Sagittal crest linear, well developed. Bulle larger
than in dzbeanus. Molars very large, the transverse oblique
diameter of m’ along its anterior lamina commonly attaining
4 mm., and always greater than in the allied forms.

Colour dark fulvous, plumbeous individuals very rarely
found. Head but rarely darkened. Feet pale brown above.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 205 mm.; tail 59; hind foot 29.

Skull: condylo-basal length 48-2; greatest breadth 35;
nasals 19°3x6°6; brain-case 20x 20°2; upper molar series
10:2; length of bulla 11:3.

Hab. Yop of the Abudare Range, British East Africa.
Type from 10,000!.

Type. Adult female. Rudd Collection. Original num-
ber 596. Collected 5th February, 1910, by Robin Kemp.
Seventeen specimens.

‘This mole-rat, of which the series sent home by Mr. Kemp
is remarkably uniform, seems most ncarly allied to 7. theanus
of Machakos, but differs by its conspicuously larger teeth,
longer nasals, and larger bulle. From 7. storeyi* it is

* By some accident I find I have given condylo-basal lengths in some
of the Tachyoryctes described last December, and condylo-basilar in others,
while in several cases misprints of these words have also crept in, The
condylo-basal lengths of the types of the species described are as
follows :—ankolie 45:7 mm , demon 45°2, ruddi 45°5, badius 46:6, storeyi
49°9, natvashe 42°2, spalacinus 456,

492 Mr. EK. Schwarz on

distinguished by its normal shaped, not elongated brain-case ;
from badius by its larger size, larger teeth, greater extension
of the nasals behind, and longer zygomatic fosse ; and from
ruddi by larger size, broader nasals, and larger teeth, in
addition to its fulvous instead of usually plumbeous colour.

It is not unnatural that the mole-rat of the long summit of
the Abudare Range should bea peculiar form. At Naivasha,
on his way to the range, Mr. Kemp obtained an example of
the much smaller 7. natvashe.

LXI.—WNotes on some Palm- Civets.
By Ernst SCHWARZ.

Tue British Museum possesses a Palm-Civet from Sumba
Island, Timor Sea, apparently belonging to a new species,
for which I propose the name

Paradoxurus sumbanus, sp. n.

A small Paradoxure with loose fur without frontal band.
Skull much like P. philippinensis, but cheek-teeth of the
type found in P. hermaphroditus, Pall., from Southern Malay
Peninsula.

Upperside golden yellow, strongly mixed with black, and
with a very indistinct blackish dorsal line. (Hairs brownish
grey at base, then golden yellow, with black tip, which is
very broad in the hairs of the centre of the back and becomes
narrower towards the sides of the body.) Crown, ears,
muzzle, cheeks, limbs, and tail in its entire length blackish
brown. The face-markings consist of a dirty whitish spot
on each side of the muzzle (at the base of the whiskers),
a small whitish spot on each side below the eyes, and a
whitish stripe on each side above the eyes extending nearly
to the whitish-yellow whorl in front of the ear. Under side
of body dull brownish grey, the hairs of the chest with dirty
yellowish tips.

Skull much as in P. philippinensis. General form
slender; zygomatic arches very wide. Brain-case long and
narrow, with a well-marked but short intertemporal con-
striction as in P. philippinensis. Nasals narrow, U-shaped
behind. Postorbital process strongly developed. Palate
rather narrow, diverging gradually behind. Bulle medium,
pear-shaped, concave medially, strongly inflated laterally,
very high vertically. Rostrum slender,

some Palmn- Civets. 423

Teeth rather small; premolars all slightly concave be-
hind ; carnassial concave behind, with the metacone about as
large as the protocone, with small anterior tubercle and no
postero-internal ledge.

Type. B.M. no. 97. 4. 18. 1. Old male. Collected by
A. Everett in December 1896.

Hiab. Sumba Island, Timor Sea.

Dimensions of type (taken on the skin) :—

Head and body 470 mm.; tail 405 ; hind foot 72.

Skull: basilar length 87; condylo-basilar leneth 92;
greatest breadth 58; mastoid breadth 34; nasals 20x 9°8;
intertemporal constriction 12; width of brain-case 32 ;
palatilar length 42; palate, greatest breadth (including
teeth) 35, least breadth (between canines and incisors) 10 ;
breadth of rostrum across roots of canines 17; foramina
incisiva 5°3; front of p, to back of mg 31 ; p4, length on outer
edge 8'1, breadth 6°5, greatest diameter 9°5.

The Sumba Paradoxure is very distinct from every form
hitherto described. Externally it somewhat resembles
P. setosus, Hombr. et Jacq., from Ceram, the skull of which
I do not know. It is at once distinguished by its fine colour,
its loose fur, and the peculiar shape of its check-teeth. The
type is an old specimen with high sagittal crest.

In 1885, when writing his monograph of the genus Para-
doxurus, Blanford united Gray’s Paguma with it. Recently,
however, this genus has been generally recognized. There-
fore it becomes necessary to create a new genus for the
reception of the Celebes Palm-Civet hitherto known as
Paradoxurus musschenbroeki, as it presents many striking
differences both in the skull and externally. The new genus
may be characterized as follows :—

MACROGALIDIA, gen. nov.

Intertemporal constriction well-marked as in Paradoxurus.
Rostrum constricted behind, wider in front. Bulle small
and flat, and the long paroccipital processes therefore pro-
jecting considerably (about 5mm.). Palate narrow and in
consequence of the form of the teeth (see below) parallel-
sided, not diverging behind as in Paradowurus ; posteriorly
it ends abruptly behind the last molars, the lateral processes
found in Paradoxurus, Paguma, and Arctogalidia being
almost or totally absent as in Cynogale. Medially the bony
palate is continued considerably backwards, the mesopterygoid
fossa being narrow. ‘lhe posterior opening of the alisphenoid

A424 Mr. O. Thomas on Two new

canal is rather far back and close to the foramen ovale (not
the foramen lacerum medium, as erroneously stated by
Blanford, P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 806).

Teeth very large ; the p4, m,, and mg broader than long, so
causing the peculiar shape of the palate, which somewhat
resembles that of Cynogale. In p, the anterior lobe of the
blade is as long as the posterior one (metacone), while in
Paradoxurus it is always shorter; the tooth is convex poste-
riorly, and has a strongly developed postero-internal ledge.

Externally the new genus is characterized by the short
close fur, the annulated short tail, and the whorl in the neck,
the hairs of the neck and crown being directed forwards.

In the skull as well as externally the differences which
separate this animal from Paradoxurus are very striking.
The new genus is a further one peculiar to Celebes.

Paguma differs from Paradoxurus in having the palate
greatly produced behind, in the insignificant postorbital con-
striction, and the blunt postorbital processes.

LXII.—Two new Mammals from the Malay Peninsula.
By OLpFIELD THOMAS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

AMONG the specimens which the British Museum owes to
Mr. H. C. Robinson’s recent expedition to the northern part
of the Malay Peninsula is an enormous Arctonya, very much
larger than any known member of the genus and obviously
needing description.

It has, however, been known to Mr. Robinson for some
time under its native name ‘ Sabima,”’ and after much
enquiry he succeeded in obtaining the specimen now described.

Arctonyx dictator, sp. 0.

Size decidedly larger than in other species. Fur long,
coarse, and harsh. General colour above dull buffy, overlaid
anteriorly by black, posteriorly by mixed black and greyish.
Hairs of the nape and anterior back buffy for their basal,
black for their terminal halves, of posterior back buffy for
their basal two-thirds, then black with a buffy tip. Scanty
hairs of under surface wholly black. Facial markings not

Mammals from the Malay Peninsula. 425

sharply defined, the light mark under the eye subdued by a
blackish admixture. Edges of ears strongly buffy. Throat-
patch strong ochraceous buffy. Limbs black throughout.
Tail dull buffy white.

Skull in general characters agreeing with that of A. collars,
but larger throughout. Posterior tubular portion of palate
less inflated laterally.

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :—

Head and body 1025 mm.; tail 235; hind foot 122; ear 34.

Skull: condylo-basal length 166; basal length 153 ;
greatest breadth 99; interorbital breadth 40; mastoid
breadth 91; palatal length 111; length of p* on outer
edge 11; greatest diameter of m’ 18°5.

flab. Lam-ra, Trang, Northern Malay Peninsula.

Type. Old female. Original number 3478. Selangor
Museum number 1223/10. Obtained Ist February, 1910, by
Museum collector.

The chief feature about this Arctonyzx is its enormous size,
as the specimen looks like asmall bear, and, though a female,
far exceeds any example, male or female, of A. collaris in the
Museum collection ; and <A. collaris, in turn, is decidedly
larger than the Chinese species A. leucolemus and A. ob-
scurus and the Assamese A. tazo/des.

In describing an Arctonyx from this region, however,
mention las to be made of Hubrecht’s “‘ 7richomants hoevenit”’ *
from Sumatra, at first supposed to be, and described as, an
Edentate, but afterwards said ¢ to be an Arctonyx. The type
was lost, and the description does not apply to any known
animal.

Among other things it was said to be of the “ size of a
very large cat,” and Arctonyx dictator is many times larger
than any possible house-cat. In colour it was “ grey with a
black band along the middle of the back ’—no such coloration
is as yet known in Arctonya.

If an Arctonyx occurs in “the mountainous districts that
separate the Residencies of Palembang and Bencoolen,” and
its characters are in any way compatible with those of
Hubrecht’s animal, after elimination of the imaginary Eden-
tate attributes, the name hoeveni may have to be used for it.
But this is certainly not the case with Arctonyz dictator,
which is too large, and is quite unlike in colour.

* Notes Leyden Mus. xiii. p. 241 (1891).
t P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 522.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. v. 29

426 Mr. R. H. Whitehouse on

Ptilocercus lowi continentis, subsp. n.

Very similar to true Bornean lowi, but distinguished by
the following characters :—Colour above drab-grey, that of
owt, so far as can be seen on -rather faded specimens, more
tinged with isabella. Underside soiled creamy, fairly sharply
defined from the grey sides. Dark eye-mark more extended
anteriorly, reaching nearly to the tip of the muzzle. Hands
pale buffy above, as in low?, but feet with the metatarsals
dark brown, contrasting markedly with the buffy toes. Fine
hairs of “naked” part of tail shorter and more sparsely
scattered than in low? ; proximal half-inch of the plume
black, remainder white.

Skull of about the same length as in low?, but the muzzle
and palate markedly narrower; the breadth of the muzzle
above 2 is 6°0 mm. in two adult low?, 5:1 in the type of
continentis; distance between outer corners of m? 12°1 mm. in
low?, 11 in continents.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 133 mm.; tail 167; hind foot 26°5; ear 17.

Skull: condylo-basal length 87°3; greatest breadth 22°5 ;
interorbital breadth 8°5; brain-case breadth 15; palatal
length 17:7; length of upper tooth-series 17°6.

flab, 10 miles from Kuala Lumpur, Selangor.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 10. 4.17.1. Presented by
the Selangor Museum. Obtained 22nd December, 1903, by
a Museum collector.

“Caught in a nest made of leaves and fibre in a tunnel
2 feet long in a hollow branch of a tree.”

LXIII.—Some Remarks on the Teleostean Caudal Fin. By
Ricuarp H. Wutrenouse, M.Sc., University of
Birmingham.

In a recent number * of this journal Mr. C. Tate Regan
contributed an interesting paper on the caudal fin of some
Teleostean fishes, and in the course of his remarks he refers
to a recent paper of mine T which gave a summary of some-
what extensive observations on caudal fins in fishes. Mr. Re-
gan says “the caudal fin skeleton of the Clupeide differs

* April 1910, p. 554.
t Proc. Royal Soc. B. lxxxii. p. 139.

-

the Teleostean Caudal Fin. 427

from that of the Elopide in that the last two centra have
aborted, and the anterior uroneural is ankylosed with the
actual last centrum (corresponding to the third last of the
Elopide).” The same author says further:—“I have
already mentioned Mr. Whitehouse’s paper on the caudal fin
of fishes, and I have shown that the element which he terms
‘urostyle’ in Clupea is formed by one or more displaced
posterior neural arches or ‘uroneurals’; the homocercal
caudal fin should not then be defined by the presence of a
urostyle formed by the fusion of upturned vertebree, but by
the modification of posterior neural arches into uroneurals
which functionally replace and so lead to the suppression of
the centra of the upturned vertebra.”

From the latter quotation the reader might be inclined to
suppose that the ankylosis of a “ uroneural ” with one of the
terminal vertebre constitutes what I called a urostyle; and
for this reason it will be necessary for me to emphasize that
I consider a urostyle to be the result of a fusion of vertebral
centra only, and that anything of the nature of neural arches
does not at all enter into the formation of a urostyle. In the
case of Clupea I do not think “ that the last two centra have
aborted,” but that several centra which once formed the
upturned portion of the vertebral column have become united
and have formed a single rod-like bone or urostyle. A
reference to the figure of Mr. E. T. Newton, F.R.S.*, shows
that in the young Clupea sprattus the upturned part of the
axis consists of distinct centra which later on lose their
individuality and fuse together to forma urostyle. Moreover,
in Clupea, the neural arches of the centra which have formed
the urostyle still persist in the form of a triangular bone
resting upon the urostyle.

I do not consider the persistence of posterior neural arches
in the form of ‘ uroneurals ” as functionally replacing the
centra of the upturned vertebra, but rather that they persist
in order to still carry out their function of protecting the
spinal cord, which seems always to extend to the distal end
of the last hypural, even when the actual vertebral column
terminates at the proximal end of the terminal hypural
bones.

With reference to the caudal fin of Fierasfer, Mr. Regan
finds it impossible to regard it as gephyrocercal, apparently
for the reason that the rays which may be considered to
constitute the caudal fin are not supported by radials, as the
dorsal and anal fins are. The same author considers the

* ¢ Journal of the Quekett Micros, Club,’ 1882, ser. ii. vol. i. p. 79.
29”

428 Mr. R. Southern on the Alciopine &e.

following to be essential to gephyrocercy: ‘the posterior
part of the tail to have aborted and the interval between the
dorsal and anal to have become bridged across by a secondary
formation of rays, inserted on basalia and derived from the
dorsal and anal fins.” Now the caudal fin of Mierasfer den-
tatus fulfils all these conditions except that the rays are not
inserted on basalia; this latter condition is one which I have
not seen insisted on before ; moreover, Ryder quotes /verasfer
as illustrating his definition of gephyrocercy, and such
eminent authorities as Professors L. Dollo* and B. Dean f
consider this form typically gephyrocercal.

According to Mr. Regan’s description of the caudal fin of
Genypterus, viz. that it possesses two expanded hypurals,
this form is undoubtedly homocercal. Since this is so, it is
fairly safe to conclude that in the larval stages this fin passes
through a heterocercal stage ; but Ferasfer has no hypurals,
and according to all records that have been available to me
there is no evidence of a heterocercal stage during develop-
ment. Again, the caudal fin of Genypterus, being supported
by hypurals, is morphologically a ventral fin, while that of
Fierasfer is shared by dorsal and ventral rays, and a gap
remains between the two halves. For these reasons we are
scarcely justified, I think, in considering the caudal fin of
Fierasfer to be in a “condition somewhat more specialized
than in Genypterus,” which implies that they are to be
considered in the same category ; on the contrary, it appears
to me that Frerasfer has a typically gepbyrocereal and
Genypterus a homocercal caudal fin.

LXIV.—A Preliminary Note on the Alciopine, Tomopteride,
and 'l'yphloscolecidee from the Atlantic adjacent to Ireland.
By R. SourHern, B.Sc., Irish National Museum, Dublin.

THE collection of Polycheta made by the Scientific Staff of
the Fisheries Branch of the Department of Agriculture and
Technical Instruction for Ireland contains a number of species
belonging to the above pelagic families. With the exception
of the two species Yomopteris helgoland:ca and T’. septen-
trionalis, none of them has hitherto been recorded from the
British Marine Area. The list of species is as follows :—

* ‘Sur la Phylogénie des Dipneustes,’ 1895.
+ ‘Journal of Morphology,’ 1894, p. 102.

from the Atlantic adjacent to Ireland. 429

ALCIOPIN2.

Vanadis formosa, Claparéde.
Greeffia celuz (Greeff ).
Calhizona angelini (Kinberg).
setusa (Greet).

nasuta, Greetk,

TOMOPTERID&.

Tomopteris helgolandica, Greeff.
septentrionalis, Quatrefages (Steenstrup).
—— nissent, Rosa.

eavalli, Rosa.

TYPHLOSCOLECID&.
Travisiopsis lanceolata, sp. n.
levinsent, sp. N.

Sagiteila kowalewskiu, N. Wagner.
Sagitella sp.

Of these species only 7. helgolandica occurs in the coastal
waters and inland seas. ‘The others are found in the
Kuropean branch of the Gulf Stream, which flows in a
northerly direction past the west coast of Ireland.

A full report on this collection will shortly be published in
the ‘Scientific Investigations’ of the Fisheries Branch.

The two new species of T’ravisiopsis are distinguished by
the following characters :-—

~Travisiopsts lanceolata, sp. n.

Length 25-30 mm. Number of body-segments 22. Me-
dian dorsal papilla pear-shaped, with free posterior lobe.
Lateral tentacles long, reaching as far back as the middle of
the fourth segment. Prostomium conical, with filiform tip.
Cirri almost square, with narrow area of attachment. Anal
cirri powerful, lanceolate. Longitudinal muscles in dorsal
and ventral pairs, broad and close together.

Y Travistopsis levinsent, sp. n.

Length 20-24 mm. Body much slenderer than in the
previous species. Number of body-segments 25. Median
dorsal papilla sessile, without the posterior projecting lobe.
Lateral tentacles short and thick. In front of these, on each
side, is a smaller lobe. Prostomium conical, with filiform
tip. Cirri square, with very broad area of attachment.
Anal cirri powerful, spatulate. Longitudinal musclts in
dorsal and ventral pairs, narrower and further apart than in

T.. lanceolata.

430 Sir G. F, Hampson on

LX V.—Descriptions of new African Moths.
By Sir Georce F. Hampson, Bart., F.Z.S., &e.

Noctuide.
Prvsrtane.

Polychrysia camptogamma, sp. n.

9. Head and thorax red-brown mixed with some greyish ;
tarsi ringed with whitish; abdomen grey suffused with
brown, whitish at base. Fore wing grey suffused with red-
brown and with slight dark irroration ; traces of a silvery
streak in base of submedian fold; subbasal line represented
by a curved silvery striga from costa; antemedial line repre-
sented by an oblique silvery striga from costa and inwardly
oblique sinuous silvery line from cell to inner margin; an
oblique silvery Y-shaped stigma below end of cell, filled in
with greyish and with downcurved silvery streak above it in
cell, the inner arm of the stigma sinuous, some golden
cupreous suffusion beyond and below it; postmedial line
indistinct, strongly bent outwards below costa and incurved
below the tail of the Y-shaped stigma, where there is some
silvery white on it, some greyish points beyond it on costa
and an oblique shade from below costa to its outer edge at
vein 4; subterminal line greyish defined on inner side by
dark brown from vein 7 to 2, and a wedge-shaped patch in
submedian fold excurved to termen at vein 6, then incurved,
a dark patch beyond it at middle ; a terminal series of black
strie defined on inner side by a greyish line. Hind wing
brown with a slight cupreous tinge ; cilia greyish with a
dark line at base; the underside grey-brown with diffused
grey-white medial shade.

Hab. Br. BE. Arrica, Kikuyu, Roromo (Crawshay), 1 3
type. Hap. 34 mm.

Plusia gammaloba, sp. un.

6. Head and thorax bright rufous mixed with grey ;
tegule with slight dark medial line and white tips; abdomen
pale rufous, the basal crest fiery red tipped with grey, the
crest on second segment brown tipped with grey. Fore
wing bright golden cupreous with slight dark irroration ;
subbasal line represented by a silvery striga from costa and
doublé striga from cell; antemedial line silvery defined by
cupreous brown, excurved below costa, angled inwards in

new African Moths. . 431

cell, oblique and sinuous from cell to inner margin; the
stigma formed by a small black spot defined at sides by
silvery striz above median nervure and a Y-shaped silvery
mark below the cell filled in with whitish, its tail bent
outwards and dilated into a triangular lobe filled in with
silvery white; reniform represented by a silvery striga
on upper discocellular, with elliptical cupreous brown mark
beyond it and two silvery striz below, forming with the
median nervure an incomplete triangle ; postmedial line in-
distinctly double, filled in with silvery grey, obliquely curved
and minutely waved from costa to submedian fold, where it
is angled inwards, then bent outwards, some grey-white
suffusion before and beyond it from costa to vein 3, narrowing
below; subterminal line silvery white, excurved from costa
to vein 6, then oblique, some grey-white beyond it at middle
and in submedian interspace; a fine silvery-white line just
before termen ; cilia grey-white mixed with cupreous brown.
Hind wing cupreous brown, the cilia with fine whitish line at
base and white tips; the underside whitish suffused and
irrorated with red-brown, an indistinct oblique postmedial
line, the area beyond it dark brown with a cupreous gloss,

?. Abdomen greyer; hind wing darker.

Hab. Mapaeascar, Betsileo (Cowan), 1 §, 1 2 type.
Exp., & 44, 2 40 mm.

Allied to P. biloba, Steph.

Plusia tetrastigma, sp. 0.

9. Head, thorax, and abdomen red-brown mixed with
grey-white. Fore-wing grey-brown irrorated and striated
with dark brown, a large triangular patch of dark red-brown
extending obliquely from apex below costa into the end of
cell and down to vein 2; traces of a sinuous grey subbasal
line from costa to vein ] and of a sinuous grey antemedial
line; an oblique silvery stigma formed by a minute silver
lunule above median nervure towards end of cell, a round
spot below median nervure almost or quite touching an ellip-
tical spot with another round spot below it; reniform faintly
defined by grey and strongly constricted at middle; post-
medial line very slight and indistinct, grey, sinuous, angled
inwards in submedian fold below the silvery stigma; the
veins of terminal area slightly streaked with grey; a fine
waved grey subterminal line and fine waved grey line just
before termen. Hind wing whitish suffused with reddish
brown especially on terminal area; cilia whitish, with a brown
line through them ; the underside whitish irrorated with

432 Sir G. F. Hampson on

brown, the terminal area suffused with brown, a brown
discoidal lunule and faint subterminal shade.

Hab. Transvaat, White R. (Cooke), 1 9; Natat, Durban
(Bell-Marley), 1 ¢ type. Ezp. 34 mm.

Nearest to P. aranea, Hmpsn.

Plusia argyrodonta, sp. 0.

6. Head and thorax brown mixed with grey-white ; abdo-
men ochreous. Fore wing grey suffused with cupreous
brown and slightly striated with black ; subbasal line repre-
sented by double curved black striz from costa and oblique
white striga from cell defined on each side by black, rather
diffused on outer side; antemedial line double, black filled
in with whitish, obsolete on costal half and oblique from cell
to inner margin ; the stigma below the cell oblique V-shaped,
silvery white filled in with brownish white, its inner arm
sinuous ; reniform defined at sides by silvery white and black,
constricted at middle and slightly angled inwards above
median nervure; postmedial line double, filled in with
whitish, oblique from costa to submedian fold, then bent
outwards, somewhat dentate towards costa ; subterminal line
slight, whitish, defined on inner side by fuscous suffusion,
shghtly incurved at discal fold and angled outwards below
veins 4 and 3; a faint whitish line before termen and fine
black terminal line ; cilia white, mixed with brown at tips.
Hind wing pure white; a fine brown terminal line; the
underside with the costal area slightly irrorated with brown,
a discoidal point and postmedial series of minute streaks on
the veins.

Hab. Natat, Maritzburg, 1 ¢ type. Hap. 40 mm.

Allied to P. davendula, Hmpsn.

Plusia clarci, sp. n.

?. Head, thorax, and abdomen reddish brown mixed with
grey-white; tegule with slight white line near base and
white tips. Fore wing pale grey largely suffused with
cupreous brown, especially at middle of medial area and
beyond the postmedial line, and sparsely irrorated with dark
brown ; subbasal line silvery white, straight, from costa to
vein ], a patch of cupreous brown suffusion beyond it; ante-
medial line represented by an oblique silvery-white striga
from costa and obliquely curved line from cell to inner margin
defined on each side slightly by dark brown; a small silver
U-shaped stigma filled in with grey below the cell towards
extremity, with a small rather triangular silver spot obliquely

new African Moths. 433

placed below it; reniform represented by an indistinct brown
bar on its inner edge and some slight spots on its outer, an
oblique brown shade to it from costa ; postmedial line double
grey-white filled in with brown, the outer line with silvery
outer edge, bent outwards below costa, then oblique, in-
curved at discal fold, then slightly sinuous ; a silvery-white
subterminal line from above vein 2 to tornus ; a grey-white
line just before termen from costa to vein 3, double towards
costa; a terminal series of slight dark brown lunules and
striz ; cilia brownish at base, grey-white at tips. Hind wing
whitish tinged: with brown, the terminal area broadly fuscous
brown with a cupreous tinge; cilia white, with a brown line
near base; the underside white thickly irrorated with brown,
oblique brown medial and postmedial rather indistinct lines,
and a broad diffused subterminal shade.

Hab. Natat, Durban (EF. L. Clark), 2 9 type. Ezp.
38 mm.

Nearest to P. davendula, Hmpsn.

Plusia microstigma, sp. n.

9. Head, thorax, and abdomen reddish brown mixed with
grey; antenne with the shaft ringed with white towards
base ; tarsi ringed with white. Fore wing golden bronze-
brown thickly irrorated with grey ; traces of an oblique
antemedial line; the stigma below the cell small, oblique,
V-shaped, its outer arm and a small spot at its apex silvery
white ; orbicular and reniform very indistinctly defined by
grey, the former rather oblique elliptical, the latter con-
stricted at middle; an oblique indistinct rather diffused line
from lower angle of cell to inner margin; postmedial line
indistinct, oblique, sinuous; traces of a dark subterminal
line, excurved below vein 7, angled inwards at discal and
submedian folds and outwards below vein 4; a series of
minute white strie just before termen. Hind wing uniform
golden bronze-brown, the cilia with a pale line at base and
white tips ; the underside white thickly irrorated with brown,
the terminal area broadly fuscous, with some white irroration
near termen.

Hab. Goxv Coast (Johnston), 1 2 type. Hap. 26 mm.

Nearest to P. livida, Holl.

Plusia phocea, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax red-brown with a greyish tinge ;
tarsi ringed with whitish ; abdomen pale ochreous brown,
the basal crest and ventral surface grey-brown. Fore wing
red-brown with a silvery-grey gloss; subbasal line slight,

434 Sir G. F. Hampson on

whitish, from costa to vein 1; antemedial line obsolete on
costal half, slight, oblique, and silvery from cell to inner
margin, slightly defined on inner side by dark brown and on
outer by a dark shade expanding into a triangular patch
below the stigma, which is indistinct silvery U-shaped, with a
silvery-white point beyond its lower extremity; reniform
very indistinct, dark brown, with slight silvery points on its
inner and outer edges, rather quadrate ; an indistinct brown
spot at middle of costa and oblique shade from lower angle
of cell to inner margin; postmedial line slight, silvery, de-
fined on each side by dark brown, excurved below costa,
then oblique, excurved at middle and bent outwards below
submedian fold; subterminal line silvery grey defined on
inner side by dark brown suffusion, angled outwards at vein 7,
then slightly incurved and oblique to, tornus, some dark
suffusion beyond it at middle; a series of slight silvery striz
just before termen. Hind wing brown, with a cupreous
gloss; cilia white at tips; the underside whitish suffused
with brown, the terminal area broadly fuscous brown.

Hab. Natat, Durban (EH. L. Clark), 2 &§ type. Exp.
36 mm.

Closely allied to P. agramma, Guen.

Nocrvinz,
Exophila multistriata, sp. n.

Head and thorax grey-white tinged with rufous and
irrorated with a few black scales; abdomen pale brownish
grey. Fore wing pale ochreous brown with extremely
numerous pale striz and slight black irroration, suffused
with white except on terminal area; a faint oblique post-
medial dark shade from vein 5 to inner margin, with a black
spot on its outer edge at submedian fold; cilia somewhat
darker brown. Hind wing brownish ochreous with a faint
brown postmedial shade and some brown suffusion on termen ;
the underside ochreous white, the costal area and termen
except towards tornus irrorated with large black scales; a
black discoidal point.

Hab. Natat, Durban (Leigh), 3 g,5 2 type. Exp.
40-46 mm.

Closely allied to EZ. rectangularis, Hibn.

Lymantriade.
Caviria flavifrons, sp. n.
?. Head, thorax, and abdomen white; palpi, frons, and

new African Moths. 435

frout of pectus orange-yellow ; antennz with the branches
brownish ; fore and mid legs slightly streaked with brown.
Fore wing uniform silvery white. Hind wing semihyaline
white with a silvery gloss.

Hab. Br. E. Arnica, Mdimu (Betton), 1 ¢ type. Exp.
46 mm.

Allied to C. luteipes, W1k.

Redoa rufiterga, sp. n.

&. Head and thorax red-brown with some white mixed ;
palpi black and white; antenne with the shaft white, the
branches red-brown ; pectus and legs white, the fore and
mid legs tinged with ochreous and irrorated with black ;
abdomen white, with slight dark segmental rings except at
extremity and below, and lateral streaks except at extremity.
Fore wing silvery white with a very few black scales on veins
of terminal area; the costal edge yellowish, black towards
base and apex; a small black spot in middle of cell and four
points at lower angle; cilia yellow at tips. Hind wing pure
white.

Hab. 8. Niceria, Lagos (Boag), 1 g type. Exp. 50mm.

Pteredoa hololeuca, sp. n.

Fore wing with veins 10, 11 coincident.

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen pure white; palpi black
above; antennz with the branches brownish; tibiz and tarsi
streaked with black. Fore wing pure white. Hind wing
semihyaline white.

Hab. Ucanpa, Entebbe (Minchin), 1 2 type. ap.
o4 mm.

Near P. usebia, Swinh.

Pteredoa atripalpia, sp. nu.

¢. Head, thorax, and abdomen white; palpi black above ;
antennz brownish ochreous ; tibiz streaked with black, the
tarsi black ; abdomen ventrally tinged with ochreous. Fore
wing white tinged with ochreous. Hind wing white.

Hab. Asyssinia, Atbara R. (Gerrard), 1 ?, Galla Co.
(Degen), 1 2 type. Hap. 38 mm.

Near P. usebia, Swinh.

Porthesia erythrosticta, sp. n.

¢. Head and thorax ochreous white ; palpi with some
black scales ; antenne brownish; abdomen white, the anal

436 Sir G. F. Hampson on

tuft fulvous yellow. Fore wing ochreous white; a post-
medial spot formed of black scales above vein 7 and orange-
red spot irrorated with black below vein 7, a minute orange-
red and black mark below vein 4, and three obliquely placed
orange-red and black spots between vein 2 and inner margin.
Hind wing white.

Hab, Supsn, Khartum (Longstaff), 1 % type. Ezp.
36 mm.

Resembles Euproctis rufopunctata, W1k.

Euproctis lepidographa, sp. n.

Hind wing with veins 3, 4: stalked almost to termen.

?. Head and thorax yellow ; abdomen white, the ventral
surface tinged with yellow, the anal tuft reddish brown.
Fore wing yellow; antemedial line defined, except at costa, by
broad bands of raised black scales interrupted at the veins
and submedian fold, curved; postmedial line defined on each
side by patches of raised black scales in the interspaces, con-
fluent at inner margin with the scales beyond the antemedial
line, the line angled outwards at vein 4, then oblique. Hind
wing white.

Hab. Gouv Coast, Kumasi (Whiteside), 1 2? type. Hap.
34 mm.
Allied to E. inconcisa, Wlk., from India.

Euproctis rufiterga, sp. un.

¢. Head and thorax white suffused with rufous; antenne
with the branches rufous; hind legs and abdomen white.
Fore wing white; a slight rufous tinge at base; a yellowish
patch below middle of cell; some black scales on disco-
cellulars and a large patch of raised black scales on a
yellowish patch between lower angle of cell and inner mar-
gin; a subterminal point below vein 8, small spot below 6,
and a few scales above tornus. Hind wing white.

Hab. Goup Coast, Kumasi (Whiteside), 1 3 type. Eup.
26 mm.

Nearest to H. fasciata, W1k.

Euproctis melanopholis, sp. n.

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen white tinged with ochreous
yellow. Fore wing white tinged with ochreous yellow, the
inner area irrorated with a few large black scales except
towards base; a black discoidal point; subterminal points
formed of brown and black scales from costa to below vein 5

new African Moths. 437

and a point below vein 3, with yellow patches before them
below costa and at middle. Hind wing white.

On the right-hand side of the type the neuration is much
distorted, veins 6, 7 being strongly stalked, with a bar above
vein 7 as if to form part of a very long and incomplete
areole.

Hab. Goup Coast, Ashanti, Obuassi (Bergman), 1 ? type.
Exp. 36 mm.

Nearest to E. rubroguttata, Auriv.

Kuproctis fumitincta, sp. n.

6. Head and thorax reddish ochreous with a few brown
hairs; palpi and fore legs in front suffused with fuscous ;
abdomen brownish ochreous. [ore wing brownish ochreous ;
the costal edge brown, black towards base ; a faint reddish-
brown shade at end of cell from below costa to inner margin.
Hind wing ochreous suffused with brown. Underside of
both wings suffused with fuscous brown.

Hab. Gouv Coast, Kumasi (Whiteside), 1 g type. Exp.
20 mm.

Nearest to E. cervina, Moore, from Ceylon.

Euproctis xanthosoma, sp. n.

gd. Head and thorax dark brown mixed with grey-white ;
palpi orange; frons with some orange hairs; tarsi dark
brown banded with white; abdomen orange-yellow with
dorsal series of black spots, the lateral tufts of hair with
brown mixed. Fore wing dark brown mixed with grey-
white ; a subbasal brown point in cell ; an antemedial series
of points formed of raised brown scales from cell to inner
margin ; a point in upper part of middle of cell and point
below middle of cell ; slight bars across end of cell and on
discocellulars ; a postmedial punctiform line formed of brown
scales, oblique from vein 4 to submedian fold, then some-
what bent outwards to inner margin; a punctiform sub-
terminal line slightly exeurved at middle ; a terminal series
of blackish striz. Hind wing uniform dark brown; the
underside with a greyish tinge.

Hab. Stpan, White Nile, Kosti (Longstaf’), 1 % type.
Eap, 20 mm.

Very distinct from all other species known to me.

Lacipa heterosticta, sp. n.

9. Head, thorax, and abdomen white, the patagia with

438 Sir G. I. Hampson on

orange spots, the anal tuft blackish brown. Fore wing
white ; subbasal orange spots below costa and cell; an ante-
medial orange spot below costa, a spot rather further from
base below the cell, and spot above vein 1; an orange bar
across middle of cell; a postmedial series of small orange
spots, obliquely curved from below costa towards apex to
below end of cell, then erect ; the spots below veins 5 and 4
sometimes black and the spot below end of cell sometimes
with some black on it. Hind wing white.

Hab. Ucanna, White Nile, Gondokoro (Reynes-Cole),5 2
type. Exp. 22-28 mm.

Allied to L. gemmata, Dist.

Lacipa argyroleuca, sp. un.

3. Head and thorax white, the latter with orange streaks
on dorsum and patagia; palpi and lower part of frons
orange ; antenne with the branches rufous; legs tinged
with brown, the fore femora black above ; abdomen white
tinged with yellow towards extremity. Fore wing silvery
white ; the costal edge brown; an orange subbasal band,
oblique to below the cell; an orange antemedial band,
interrupted at the veins, excurved in cell; an orange dis-
coidal spot; a maculate orange postmedial band, excurved to
vein 4, then incurved, the spots below veins 5 and 4 black ;
a subterminal series of orange spots. Hind wing white.

Hab. 8. Nierrta, Lagos, Ebute Meta (Boag), 1 ¢ type.
Exp. 24 mm.

Allied to L. gemmata, Dist.

Lacipa melanosticta, sp. n.

3d. Head and thorax white; palpi black fringed with
yellow in front; antennz with the branches brown; legs
black on inner side, the tarsi banded with black ; abdomen
yellowish white with blackish segmental rings. Fore wing
white, the costa fuscous, narrowly towards base; an ante-
medial black point in submedian fold, traces of a yellow
antemedial line angled outwards in cell; three black points
at end of cell in an inverted triangle and black points beyond
lower angle of cell below veins 5 and 4, with traces of an
oblique yellow postmedial line just beyond them slightly
incurved below vein 4; a series of black points before termen.
Hind wing pale yellow, with series of slight black points just
before termen from apex to vein 2. Underside of fore wing
suffused with fuscous, the inner area yellowish; hind wing
with black discoidal spot.

new African Moths. 439

Hab. Br. E. Arrica, Nairobi (Ford), 1 3 type; Ucanpa,
Ketoma (Doggett), 1 ¢, Mulema (Doggett), 1d. Kap.
30 mm.

Allied to L. florida, Swinh.

Lacipa flavitincta, sp. n.

?. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous yellow ; antenne
with the branches brownish. Fore wing white faintly tinged
with yellow, more strongly so at base, and very slightly
irrorated with fuscous scales; an indistinct curved yellow
antemedial line ; two black points in end of cell and one
beyond the cell; a yellow postmedial line, oblique from
costa towards apex to submedian fold, then erect ; traces of
an oblique brownish subterminal shade; a series of small
black spots just before termen. Hind wing white.

Hab. Br. E. Arrica, Machakos (Crawshay), 1 2? type;
Ucanpa, Mulema (Doggett), 1 2. Eup. 24 mm.

Allied to L. florida, Swinh.

Lacipa croceigramma, sp. 0.

6. Head and thorax white, the tegule orange; palpi
black fringed with yellow in front; antenne with the
branches rufous ; fore legs fuscous in front ; abdomen yellow
with black segmental rings. Fore wing silvery white ; sub-
basal orange spots below costa and cell; an antemedial
black point in submedian fold, followed by an orange band
slightly bent inwards below the cell; two black points in
end of cell and two or one just beyond the cell; an orange
postmedial band, slightly incurved below vein 4; a series of
black points just before termen. Hind wing white faintly
tinged with yellow ; the underside with black discoidal spot
and sometimes three small spots just before termen below
apex.

Hab. N. Niceria, Lokoja (Dudgeon), 3 3 type. Exp.
22 mm.

Allied to Z. sundara, Swinh.

Lelia evanescens, sp. n.

6. Head and thorax fulvous yellow ; palpi with the second
joint black above ; legs black in front; abdomen brownish
white, the ventral surface fulvous yellow. Fore wing pale
yellow, the costa tinged with fulvous towards base ; a post-
medial series of faint brownish spots, the spots below veins
3 and 2 bent inwards below the cell. Hind wing pale
yellow.

440 Sir G. F. Hampson on

Hab. Ueanna, White Nile, Gondokoro (Reynes-Cole),
3 3 type, Bugoma (Ladbury), 1 3, Marengi (Christy), 1 3;
Br. E. Arrica, Kanisa (Betton), 2 g ,Shambe (Betton), 12.
Exp. 30-40 mm.

Closely allied to L. setinotdes, Holl., and adspersa, H.-S.

Lelia fuscinotata, sp. n.

od. Head and thorax pale reddish brown mixed with
fuscous; legs blackish in front; abdomen pale ochreous,
the ventral surface deeper ochreous. Fore wing pale reddish
brown thickly irrorated with black ; two almost conjoined
medial black points in submedian interspace; a _ small
blackish spot just beyond the cell and a spot below vein 3
below end of cell; small subterminal black spots above and
below vein 7 and slight marks above and below vein 4; cilia
chequered pale reddish brown and fuscous. Hind wing
whitish tinged with ochreous brown ; traces of subterminal
fuscous spots from costa to vein 2, towards which they are
bent inwards ; the termen slightly irrorated with fuscous ;
the underside slightly irrorated with black except on inner
area, the subterminal spots more distinct.

?. Much darker brown; fore and hind wings without
spots.

Hab. Ucanna, Ruwenzori (Wollaston), 1 ¢ type, Marengi
(Christy), 1°.

Nearest to L. figlina, Dist.

Lelia perbrunnea, sp. n.

?. Head and thorax dark red-brown mixed with black-
brown ; abdomen red-brown. Fore wing dark red-brown
slightly irrorated with black ; a blackish discoidal bar. Hind
wing pale reddish brown with slight dark irroration.

Hab. Br. EB. Arrica, Njoro (Cholmley), 1 ¢ type. Ezp.
34-40 mm.

Nearest to L. figlina, Dist.

Lelia albida, sp. n.

d. Head and thorax fulvous yellow; abdomen white,
the ventral surface tinged with yellow. Fore wing yellowish
white, the base of costa slightly tinged with fulvous. Hind
wing semihyaline white.

Hab. S. Nicerta, Sapele (Sampson), 1 8 type. Ezap.
34 mm.

Near L. adspersa, H.-S., but without spots on fore wing.

new African Moths. 441

Lelia nigripes, sp. 0.

&. Head, thorax, and abdomen fulvous yellow ; antenne
with the branches rufous; fore and mid legs black in front.
Fore wing semihyaline ochreous white, the base and costal
edge tinged with fulvous. Hind wing semihyaline ochreous
white. Underside of both wings tinged with fulvous ; fore
wing with a faint brownish tinge on disk.

Hab. N. Niceria, Borgu, Yelwa Lake (Migeod), 1 3 type.

Exp. 26 mm.
Near L. adspersa, H.-S., but without spots on fore wing.

Lelia seminuda, sp. n.

g. Head, thorax, anc abdomen fulvous brown; tibie and
tarsi tinged with fuscous. Fore wing fulvous brown, rather
thinly scaled and with a faint fuscous tinge on disk; cilia
yellowish rufous. Hind wing semihyaline rufous, the cilia
yellowish rufous.

?. Wings much paler semibyaline rufous; anal tuft
fuscous brown.

Hab. Suvan, White Nile, Roseires (Longstaf#), 1 g type,
Gondokoro (Reynes-Cole), 1 9; Br. E. Arrica, Sanduk
(Belton),1 9. Hap., 6 32, 9°44 mm.

Near L. testacea, Wlk., but without the discoidal spot on
fore wing.

Lelia atrisquamata, sp. n.

?. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous white; palpi
blackish at tips; antennze with the branches brown ; fore
legs irrorated with black in front. Fore wing ochreous
white irrorated with a few large black scales; small spots
formed of aggregations of a few black scales at middle of
cell and lower angle. Hind wing white with a faint ochreous
Tmses | .

Hab. Gown Coast, Ashanti, Obuassi (Bergman), 1 2? type.
Eep. 56 mm.

Lelia sericea, sp. nu.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous white ; palpi
orange; antennz with the branches rufous ; tibie and tarsi
streaked with fuscous ; abdomen fulvous yellow below. Fore
wing silky whitish tinged with brownish ochreous, the costal
area more ochreous, the veins slightly darker, the cilia
ochreous white. Hind wing silky whitish tinged with brown,

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. v. 30

442 Sir G. F. Hampson oa

the cilia ochreous white. Underside of both wings tinged
with rufous.

9. Anal tuft brown; wings semihyaline whitish, the veins
of fore wing brownish; the underside with the costa of both
wings slightly tinged with rufous.

Hab. Ucanpa, White Nile, Gondokoro (Reynes-Cole), 2 3 ,
Ketoma (Doggett), 1 2; TransvaaLt, Warmbad (Janse),1,
1¢ type. Exp. 38-40 mm.

Nearest to L. phlebitis, Hmpsn.

Lelia discolepia, sp. n.

9. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous yellow; palpi,
fore and mid legs irrorated with black ; antenne with the
shaft irrorated with black, the branches black. Fore wing
ochreous yellow ; a patch of irroration formed of large black
scales in and beyond end of cell; a few large black scales
in cell near base and on inner and terminal areas ; the cilia
with some black scales at tips towards apex. Hind wing
rather paler ochreous yellow; the underside with a few black
scales on costal area towards apex.

Hab. Sierra Leone (Dudgeon), 1 2 type. Exp. 50 mm.

Lelia rivularis, sp. n.

9. Head and thorax pale ochreous brown; abdomen
brownish white. Fore wing pale ochreous brown ; a blackish
antemedial point below the cell; an indistinct brownish line
from middle of costa, acutely angled outwards to lower angle
of cell, where it is met by an indistinct oblique line from
costa beyond middle, then bent inwards to origin of vein 2
and oblique to inner margin ; an oblique straight brown line
from costa towards apex to middle of inner margin, the area
before it rather whiter between veins 5 and 2; a brownish
subterminal line with more or less complete series of small
black spots on it and slightly defined on outer side by
ochreous, oblique below vein 4; cilia blackish at tips. Hind
wing white tinged with ochreous brown; a subterminal
maculate dark line from vein 6 to inner margin ; the termen
with slight brown irroration. Underside of fore wing with
diffused oblique brown patch at upper angle of cell and post-
medial line oblique to vein 2, then erect; hind wing with
dark discoidal spot and postmedial line excurved below
costa.

Ab. 1. Fore wing yellow; bind wing yellowish white.
Masevi.

new African Moths. 443

Hab. Ucanns, Masevi (Christy), 1 2, Ruwenzori (Wollas-
ton), 1 2 type. zp. 48 mm.
Allied to LZ. diapera, Hmpsn., and fracta, Schaus.

Lelia straminea, sp, n.

?. Head and thorax ochreous tinged with red-brown ;
fore tibie and tarsi red-brown on inner side; abdomen
ochreous white faintly tinged with rufous. Fore wing
ochreous tinged with rufous and irrorated with red-brown ;
antemedial line indistinct, red-brown, slightly excurved below
costa, then erect; slight brown points in and beyond lower
angle of cell and slight points or minute streaks beyond
upper angle above aud below vein 7; postmedial line red-
brown, very oblique, straight ; an oblique subterminal series
of smail brown spots in the interspaces from below vein 7 to
inner margin ; cilia red-brown. Hind wing creamy white
with a faint red-brown tinge at middle of termen; the
underside with the termen slightly irrorated with red-brown
from apex to vein 2.

Hab. 8S. Nigeria, Old Calabar (Crompton), 2 2? type.
Exp. 50 mm.

Allied to L. rivularis.

Lela gigantea, sp. n.

Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous suffused with red-
brown ; palpi with the second joint blackish above; fore
femora with some dark brown hair above. Fore wing
ochreous suffused with red-brown and slightly irrorated with
black, the basal half paler except at costa and inner margin
with oblique outer edge; traces of a rather diffused dentate
brownish antemedial line from below median nervure to
inner margin; a small spot formed of aggregated black
scales above base of vein 7; two rather diffused very oblique
brown postmedial lines and two similar subterminal lines
crossed by an oblique brown shade from apex to inner margin
just beyond postmedial line. Hind wing ochreous tinged
with rufous; a faint brownish discoidal spot; the terminal
area slightly irrorated with black; a fine brown terminal
line. Underside of fore wing with oblique fuscous-brown
discoidal bar; hind wing with discoidal lunule.

Hab, Cameroons, ¢ in Coll. Druce; Ucanpa, Bugoma
(Ladbury), 1 2 type. Exp. 82 mm.

Allied to L. rivularis.

Lela fulvicosta, sp. n.

¢. Head and thorax fulvous brown, the branches of
30*

444 Sir G. F. Hampson on

antenne brown; abdomen dark greyish brown with the
ventral surface fulvous. Fore wing dark red-brown, the
costal edge and cilia fulvous. Hind wing semihyaline dark
red-brown, the cilia fulvous at tips.

Hab. N. Nigeria, Lokoja (Dudgeon), 1 g type. Hap.

22 mm.

Genus STENAROA, Noy.

Type S. ignepicta.

Proboscis minute; palpi porrect, extending about the
length of head ; frons smooth ; eyes large, round; antenne
of male bipectinate with long branches to apex and with
large tuft of hair from basal joint; tibie moderately fringed
ih hair, the hind tibiz with terminal pair of spurs only.
Fore wing rather long and narrow, the apex rounded, the
termen obliquely curved ; veins 3 and 5 from near angle of
cell; 6 from below upper angle; 7 from angle; 8, 9, 10
stalked ; 1] from cell. Hind wing with vein 3 from near
angle of cell; 5 from above angle ; 6, 7 from upper angle ;
8 connected with the cell by a bar near middle.

Stenaroa ignepicta, sp. n.

¢. Head and tegule yellow mixed with fiery red;
antennee and thorax deep red-brown ; legs yellow, the tibize
tinged with fiery red; abdomen dark ‘red- brown, the ventral
surface yellowish white. Fore wing dark red-brown ; ante-
medial yellow and fiery-red spots in cell and submedian
interspace ; a large discoidal spot and slight spots on vein 2
and in submedian fold below end of cell; subterminal yellow
and fiery-red spots between veins 7, 6 and 5 and &. Hind
wing dark red-brown.

Hab. Mapacascar, Betsileo (Cowan), 1 g type. LEzp.
24 mm,

Aroa leonensis, sp. u.

g. Head and thorax red-brown mixed with greyish;
antennse with the shaft ochreous white, the branches red-
brown ; palpi and legs whitish tinged with brown ; abdomen
fuscous ringed with white, the ventral surface white. Fore
wing grey tinged with rufous and irrorated with fuscous ;
subbasal line brown somewhat sinuous and oblique, extending
to inner margin ; antemedial line whitish, oblique, slightly
excurved at median nervure, a band of chocolate-red suffusion
beyond it; an indistinct dark medial line, incurved at sub-
median fold ; a faint dark discoidal bar; the postmedial area

new African Moths. 445

with diffused whitish patch on disk ; two well-separated dark
postmedial lines incurved between vein 3 and submedian
fold; terminal area dark chocolate-brown, extending to
postmedial line on costal area, its inner edge then excurved,
angled inwards between veins 3 and 2 and ending on termen
above tornus ; a slight dark terminal line; cilia whitish
tinged with red-brown and with dark brown line through
them. Hind wing greyish brown, the apical area dark
brown obliquely from middle of costa to termen at vein 2 ;
cilia whitish tinged with brown and with dark brown line
through them ; the underside greyish tinged with red-brown
and irrorated with dark brown, the apical area darker, a
sinuous dark postmedial line.

Hab. Stexra Leone (Bartlett), 1 g type. Lup. 32 mm,

Allied to A. achrodisca, Hmpsn.

Crgyia vetusta, sp. n.

¢. Head, thorax, and abdomen whitish tinged with brown ;
antenne with the branches brown. Fore wing greyish
suffused with red-brown and more or less irrorated with
black, the medial avea more or less suffused with fuscous except
towards costa ; a faint blackish subbasal line from costa to
submedian fold; a diffused oblique sinuous antemedial line
defined by whitish on outer side; a reddish discoidal lunule
defined by black and produced at upper extremity ; post-
medial line diffused, black, dentate and excurved to vein 4,
then strongly incurved and defined on inner side by whitish ;
a curved subterminal series of rather elongate black spots
from costa to vein 3, towards costa placed on a whitish
patch; cilia rufous mixed with black. Hind wing brown
tinged with fuscous, the cilia paler and tinged with rufous.
Underside of both wings greyish suffused with fuscous brown,
the terminal area of fore wing and inner area of hind wing
grey.

Hab. Nicerta (Dudgeon), 1 $, Yorubaland, Ogbomoso
(Carter), 1 S type. Hap. 24 mm.

Allied to O. postica, W\k., from India.

Dasychira umbricolora, sp. n.

Abdomen with dorsal crests on basal segments.

¢. Head, thorax, and abdomen umber-brown, the last
with the crests blackish ; palpi and frons at sides blackish ;
tarsi blackish with pale rings; ventral surface of abdomen
white tinged with red-brown. Fore wing umber-brown with

446 Sir G. F. Hampson on

darker shadings and slightly irrorated with black; ante-
medial line hardly traceable, oblique below submedian fold ;
a few black scales on discocellulars and traces of an oblique
line from lower angle of cell to inner margin at antemedial
line ; postmedial line very indistinct, dark, excurved below
costa and at middle and incurved at submedian fold, where ©
there is a faint streak of white scales between it and medial
line ; subterminal line indistinct, blackish, angled inwards
below costa, excurved below vein 7 and angled outwards
below vein 4, connected below veins 7 and 4 by short streaks
with the series of black strize just before termen ; a fine dark
terminal line ; cilia chequered brown and black. Hind wing
reddish brown, the cilia chequered brown and black; the
underside grey tinged and irrorated with brown, a blackish
discoidal lunule and maculate postmedial and subterminal
bands from costa to vein 1.

Hab. 8. Nicreria, Lagos, Ebute Meta (Boag), 1 ¢ type,
Old Calabar (Crompton), 1 @. Exp. 32-34 mm.

Nearest to D. striata, Holl.

Dasychira thermoplaga, sp. n.

&. Head and thorax pale brownish grey with a diffused
red-brown fascia on vertex of head and thorax ; palpi at sides
and frontal tuft red-brown; tarsi with the tufts of scales
blackish; abdomen grey tinged with brown, the crests
blackish. Fore wing: grey tinged with olive and irrorated
with red-brown; a red-brown patch at base of costa ex-
tending to just below the cell, where it is produced outwards ;
rather conical red-brown patches at middle of costa and inner
margin, the former including an indistinctly defined narrow
discoidal lunule ; small subterminal red-brown spots on costa,
below veins 5 and 2, and on inner margin; cilia with a series
of black-brown spots. Hind wing ochreous white tinged
with brown; cilia with a series of small brown spots; the
underside ochreous white slightly irrorated with brown.

Hab. Sterra Leone (Dudgeon), 1 g type. Exp. 30mm.

Nearest to D. whitei, Druce.

Dasychira endophea, sp. n.

9. Head and thorax black-brown mixed with some red-
brown and grey ; tarsi slightly ringed with whitish ; abdomen
grey-brown suffused with black-brown. Fore wing black-
brown mixed with some red-brown and grey, a diffused
ochreous patch suffused with red-brown on antemedial area
from costa to median nervure and a large subterminal patch

new African Moths. 447

from costa to just below vein 3 with irregular edges; an
indistinct curved black subbasal line from costa to vein 1 ;
traces of a curved antemedial line and of an oblique medial
line from lower angle of cell to inner margin; postmedial
line indistinct, dentate from costa to vein 4, then incurved ;
the pale patch with its inner edge angled outwards below
costa and at discal fold and its outer edge angled inwards at
discal fold; the subterminal line only defined by rather
dentate black-brown patches on its inner side, the mark
below costa placed on the pale patch, then angled outwards
to near termen at veins 7, 6, inwards at discal fold, outwards
at vein 4, then incurved; cilia intersected by whitish at the
veins. Hind wing greyish brown, the cilia whitish at tips ;
the underside ochreous suffused with reddish brown, a
diffused discoidal lunule, oblique diffused postmedial line,
and diffused subterminal line.

Hab. Goup Coast, Kumasi (Whiteside), 1 9 type. Ezp.
56 mm.

Alhed to D. antica, Wik.,=albilunulata, Karsch.

Dasychira magnifica, sp. n.

6. Head and thorax brown mixed with yellowish, the
patagia with some long spatulate yellow and black scales ;
antenne with the shaft whitish irrorated with black ; tarsi
ringed with yellowish ; abdomen orange, the crests on three
basal segments black, followed by black bands on the
terminal segments, the anal tuft blackish tipped with yellow,
the ventral surface brown and orange mixed. Fore wing
pale red-brown irrorated with black, a band of blackish-
brown suffusion beyond the medial line, broad towards costa,
the terminal area tinged with greyish; subbasal line blackish,
excurved below costa and cell and ending at vein 1; ante-
medial and medial lines black defined on outer side by
greyish, minutely waved; reniform defined by slight black
points; postmedial line blackish defined on inner side by a
yellowish bar at costa, bent outward below costa, then
minutely dentate, angled outwards at vein 4, then incurved ;
a subterminal series of small somewhat dentate black spots
defined on outer side by whitish ; a slight irregularly crenu-
late black line just before termen. Hind wing bright orange,
the terminal area broadly black, its inner edge somewhat
excurved at middle ; cilia ochreous white and fuscous mixed ;
the underside orange, the costa and the terminal area irrorated
with black-brown, a black discoidal spot, a maculate sinuous
blackish postmedial band.

Hab. Nieerta (Dudgeon), 1 3 type. Eap. 64 mm.

448, Sir G. F. Hampson on

Dasychira phoca, sp. un.

Abdomen without dorsal crests.

¢. Head and thorax black-brown; tarsi mixed with
whitish ; abdomen brownish ochreous, the ventral surface
darker. J ore wing ochreous brown with a cupreous gloss ;
subbasal line blackish, excurved below costa and cell, and
ending at vein 1 ; antemedial line indistinct, blackish, curved,
waved; the discocellulars defined by blackish strie; a
waved blackish line from lower angle of cell to inner margin ;
postmedial line indistinct, dark, minutely dentate towards
costa, incurved and slightly sinuous below vein 4 an in-
distinct waved blackish subterminal line, excurved at veins
6 and 4; a series of curved blackish striz just before termen.
Hind wing white tinged with brownish ochreous.

?. Abdomen grey tinged with ochreous brown; fore
wing almost entirely suffused with black-brown ; hind wing
whitish tinged with fuscous brown; the underside white
thickly irrorated with brown.

Hab. Ucanva, Mulema (Doggett), 1 3 type. Hap. 36-
38 mm.

Dasychira pheosia, sp. n.

d. Head and thorax grey mixed with white and red-brown ;
antenne with the branches rufous; tips of patagia and meta-
thorax red-brown; fore tibiz and tarsi red-brown streaked
with blackish; abdomen ochreous tinged with rufous, a
dorsal black streak on basal segments, some dark brown
suffusion at middle. Fore wing ochreous tinged with
rufous ; an interrupted red-brown streak below basal half of
costa and two streaks in cell; a curved dark red-brown
fascia from base of costa along vein 1 to beyond middle,
then upwards to just before termen at vein 7; a slight
double streak with deep red-brown above it above medial
part of inner margin, bent upwards to above vein 1] at extre-
mity; the tornal area greyish; reniform faintly defined
by some dark scales; slight red-brown streaks below costa
towards apex; a fine blackish terminal line; cilia greyish
with some blackish at tips. Hind. wing yellowish white;
the cilia with a dark line through them; the underside with
faint brown spot at upper angle of cell.

2. Fore wing suffused with red-brown and irrorated with
blackish, the interspaces beyond the cell with obscure streaks,
the reniform more distinct, with pale centre; hind wing
suffused with brown; the underside suffused and. irrorated

new African Moths. 449

with brown, a dark discoidal spot and diffused curved post-
medial and subterminal lines.
Hab. Goup Coast, Kumasi (Whiteside), 1 g type; 8. Ni-
cERIA, Lagos (Strachan),1 2. Ezxp., o 42, 9 44mm.
Near D. lignea, Butl., from Madagascar.

Dasychira griseinubes, sp. n.

?. Head, thorax, and abdomen rufous mixed with
ochreous, the ventral surface of abdomen yellower. Fore
wing ochreous suffused with rufous and irrorated with red-
brown; a curved red-brown antemedial line slightly defined
on inner side by ochreous and with a diffused leadien-grey
band on its outer side from costa to above vein 1, obscurely
forked towards costa; reniform very indistinctly defined by
red-brown, its outer edge with long teeth on veins 6 and 4 to
postmedial line, which is red-brown, very strongly dentate,
the tooth on vein 4 extending to near termen, double below
vein 3; the terminal area suffused with red-brown and with
a faint sinuous dark line before termen ; cilia black-brown
at tips. Hind wing ochreous suffused with rufous; the
underside with diffused brown postmedial Jine, excurved to
vein 5, then incurved and ending at submedian fold, a rather
maculate brown subterminal line from costa to vein 2, obso-
lescent below vein 5.

Hab. S. Nigeria, Sapele (Sampson), 1 9 type. Hap.
42 mm.

Dasychira poliotis, sp. n.

9. Head and thorax white mixed with pale brown; an-
tennze with the branches rufous; fore tibiz irrorated with
black, the tarsi blackish ringed with white; abdomen white,
dorsally suffused with pale reddish brown and with some
yellow at sides. Fore wing white tinged and thickly irrorated
with brown, the veins brown : ; traces of a waved antemedial
line; a triangular discoidal mark defined by brown; a brown
line from origin of vein 2 to inner margin, angled outwards
below vein 2, then slightly sinuous and traces of an obliquely
curved line from costa beyond the cell to lower angle of cell ;
postmedial line rather diffused, brown, obliquely curved and
somewhat dentate; traces of a maculate brownish subter-
minal line and a series of small blackish spots just before
termen ; a fine dark terminal line. Hind wing white.

Hab. Transvaat, White R. (Cooke), 1 9 type. Hap.
54 mm.
Allied to D. horsfieldi, Moore.

450 Sir G. F. Hampson on

Dasychira bryophilina, sp. n.

9. Head and thorax yellowish white with a black bar on
prothorax and paired spots on meso- and metathorax; palpi
and lower part of frons black; antennz with short black
branches ; femora black above, the tibize and tarsi banded
with black; abdomen white suffused with black. Fore wing
yellowish white ; a curved black subbasal line from costa to
below vein 1 near base, emitting a short streak below costa ;
the antemedial area with slight black striga above inner
margin; antemedial line strong, black, angled outwards at
median nervure and inwards at submedian fold; a black
patch at middle of inner margin conjoining the antemedial,
medial, and postmedial lines; a small round black spot at
middle of cell; reniform defined by black and with some
black in centre; medial line oblique from costa to reniform
and incurved from cell to the black patch, some black suffu-
sion beyond it below costa and cell; postmedial line black,
strongly bent outwards below costa, slightly angled inwards
at discal fold, below vein 4 incurved to near the medial line
and produced to very short streaks at the veins; a black
spot on costa before apex, very slight subterminal streaks
on the veins, and an oblique black bar at tornus; a black
terminal line; cilia intersected by black streaks. Hind wing
white tinged with fuscous, the terminal area suffused with
fuscous ; a slight discoidal lunule and terminal series of
points and striz ; cilia pure white; the underside with the
costal area suffused and irrorated with blackish, the discoidal
lunule stronger.

Hab. Carre Corony, Deelfontein (Sloggett), 1 9 type.
Exp. 32 mm.

Ailied to D. octophora, Hmpsn.

Dasychira pyrosoma, sp. 0.

3. Head and thorax white, the tegule, upper part of
patagia, throat, fore femora, and the tibiz tinged with yellow ;
palpi with the second joint black above, tinged with yellow in
front; antennze with the branches rufous; abdomen white,
the basal segment with slight dorsal tuft of orange-red
hair, the second to sixth segments with broad fiery scarlet
subdorsal bands, leaving slight white segmental lines and a
dorsal streak. Fore wing silvery white; traces of a bisinuate
yellowish antemedial line and of a discoidal Innule defined by
yellowish ; the terminal area with four fait curved yellowish
lines; cilia faintly yellowish at base. Hind wing silvery
white.

new African Moths. 451

Hab. Transvaar, Johannesburg (Cooke),1 g type. LEzp.
52 mm.

Allied to D. confinis, Dist.

Dasychira leucogramma, sp. n.

Hind wing with veins 3, 4 strongly stalked.

¢. Head and thorax white mixed with red-brown; abdo-
men white. Fore wing white suffused with red-brown; a
white streak in submedian fold ; an oblique white line from
costa before middle to the submedian streak near base,
another line from the same point on costa to the submedian
streak beyond middle, where it is joined by an oblique white
line from costa towards apex. Hind wing pure white.

Hab. Sierra Leone, Port Lokko (Penny), 1 9 type.
Exp. 24 mm.

Aclonophlebia triangulifera, sp. n.

?. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous tinged with
rufous ; antennz black-brown except at base ; abdomen with
small dorsal black-brown spots on second, fourth, and fifth
segments and lateral spots on third and fourth segments.
Fore wing ochreous yellow tinged with red-brown and irro-
rated with dark brown on terminal half ; two slight subbasal
black points in submedian interspace ; a medial triangular
chocolate-brown patch from below origin of vein 2 to vein 1,
edged by black defined by pale yellow, and with oblique
black striz from its angles to inner margin; an ill-defined
conical yellow postmedial patch from costa to discal fold and
a spot between veins 4 and 3, before the subterminal series
of faint brownish spots incurved at discal fold; cilia with
some dark brown at tips. Hind wing creamy white, the
tornal area suffused with brownish.

Hab. Br. E. Arrica, Taveta (Rogers), 1 9 type. Exp.
338 mm.

Allied to A. flavinotata, Butl.

Lomadonta ochriaria, sp. u.

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale ochreous yellow ;
palpi, pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen orange-
yellow; antennz with the branches rufous; anal tuft dark
brown mixed with greyish. Fore wing pale ochreous yellow
irrorated with dark brown; traces of a diffused oblique
shade of thicker irroration from middle of cell to inner margin,
a faint patch of thicker irroration in end of cell, and traces

452 Sir G. F. Hampson on

of curved postmedial and subterminal shades. Hind wing
white, the inner area and termen with an ochreous tinge.

Hab. Goup Coast, Kumasi (Whiteside), 1 2 type. Lup.
40 mm.

Hypside.

Digama strabonis, sp. n.

2. Head and thorax white, the frons below and above,
the tegule at middle and sides, the patagia and prothorax
with paired black spots ; palpi with black spots at extre-
mities of first, second, and third joints ; pectus and legs
yellowish white, the fore coxe and pectus at sides with black’
spots; abdomen pale yellow, with dorsal, lateral, and sub-
lateral series of black spots. Fore wing grey-brown; an
irregular white patch at base edged with blackish and
almost conjoined to a large very irregular white antemedial
patch edged with blackish and with black spots on it below
the ceil and above inner margin, the upper edge of the patch
with two projections to below costa, and the outer edge with
two projections in submedian interspace, a small white spot
beyond it above inner margin; an elliptical white spot edged
with blackish in end of cell conjoined to a spot on costa and
with round black spot on it near its inner lower edge; a
broad extremely irregular white postmedial band edged with
blackish extending into the end of cell and with small black
spots on it at the angles of cell and small brown spots beyond
the cell above vein 6 and on vein 4, the upper spot elongate,
the band expanding on inner side at middle and at vein 1
and on outer with rounded projections below vein 7, at
middle and submedian interspace ; a series of darker brown
spots on termen. Hind wing pale yellow, with a blackish-
brown terminal band from apex to vein 3, where it narrows
to a point, its inner edge sinuous ; cilia white, brown at apex.
Underside of fore wing with brown fascia along median
nervure from before middle, expanding into a triangular
patch extending to below costa beyond the cell, asmall black
spot on costa before middle, a round spot at middle of cell,
and a diffused blackish patch at upper angle of cell.

Hab. Transvaat (Pead),1 ? type. Hap. 42 mm.

Allied to D. sinuosa, Hmpsn.

Digama nepheloptera, sp. nu.

3. Head and thorax white tinged with brown; tegule
with black spots ; patagia with black spots on shoulders and

new African Moths. 453

two above ; meso- and metathorax with black spots; palpi
with the third joint black ; antennz blackish; coxe with
black spots ; legs tinged with fuscous ; abdomen yellow, with
dorsal and lateral series of black spots, the ventral surface
brownish white. Fore wing brownish white, the costal area
and cell white to beyond middle, the markings defined by
white; a small black spot at base and three subbasal spots ;
antemedial spots below costa and cell and above vein 1],
obliquely placed ; two obliquely placed spots in middle of
cell ; a very irregular medial brown band, expanding and
blackish at costa, its inner edge angled inwards at submedian
fold and vein 1, its outer angled outwards in and below cell,
below submedian fold, and at inner margin ; a triangular
black-brown postmedial spot on costa and small black spots
above veins 6, 4,3; small irregular subterminal brownish
spots above and below veins 5 and 2, the terminal area
rather darker than the ground-colour and narrowing to a
point atapex. Hind wing white faintly tinged with ochreous.

Hab. Transvaat, White R. (Cooke), | ¢ type.” xp.
36 mm.

Nearest to D. spilosoma, Feld.

Digama septempuncta, sp. n.

@. Head and thorax white, the frons and vertex of thorax
tinged with yellow, the frons above and below, the tegule,
shoulder, patagia, and prothorax with paired black points ;
palpi with black spots at extremities of first, second, and
third joints ; fore coxze and pectus at sides with black spots ;
fore tibiz and tarsi banded with fuscous ; abdomen yellow,
with lateral and sublateral series of black spots, the ventral
surface whitish. Fore wing creamy white; a black point at
base of costa, a subbasal point in cell, antemedial points
below costa and cell, a oe in middle of cell and two on
discocellulars. Hind wing yellow. Underside of fore wing
yellow, the costal edge whitish, a black point in middle of
cell and two slight discoidal points.

Hab. Ropricvurz (Manders), 1 ? type. Hap. 36 mm.

Nearest to D. insulana, Feld.

Caryatis stenoperas, sp. n.

dg. Head and tegule scarlet, the frons, vertex of head,
and tegulee with black spots ; palpi black, scarlet at base and
with white ring at extremity of second joimt; antennz
black, the shaft white above; thorax black, the tegule edged
with grey and scarlet, the vertex of thorax with three grey

454 Sir G. F. Hampson on

and scarlet streaks meeting behind; pectus scarlet, with
black-brown spots at sides ; legs black-brown streaked with
white; abdomen scarlet, with dorsal, Jateral, and sublateral
series of black spots. Fore wing grey-brown, the veins and
discal fold on basal half and the submedian fold and vein 1
to termen. finely streaked with white ; an oblique white band
from just below costa beyond middle to termen just above
tornus, somewhat expanding at middle; a slight scarlet
mark at base. Hind wing orange-scarlet, with narrow
black-brown band at apex.

Hab. Ucanpna, Entebbe (Minchin), 1 92 type. Eap.
54 mm,

Allied to C. phileta, Drury.

Geodena sphingifacies, sp. n.

g. Head black, the frons, two slight streaks on back of
head, and the tegule orange ; palpi white and orange at
base ; thorax white tinged with brown; abdomen white
with some brown at extremity, the ventral surface with the
basal segments tinged with fulvous, the terminal segments
with fuscous bands. Fore wing semihyaline white, the costa
fuscous black, the terminal area broadly fuscous black, the
outer edge of the white area running obliquely from below
costa just beyond middle to below vein 3, where it is acutely
angled, again angled at vein 2, then incurved and oblique to
inner margin towards tornus; a small white spot above
vein 6. Hind wing semihyaline white; a black point on
upper discocellular ; a fuscous black terminal band with very
irregular inner edge, incurved below costa, angled outwards
at vein 6, excurved to termen at vein 3, and angled inwards
at vein 2 and submedian fold.

Hab. Ucanna, Kimmi I. (Minchin), 2 8 type. ap.
42 mm.

Allied to G. inferma, Swinh.

Geodena monostigma, sp. n.

¢. Head, thorax, and abdomen white tinged with brown ;
palpi and branches of antennz blackish. Fore wing semi-
hyaline brownish white; a black discoidal spot and traces of
a postmedial spot in submedian fold. Hind wing semihyaline
brownish white, with a small black discoidal spot; both
wings with fine dark terminal line.

Hab. Ucanna (Doggett), 1 3 type. Hap. 40 mm.

Allied to G. semihyalina, Swinh., and disticta, B.-Baker.

new African Moths. 455

Soloe fumipennis, sp. n.

Head, thorax, and abdomen fulvous orange ; palpi with
the third joint black ; antennz brown except towards base ;
femora at extremities and the tibiz and tarsi fuscous. Fore
wing semihyaline brown, the costal edge fuscous; a small
fulvous-orange mark at base; a round black spot in cell
before middle and another on discocellulars. Hind wing
semihyaline brown ; a round black discoidal spot.

Hab. Gazauanp, Chirinda Forest (Marshall), 2 ¢, 4 2
type. Harp. 48-50 mm.

Allied to S. trigutta, Wlk.

Sphingide.
PERGESINGE.
Hippotion pentagramma, sp. n.

Head, thorax, and abdomen grey-brown ; palpi rufous at
sides except at tips ; pectus and ventral surface of abdomen
white, the femora and tibie rufous streaked with white.
Fore wing pale grey-brown ; the costal edge rufous; traces
of two rufous antemedial lines, acutely angled outwards on
median nervure, then very oblique and not reaching inner
margin; a diffused rather bifid rufous patch beyond the cell
with some fuscous on it above vein 4; five very obliquely
curved postmedial brown lines, bent inwards to costa, the
outermost line rather stronger, met by an oblique streak
from apex and with blackish points on it at the veins; the
terminal area slightly irrorated with black. Hind wing
fuscous brown ; the subterminal area reddish from vein 5 to
submedian fold with slight dark spots on the veins; the
termen grey irrorated with black except at apex; cilia pale ;
the underside pale reddish striated with fuscous, the inner
area whitish, a slightly waved fuscous subterminal line from
costa to submedian fold, double towards costa.

Hab. Asysstnta, Daladu (Drake-Brockman), 1 §, 1 2;
SoMALILAND (Drake-Brockman), 1 g type. Eup. 46-58 mm.

Nearest to H. chloris, Roths.

Notodontide.
Spatalia baccata, sp. u.

9. Head and thorax grey-brown mixed with deep rufous ;

4
abdomen grey-brown. Fore wing grey-brown, the area
between subcostal nervure and vein 1 to postmedial line

456 Sir G. F. Hampson on

ochreous yellow thickly irrorated with deep blood-red ; an
oblique autemedial maculate silvery baud between subcostal
nervure and vein 1, defined on outer side by deep blood-red
and traversed by a slight blood-red striated line; a grey-
brown discoidal bar ; an oblique postmedial series of round
silvery spots from below costa to vein 1, the uppermost spot
traversed by a blood-red striga, the red and yellow extending
to just beyond the uppermost spot; a fine crenulate red-
brown subterminal line slightly defined on inner side by
grey ; a fine blackish terminal line. Hind wing grey-brown,
the cilia pale at tips; the underside white famtly tinged
with brown, especially on terminal area.

Hab. N. Nieeris, Ilorin (Lugard), 1 9 type. Hep.
32 mm.

Alhed to S. argyrophora, Umpsn.

Cerura marshalli, sp. 0.

¢. Heid and thorax white, the tegule tinged with
ochreous; palpi and frons below and at sides black; an-
tenn with the branches black and the shaft suffused with
black at middle; a black point on vertex of head; a black
band behind tegule, the dorsum of thorax black and two
black spots on metathorax, the tips of the black scales with
a silvery gloss; tibiz spotted with black, the tarsi black,
with some white hairs; abdomen black, with a few white
hairs, the hair at base white, the anal tuft with white hair
mixed, the ventral surface white. Fore wing silvery white ;
a subbasal black point below costa; the antemedial area
with some black scales at costa, on vein 1, and above inner
margin ; an oblique antemedial black band with irregularly
sinuous edges ; a medial black point on costa, followed by a
short bar, then a point; a rather elongate postmedial black
mark on costa, followed by two points, and a triangular
mark on inner margin just before tornus; cilia with a series
of black spots. Hind wing white, with a series of small
black spots on cilia and a small triangular spot on termen at
vein 1; the underside with black discoidal spot.

@. Abdomen dorsally irrorated with white; fore wing
with the medial bar on costa more prominent, the post-
medial patch more elongate, slight black marks above and
below vein 5 and some black scales above the triangular
patch.

Hab. MasuonatanD, Salisbury (Marshall), 3 3,6 ? type.
Exp., 8 50, 2 58-70 mm.

new African Moths. 457

Larva. Black-brown banded with white, the paired anal
appendages long and thorny.
Allied to C. spiritalis, Dist.

Cerura leonensis, sp. n.

?. Head and tegule white tinged with ochreous; palpi
and sides of frons black ; antennz with the branches black,
the shaft irrorated with black at middle; a black point on
vertex of head; thorax white, with blue-black band behind
tegulz, the dorsum blue-black, followed by a bar on meso-
thorax and paired bars on metathorax, the patagia with
paired blue-black spots ; pectus black in front, the tibize with
black spots and the tarsi black except at base; abdomen
white sparsely irrorated with blue-black, more thickly at
extremity, the second segment with dorsal black band, the
ventral surface white, with the extremity black slightly irro-
rated with white. Fore wing silvery white; subbasal line
represented by asmall black spot on costa, then by an irregu-
larly sinuous line of black scales; an antemedial oblique
baud formed of black spots irrorated with white, the spots
above and below vein | confluent; three rather wedge-shaped
black spots on medial part of costa, the medial line arising
from the middle spot, forming a slight curved striga on
discocellulars, represented by a few scales on vein 2 and a
slight line from submedian fold bent outwards to inner
margin ; an oblique black bar beyond the discocellulars ; an
elongate postmedial black mark on costa; the double post-
medial line arising beyond upper angle of cell, a slight line
of scales on its inner side connected with the discoidal striga
at lower angle of cell and enclosing the bar beyond the cell
except above, the outer postmedial line almost obsolete
beyond the cell, then the double line angled outwards at
veins 3, 2, and 1 and inwards below vein 2; a small black spot
on costa before the black subterminal line, which is incurved
below veins 6 and 3, angled outwards at veins 3, 2, and
- inwards below vein 2; a series of black spots on termen and
cilia, two spots forming a pair above tornus. Hind wing
white ; a black spot above middle of inner margin; the veins
towards termen slightly streaked with black and the apex
irrorated with black ; cilia almost wholly black towards apex,
then with series of black spots, the spot at vein 1 extending
onto termen. Underside white, both wings with black
discoidal spot and broad terminal band, narrowing to termen
above tornus of hind wing; fore wing with black spots on

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. v. 31

458 Sir G. F. Hampson on

costa and white postmedial band defined on inner side by
black suffusion except on inner area.

Hab. Sizrra Leonz, 1 9 type. Lap. 66 mm.

Allied to C. liturata, W1k., from India.

Cerura argentescens, sp. n.

¢. Head and thorax white mixed with black; pectus and
lower part of frons black; antennze with the branches black ;
pectus black-brown; legs white mixed with black-brown,
the tarsi ringed with brown; abdomen with the basal half
white, with some black hair at base, the terminal half black-
brown, the ventral surface white. Fore wing silvery white
slightly irrorated with blackish ; subbasal line double,
waved, angled inwards in submedian fold, the area. between
it and antemedial line suffused with black from costa to
median nervure and thickly irrorated with black on inner
area ; antemedial line double, angled outwards in submedian
fold and bent outwards to inner margin; medial line in-
distinct, double, waved, enclosing a tuft of black scales
on discocellulars; postmedial lne double, bent outwards
below costa, incurved at discal and submedian folds, some
small black spots beyond it on costa, and some black suffu-
sion from costa to vein 4 and from vein 2 to tornus; a
terminal series of strong black striz. Hind wing silvery
white, the veins tinged with fuscous; a rather diffused
oblique fuscous postmedial line; a terminal series of small
black spots. Underside of fore wing fuscous brown; hind
wing with medial fuscous bar from costa, the postmedial
line distinct and excurved below costa.

Hab. Natau (lidgedon),1 3 type. Hap. 40 mm.

Allied to C. liturata, Wik.

Cerura esmeralda, sp. n.

¢. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale blue-green, the hair
on vertex of head whitish ; palpi and sides of frons black ;
a black spot on vertex of head ; branches of antennz black-
brown; a black band behind tegule, the patagia with black
annuli, the meso- and metathorax with paired black spots ;
tibie and tarsi banded with black. Fore wing pale blue-
green; a short black streak below base of cell; a subbasal
black striga from costa; antemedial line black defined on
inner side by silvery white, forming an annulus at costa and
produced to a slight black streak below the annulus, ex-

new African Moths. 459

curved and rather bidentate in submedian interspace, angled
inwards on vein 1; a black-defined triangle on middle of
costa and black line defined on outer side by silvery white
from lower angle of cell to inner margin, oblique and sinuous
to vein 1, then bent inwards, the silvery white running
obliquely from lower angle of cell to the costa beyond the
antemedial black annulus; two black bars with white. be-
tween them, followed by a point on postmedial part of costa;
postmedial line black defined on inner side by silvery white,
arising at vein 8, angled inwards at discal fold, outwards at
veins 4, 3, 2, inwards just below vein 2, where there is a
black fascia from just beyond it to tips of cilia just above
tornus, then excurved at vein 1; an irregular wedge-shaped
subterminal mark from costa to vein 7 enclosing a green
point on costa; the cilia intersected by black streaks in the
“imterspaces, those above and below vein 6 conjoined into a
hoop emitting a minute black streak on vein 6. Hind wing
glossy greenish white, with an oblique subterminal black
striga in submedian interspace and small conical spot on
termen ; the underside with black discoidal spot and small
postmedial spot on costa.

?. Pale sap-green ; abdomen dorsally banded with black
except at base and extremity ; fore wing with the medial area,
except towards costa and the area just beyond the postmedial
line, clouded with deeper sap-green.

Hab. Maswonatanp, Salisbury (Marshall, Dobbie), 2 2;
TRANSVAAL, Leydenburg Distr. (Ayres), 1 g,1 2, Pretoria
(Crawshay), 1 3 type, Jonannesburg (Cooke), 1 9. Hap.,
3 40, 9 48-52 mm.

Chadisra uncifera, sp. n.

Antenne of male bipectinate with long branches, the apex
ciliated.

&. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous suffused with
rufous ; palpi blackish above. Fore wing ochreous suffused
with red-brown and slightly irrorated with black ; slight sub-
basal black spots below costa and cell; double antemedial
black striz from costa, a slight streak below costa, a hook-
shaped mark defined by black from discal to submedian folds,
with a very oblique black streak from its lower edge to inner
margin near base; postmedial line very indistinct, double,
produced to long acute teeth on the veins, oblique below
vein 4, slight dark streaks beyond it above veins 6, 5, 4;
subterminal line represented by short blackish streaks on

460 Sir G. F. Hampson on

faint pale streaks in the interspaces from costa to vein 4, a
V-shaped mark below vein 4, and an obliquely curved band
defined on outer side by yellowish from vein 8 to inner
margin ; a terminal series of blackish striz ; cilia chequered
rufous and blackish. Hind wing ochreous suffused with
rufous; a black bar above tornus with slight striga above it ;
cilia chequered rufous and _ black.
Hab. Natat, 1 g type. Hap. 40 mm.

Y on ater
Chadisra nubifera, sp. n.

Antenne of male bipectinate with long branches, of female
with short branches.

3. Head and thorax grey mixed with brown and some
black ; palpi black above ; tarsi brown ringed with whitish ;
abdomen pale fulvous yellow slightly irrorated with brown
and with whitish segmental lines towards extremity, the
ventral surface white irrorated with brown. Fore wing grey-
white thickly irrorated with brown, the basal area whiter,
the veins with slight blackish streaks ; a slight black streak
below base of cell and subbasal points below costa and above
and below vein 1; antemedial line indistinctly double, filled
in with white, excurved and waved, some fuscous suffusion
before it and slight oblique black streaks below vein 1 and
above inner margin ; traces of a diffused medial brown shade ;
postmedial line defined on outer side by whitish, then by
fuscous, minutely dentate and produced to black and white
streaks on the veins, excurved to vein 4, then incurved, some
blackish strize beyond it from costa; subterminal line repre-
sented by a series of small blackish spots on somewhat
dentate whitish patches and a bar from below vein 2 to inner
margin, somewhat incurved below vein 4; a terminal series
of black strie. Hind wing pure white, with subterminal
black bar above tornus with a black mark before it on inner
margin; a terminal series of black striz ; cilia blackish
towards tornus; the underside with the costal area slightly
irrorated with brown.

@?. Fore wing with subbasal band of dark suffusion and
more dark suffusion before the antemedial line; hind wing
with the terminal area slightly tinged with brown.

Hab. Br. K. Arrica, Taveta (Rogers), 1 g, 1 9? type.
kEzp., & 32, 9 34mm.

new African Moths. 461

Chadisra rosinaria, sp. 0.

Antennz of male bipectinate with long branches, short
towards apex.

d. Head and thorax rufous mixed with grey and some
black; palpi with the second joint black above ; tegulz with
white band before dorsal part of tips, which are black ;
patagia grey at shoulders, rufous above; a white band be fore
metathorax, which is mostly black; fore tibiz with black
ring ; abdomen ochreous white tinged with brown, a hairy
blackish crest at base, the ventral surface white. lore wing
rufous mixed with some grey-white, the area before sub-
terminal line whiter; subbasal line blackish, incurved in cell
and ending at vein |, the area before it whitish ; antemedial
line black, indistinctly double, especially on inner half, some-
what dentate towards costa, then straight and erect; post-
medial line blackish, faintly defined on outer side by white
and on both sides at costa and inner margin, slightly angled
outwards below costa and at vein 4, then incurved and
slightly angled outwards at vein 1, some whitish points with
fuscous striz between them beyond it on costa; subterminal
line formed of faint whitish spots defined by some black
scales and a more distinct black spot below vein 38; cilia
intersected by fuscous at the veins. Hind wing silky white,
the hair on inner area tinged with ochreous ; a rufous patch
on termen and cilia in submedian interspace defined on inner
side by a double blackish bar filled in with white ; the under-
side with the costa tinged with yellow and with slight rufous

marks beyond middle and towards apex.

Hab. Navau, Durban (Leigh), 1 & type. Exp. 42 mm.

Chadisra ochribasis, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax rufous mixed with ochreous, the
patagia mostly white; legs whitish streaked with brown, the
tarsi ringed with brown ; abdomen white, with some reddish
brown and ochreous at base and extremity. Fore wing with
the basal half ochreous mixed with rufous, bounded by an
oblique smuous rufous line, the subbasal line represented by
a small dentate brown mark below costa, the antemedial by a
small spot on costa; an elongate brown mark below the cell
near base ; the rest of wing brown suffused and irrorated
with grey and with a broad band of white suffusion beyond
the medial line; postmedial line represented by a brown
striga from costa, then by pcints on the veins, bent out-
Ww ards below costa, then oblique, the costa beyond it with

462 Sir G. F. Hampson on

white points with dark streaks between them ; faint traces of
a whitish subterminal line with slight brown streaks before it
above veins 6, 5, 4, and a pair of small dentate marks in sub-
median interspace ; the veins of terminal area with dark
streaks and white points at their extremities. Hind wing
pure white, the veins of terminal half streaked with brown,
the terminal area suffused with red-brown, narrowing to
tornus ; cilia with series of white points and white tips,
wholly white towards tornus. Underside of fore wing with
the basal half white, the terminal half pale red-brown with
white points on costa; hind wing white, the veins streaked
with red-brown towards termen, which is suffused with red-
brown from apex to vein 2.

Hab. Br. E. Arrica, Laitokitok (Rogers), 3 3 type.
Hup. 62 mm.

Chadisra semiflava, sp. n.

Antenne of male bipectinate with moderate branches, the
apical third ciliated.

3. Head and thorax pale yellow with a few rufous scales,
the metathorax with rufous spot; palpi brown above; an-
tenn rufous ; abdomen rufous, the ventral surface yellowish
white. Fore wing with the basal half pale yellow faintly
clouded in parts with rufous, the terminal half rufous mixed
with greyish ; two slight black points below costa near base
and traces of a black streak below the cell, with traces of
another minute black streak below it at middle; a minute
antemedial black streak below costa and another below
middle of costa and two in cell; medial line black defined
on inner side by rufous, slightly angled outwards below
costa, oblique and sinuous to below angle of cell, then in-
wardly oblique and excurved at vein 1; postmedial line
indistinctly double, oblique to vein 6, then dentate and
rather inwardly oblique, joined at vein 3 by another slightly
waved brown line from costa well before it, some rufous and
greyish marks beyond it on costa, a minute wedge-shaped
black mark below costa and slight rufous streak on vein 8 ;
subterminal line greyish defined on outer side by brown,
waved; a fine dark terminal line. Hind wing silky white ;
a brown patch on termen and cilia from vein 2 to below
vein 1, with a whitish striga on it angled outwards at vein 1 ;
the underside with the costal area yellowish, with minute
postmedial rufous points on and below costa.

Hab. Natau, Durban (Leigh), 1 g type. Exp. 46 mm.

Allied to C. curvilinea, Swinh. ;

new African Aloths. 463

Chadisra persimilis, sp. 0.

Antenne of male minutely serrate and fasciculate.

3. Head and tborax pale yellow slightly mixed with
brown, especially on tegule; palpi black except at base;
autennz brown with a blackish patch between them; fore
femora and tibiz streaked with black on inner side, the tibize
with oblique streaks, the tarsi ringed with brown; abdomen
pale yellow dorsally suffused with brown, the basal crest with
some black mixed. Fore wing with the basal half pale
yellow slightly irrorated and in parts clouded with brown,
extending on costa to middle and on inner area to subter-
minal line, the rest of wing brown broadly suffused with
grey-white on costal area; traces of a black streak below
base of cell, with faint annulate mark of brown and _ black
scales below it at middle; some slight brown suffusion below
costa near base and before middle ; minute antemedial black
streaks below costa and in cell; medial line blackish defined
‘on inner side by brown suffusion, oblique and sinuous from
costa to below angle of cell, then inwardly oblique and
angled outwards at vein 1; postmedial line black, slightly
defined on outer side by whitish towards costa, dentate,
shightly angled outwards at vein 6 and oblique below
vein 3, where it is joimed by a faint waved line from well
before it; subterminal line very indistinct, whitish defined
on inner side by brown, waved, incurved at discal fold and
in submedian fold to near postmedial line ; a series of slight
dark striz just before termen; cilia chequered with whitish
at tips. Hind wing white, the hair on inner area tinged with
ochreous ; a brown patch on termen and cilia from vein 2 to
below vein 1, with a white and blackish bar on its inner
edge; cilia pale rufous, white at tips; the underside with
the costal area tinged with yellow and slightly irrerated with
rufous.

Hab. Natau, Durban (Leigh), 1 ¢ type. Hep. 34 mm.

Almost identical in appearance with C. semiflava.

Somera poliostrota, sp. n.

Palpi with the third joint long and porrect.

6. Head and thorax dark reddish brown mixed with some
grey ; tarsi with pale rings; abdomen red-brown, the ventral
surface whitish. Fore wing red-brown mixed with grey,
glossy, the veins darker brown ; traces of a waved dark
antemedial line; postmedial line ‘indistinct, dark, bent out-
wards below costa, then oblique and somewhat dentate; a

Ab4 Bibliographical Notice.

faint lunulate whitish subterminal line; a fine dark terminal
line. Hind wing silky white tinged with red- brown ; a fine
dark terminal line ; cilia brown at base, whitish at tips.

Hab. Carz Conony, Namaqualand, O’okiep, 1 ¢ type.
Hep. 46 mm.

[To be continued.)

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

Yorkshire Type Ammonites. Edited by S. 8. Buckman, F.G.S.;
with Photographs by J. W. Turcuzr. Part I. pp. i-xii, i-ii;
12 Plates and Descriptions Nos, 1-8, London: William Wesley
& Son, 1909.

Aut who concern themselves with the evidences of Evolution are of
necessity interested in the Ammonites, and, as a consequence,
treatises on this group are always welcome.

Scattered up and down the country, either in Museums or in
private Collections, valuable material bearing on this study has’
accumulated, yet, owing to their relative inaccessibility, much of
their usefulness is lost. Mr. 8. 8. Buckman, who has devoted
laborious days to the study of this group, realizing this, is endeavouring
to effect a remedy by describing in minute detail at least one of
these collections, whereby, doubtless, much new and valuable
evidence bearing on the general problem of the evolution of the
Ammonites will be brought to hight. He has, in short, begun the
g the Yorkshire type
Ammonites of the Jurassic; a large and valuable series.

The first-fruits of his labours are given in the part now before us.
The work is to appear in about 16 parts, each containing from 12 to
16 plates of the specimens more or less imperfectly described and
figured by those pioneers in this field of study, Young and Bird,
John Phillips and Martin Simpson. The works of the two first
named are not easily procurable ; those of Simpson are still more
difficult to obtain, a fact the more to be regretted since they
contain sterling work and matter of prime importance, though this
fact is not generally realized.

Mr. Buckman has undertaken the task of editing these early
contributions, supplementing the original descriptions by very
beautiful photographs of the specimens described—and most of these
figures appear now for the first time—and by concise editorial
comments.

The section on Terminology will no doubt be gratefully received ;
nevertheless it bears a most forbidding aspect, and we confess
we cannot see the value of a large percentage of the terms here
set forth. They certainly do nothing towards elucidating the
study, and if they fail in this they are indeed useless. But in this
perhaps the author, and others, will not agree. Be this as it may,
the work when completed will prove of the highest value to all
students of the group.

THE LONDON, EDINBURGH, AND DUBLIN

PHILOSOPHICAL MAGAZINE

AND

JOURNAL OF SCIENCE. |

A JOURNAL DEVOTED TO PHYSICS, ASTRONOMY, MECHANICS,
CHEMISTRY, MINERALOGY, AND THE ALLIED SCIENCES.

MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d.

Complete sets (unbound) may be obtained. Prices on application.
The First Series, in 68 volumes, from 1798 vo 1826. A few imperfect
copies only on hand.
The Second Series, in 11 volumes, from 1827 to 1832,
The Z'hird Series, in 37 volumes, from 1832 to 1850.
The Fourth Series, in 50 volumes, from 1851 to 1875.
The Fifth Serves, in 50 volumes, from 1876 to 1900.

Tayxor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE
NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY.

MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d,

Complete sets (unbound) may be obtained at the following
prices :—

The First Series, in 20 volumes, from 1838 to 1847. Price £10,
The Second Series, in 20 volumes, from 1848 to 1857. » £10.
The Third Series, in 20 volumes, from 1858 to 1867. 9p. secbee
The Fourth Sertes, in 20 volumes, from 1868 to 1877. bin eee
The Fifth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1878 to 1887. i iebee
_ The Siath Series, in 20 volumes, from 1888 to 1897. sh ee

Tayzor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

Tropical Africa. By Hunsper Daven, F L. 8, Be

Tabunide.

By Grmmons Riesnno LOR ae Ue

LX. Three new ne See = xa Tn

LXI. Notes on bots Pee a Enyst Suman. zaeP

Bice Gee eee cers

LXIII. Some Remarks on the Pelouatean Caudal Fi ‘in.
H. Wuirenovsz, M = ee. of Birmingham . be

ae

LXIY. A i Staidone See Note on ‘the Alsip, Tomo, fee

BURRS Bi eal ie OS

SouruErn, B.Sc., Irish National Museum, Dublin” = :

_ LXV. Descriptions of new African Moths. By Sir coe F.
PART, Bart, P.Z.8.) Gero oy Soiree anna Ha sua scene eon . 430

Bae ee a 4 es

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE. : oe
Yorkshire Type Ammonites, ee By 8. 8. Booms, F 6.

oe ae to the Care of Maes Taylor and 1 Francis, ‘Printing O8 ee
Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London.

Vol.5. §8 = EIGHTH SERIES. No, 30.

| oe en ANNALS :
MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING
ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anp GEOLOGY.

3. , . CONDUCTED BY
ALBERT CG. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.B.S.,
WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, Pu.D., F.R.S., F.LS., F.G.8.,
: : AND

WILLIAM FRANCIS, F.L,S.

BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘‘ ANNALS” COMBINED WITH
MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH'S ‘‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.”

WITH TWO PLATES.

Illustrative of Miss Hilda M. Bishop’s Paper on the Gastropod Foot and
Branchial Cavity.

LONDON:
TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Co., Ld. ; Bailliére, Paris:
odges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher, Berlin,

i
|

—=

“YO!l, i. £aTlb i, FFICO 4S,

BULLETIN OF ENTOMOLOGICAL RESEARCH

Issued by the Entomological Research Committee Gone Africa),
appointed by the Colonial Office.

TayLor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet ack, B.C.

THE

FLORA OF THE PRESIDENGY OF BOMBAY.

Published under the authority of the Secretary of Shite Foe India in Councit.
By THEODORE COOKE, C.1.E.,

M.A., M.A.I., LL.D., F.L.8., F.Z.8., &C,

FORMERLY PRINCIPAL OF THE COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AT POONA AND DIRECTOR
OF THE BOTANICAL SURVEY OF WESTERN INDIA,

Vol. I., Part I. 8s., Part II. 9s., Part IIL. 10s.
Vol. IL, Parts I. & I. 9s. each, Parts ILL. & IV. 8s, each, Part V. 12s.

TayzEor and Frances, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, H.C.

BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA.
Edited by F. DUCANE GODMAN,

SUBJECTS IN PROGRESS.
ZOOLOGY.

Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 3 (RuyncnorpHora: Curculionide). By
D.Suarp. (Pp. 1-168, pls. i—vi.)

Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 7 (RuyNcHopHoRA: Curculionids, continued).
By G. C. Cuampron. (Pp. 1-150, pls. 1.-vi.) a
Lepidoptera Heterocera. Vol. IV. By Lorp Watsineuam. (Pp. 1-40,
pl. a 2

é The Price of each Part is 21s.

London: Published for the Editor by Dunau & Co., Soho a

Ucuys SYNONV
OF NSEC TSN. =

SUPPLEMENT TO DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. 1s71-
1877. 8s. 6d. net.

LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. — SPHINGES AND BOM-
BYCES. 1892. £2 2s. net. c

NEUROPTERA ODONATA. 1890. 16s. ne.

Taxtor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C. id

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[EIGHTH SERIES. ]

No. 30. JUNE 1910.

LXVI.—Descriptions of new African Moths.
By Sir George F. Hampson, Bart., F.Z.8., &c.

(Continued from p. 464. |

Stauropus atriguttata, sp. nu.

Antenne of female bipectinate with rather long branches
to near apex, which is simple.

2. Head ochreous white; palpi with the second joint
above and sides of frons black-brown; antenne rufous ;
thorax pale yellow-green mixed with brown ; pectus and legs
ochreous white, the pectus in front and fore tibiz on inner
side brown ; abdomen fuscous, the ventral surface ochreous
white tinged with brown. Fore wing pale ochreous suffused
with yellow-green and slightly irrorated with reddish brown,
some brown at base of inner margin; small subbasal black
spots below costa and cell, the former with a brown spot
before it; a double incurved slightly waved brown ante-
medial line, the inner line with black spot at costa, a black
spot on an ochreous patch just beyond it below the cell; a
black spot with an ochreous patch below it on subcostal
nervure towards end of cell; a slight ochreous discoidal
bar, with black spot at lower angle of cell; postmedial line
red-brown defined on outer side by ochreous, double between
veins 6 and 4, oblique from costa to vein 6, then waved,
oblique below vein 3; the postmedial area with a series of

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. v. 32

466 Sir G. F. Hampson on

black spots, bent inwards between veins 6 and 4 and oblique
below vein 4; a subterminal series of black spots, the spot
above vein 4 displaced inwards; cilia red-brown intersected
with greenish at the veins. Hind wing pale red-brown ; the
costal area pale green, with a rufous postmedial bar, followed
by a black patch near apex with some grey on it; cilia
ochreous white ; the underside with the inner area whitish.

Hab. 8. Nicrerta, Lagos (Strachan), 1 ¢ type; Masnona-
LAND (Dobbie), 1 2. Hap. 48-62 mm.

Nearest to S. viridescens, Wlk., from India.

Stauropus rivata, sp. n.

?. Head and tegule white mixed with yellow-green and
some rufous; palpi above and lower part of frons rufous ;
antenne rufous ; patagia green irrorated with black ; thorax
rufous ; pectus and legs ochreous tinged with rufous ; abdo-
men whitish tinged with rufous. Fore wing whitish suffused
with pale yellow-green and slightly irrorated with black-
brown; the base bright yellow-green defined by the double
black oblique and irregularly sinuous subbasal line; ante-
medial line obsolescent, brown, angled outwards below costa
and cell and excurved above inner margin; medial line
strong, brown, bent inwards in cell, then dentate and ex-
curved above inner margin ; postmedial line strong, brown,
angled outwards below costa, then incurved, angled outwards
at vein 4, then oblique and dentate, another line beyond it
defined on outer side by white, angled outwards just below
costa, oblique to vein 6, incurved to vein 4, then oblique and
minutely dentate ; subterminal line slight, dark, defined on
inner side by some white and on outer by brown suffusion
from costa to vein 4 and towards tornus, bent inwards
between veins 6 and 4 and below vein 2 and outwards to
near termen between veins 4 and 2; cilia brown slightly
intersected by ochreous at the veins. Hind wing pale
brown, the cilia with ochreous mixed; the underside with
the cell and inner area ochreous white.

Hab. 8. Niceria, Akassa (Lugard), 1 ¢ type. Lap.
58 mm.

. Nearest to S. viridescens, W1k., from India.

Stauropus calliope, sp. 1.

Head and thorax bright yellow-green irrorated with black,
the mesothorax with black-brown patch; palpi rufous,
whitish in front and black behind ; frons with some black at
sides ; antennve black with the branches rufous; pectus and

new African Moths. 467

legs ochreous white mixed with rufous, the tibiz green above ;
abdomen black-brown, the extremity green, with some black
hairs, the ventral surface yellowish white. Fore wing bright
yellow-green irrorated with black; subbasal line double,
black, excurved just below costa, at middle, and above inner
margin ; antemedial line slight, double, black, irregularly
waved, the lines wider apart at costa, angled outwards in
lower part of cell and at vein 1, aslight streak of white scales
beyond it in submedian fold; orbicular and reniform faintly
defined by white scales, the former amphora-shaped, the
latter narrow, an oblique black striga above it from costa ;
postmedial line double, black, waved, oblique, somewhat bent
inwards between veins 6 and 4, some black points beyond it
on costa; subterminal line black, with a brown patch before
it between veins 6 and 4, where it is incurved, and a smaller
patch in submedian interspace, dentate at veins 4, 3, 2, and
ending at tornus; cilia chequered brown and green. Hind
wing pale tinged with red-brown, especially on inner area,
the veins darker; cilia whitish at tips; the underside ochreous
white, with a faint red-brown tinge on costal area.

Hab. Navat, Durban (Leigh), 2 6, 1 2 type. Hap.,
3 50, 2 60 mm.

Larva. Whitish suffused with purplish pink and with
numerous fine white rivulet lines enclosing irregular spaces,
the ventral surface pale; eighth and ninth abdominal somites
with patch of small white spots emitting an oblique streak
to a lateral triangular patch on seventh somite; head with
pair of black fasciz ; stigmata black ringed and centred with
white ; second thoracic somite with pair of long subdorsal
horns.

Nearest to S. viridescens, Wik.

Stauropus atribasalis, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax dark reddish brown mixed with some
whitish ; palpi whitish in front; pectus and legs pale red-
brown mixed with whitish ; abdomen ochreous white suffused
with red-brown, the hair at base of dorsum black-brown.
Fore wing whitish tinged with pale yellow-green and irro-
rated with black-brown, the basal area suffused with black-
brown bounded by the double oblique waved black subbasal
line,angled inwards in cell to near base; antemedial line repre-
sented by an inwardly oblique black-brown striga from costa ;
some slight black-brown marks on discocéllulars and above
end of cell ; postmedial line very indistinct, dark, oblique
diffused and dentate from costa near apex to vein 4, where it

32*

468 Sir G. F. Hampson on

is angled outwards, then again oblique and with a slight spot
on it below vein 2; a subterminal blackish line, arising from
termen just below apex and slightly waved at veins 4, 3, 2;
cilia chequered with brownish. Hind wing white, with two
diffused brown bars from costa towards apex ; the hair of
inner area slightly tinged with rufous.

Hab. Natat,1 ¢ type. Lup. 44 mm.

Stauropus melanosticta, sp. n.

Head and thorax pale yellow-green; palpi, frons, and
antenne rufous, the palpi black above; some chocolate-
brown on vertex of head, behind the tegule, and on upper
edge of patagia; pectus and legs yellowish tinged with
rufous ; abdomen yellowish suffused with rufous, the extre-
mity green irrorated with brown. Fore wing pale yellow-
green irrorated with black ; a series of small red-brown spots
on costa ; a subbasal brown striga below the cell, followed
by a black spot above vein 1; an oblique antemedial series
of slight blackish spots bent outwards to costa, sometimes
with a black streak from it to subterminal line in submedian
fold; orbicular and reniform faintly defined by raised
greenish-white scales, closely approximated, the latter
narrow ; postmedial line slight, blackish, bent outwards
below costa, then dentate, oblique below vein 4, traces of
another dentate line beyond it; subterminal line formed by
a series of small rather dentate black spots, with more pro-
duced spots below veins 7 and 4; a crenulate black line just
before termen ; cilia brown, with a series of green points.
Hind wing yellowish tinged with rufous, the costal area
towards apex whitish, with three rufous bars ; cilia chequered
with whitish ; the underside white.

Hab. 8. Lone (Bartlett), 1 8; Goip Coast, Kumasi
(Whiteside), 1 6,1 2 type. Hap. 40-42 mm.

Allied to S. vernalis, Dist.

Stauropus octoginta, sp. n.

$. Head and thorax grey-green mixed with white and
fuscous; palpi white in front, black behind; antennz
brownish, the shaft barred with white; tegule white at
tips ; pectus and legs white mixed with blackish; abdomen
white, dorsally suffused with brown and with some black
hair at base, the extremity grey-green mixed with black, the
ventral surface tinged with yellow. Fore wing grey-green
thickly irrorated with black; subbasal line black, angled

new African Moths. 469

outwards below costa and cell and ending at vein 1; ante-
medial line indistinctly double, blackish, inwardly oblique
from costa to median nervure, then bent outwards and again
inwards to inrer margin, a rounded white patch before it
below the cell, and a rounded patch defined by white beyond
it, followed by a black streak in submedian fold to beyond
postmedial line; orbicular and reniform closely approxi-
mated, defined by white and forming the figure 80 ; post-
medial line double, black, angled outwards below costa, then
dentate, somewhat oblique, and the outer line bent outwards
to inner margin, some alternating black and white marks
beyond it on costa, and someslight black marks below costa ;
subterminal line black slightly defined on outer side by white,
minutely and irregularly waved, slightly excurved below costa
and at middle; cilia chequered blackish and grey-green.
Hind wing white; two diffused blackish bars from costa
towards apex; some ochreous hair on inner margin ; the
underside with slight black irroration on costa and a patch
of black scales at middle of costal area.
Hab. Transvaat (Cholmley), 1 g type. Hep. 40 mm.
Allied to S. vernalis, Dist.

Stauropus griseiviridis, sp. u.

g. Head and thorax pale grey-green slightly mixed with
whitish and brown; palpi white tinged with brown; frons
fuscous below, white above; antennz rufous, the basal joint
white ; pectus and legs white tinged with ochreous ; abdo-
men white tinged with ochreous and dorsally banded with
brownish, the hair at base black, the extremity green irro-
rated with black. Fore wing pale grey-green tinged with
brown in parts and slightly irrorated with blackish ; subbasal
line formed of black scales defined by whitish, inwardly
oblique, ending just below the cell where there is a black
point beyond it ; antemedial line double, black filled in with
whitish, inwardly oblique from costa to vein 1, then bent
outwards ; traces of closely approximated orbicular and
reniform stigmata defined by whitish, an oblique black striga
above them from costa; postmedial line indistinctly double,
blackish, oblique and irregularly waved, from costa towards
apex, somewhat incurved at discal fold and below vein 2;
a sinuous black subterminal line, somewhat angled outwards
at veins 4, 3, 2, then bent inwards; cilia chequered brown
aud whitish. Hind wing white, the veins tinged with
brown; the costal area grey-green crossed by slight double
sinuous blackish postmedial and subterminal lines; the
underside white.

470 Sir G. F. Hampson on

Hab. Care Cotony, 1 ¢ type. Hap. 40 mm.
Closely allied to S. vernalis, Dist.

Stauropus thalassina, sp. u.

¢. Head and thorax pale grey-green; palpi white, black
above; frons black at sides; antenne white, the branches
rufous ; a black band behind tegule; pectus and legs white,
the fore tibiz grey-green, the tibiz and tarsi with some
black ; abdomen white dorsally tinged with green and banded
with black, the hair at base black. Fore wing pale grey-
green; subbasal line formed by black scales, oblique, bent
outwards and terminating at submedian fold; antemedial
line strong, black defined on inner side by white, oblique,
sinuous, excurved in cell ; some black scales on discocellulars ;
medial line black, rather diffused, angled outwards at vein 6,
then dentate, oblique, confluent with the antemedial line at
inner margin ; postmedial line black defined on outer side
by white, slightly bent outwards below costa, then oblique,
sinuous, angled outwards at vein 4 and bent outwards to
inner margin, some black points beyond it on costa; a sub-
terminal series of rather lunulate black spots defined on inner
side by white, the spot above vein 4 further from termen ; a
series of small black spots just before termen and a series
on the cilia. Hind wing white, the hair on inner area tinged
with ochreous ; a slight oblique postmedial blackish striga
from costa, the costal area beyond it pale grey-green with a
diffused black patch at apex with faint diffused ochreous-
brown subterminal shade from it to vein 1; the underside
white with traces of medial and postmedial dark bars from
costa.

flab. Masnonauanp, Salisbury (Marshall), 1 ¢ type.
Exp. 42 mm.

Stauropus leucosticta, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen chocolate-brown slightly
mixed with greyish, the last with blackish crests towards
extremity. Fore wing chocolate-brown overlaid with greyish-
ochreous hairy scales; a white point at base of vein 1; three
obliquely placed antemedial points towards costa and a point
on vein 1; an obliquely curved postmedial series of small
wedge-shaped white spots on the veins with blackish points
before and beyond them. Hind wing chocolate-red with
some grey hair and slight dark bars on costal area towards
apex.

Hab. 8. Nicurta, Old Calabar (Crompton), 1 3 type.

fup. 34 mm.
Allied to S. falsa, Holl.

new African Moths. ATI

Stauropus trichosa, sp. n.

o. Head, thorax, and abdomen chocolate-brown mixed
with greyish; palpi blackish, pale in front ; pectus, legs, and
ventral surface of abdomen reddish ochreous, the fore legs
redder. Fore wing chocolate-brown suffused with dark
brown and slightly irrorated with hairy greyish scales, the
costal area rather redder and irrorated with ochreous; a
black point in end of cell and discoidal bar; traces of a
double dark postmedial line, oblique from costa to veiu 6,
angled inwards at discal fold and outwards at vein 4, then
again oblique ; some ochreous points on costa towards apex ;
traces of a dark subterminal line, excurved at middle; a
series of ochreous points on the cilia. Hind wing whitish
tinged with chocolate-brown, the costal area deep chocolate-
brown with some white hairs; an indistinct whitish post-
medial band, excurved at middle; cilia whitish at tips ; the
underside ochreous white faintly tinged with rufous.

Hab. Goup Coast, Kumasi (Whiteside), 1 3 type. Eup.
38 mm.

Stauropus agramma, sp. 0.

Antenne of female very minutely serrate.

?. Head and thorax white with some black and brown
hairs ; palpi slight, black at sides; abdomen white slightly
irrorated with black. Fore wing white rather thickly
irrorated with black-brown; a subterminal series of small
indistinct brown spots, slightly excurved below vein 7 and at
middle. Hind wing white slightly tinged and irrorated with
brown; traces of a diffused brown postmedial line; the
underside white.

Hab. Masuonatanp, Salisbury (Marshall), 1 9 type.
Exp. 46 mm.

Stauropus steniptera, sp. n.

Antenne of male bipectinate with very short branches, the
apical third somewhat laminate and pilose.

6. Head and thorax brown mixed with grey; antennz
white, the branches tinged with rufous ; abdomen reddish
brown tinged with fuscous, some grey hair at base and
extremity ; hinder part of pectus, hind legs, and ventral
surface of abdomen white. Fore wing white very thickly
irrorated with dark brown; a diffused straight dark subbasal
line; antemedial line dark, diffused towards costa, bent
outwards below submedian fold; postmedial line rather
diffused, dark, with short dark streaks beyond it on the veins,

472 Sir G. F. Hampson on

inwardly oblique between veins 4 and 2, then again erect, a
a faint diffused oblique shade beyond it from costa to vein 2
towards which it narrows; a waved brown subterminal line.
Hind wing white, the hair on inner area faintly tinged with
brown.

Hab. Masnonatann, Salisbury (Marshall), 2 3g type.
Exp. 386 mm.

Stauropus pergrisea, sp. n.

¢. Head and thorax grey mixed with brown; palpi and
sides of frons black-brown, the head between antenne white
with a black streak; antennz white, the branches tinged
with rufous; abdomen brown mixed with fulvous, the
extremity whitish ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of
abdomen white mixed with brown. Fore wing white rather
thickly irrorated with brown; subbasal line brown, rather
diffused, angled outwards below costa, then oblique, ending
at submedian fold ; antemedial line brown, diffused towards
costa, angled outwards in cell and inwards in submedian
fold ; postmedial line brown, rather diffused, bent outwards
below vein 2 to near tornus; subterminal line indistinct,
brown, crenulate to termen at the veins. Hind wing white,
the hair on inner area slightly tinged with brown.

Hab. Natat, Durban (Whyte), 1 3 type. Hzp. 44 mm.

Stauropus pulverulenta, sp. n.

dg. Head and thorax grey-white tinged with brown; palpi
and front of pectus tinged with fuscous; abdomen fulvous
yellow with obscure brownish bands and some brown and
grey hair at base, the ventral surface white. Fore wing
white thickly irrorated with reddish brown; a faint brown
subbasal bar from costa; antemedial line indistinct, brown,
rather diffused, oblique from costa to vein 1; postmedial line
brown, rather diffused, bent inwards below vein 4, then
oblique to inner margin near tornus ; an indistinct lunulate
subterminal brown line. Hind wing white.

9. Abdomen with the two terminal segments black-
brown below and clothed with smooth scales instead of long
white hair.

Hab. Goup Coast, Ashanti (Dudgeon), 1 3, Kumasi
(Whiteside), 4 3,2 9 type. Eap., $ 80-40, ? 42-48 mm.

Stenostaura polioplaga, sp. n.

Palpi extending to just beyond the frons; antenne of

new African Moths. 473

male bipectinate with long branches to near apex which is
simple.

¢@. Head ochreous mixed with red-brown ; antenne red-
brown; thorax red-brown with some ochreous at sides ;
pectus, legs, and abdomen ochreous strongly tinged with
rufous, the last with the hair at base tipped with blackish.
Fore wing red-brown mixed with ochreous, the basal and
inner areas more ochreous ; subbasal line indistinctly double
filled in with ochreous and with black points at the veins,
excurved in cell and at vein 1 ; antemedial line double, the
outer line with black points at the veins, crenulate and some-
what inwardly cblique; a large round grey-white patch at
end of cell; postmedial line double filled in with ochreous,
minutely waved, excurved below costa, then oblique, the
veins beyond it streaked with black ; subterminal line re-
presented by a slight oblique ochreous striga from apex,
points on veins 7, 6, and points on veins 4, 3, 2, and 1 with
a slight dark line between them, a short ochreous streak
before it below vein 4 with an oblique line from its inner
edge to the ochreous on inner area; cilia chequered ochreous
and blackish. Hind wing ochreous suffused with rufous, the
cilia pale at tips; the underside ochreous white.

Hab. 8. Nigeria, Arochuku (Dudgeon), 1 3 type. Ezp.

28 mm.

Fentonia xylostola, sp. n.

Antenne of female with short branches, the terminal third
ciliated.

Head and tegulz ochreous white slightly mixed with red-
brown ; thorax and abdomen red-brown slightly mixed with
white ; pectus whitish ; tarsi with pale rings ; abdomen with
the ventral surface ochreous white. Fore wing red-brown
thickly irrorated with grey ; subbasal line formed by black
scales, excurved, from costa to vein 1; antemedial line
formed of raised black scales, incurved at submedian fold
and angled outwards above inner margin; postmedial line
formed by sparse black scales, oblique outwardly to costa,
then excurved to vein 2, then incurved ; traces of a whitish
subterminal line, slightly angled outwards below vein 7 and
at middle; an indistinct blackish crenulate line just before
termen. Hind wing red-brown, the cilia whitish at tips ;
the underside paler red-brown, the imner area ochreous
white.

Hab, Sierra Leone (Bartlett), 2 g type. Hap. 46 mm.

ATA Sir G. F. Hampson on

Genus PHYLLALIODES, noy.

Type P. agramma.

Proboscis absent ; palpi porrect to just beyond frons and
fringed with long hair; frons smooth, clothed with long
hair; eyes large, round; antenne of male bipectinate with
long "pranches to apex ; ‘thorax clothed with long rough hair
and without crests ; tibize clothed with long hair ; abdomen
with some rough hair at base and without crests. Fore
wing with the apex rounded, the termen obliquely curved
and not crenulate ; vein 3 from before angle of cell; 5 from
middle of discocellulars; 6, 7 from upper angle; 8, 9, 10
stalked; 11 from cell. Hind wing with veins 3, 4 stalked ;
5 from middle of discocellulars ; 6, 7 stalked ; 8 approximated
to the cell to near extremity.

Fore wing of type with vein 7 forking well before termen
on right side only.

Phyllaliodes agramma, sp. n.

&. Head and thorax dark red-brown ; abdomen brownish
white; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen dark
brown. Fore wing dark red-brown slightly irrorated with
white. Hind wing white slightly tinged with brown, the
veins browner; the underside with the costal area suffused
with brown.

Hab. Narvat, Pt. Shepstone (Aspinall), 1 3 type. Exp.
44 mm.

Antheua croceipuncta, sp. n.

¢. Head and thorax bright yellow; antenne rufous;
palpi black fringed with crimson hair; pectus in front
crimson ; femora fringed with crimson hair; fore and mid
tibize and tarsi black, the hind tibiz black below, white above
fringed with brownish hair ; abdomen orange banded with
black, the ventral surface pale yellow. Fore wing bright
yellow ; an oblique antemedial series of four orange-red
points and a postmedial series of seven points, oblique below
vein 4. Hind wing pale yellow, the inner and terminal areas
tinged with orange; cilia white; the underside yellowish
white, the inner area yellower.

Hab. Gazatann, Mt. Chirinda (Marshall), 1 ¢ type.
Hep. 48 mm.

Antheua basipuncta, sp. n.

¢. Head and thorax pale yellow; antenna pale fulvous ;
palpi black fringed with crimson hair; frons crimson with

new African Moths. 475

a white patch at middle; pectus in front crimson; femora
fringed with crimson hair, tibiz and tarsi black and white
mixed ; abdomen fulvous banded with black, the ventral
surface pale yellowish. Fore wing pale yellow; subbasal
orange-red points below casta and cell; an oblique ante-
mediai series of three points and a postmedial series of seven
points, oblique below vein 4. Hind wing white, the inner
margin with some yellow hair.

9. Head, thorax, and fore wing yellower; hind wing
yellow suffused with brown, the inner margin and cilia
yellow; underside of both wings suffused with brown, the
margins narrowly yellow.

Hab. Masyonatanp (Dobbie), 1 3,1 2 type; TRANnsvaaL
(Pead),1 3. Ezp., & 52-56, 9 62 mm.

Antheua albida, sp. n.

6. Head and thorax yellowish white ; antenne fulvous ;
palpi black fringed with crimson hair; frons crimson at
sides ; pectus crimson in front ; femora fringed with crimson
hair; tibiz and tarsi black “below, mostly white above ;
abdomen fulvous orange banded with black, the ventral
surface white. Fore wing yellowish white; an oblique
antemedial series of three faint orange-yellow points and a
postmedial series of seven points, oblique below vein 4.
Hind wing white, the inner area with some ochreous hairs.

?. Fore wing with the orange points more distinct, the
cilia pale yellow; hind wing pale yellow; the underside
yellow, the fore wing faintly tinged with brown except at
margins.

Hab. N. Ancota; Masuonatanp, Salisbury (Marshall,
Dobbie), 63,2 92 type. Hxp., 3 52-54, 9 56-62 mm.

Antheua trivitia, sp. n.

6. Head and thorax pale ochreous yellow; palpi and
sides of frons black; some black behind the eyes; antenne
rutous ; femora black above, the tarsi blackish above
abdomen deep rufous above, black at sides and extremity
and whitish below. Tore wing pale ochreous yellow ; short
black streaks from base on median nervure aud above inner
margin and a short streak beyond lower angle of cell above
vein 3. Hind wing white with some ochreous hair at base
of inner margin ; the cilia tinged with yellow at base.

Hab. Asysstnta (Degen), 1 ¢ type. Hap. 54 mm.

476 Sir G. F. Hampson on

Dinara encausta, sp. n.

$. Head, tegule, and prothorax pale yellow, palpi and sides
of frons deep rufous, the frons tinged with rufous ; antennz
rufous ; thorax rufous with some white hair on patagia and
metathorax; pectus and legs red-brown; abdomen rufous with
some black-brown hair at base, a lateral series of blackish
spots towards extremity and a sublateral series, the anal
tuft and ventral surface pale yellow. Tore wing yellow; a
subbasal black point in cell; a rufous fascia on inner area
except at base; a wedge-shaped fascia from median nervure
near base to termen between veins 4 and 2, where it is con-
fluent with the fascia on inner margin anda triangular patch
from termen below apex; cilia grey-brown with slight white
tips. Hind wing grey-brown, rather paler at base; the
underside ochreous, with some brownish suffusion from
median nervure near base to termen between veins 6 and 2.

Hab. Masnonatanp, Salisbury (Marshall, Dobbie), 8 3
type, Umtali (Marshall), 1 §; Gazauanp, Mt. Chirinda
(Marshall),5 g. Hxp. 40-48 mm.

Zana bidentata, sp. n.

g. Head and thorax black-brown mixed with grey and
some reddish yellow; antenne reddish yellow ; abdomen
fulvous brown, the base and extremity creamy white; the
ventral surface creamy white tinged with rufous. Fore wing
pale yellow suffused with rufous, the terminal half of inner
area to the cell and obliquely from beyond the cell to termen
below apex fuscous brown tinged with grey and irrorated
with black, interrupted by a creamy-white streak defined
below by rufous on vein 4 from just beyond angle of cell to
termen, the upper edge of this dark area bidentate at veins
6 and 7; cilia chequered black-brown and yellowish white.
Hind wing white, the cilia with some brown scales.

Hab. 8. Nieuria, Olokemeji (Dudgeon), 1 8 type. Exp.
44 mm.

Closely allied to Z. gallans, Karsch.

Zana anodonta, sp. n.

g. Head and thorax pale yellow, the pro- and meso-
thorax with some brown hair, the metathorax mostly brown ;
palpi brown ; antenne rufous; pectus and legs with brown
hair mixed; abdomen fulvous, the base and extremity
whitish, the anal tuft ochreous, the ventral surface white.

new African Moths. 477

Fore wing creamy white, the costa tinged with fulvous ; a
dark brown streak defined below by fulvous along median
nervure and above vein 4 from base to termen ; the inner
margin grey-brown and rufous except at base ; the area from
origin of vein 2 below the dark streak to tornus suffused
with grey and irrorated with a few black scales; an obliquely
downcurved dark brown streak from termen below apex to
vein 6, defined below by rufous and with a triangular patch of
grey suffusion irrorated with black below it extending to the
whitish streak which defines the dark medial streak above ;
cilia grey mixed with some black. Hind wing white; the
cilia chequered faintly with brown.

Hab. Transvaat, White R. (Cooke), 1 S$ type. xp.
42 mm.

Allied to Z. gallans, Karsch.

Zana ruficosta, sp. n.

?. Head and thorax pale yellow with fuscous streaks
above patagia ; palpi rufous ; fore femora and tibize mostly
brown, the tarsi banded with black; abdomen fulvous
orange, the extremity and ventral surface yellowish white ;
subdorsal black spots on third, fourth, and fifth segments and
a lateral series. Fore wing yellow; the terminal half of
costal area rufous, with a wedge-shaped black-brown patch
below it from before end of cell to termen below apex, its
lower edge indented by a small spot of the ground-colour at
upper angle of cell and dentate just before termen below
vein 6; a dark brown fascia along median nervure and below
vein 4 from base to termen, its lower edge with four slight
dentations from before vein 2 to vein 3; a rather diffused
brown fascia on inner margin except at base; the cilia with
a series of blackish points. Hind wing silky white; the
underside with the costal area tinged with orange-yellow.

Hab. Gouv Coast, Ashanti (Dudgeon), 1 ¢ type. Lup.
34 mm.

Allied to 7. aurofodine, Dist.

Genus AMPHIPHALERA, nov.

Type A. leuconephra.

Proboscis fully developed’; palpi short, porrect; frons
smooth ; eyes large, round; antenne simple and laminate
in both sexes; thorax clothed with hair only and without
crests ; tibiz moderately fringed with hair, the hind tibize
with two pairs of spurs ; abdomen smoothly scaled and with-
out crests. Fore wing rather long and narrow, the apex

478 Sir G. F. Hampson on

rounded, the termen evenly curved and not crenulate; vein 3
from before angle of cell; 5 from just above middle of
discocellulars ; 9 from 10 anastomosing with 8 to form a long
areole, 6 from the areole; 11 from cell. -Hind wing with
veins 3,4 from angle of cell; 5 from middle of discocellulars ;
6, 7 stalked ; 8 approximated to the cell to beyond middle.

Amphiphalera leuconephra, sp. n.

Head and thorax white mixed with brown; abdomen
fulvous yellow, greyish at extremity, the ventral surface
yellowish white faintly banded with brown. Fore wing pale
silky grey-brown irrorated with white; indistinct antemedial
dark points on the veins; reniform white, oblique bar-shaped,
the costal area suffused with white from well before to well
beyond it; a postmedial series of slight dark points on the
veins, arising just beyond the reniform and obliquely in-
curved below vein 4; a faint whitish subterminal line, ex-
curved below vein 7 and at middle, then oblique. Hind
wing yellowish white, the terminal area pale silky brown,
broad at costa, narrowing to tornus.

Hab. S1urra Lrone (Cator), 1 3; Goiv Coast, Volta R.
(Dudgeon), 1 2 type. Exp. 46 mm.

Paradiastema pulverea, sp. n.

Antenne of male with rather long uniseriate branches to
apex, of female with short branches.

6. Head and thorax creamy white, the patagia with some
fulvous; palpi blackish at tips; antenne black ; legs with
brown hair mixed; abdomen fulvous, the ventral surface
whitish slightly banded with black. Fore wing whitish
thickly irrorated with rufous, the termen narrowly and cilia
rufous. Hind wing silky white with a yellowish tinge.

2. Abdomen with the anal tuft brownish white, with a
blackish band at base; fore wing sometimes very thickly
irrorated with rufous,

Hab. Gop Coast, Cape Coast Castle (Higlett, Dudgeon),
1g, 4 2 type; S. Niczr1a (Dudgeon), 2 9. Eap. 46-
52 mm.

Resembles P. nigrocincta, Auriv., but the antenne of
female are pectinate instead of laminate.

Genus Lamoriopgs, nov.

Type L. metaleuca.
Proboscis fully developed ; palpi upturned, rather slenderly
scaled and reaching to just above vertex of head; frons with

new African Moths. 479

* pointed conical prominence above; eyes large, round; an-
tennee of male long and ciliated ; thorax clothed chiefly with
scales and without crests; build very slender; legs very
‘long, the tibize smoothly scaled and with the spurs long ;
abdomen long and slender and without crests. Fore wing
very long and narrow, the apex rounded, the termen evenly
curved and not crenulate ; veins 3 and 4 from angle of cell ;
5 from middle of discocellulars ; 6 from upper angle; 9 from
10 anastomosing with 8 to form the areole ; 11 touching 10
just beyond the areole. Hind wings with veins 3, 4 stalked ;
5 from middle of discocellulars ; 6,7 stalked; 8 approxi-
mated to the cell to near middle.

Leucania angustipennis, Saalm. Lep. Madag. fig. 252,
possibly belongs to this genus.

Lamoriodes metaleuca, sp. nu.

3g. Head and thorax blackish brown ; pectus and abdo-
men grey-white. Fore wing grey-brown tinged with fuscous
at base, the veins and discal fold streaked with black; traces
of an obliquely curved antemedial line; a black discoidal
point; postmedial line indistmet and faintly defined by
greyish on outer side, excurved from costa to vein 4, then
strongly incurved to inner margin near antemedial line ; a
fine black terminal line. Hind wing creamy white, the
terminal area tinged with brown ; a fine dark terminal line ;
the underside with dark discoidal point.

Hab. Sinrra Leone (Clements), 1 3 type. Exp. 22 mm.

Lamoriodes metaphea, sp. u.

3d. Head and thorax black-brown; pectus and abdomen
greyish fuscous. Fore wing fuscous brown, the veins and
discal fold streaked with blackish ; traces of a dark ante-
medial line bent inwards below submedian fold and with
white points at median nervure and vein 1; traces of a dark
postmedial line with white points at the veins, very oblique
below vein 6 to middle of inner margin; a terminal series of
minute black spots defined on inner side by white points.
Hind wing fuscous brown with a slight pale line at base of
cilia.

Hab. Gouv Coast, Kumasi (Whiteside), 1 g type. Exp.
28 mm.

Scrancia discalis, sp. 0.

Antenne of female bipectinate with moderate branches to
apex ; fore wing with the areole very long.

480 Sir G. F. Hampson on

?. Head and thorax ochreous suffused with red-brown,
the upper edge of patagia darker ; palpi black on inner side ;
antennze with the shaft whitish, the branches brown; fore
legs streaked with dark brown on inner side; abdomen
ochreous tinged with rufous, the crest at base with dark
brown mixed. Fore wing ochreous, suffused in parts with
red-brown and irrorated with a few black scales, especially on
the veins; a diffused black-brown patch in submedian inter-
space to origin of vein 2, extending to just below vein 1 at
base ; an indistinct diffused oblique brown bar from costa
before middle and oblique line from cell to vein 1 ; a rather
quadrate black-brown patch in end of cell; the extremity of
median nervure, discocellulars, and base of veins arising from
end of cell creamy white ; a double oblique sinuous brown
postmedial line filled in with creamy white from vein 7 to 2
with two faint oblique rufous lines from it to costa and one
to inner margin, the veins beyond it with blackish streaks ;
a maculate blackish subterminal line from vein 7 to 2,
angled outwards at vein 4, defined on inner side by pale
yellow and with the area beyond it browner; a terminal
series of black points. Hind wing creamy white, the termen
tinged with brown from apex to vein 2; the underside with
the costal area suffused and irrorated with brown.

Hab. Br. E. Arrica, Taveta (Rogers), 2 9 type. Eup.
36 mm.

Scrancia stictica, sp. n.

Antennee of female bipectinate with short branches to
two-thirds length ; fore wing with the areole short and broad.

?. Head and thorax brown mixed with greyish; palpi
dark above, whitish below; abdomen grey suffused with
brown. Fore wing grey tinged with brown; a subbasal
black point in submedian fold; a slight antemedial dark
shade from submedian fold to inner margin, with a black
point beyond it on vein 1 ; a black discoidal striga defined
by greyish placed on a faint diffused medial brown shade,
narrowing to a slight bar at costa; a rather oblique double
postmedial series of black points on the veins from below
costa to inner margin; the apical part of costal area suffused
with fuscous ; traces of a pale waved subterminal line defined
on outer side by slight blackish marks on the veins, the area
beyond it tinged with grey-brown; a terminal series of
prominent black points. Hind wing whitish, the terminal
area suffused with brown; a faint discoidal striga ; cilia
whitish ; the underside whitish, the costa slightly irrorated

new African Moths. 451

with brown, a faint discoidal striga and subterminal shade
diffused to apex.
Hab. Nata, Durban (Clarke), 1 2 type. Exp. 48 mm.
Allied to S. accipiter, Schaus.

Scrancia leucopera, sp. n.

Antenne of female ciliated.

?. Head, tegule, and vertex of thorax ochreous mixed
with red-brown, the patagia and metathorax white; pectus
and legs whitish ; abdomen pale red-brown with white
segmental lines, the ventral surface whitish. Fore wing pale
red-brown irrorated with glittering scales, the base white,
with oblique outer edge; some slight white suffusion on
middle of costa, with two brown points beyond it ; reniform
white, elliptical, its centre slightly defined by brown; the
apical part of costal area white, its lower edge angled just
before termen, three slight brown spots on it at costa; post-
medial dark poimts above veins 5, 4, 3, and a subterminal
series of whitish points from the patch to inner margin, those
on veins 4, 3 nearer the termen; a terminal series of small
brown spots. Hind wing pale red-brown; a dark brown
terminal line with whitish points at the veins; the underside
whitish tinged with red: brown, the costal area irrorated with
red-brown, the terminal area suffused with red-brown, a
brown discoidal bar, curved postmedial line, and whitish
subterminal line bent inwards to costa and ending on termen
at vein 1.

Hab. S. Nicersa, Old Calabar (Crompton), 1 Q type.
Exp. 44 mm.

Scrancia atrifrons, sp. n.

9. Head and thorax fuscous brown with a few whitish
scales, the frons deep black ; pectus grey ; abdomen grey
suffused with fuscous except at base. Fore wing fuscous
brown ; traces of sinuous black antemedial and medial lines ;
a faint whitish discoidal striga defined by black and with
some ochreous before and beyond it; postmedial line in-
distinct, double, dentate and produced to black and white
streaks on the veins ; a fine black terminal line. Hind wing
pale fuscous brown; the underside greyer.

Hab. Transvaat (Pead), 1 2 type. Exp. 30 mm.

Allied to S. africana, Auriv., but the wings much shorter.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. v. 33

482 Sir G. F. Hampson on

Gargetta xylochroa, sp. n.

Antenne of male bipectinate with long branches to apex ;
fore wing without fringe of hair on inner area below.

&. Head and thorax brown mixed with ochreous and
some fuscous; antennz pale ochreous ; abdomen ochreous
suffused with brown. Fore wing ochreous suffused with
brown and irrorated with a few black scales in submedian
fold; a subbasal black point below the cell; faimt traces of
a diffused antemedial line, oblique from costa to submedian
fold, then inwardly oblique; a black point in cell towards
extremity, with a very oblique dark shade to it from costa ;
a slight blackish discoidal striga, with oblique shade to it
from costa; a very indistinct double sinuous postmedial
line, the costa beyond it with pale poimts with fuscous
between them, the veins beyond it with slight blackish
streaks; a pale subterminal shade, oblique from costa just
before apex to submedian fold, then bent outwards to tornus ;
a terminal series of black points. Hind wing pure white,
with fine ochreous-brown terminal line with black points on
it from apex to vein 2; the underside with the costa slightly
tinged with ochreous.

Hab. Br. E. Arrica, Kikuyu (Crawshay), 1 3g type.
Exp. 32 mm.

Gargetta leuca, sp. n.

Antennz of male bipectinate with long branches to apex ;
fore wing without fringe of hair.

dg. Head and thorax white slightly tinged with rufous ;
antennze with the branches black at extreme base ; abdomen
whitish tinged with brown. Fore wing ochreous faintly
tinged with rufous and irrorated with a very few black
scales, the costal edge brown. Hind wing semihyaline
ochreous white.

Hab. Goup Coast, Volta (Dudgeon), 1 .g type. Lup.
36 mm.

Genus PsaLtsoDEs, nov.

Type P. atriasciata.

Proboscis absent; palpi porrect, extending about three
times length of head and fringed with rather long hair below ;
frons smooth; eyes large, round; antenne of female bi-
pectinate with long branches to apex and with tuft of very
long hair from basal joint in front; thorax clothed with hair
only and without crests, the patagia with pointed tufts of
hair from base of upper edge; tibize moderately fringed with

new African Moths. 483

hair; abdomen with some rough hair at base and without
crests. Fore wing long and narrow, the costa highly arched
towards apex, which is much produced, the termen very
obliquely curved and not crenulate ; veins 3 and 2 from close
together towards angle of cell; 5 from middle of disco-
cellulars ; 9 from 10 anastomosing with 8 to form a very long
areole ; 6 from the areole; 11 from cell. Hind wing with
veins 3, 4 from angle of cell; 5 from middle of discocellulars ;
6, 7 stalked ; 8 approximated to the cell to middle.

Psalisodes atrifasciata, sp. n.

?. Head and thorax grey mixed with brown, some black
on upper edge of patagia at base; antenne with the shaft
whitish, the branches rufous, the tufts from basal joint dark
brown ; abdomen grey suffused with reddish brown. Fore
wing grey tinged with brown, especially at middle of costal
area, and irrorated with a few black seales; a black fascia
on basal half of median nervure defined below by white ; two
red-brown streaks in terminal half of cell, with a fine white
streak between them; antemedial line double, excurved in
cell to near its extremity, then angled inwards and black filled
in with white to the extremity of the fascia, again strongly.
excurved in submedian fold and very oblique to vein | before
middle, where it terminates; a white discoidal bar defined
on inner side by black; the extremity of median nervure
and bases of veins 5, 4, 3, 2 streaked with white; post-
medial line whitish defined on each side by slight black
points at the veins, arising at vein 5, straight to vein 2, then
excurved to inner margin near tornus ; an oblique series of
black streaks on the veins defined by white at tips and with
some red-brown between them from below apex to the post-
medial line at vein 4, an oblique brown shade from the extre-
mity of the streak on vein 4 to the postmedial line at vein 2 ;
a terminal series of minute black points at the veins. Hind
wing greyish suffused with brown ; cilia white at tips. ;

Hab. Br. EK. Arrica, Taveta (Rogers), 2 ?, Athi R.
(Betton), 1 2 type. Exp. 28-36 mm.

Ramesa euzopherodes, sp. n.

Fore wing with vein 9 from 10 anastomosing with 8 to
form a long areole ; autennz of female with short bravches
ending in a bristle.

2. Head and thorax brown mixed with ochreous white;
abdomen grey-brown, the ventral surface ochreous white.
Fore wing ochreous white faintly tinged with red-brown, the

33*

484 Sir G. F. Hampson on

terminal area suffused with brown, with black streaks on the
veins and brownish streaks in the interspaces; a black
streak below median nervure to origin of vein 2; a double
blackish medial line, almost obsolete towards costa and inner
margin, very strongly excurved in cell to near its extremity,
then angled inwards to extremity of the black streak, then
again excurved, a black streak in submedian fold from it to
the double waved postmedial line almost obsolete towards
costa and inner margin; subterminal line very indistinct,
pale, waved, obsolete towards costa and bent inwards below
vein 4 to near the postmedial line. Hind wing ochreous
white, the termen slightly tinged with brown from apex to
vein 2; the underside with the costal area slightly irrorated
with red-brown.

Hab. Ucanva, White Nile, Gondokoro (Reynes Cole), 1 9
type. Exp. 40 mm.

Allied to R. macrodonta, Hmpsn.

Ramesa dasychira, sp. 0.

Fore wing with veins 9 and 10 anastomosing with 8 to
form a moderate areole.

?. Head and thorax brown mixed with grey, some
yellowish white on vertex of head; tegule black, with
yellowish-white patch edged with black behind them ; pectus,
legs, and abdomen grey-brown, the tarsi ringed with whitish.
Fore wing brown mixed with some grey and irrorated with
black ; the first line medial, black, waved, defined on inner
side by grey-white, irrorated with large black scales, diffused
inwards towards inner margin ; a black discoidal bar ; post-
medial line black, defined on outer side by whitish, minutely
dentate, bent inwards to costa; subterminal line waved,
whitish ; a terminal series of black strie. Hind wing
whitish suffused with brown, the cilia whiter.

Hab. Transvaat, White R. (Cooke), 1 9 type. Lup.
34 mm.

Allied to R. macrodonta, Hmpsn.

‘Genus NoToxantTHa, nov.

Type N. sesamiodes.

Proboscis aborted, minute; palpi porrect, extending to
just beyond the frons, which has a horseshoe-shaped promi-
nence with raised edges; eyes large, round; antenne of
male bipectinate with long branches to apex, of female
ciliated ; thorax clothed with hair only and without crests ;

new African Moths. 485

tibiz moderately fringed with hair; abdomen without crests.
Fore wing with the apex produced and acute, the termen
evenly curved and not crenulate; veins 3, 4 from angle of
cell; 5 from middle of discocellulars ; 9 and 10 anastomosing
with 8 to form a long areole, 6 from the areole ; 11 from
cell. Hind wing with vein 3 from before angle of cell; 5
from middle of discocellulars ; 6, 7 stalked ; 8 approximated
to the cell to middle.

Notoxantha sesamiodes, sp. n.

Head chocolate-brown ; thorax white slightly tinged with
pink ; legs brown on inner side ; abdomen yellowish white
suffused with fulvous except at extremity, the ventral surface
tinged with brown. Fore wing pink sparsely irrorated with
black, the costal edge, median nervure, and veins arising
from it and vein 6 streaked with yellowish white. Hind
wing yellowish white suffused with brown except at base,
the terminal area and cilia tinged with pink; the underside
tinged with pink except on inner area.

Hab. N. Ancota; Masnonauanp, Salisbury (Marshall,
Dobbie), 2 8, 1 ¢ type; Transvaat (Pead), 1 S. LEzp.,
3 34, 2 40 mm.

Pydna rubritincta, sp. n.

Fore wing with veins 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked.

9. Head and thorax grey mixed with brown, the meta-
thorax rufous; fore femora black-brown on inner side;
abdomen pale grey-brown. Fore wing greys, ochreous
sparsely irrorated with black, the interspaces suffused with
rufous except on basal and costal areas ; an obliquely curved
postmedial series of black points on veins 6 to 1; a series of
blackish points just before termen. Hind wing grey, the
veins suffused with fuscous brown; the underside pale
greyish irrorated with brown and with a slight fuscous tinge
in and beyond lower part of cell.

Hab. Navat, Durban (Leigh), 1 2 type. Eup. 44 mm.

Pydna flavida, sp. n.
Fore wing with the areole short, vein 10 from beyond
the areole; antennz of male with long branches.
gd. Head and thorax ochreous white; antennze fulvous ;
palpi black at sides ; pectus blackish in front; fore femora
and tibiz black on inner side, the tarsi with some black
towards extremities ; abdomen fulvous, the anal tuft and

486 Sir G. F. Hampson on

ventral surface ochreous white. Fore wing ochreous white
sparsely irrorated with black scales ; subbasal points formed
of black scales below costa and cell; traces of an obliquely
curved antemedial series of points formed of black scales ; a
diffused patch of black scales in end of cell and some on
discocellulars ; an obliquely curved postmedial series of black
points on the veins and a subterminal series in the inter-
spaces ; some black scales on termen. Hind wing white,
with some brown irroration in and just beyond the cell.

Hab. Natat, Charlestown (Toppin), 1g, Durban (Bowker),
2 6 type. Hap. 40 mm.

Pydna brunnetfascia, sp. uv.

Fore wing with the areole short, vein 10 from beyond the
areole ; antennz of male with the branches long.

6. Head and thorax ochreous white tinged with brown
in front, the palpi and frons dark brown; pectus and legs
suffused with brown; abdomen ochreous white tinged with
brown, especially on dorsum of second and third segments.
Fore wing ochreous white slightly irrorated with brown ; a
dark reddish-brown fascia along median nervure from near
base to near termen below vein 5, narrowing to points at
extremities ; faint traces of a fascia formed of diffused brown
scales below costal area from middle of cell to below apex ;
a series of brown points just before termen. Hind wing -
“het white ; the underside with the costal area tinged with

rown.

Hab. Uprer Coneo (Wollaston),1 8 type. Ezp. 32mm.

Pydna minima, sp. n.

Fore wing with the areole short, vein 10 from beyond the
areole ; antennz of male with long branches.

&. Head and front of thorax dark brown; antennz
fulvous, the rest of thorax white ; pectus in front and legs
on inner side dark brown ; abdomen pale orange-yellow, the
base white, the ventral surface white tinged with brown.
Fore wing white rather sparsely irrorated with brown. Hind
wing silky white. Underside silky white, the costal area of
fore wing faintly tinged with rufous.

Hab. N. Niceria, Lokoja (Dudgeon), 1 3 type. Lap.

24 mm,
Pydna rubrifascia, sp. 0.

Fore wing with the areole long, vein 10 from beyond the

new African Moths. 487

areole; antenne of male with long branches, of female
ciliated.

Head and tegule rufous; thorax yellow; legs rufous in
front ; abdomen ochreous yellow. Fore wing pale yellow ;
a chestnut-red fascia from base below median nervure, ex-
panding into lower extremity of cell, then rather oblique to
vein 6 near termen, its lower edge somewhat dentate at the
veins ; some rufous scales on discocellulars ; slight rufous
subterminal spots above veins 3 and 2 and a series of points
just before termen. Hind wing yellow faintly tinged with
rufous ; the underside yellowish white, the costal area tinged
with rufous.

Hab. Masuonatanpd, Salisbury (Marshall), 1 g, Umtali
(Marshall), 1 3; Gazatanp, Mt. Chirinda (Marshall),
2? type. Hap., 5 32, 2 36 mm.

Closely allied to P. nana, Swinh., from India.

Pydna rhabdophora, sp. un.

Fore wing with the areole long, vein 10 from the areole ;
antenne of male with the branches long.

6. Head and thorax ochreous white tinged with brown;
antennz fulvous; frons blackish below; fore femora brown
above ; abdomen pale orange slightly banded with brown,
the ventral surface yellowish white, lateral and sublateral
series of small black spots. Fore wing ochreous white
thickly irrorated with brown; a black-brown fascia along
median nervure from near base to well beyond the cell, its
lower edge somewhat dentate at veins 2 and 3. Hind wing
white faintly tinged with ochreous; the underside white,
with the costal area slightly tinged with ochreous.

Hab. N. Niceria, Lokoja, Mt. Patti (Christy), 1 3 type.
Exp. 40 mm.

Pydna diatrecta, sp. n.

Fore wing with the areole long, vein 10 from the areole ;
antennz of male with long branches.

6. Head and thorax greyish ochreous tinged with brown,
the head with black scales mixed ; antennz fulvous ; pectus
in front and fore tibiz and tarsi on inner side blackish ;
abdomen greyish ochreous dorsally suffused with brown.
Fore wing greyish ochreous thickly irrorated with black ; a
slight blackish fascia on median nervure from before middle,
beyond the cell obliquely bent upwards to below apex,
stronger and somewhat maculate; obliquely placed subter-
minal small black spots above veins 3 and 2; a series of black

A488 Sir G. F’. Hampson on

points just before termen. Hind wing greyish suffused with
fuscous brown leaving the termen “pale ; the underside
whitish tinged with brown.

Hab. Ucanpa, Masevi (Christy), 1 8 type, Kampala
(Christy), 1g. Lap. 36 mm.

Turnaca rufisquamata, sp, n.

6. Head and thorax ochreous white mixed with rufous,
the branches of antennz blackish; palpi brown at side and
tips; abdomen ochreous white tinged with rufous dorsally
at base. Fore wing ochreous irrorated with hairy rufous
scales especially on inner margin; veins 6 and 4 with slight
dark streaks to the postmedial series of minute dark streaks
on the veins; the extremities of the veins with slight dark
streaks. Hind wing yellowish white.

Hab. Goup Coast, Kumasi (Whiteside), 1 ¢ type. Exp.
42 mm,

Allied to T. grisea, Holl.

Catarctia terminipuncta, sp. n.

Fore wing with the termen strongly excised below apex ;
hind wing with the costa strongly excised before apex.

¢. Head and thorax ochreous white tinged with rufous;
palpi blackish at sides ; antenne rufous; dorsum of thorax
with black streak; fore legs pinkish on inner side; abdo-
men yellow, with subdorsal series of black spots, the hair at
base and extremity pink. Fore wing ochreous white suffused
with pale rufous; a small black spot in cell near base; a
small pink discoidal spot ; faint traces of a curved antemedial
line and of a postmedial line bent outwards below costa,
angled outwards at veins 4, 3, then incurved ; an indistinct
ah subterminal line, angled outwards at veins 7, 6, 4, 3,
incurved at discal fold and below vein 3 and ending at
tornus, the area beyond it somewhat deeper rufous; a ter-
minal series of black spots slightly defined by whitish.
Hind wing pale yellow, the costal area tinged with rufous,
a patch of pink suffusion on terminal area below vein 2
narrowing to tornus; a slight pinkish discoidal point; an
indistinct curved pinkish “postmedial line from costa to
discal fold ; traces of a sinuous whitish subterminal line
from costa to termen at vein 2, the area beyond it tinged
with rufous; two slight black points on termen below apex ;
cilia tinged with pink at apex. Underside of fore wing
whitish, the costal area suffused with pink to beyond middle,
a triangular patch of rufous suffusion before termen from

new African Moths. 489

costa to vein 8, with two whitish lunules on it below the
costa; hind wing whitish, the costal area suffused with
rufous and with fuscous before and beyond the subterminal
line, a small blackish discoidal spot.

Hab. Gown Coast, Ashanti, Obuassi (Bergman), 1 3 type.
Exp. 48 mm.

Genus TRICHOLOBA, nov.

Type T. (Antheua) carteri, Druce.

Proboscis aborted, small ; palpi upturned, slender, reaching
about to vertex of head; frons smooth, with large tuft of
hair above; eyes large, round; antennz in both sexes
bipectinate with long branches, the apical part laminate ;
thorax clothed with rough hair only and without crests ;
fore tibiz moderately fringed with hair, the mid and hind
tibie fringed with long “hair ; abdomen without crests.
Fore wing with the apex rectangular, the termen obliquely
curved and not crenulate ; vein 3 from just before angle of
cell; 5 from above middle of discocellulars; 9 from 10
anastomosing with 8 to form a long areole, 6 from middle of
areole, 8 from beyond it; 11 from cell. Hind wing with
very large lobe on costa near base fringed with thick long
hair on its outer edge extending to towards apex; veins 3, 4
from angle of cell; 5 from middle of discoccllulars ; 6, 7
shortly stalked; 8 approximated to the cell to towards
extremity.

Tricholoba airiclathrata, sp. un.

@. Head and thorax pale ochreous yellow mixed with
some reddish brown; palpi dark brown behind; fore legs
suffused with brown in front, the tarsi banded with brown ;
abdomen pale yellow, with some reddish brown at base of
dorsum. Fore wing creamy white irrorated with chocolate-
brown ; a subbasal chocolate-brown point below costa, with
an oblique elliptical patch below it extending to below the

cell and rather broken up by some of the ground-colour ;
two antemedial points below the costa, with traces of a double
waved line from them to inner margin; a small elliptical
chocolate annulus in end of cell intersected by a streak of
the ground-colour in discal fold ; a large elliptical chocolate
patch at lower angle of cell, hooked on discocellulars
and broken up by pale streaks on the veins ; traces of a
double postmedial ‘line, the lines widely separated and oblique
to vein 4, then inwardly oblique and more approximated ;
a conical patch of chocolate marks much broken up by the

490 Sir G. F, Hampson on

ground-colour on costa towards apex and some chocolate on
apical part of costa; subterminal line represented by a
double lunule between veins 5, 4 and double oblique waved
line from vein 8 to inner margin with some chocolate
between it and postmedial line between veins 3 and 2; the
termen thickly irrorated with chocolate towards tornus.
Hind wing pale yellow, the costal edge brownish towards
apex ; the underside with the lobe fringed with chocolate-
brown hair.

Hab. Simrra Leone (Dudgeon), 1 2 type. Hap.50 mm.

Scalmicauda heterogyna, sp. n.

Antenne of male bipectinate with moderate branches, the
apical half simple ; fore wing narrow.

6. Head and tegule rufous deepening to chocolate be-
hind, the vertex of head yellowish ; the pointed crest behind
the tegulee very long ; thorax and abdomen ochreous white,
the pectus rufous in front. Fore wing pale fuscous brown,
the inner area pale brownish grey, extending beyond the
postmedial line to vein 3; traces of a slight pale subbasal
line from costa to vein 1; a slight obliquely curved ante-
medial brown line defined on outer side by whitish ; orbicular
and reniform with whitish annuli slightly defined by brown,
elliptical, open above, the former rather oblique and with a
round spot defined by brown below it in submedian inter-
space ; postmedial line double, rufous filled in with whitish .
and defined by whitish on outer side, oblique and straight
from costa just before apex to middle of inner margin; a
sinuous brown subterminal line angled outwards at veins 4,
3, 2, and inwards at vein 1; cilia brown. Hind wing white,
the inner area tinged with brown except towards base.

?. Abdomen rufous; fore wing rufous, the inner half
tinged with whitish ; hind wing pale rufous.

Hab. Detascoa Bay, 1 6 type; Nara, Pinetown
(Bowker), 1 2, Durban (Clarke), 192. Euxp., g 34, 2 48-
52 mm.

Allied to S. spisstcornis, Mab., from Madagascar.

Scalmicauda flavipennis, sp. n.

Antenne of male bipectinate with moderate branches, the
apical half simple ; fore wing narrow.

3d. Head, tegulz, and a patch on prothorax bright rufous ;
palpi yellow tinged with rufous; thorax grey-brown, no
crest behind tegule; abdomen whitish tinged with brown,
the anal tuft long and tinged with rufous; pectus, legs, and

new African Moths. 491

ventral surface of abdomen yellow slightly tinged with
rufous. Fore wing pale yellow slightly irrorated with brown,
the costa rufous except at base, the inner area suffused with
rufous except at base; a fine sinuous brown subbasal line
from costa to vein 1; antemedial line fine, brown, excurved
below submedian fold; orbicular and reniform with fine
brown annuli, large, elliptical, open above, a similar mark
below the cell under the orbicular; postmedial line fine,
brown, oblique from costa to vein 3, then still more oblique ;
a crenulate subterminal brown line, the area beyond it
tinged with rufous; cilia rufous. Hind wing yellowish
white, the hair on vein 1| faintly tinged with rufous.

Hab. Sterra Leone (Bartlett), 1 3 type. Hap. 50 mm.

Scalmicauda argentescens, sp. 0.

Antenne of male bipectinate with moderate branches, the
apical half simple ; fore wing narrow, the costa highly arched
towards apex.

6. Palpi and frons chocolate-brown, vertex of head white
tinged with rufous ; antennz pale rufous ; thorax red-brown
tinged with grey; abdomen red-brown, paler towards
extremity; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen
ochreous, the pectus in front and fore legs rufous. Fore
wing red-brown irrorated and suffused with silvery grey, the
costal area paler towards base ; a faint dark antemedial line
from cell to inner margin, angled outwards below the cell,
then oblique ; orbicular and reniform faintly defined by
blackish, closely approximated, the former oblique elliptical
with white point on its inner edge, the latter elliptical and
slightly constricted at middle with a small white spot be-
tween it and orbicular; postmedial line indistinct, dark,
defined on outer side by silvery grey, very oblique and
slightly incurved from apex to middle of inner margin;
the costa towards apex bright rufous; a subterminal
series of slight dark lunules in the interspaces, some
silvery-grey suffusion before and beyond it at tornus ;
cilia dark brown. Hind wing pale red-brown; the under-
side ochreous white with a faint rufous tinge.

Hab. Goup Coast, Kumasi ( Whiteside), 1 @ type. Exp.
52 mm.

Scalmicauda niveiplaga, sp. n.

9. Head, tegule, and a patch on prothorax deep cho-
colate-red, the rest of thorax rufous; pectus, legs, and
abdomen ochreous tinged with rufous, the last dorsally

492 Sir G. F. Hampson on

suffused with brown except at extremity. Tore wing rufous
slightly irrorated with brown; subbasal line slight, brown,
oblique from costa to median nervure and ending at vein 1 ;
antemedial line brown, slightly angled inwards at submedian
fold, then excurved; orbicular and reniform defined by
brown, their centres also defined by brown, elliptical, the
latter somewhat constricted at middle on inner side, a round
blackish spot with pale point in centre below the orbicular ;
postmedial line brown slightly defined on inner side by
greyish, slightly angled outwards below costa, obliquely
curved to vein 2, then bent inwards and very oblique to
inner margin, an elongate wedge-shaped silvery-white patch
beyond it on costa; subterminal line represented by a series
of slight dark lunules in the interspace, the lunule below
vein 2 displaced inwards to near posimedial line; cilia
chocolate brown. Hind wing pale red-brown, the costal
area greyish; cilia whitish at tips; the underside ochreous
white. ;

Hab. 8. Nigeria, Old Calabar (Crompton), 1 ¢ type.
Exp. 60 mm.

Resembles S. argenteo-maculata, Auriv.

Scalmicauda griseitincta, sp. n.

Antennee of male bipectinate with long branches to near
apex which is simple, of female with shorter branches ; fore
wing narrow, the apex rounded.

¢. Head and thorax dark brown mixed with ochreous
white; antennze with the shaft barred with white towards
base ; tegulee with slight dark medial line; fore tibiz with
the process on inner side large and pure white; tarsi banded
with white ; abdomen brown with a cupreous gloss, the anal
tuft long. Fore wing red-brown glossed with grey, the
veins with slight dark streaks, the submedian fold with series
of minute red-brown streaks ; a black point in cell near base ;
subbasal line red-brown, minutely waved, from costa to vein 1,
the costal area and cell beyond it suffused with red-brown ;
medial line double, bent outwards in cell, then oblique,
sinuous and angled inwards on vein 1; a dark discoidal
striga with white points at the angles of cell; postmedial
line double, the lines widely separated, obliquely curved and
minutely dentate, the outer line with dark points beyond it
on the veins, some white points beyond it on costa; sub-
terminal line brown, minutely waved and somewhat excurved
at middle; a fine dark terminal line and series of white
points at base of cilia. Hind wing grey-brown with a reddish
tinge, the cilia white at tips; the underside with faint patch

new African Moths. 493

of dark suffusion on costal area near base and indistinct
diffused sinuous postmedial line.

2. Hind wing fuscous brown.

Hab. Nata, Durban (Leigh), 1 g,1 2 type. Ezxp., 332,
9? 38 mm.

Larva. Brown, the warts minute, blackish ; head blackish ;
a pair of anal processes.

Scalmicauda xanthogyna, sp. n.

Antennze of male serrate and fasciculate, the apex simple,
of female minutely serrate; fore wing rather short and
broad.

¢. Head and thorax deep chocolate-red, the vertex of
head more yellow ; palpi yellow in front ; antennx rufous ;
-pectus and legs ochreous tinged with rufous; abdomen
reddish brown with pale segmental bands, the ventral surface
yellow. Fore wing deep chocoiate-red ; traces of an oblique
sinuous antemedial line; orbicular and reniform faintly
defined by brown, the former small, round, the latter elliptical
with its outer edge indented, a small annulus defined by
brown below the orbicular in submedian interspace; a
blackish point above base of vein 6; postmedial line indis-
tinct, dark, from costa towards apex, excurved below costa,
then oblique and crenulate to middle of inner margin, a
slight grey-brown patch beyond it on costa; a subterminal
series of slight black lunules in the interspaces, the lunule
below vein 3 with another lunule before it, and two pairs of
points below vein 2; slight dark marks on termen. below
veins 4 and 8. Hind wing pale red-brown, whitish at base ;
the cilia whitish at tips; the underside whitish tinged with
rufous.

9. Head and tegule yellow; thorax yellowish brown ;
abdomen yellow tinged with red-brown; fore wing king’s
yellow, the inner half except at base suffused with red-brown,
all the markings rather more diffused.

Hab. 8. Nicurta, Sapele (Sampson),1 3,1 2 type. Eap.,
3 42, 9 44 mm.

Scalmicauda albicostata, sp. n.

?. Head and thorax deep maroon-red; pectus and abdo-
men whitish tinged with rufous, the pectus in front, legs,
and hair at base of dorsum of abdomen red. Fore wing deep
maroon-red, the costal edge pure white; a faint whitish
antemedial line, oblique from costa to vein J, then bent in-
wards to inner margin ; postmedial line whitish, very oblique,

494 Sir G. F. Hampson on

slightly excurved from costa to vein 2, then slightly incurved.
Hind wing glossy white, the veins tinged with ochreous.

Hab. Masunonaxanp, Salisbury (Marshall), 1 92 type.
Exp. 50 mm.

Scalmicauda ectoleuca, sp. n.

Antenne of male serrate and fasciculate, the apex simple ;
fore wing short and broad, the tornus with a scale-tooth.

6. Head and thorax deep chocolate-red, the frons, vertex
of thorax, and outer edge of patagia with some yellow ;
pectus and legs yellow tinged with rufous ; abdomen dark
brown, the extremity and ventral surface yellow. Fore
wing with the base and costal half to postmedial line yellow,
the costal edge chocolate-red except at base, some red
irroration before antemedial line on inner area and before .
postmedial line, the area below the cell deep chocolate-red
from the antemedial line to tornus and a red patch beyond
the postmedial line above and below vein 5, the rest of
terminal area creamy white with some red irroration ; oblique
sinuous chocolate-red subbasal and antemedial lines, the
latter indistinctly double; orbicular and reniform defined by
chocolate-red, the former round, the latter filled in with
red suffusion and angled inwards on median nervure; traces
of a dark annulus below the orbicular in submedian inter-
space; postmedial line chocolate-red, oblique from costa
towards apex to vein 2, then incurved ; a double lunulate
black subterminal line. Hind wing dark brown ; the under-
side whitish tinged with brown especially on costal area.

Hab. 8. Niceria, Old Calabar (Sampson), 1 3 type.
Exp. 32 mm.

Scalmicauda rufula, sp. n.

Antenne of male with minute fascicles of cilia ; fore wing
narrow.

g. Head and thorax rufous mixed with greyish ; palpi
chocolate-brown at sides; antenne with the basal joint
white at tip; hind tarsislightly ringed with white; abdomen
rufous, the anal tuft very long. Fore wing rufous mixed
with greyish, the terminal area somewhat paler; a whitish
point at base of median nervure; subbasal line fine, double
filled in with whitish, slightly imcurved; antemedial line fine,
double filled in with whitish, sinuous; orbicular elliptical,
with whitish annulus slightly defined by brown, extending to
just below costa, and with fine sinuous double line filled in
with whitish from it to inner margin; reniform elliptical with

new African Moths. 495

whitish annulus and whitish line at middle, a blackish point
at its lower inner extremity and a small black spot before it
below the cell ; medial line fine, double filled in with whitish,
from below the costa well beyond the cell, oblique, slightly
waved between veins 3 and 1; two similar postmedial lines ;
a subterminal series of oblique whitish striz defined on outer
side by black in the interspaces, placed in echelon; a fine
dark terminal line. Hind wing rufous, the cilia white at
tips; the underside whitish suffused with rufous, traces of a
whitish postmedial band, rufous subterminal line, and series
of rufous strize before termen.

Hab. 8. Nigeria, Old Calabar (Crompton), 1 g type.
Exp. 38 mm.

Ichthyura lentisignata, sp. n.

3. Head, dorsum of tegule, and a patch on prothorax
black-brown, the rest of thorax and abdomen reddish brown
mixed with greyish; antennze grey-brown ; pectus black-
brown in front. Fore wing grey-brown tinged with red-
brown, especially on apical area, and thickly irrorated with
black ; a black point in cell near base; two slight oblique
antemedial lines, the first. defined on outer side by whitish
and bent outwards at median nervure, the second defined on
inner side by whitish and slightly excurved below costa; a
slight ochreous discoidal striga with faint dark shade beyond
it and oblique ochreous line trom lower angle of cell to inner
margin with dark shade on its outer edge; a slight pale
oblique postmedial line from costa to just below vein 2,
somewhat excurved at vein 6 and incurved at discal fold, an
oblique dark shade from it at discal fold to termen at vein 3 ;
a subterminal series of slight dark points, somewhat excurved
below vein 7 and at middle and bent outwards to termen
above tornus ; a terminal series of slight black striz. Hind
wing white slightly irrorated with red-brown, the veins and
inner area tinged with red-brown; a slight red-brown ter-
minal line ; the underside white with the costal area irrorated
with brown.

Hab. Natat, Durban (Leigh), 1 g type. Ezp. 32 mm.

Allied to S. restitura, Wlk., from India.

Ichthyura albifasciata, sp. n.

?. Head and thorax white with a few dark hairs, the
dorsum of thorax tinged with rufous ; abdomen white slightly
tinged with brown; palpi pale rufous. Fore wing pale
rufous ; a wedge-shaped white fascia above and below median
nervure from near base to end of cell towards which it

496 Mr, 'T. D. A. Cockerell — Descriptions and

widens, a white patch slightly irrorated with brown between
veins 4, 38, another between extremities of veins 7, 6, and
some white irrorated with brown on costa towards apex ;
vein 7, the median nervure, and veins arising from it and
extremities of veins 6,7 streaked with white. Hind wing
white.

Hab. Sinrra Leone (Morgan), 1? type. Ezp. 34 mm.

Bombycide.
Trilocha obliquisigna, sp. n.

Fore wing with the termen evenly curved.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale yellow slightly mixed
with red-brown; palpi and sides of frons red-brown ; legs
red-brown in front. Fore wing pale yellow sparsely irrorated
with red-brown, a brownish patch on termen below apex ;
the antemedial area with two slight red-brown marks on
costa and three very indistinct curved waved lines; an
obliquely curved blackish discoidal striga; an oblique post-
medial red-brown bar from costa; two red-brown subterminal
lines, the first indistinct and slightly waved, the second more
distinct and waved, forming a small spot at costa ; a rather
elongate red-brown apical mark ; cilia reddish brown. Hind
wing pale yellow slightly irrorated with red-brown, the inner
margin with three red-brown spots ; the antemedial area
with three very indistinct waved lines; a slight discoidal
point; two curved, waved postmedial lines, not reaching
costa and closely approximated towards inner margin; a
diffused subterminal red-brown shade from vein 4 to inner
margin; cilia red-brown; the underside with two discoidal
points, the two postmedial lines more distinct and reaching
the costa.

Hab. N. Ancoua, Kibokolo do Zombo (Lewis), 1 3 type.
Exp. 30 mm.

Resembles 7. albiceps, W1k., from Borneo.

[To be continued. }

LXVII.— Descriptions and Records of Bees.—XXI1X.
By T. D. A. CockERELL, University of Colorado.

Lithurgus chrysurus, Fonsc.

S.W. Persia (Zscalera). British Museum.
One female, which has the ventral scopa shining creamy
white, reddish in the middle. In all respects this Persian

Records of Bees. 497

insect seems practically identical with the Sicilian var. stculus,
Perez, but I have not had an opportunity of seeing Sicilian
examples,

Anthidium florentinum (Fabr.).
Cyprus (Miss Bates), 1 g. British Museum.

The specimen is larger than usual, and the seventh abdo-
minal segment is entirely black. It is possible that there is
a distinct Cyprian race.

Megachile gulhecensis, sp. n.

@ .—Length 20 mm. ; expanse about 33.

Shape as in the group of J. rufiventris, M. mystacea, &c.,
the rather long abdomen broadest about the junction of the
second and third segments ; head and thorax black, dorsally
with short inconspicuous black hair; face with black hair, a
little slightly pallid on each side; cheeks below with black
hair; prothorax and sides of metathorax with long yellowish-
white hair; pleura with black hair; head very large, broader
than thorax; clypeus short and broad, densely punctured,
toward the sides the punctures mixed very large and very
small, the lower margin straight or faintly concave, emitting
some long dark reddish hairs, and bounded on each side by a
prominent tubercular angle ; mandibles with a very broad
cutting-edge, only an apical and subapical tooth well-defined ;
region midway between the antenne elevated and reddish ;
antenne wholly dark, first three joints of flagellum nearly
equal; vertex very broad, with strong and close but well-
separated punctures on a shining ground ; cheeks broad, less
densely punctured; mesothorax densely and strongly punc-
tured; scutellum dull, rugoso-punctate ; area of metathorax
depressed centrally ; tegule ferruginous, with minute punc-
tures. Wings strongly infuscated, coloured somewhat as in
Chalicodoma sicula ; b.n. falling just short of t.-m.; apical
part of marginal cell rather slender. Legs reddish black,
with dark hair, the tibia behind largely chestnut-red, the
hair on tarsi becoming reddish, that on inner side of hind
tarsi bright ferruginous; claws simple. Abdomen dark
reddish, the first segment with a very broad well-defined
basin ; dorsal surface of abdomen densely covered with short
felt-like pale ochreous hair, on apical segment becoming
ferruginous ; ventral scopa entirely bright ferruginous.
Maxillary palpi with long hair; blade of maxilla conspicu-
ously but finely transversely ribbed ; second joint of labial
palpi a little longer than first ; middle femora very broad.

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol, v. 34

498 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and
Hab. Gulhek, Persia, July 1996 (E. Grant-Duf). British

Museum.

The clypeus shows no sign of the median tubercle found in
several of the large Asiatic species. This fine species is
evidently very close to MM. foersteri, Gerst., originally
described from Crete. I believe that it is identical with the
insect from Asia Minor described by Friese as M. foersteri
albescens. As the name albescens was preoccupied, W. A.
Schulz (1906) proposed to substitute leucotricha. The name
leucotricha, however, was earlier used (Cockerell, 1902) for
the representative or subspecies of JM. occidentalis found in
Southern California. The whitish colour of the abdomen in
M. gulhecensis is especially evident when seen from in front.

Megachile filleborni, Friese.
Near Johannesburg, Transvaal (A. J. Cholmley). British

Museum.
The specimen exactly agrees with one from Langenburg,

L. Nyassa (Fiilleborn).

Prosopis husela, sp. n.

Similar to P. elegans, Smith, but anterior border of
scutellum black and mesothorax with two discal longitudinal
yellow bands in addition to the marginal ones; first r.n.
meeting first t.-c.

? .—Length a little over 8 mm.

Abdomen ferruginous, not blackened as in @ elegans ;
pleura, behind the tubercles, with a very large yellow patch.

3d .—Length about 7 mm.

Pleura with a small yellow patch behind the tubercles,

Hab. Townsville, Queensland; two males, 27. 2. 03
(Ff. P. Dodd); in British Museum: one female, 7.1. 03
(Ff. P. Dodd). All from the ‘Turner collection.

Husela is a Malay word for eleven, in allusion to the bars
on the mesothorax.

Prosopis elegans huseloides, subsp. n.

9.—Similar to P. elegans, but smaller (length about
8 mm.) ; first three abdominal segments ferruginous, more or
less marked with black on disk, the others black ; sides of
clypeus without black stripes, but with ferruginous ; meso-
thorax with a transverse yellow band (not reaching sides)
along posterior margin ; scutellum (as in elegans, but not as
in husela) all yellow ; no yellow patch behind tubercles, but

Records of Bees. 499

one or two small, evanescent, yellow spots more posteriorly ;
first r.n. meeting first t.-c.

Hab. Townsville, Queensland; two females, 10. 1. 03
(Ff. P. Dodd). British Museum. From the Turner collection.

It is obvious that elegans, huseloides, and husela are very
closely related ; perhaps they are all forms of one species,
but I treat husela as specifically distinct because it has a very
striking appearance, and among the rather numerous P. elegans
I have seen there has been nothing at all like it.

Paleorhiza melanura, sp. 0.

? .—Length 9 mm.

Head and thorax light rather dull yellow, marked with
black ; abdomen light reddish testaceous or honey-colour,
entirely black, with black hair, beyond the third segment; head
long, face narrow, malar space large ; front densely punctured,
sides of vertex shining and sparsely punctured ; facial fovee
represented by grooves near the eye on vertex; vertex black,
and a broad black stripe extending downward to each an-
tenna, leaving between a narrower yellow stripe ascending
to middle ocellus; mouth-parts and hinder part of cheeks
honey-colour ; clypeus with two broad dark brown bars, the
margins of which are suffused; other parts of clypeus
reddish, and adjacent sides of face whitish; antenne dark
brownish or reddish beneath; mesothorax strongly and
closely punctured, black, with four longitudinal yellow bars,
the outer one marginal, none quite reaching the anterior
margin; scutellum with a broad black band, and on each side
(largely axillar) a transverse black mark; postscutellum all
yellow; area of metathorax large, strongly but finely and
regularly longitudinally grooved or fluted, bounded on each
side by a black punctured band. Legs rufo-testaceous ;
tegulse pale testaceous. Wings large, minutely hairy, very
pale yellowish, dusky at apex; stigma and nervures pale
ferruginous, darker towards the base; second s.m. receiving
both recurrent nervures; first abdominal segment with a
transverse dark band, the middle third of which is wanting ;
hind spur with about four strong teeth.

3 .—NSimilar, but the face narrower, and the very long and
narrow clypeus without dark bands ; apex of abdomen trun-
cate, more or less emarginate in the middle.

Maxillary comb very well developed, with large teeth, the
lowermost (most basad) of which are longest (the end one at
least 190 yw) and curved; blade of maxilla short (about 545 pw
beyond the origin of palpus), broad, very onunrrs Vea many

d4 >

500 Mr, T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and

apical bristles; hyaline area well developed, about 85 yw
broad in middle ; maxillary palpi 6-jointed, the joints sub-
equal, measuring in mw: (1) 187, (2) 187, (3) 204, (4) 204,
(5) 204, (6) 221, the last two slender ; tongue about 748 u
long, dagger-shaped, slender, the apical part linear, but
appearing broad because of the very abundant long branched
hairs; paraglossee small, oval, very hairy; labial palpi
4-jointed, the first two joints stout, the third medium, the
fourth slender ; joints in mw: (1) 170, (2) 136, (3) 136,
(4) 136.

Hab. Cairns, Queensland (Turner). Females labelled
Kaur. 1°02 5 2:02 3.02: males Kur, 12: 01-02) ar02;
Kur. is presumably Kuranda.

Paleorhiza flavomellea, sp. n.

9? .—Length about 7 mm.

Locking like a small P. melanura, with the same colour
and pattern, but the area of metathorax shining, not fluted ;
the clypeus without dark bars (sometimes a ferruginous spot
at each upper corner) ; the median black band of scutellum
continued on postscutellum, and projected as a ferruginous
mark (pointed at end) on metathorax.

3 .—HSimilar; length about 63 mm. ; face strongly con-
stricted below.

The mouth-parts of this species show the following cha-
racters :— .

Structure as in P. melanura ; tongue very broad at base,
rapidly narrowing to the linear apical part, with the usual
long hair; on each side is a separable tuft of hairs arising
from near the base. Hairs at end of maxillary blade strongly
plumose (in melanura they are quite simple).

Tongue 375 mw long; palpal joints measuring in p:
maxillary palpi (1) 85, (2) 153, (8) 153, (4) 153, (5) 170,
(6) 204; labial palpi (1) 102, (2) 85, (3) 102, (4) 110. A
curious comb of short erect bristles runs along inner side of
first two joints of maxillary palpi, and is not interrupted at
the suture. ‘The same comb is found in P. melanura.

Hab. Cairns, Queensland (Zurner),4 9,2 ¢. The males
are labelled Kur. 12.01: the females Kur. 12. 01; 3. 02;
5. 02. British Museum.

Paleorhiza basilura, sp. n.

9 .—Length about 8 mm.

Looking like a rather small P. melanura, with the same
colour and pattern, except as follows:—The shorter and
°

Records of Bees. 501

broader clypeus has a broad ferruginous band on each side,
each equal to the median yellow band, but not quite reaching
the lower margin; a longitudinal ferruginous band, becoming
black in front, runs across the pleura; the stigma is dark
rufo-fuscous, and the nervures are dilute fuscous; the first
abdominal segment has no dark marks; the bases of the
segments are yellow, especially at sides; the fourth segment
is deep purple instead of black, and is yellow at the base, the
yellow narrowing to a point medially; the apical segments
are dark shining blue. The postscutellum has no black mark,
and the area of metathorax is shining, ferruginous at sides,
wholly without fluting. The scape is light ferruginous in
front.

flab. Cairns, Queensland (Turner), 1 9. Kur. 12. 01.
British Museum.

Ca@LIOXxyYs.

The three Australian species have been described only in
the female. I have before me malesjof all three, from the
Turner collection, now in the British Museum. They may
be separated as follows :—

Length slightly over 12 mm.: wings brilliantly

purple, hyaline at base; some tufts of black

hair at sides of thorax behind, and lower down

a tuft of white hair; apical segment of abdo-

men with four terminal teeth, the two upper

ones scarcely more than rectangular, and with

a small tooth at each side basally; fourth

ventral segment with two strong keels, and

deeply excavated between them. (Cairns;

KorcOZs ye oe ia ccha sey o pecs «gata ee albiceps, Friese.
Smaller, length not over9mm.: wings infuscated,

not very dark, not purple; no tufts of black

hair at sides of thorax behind ............ ig

1. Scutellum with dense very large punctures; apical

segment of abdomen broader than long, with

six long teeth, the lateral ones finger-like but

very slender. (Mackay, 1.01.) ............ regine, Ckll.
Middle of scutellum smooth and shining; apical

segment of abdomen longer than broad, with

six well-developed teeth, the lateral ones spine-

kes” (Mackay OL OU eS coda.» catasrieh s 32 albolineata, Ckll.

©. albolineata also occurs at Cairns (Kur. 4. 02: Turner).

Nomia aurantifer, sp. n.

9 .—Length about 12 mm.
Black, the abdomen without hair-bands, but with the hind

margins of segments 2 to 4 broadly smooth and shining and

502 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and

of the most brilliant orange; no tooth or process on post-
scutellum or metathorax. Head and thorax dull, minutely
roughened, with scattered punctures; face broad, with a
slight raised line from middle ocellus to apex of clypeus, the
middle of which, a little below level of antenne, passes
through a shining elevation; clypeus strongly punctured ;
mandibles bidentate ; tongue linear, of moderate length ; hair
of head mainly whitish, inconspicuous, of pleura and sides of
metathorax the same, but black on mesothorax and scu-
tellum ; area of metathorax bow-shaped, with a double curve
on each side, the apex (middle) angulate, the concave basin
with delicate ridges; some pallid tomentum between meso-
thorax and scutellum. Legs black, with mainly dark hair;
tubercles with a conspicuous fringe of light hair; tegulee
moderately large, black. Wings strongly infuscated, ner-
vures fuscous, stigma rather small, reddish in middle; second
s.m. very smal], receiving r. n. at beginning of its last third ;
hair of abdomen scanty, mainly dark, pale reddish at sides
of first segment, and a dense pale reddish apical fringe on
fifth ; a little light colour on apical margin of first segment,
at extreme sides; ventral segments fringed with long pale
reddish hair. .

Hab. Cairns, Queensland (Turner). ‘ Kur. 4. 02,” 2 9.
British Museum.

A magnificent species, related to N. ccéncta, Smith, from
Key Island. WN. cincta, var. tomentifera, Friese, recorded
from Cairns, cannot be this insect, as it 1s smaller, and has
yellow-brown tegule and brown-yellow legs. ‘The thorax
also differs entirely in the pubescence.

Nomia darwinorum, sp. n.

6 .—Length about 105 mm.

Very close to N. pulchribalteata, Cam. (cotype from New
Britain compared), differing thus :—Somewhat larger; hair
ot face very dense, greyish white. Wings clearer, not so
brown, the outer margin broadly dusky. Hind femora more
swollen; hind tibiz and tarsi without red; abdominal bands
considerably broader, apple-green (very yellow-green) shot
with vermilion ; fourth ventral segment with a very distinet
fringe of white hair. Asin WN. pulchribalteata, the scutellum
is bituberculate, and the postscutellum has a pair of long
teeth, which arise from a mass of white tomentum. From
N. pulchribalteata austrovagans, Ckll., this is known by the
colour of the abdominal bands and hind legs,

Hab. Port Darwin, Australia, 12.02 (Turner). British
Museum.

Records of Bees. 503.

Nomia iridescens, Smith.

Singapore (H. N. Ridley). British Museum.

The abdominal bands are brilliant blue-green, shot with
purple ; the first five segments are banded in the male. The
thorax above has a good deal of fuscous hair in both sexes ;
this is not indicated in Bingham’s description (Hymenop.
Brit. India), but there is no doubt about the identity of my
insect, as I possess a cotype from F. Smith’s collection.
The tegule are pointed or caudate posteriorly.

Nomia tridescens, var. ridleyi, nov.

3 -—Structure exactly as in N. cridescens, but the five
abdominal bands yellow-green shot with orange-vermilion ;
-second s.m, much higher than broad.

Hab. Singapore (H. N. Ridley). British Museum.

Nomia (Crocisaspidia) muscatensis, sp. n.

9 .—Length about 11} mm.; expanse about 18.

With the typical Crocisaspidia scutellum and _post-
scutellum; head and thorax densely and minutely punctured,
the usual pubescence creamy white, on mesothorax more
ochreous; eyes strongly converging below ; clypeus not
carinate ; tongue linear; head black ; mandibles ferruginous,
black at tips; antenne entirely bright ferruginous; meso-
thorax and most of pleura black, rest of thorax clear ferru-
ginous; area of metathorax broadly triangular, dullish,
minutely beaded along the base. Legs clear ferruginous ;
tecule ferruginous, moderately large. Wings dusky, rather
reddish, stigma and nervures ferruginous; stigma small ;
second s.m. square, receiving first r.n. near itsend; abdomen
ferruginous, the first four segments with very broad ivory-
coloured tegumentary bands, the ferruginous parts rather
closely punctured; venter with shining pale yellow hair.

Hab. Muscat, Arabia (A. S. G. Jayakar, no. 27). British
Museum.

Nearest to WV. (Crocisaspidia) forbesit (W. F. Kirby) from
Socotra, and JV. lamellata, Smith, from Egypt, but distin-
guished by the prevailingly red coloration.

Nomia (Crocisaspidia) lamellata, Smith, 1875.

The type male, from Egypt, was examined and found
to have the Croctsaspidia scutellum and _ postscutellum.

504 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and

Abdomen with broad entire ivory-white bands, the first a little
greenish. Legs red, pointed process on hind tibie enormous.

The type female, labelled as from the Gaboon (Smith’s
description says Gambia), seems to be the same species, but
is perhaps distinct, as the abdomen (excluding bands) is
densely rugoso-punctate in male and smooth with separated
punctures in female. In both the scutellar lobes are ferru-
ginous.

The female should be regarded as the true type, being first
described.

Nomia (Crocisaspidia) crociseformis, Bingham, 1903.

The type male, from Abyssinia, was examined, and found
to be a genuine Crocisaspidia in every respect. Length
about 14 mm., expanse 25. Face covered with white hair.
Anterior wings dark fuscous; second s.m. square, less than
half length of third, first r.n. joining it near apex. ‘Tongue
elongate; flagellum dull ferruginous beneath; mesothorax
dull, ~ with dense small punctures, scutellum the same ; ante-
rior and middle tibiz and tarsi clothed with white hair on
outer side; hind tibize of the triangular type, the apical
projection ferruginous ; abdomen with large lateral quadrate
white spots, faintly tinged with green; hind femora swollen.

Walker wrote (1871) of WV. vespoides, Walker, and
NV. zonaria, Walker, from the Red Sea, that “‘ the thin forked
edge which forms the hind border of the scutellum”’ distin-
guishes them from other Nomie. I infer from this that they
belong to Crocisaspidia. N. zonaria is perhaps the same
as N, lamellata (Egyptian form).

Camptopeum persicum, sp. 0.

6 .—Length a little over 6 mm.

Black and very pale yellow; head and thorax with abun-
dant very pale yellowish hair; head black, with mandibles
(except tips), labrum, clypeus, large supraclypeal mark
(obtusely rounded above between antenne), dog-ear marks
(almost wholly above level of clypeus), and lateral marks
(ending above rather obtusely at about level of middle of
scape) all very pale yellow; scape pale yellow in front;
flagellum reddish brown above, orange beneath, the second
and third joints partly ringed with brown beneath; eyes
very broad; thorax black, with the following parts very light
yellow, upper border of ‘prothorax, tubercles, scutellum (or
the yellow reduced to a pair of transversely oblong spots),
postscutellum, and sometimes a pair of short oblique bands

Records of Bees. 505

along sides of area of metathorax ; there may also be a light
triangular mark on each side of metathorax, nearly hidden
by hair; area of metathorax irregularly longitudinally
wrinkled. Legs very light yellow, anterior femora with
nearly the basal two-thirds dark behind, and small dark
marks at bases of the other femora; claws bifid; tegule
pellucid, with a light yellow spot. Wings hyaline, a little
dusky, stigma and nervures pale brown; stigma small;
marginal cell rather obtusely pointed than truncate; second
s.m. about as long as first, receiving first r.n. a considerable
distance from base. All the abdominal segments with very
broad pale yellow bands, nearly covering the surface ; basad
of the bands the segments are black, but the apical margins
are subtranslucent testaceous; apical plate ferruginous, sub-
truncate, with rounded edges ; venter pale yellow.

Hab. 8.W. Persia (Escalera) ; 2 g. British Museum.

Apparently nearest to C. handlirschz, Friese, from Algeria,
but easily separated by the colour of the metathorax.

Bombus longiceps, Smith.

A worker from Baltistan agrees with Smith’s description.
It is a very pretty insect, the thoracic hair bright canary-
yellow and that at the end of the abdomen very bright red.
Friese and Wagner (1909) make this a variety of B. hor-
torum, but remark that they have no specimens. The malar
space in the specimen before me is only about as broad as
long, suggesting a doubt whether it is genuine longiceps (it
certainly is distinct from hortorum) ; but since the striking
coloration agrees with Smith’s account, and I do not know
whether “head elongate” is to be interpreted as meaning
excessively so, I cannot venture to regard it as a new species,

Thrinchostoma lemurie, sp. n.

3 —Length about 15 mm. ; thorax and abdomen about 12;
anterior wing not quite 11.

General structure as in 7’, renttanely, Saussure, but con-
siderably larger, with very dusky (brownish-grey) wings.
Head and thorax black, the abundant hair dull fulvous; eyes
very prominent ; clypeus greatly produced, as usual, with its
apical margin broadly pallid, testaceous shading into rufous;
antennz black, the flagellum obscurely dull ferruginous
beneath ; outer side of flagellum with very numerous con-
spicuous elongate pits; mesothorax closely punctured; area
of metathorax closely longitudinally wrinkled, the ruge

506 Hon. W. Rothschild on

connected by very numerous cross ones; tegule ferruginous.
Wings hairy, nervures and the large stigma fusco-ferruginous ;
b. n. falling short of t.-m.; second t.-c. with the usual patch
of black hair, but the nervure only slightly bent (not strongly
as in I’. bicometes). Legs ferruginous ; hind tibia with a
broad creamy-white lamina bearing the spurs; hind tarsi
very long, dull pale yellowish, with yellowish hair. Abdo-
men black, with the usual apical hair-bands, only evident in
certain lights, when they shine brilliantly ; disks of third and
fourth segments covered with a sort of brownish felt; fifth
ventral segment with a pencil of long yellowish hair on each
side, and a pair of small erect hair-pencils arising from base,
in the wide emargination of fourth segment. The hind
margins of the abdominal segments are dark, not whitish
hyaline as they are in JZ. orchidarum, Ckll., and other
African species. ;

Hab, Madagascar. British Museum, 95. 21.

For other species of this genus see Ann. & Mag. Nat.
Hist., April 1908, p. 343. “7. orthonne,” as there given, is
a misprint for 7’. othonne. Friese (1909) has added a species
T. sjéstedtd, described under Diagonozus.

LXVIII.—Deseriptions of a new Hawk-Moth and some new
Syntomide. By the Hon. WALTER RorascHiLp, Ph.D.

I. Meganoton hyloicoides, sp. n.

At first sight this insect resembles a giant Hyloicus franck.

6. Palpi cinnamon-brown mixed with grey; head and
tegule black, bordered with dark cinnamon-rufous; thorax
and patagia pale yellowish brown, with a broad central
black band; abdomen rufous-cinnamon, with brown central
band and darker edges to segments. Fore wing: base buffy
brown, basal third blackish brown, with five or six irregular
dark maroon and grey transverse zigzag bands; rest of wing
rufous-cinnamon, with irregular white, maroon, and grey
bands and patches; a large apico-costal sooty patch. Hind
wing: inner three-fourths cinnamon-brown, with indistinct
black patches near inner area; outer fourth black powdered
with yellowish grey; fringe cinnamon-rufous mixed with
whitish.

some new Syntomide. 507

Underside of both wings cinnamon-rufous, with two trans-
verse irregular black bands on fore wings and three more
distinct ones on hind wing.

Length of fore wing 74 mm.

Female (in coll. Kenrick) much larger and paler.

Hab. Ninay Valley, Central Arfak Mountains, Dutch New
Guinea, Nov. 1908 to January 1909 (A. ZL. Praté Coll.).

336.

II. Syntomide.
(1) Cosmosoma flavothoraz, sp. n.

3d. Legs clay-brown ; pectus golden yellow ; palpi black ;
antenne fuscous; head metallic blue; collar black ; tegule
and patagia sooty brown, a blue metallic spot at base of
patagia; thorax golden yellow; abdomen golden yellow,
last four segments black, with dorsal and lateral rows of
metallic-blue patches. Fore wing hyaline; costa, nervures,
inner margin, and apical fourth of wing sooty brown; disco-
cellular stigma black. Hind wing hyaline, margins and
nervures sooty black.

Length of fore wing, ¢ 2] mm.

Hab. Doubtful.

.

(la) Cosmosoma intensa, sp. n.

3 2. Similar to C. flavothoraz, but darker ; yellow areas
of body orange and dark areas of wings sooty black.

Hab. Cananche, Cundinamarca, June 1903 (M. de Mathan) ;
Paramba, Ecuador.

Ly Gf lS

Probably a subspecies of the preceding.

(2) Cosmosoma mathant, sp. n.

3. Legs black-brown; pectus golden and black; palpi
black; antennz black, tips whitish; head metallic blue;
thorax black, two spots on tegule, two at base of patagia,
and central band metallic blue; abdomen golden-orange, last
four segments and basal segment above black ; a central and
lateral lines on whole abdomen metallic blue. Fore wing
hyaline ; costal, inner, and terminal margins, nervures, and
apical fifth of wing sooty black. Hind wing hyaline, ner-
vures and margins sooty black.

508 Hon. W. Rothschild on

?. Similar, but black wing-areas wider and metallic-blue
spots on orange portion of abdomen absent.

Length of fore wing, ¢ 21, 9 24 mm.

Hab. Cananche, Cundinamarea, July 1903 (IL. de Mathan).

235,322.

(3) Cosmosoma chiriquensis, sp. n.

6 ?. Legs, head, andantennz sooty black; pectus golden
yellow; thorax golden yellow; abdomen golden yellow, a
patch on segments 2 and 3 and last two segments black.
Fore wing hyaline, base golden yellow followed by black
patch ; costa, outer margin, and apical fifth black. Hind
wing hyaline, base yellow, apex and fringe black; nervures
of both wings very narrowly marked black.

Length of fore wing, ¢ 22, 9 19 mm.

Hab. Chiriqui, Panama.

ad a AA Oe

(4) Cosmosoma rosenberg?, sp. n.

?. Fore coxee white; legs, pectus, and antenne dark
sooty brown; head black, frons edged with white; collar
white; thorax black, with white central patch; abdomen,
first three segments orange, each with dorsal patch of black,
rest of abdomen black. Fore wing hyaline; nervures, outer
and inner margins, and terminal fifth black ; two white spots
at base ; basal two-fifths of costa hyaline, rest black. Hind
wing hyaline, margins and nervures black.

3. Differs in having abdomen yellow, only last two
segments black.

Length of fore wing 20 mm.

Hab. Paramba, Hcuador, 3500 metres (dry season), April
1897 ; Chimbo, Ecuador, 2000 metres, August 1897 (W. £. Z.
Rosenberg) ; Rio Dagua, Columbia (W. F. H. Rosenberg).

322,280.

(5) Cosmosoma watsoni, sp. n.

?. Pectus, legs, head, and thorax sooty black ; abdomen
golden yellow, last three segments sooty black. Fore wings
hyaline opalescent; base, costa, nervures, a large cellular
stigma, and inner margin sooty black, outer fourth sooty
black, excised internally between veins 4 and 6. Hind wing
hyaline, nervures and broad margins sooty black.

Length of fore wing 20 mm.

Hab. Bouquete, Chiriqui, 3500 feet, Chiriqui ( Watson).

2°23

some new Syntomidee. 509

(6) Cosmosoma buchwaldi, sp. n.

g. Pectus sooty brown; legs sooty brown, fore tibize and
cox yellow; head sooty brown, vertex white, antennz and
thorax sooty brown; abdomen sooty brown, yellow on sides
of first three segments. Fore wing hyaline (yellowish) ;
nervures, outer margin, apical fifth, and large cellular stigma
sooty black ; basal third of costa hyaline, rest sooty black,
inner margin sooty black, with two orange lines on each side
of vein 1 from base for one-third its length. Hind wing
hyaline (yellowish) ; apex, nervures, and margins sooty
black.

Length of fore wing 17 mm.

Hab. Quevedo, Ecuador (v. Buchwald),

ae

(7) Cosmosoma klagest, sp. n.

@. Pectus white; legs sooty brown; antenne black ;
head black, frons edged with white; thorax black, with
central white patch ; abdomen orange. Fore wing hyaline ;
nervures, inner margin, and apical third of wing black ; two
white spots at base, basal fourth of costa hyaline, rest black.
Hind wing hyaline ; apex, margins, and nervures black.

Length of fore wing 15 mm.

Hab. Caparo, Trinidad, Nov. 1905 (S. Md. Klages).

Lee

(8) Cosmosoma ockendeni, sp. n.

?. Pectus yellow; legs, head, antennee, and thorax
black ; abdomen, first three segments orange with lateral
black band, rest black. Fore wing hyaline, basal half of
costa hyaline, rest black, nervures and outer and inner margins
very narrowly black, apex black. Hind wing hyaline; ner-
vures, apex, and outer margin black, inner margin smoky
grey.

Length of fore wing 14 mm.

Hab. Santa Domingo, Carabaya, Peru, 6000 feet (wet
season), Nov. 1902 (G. &. Ockenden).

1 3.

(9) Cosmosoma analicincta, sp. n.

9. Legs brown, tibiz and coxe yellow; pectus and head
yellow ; antennz black; thorax deep orange ; abdomen deep
orange, anal segment black. Fore wing hyaline, outer and
inner margins and nervures black ; basal three-fifths of costa

510 Hon. W. Rothschild on

hyaline, rest of costa and apical fifth of wing black. Hind
wing hyaline; outer margin, apex, and nervures black, inner
area hyaline.

Length of fore wing 13 mm.

Hab. La Oroya, -Rio Inambari, 8.E. Peru, 3100 feet
(wet season), March 1905; La Union, Rio Huacamayo,
Carabaya, Peru, 2000 feet (wet season), Nov. 1904 (G. &.
Ockenden).

2 BOR.

(10) Cosmosoma plagiata, sp. n.

9. Pectus yellow; legs, head, antennz, and thorax
black; abdomen yellow, anal segment and a large dorsal
patch on segments 3, 4, and 5 black. Fore wing hyaline;
nervures, outer and inner margins, a large discocellular
stigma, and apical fourth of wing black; at tornus a black
patch ; basal two-thirds of costa hyaline, rest black. Hind
wing hyaline; apex, tornus, and nervures black, inner area
hyaline.

Length of fore wing 15 mm.

Hab. Santo Domingo, Carabaya, Peru, 6500 feet (wet
season), Dec. 1902 (G. &. Ockenden).

1 ee

(11) Gymnelia baroni, sp. n.

3. Pectus black ; first two pairs of legs black, with white
bands at joints, third pair black, with tarsi and spurs white;
head black, with two minute white spots at base of antenne ;
antenne deep oil-green; thorax black, outer half of tegule
brick-red ; abdomen black, a pair of brick-red spots on
segments 1,5, 6, and 7; the whole body above and below
very hairy. Fore wing hyaline golden; nervures, apical
fifth, inner margin, and large discocellular stigma black, with
oily sheen ; costa oil-green, with basal brick-red patch; an
orange streak on inner margin. Hind wing hyaline golden,
with nervures and very broad margins black.

Length of fore wing 20 mm.

Hab. Zamora, Keuador, 3000-4000 feet (0. T. Baron).
da: |

(12) Gymnelia ockendent, sp. n.

9. Pectus black ; legs black, fore tibize and coxe crimson;
head, antenne, and thorax black ; abdomen above black, with
two crimson lateral dots on second and third segments, below
black, with crimson patch on last segment and a white spot

—S

some new Syntomide. 511

on each side of second and third. Fore and hind wings
hyaline, base broadly black, nervures and margins black.

Length of fore wing 17 mm.

Hab. Santo Domingo, Carabaya, Peru, 6500 feet (wet
season), Nov. 1902 (G. &. Ockenden).

Po.

(13) Gymnelia pilosa, sp. n.

@. Pectus black; legs black and white; head black ;
antenne black, white tips; tegule black, with white central
spot; patagia black, with white marginal fringe of long
hairs ; thorax black ; abdomen black, with deep orange rings
and scattered long white hairs. Fore wings hyaline yellowish,
more brown near nervures; base black, with white spot;
inner margin black, with broad yellow band above it at basal
half, an orange dash on outer half; a large discocellular
stigma; nervures and outer margin black ; wing between
veins 6 and 8 at outer margin strongly excised, and a large
black spot at the excision ; basal two-thirds of costa hyaline,
rest black. Hind wing hyaline, base black, basal half covered
with a whitish fluorescence; inner area sooty grey, with
long white hairs; tornus, outer margin, nervures, and large
cellular stigma black.

Length of fore wing 20 mm.

Hab, Marcapata, EK. Peru, 10,800 feet (G. R. Ockenden).

eg.

(14) Lsanthrene mathani, sp. n.

3 2%. Pectus black, with metallic-blue spots; legs dark
brown, with blue metallic bands and white on coxe; head
black, with three metallic-blue spots ; antenne black ; tegule
black, apical third bright orange; patagia bright orange,
with black borders and a basal blue spot ; thorax black, with
four blue spots; abdomen metallic blue ; a basal transverse
yellow band; a dorsal black longitudinal band and very
narrow intersegmental orange lines, each segment edged with
black, last segment entirely orange. Fore wing hyaline
yellow ; outer margin, nervures, and large apical patch
black ; four-fifths of costa and- inner margin orange, rest
black. Hind wing hyaline yellow; fringe, tornus, and
nervures black.

Length of fore wing 21 mm.

Hab. Cananche, Cundinamarca, June 1903 (1. de Mathan) ;
Columbia (A. #. Pratt).

23d, ho.

512 On new African Snakes.

LXIX.—Descriptions of Four new African Snakes tn the
British Museum. By G. A. BouLtencer, F.R.S.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Flelicops gendrii.

Eye rather small ; rostral much broader than deep, hardly
visible from above, where it forms a suture with the bell-
shaped internasal; frontal once and a half as long as broad,
as long as its distance from the end of the snout, a little
shorter than the parietals ; loreal scarcely longer than deep ;
one or two preoculars, two postoculars, and two or three
suboculars, separating the eye from the labials; nine or ten
upper labials ; temporals 1+ 2 or 3; two pairs of chin-shields,
the anterior in contact with five or six lower labials. Scales
in 25 rows, dorsals strongly, laterals faintly keeled. Ventrals
151-153; anal divided; subcaudals 60-64. Black above,
pinkish yellow beneath, the two colours sharply defined on
the outer row of scales; a series of dark spots along the
middle of the lower surface of the tail.

Total length 630 mm.; tail 150.

Two female specimens from Labé, French Guinea, pre-
sented by Dr. E. Gendre.

Simocephalus unicolor.

Agreeing very closely with S. capensis, Smith, but differing
in the following points:—'T'wo superposed loreals; two pre-
oculars, lower very small; three postoculars. Uniform dark
brown above and beneath.

Total length 1240 mm.

A single temale specimen (V. 228; C.?) from Fort Hall,
Kenya District, British Hast Africa, 4000 ft., presented by
Mr. 8. L. Hinde.

Aparallactus christy?.

Diameier of eye greater than its distance from the oral
margin. Rostral broader than deep, the portion visible from
above measuring two-thirds its distance from the frontal ;
internasals shorter than the preefrontals ; frontal once and a
half as long as broad, longer than its distance from the end
of the snout, much shorter than the parietals; nasal divided,
in contact with the preocular; one postocular; a single
temporal; seven upper labials, third and fourth entering the

On the Gastropod Foot and Branchial Cavity. 513

eye, sixth forming a suture with the parietal ; first lower
labial in contact with its fellow behind the symphysial ; two
pairs of chin-shields, subequal in size, the anterior in contact
with four lower labials. Scales in 15 rows. Ventrals 163 ;
anal entire; subcaudals 34. Dark olive-grey above, with a
yellowish nuchal collar; upper lip and lower parts yellowish,
posterior ventrals and subcaudals with small dark spots.

Total length 270 mm.; tail 35.

A single female specimen from the Mabira Forest, Chagwe,

W. of Ripon Falls, Uganda, presented by Dr. C. Christy.

Vipera hindi.

Snout rounded, with obtuse canthus; eye moderate ;
rostral as deep as broad, divided into two by a transverse
suture; upper surface of head and temples with imbricate
strongly keeled scales; no supraocular shield ; 10 scales in
a transverse series from eye to eye, 11 round the eye; 8
upper labials, third and fourth separated from the eye by one
series of scales; three lower labials in contact with the chin-
shields. Scales in 25 rows, sharply keeled, outer row feebly
keeled. Ventrals 123; anal entire ; subcaudals 34. Brown
above, with two alternating series of darker, yellow-edged,
ocellar spots along the middle of the back and smaller dark
spots on the sides; a yellow line along the upper lip; lower
parts greyish olive, speckled with black.

Total length 300 mm. ; tail 40.

A single male specimen from Fort Hall, Kenya District,

4000 ft., presented by Mr. S. L. Hinde.

LXX.—WNotes on the Gastropod Foot and Branchial Cavity.
By Hitpa M. Bisnop, University College of Wales,
Aberystwyth.

[Plates XII. & XIII]

1. Introductory.

THE main point of this work has been the correlation of the
structural features of the foot of various Gastropods with its
observed functional activities.

For this purpose the following types have been studied :—

1. Haliotis tuberculata, alive and in section.
2. Patella vulgata, alive and in section.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol. v. 35

514 Miss Hilda M. Bishop on the

3. Trochus crassus and T’. ziziphinus, alive and in section.

4, Paludina vivipara, alive, by dissection, and in section.

5. Littorina litorea, L. obtusata, and L. rudis, alive and
in section, L. litorea also by dissection, and Lacuna
alive.

6. Cupra pyrum and C. europea, the former by means
of dissection and by series of sections, the latter
living and by series of sections.

The Gastropod foot has been studied by most observers
from the point of view of its function as a creeping-organ.
It is with certain subsidiary functions of the foot, such as
adhesion at rest, retraction into the shell, &c., that these
notes are chiefly concerned.

With regard to creeping, from my observations I am led
to believe that the manner in which it is effected is somewhat
as follows :—

The front part of the foot is extended forwards by the
pumping of blood into that region, and also by contraction of
the transverse muscle-fibres, which causes the stretching of
the longitudinal fibres and narrows the foot. The contrac-
tion of these transverse muscle-fibres and that of the oblique
muscle-fibres causes the formation of furrows in the creeping
surface of the foot, and the forward extension of the foot
gives to the fibres which lie perpendicular to that surface an
oblique direction forwards. ‘These perpendicular fibres
contract, and the result is the bringing forwards of the
visceral mass and at the same time the restoration to these
muscle-fibres of their original direction vertical to the sub-
stratum, but at a point in front of the original one. The
contraction of the longitudinal fibres brings the hinder part
of the foot forwards, and restores to the transverse fibres their
full length, so broadening the foot-sole. This completes the
cycle, which then starts afresh.

I cannot agree with Biedermann’s opinion (1905) that the
longitudinal muscle-fibres are all-important in creeping. In
the same paper he says that, if only the head-end of the foot
of Helix touches a glass plate, there immediately arises a set
of locomotor waves in the foot-sole, which spreads to the
parts not in contact, but no such system arises if even as
much as half of the hinder end of the foot touches the plate
when the head is not in contact. This hints that though the
waves appear at the back end of the foot and travel forwards,
yet they have their origin in the head region, 7. e. they are
controlled by the nerve-centres there. To Haliotis, however,
this description does not apply, for very often this form

Gastropod Foot and Branchial Cavity. 515

re-attaches itself by means of the back end of the foot, the
contact of which with the substratum starts the wave-system.

This might possibly be correlated with the presence in the
foot of Haliotis of longitudinal ganglionated pedal cords,
which are absent from that of Helix, the nerve-centres in
which type take the form of a pair of pedal ganglia in the
anterior part of the foot.

2. Adhesion at Rest.

When at rest, Patella, Haliotis, Trochus, Cyprea, Palu-
dina, and often Littorina, adhere to the substratum by the
creeping-surface of the foot ; the adhesion is between two
moist surfaces—the substratum, moist with water or mucus,
and the foot-sole, which is covered with mucus secreted by the
sub-epithelial gland-cells. The chief muscle-fibres brought
into play in adhesion are: those having a direction vertical
to the creeping-surface, which compress the foot from above
downwards, and the transverse and longitudinal fibres, which
by their contraction bring the greatest possible number of
perpendicular fibres above a certain area of the substratum,
producing firm adhesion. The amount of reduction of the
creeping-surface by the contraction of the transverse and
longitudinal muscle-fibres varies among the different genera,
and is correlated with the shape and relative size of the shell,
since it is by means of the shell that the exposed parts of the
body must be protected when the animal is at rest.

Patella has a very broad oval foot, which does not extend
beyond the cap-shaped shell during creeping, so that it shows
very little contraction of the creeping-surface during adhesion.
In the case of Haliot’s there is more contraction, but the
shape of the outline of the foot is little altered.

When Trochus is creeping the outline of the foot is long
and narrow, but on coming to rest the creeping-surface is
reduced and becomes oval in outline (and in Littorina litorea
and L. obtusata).

The foot of Cyprea europea is very long and narrow when
creeping, and has a straight anterior margin and a somewhat
pointed posterior one ; but when adhering, the outline of the
creeping-surface is broader and oval in shape and is about
half of the length to which it attains when creeping.

Paludina has a broad oval foot, with a straight anterior
margin, and the creeping-surface is little reduced in adhesion.

The species of Littortna which live high up the shore—
L. obtusata, L. rudis, and L. neritotdes—show a specialization
in their method of adhesion, as an adaptation to their high-

35*

516 Miss Hilda M. Bishop on the

tide habits. They have acquired a habit of adhering to the
rock when out of water by the rim of the shell, with the foot
entirely retracted. This is effected by means of mucus,
which hardens on exposure to the air, and so cements the
shell to the rock. The entire retraction of the foot lessens
the danger of access of drier air to the branchial cavity,
which would harden the mucus contained in it, thus injuring
the gills.

Lacuna, a member of the Littorinide, has been seen to
creep against the surface-film, and to let itself down from
this by a mucus-thread from about the middle of the foot.

Individuals of Cypraa europea kept in tanks have been
observed to creep along the sides of the tank above the surface
of the water, remain fixed for a time with the front end of
the foot folded back over the head-region, and then to gradually
lift the foot from the side of the tank, beginning at the
front. This continued until the animal remained fixed only
by the extreme back end of the foot, and finally the weight
became too great and it fell back into the water. In its
natural surroundings the animal creeps on the under side of
a stone or rock, and exactly the same process is gone through,
except that it becomes detached from the substratum and
remains suspended by a mucus-thread from the extreme back
end of the foot. The difference in the position of the mucus-
thread relatively to the foot in Lacuna and Cyprea is
probably due to the difference in the distribution of weight
in Cyprea from that in Lacuna, the visceral hump in Cyprea
being coiled symmetrically over the foot, while that of
Lacuna is coiled on the right side of the animal; and also
perhaps to the fact that the end of the foot in Cypraa, which
no longer possesses an operculum, is freer than is the case in
the operculate Lacuna. The mucus is secreted largely
probably by the anterior glandular groove of the foot.

Cyprea creeps about between tide-marks, especially upon
the under surtaces of rocks, stones, and weed. Siphonate
forms are commonly supposed to be purely carnivorous, but
individuals of Cyprea living in tanks have been found to
browse upon seaweeds, particularly Ulva latissima. Their
habit of creeping upon the under surfaces of rocks &e.
probably accounts for the external symmetry of the body with
regard to the centre of gravity, for symmetrical distribution
of weight would be an advantage in the maintenance of such
a position,

Gastropod Foot and Branchial Cavity. 517

3. Protection and Retraction.

In many primitive Gastropods protection is secured by
bringing down the shell over the animal, e. g. Patella and
Haliotis. The shell-muscle in the most primitive condition
is paired, but in Patella the two shell-muscles have lengthened
posteriorly and have fused to give a_horseshoe-shaped
muscle, and in Haliotis the right one has developed con-
siderably and has become central in position, while the left
one has become extremely reduced. In Gastropods which
have the visceral hump and shell coiled into a spiral, protec-
tion is secured by retraction of the animal into the shell. In
the case of forms possessing an operculum, the protection is
more complete than in those which have not this structure.

Pleurotomaria beyrichu, one of the most primitive coiled
forms, possesses a horny area, an imperfect operculum, on the
upper surface of the back end of the foot (Woodward), which
may serve as a protection against the friction of the shell and
against exposure when creeping.

The method of retraction of the foot is different in the
various genera.

Cyprea possesses no operculum; it is a descendant of
operculate forms which have lost this structure since the
establishment of a unilateral columellar muscle. In retrac-
tion, the foot is folded from side to side, the middle longitu-
dinal line of the foot being drawn up by contraction of the
muscle-fibres from the shell-muscle to the creeping-surface
(Pl. XID. fig. 1). This is probably correlated with the long
narrow shape of the shell-mouth. This method of retraction
involves very little danger of injury to the longitudinal pedal
cords where these are present (C. pyrum), and therefore packing
arrangements are much less elaborate than in Trochus, where
much transverse folding of the foot takes place. In some
cases, e.g. C. pyrum, the back end of the foot is folded
downwards and forwards in retraction—which perhaps .
indicates incomplete adaptation to the loss of an operculum.

In Trochus the sole of the foot is folded considerably in
retraction, the principal fold being in a transverse direction
in 7. umbilicarts and T. lineatus (fig. 3), and in a vertical
direction in 7. 2tzyphinus, Cyprea, and Huliotis, where the
foot is folded from side to side. This folding of the foot
would be liable to injure the longitudinal pedal nerve-cords,
and each is surrounded by a mass of loose connective tissue
which protects it from contact with the contracting muscle-
fibres. In Paludina the front part of the foot is folded in

518 Miss Hilda M. Bishop on the

two lateral folds and the back part curled forwards in retrac-
tion (fig. 2). In Littorina far less folding of the surface and
more contraction takes place (fig. 4). The reduction and loss
of the epipodium is probably partly correlated with the more
complete development of the habit of retraction in the
Monotocard Prosobranchs.

The mode of contraction is also correlated with the
arrangement and character of the nerve-supply.

In Trochus the longitudinal cords are obviously a drawback
to contraction of the creeping-surface in the middle line, since
nerve-tissue is non-contractile. Hence the surface of the
foot is thrown into folds (fig. 3). In the species in which
the foot is folded from back to front, this would render the
nerve-cords liable to injury if they were not protected in
some way from contact with the contracting muscle-fibres ;
therefore the cords are packed in very loose connective tissue
full of blood-spaces, and a large blood-space above and
between them serves as a cushion when the foot is folded
from front to back. There are oblique muscle-fibres crossing
below the blood-space and between the nerve-cords which
are a further protection to the latter.

In Paludina the nerve-supply of the foot is centred in a
pair of pedal ganglia and a pair of longitudinal nerve-cords.
To secure the ganglia from injury during retraction they are
packed in connective tissue, and a large blood-space runs
between them from between the pedal cords, Besides this
central channel, the pedal cords are further protected by
being each surrounded by a small blood-space.

In Littorina the pedal cords have disappeared and the
nerve-cells supplying the foot are concentrated in the pedal
ganglia. This greatly simplifies the question of retraction,
for concentration of the surface is possible to a far greater
extent than in Zrochus. Freer disposition of muscle-fibres
in the vertical plane is possible, and these, by their simul-
taneous contraction, pull up the whole foot. The result is
that no great folds are produced, as in the case of T’rochus,
though a certain amount of wrinkling of the surface takes

place.

4. Re-attachment.

Forms such as Patella, Trochus, and Littorina, living on
the exposed surface of rocks and weed, and Haliotis and
Cyprea, which creep on the under side of boulders in the
wave-disturbed zone, are subject to a constant danger of
being knocked away from their attachment to the sub-

Gastropod Fuot and Branchial Cavity. d19

stratum. Paludina is also subject to the same danger,
though ina less degree, because it inhabits freshwater streams
and ponds. These forms have different methods of re-attaching
themselves after being separated from the substratum.

Haliotis, when knocked away from attachment to the under
side of astone, uses the back end of the foot in attempting to
re-attach itself. This part of the foot is moved about, usually
several times on each side of the shell, until it comes in
contact with the substratum. This back end and either side
of the foot are brought into contact with the surface of the
rock or stone &c., and the muscle-fibres perpendicular to it
contract. This contraction brings a fresh part of the foot-
sole into contact with the rock, and the muscle-fibres perpen-
dicular to it contract and bring still more of the foot-sole into
contact, and soon. Finally, the shell and visceral hump are
pulled up, and the normal position is regained. The animal
can re-attach itself by means of either ‘side of the foot,
because, owing to the reduction of the spirally-coiled con-
dition of the visceral hump, the weight is practically symme-
trical in distribution.

When disturbed, Trochus, Cyprea, and Littorina retract
into the shell, but, being active forms, they soon push out of
the shell, examine the surroundings with the tentacles (in the
case of Trochus, if under water, with the epipodial tentacles
first), and then move the foot about to find a suitable object
on which to fix themselves. These three genera and Palu-
dina re-attach themselves in essentially the same way as does
Hlaliotis, except that the front end and right side of the foot
are used. In the case of Trochus, Littorina, and Paludina,
the back end of the foot is not available for this purpose,
owing to the presence of the operculum, while Cyprea has
descended from operculate forms. Also, probably, the habit
of using the front end of the foot is correlated with the
arrangement of the visceral hump, and it is the front part
which is most richly supplied with blood and possesses the
chief sensory developments and the most important mucus-
glands.

5. Notes on the Ctenidium in the above Genera.

The ctenidium of Cyprea represents the ordinary Pectini-
branch type, possessing only one series of leaflets, though in
this genus the curving of the ctenidium is a modification to
the peculiar form of the branchial cavity. The shape of the
leaflets in C. pyrum differs from that in C. europea. In
C. pyrum the leaflet is long and rather narrow, the afferent

520 Miss Hilda M. Bishop on the

and efferent edges being about equal in length (fig. 5). In
C. europea the afferent edge is short and the leaflet has a
long line of attachment to the mantle, so that only a small
part of the leaflet is actually free (fig. 6).

The afferent edge of a leaflet is that which is turned
towards the branchial roof, and the efferent edge faces
ventrally, ¢. e. lies uppermost when the roof of the branchial
cavity is turned back.

The structure of the leaflets is similar in the two species
‘fig. 8). Skeletal tissue stretches along each edge of the.
Jeaflet from the efferent edge, where it is considerably thick-
ened, but dies out at a short distance from this edge before it
reaches the afferent edge. At the point of attachment of
the efferent edge to the branchial roof the skeleton of one
leaflet is continuous with that of the next. The thickening
of the skeleton forms a definite skeletal rod, covering which
is a layer of cells some of which are apparently glandular,
mucus-secreting, and others are no doubt sensory. Stretching
down from the thickened part of the skeleton on each side of
the leaflet is a layer of rather low squarish cells with central
nuclei, possessing cilia on their free surface. ‘The cilia of
one leaflet, coming into contact with those of the next, keep
the leaflets apart, and so prevent the ctenidium from col-
lapsing. The epithelium of the rest of the leaflet consists of
fairly low cells. The internal structure, as in all the other
types described, consists of scattered connective-tissue cells
with large blood-spaces between them.

A comparison of Cyprea with other types as regards the
structure of the ctenidium is interesting.

In Emarginula, the skeleton of the leaflets is similar to
that in Cyprea, but the cells covering the efferent edge do
not appear to be glandular and the cilia-bearing cells are
much higher, with central nuclei (fig. 7).

The structure of the leaflets in /Zaliotis is somewhat similar
to that in Emarginula, but cilia are borne also by the cells
which cover the efferent edge, so that those cells corresponding
to the cilia-bearing layer in Hmarginula and Cyprea are less
clearly marked off in this genus (Fleure, 1904).

In Trochus, the thickened parts of the skeleton on each side
of the leaflet are further apart than in the preceding genera,
and Zrochus resembles Cyprea and Emarginula in the fact
that cilia are borne only by a layer of cells on each side of
the leaflet, and not on the edge as in Haliot’s, ‘lhis layer
consists of cells similar to those in Hmarginula, but the
nuclei are rather basal than central.

In Paludina, the leaflets are long and narrow, the efferent

Gastropod Foot and Branchial Cavity. 521

and afferent edges being both long and the line of attachment
short, so that they project very freely into the branchial
cavity. The structure of the leaflets is very similar to that
in Cyprea, except that here the cells corresponding to the
ciliated cells of that genus are much higher, with central
nuclei, and cilia are apparently absent or poorly developed.
This fact is perhaps correlated with the shape of the leaflet
(Pl. XIII. fig. 9). The ctenidial leaflets in Littorina differ
from all those already described in possessing practically no
skeleton.

In L. litorea the sides of the leaflet towards the efferent
edge are slightly strengthened by a small amount of skeletal
tissue. Cilia are borne by a layer of cells on each side
corresponding to that in Cyprea, Paludina, &c., which
stretches almost to the efferent edge of the leaflet and is not
very definitely marked off from the cells covering that edge.
The cilia-bearing cells are rather high and narrow, with
basal nuciei (fig. 10).

In L. obtusata there seems to be no skeleton present, and
the cilia-bearing cells are very high and narrow, with basal
nuclei (fig. 11).

In Littorina the afferent edges of the leaflets are continued
for some distance along the branchial roof as ridges in its
surface. This and the degeneration of the gill-skeleton are
modifications probably arising from the high-tide habitat of
Littorina. The skeleton of the ctenidial leaflets in Cyprea
resembles most closely that of Hmarginula, Haliotis, and
Paludina, and the structure is most similar to that of Paludina,

As would be expected, the structure of the leaflets in
L. litorea, the low-tide form, shows less divergence from the
primitive type than that of L. obtusata, which lives higher
up the tide.

Prof. G. C. Bourne, discussing the structure of the
ctenidium of Septaria, as characteristic of the Neritida,
describes a cilia-bearing region similar to that in the genera
described above, and states that there are cilia on the margin
of the lamella (cf. the above description for Haliotis). He
found, however, no supporting rods or skeletal bars in the

lamelle of Septaria (Bourne, 1908).

6. Notes on the Mucus-Glands in the Branchial Cavity
of Littorina,

In Littorina, there is a good deal of variation in the position
and extent of the mucus-gland among the different species,
and some difference exists between the two sexes in this

522 Miss Hilda M. Bishop on the

respect. It is weakly developed in the common species, and
in its place we find a vascular network (cf. Pelseneer, 1895).

In ZL. litorea, in the male (fig. 12) there are two glandular
areas—a large one on the ctenidial side of the rectum and a
smaller one on the other, @. e. the right side.

In the female (fig. 13) there is a good deal of glandular
tissue on the ctenidial side, but none on the other, along
which the oviduct runs.

In LZ. obtusata, in the male (fig. 14) there is a very small
amount of glandular tissue on the ctenidial side and a fairly
large amount on the other; in the female (fig. 15) there is no
definite gland at all.

In LZ. rudis (fig. 16) the glandular areas in the male are
somewhat similar to those of Z. obtusata, but in this species
in the female a small one is present on the ctenidial side of
the rectum (fig. 17).

Thus the low-tide species, L. litorea, possesses the most
highly developed mucus-tissue in the branchial cavity.

Its poorer development in the high-tide species, L. obtusata
and L. rudis, may perhaps be correlated with the habit
adopted by these species of complete retraction into the shell
during rest, by which means the branchial cavity is perfectly
protected, and also to their habit of remaining uncovered by
the tide, for mucus hardens on exposure to the air, and if
there were a great quantity of mucus present in the branchial
cavity, the latter might become clogged.

Pelseneer (1895) agrees that the mucus-gland is weak in
Littorina, less so in ZL. litorea than in the other common
species.

Bibliographical Summary.

1880. Simrotu, H.—‘ Das Fussnervensystem von Paludina vivipara.”
Zeitsch. f. wiss. Zool. xxxv.

1882. CarriERE, J.—“ Die Fussdriisen der Prosobranchier und das
Wassergefissystem der Lamellibranchien und Gastropoden.”
Arch. f. mikr. Anat. xxi.

1883. Hovussay, F.—“ Opercule et glandes du pied des Gastéropodes.”
Arch. Zool. exp. sér. 2, tome ii.

1887. Bouvirr, E. L.—‘Systéme nerveux des Gastéropodes Proso-
branches.” Ann. Sci. Nat. sér. 7, tome iii.

1890. THIELE, J.—‘“Ueber Sinnesorgane der Seitenlinie und das
Nervensystem von Mollusken.” Zeitsch. f. wiss. Zool. Bd. xlix.

1890. Bouvier, E. L.—“ Sur le Systéme nerveux des Cyprées.” Zool.
Anz. xiii.

1890, Hatter, B.—‘ Die Morphologie der Prosobranchier.—II, Cy-
prea testudinaria.” Morph. Jahrb. xvi.

Gastropod Foot and Branchial Cavity. 523

1892. Tu1ELr, J.—“ Beitriige zur Kenntnis der Mollusken.—l. Ueber
das Epipodium.”’ Zeitsch. f. wiss. Zool. lil.

1894. Hatter, B.—Studien itiber docoglosse und rhipidoglosse Proso-
branchier. Leipzig, 1894.

1895, PELSENEER, P.—* Prosobranches aériens et Pulmonés *pranchi-
féres.”” Arch, de Biol. t. xiv.

1897. Car, L.—“ Movements of Freshwater Gastropods.” Biol.
Centralblatt, xvii. 1897.

1897. TureLn, J.— Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Mollusken.—2. Ueber
Hautdriisen und ihre Derivate.” Zeitsch. f. wiss. Zool. 1xii.
1901. Jorpan, H.—* Die Physiologie der Lokomotion bei Aplysia

limacina.” Zeitsch. f. Biologie, Miinchen, Bd. 41.

1903. Davis, J. R. A., and Firurr, H. J.— Patella.” L. M. B.C.
Memoirs.

1904, Freurs, H. J.—“ Zur Anatomie und Phylogenie von Haliotis
tuberculata.” Jena Zeitsch. Bd. 39.

1904. Boun, C.—‘ Oscillations des animaux littoraux synchrones de
la marée.” C, R. Acad. Sci. exxxix. p. 610 & p. 646.

1905. BrepermMann, W.—“ Studien iiber vergleichenden Physiologie
der peristaltischen Bewegungen.—II. Die lokomotorischen Wellen
der Schneckensohle.” Archiv fiir gesammte Physiologie, cvii.

1907. Ropert, A.—“‘ Remarques sur la progression des Rhipido-
glosses.” Bull. Soc. Zool. France, xxxii.

1907. ViEs.—‘Sur les ondes pédieuses des Motlusques reptateurs.”’
C. R. Acad. Sci. cxlv.

1907. VLEs et Dupors.—“‘Sur la reptation des Fissurelles.” Bull.
Soe. zool. France, xxxil.

1908. Bourng, G, ©.—‘‘ Contributions to Morphology of Neritacea.—
I. The Neritide.” Proc. Zool. Soc. London.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XII. & XIII.

Fig. 1. The foot of C. europea retracted. s.,siphon; m.,mantle. x 6.

Fig. 2. Foot of Paludinu vivipara retracted, X 2. op., operculum.

Fig. 3. Foot of Trochus crassus, Montagu, retracted, x 2. ep.tent.,
epipodial tentacles.

Fig. 4. Foot of Littorina litorea retracted, x 4.

aig. 5. Ctenidial leaflet of Cyprea pyrum, X 15. eff.v., efferent
ctenidial vessel; eff., efferent edge of leaflet; aff, afferent
edge; skel., skeleton of leaflet; att¢., line of attachment of
leaflet to branchial roof.

Fig. 6. Ctenidial leaflet of C. europea, x 20.

Fig. 7. Section of leaflet of Emaryinula, highly magnified. .

Fig. 8. Ditto of Cyprea pyrum, highly magnified.

tg. 9. Ditto of Paludina vivipara, highly magnified.

Fig. 10. Ditto of Littorina litorea, highly magnified.

Fig. 11. Ditto of Littorina obtusata, highly magnitied.

Fig. 12. Branchial cavity of LZ. Utorea, S. mgl., mucus-gland; r.,
rectum ; ct., ctenidium; osph., osphradium.,

Fig. 13. Ditto ditto, Q. g.d., gonaduct.

Fig. 14. Ditto of L. obtusata, 3.

Fig. 15. Ditto ditto, 2.

Fg. 16. Ditto of L. rudis, ¢.

Fig. 17. Ditto ditto, 2.

524 Dr. W. T. Calman on Two Species
fteference letters.
aff. Afferent edge of cteni- | ep.tent. Epipodial tentacles.
* dial leaflet. | g-d. Gonaducet.
ant.gl.gr. Anterior glandular | m. Mantle.
groove. m.gl. Mucus-gland.
att, Line of attachment of op. Opereulum,
leaflet to branchial — osph. Osphradium.
roof. | r, Rectum.
ct. Ctenidium. | s» Siphon.
eff. efferent edge of cteni- skel. Skeleton of ctenidial
dial leaflet. leaflet.

eff.v. efferent ctenidial vessel. |

LXXI.—Wote on Two Species of the Genus Pandalus.
By W. T. Catman, D.Sc.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

In a revision of the British prawns of the family Pandalide
published in 1899 (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) ili. pp. 27-
39) I pointed out that Pandalus bonnieri, Caullery, was
closely allied to P. leptocerus, S. I. Smith, found off the
Atlantic coast of North America, the latter species being
distinguished, however, by the minutely scabrous surface of
the body. Since then Dr. Appellof has suggested (‘ Meeres-
fauna von Bergen,’ Heft 2 & 3, Dekapoden Crustaceen,
p- 118, 1906) that #. bonniert should be regarded as “ nur
eine Ostlich-atlantische Varietiit von deptocerus,” since he
found some individuals to have scattered hairs on the carapace
(especially on the sides) and on the abdomen, and this view
has been adopted by several more recent writers. Having
lately had cecasion to make a careful comparison of the
specimens of both forms in the British Museum collection, I
find that they are distinguished by several characters which,
though small, are constant as far as our material goes, and
show no evidence of intergradation. Whether the two forms
are to be regarded as species, subspecies, varieties, or local
races I do not know, nor can I regard the question as of
much scientific importance in the present state of our know-
ledge ; at all events practical convenience seems best served
by retention of the binomial nomenclature.

Pandalus bonniert, Caullery.

Pandalus bonnieri, Calman, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) iil. p. 34,
pls. i-iv. fig. 3 (1899) (with synonymy); Sars, Rep. Norwegian

of the Genus Pandalus. 525

Fishery and Marine Inyest. i. no. 3, p. 28, pl. viii. figs. 5, 6 (1899)
(larval stages).

Pandalus platyceros, Brandt, Nordgaard, Hydrogr. and Biol. Invest.
Norwegian Fjords (Bergens Museum), 1905, p. 187.

Pandalus leptocerus, var. bonnieri, Appelléf, Meeresfauna von Bergen,
Heft 2 & 8, Dekapoden Crustaceen, p. 118 (1906); Wollebaek, Ber-
gens Mus. Aarbog, 1908, no. 12, p. 61; Kemp, Journ. Mar. Biol.
Assoc. vii. no. 5, p. 410 (1910).

In addition to the characters of this species given in my
former paper (J. c.), the following require mention as distin-
guishing it from P. leptocerus.

The surface of the carapace and abdomen is smooth and
polished, without trace of rugosity, and with only a few
minute scattered hairs, which, as a rule, are only conspicuous
near the lower edge on each side of the carapace. These
hairs are evenly distributed over the surface, not arranged in
rows as in P, leptocerus.

The interval separating the first two spines of the rostral
crest (on the carapace) is usually much less than that sepa-
rating the second and third ; sometimes it is nearly equal to
it, but only in one specimen have I noted it as slightly
greater. As a rule, the third spine is behind the orbital
notch; I have never seen it distinctly in front.

Fig. 1.

\

Pandalus bonnieri, Caullery. Proximal part of rostrum (above) and
basal segment of antennule (below).

The proximal tooth on the lower edge of the rostrum is
relatively short ; although sometimes a little longer than in
the specimen figured, its length is always much less than the
distance from its base to the upper edge of the rostrum (fig. 1).

The basal lobe of the antennule (stylocerite) is very broad
and its anterior edge is evenly curved (fig. 1).

526 On Two Species of the Genus Pandalus.

The Museum collection includes a large number of speci-
mens of this species from various localities off the east and
west coasts of Ireland and the west of Scotland.

Pandalus leptocerus, 8. I. Smith.

Pandalus leptocerus, 8.1. Smith, Proc. U.S, Nat. Mus. iii. p. 437 (1881) ;
Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, x. p. 58 (1882) ; Rep. U.S. Comm.
Fish. for 1882, p. 367, pl. v. fig. 1 (1884); A. Milne-Edwards,
Recueil ds Figures de Crustacés nouveaux ou peu connus, pl. xxii.
(1883); Mary J. Rathbun, Harriman Alaska Exped. x. p. 43 (1904).

Pandalus falcipes, Spence Bate, Rep. ‘Challenger’ Macrura, p. 668,
pl. exv. fig. 2 (1888).

Closely resembling P. bonnierd, from which it differs in

the following characters :—

“ The entire surface of the carapax and abdomenis slightly
roughened with short and irregular transverse punctate ridges
which give rise to very short bristle-like hairs.” This
sentence, quoted from 8. I. Smith, applies accurately to all
the specimens I have seen. On most parts of the surface the
ridges assume a crescentic form, giving the appearance of
imbricating scales, and they are quite easily seen even when,
as is often the case, the hairs have been rubbed off.

Fig. 2.

ae

eae

Pandalus leptocerus, S. 1. Smith. Proximal part of rostrum (above)
and basal segment of antennule (below).

The interval separating the first two spines of the rostral
crest is commonly greater than that separating the second
and third; only in one specimen was it seen to be slightly
less. Asarule, the third spine is in front of the orbital notch,
but in a few specimens it is almost directly above it.

The proximal tooth on the lower edge of the rostrum is

On Cercocebus aterrimus and Cercocebus albigena, 527

long and falciform ; its length is always much greater than
the distance from its base to the upper edge of the rostrum
(fig. 2).

All the appendages are noticeably more slender in the
specimens examined than in specimens of P. bonniert of
similar size. ‘The basal lobe of the antennule (stylocerite) is
narrower and more produced forwards than in P. bonnierd, and
there is a slight angulation of its anterior edge which seems
to be constant in all the specimens examined (fig. 2). The
type specimens of Spence Bate’s P. falcipes undoubtedly
belong to this species.

The Museum collection includes twenty-five specimens of
this species from various localities off the east coast of North
America, received from the U.S. National Museum and from
the collection of the Rev. Canon Norman.

LX XIJ.—On Cercocebus aterrimus and Cercocebus albigena.
By Ernst SCHWARZ.

In 1906 Mr. Pocock described a new species of Cercocebus
which he called C. hamlynz, and which was said to have
come from the Upper Congo (this journal, ser. 7, vol. xviii.
1906). This animal still lives at the Zoological Gardens,
Regent’s Park. It is distinguished by its long whiskers, the
peak-shaped sagittal crest, tle flesh-coloured naked parts
(only a few tan spots in the face), and the light colour, which
presents a striking contrast to the dusky coloration of the other
members of the genus. When recently visiting the Zoological
Gardens at Rotterdam I was greatly astonished to find there
two examples of Cercocebus which in external form fully agreed
with the specimen living in London, while their colour was
entirely different. One of them was glossy black all over,
only the very long whiskers being greyish brown, with
black naked parts. The second specimen was quite white,
with pinkish naked parts, with only two tan spots between
the brown eyes. Both came, as Dr. Biittikofer kindly in-
formed me, from somewhere on the Upper Congo, and were
labelled Cercocebus aterrimus, Oudem. A _ third specimen,
fully agreeing with the type of C. hamlyni, lives in the
Antwerp Zoological Gardens. JI must add that in 1899
Dr. Sclater described a Cercocebus congicus from a monkey
he had seen at the Antwerp Gardens, which was stated to be
from Stanley Falls, Congo, and which had flesh-coloured
naked parts, and was “remarkable for its prominent crest on
the middle of the head and the long hairs on the cheeks” ;

528 Mr. E. Schwarz on

these latter were white, as seen from the full description as
well as from the photograph in the text.

It is quite obvious that all these monkeys present different
stages of albinism of the same species, C. aterrimus, first
described by Oudemans in 1890. The original description is
excellent, and points out all the differences which separate it
from C. albigena, together with a female of which the type
specimen was received at the Zoological Gardens, the Hague.

The differences are: C. albigena has soft dull black hair
and a mantle on the shoulders, while in C. aterrimus the fur
is coarse, glossy black, and the mantle is absent. ‘There is
also present a long brow-fringe in C. albigena, but not in
C. aterrimus. The cheeks of C. albigena are quite short-
haired, whereas C. aterrimus possesses long greyish-brown
whiskers partly concealing the ears. In C. albigena the
crest is occipital in position and broad behind ; in C. ater-
rimus the crest is quite vertical in the centre of the crown
and pointed.

It so happens that this same species (C. aterrimus) has
had bestowed upon it another name. When making some
remarks on C, albigena (Nov. Zool. vol. vii. 1900) Mr. Ly-
dekker mistook the description of C. aterrimus, which he
referred to a monkey in the British Museum belonging to
C. albigena albigena, as will be shown below. ‘This monkey
has a distinct brow-fringe, no whiskers, a mantle, and an
occipital crest, while the monkey he described and figured as
C. albigena rothschildi undoubtedly is the same as C. ater-
rimus of Oudemans, having no mane nor superciliary fringe,
being black all over except the long greyish-brown whiskers,
and having the characteristic peak-shaped crest on the crown
found in C.aterrimus. he British Museum possesses an
adult specimen which agrees in all details with C. aterrimus,
but which unfortunately has no skull. It was collected by
Mr. Simpson at Bena Dibele, Lukenye River, South Central
Congo. ‘This is the eighth specimen of this species known to
me, but the only one with exact locality. Most probably C. ater-
rimus inhabits the large basin south of the Central Congo, the
district of the Sankuru River, Lukenye River, &c. The
fact that two specimens (the types of both C. aterrimus and
C. congicus) were said to be from Stanley Falls only confirms
me in this opinion. Possibly Cercocebus aterrtmus occurs
together with a subspecies of Cercocebus albigena, which is met
with from the Cameroons to the Lake District, though it would
seem to me that C. albigena and its subspecies live rather
north of the Congo and in the Lake District, while the species

Cercocebus aterrimus and Cerecocebus albigena. 529

in question inhabits the country south of the great river. It
is specifically distinct from Cercocebus albigena.

It is necessary now to settle the question of the local races
of Cercocebus albigena itself. Lydekker (1900) and Pocock
(1906) have considered the subject, but both have arrived at
wrong conclusions, principally as they mixed up C. aterrimus
with this species.

The type of C. albigena, Gray, is in the British Museum.
It is a young animal, stated to be from “ West Africa,” and
comes, as I suppose, from somewhere on the Lower Congo.
A second specimen collected by Du Chaillu fully agrees
with it.

They are both black, with a sooty brown mane on the
shoulders, the region between the shoulders being darker.
The occipital crest is black for its greater part, and only quite
behind is it sooty brown. ‘The arms are black, the cheeks
greyish ; the thighs are sooty brown, only slightly darker
than the mane, the feet black. This form must stand as
Cercocebus albigena albigena, Gray. It inhabits the Lower
Congo region.

The second set of specimens comes from Eastern Africa :
Uganda (2 specimens) ; Mpanga Forest (2 specimens) ; Lake
Tanganyika (type of C. a. johnston’, Lyd.) ; Lake Mweru
(type of C. jamrachi, Poc.). They are very similar to the
preceding ones, but the mane is somewhat lighter, the region
between the shoulders not darker, and there are more brown
hairs in the occipital crest. The thighs are black or brownish
black. One specimen from Lake Tanganyika, the type of
C. a. gohnstoni, does not well agree with this description, the
coat being much shorter and the mane very dark. ‘This latter
feature, as Prof. O. Neumann pointed out, is due to the youth
of the specimen; a young animal from the Welle River
justifies this view. ‘he condition of the fur most probably is
the consequence of the animal having been kept in cap-
tivity. The type of OC. jamrachi, Pocock, has a distinct
brow-fringe, a mane, and an occipital crest, the condition of
the fur being quite as in C. albigena. It is white all over,
with pinkish naked parts and, curiously enough, brown eyes
like all the albinistic forms of C. aterrimus I have seen. I
have no doubt in referring it to C. albigena, and, as it comes
from the eastern part of its range, to subspecies johnston,
Lyd. Cercocebus albigena johnstoni inhabits the Upper Congo
and the Lake District from Uganda in the north to Lake
Mweru in the south.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 8. Vol, v. 36

530 On Cercocebus aterrimus and Cercocebus albigena.

Mr. Lydekker, finally, mentions a specimen from Came-
roons which he believed to be C. a/bigena albigena. It has a
very long light brownish-grey mane, is scarcely darker
between the shoulders, and the occipital crest is formed, to a
considerable extent, of brownish hairs; in fact, the longest
hairs of the crest are brownish grey. The thighs are tinged
with greyish brown, though they are not so distinctly differen-
tiated from the general colour as in C. a. albigena. On the
arms there is a number of light hairs and some with light
tips. The underside of the body is not brown as in the other
subspecies, but of a greyish tint. Mr. Pocock notes this
specimen in his monograph of the genus Cercocebus, but he
doubts its having come from the Cameroons. At the Berlin
Zoological Gardens I remember having seen some Mangabeys
of this kind which came from the Cameroons, and, like the
specimen in question, had a remarkably light mantle. I
think this form is a distinct local race of C. albigena ; but
before bestowing a’ name on it I want to see some more
material.

he species of Mangabeys treated in this paper are
therefore :

A. Cercocebus aterrimus, Oudemans. /fab. Central Congo
Basin.
Syn. Cercocebus congicus, Scl.
C. hamlyni, Poe.
C. albigena rothschildi, Lyd.
C. albyena, Jentink.

.

B. Cercocebus albigena, Gray. Distr. Cameroons to Uganda

and Lake Mweru.
1. C. a. albigena, Gray. Hab. Lower Congo.

2. C. a johnston, Lyd. Hab. Upper Congo to Uganda
and Lake Mweru.

Syn. C. aterrimus, O. Neum.
C. jamrachi, Poe.

3. C.a. subsp. Hab. Cameroons.
Syn. C. a. albigena, Lyd.

I may add that the only white monkey of the genus Cerco-
pithecus known to me is a male of C. ethiops, L., in the
Zoological Gardens, Frankfurt-a./M. It has pinkish naked
parts, red eyes, but a blue scrotum. It has been figured by
the late Direktor Schoepf in the ‘ Leipziger LIllustrierte
Zeitung’ (August 8th, 1907) under the name of C. albogularis.

On the Caudal Fin of the Clupeide, se. 53

LXXIII.— On the Caudal Fin of the Clupeide, and on the
Teleostean Urostyle. By C. Tate Reagan, M.A.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Ir is generally recognized that the Clupeide are closely
related to the Elopide, differing from them only in a few
features of specialization; consequently a knowledge of the
structure of the latter family is essential to an understanding
of the anatomical features of the former.

When I wrote an account of the skeleton of the caudal fin
of the Klopidee (supra, p. 354) it did not occur to me that
there could be any question as to the homologies of the
elements which I described with those of the Clupeide ;
however, Mr. Whitehouse’s note in the last number of the
‘ Annals’ has shown me that I was mistaken, and I therefore
supplement my former paper with a description of the caudal
fin skeleton of the Clupeide, selecting for illustration that of
Chatoessus erebt.

Fig. 1.

Skeleton of caudal fin of Chatoessus erebi.

ep, epaxial basalia (epurals) ; uw, uroneurals ; ¢, last centrum; n, plate
representing neural arches of upturned centra; Ay, hypurals.

If the figure here given be compared with that of Hlops
(p. 355) it will be seen that in both there is a series of three
epaxial basalia or epurals (ep) and that the hypurals (Ay)
correspond well enough, the main difference being that in

36*

532 Mr. C. T. Regan on the Caudal Fin

Chatoessus there are only four supporting the upper lobe of
the fin, whereas there are five in Elops. The third hypural
of the lower lobe (marked 7 in the figure of Chatoessus) is in
each case attached to a centrum, to which there is also united
a pair of elements which I term “anterior uroneurals,” the
union being by suture in Elops and by ankylosis in Chato-
essus ; these anterior uroneurals are strong bones, directed
upwards and backwards, and can be readily separated from
each other right down to their junction with the centrum ;
they embrace a laminar bone, the paired nature of which is
sometimes evident, and which represents, in my opinion, the
neural arches of centra behind the one which bears the ante-
rior uroneurals; to the posterior edge of the anterior uroneurals
is attached a second pair of bones, posterior uroneurals, and a
third smaller distal pair is also present in both genera. In
Elops the uppermost hypural of the lower caudal lobe is
attached to the centrum behind that which bears the anterior
uroneurals ; in Chutoessus this hypural (marked 5 in the figure)
has probably ankylosed with its centrum, which is not present
as a separate element. ‘The next hypural (4) is articulated
with the last centrum in Hops, and in Chatoessus with a
small median element (c) which obviously represents the last
centrum; this sends up a spur-like process on each side of
the base of the hypural above it, these processes corresponding
to similar prolongations of the last centrum in Elops, pro-
tecting the sides of the notochord and concealed beneath the
posterior uroneurals.

Other Clupeidee do not differ very much from Chatoessus ;
the last centrum may not be recognizable as a distinct
element, and the epurals may be reduced in number to two,
but on the whole the variation is comparatively unimportant.

A detailed comparison shows that the Clupeide differ from
the Elopide in

(1) ankylosis of the neural and hemal arches with the
centra 5;

(2) ankylosis of the anterior uroneural with the third
last centrum ;

(3) disappearance of the penultimate centrum as a sepa-
rate element ;

(4) reduction or abortion of the last centrum ;

(5) reduction in number of the hypurals of the upper
caudal lobe from five to four.

Thanks to the courtesy of Mr. K. T. Newton I am able to
give a figure of the caudal fin skeleton of a young Clupea,
which he has already described and figured (Journ. Quekett
Micr. Club, (2) i. 1882, p. 82, pl. in. fig. 1). I have nothing

of the Clupeide and the Teleostean Urostyle. 538

to add to Mr. Newton’s very full and accurate description
but as his figure does not show quite clearly the precise limits
of the uroneurals I have made another drawing (fig. 2). The
principal differences from the adult Chatoessus are that the
uroneurals are more slender, the penultimate centrum is
distinct from the fifth hypural, and the last centrum is
segmented into three, clearly showing that the paired poste-
rior processes already described represent two incomplete
centra.

Skeleton of caudal fin of a young Clupea.
Lettering as in Fig. 1.

The name “ urostyle”’ has not usually been applied to any
of the pairs of bones (uroneurals) which protect the terminal
part of the notochord in the Clupeidze and many of the more
generalized Teleosts, but has been used to designate the
continuous styliform bony investment of the end of the noto-
chord in Gastrosteus and in some otber fishes. A comparative
study leaves no room for doubt that in many cases the
urostyle is merely the result of ankylosis of the uroneurals
and that centra take little or no part in its formation, and [
do not think that there are any fishes in which a urostyle has
been formed simply by ankylosis of posterior centra; but that
is a matter which requires further investigation. However,
there can be no question that in the Clupeide there is no
urostyle and that the bones so named by Mr, Whitehouse are
not derived from centra, but are the anterior of a series of
three pairs of bones, the uroneurals, which may be regarded
as neural arches pertaining to posterior centra which have

aborted.

5d4 Mr. O. Thomas on

LXXIV.—Three new Asiatic Mammals.
By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Murina lanosa, sp. n.

M. suilla group; larger and more hairy than the other
species.

Size comparatively large, the forearm longer than in any
of the other three species. Fur long, soft, and woolly ; hairs
of back over 8 mm. in length. Whole of interfemoral mem-
brane above fairly well covered with fur, but without a definite
posterior fringe. Limbs more hairy than usual, a number of
hairs on the carpal joint, base of the metacarpal bones, and a
line of thin fur along the outer side of the forearm; hind legs
and feet well covered. Below, both limbs and membranes
are practically naked. General colour above between clay-
colour and cinnamon, the hairs of the back dark slaty for their
basal halves. Under surface pale greyish drab, all the hairs
dark slaty basally, the ends dull whitish, becoming more drab
laterally. The fine hairs on the limbs glossy ochraceous or
tawny.

Skull as in JZ. suclla, but larger; the proportions of the
premolars as in that species.

Dimensions of the type (the starred measurements taken in
the flesh) :—

Forearm 37'5 mm.

Head and body *49; tail *42; ear *15; third finger,
metacarpal 34, first phalanx 15; lower leg and foot (c. u.) 27°5.

Skull: greatest length 17:1; basi-sinual length 13 ; zygo-
matic breadth 9°5; breadth of brain-case 8:1; front of canine
to back of m* 5:6.

Hab. Ceram.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 10.3.4. 24. Original
number 932. Collected September, 1909, by Mr. W. Stalker.

Of the four species of the suzl/a group this is the largest,
slightly exceeding florium in length of forearm ; it is richer
in colour than in the greyish balstont and florium, about
agreeing in this respect with swe//a; its limbs and inter-
femoral are more liberally clothed; its under surface is
darker coloured, the other three all having some wholly
light hairs on the abdomen; and the fur itself is longer and
woollier.

Besides Mr. Stalker’s specimen now described, the Museum

new Asiatic Mammals. aoe

contains a second example, also from Ceram, received with
the Tomes collection, and probably collected by Dr. A. R.
Wallace.

Mogera hainana, sp. n.

Intermediate in size between M, insularts and latouchet.

Colour as in M. /atouched or faintly browner. ‘Tail
shorter than in either of the allied species.

Skull with a size-index* of about 460-470, those of
latouchei and insularis being 390-406 and 483-496 respec-
tively. Outer corners of brain-case rounded, not sharply
angular. Small upper premolars set obliquely, crowded,
overlapping, the first longer than the other two, and more or
less completely two-rooted.

Dimensions of the type (measured on skin) :—

Tail 7 mm.; breadth of fore foot 14; hind foot (s. u.) 16.

Skull: greatest length 30:6; breadth of brain-case 15 ;
interorbital breadth 7; palatal length 12°3; front of canine
to back of m? 10°6.

flab. Hainan. Type from Mount Wuchi.

Type. Adult female. Original number 3. Collected
12th November, 1906, by a native employed by Mr. Alan
Owston. Four specimens.

That the mole of Hainan should be a distinct species is
quite natural, as the nearest forms geographically are
M. latouchet of N.W. Fo-kien and MZ. insularis of Formosa.
It is, however, curious that while those moles are distinguished
from their North Chinese and Japanese relatives by having
their anterior premolar small and single-rooted, the new
species, the most southern of all, should resemble in this
respect the more northern forms.

Tragulus versicolor, sp. n.

Larger than kanchil, smaller than napu. Anterior half of
body fulvous, posterior grey.

Size little exceeding that of members of the kanchil group,
of which 7’. k. affinis is the local representative, far less than
is usual in the napu group, to which 1’. versicolor seems to
belong. Fur, especially that of the neck and throat, coarse
and harsh, as in the napu group. Coloration above quite
unique in the genus, the head and anterior half of the body
fulvous (nearest to ‘‘ ochraceous buff”) as far back as just
behind the shoulders; the colour then changes abruptly to
grey, clear grey (about no. 6) on the sides, slightly suffused

* See P, Z, 8. 1907, p. 463,

536 Bibliographical Notice.

with buffy along a narrow dorsal area. No lighter markings
over eyes. ars large, fulvous brown. Nape-line dark
grizzled grey, not very sharply defined ; sides of neck bright
ochraceous buff. ‘Throat-markings well-defined, white and
dark fulvous, not blackish. Belly white along the centre, a
well-marked rich buffy line separating the white on each side
from the grey of the flanks, and breaking it across the loins
before it passes down the front of the hind legs. Fore limbs
rich fulvous, a narrow line on their inner side proximally
white. Hind limbs grey proximally, passing into dull
fulvous on the lower leg and feet. ‘l'ail above like back at
base, becoming more fulvous distally, white below and at
extreme end.

Skull rather larger than in 7. kanehil affinis, wuch smaller
than in J’. napu, but the tooth-row more approaches in length
that of the latter. Bulle large, rounded, more inflated than
in either of the other forms.

Dimensions of the type (measured on the skin) :—

Head and body 480 mm.; tail 50; hind foot (ce. u.)
(circa) 120.

Skull: condylo-basal length 95; greatest breadth 45:5 ;
nasals 54°5x13°3; interorbital breadth 29; upper cheek-
tooth series 36°6 ; premolars only 17:2.

Hab. Nhatrang, Annam,

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 6. 11. 6. 39. Collected
22nd March, 1906, by Dr. J. Vassal. Four specimens.

This striking species is at once distinguishable from all
others by the peculiar difference in colour between the ante-
rior and posterior halves of the body, the former fulvous, the
latter grey, rather abruptly contrasted with each other.

Although far smaller than is usual in the napu group, it is
possibly a local representative of it, for it has the coarse hair
so characteristic of napu, its teeth are nearly as large, and the
kanchil group is already represented in Annam by 7. 4. affinis,

of which Dr. Vassal has also sent specimens.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.
Catalogue of the Lepidoptera Phalene in the British Museum.
Vol. 1X. Catalogue of the Noctuids in the Collection of the British
Museum. By Sir Groner F, Hampson, Bart. London: Printed

by Order of the Trustees, 1910. Pp. xv, 552; figs. 247;
pls. exxxvii.—cxlvil.

Lxss than a year separates the publication of this volume of Sir
George F. Hampson’s epoch-making work from that of the last, the
Preface to Vol. VIII. being dated March 18th, 1909, and that of
Vol. IX. January 21st, 1910. Vol. IX. “is the third and final
part of the very large Noctuid subfamily Acronyctine ; it contains

Geological Society. 537

725 species belonging to 185 genera as compared with 843 species
belonging to 96 genera in Vol. VII., and 720 species belonging to
104 genera in Vol. VIII.”

This volume commences with a revised table of genera of the
subfamily Acronyctine and a folding diagram of the phylogeny ;
and pages 496-535 are devoted to additions and corrections to
Vols. VII. and VIII., and to a list of undetermined species pre-
sumed to belong to the Acronyctine.

The execution of the letterpress and illustrations is similar to
that of previous volumes, and calls for no special comment. A
considerable number of species here dealt with belong to well-known
European genera, such as Gortyna, Apamea, Hydrecia, Pyrrhia,
Ipimorpha, Calymnia, Dicycla, Arenostola, Cenobia, Sesamia, Cala-
mia, Huterpia, Panemeria, &c., and also several exotic genera, such
as Psychomorpha, Ovios, and Seudyra, which have generally been
(at least provisionally) referred by previous authors to the families
Agaristide, Lithosiide, &e.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.
GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

January 26th, 1910.—Prof. W. J. Sollas, LL.D., Sc.D., F.R.S.,
President, in the Chair.

The following communications were read :—

1. ‘On a Skull of Megalosawrus from the Great Oolite of
Minchinhampton.’ By Arthur Smith Woodward, LL.D., F.R.S.,
F.L.S., Sec. GS.

The specimen was discovered and prepared by Mr. F. Lewis
Bradley, F.G.S., and shows for the first time the skull of Megalo-
saurus. It agrees closely with the Megalosaurian skulls of other
genera already discovered in the Jurassic and Cretaceous of North
America, and resembles Ceratosaurus in possessing a bony horn-
core on the nose. As in the jaws of Megalosaurus previously
known, the premaxilla of the new specimen bears four teeth ; but
these teeth are so different from those of the typical M. bucklandi
of the same horizon, that they prove the Minchinhampton fossil to
belong to a distinct species.

2. ‘The Vertebrate Fauna found in the Cave-Earth at Dog Holes,
Warton Crag (Lancashire)? By John Wilfrid Jackson, F.G.S.,
Assistant Keeper in the Manchester Museum.

The remains described in this communication were obtained
during the systematic investigation by the Author of a cave on
Warton Crag (West Lancashire) in 1909.

The cave, known as Dog Holes, is situated on the western side
of Warton Crag, and opens on a sloping ‘ pavement’ of limestone.
It owes its origin to the erosion of a series of master-joints in the
Carboniferous Limestone.

538 Geological Society.

The present entrance to the cave is by a vertical drop from the
general level of the ‘pavement.’ This entrance is undoubtedly of
secondary origin, and is due to the falling-in of the weakened roof
of one of the passages.

The specimens were derived from the cave-earth below the
surface-soil in one of the chambers of the cave. They comprise a
large series of small yertebrates, including Rodents, Insectivores,
Amphibians, Birds, ete. Among the Rodents are some interest-
ing forms, the chief of which are the Arctic and Norwegian
Lemmings, and the Northern Vole.

A large series of non-marine Mollusca was found along with
these remains, one species being of particular interest, namely
Pyramidula ruderata, only known in this country by its fossil
remains in Pleistocene deposits.

The Pleistocene age of the remains is fully discussed, as well as
their possible mode of origin through a former swallow-hole.

In many respects, the cave and its contents bear a striking
resemblance to the famous Ightham Fissures.

March 23rd, 1910.—Prof. W. W. Watts, Sc.D., M.Sc., F.R.S.,
President, in the Chair.

The following communication was read :——

‘On Paleoxyris and other Allied Fossils from the Derbyshire and
Nottinghamshire Coalfield” By Lewis Moysey, B.A., M.B., B.C.,
F.G.S.

After reviewing the bibliography of Palwowyris, the Author
records the finding of 22 specimens.from Shipley Clay-pit (Derby-
shire), and over 130 from Digby Clay-pit (Nottinghamshire), also
several isolated examples from other localities in the district.

He describes Paleowyrts helicteroides (Morris): noting especially
the presence of a ‘ beak’, which had not, hitherto, been adequately
described. He then describes Palewovyris prendeli (Lesquereux)
from Shipley Clay-pit, again noticing the formation of the ‘ beak’,
The discovery of Palwowyris johnsont (Kidston) from Digby is
noted, and it is proposed that this fossil be removed into the genus
Vetacapsula.

The Author also describes a specimen of Vetacapsula cooperi
(Mackie & Crocker) from Newthorpe Clay-pit (Nottinghamshire),
He discusses the differences between this and other specimens,
and Mackie’s type-specimen, but considers it unadvisable to multiply
species.

A review of the bibliography of Fayolia is followed by the
description of a new species from Shipley Clay-pit; also a small
compressed example is described as near to Fayolia dentata (Renault
& Zeiller). The Author then discusses the distribution of these
organisms in time, and their possible affinities with the egg-capsules
of the Cestracionts and the Chimeeroids.

039

INDEX to VOL. V.

ABISPA, new species of, 49,

Aclonophlebia, new species of, 451.

Acratheus, characters of the new
genus, 16.

/Edimorphus, new species of, 374.

AXigeria, new species of, 401.

Agapostemon, new subspecies of,
363,

Alcidamia, new species of, 22.

Aletis, new species of, 599,

Alouatta, new species of, 79.

Amblyapis, characters of the new
genus, 362.

Amphiphalera, characters of the new
genus, 477.

Anaya, new species of, 316.

Andersen, K., on a new genus of
epomophorine bats, 97 ; on species
ot the genus Epomops, 99.

Andrena, new species of, 2C0.

Anmenopsyche, new species of, 400,

Antheua, new species of, 474.

Anthophora, new species of, 409.

Aparallactus, new species of, 512.

Arctonyx, new species of, 424,

Aristobulus, characters of the new
genus, 16.

Aroa, new species of, 444.

Arrow, G. J., on the lamellicorn
beetles of the genus Peltonotus,
153.

Arvicanthis, new species of, 85, 353.

Ashmeadiella, new species of, 22.

Astrosclera willeyana, on the affini-
ties of, 580.

Austen, E. E., on a new Indian
species of Musca, 114.

Azizus, characters of the new genus,
10.

Badezorus, characters of the new
genus, 15.

Barrett-Hamilton, G. E. H., on new
European bats, 291,

Bather, F. A., on the nomenclature
of Echinoderms, 216,

Birds, new, 162.

Bishop, Miss H. M., on the gastro-
pod foot and branchial cavity, 513.

Bombus, new species of, 416.

Books, new:—Lankester’s Treatise
in Zoology, pt. vii. Appendiculata,
pt. i. Introduction and Protozoa,
125; Browne’s Descriptive Cata-
logue of the Dobrée Collection of
European Noctuze, 127; Third
Annual Report of the Committee
of Control of the South African
Locust Bureau, 294; Pierce’s Mo-
nographic Revision of the Twisted
Winged Insects comprising the
Order Strepsiptera, 887 ; Maxwell-
Lefroy’s Indian Insect Life, 388 ;
The Fauna of British India, Der-
maptera, 889; Buckman’s York-
shire Type Ammonites, 464; Cata-
logue of the Noctuide in the Col-
lection of the British Museum,
536,

Boulenger, G. A., on the lizards
allied to Lacerta muralis, 247; on
four new African snakes, 512.

Buckman, 8. §., on certain Jurassic
strata of South Dorset, 128; on
certain Jurassic Ammonites and
Brachiopoda, 129.

Burchell, W. J., on the lepidoptera
collected by, in Brazil, 322.

Calligaster, new species of, 35.

Calman, Dr. W. 'T., on new species
of wood-boring crustacea from
Christmas Island, 181; on two
species of the genus Pandalus, 524,

540

Camptopceum, new species of, 504,

Caryatis, new species of, 453.

Catarctia, new species of, 488.

Caviria, new species of, 434.

Cebus, new species of, 77.

Cephalophus, new species of, 92,
73

Cephalopod, on crustacea from the
gizzard of a deep-sea, 51.

Ceratina acantha, remarks on, 28.

Cercocebus aterrimus and C. albi-
gena, notes on, 527.

Cercopithecus, new species of, 81,
191, 202.

Cerura, new species of, 456.

Chadisra, new species of, 459.

Chelostoma, new species of, 23,

Chelura, new species of, 182.

Chilina, new species of, 111.

Chrysochloris, new species of, 84.

Clark, A. H., on an interesting struc-
tural analogy, 358.

Cleridz, notes on the, 55.

Clupeidz, on the caudal fin of the,
531.

Cobbold, E. S., on trilobites from
Comley, 390.

Cockerell, T. D. A., descriptions and
records of bees, 22, 135, 256, 361,
409, 496.

Ccelacanthus, new species of, 5.
Ccelioxys, new species of, 418; table
of the Australian species of, 501.

Coleoptera, new, 70, 153.

Colgar, new species of, 507.

Colletes, table of species of, 365.

Conepatus, new species of, 241.

Cooper, J. E., on new marine and
freshwater shells from the Falk-
land Islands, 110.

Cosmosoma, new species of, 507.
Costa’s Fauna del Regno di Napoli,
dates of publication of, 132.
Coventry, A. F., on the application
of the theory of dwarf males to

Myzostoma, 378.

Cricetomys, new subspecies of, 106,
198, 279.

Crinoidea, on the supplementary
plates in the, 358.

Crocidura, new species of, 175, 369.

Crocisa, new species of, 419.

Crossarchus, new species of, 195.

Crustacea from the gizzard of a deep-
sea cephalopod, on, 51; from the
Bay of Biscay, on, 158; new, 181.

Cryptoflata, new species of, 303.

INDEX.

Ctenomys, new species of, 242,

Culex, new species of, 264, 268, 376.

Cyamium, new species of, 112.

Dasychira, new species of, 445.

Davisia, characters of the new-
genus, 113.

Dendromus, new species of, 275.

Desmomys, characters of the new
genus, 284,

Diadasia, new species of, 366,

Diandrena, new species of, 24.

Digama, new species of, 452.

Dinara, new species of, 476.

Dioclerus, characters of the new
genus, 12.

Diploptera, new, 30.

Dipodillus, new species of, 197, 420.

Diptera, new, 114, 264, 378, 405.

T)iscoelius, new species of, 38.

Distant, W. L., on Oriental Cap-
side, 10; on some undescribed
Gerrine, 140; rhynchotal notes,
297.

Dobsonia, new subspecies of, 384.

Dollman, G., on new African mam-
mals, 92; on mammals from
Northern Rhodesia, 178; on new
forms of Cercopithecus and Gra-
phiurus, 202; on new African
dormice, 285.

Dortus, characters
genus, 18,

Druce, H., on new Heterocera from
tropical Africa, 393.

Dunkerly, J. 8., on the choano-
flagellate genera Salpingceca and
Polyceca, 186.

Echinoids, on some points in the
nomenclature of, 117, 216.

Ecrinesomus, characters of the new
genus, 2.

Elephantulus, new species of, 95.

Elimus, new species of, 38.

Elliot, Dr. D. G., on new species of
monkeys, 77.

Elopidz, on the caudal fin of the,
304.

Eohemera, new species of, 401.

Epeolus, new species of, 25,

Kpiphlceus, new species of, 72.

Epomops, notes on species of the
genus, 99.

Erinaceus, new species of, 193.

Eumenes, new species of, 41.

Euodus, characters of the
genus, 150.

Kuproctis, new species of, 436.

of the new

new

INDEX.

Euratas, characters of the
genus, 146,

Euxerus, new subspecies of, 419.

Exophila, new species of, 434.

Fabatus, characters of the new
genus, 147.

Fearnsides, W. G., on the Tremadoc
slates of S.E. Carnarvonshire,
294.

Felis, new subspecies of, 205.

Fentonia, new species of, 473.

Fisher, W. K., on new Pterasteridee
from the North Pacific, 167; on
new genera of starfishes, 171.

Fishes, new, 1.

Flatina, new species of, 301.

Fulton, H. C., on land-shells from
the island of Muswar, 370.

Funisciurus, new subspecies of, 196.

Gahan, C. J., notes on Cleridz, 55.

Galago, new species of, 77, 92.

Galeruclerus, characters of the new
genus, 75.

Gardiner, C. I., on the igneous and
associated sedimentary rocks of
the Glensaul district, 391,

Gargetta, new species of, 482.

Gastropod fvot and branchial cavity,
on the, 515.

Genneeus, new species of, 162.

Geodena, new species of, 454.

Geological Society, proceedings of
the, 128, 214, 294, 390, 537.

Gephyreaster, characters of the new
genus, 171,

Geraldtonia, characters of the new
genus, 311.

Gerastratus, characters of the new
genus, 148.

Gerris, new species of, 140,

Gobius minutus, on the life-history
and rate of growth in, 217; G. fla-
vescens, notes on, 257.

Graham, Dr. W. M., on new West-
African Culicidee, 264.

Graphiurus, new species of, 96, 204,
285.

Greeleyella, new species of, 361.

Gyninelia, new species of, 610.

Halictoides, new species of, 361.

Halictus, new species of, 260.

Hampson, Sir G, F., on new African
moths, 430, 465.

Heliconius, new subspecies of, 331,

Helicops, new species of, 512.

Helogale, new subspecies of, 194,

Hesperapis, new species of, 24,

new

541

Heteroptera, new, 10, 140.

Heterozonias, characters of the new
genus, 172.

Hexactinellid sponge-spicules and
their names, on, 208, 547.

Hippolyte gracilis, on the occurrence
of, in the British area, 216.

Hippotion, new species of, 455.

Homoptera, new, 299.

Hybomys, characters of the new
genus, 89.

Hymenaster, new species of, 170.

Hymenoptera, new, 22, 30, 256, 361,
409, 496.

Hume, Dr. W. F., on the Cretaceous
and Kocene strata of Egypt, 129.

Ichthyura, new species of, 495,

Idatius, characters of the new genus,
20.

Isanthrene, new species of, 511.

Ityrzea, new species of, 299,

Jackson, J. W., on the vertebrate
fauna from Dog Holes, 537.

Janias, characters of the new genus,
145

Joseph, E. G., on the lepidoptera
collected by Mr. W. J. Burchell
in Brazil, 322.

Jucundus, characters of the new
genus, 148,

Jugurtia, new species of, 33.

Katamenes, characters of the new
genus, 46,

Kirkpatrick, R., on hexactinellid
sponge-spicules and their names,
208, 547; on Merlia normani, 288 ;
on the affinities of Astrosclera wil-
leyana, 380.

Labus, new species of, 36,

Lacerta muralis, on the lizards allied
to, 247.

Lacipa, new species of, 437.

Lelia, new species of, 439.

Lagostomus, new species of, 245.

Lamoriodes, characters of the new
genus, 478,

Lasiocampa, new species of, 396.

Lasiodera, characters of the new
genus, 74.

Leggada, new species of, 86.

Lepidoptera, new, 331, 893, 430,
465, 506.

Leptopoma, new species of, 372.

Limnea, new species of, 110.

Limnoria, new species of, 184.

Lomadonta, new species of, 396, 451,

Lophuromys, new species of, 179,

542

Macrogalidia, characters of the new
genus, 4233.

Macronadata, new species of, 397.

Macropus agilis, on the subspecies
of, 164.

Malvinasia, characters of the new
genus, 115.

Mammals, new, 77, 83, 92, 97, 106,
165, 175, 191, 202, 205, 239, 273,
276, 282, 285, 291, 350, 351, 369,
383, 419, 422, 424, 534.

Meade-Waldo, G., on new species of
Diploptera, 30.

Megachile, new species of, 497.

Megaculex, new species of, 257,

Meganoton, new species of, 506.

Melicharia, new species of, 303.

Melissodes, new species of, 256,

Merlia normani, notes on, 288.

Metarctia, new species of, 394.

Metrocoris, new species of, 148.

Microdillus, characters of the new

genus, 197.

Modiolarca, new species of, 112.

Mogera, new species of, 535,

Mollusea, new, 8, 110, 370.

Monoculodes gibbosus, description
of the male of, 160.

Montezumia, new species of, 47.

Mortensen, Dr. Th., on some points
in the nomenclature of echinoids,
LLY,

Moysey, L., on Paleoxyris from the
Derbyshire and Nottinghamshire
coalfield, 538.

Murina, new species of, 534.

Mus, new subspecies of, 277,

Musca, new species of, 114.

Myotis, new species of, 384.

Myxosquamus, new species of,
270.

Myzostoma, on the application of the
theory of dwarf males to, 378.

Naboandelus, characters of the new
genus, 151.

Nacebus, characters of the new genus,
152.

Naiadites, new species of, 9.

Nannosciurus, new species of, 387.

Necrobioides, characters of the new
genus, 76.

Neosalurnis, characters of the new
genus, dll.

Newton, R. B., on upper paleozoic
shells trom Madagascar, 6.

Nomada, new subspecies of, 368.

Nomia, new species of, 259, 501.

INDEX.

Notoxantha, characters of the new
genus, 484.
Nycteris cinerea, remarks on, 240.
Oates, E. W., on new species of
silver-pheasants, 162.
Onychotrechus, new species of, 144,
Orgyia, new species of, 445.
Osgood, W. f1., on new African
rodents, 276; on new African
shrews, 369.
Otomys, new subspecies of, 207.
Palorhiza, new species of, 499.
Pandalus, notes ontwo species of, 524.
Papuina, new species of, 372.
Paradiastema, new species of, 478.
Paradoxurus, new species of, 385,
422.
Paraflata, new species of, 302.
Paragia, key to the genus, 31; new
species of, 32.
Parasalurnis, characters of the new
genus, 309.
Pareumenes, new species of, 45.
Pectinopalpus, characters of the new
genus, 375.
Pelecorhynchus, revision of thegenus,
402; new species of, 405.
Pelomys, new subspecies of, 276.
Peltonotus, new species of, 153.
Perodicticus, new species of, 351.
Petrodromus, new species of, 83.
Photinula, new species of, 111.
Phromnia, new species of, 300.
Phyllaliodes, characters of the new
genus, 474,
Pitthea, new species of, 398.
Planispira, new species of, 371.
Planorbis, new species of, 8.
Plerotes, characters of the new genus,
Plusia, new species of, 430.
Polycheta, new, 428.
Polychrysia, new species of, 430.
Polyceca, new species of, 188.
Pontostratiotes abyssicola, remarks
on, 53.
Porthesia, new species of, 435.
Poulton, Prof. E. B., on a new sub-
species of Heliconius nanna, 331.
Preston, H. B., on new marine and
freshwater shells from the Falk-
land Islands, 110.

Procavia, new species of, 107, 199,
285,

Prosopis, new species of, 29, 498;
table of the Australian species of,
133.

INDEX.

Protoxerus, new subspecies of, 85.

Psalisodes, characters of the new
genus, 482.

Psallus, new species of, 19.

Psephis, new species of, 114.

Pseudapiconoma, new species of, 391.

Pseudomelecta, note on the genus,
27.

Pteraster, new species of, 168.

Pteredoa, new species of, 435.

Pteropus, new species of, 383.

Ptilocercus, new subspecies of, 426.

Pydna, new species of, 485.

Ragmus, characters of the new genus,
18.

Ramesa, new species of, 483.

Redoa, new species of, 435.

Reed, F. R. C., on fossils from the
Glensaul district, 391.

Regan, C. T., on the caudal fin of the
Hlopide, 354; on the caudal fin
of the Clupeid, 531.

Reptiles, new, 512.

Reynolds, Prof. S. H., on the igneous
and associated sedimentary rocks
of the Glensaul district, 391.

thaphidoglossa, new species of, 34.

Rhinolophus, new species of, 192,
292.

Rhynchium, new species of, 60.

Rhynchotal notes, 297.

Ricardo, Miss G., a revision of the
genus Pelecorhynchus, 402.

Rothschild, Hon. W., on a new
hawk-moth and new Syntomide,
506,

Sabactus, characters of the new
genus, 21,

Salpingceca, note on the genus, 186.

Sampsigeramus, characters of the
new genus, 17.

Scalmicauda, new species of, 490.

Scaptochirus, new species of, 350.

Schwarz, E., on the wallabies re-
ferred to Macropus agilis, 164;
on some palm-civets, 422; on
Cercocebus aterrimus and C. albi-
gena, 527.

Sciurus, new subspecies of, 386,

Scott, Dr. T., on crustacea found in
the gizzard of a deep-sea cepha-
lopod, 61.

Scrancia, new species of, 479.

Sejanus, characters of the new genus,
20.

Serebzeus, characters of the mew
genus, 11,

545

Shann, E., on the life-history and
rate of growth in Gobius minutus,
217.

Sharpe, Richard Bowdler, obituary
notice of, 130, 215.

Sherborn, C. D., on the dates of
publication of Costa’s Fauna del
Regno di Napoli, 152.

Simocephalus, new species of, 512.

Siphanta, new species of, 304.

Siphantoides, characters of the new
genus, 505.

Smith, 8., on the faunal succession
of the Upper Bernician, 214.

Sohenus, characters of the new genus,
14.

Soloe, new species of, 455.

Somera, new species of, 463.

Southern, R., on the Alciopine,
Tomopterid,and Typhloscolecide
from the Atlantic adjacent to Ire-
land, 428.

Spatalia, new species of, 455.

Spheriodiscus, characters of the new
genus, 171,

Sponge-spicules, on hexactinellid,
208, 347.

Stauropus, new species of, 465.

Stegomyia, new species of, 271,
373.

Stenaroa, characters of the new
genus, 444,

Stenostaura, new species of, 472.

Tachyoryctes, new species of, 276,
421.

Tassia, new species of, 401,

Tatera, new species of, 353.

Teleostean fishes, on the caudal fin
of the, 354, 426.

— urostyle, on the, 531.

Teneroides, characters of the new
subgenus, 69,

Teneromimus, characters of the new
genus, 70.

Thamnomys, new species of, 278, 282,

Theobald, F. V., on new Culicidee
from Ashanti, 373,

Thomas, O., on new African mam-
mals, 83, 191, 282, 351, 419: on
mammals from Eastern Buenos
Ayres, 239; on a new Chinese
mole, 350; on new mammals from
the E. Indian Archipelago, 383 ;
on new mammals from the Malay
Peninsula, 424; on new Asiatic
mammals, 534,

Thrinchostoma, new species of, 505,

544

Thrissacanthias, characters of the
new genus, 171.
Trabala, new species of, 397.
Tragulus, new species of, 535,
Travisiopsis, new species of, 429.
Tricholoba, characters of the new
genus, 489.
Triepeolus, new species of, 26.
Trilocha, new species of, 496.
Turnaca, new species of, 488.
Uxantis, new species of, 317.
Ventidius, characters of the new
genus, 149.
Vespertilio, new species of, 291.
Vipera, new species of, 515.
Walker, A. O., on crustacea from the
Bay of Biscay, 158 ; on the occur-

INDEX.

rence of Hippolyte gracilis in the
British Area, 216.

Whitehouse, R. H., on the teleostean
caudal fin, 426.

Woodward, Dr. A. Smith, on permo-
carboniferous fishes from Mada-
gascar, 1; on a skull of Megalo-
saurus, 537.

Wroughton, R. C., on new African
mammals, 106; on some servals
and an Otomys from East Africa,
205; on two new duikers from
Mt. Elgon, 273.

Xenoglossa, new species of, 367.

Xynthospilopteryx, new species of,
395,

Zana, new species of, 476.

END OF THE FIFTH VOLUME.

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,
RED LION COURT, FLERT STRENT,

Eek fhe qe
hd ry, ig ne

hore
ered cua i

Ann dé Magq. Nat. Hist. §.8.Volt.V. PUL

ue
x

d.Green del.et lith

PALAOZOIC FOSSILS FROM MADAGASCAR

=o

Ann.& Mag. Nat Hist.§.8.Vol.V. PUI

SS
=
SS

} Ay) / ~ <a
Wit z ys ye

if Y = ey

[Ls ll hj ji ae SS

Ezz =SS Sw
SS
Sa
== S SS SSIs
—S> ~ ————

ZE

LEE

I.

Se

<= eS =

J.Green lith.

A Scott del.

.

Ann.& Mag. Nat. Hist.S. 6: Vol. VOPEGE

eo

=

=

d.Green lith.

A. Scott del.

COOPER & PRESTON, Ann. § Mag. Nat. Mist. S. 8. Vol. V. Pl. LV.

= | core I
7 =
be —_—_—___—— —_—— ‘ " |
oo =
5 6

.

.

CALMAN. Ann. § Magq. Nat. Hist. Su8. Vol-V. Pie

Ww: TD. C.del.

Aniud Mag. Nat. Hist.5.8.Vol.V.PU. VI.

Ib.

J.Green lith.

Aniv.& Mag. Nat Hist. SOL vol) Eee

d.Green hth.

KIRK PATRICK. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Fist. S. 8. Vol. V. ‘Er VEIT.

end spine

actine or

main ray 7

14 X 500

Ann.& Mag. Nat.Hist.8.8.Vol.V. PL IX.

pn
a

NU

]

WD) jj
mn
a

i
NT

4,

S|

mini

KOSSz

pw

SS

me |

TU

©

J.Green ith.

E. Shamn, del.

Ann.& Mag. Nat. Mst.5.8.Vol. VP.

E.Shann, del. d.Green, lith.

KIRK PATRICK. slnn. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 8. 8. Vol. V. Pl. X7.

iy a ay A= - Bi \ ; \ Ny Sak fp my 1

7], CD < te

@ @ i} @ @ LEY, h \ 5 : > = =a <n : ath / as
Se A amin ete

Y, Wp _\ lg
D a

Qo x EH ee fale a ‘

x1000° // a

=
*

Ann.& Mag. Nat.Hist.5.8.Vol.V. PU XIL

Rees es SS
)

J.Green hth.

Ann.& Mag.Nat.fist.5.8.Vol.V. PU.XI.

FM i Ht iy
rity
nina

Py. eff.

3.Green lith

WORKS PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.

The London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine.
Monthly. 2s. 6d.

The Annais and Magazine of Natural History. Monthly. 2s. 6d.

The Observatory, Monthly Review of Astronomy. ls,

Aéronautics, by Brewer and Alexander. 6s,

Anderson’s Fauna of Mergui Archipelago. Vol. I. 30s., Vol. II. 15s.

Baird’s Manual for Tidal Observations. 7s. 6d.

Blakesley’s Table of Hyperbolic Sines and Cosines. 1s.

Cooke’s Flora of the Presidency of Bombay. Vol. I., Part I. 8s.,
Part I. 9s., Part III. 10s, Vol. IL., Part I. 9s., Part II. 9s., Parts III. &
IV. 8s. each, Part V. 12s.

Cunningham’s Binary Canon. 15s.

Denning’s Great Meteoric Shower of November. 1s,

Denning's Telescopic Work for Starlight Evenings. 10s.

Douse’s Introduction to Gothic of Ulfilas. 7s, 6d. net_Examination ofan
Old Manuscript, sometimes called The Northumberland Manu-
script. 2s. 6d. net.

Examination Papers set by Examining Board of Physicians and
Surgeons. 6d,

Ditto for Diploma in Public Health. 6d. :
Faraday’s Experimental Researches in Chemistry and Physics. 15s, —
Fauna of British India: Mammalia. 20s. — Fishes. 2 vols.

20s. each.—Birds. Vol. I. 20s. Vols. Il., IIL, and IV. 15s. each,
—Reptilia and Batrachia. 20s.— Moths. 4 vols. 20s. each. —
Hymenoptera. Vol. I.: Wasps anp Bres. 20s, Vol. II.: Anrs AnD
Cuckoo-Wasps. 20s.— Arachnida. 10s.—Rhynchota. Vols. J.-III.
20s. each. Vol. IV., pts. 1 and2. 10s. each.—Butterflies. Vols. I. and II.
20s. each._Coleoptera. Vol. I. 10s,—Coleoptera, CHRYSOMELID#, —
Vol. I. 20s,—Mollusea. 10s.—Dermaptera. 10s.

Glaisher’s Barometer Tables, ls. Diurnal Range Tables, 1s. 6d.

Glaisher’s Hygrometrical Tables. 2s. 6d.

Glaisher’s Factor Tables for Fourth, Fifth, and Sixth Millions. 20s. each.

Godwin- Austen's Land and Freshwater Mollusca of India.
Vol. IL., Part X. 21s., Part XI. 21s.

Joule’s Scientific Papers. Vol. I. 20s. Vol, II, 12s.

Kelvin’s (Lord) Tables for facilitating Sumner’s Method at Sea.
10s.6d. Forms for ditto. Sun, ls. Srars, ls.

Kirby’s Supplement to Diurnal Lepidoptera. 1871-1877. 8s. 6d, net.
Lepidoptera Heterocera.—Spuineus & Bompycrs. 1892. £2 2s.
net. Neuroptera Odonata. 1890. 16s, net.

Lehfeldt, R.A. A List of chief Memoirs on Physics of Matter. 2s. 6d.

Lewis’s Systematic Catalogue of Histeride. 5s. net—Catalogue of
Japanese Coleoptera. 2s. 6d.; on one side, 3s. 6d.

London Hospital Pathological Catalogue. 7s, Gd. net.

M‘Intosh’s Marine Invertebrates and Fishes of St. Andrews. 21s.

Physical Abstracts. Vols. I.to III. 17s. 6d. each.

Physical Memoirs, translated from foreign sources. Vol.I., Part Il. 4s.
Part II. 7s. 6d., Part III. 6s,

Reade’s Origin of Mountain-Ranges. 21s,

Royal College of Surgeons ;

Calendar. ls. net. :

Catalogue of Specimens illustrating the Osteology of Vertebrate

Animals in Museum. Part 3. Aves. 12s, net. ;

Catalogue of Teratological Series. 5s. net.

Dermatological Collection. 3rded. 4s. net.

Physiologica] Series. Vols, I. and II. 2nded. 12s, net each.

Appendices 5, 6, 7,8, and 9 to the Second Edition of Descriptive

Catalogue of the Pathological Specimens in Museum. 2s, each

Examination Papers for Diploma of Fellow and Licence in Dental

Surgery. 6d.

Univ. Coll. London Calendar, 2s, 6d. Pathological Catalogue, Parts 1
to 3, 2s. each; Part 4,1s, Library Catalogue, 3 Vols. 7s. 6d.

Univ. Coll. Medical and Biological Catalogue. 2s. 6d. :

‘Wheatstone’s Scientific Papers. 1és,

_ RED LION COURT, FLEFT STREET, LONDON, EC.

ge ee Le aa a

CONTENTS OF NUMBER 30-—Righth Series,

; bPa ge.
LXVI. Descriptions of new African Moths. By Sir Groren F, |
Hampson, Bart., F.Z.8., &e. re Mee ey ES: he kidneaia tte Pere eas a 465

a
v
4
4

LXVIL. Tisabtibtians and Records of Bees.—XXIX, By T. D. <e
Cooxmnnrig University of Colorado 535, bouts aie alate aw ola et oc ate 496

eS i ch ihn eT FE

LXVIIJ. Descriptions of a new Hawk-Moth and some new Syn-
tomide. By the Hon. Watrer Rorascwirp, Ph.D. ............0. 506

at Sale yal dh

LXIX. Descriptions of Four new African Snakes in the British
Mitsoum. <“hy-G. A. Bovienene, ERB ois sa) cn ees oan

LXX. Notes on the Gastropod Foot and Branchial Cavity. By
Hitpa M. Brsnop, University College of Wales, Aberystwyth.
Bla tea KIN MAD rote os os prea hy ee Pula Voice Mw a: aneoiase 513°

LXXI. Note on Two Species of the Genus Pandalus. By W. T.
Catan A wes DGS ve eae Ere een Cc cuss Ree OREM aL Ee eRe Pe a 504-4

LXXII. On Cercocebus aterrimus and Cercocebus albigena. By
TRNST SCHWARZ 105° oss. cine, chins Patcsuie abe ube: eee oe ho gthatetng: teak ee 527

LXXIII. On the Caudal Fin of the Olupeide, and on the Tele-
ostean Urostyle. By C. Tarp Regan, M.A... ice es see cee ee ees 531 -

LXXIV. Three new Asiatic Mammals. By Oxprintp THomas .. 534

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

Catalogue of the Lepidoptera Phalenz in the British Museum.
Vol. IX. Catalogue of the Noctwide in the Collection of the
British Museum. By Sir Grorge F. Hameson, Bart. ........ 536

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.
Geological Soelety< oxox Sete eta s nas oy tare aed 537, 538

*,* Itis requested that all Communications for this Work may be addressed,
post-paid, to the Care of Messrs, Taylor and Francis, Printing Office, ;
Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London.

a. ‘ ho YJ
Met bated sa

A. aie
5 ap “jm

“
~

vw

vn. AS? LA ~ J iw Uw a 1Maddst iti tt. ; POP bagi’ aye” e ee ies ree, 7

wiw

athe pire wht! "Sea tee gl ’ sf + weet \ : in fait vee
alte I il, Lo Pe bins ae : is “i
acces et 14 - ew ects q ‘y

,~ “ aeltttoeas sot dda

A we

pe phi ./ Aid “7, i La vv!

i ‘ * ~~ */* x ~ 4
ine = iS ws nh”
we 7 . ut iN We Be

oy ty eee Maree Ly Lowe ee ihe O55 a! Oe, dtee wpe pe Ogiw
4h. Wn cid Wyhiv'e One, hdl ‘dye agate Nana aat? tee A byes

wes

Niele ww

| Ady
i‘: ¢ F: = y' dee . i a. 44 beg ry ee e ie ~ aie ii i
ge eer” we od hl edtens edt ES awe bey ie ( yet ; od itagat we gagi AAA pt

e ph vo. pat
hi a ehh we hl wher we a Sy gaol
tw MB eg Situs ay OD gigiagte ge, a3 Sy) neh bid aw pl

tv ttede gop eet Nght fe
ahs i ve toed ot
i nS SORA, rete svatvicndete ? fone { eter Nal ioe! WA tg
FAN a le | ) she weet
gets sic re vie pian ss ener
Wil UR ‘it | yyy vi
gv” URES ty Sac Clee Maire Le Mt 1 vv
| Med ddd payin ind’ Vyuddds Vides aig itiadd ee aera sees Madd dhl bo

Curvy ene nd Ua © wi Vw! j ae ‘ es OS .
Se Te Ge WW id vy A Beye wwe it eee asa

‘ected elt we SPT tee

Coustyeee Wddt<-~. chy “Aw
META hid bh " thegdeeN teh ggy

ge Sy oy de ( a
ued’ vy

a ww tue Sug dCyed a esteady vw wae "< ida? ;
Tete pate adapt YE

=.

¢ Uva we o 7
yigeet™

PA

4 duel yw lis es ve te t! meg PH i
WN yt" PAA pO Prd Lf pr Th
Welt wen Weg evIre ever” Hf

yh tight! \ ADAMS TF i yy Hh
ig yy” Y eye todaynone fee ws Sd Agee gtd intr
1A! Fi why. ge dt oy igs” wets ay +s% ey 4 vw pa Aes) Aviest
f es yt Yotduly Se ¥ 'w vv eee Sneed nnd ae tat © sd see wre
She yteey a ~~ ww Te tee SAM, Wht yee Bi Oy hee aa Sc aukie ote
Ha Rete et poke gerd) ¥ Vs RRO oterd PPLE Ey
y Se a ' fe NaN PFPA ST me . NUS
Biepniatistel dc LuMeeeieeadbwiNiiga cassie td ies 2 ee

Ried bc dep ftit eae Ady ty
ren genpcetee CALL LTT aged suas wv

ee : “s “eyes 4
a wide tigdh gad ddas ‘eiveuede - Hppagt aid (ery

we hy Peed Th wha YAK STi

www tt fn dd

vA) MA

” sina tall ed al
I~ wei f “Wy ibd

Ad iyo pis giiereete Wied J oe we Wy! igh! as"

A F Ne f }
ry? Ki masne
y) Se Soh es shit id ae ad vy vty i dA i Wennyoer 7 *
{ begin ob > carteagtdeeeed fs ‘~~ wwe ~ Pe aie ad! | \ Ww Shed tates rete gig Ow ~
tes ; ev FOSS vyare' “4 ra 5 “ves” ett : iw viv. ase “je A ppt
Ley cpanel? ou sd ) Weds 9 Eat! DID tae REL
ast: Mee ‘yea giwdod? oi dtd dedds a, SF SMe ered id Ct Re ie mm to ee: ee Mi ait PS og es ue BL

An RA a

wresvetereeees eeeres

UR ADE DRAB BRR Ae HALF .

Ne ee ee 7

LARA hea A Rome aL err ore Pere

ade bkw,

bf eee As

at 268.4 Re a
4 ERA a * . Perera ine fr rr i erarneeers

ee Pree eee aaaaae,

As ee ae a enh aan

SR eR

LS et 84 whee,

rarer
Sarees A aA ea
eer s rrr See errs

eer ee
SLAP EAL AD IRR AMS
otelas Detect
rey ees Fe ‘ APH er
3 r rs ree Art QA SAAD Belen
n pth be ed fe Dat hl BP 5
ee es aah A A om fn ALB Bi RRR

PNA Dm AAD te
Ae A tm,
A Me

- OER eS tt BM
FBR ALES y ¢ as LAM te IM
an rr a es : rai : ~
SARL AAD ERM Fo ¥ ‘ tt ned ras awe ; : er ee

E SRO RIA RAR OE BTM . , LAME LI RB Bene, X 4 . . : .
ae peer rs ° RAS . : ry 2 a
SNe er re ee ee ee ee Tr vrrr ! Sa telenal - ‘ own e 7 *
MRE RRA, EPL BM PAM. i BIDEN Je ‘ Wiss nomena team
ever ae Pm ApS tgs OF ’
F SERRA OD:
DPA Rh teas ee pm

moet pe att PO

APPR A ee Re
oman

Oe ae OE mm, wince ‘
. aa nie ee Rn eng og : - pe ate ‘ Aas +.
- ; : rr SS anaatdetng smear :
; aa tae EAS AEN RS
oe . +44 et ot